Blum Catalogue and Technical Manual 2022/2023

Page 1

Catalogue and technical manual 2022/2023 www.blum.com


Your shortcut to the Internet

We have linked our catalogue with our online world, making comprehensive and up-to-date product information available for you to use at any time. You are just one step away from the product page in the catalogue to our E-SERVICES. You can use the web codes to go straight to the respective product in the Product Configurator. This ensures that you will quickly and easily receive planning information and checked parts lists for your direct order from the distributor, as well as so much more. You will find short URLs and QR codes for our products in the catalogue. These will take you directly to our detailed digital information, e.g. the Design Selector, information about assembly, removal and adjustment, application videos and/or the Machinery Directive.

① ③

① Enter or click the web code Enter the web code in the Blum Product Configurator or click the web code in the PDF.

② Configure fitting Using the web codes, the most important filters are already pre-set in the Product Configurator – you can configure the complete application in just a few clicks.

③ Display the parts list When complete, you receive a finished parts list and can transmit it to the web shop of a selected distributor in just one click.

Web code

Short URL

QR code

Enter the web codes into the Blum Product Configurator and you will receive information about the available product range, assembly and marketing along with the parts list.

The short web address makes it easier for you to access further product information, such as installation instructions that you can print out, brochures and technical data.

Directly access information about assembly and indepth content about Blum products via the QR code – even when on-site with the customer.

Example Help with planning and ordering

Example Application video

Short URL www.blum.com/planningtools

Short URL www.blum.com/gmSum

Short URL www.blum.com/configurator Example

Web code DQBQ2M

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Lift systems

Lift systems

Overview AVENTOS HF – bi-fold lift system AVENTOS HS – up and over lift system AVENTOS HL – lift up AVENTOS HK top – stay lift AVENTOS HK-S – stay lift AVENTOS HK-XS – stay lift

Standard | SERVO-DRIVE Standard | SERVO-DRIVE Standard | SERVO-DRIVE Standard | SERVO-DRIVE | TIP-ON Standard | TIP-ON Standard | TIP-ON

Hinge systems

Hinge systems

Overview CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges BLUMOTION for doors TIP-ON for doors MODUL – hinges

Box systems

Box systems

Overview LEGRABOX TIP-ON BLUMOTION for LEGRABOX TIP-ON for LEGRABOX MERIVOBOX TIP-ON BLUMOTION for MERIVOBOX TANDEMBOX antaro

Tool-free CLIP assembly

Slide-on assembly

189 TANDEMBOX plus 190 TIP-ON BLUMOTION for TANDEMBOX 244 SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | 250 TANDEMBOX 256 METABOX 296 302

Runner systems

Runner systems

Overview MOVENTO TIP-ON BLUMOTION for MOVENTO TIP-ON for MOVENTO TANDEM SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | TANDEM

Inner dividing systems

Overview AMBIA-LINE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX AMBIA-LINE kitchen accessories ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX ORGA-LINE kitchen accessories

Motion technologies

Overview SERVO-DRIVE single applications

Further products E-SERVICES and assembly devices Information

SPACE STEP CABLOXX EXPANDO T

E-SERVICES and assembly devices

Overview General Information Information about lift systems Information about hinge systems Information about box and runner systems Blum’s subsidiaries, representatives and contacts Part No. Index

358 390

559 562

Further products

Information

348 350

527 528 538 540 554

Motion technologies

Overview E-SERVICES Drilling and insertion machines Assembly devices Templates

69 70 156 170 174

415 416 434 440 446 492

Inner dividing systems

Overview Cabinet applications Locking systems Fixing systems Wall hanging bracket Cabinet connectors

15 18 30 36 42 52 58

MINIPRESS top | MINIPRESS BOXFIX

573 574 582 584 586 587

591 592 604 644 650

699 700 704 706 712 720 728



What we do for you

What’s your next project?

No matter what your vision is: Blum has you covered. Whether it’s a kitchen, bathroom, living room or bedroom – we have the products to take your projects to the next level. In order to keep this so, we always think a few steps ahead as to which applications you will need in the future and what support will make your job easier. You will find all products and information about our services for your project’s success in our catalogue and technical manual. Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

1


Ideas from Blum for a higher quality of living No matter if you’re in a house or an apartment, whether

it is big or small – we have inspiring cabinet solutions for a variety of different living areas. In addition, we provide

you with practical information around ergonomics, storage space maximisation, top quality motion and design.

At blum-inspirations.com, you will find everything you need for implementing these furniture ideas, such as

appropriate services. We would be happy to tell you more – just get in touch!

SPACE STEP

This plinth solution enables ergonomic access to high levels in all living areas. REVEGO

Pocket systems allow you to quickly open up functional spaces when you need them, and close them off again when they are not in use.

2

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Blum Inspirations

SPACE TWIN

This narrow cabinet opens up space for made-tomeasure solutions, even in unexpected places.

SPACE TOWER

This spacious larder unit offers

convenient access to all storage items. Design

Innovative fittings support your

design ideas and enable you to

implement the latest furniture trends.

Ergonomics

Wall cabinet fronts equipped with lift systems are better than hinged doors because they lift up and out of the way, providing full freedom of movement.

Reference pages Discover more ideas, the right services for implementation and inspiring sales stories Short URL www.blum.com/i362 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

3


Turn your inspiration into a reality: myLEGRABOX

4

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


myLEGRABOX

LEGRABOX pure/free

The basis: LEGRABOX pure and LEGRABOX free offer a selection of superior matt colours and a premium look in anti-fingerprint stainless steel.

LEGRABOX special edition

The special collection: Incredible drawer side looks based on the new colour, Carbon black matt and

stunning material mixes with anti-fingerprint stainless steel, a special 3D Carbon look or a Noble rust textured finish.

LEGRABOX individual

The ultimate in customisation: design to your heart’s

content. Mix colours and materials, use printing, laser texturing and embossing options to add customised

designs and create unique furniture that delights your customers.

Reference pages myLEGRABOX

Whatever your inspiration – we have the right design solution to turn the box system into your LEGRABOX. Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

230

Short URL www.blum.com/i357 5


MERIVOBOX

Let’s create – the box platform for your ideas 6

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


MERIVOBOX

Platform

It takes just a few components to create your

own extensive range. And you can make furniture

manufacturing even more efficient at the same time. Diverse and yet simple. Design

MERIVOBOX boasts straight lines and a striking look. Create your own diverse and unmistakable range of

furniture! Modern minimalism meets distinctive design. MERIVOBOX modular with gallery

Functionality

The newly developed cabinet profile concept delivers extremely smooth running action and high load

bearing capacity. Coupled with a feather-light glide and enhanced stability. Assembly

No matter which model you opt for, assembly is always

simple and adjustment always the same. It is extremely easy to achieve precise results.

MERIVOBOX modular with BOXCOVER

MERIVOBOX modular with BOXCAP

Reference pages MERIVOBOX

256

Short URL www.blum.com/i355 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

7


Runner systems

Quality steel for your design ideas in wood

8

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Runner systems

MOVENTO – the sophisticated runner system

Our MOVENTO runner impresses with its stability and high load bearing capacity – now up to 70 kg. That’s

why this runner system is ideal for kitchen pull-outs for heavy items such as pots and pans.

TANDEM – the versatile runner system

TANDEM is a concealed runner system and the versatile solution for your design in wood. The

extremely wide range of options offers great design

flexibility. Choose from a broad selection of nominal

lengths, various types of extension and load bearing

classes as well as optional motion technologies for soft and effortless opening and closing.

TANDEM single extension with integrated TIP-ON The TANDEM single extension is available with

integrated TIP-ON. This motion technology not only

offers your customers greater convenience, but it also saves you time and energy. TIP-ON is integrated in

the runner profile so you can provide your customers

with an opening support system without any additional

work needed for assembly. All you need is a one-piece synchronisation linkage for assembly.

Reference pages Runner systems

414

Short URL www.blum.com/i359 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

9


E-SERVICES & assembly devices Good services are there when you need them. As a reliable partner, we offer you services and practical assembly

devices that complement our products and support you along every step of your manufacturing process. We will help you transform your ideas into fine furniture.

Marketing

Concept | Planning | Quotation

Design

Ordering

We provide you with our

Plan, configure and save

Our Cabinet and Product

You can transmit the parts

and much more in different

online. Easily create

with support when designing

to the web shops of selected

images, videos, brochures languages and formats

– online in our Marketing Media Library.

your projects effortlessly

up-to-date parts lists for your customer quotes.

Configurators provide you

cabinets and selecting the right fittings. You receive

lists from our configurators

distributors via an interface.

CAD data that can then be used in your design software.

10

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


E-SERVICES and assembly devices

Manufacturing

Delivery | Assembly

After sales service

Digitally transfer your

Our EASY ASSEMBLY app

We provide personal

configurators to MINIPRESS

know about the assembly

contact at Blum will be

planning results from the with EASYSTICK. Using

assembly devices such as

templates, etc. you can finish your project quickly and precisely.

contains all you need to

and adjustment of fittings, including videos.

after-sale support. Your happy to answer any

questions you might have about our products and services.

Reference pages E-SERVICES

592

Short URL www.blum.com/i361 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

11


We believe that ideas can move the world. We offer innovative fittings, inspiring furniture concepts and appropriate services so that you can turn your creative ideas into reality. We are driven by your needs, international trends and our shared vision of a better quality of living. Let us work together to create moving ideas.

12

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


moving ideas

Quality of living

Product range

We would like you to enjoy greater

Everything from a single source: our

convenience and functionality when using furniture.

Inspiration We monitor global trends and strive to

keep up with today’s and tomorrow’s trends.

Innovation We stay in motion. Curiosity and

create the solutions of tomorrow. We

pioneering spirit drive us to develop

Services

Quality

We support your daily operations with

We continuously strive to improve our

like to share our insights with you.

customised services tailored to your processes.

Trust

new products and services for you.

products, services and ourselves.

Julius Blum started our journey in 1952

We take responsibility for partnerships,

with horseshoe studs. Today we supply

environment.

120 countries.

our employees, society and the

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

wide range of products allows you to

innovative fittings to customers in over

13


1

Lift systems

AVENTOS lift systems deliver enhanced convenience to wall cabinets. Even wide fronts open with ease, hold in any position desired and close softly and effortlessly with soft-close BLUMOTION.

SERVO-DRIVE, the electrical motion support system for AVENTOS HF, HS, HL and HK top

14

▬ Quick, easy assembly and removal due to CLIP technology ▬ Easy, 3-dimensional front adjustment ▬ Perfectly balanced – fronts remain in any desired position ▬ No protruding parts

TIP-ON, the mechanical opening support system for AVENTOS HK top, HK-S and HK-XS

▬ Optimised ergonomic handle position ▬ BLUMOTION – soft and effortless closing action ▬ With SERVO-DRIVE, the electrical motion support system for wall cabinets ▬ With TIP-ON, the mechanical opening support system for stay lifts

The symmetrical lift mechanism of AVENTOS HK-XS can be used on one or two sides

AVENTOS lift systems offer many opportunities for creating cabinets that are even more individual – in all areas of the home

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


AVENTOS HF – bi-fold lift system AVENTOS HF – bi-fold lift system Overview Standard | SERVO-DRIVE Accessories

Lift systems

Lift systems 〉 Overview

18 19 20 28

Symbolic image

AVENTOS HS – up and over lift system AVENTOS HS – up and over lift system Overview Standard | SERVO-DRIVE

30 31 32

Symbolic image

AVENTOS HL – lift up AVENTOS HL – lift up Overview Standard | SERVO-DRIVE

36 37 38

Symbolic image

AVENTOS HK top – stay lift AVENTOS HK top – stay lift Overview Standard | SERVO-DRIVE TIP-ON Accessories

42 43 44 48 51

AVENTOS HK-S – stay lift AVENTOS HK-S – stay lift Overview Standard TIP-ON Accessories

52 53 54 54 57

AVENTOS HK-XS – stay lift AVENTOS HK-XS – stay lift Overview Standard TIP-ON Accessories

58 59 60 60 65

AVENTOS – mitred and rebated applications AVENTOS – mitred and rebated applications

16

Symbolic image

Symbolic image

Symbolic image

Symbolic image

Accessories

Symbolic image

Screws Centre bit Door buffer Screwdriver Cross slot bit

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

66 66 66 67 67

15


Lift systems

Lift systems 〉 AVENTOS – mitred and rebated applications

An inspiring range of lift systems

The mesmerising motion of AVENTOS lift systems is also available for wall cabinets with mitres or rebates. Only minor positional adjustments need be made to standard fittings.

Mitred applications

The new applications allow you to translate creative design ideas into action. Wall cabinets with lift systems are particularly convenient because fronts glide up and out of the user’s way, providing freedom of movement.

AVENTOS wall cabinet fronts also hold in any position desired when open and are therefore always within easy reach for closing. Extra convenience is provided by the SERVO-DRIVE or TIP-ON opening support systems.

Rebated applications

Reference pages AVENTOS – mitred and rebated applications Short URL www.blum.com/mitresrebates 16

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Mitred applications

Rebated applications

AVENTOS HF – bi-fold lift system

AVENTOS HF – bi-fold lift system

AVENTOS HS – up and over lift system

AVENTOS HS – up and over lift system

AVENTOS HL – lift up

AVENTOS HL – lift up

AVENTOS HK top – stay lift

AVENTOS HK top – stay lift

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

Lift systems

Lift systems 〉 AVENTOS – mitred and rebated applications

17


Lift systems

Lift systems 〉 AVENTOS HF – bi-fold lift system

Lift system for large bi-fold fronts The AVENTOS HF has a two-part front that folds together in the centre when opening. The bi-fold lift system is ideal for higher wall cabinets with large fronts because the handle remains easy to reach in any position. AVENTOS HF can also be used with fronts of different heights. ▬ Soft and effortless closing thanks to BLUMOTION ▬ Easy to open ▬ Holds in any position ▬ Provides excellent access to the cabinet interior ▬ Small range, huge application variety ▬ Easy assembly and adjustment ▬ Stability, even with wide fronts ▬ Excellent durability ▬ Free positioning of handles ▬ No protruding parts ▬ Optional: SERVO-DRIVE for AVENTOS, the electrical motion support system for wall cabinets Enhanced opening and closing ease

Lift systems open effortlessly with AVENTOS HF. Even heavy fronts only require light operating forces. The variable stop ensures that fronts always remain in the desired position

Thanks to integrated BLUMOTION, both heavy and light fronts close softly and effortlessly

The cover cap is available in silk white, light grey and dark grey

Includes a finger safety feature The CLIP top centre hinge with innovative technology ensures finger safety

Similar shelves possible Depending on the height of the cabinet, 2 identical shelves can be used

Other advantages that will inspire both you and your customers

Excellent durability The core element of the lift mechanism is a robust spring package. The result: excellent durability

18

No protruding parts Removable telescopic arm – an advantage for furniture manufacturing and kitchen installation

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Lift systems

Lift systems 〉 AVENTOS HF – bi-fold lift system 〉 Overview

Applications Standard | SERVO-DRIVE Wooden fronts and wide alu frames

Web code Page

Symbolic image

DQD8YM

20

DQD9NY

24

Narrow alu frames

Symbolic image

Accessories

Opening angle stop Hinge set Mounting plates Hinge arm cover cap Screws Centre bit Symbolic image Assembly, removal and adjustment Assembly, removal and adjustment

Symbolic image

Short URL www.blum.com/a110

21 Door buffer 28 Screwdriver 144 Cross slot bit 151 66 66 Machine directive Detailed information on the Machine Directive

66 67 67

701

Short URL www.blum.com/sd/guideline

Pictograph Item available on request

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

19


Lift systems

Lift systems 〉 AVENTOS HF – bi-fold lift system 〉 Standard | SERVO-DRIVE

Web code DQD8YM

Wooden fronts and wide alu frames ▬ Ideal for wall cabinets with bi-fold fronts ▬ Cabinet height KH 480–1040 mm ▬ Cabinet width KB up to 1800 mm ▬ Soft and effortless closing thanks to BLUMOTION ▬ Light operating forces ▬ Variable stop ▬ Tool-free assembly ▬ 3-dimensional adjustment of both fronts ▬ Simple, infinitely variable lift mechanism ▬ Centre hinge with finger safety feature

Power factor LF Cabinet height KH (mm) x combined weight of top and bottom fronts FG including handle (kg)

Theoret. cabinet height TKH Upper front height FHo (mm) x 2 + gaps

We recommend the more powerful lift mechanism for overlapping areas.

Standard SERVO-DRIVE Order information 1 Lift mechanism set Power factor LF 2600–5500 (1 pc LF 960–2650) 5350–10150 9000–17250 (3 pc LF 13500–25900)

Part no. 20F2200.05 20F2500.05 20F2800.05

Composed of: 1 2 x Lift mechanism (symmetrical) – 8 x Chipboard screws Ø 4 x 35 mm

2

Telescopic arm set Cabinet height KH (mm) 480–570 560–710 700–900 760–1040

¹

Composed of: 2 2 x Telescopic arm (symmetrical) ¹ Theoretical cabinet height TKH for asymmetrical fronts

3

Cover cap set Colour SW | HGR | TGR

Material Nylon

Part no. 20F8020

Composed of: 3a 1 x Cover cap left 3b 1 x Cover cap right 3c 2 x Branding element, stamped with Blum logo IN-G

3

7

Cover cap set for SERVO-DRIVE Colour Material SW | HGR | TGR Nylon

Part no. 21F8020

Composed of: 3a 1 x SERVO-DRIVE cover cap left 3b 1 x Cover cap right 3c 2 x Branding element, stamped with Blum logo IN-G 3d 2 x SERVO-DRIVE switch 3e 6 x Blum distance bumper, Ø 5 mm

4 Mounting plate for telescopic arm Recommendation Fixing method Spacing (mm) Screw-on 0 EXPANDO 0 Knock-in 0

Part no. 20F3200.01 20F3500.01 20F3800.01 20F3900.01

¹

Part no. 175H3100 177H3100E 177H3100

All horizontal steel mounting plates with 0 mm spacing possible ¹ Use 2 chipboard screws (609.1x00) per side for wooden fronts ¹ Use 2 counter sunk self tapping screws (660.0950) per side for wide alu frames

6

SERVO-DRIVE set Colour R7037

Material Nylon

Composed of: 6a 1 x Drive unit 6b 1 x SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable, 1500 mm 6c 1 x Connecting node 6d 2 x Cable end protector For three lift mechanisms or more, we recommend two synchronised drive units

20

Part no. 21FA000

24 W SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit Language package Part no. Language package A Z10NE030A F B Z10NE030B G C Z10NE030C H D Z10NE030D J E Z10NE030E

Part no. Z10NE030F Z10NE030G Z10NE030H Z10NE030J

Incl. operating and installation instructions Without flex Language package – operating and installation instructions A DE | EN | FR | IT | NL F BG | ET | LT | LV | RO | RU B DA | EN | FI | NO | SV G EN | ES | FR C EL | EN | HR | SL | SR | TR H EN | ZH D EN | ES | FR | IT | PT J JA E CS | HU | PL | SK Language descriptions as per ISO-639

8

Power supply unit housing Colour Material WGR Nylon

Part no. Z10NG120

For 24 W SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit

9

Flex Market AR UK CH DK Europe Europe IN IL

Length 2 m, incl. plug ¹ Without plug

¹

Part no. Market Z10M200A JP Z10M200B AU Z10M200C CL Z10M200D CN Z10M200E BR Z10M200E.OS TW Z10M200H US | CA Z10M200I ZA

Part no. Z10M200J Z10M200K Z10M200L Z10M200N Z10M200S.01 Z10M200T Z10M200U Z10M200Z

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Web code DQD8YM

Wooden fronts and wide alu frames Order information Alternative to 7 | 8 | 9 – 12 W SERVO-DRIVE plug-in power supply unit Only suitable for one drive unit LanNetwork guage adapter package

E E E E E

Network adapter E

B

A B C D E

LanNetwork Part no. adapter guage package

☎ Z10NA30EAF E ☎ Z10NA30EBF B ☎ Z10NA30ECF K ☎ Z10NA30EDF U ☎ Z10NA30EEF

K

F A D G

Part no. ☎ Z10NA30EFF ☎ Z10NA30BAF ☎ Z10NA30KDF ☎ Z10NA30UGF ¹

U

Composed of: – 1 x 12 W SERVO-DRIVE plug-in power supply unit Incl. cable, 1120 mm (with SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable extendible to max. 2000 mm) Other combinations available upon request ¹ See the Information chapter for a detailed market list

10

CLIP top 120° hinge Boss INSERTA Screw-on

Spring Unsprung Unsprung

²

Part no. 70T5590BTL 70T5550.TL

Boss overlay TO (fixed dimension) 11 mm 3 hinges at cabinet width KB 1200 mm and/or starting from 12 kg front weight FG 4 hinges at cabinet width KB 1800 mm and/or starting from 20 kg front weight FG ² Use chipboard screws (609.1x00) for wooden fronts ² Use counter sunk self tapping screws (660.0950) for wide alu frames

Alternative to 10 10 CLIP top 120° special hinge for larger front overlay Boss Spring INSERTA Unsprung Screw-on Unsprung ²

Part no. 72T5590BTL 72T5550.TL

Boss overlay TO (fixed dimension) 13 mm 3 hinges at cabinet width KB 1200 mm and/or starting from 12 kg front weight FG 4 hinges at cabinet width KB 1800 mm and/or starting from 20 kg front weight FG ² Use chipboard screws (609.1x00) for wooden fronts ² Use counter sunk self tapping screws (660.0950) for wide alu frames

11 Mounting plate for CLIP top 120° hinge Recommendation Fixing method Spacing (mm) Screw-on 0 EXPANDO 0 Knock-in 0

²

Standard mounting plates, spacing depends on the upper front overlay FAo ² Use chipboard screws (609.1x00) for wooden fronts ² Use counter sunk self tapping screws (660.0950) for wide alu frames

12

CLIP top centre hinge Boss EXPANDO Screw-on

Spring Unsprung Unsprung

²

3 hinges at cabinet width KB 1200 mm and/or starting from 12 kg front weight FG 4 hinges at cabinet width KB 1800 mm and/or starting from 20 kg front weight FG ² Use chipboard screws (609.1x00) for wooden fronts ² Use counter sunk self tapping screws (660.0950) for wide alu frames

Reference pages Overview – AVENTOS HF Accessories – hinge set Mounting plates Accessories – general Planning – symmetrical Planning – asymmetrical Planning – Blum distance bumper Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

19 28 144 66 22 23 29

Part no. 175H3100 177H3100E 177H3100

13 Mounting plate for CLIP top-centre hinge Recommendation Fixing method Spacing (mm) Screw-on 0 EXPANDO 0 Knock-in 0

²

Part no. 175H3100 177H3100E 177H3100

Standard mounting plates with 0 mm spacing Only use cruciform mounting plates for wide aluminium frames under a 57 mm frame frieze width ² Use chipboard screws (609.1x00) for wooden fronts ² Use counter sunk self tapping screws (660.0950) for wide alu frames

Accessories – Opening angle stop Opening angle 104° 83° –

Colour TGR R7037

Part no. 20F7051 20F7011

SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable and cable end protector Colour Length (m) Part no. S 8 Z10K800AE

Composed of: 6b 1 x SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable 6d 5 x Cable end protector For cutting to size Can be used as a SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable

Connecting node and cable end protector Colour Material S Nylon

Composed of: 6c 1 x Connecting node 6d 2 x Cable end protector Tool-free assembly

Cable holder Colour W

Material Nylon

Light grey Silk white Dark grey RAL 7037 dust grey

Colour WGR S W IN-G

Part no. Z10K0009

E.g. for fixing the SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable Colour HGR SW TGR R7037

Part no. Z10V100E.01

White grey Black White In-mould brushed stainless steel

Part no. 78Z553ET 78Z5500T

SERVO-DRIVE switch SERVO-DRIVE uno – market list Overview – assembly devices Reference values for front weight FG (kg) Machine directive More technical details

29 Assembly, removal and adjustment 718 591 704 Short URL 701 www.blum.com/a110 698

21

Lift systems

Lift systems 〉 AVENTOS HF – bi-fold lift system 〉 Standard | SERVO-DRIVE


Lift systems

Lift systems 〉 AVENTOS HF – bi-fold lift system 〉 Standard | SERVO-DRIVE

Web code DQD8YM

Wooden fronts and wide alu frames Planning Symmetrical Drilling position

Y

Space requirement

Cabinet height KH (mm) H (mm) 480–549 KH x 0.3 – 28 550–1040 KH x 0.3 – 57 4 x chipboard screws Ø 4 x 35 mm Drilling for SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable, left only * Drilling depth 5 mm ** Alternative drilling

KH

Front assembly

CLIP top 120° hinge

o FH

Opening angle stop Without 104° 83° FHo Upper front height

Cabinet height

Y (mm) FHo x 0.44 + 38 FHo x 0.24 + 34 0

FAo

CLIP top centre hinge

TB F FAo ()

22

TB F *

Drilling distance TB 68 45

0

3

6

Screw-on

Drilling distance Gap Upper front overlay CLIP top 120° special hinge

5

6

7

8

9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17

3

4

5

Drilling distance Min. gap 1.5 mm 37 mm for cruciform mounting plates (37/32)

Drilling distance TB

Front overlay FA (mm)

3

6

4

5

3

6

4

5

6

MD

175H5400 | 177H5400E

MD

Cabinet height KH X (mm) (mm) 177H3100 | 177H3100E | 177H3100E10 | 177H5100 | 175H3100 | 175H4100 480–549 70 550–1040 47 SFA Front overlay of the side panel

Horizontal gap F (mm) between fronts 3

0

6

3

4

5

5

4

6

3

6

9 3 4 5 6 MD Mounting plate spacing (mm) With the CLIP top 120° special hinge, the front overlay FA is always 2 mm larger

9 MD

INSERTA | EXPANDO

Hinge boss dimensions

Mounting plate spacing (mm)

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Web code DQD8YM

Wooden fronts and wide alu frames Planning Asymmetrical Drilling position

Y

Space requirement

o FH

TKH = FHo (mm) x 2 + gaps TKH Theoretical cabinet height FHo Upper front height FHu Lower front height

Opening angle stop Y (mm) Without FHo x 0.44 + 38 104° FHo x 0.24 + 34 83° 0 FHo Upper front height The larger front must be at the top!

Front assembly

CLIP top 120° hinge

CLIP top centre hinge

FAo

Theoret. cabinet height TKH H (mm) (mm) 480–549 TKH x 0.3 – 28 550–1040 TKH x 0.3 – 57 4 x chipboard screws Ø 4 x 35 mm Drilling for SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable, left only * Drilling depth 5 mm ** Alternative drilling

Screw-on

175H5400 | 177H5400E

TB F FAo ()

Drilling distance Gap Upper front overlay CLIP top 120° special hinge

TB F *

Drilling distance TB FHo / 2 + 68 FHo / 2 + 45

0

3

6

5

6

7

8

9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17

3

4

5

Drilling distance Min. gap 1.5 mm 37 mm for cruciform mounting plates (37/32)

Drilling distance TB

Front overlay FA (mm)

3

6

4

5

3

6

4

5

6

MD

X (mm) 177H3100 | 177H3100E | 177H3100E10 | 177H5100 | 175H3100 | 175H4100 480–549 FHo / 2 + 70 550–1040 FHo / 2 + 47 FHo Upper front height FHu Lower front height FAu Bottom front overlay SFA Front overlay of the side panel

MD

Theoret. cabinet height TKH (mm)

Horizontal gap F (mm) between fronts 3

0

6

3

4

5

5

4

6

3

6

9 3 4 5 6 MD Mounting plate spacing (mm) With the CLIP top 120° special hinge, the front overlay FA is always 2 mm larger

9 MD

INSERTA | EXPANDO

Reference pages Overview – AVENTOS HF Ordering information – wooden fronts and wide alu frames Planning – Blum distance bumper SERVO-DRIVE switch Machine directive Assembly, removal and adjustment

Mounting plate spacing (mm)

19 20 29 29 701

Short URL www.blum.com/a110

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

23

Lift systems

Lift systems 〉 AVENTOS HF – bi-fold lift system 〉 Standard | SERVO-DRIVE


Lift systems

Lift systems 〉 AVENTOS HF – bi-fold lift system 〉 Standard | SERVO-DRIVE

Web code DQD9NY

Narrow alu frames ▬ Ideal for wall cabinets with bi-fold fronts ▬ Cabinet height KH 480–1040 mm ▬ Cabinet width KB up to 1800 mm ▬ Soft and effortless closing thanks to BLUMOTION ▬ Light operating forces ▬ Variable stop ▬ Tool-free assembly ▬ 3-dimensional adjustment of both fronts ▬ Simple, infinitely variable lift mechanism ▬ Centre hinge with finger safety feature

Power factor LF Cabinet height KH (mm) x combined weight of top and bottom fronts FG including handle (kg)

Theoret. cabinet height TKH Upper front height FHo (mm) x 2 + gaps

We recommend the more powerful lift mechanism for overlapping areas.

Standard SERVO-DRIVE Order information 1 Lift mechanism set Power factor LF 2600–5500 (1 pc LF 960–2650) 5350–10150 9000–17250

Part no. 20F2200.05 20F2500.05 20F2800.05

Composed of: 1 2 x Lift mechanism (symmetrical) – 8 x Chipboard screws Ø 4 x 35 mm

2

Telescopic arm set Cabinet height KH (mm) 480–570 560–710 700–900 760–1040

¹

Composed of: 2 2 x Telescopic arm (symmetrical) ¹ Theoretical cabinet height TKH for asymmetrical fronts

3

Cover cap set Colour SW | HGR | TGR

Material Nylon

Composed of: 3a 1 x Cover cap left 3b 1 x Cover cap right 3c 2 x Branding element, stamped with Blum logo IN-G

3

Cover cap set for SERVO-DRIVE Colour Material SW | HGR | TGR Nylon

Composed of: 3a 1 x SERVO-DRIVE cover cap left 3b 1 x Cover cap right 3c 2 x Branding element, stamped with Blum logo IN-G 3d 2 x SERVO-DRIVE switch 3e 6 x Blum distance bumper, Ø 5 mm

4

6

Part no. 20F3200.01 20F3500.01 20F3800.01 20F3900.01

Part no. 20F8020 7

Part no. 21F8020

CLIP adapter plate for telescopic arms Version Spacing (mm) Left | right 0

Part no. 175H5B00

SERVO-DRIVE set Colour R7037

Part no. 21FA000

Material Nylon

Composed of: 6a 1 x Drive unit 6b 1 x SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable, 1500 mm 6c 1 x Connecting node 6d 2 x Cable end protector

24 W SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit Language package Part no. Language package A Z10NE030A F B Z10NE030B G C Z10NE030C H D Z10NE030D J E Z10NE030E

Incl. operating and installation instructions Without flex Language package – operating and installation instructions A DE | EN | FR | IT | NL F BG | ET | LT | LV | RO | RU B DA | EN | FI | NO | SV G EN | ES | FR C EL | EN | HR | SL | SR | TR H EN | ZH D EN | ES | FR | IT | PT J JA E CS | HU | PL | SK Language descriptions as per ISO-639

8

Power supply unit housing Colour Material WGR Nylon

Part no. Z10NG120

For 24 W SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit

9

Flex Market AR UK CH DK Europe Europe IN IL

Length 2 m, incl. plug ¹ Without plug

24

Part no. Z10NE030F Z10NE030G Z10NE030H Z10NE030J

¹

Part no. Market Z10M200A JP Z10M200B AU Z10M200C CL Z10M200D CN Z10M200E BR Z10M200E.OS TW Z10M200H US | CA Z10M200I ZA

Part no. Z10M200J Z10M200K Z10M200L Z10M200N Z10M200S.01 Z10M200T Z10M200U Z10M200Z

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Web code DQD9NY

Narrow alu frames Order information Alternative to 7 | 8 | 9 – 12 W SERVO-DRIVE plug-in power supply unit Only suitable for one drive unit LanNetwork guage adapter package

E E E E E

Network adapter E

B

A B C D E

LanNetwork Part no. adapter guage package

☎ Z10NA30EAF E ☎ Z10NA30EBF B ☎ Z10NA30ECF K ☎ Z10NA30EDF U ☎ Z10NA30EEF

K

F A D G

Part no. ☎ Z10NA30EFF ☎ Z10NA30BAF ☎ Z10NA30KDF ☎ Z10NA30UGF ¹

U

Composed of: – 1 x 12 W SERVO-DRIVE plug-in power supply unit Incl. cable, 1120 mm (with SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable extendible to max. 2000 mm) Other combinations available upon request ¹ See the Information chapter for a detailed market list

10

CLIP top 120° aluminium frame door hinge Boss Spring Screw-on Unsprung

3 hinges at cabinet width KB 1200 mm and/or starting from 12 kg front weight FG 4 hinges at cabinet width KB 1800 mm and/or starting from 20 kg front weight FG Boss fixing screws are included

11 Mounting plate for CLIP top 120° hinge Recommendation Fixing method Spacing (mm) Screw-on 0 EXPANDO 0 Knock-in 0

²

Part no. 72T550A.TL

Accessories – Opening angle stop Opening angle 104° 83° –

Colour TGR R7037

Part no. 20F7051 20F7011

SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable and cable end protector Colour Length (m) Part no. S 8 Z10K800AE

Composed of: 6b 1 x SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable 6d 5 x Cable end protector For cutting to size Can be used as a SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable

Connecting node and cable end protector Colour Material S Nylon

Composed of: 6c 1 x Connecting node 6d 2 x Cable end protector Tool-free assembly

Cable holder Colour W

Material Nylon

Light grey Silk white Dark grey RAL 7037 dust grey

Colour WGR S W IN-G

Part no. Z10K0009

E.g. for fixing the SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable

Part no. 175H3100 177H3100E 177H3100

Colour HGR SW TGR R7037

Part no. Z10V100E.01

White grey Black White In-mould brushed stainless steel

Standard mounting plates, spacing depends on the top gap F ² Use 2 counter sunk self tapping screws (660.0950) per side for narrow alu frames

12

CLIP top aluminium centre hinge Boss Spring Screw-on Unsprung

Part no. 78Z550AT

CLIP adapter plate for centre hinges Version Spacing (mm) Symmetrical 0

Part no. 175H5A00

3 hinges at cabinet width KB 1200 mm and/or starting from 12 kg front weight FG 4 hinges at cabinet width KB 1800 mm and/or starting from 20 kg front weight FG Use 2 counter sunk self tapping screws (660.0950) per side for narrow alu frames

13

Boss fixing screws are included

Reference pages Overview – AVENTOS HF Accessories – hinge set Mounting plates Accessories – general Planning – symmetrical Planning – asymmetrical Planning – Blum distance bumper Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

19 28 144 66 26 27 29

SERVO-DRIVE switch SERVO-DRIVE uno – market list Overview – assembly devices Reference values for front weight FG (kg) Machine directive More technical details

29 Assembly, removal and adjustment 718 591 704 Short URL 701 www.blum.com/a110 698

25

Lift systems

Lift systems 〉 AVENTOS HF – bi-fold lift system 〉 Standard | SERVO-DRIVE


Lift systems

Lift systems 〉 AVENTOS HF – bi-fold lift system 〉 Standard | SERVO-DRIVE

Web code DQD9NY

Narrow alu frames Planning Symmetrical Drilling position

Y

Space requirement

Cabinet height KH (mm) H (mm) 480–549 KH x 0.3 – 28 550–1040 KH x 0.3 – 57 4 x chipboard screws Ø 4 x 35 mm Drilling for SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable, left only * Drilling depth 5 mm ** Alternative drilling

KH

Front assembly

CLIP top 120° aluminium frame door hinge

Cabinet height KH (mm) 480–549 550–1040

X (mm) 54 31

Cabinet height

Opening angle stop Without 104° 83° FHo Upper front height

o FH

Y (mm) FHo x 0.44 + 38 FHo x 0.24 + 34 0

CLIP top aluminium centre hinge

F Min. gap 1.5 mm The gap F needs to be adjusted for frame thicknesses over 20.5 mm

Screw-on (hinge | adapter plate)

*

26

When changing material thickness, adjust the assembly dimensions accordingly

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Web code DQD9NY

Narrow alu frames

Space requirement

Y

Planning Asymmetrical Drilling position

o FH

Theoret. cabinet height TKH H (mm) (mm) 480–549 TKH x 0.3 – 28 550–1040 TKH x 0.3 – 57 4 x chipboard screws Ø 4 x 35 mm Drilling for SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable, left only * Drilling depth 5 mm ** Alternative drilling

TKH = FHo (mm) x 2 + gaps TKH Theoretical cabinet height FHo Upper front height FHu Lower front height

Opening angle stop Y (mm) Without FHo x 0.44 + 38 104° FHo x 0.24 + 34 83° 0 FHo Upper front height The larger front must be at the top!

Front assembly

CLIP top 120° aluminium frame door hinge

CLIP top aluminium centre hinge

Theoret. cabinet height TKH X (mm) (mm) 480–549 FHo / 2 + 54 550–1040 FHo / 2 + 31 FHo Upper front height FHu Lower front height FAu Bottom front overlay

F Min. gap 1.5 mm The gap F needs to be adjusted for frame thicknesses over 20.5 mm

Screw-on (hinge | adapter plate)

Reference pages Overview – AVENTOS HF Ordering information – narrow alu frames Planning – Blum distance bumper SERVO-DRIVE switch Machine directive Assembly, removal and adjustment

19 24 29 29 701

Short URL www.blum.com/a110

*

When changing material thickness, adjust the assembly dimensions accordingly

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

27

Lift systems

Lift systems 〉 AVENTOS HF – bi-fold lift system 〉 Standard | SERVO-DRIVE


Lift systems

Lift systems 〉 AVENTOS HF – bi-fold lift system 〉 Accessories

Hinge set – wooden fronts ▬ Hinge set

Order information Fixing method INSERTA | Knock-in | EXPANDO

Part no. ☎ 78Z5530T11

Order information Fixing method Screw-on

Part no. ¹ ☎ 78Z5500T12

Composed of: 2x CLIP top 120° hinge unsprung 70T5590BTL 2x CLIP top centre hinge unsprung 78Z5530T 6x Horizontal cam mounting plate 177H3100

Hinge set – wooden fronts and wide aluminium frames ▬ Hinge set

Composed of: 2x CLIP top 120° hinge unsprung 70T5550.TL 2x CLIP top centre hinge unsprung 78Z5500T 6x Horizontal cam mounting plate 175H3100 For wide alu frames, an additional cruciform mounting plate is required for the CLIP top centre hinge ¹ Use chipboard screws (609.1x00) for wooden fronts ¹

Use counter sunk self tapping screws (660.0950) for wide alu frames

Hinge set – narrow aluminium frames ▬ Hinge set

Order information Fixing method Screw-on

Part no. ☎ 78Z550AT11

Composed of: 2x CLIP top 120° aluminium frame hinge unsprung 72T550A.TL 2x CLIP top alu centre hinge unsprung 78Z550AT 2x Horizontal cam mounting plate 175H5400 2x CLIP adapter plate symmetrical 175H5A00 2x CLIP adapter plate left/right 175H5B00

28

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Lift systems

Lift systems 〉 AVENTOS HF – bi-fold lift system 〉 Planning

Planning Blum distance bumper (SERVO-DRIVE application only)

Recommendation for aluminium frames Take into account drilling for the Blum distance bumper in the cabinet side A trial application must be carried out when fixing to the front

Insert Blum distance bumper (do not glue)

*

From cabinet bottom edge for fronts that protrude below

SERVO-DRIVE switch

Reference pages Overview – AVENTOS HF Ordering information – wooden fronts and wide alu frames Ordering information – narrow alu frames Overview – assembly devices Machine directive More technical details

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

19 Assembly, removal and adjustment 20 24 Short URL 591 www.blum.com/a110 701 698

29


Lift systems

Lift systems 〉 AVENTOS HS – up and over lift system

The up and over lift system for a smooth glide Wall cabinet fronts equipped with AVENTOS HS swing up and over the cabinet, making it ideal for large fronts. The up and over lift system is also the perfect choice for cabinets with cornices. ▬ Soft and effortless closing thanks to BLUMOTION ▬ Easy to open ▬ Holds in any position ▬ Provides excellent access to the cabinet interior ▬ Suitable for wall cabinets with cornice or crown moulding ▬ Small range, huge application variety ▬ Easy assembly and adjustment ▬ Stability, even with wide fronts ▬ Excellent durability ▬ No protruding parts ▬ Optional: SERVO-DRIVE for AVENTOS, the electrical motion support system for wall cabinets

Ease of use and design options

AVENTOS HS provides ease of use that inspires. Even heavy fronts are easy to open thanks to the light operating forces

Thanks to SERVO-DRIVE, wall cabinet fronts open at a single touch. The press of a switch is all you need for a soft close

AVENTOS HS can be used with EXPANDO T for thin fronts measuring 8 mm or more

The cover cap is available in silk white, light grey and dark grey

Other advantages that will inspire both you and your customers

Excellent durability The core element of the lift mechanism is a robust spring package. The result: excellent durability

30

Cornice and crown moulding No protruding parts You can easily combine cabinets with cornice or crown moulding with Removable lever arm – an advantage for furniture manufacturing and AVENTOS HS. This provides more design freedom for furniture planning kitchen installation

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Applications Standard | SERVO-DRIVE Wooden fronts, wide and narrow alu frames

Web code Page

Symbolic image

DQDADA

Accessories

Symbolic image

Screws Centre bit Door buffer Screwdriver Cross slot bit

Assembly, removal and adjustment Assembly, removal and adjustment

Symbolic image

Short URL www.blum.com/a120

Lift systems

Lift systems 〉 AVENTOS HS – up and over lift system 〉 Overview

32

66 66 66 67 67

Machine directive Detailed information on the Machine Directive

701

Short URL www.blum.com/sd/guideline

Pictograph Item available on request

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

31


Lift systems

Lift systems 〉 AVENTOS HS – up and over lift system 〉 Standard | SERVO-DRIVE

Web code DQDADA

Wooden fronts, wide and narrow alu frames ▬ Ideal for large fronts ▬ Cabinet height KH 350–800 mm ▬ Cabinet width KB up to 1800 mm ▬ Soft and effortless closing thanks to BLUMOTION ▬ Light operating forces ▬ Perfect motion with a variable stop ▬ Tool-free assembly ▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment ▬ Simple, infinitely variable lift mechanism

Lift mechanism In order to select the correct lift mechanism, it is necessary to determine both the cabinet height KH and the front weight FG (including the handle)

Example Cabinet height KH = 600 mm Front weight FG = 10 kg Lift mechanism selection = 20S2E00.05 KH = 602 mm –> 600 mm KH = 603 mm –> 605 mm We recommend the more powerful lift mechanism for overlapping areas. Standard SERVO-DRIVE

Order information 1 Lift mechanism set Cabinet height KH 350–525 mm Part no. 20S2A00.05 20S2B00.05 20S2C00.05 Part no. 20S2A00.05 20S2B00.05 20S2C00.05 KH (mm) Weight of front incl. handle (kg)

350

355

360

365 370

375

2.00–5.00

4.50–9.50

9.25–10.50

4.50–9.50

9.25–10.75

2.00–4.75

4.50–9.50

2.00–4.75

4.50–9.25

2.00–4.75

2.00–4.75

2.00–4.75

4.50–9.25

4.50–9.25

9.25–10.50 9.00–11.00

9.00–11.00

9.00–11.25

KH (mm) Weight of front incl. handle (kg)

440

445

455

2.25–4.25

4.00–8.50

8.25–13.50

465

2.25–4.25

4.00–8.25

475

2.50–4.25

3.75–8.00

450

460

4.50–9.25

9.00–11.25

470

390

2.00–4.75

4.50–9.00

8.75–11.50

480

395

400

2.00–4.75

2.00–4.75

4.50–9.25 4.50–9.00

4.25–9.00

405

2.25–4.50

4.25–9.00

415

2.25–4.50

4.25–8.75

410

2.25–4.50

4.25–9.00

9.00–11.50

2.25–4.25

2.25–4.25 2.50–4.25

2.50–4.25

3.75–8.00

7.75–14.25

7.75–14.00

2.50–4.25

3.75–8.00

7.75–14.25

3.75–7.75

7.50–14.50

8.50–12.50

505

2.50–4.00

3.50–7.75

7.50–14.75

8.75–12.25

500

2.50–4.25

2.50–4.25 2.50–4.00

430

2.25–4.50

4.25–8.75

8.50–12.75

520

2.50–4.00

4.25–8.75

8.00–14.00

2.50–4.25

490

510

2.25–4.50

4.00–8.25

485

8.50–12.50

435

8.00–13.75

8.00–13.75

495

4.25–8.75

4.25–8.75

4.00–8.25

8.25–13.50

8.75–11.75

8.75–12.00

2.25–4.50

2.25–4.50

4.00–8.50

8.75–12.00

420

425

8.25–13.00

8.25–13.25

2.00–4.75 2.00–4.75

4.25–8.50

4.25–8.50

380 385

2.25–4.50

2.25–4.50

8.50–12.75

8.50–13.00

515

525

3.75–8.00 3.50–7.75

7.75–14.50

7.50–14.75

3.50–7.75

7.50–14.75

3.50–7.50

7.25–15.00

2.50–4.00

3.50–7.50

2.50–4.00

3.25–7.50

7.25–14.75

7.25–15.00

Cabinet height KH 526–675 mm Part no. 20S2D00.05 20S2E00.05 20S2F00.05 Part no. 20S2D00.05 20S2E00.05 20S2F00.05 KH (mm) Weight of front incl. handle (kg)

526

530 535

6.25–13.00

12.00–16.50

605

3.00–6.00

5.50–11.75

10.50–18.50

3.00–6.75

6.25–12.75

11.75–16.75

615

3.00–5.75

5.50–11.50

10.25–18.75

3.00–5.75

5.50–11.50

3.00–6.75

540

3.00–6.50

550

3.00–6.50

545 555

560

3.00–6.50

6.00–12.50

11.50–17.50

590 595

6.00–12.50

11.50–17.25

610

620 625

630

635

3.00–6.00 3.00–5.75

3.00–5.75

3.00–5.50

5.50–11.75

5.50–11.50

5.50–11.50

5.25–11.50

10.50–18.50

10.25–18.75

5.25–11.25

3.00–6.25

5.75–12.25

11.25–17.75

650

3.00–5.50

5.25–11.25

10.00–19.00

5.25–11.25

10.00–19.00

3.00–6.25

3.00–6.25

5.75–12.00

11.00–18.00

5.75–12.00

10.75–18.25

5.75–12.00

3.00–6.00

5.50–12.00

3.00–6.00

5.50–11.75

3.00–6.00

5.50–11.75

11.00–18.00

10.75–18.25

10.50–18.50

10.50–18.50

655

660

3.00–5.50

3.00–5.50

665

3.00–5.25

675

3.00–5.25

670

3.00–5.25

5.25–11.25

5.25–11.25 5.00–11.00

5.00–11.00

5.00–11.00

10.00–18.75

09.75–19.00

09.75–19.00

09.75–19.00

Cabinet height KH 676–800 mm Part no. 20S2G00.05 20S2H00.05 20S2I00.05 Part no. 20S2G00.05 20S2H00.05 20S2I00.05 KH (mm) Weight of front incl. handle (kg)

KH (mm) Weight of front incl. handle (kg)

676

3.50–8.00

7.00–13.50

13.00–21.50

740

3.50–7.25

6.50–12.75

685

3.50–8.00

7.00–13.25

12.75–21.50

750

3.50–7.25

6.50–12.75

6.75–13.25

12.50–21.50

760

3.75–7.25

6.75–13.25

12.25–21.50

770

12.00–21.25

680 690 695 700

705

710

3.50–8.00 3.50–7.75

3.50–7.75 3.50–7.75

3.50–7.75

12.50–21.50

6.75–13.25

12.25–21.25

6.75–13.00

12.00–21.25

725

3.50–7.50

735

6.75–13.25

12.75–21.50

3.50–7.75

3.50–7.50

730

6.75–13.25

13.00–21.50

3.50–7.50

715

720

7.00–13.50

3.50–7.50 3.50–7.50

6.75–13.00

6.75–13.00 6.75–13.00

6.50–13.00

12.00–21.00 11.75–21.00

11.75–20.75

Composed of: 1 2 x Lift mechanism (symmetrical) – 10 x Chipboard screws Ø 4 x 35 mm KH Cabinet height

32

745

755

3.50–7.25 3.75–7.25

6.50–12.75 6.50–12.75

11.75–20.75

11.50–20.50

11.25–20.50

11.25–20.25

3.75–7.00

6.25–12.50

11.00–20.25

780

4.00–7.00

6.25–12.50

10.75–20.25

790

4.00–7.00

6.00–12.25

10.75–20.00

775

785

795

800

3.75–7.25 3.75–7.00

4.00–7.00

4.00–7.00

4.00–7.00

6.50–12.50

6.25–12.50

6.25–12.50 6.00–12.25

6.00–12.25

Part no. 21S3500.01

Composed of: 2a 1 x SERVO-DRIVE lever arm left 2b 1 x SERVO-DRIVE lever arm right 2c 2 x Cross stabiliser cover cap

3

11.50–20.50

6.50–12.75

765

Lever arm set for SERVO-DRIVE Colour Material NI Steel

2

3.00–5.50

3.00–5.50

Part no. 20S3500.06

10.00–19.00

640

645

Material Steel

10.00–18.75

11.25–17.50 11.25–17.75

Lever arm set Colour NI

Composed of: 2a 1 x Lever arm left 2b 1 x Lever arm right 2c 2 x Cross stabiliser cover cap

10.25–18.75

10.25–18.75

6.00–12.25 5.75–12.25

2

10.25–18.75

3.00–6.50

3.00–6.25

600

11.75–17.00

11.50–17.25

575

585

6.00–12.75

11.75–16.75

6.00–12.50

3.00–6.25

580

6.25–12.75

3.00–6.50

565 570

KH (mm) Weight of front incl. handle (kg)

3.00–6.75

11.00–20.25

11.00–20.25

10.75–20.00

10.50–20.00

10.50–20.00

Cover cap set Colour SW | HGR | TGR

Material Nylon

Part no. 20S8020

Cover cap set for SERVO-DRIVE Colour Material SW | HGR | TGR Nylon

Part no. 21S8020

Composed of: 3a 1 x Cover cap left 3b 1 x Cover cap right 3c 2 x Branding element, stamped with Blum logo IN-G

3

Composed of: 3a 1 x SERVO-DRIVE cover cap left 3b 1 x Cover cap right 3c 2 x Branding element, stamped with Blum logo IN-G 3d 2 x SERVO-DRIVE switch 3e 4 x Blum distance bumper, Ø 5 mm

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Web code DQDADA

Wooden fronts, wide and narrow alu frames Order information 4 Front fixing bracket set Version Wooden fronts and wide alu frames Narrow alu frames ¹ ¹

¹

Part no. 20S4200 20S4200A

9

Flex Market AR UK CH DK Europe Europe IN IL

Use 4 chipboard screws (609.1x00) per side for wooden fronts Use 4 counter sunk self tapping screws (660.0950) per side for wide alu frames

4

Front fixing bracket Version Thin fronts

Part no. 20S42T1

EXPANDO T suitable for thin fronts – see reference pages

5

Cross stabiliser rod round Length (mm) Diameter (mm) 1061 Ø 16

For cutting to size Cutting

Internal cabinet width LW – 129 mm Internal cabinet width LW – 164 mm

– Connecting piece set for cross stabiliser Internal cabinet width LW 1190 mm and higher Material Diameter (mm) Aluminium Ø 16

Composed of: – 1 x Connecting piece – 1 x Fixing – 2 x Cross stabiliser cover cap Internal cabinet width LW / 2 – 147 mm Cutting for 5 Internal cabinet width LW / 2 – 165 mm

6

SERVO-DRIVE set Colour R7037

Material Nylon

Composed of: 6a 1 x Drive unit 6b 1 x SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable, 1500 mm 6c 1 x Connecting node 6d 2 x Cable end protector We recommend one SERVO-DRIVE drive unit per set for connected fronts

7

Part no. 20Q1061UN

24 W SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit Language package Part no. Language package A Z10NE030A F B Z10NE030B G C Z10NE030C H D Z10NE030D J E Z10NE030E

Power supply unit housing Colour Material WGR Nylon

Reference pages Overview – AVENTOS HS Fixing system for thin fronts – EXPANDO T Assembly recommendation and limitation of liability – EXPANDO T Accessories – general Planning Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

E E E E E

Network adapter B

E

Part no. 21FA000

A B C D E

K

Network

Lan-

Part no. adapter guage ☎ Z10NA30EAF E ☎ Z10NA30EBF B ☎ Z10NA30ECF K ☎ Z10NA30EDF U ☎ Z10NA30EEF

package

F A D G

Part no. ☎ Z10NA30EFF ☎ Z10NA30BAF ☎ Z10NA30KDF ☎ Z10NA30UGF ¹

U

Composed of: – 1 x 12 W SERVO-DRIVE plug-in power supply unit Incl. cable, 1120 mm (with SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable extendible to max. 2000 mm) Other combinations available upon request ¹ See the Information chapter for a detailed market list

Accessories – SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable and cable end protector Colour Length (m) Part no. S 8 Z10K800AE Part no. Z10NE030F Z10NE030G Z10NE030H Z10NE030J

Composed of: 6b 1 x SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable 6d 5 x Cable end protector For cutting to size Can be used as a SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable

Connecting node and cable end protector Colour Material S Nylon

Composed of: 6c 1 x Connecting node 6d 2 x Cable end protector Tool-free assembly

Cable holder Colour W

Material Nylon

Colour HGR SW TGR NI IN-G

Light grey Silk white Dark grey Nickel plated In-mould brushed stainless steel

Colour R7037 WGR S W

Part no. Z10V100E.01

Part no. Z10K0009

E.g. for fixing the SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable

31 Planning – Blum distance bumper SERVO-DRIVE switch SERVO-DRIVE uno – market list Overview – assembly devices 585 Reference values for front weight FG (kg) 66 Machine directive 34 More technical details

584

Part no. Z10M200J Z10M200K Z10M200L Z10M200N Z10M200S.01 Z10M200T Z10M200U Z10M200Z

Alternative to 7 | 8 | 9 – 12 W SERVO-DRIVE plug-in power supply unit Only suitable for one drive unit

Part no. 20Q153ZN

Part no. Z10NG120

For 24 W SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit

Length 2 m, incl. plug ¹ Without plug

LanNetwork guage adapter package

Incl. operating and installation instructions Without flex Language package – operating and installation instructions A DE | EN | FR | IT | NL F BG | ET | LT | LV | RO | RU B DA | EN | FI | NO | SV G EN | ES | FR C EL | EN | HR | SL | SR | TR H EN | ZH D EN | ES | FR | IT | PT J JA E CS | HU | PL | SK Language descriptions as per ISO-639

8

¹

Part no. Market Z10M200A JP Z10M200B AU Z10M200C CL Z10M200D CN Z10M200E BR Z10M200E.OS TW Z10M200H US | CA Z10M200I ZA

RAL 7037 dust grey White grey Black White

35 Assembly, removal and adjustment 35 718 591 Short URL 704 www.blum.com/a120 701 698 33

Lift systems

Lift systems 〉 AVENTOS HS – up and over lift system 〉 Standard | SERVO-DRIVE


Lift systems

Lift systems 〉 AVENTOS HS – up and over lift system 〉 Standard | SERVO-DRIVE

Web code DQDADA

Wooden fronts, wide and narrow alu frames Planning Drilling position

Space requirement

5 x chipboard screws Ø 4 x 35 mm Drilling for SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable, left only SOB Top panel thickness * Drilling depth 5 mm ** Alternative drilling

Dimensions depend on tilt setting

Front assembly – wooden fronts and wide alu frames

Front assembly – narrow alu frames

Narrow alu frames

Use 4 chipboard screws (609.1x00) for wooden fronts Use 4 counter sunk self tapping screws (660.0950) for wide alu frames FAo Upper front overlay SFA Front overlay of the side panel Wall application: min. gap required 5 mm

FAo Upper front overlay SFA Front overlay of the side panel Wall application: min. gap required 5 mm

For frame width 19 mm, a side front overlay SFA of 11–18 mm is possible * When changing material thickness, adjust the assembly dimensions accordingly

Space requirement – cornice | crown

Connecting piece

Gap F (mm) 3.0 2.0 1.5

34

X max. (mm) 35 31 28

Y max. (mm) 101 101 101

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Web code DQDADA

Wooden fronts, wide and narrow alu frames Planning Blum distance bumper (SERVO-DRIVE application only)

Recommendation for aluminium frames Take into account drilling for the Blum distance bumper in the cabinet side A trial application must be carried out when fixing to the front

Insert Blum distance bumper (do not glue)

*

From cabinet bottom edge for fronts that protrude below

SERVO-DRIVE switch

Reference pages Overview – AVENTOS HS Ordering information – wooden fronts, wide and narrow alu frames Overview – assembly devices Machine directive More technical details

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

31 Assembly, removal and adjustment 32 591 Short URL 701 www.blum.com/a120 698

35

Lift systems

Lift systems 〉 AVENTOS HS – up and over lift system 〉 Standard | SERVO-DRIVE


Lift systems

Lift systems 〉 AVENTOS HL – lift up

Delivering smoothness to lift ups Wall cabinet fronts equipped with AVENTOS HL lift up parallel to the cabinet. The lift system is ideal for tall units or wall cabinets with cabinets positioned above them, for larder units and recessed cabinets, e.g. to conceal electrical appliances. ▬ Soft and effortless closing thanks to BLUMOTION ▬ Easy to open ▬ Holds in any position ▬ Provides excellent access to the cabinet interior ▬ Suitable for cabinets with cabinets above, as well as cornice and crown moulding ▬ Small range, huge application variety ▬ Easy assembly and adjustment ▬ Stability, even with wide fronts ▬ Excellent durability ▬ No protruding parts ▬ Optional: SERVO-DRIVE for AVENTOS, the electrical motion support system for wall cabinets Ease of use and design options

Regardless of the weight and size, AVENTOS HL only requires light operating forces for easy opening and closing

Handle-less fronts can be opened and closed with ease with the SERVO-DRIVE electrical motion support system

AVENTOS HL allows you to conceal electrical appliances behind a continuous front

The cover cap is available in silk white, light grey and dark grey

Other advantages that will inspire both you and your customers

Excellent durability The core element of the lift mechanism is a robust spring package. The result: excellent durability

36

No protruding parts Removable lever arm – an advantage for furniture manufacturing and kitchen installation

Cornice and crown moulding AVENTOS HL is suitable for cabinets with cabinets above, as well as those with cornice and crown moulding. Also in combination with narrow alu frames

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Applications Standard | SERVO-DRIVE Wooden fronts, wide and narrow alu frames

Web code Page

Symbolic image

DQDB2M

Accessories

Symbolic image

Screws Centre bit Door buffer Screwdriver Cross slot bit

Assembly, removal and adjustment Assembly, removal and adjustment

Symbolic image

Short URL www.blum.com/a130

Lift systems

Lift systems 〉 AVENTOS HL – lift up 〉 Overview

38

66 66 66 67 67

Machine directive Detailed information on the Machine Directive

701

Short URL www.blum.com/sd/guideline

Pictograph Item available on request

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

37


Lift systems

Lift systems 〉 AVENTOS HL – lift up 〉 Standard | SERVO-DRIVE

Web code DQDB2M

Wooden fronts, wide and narrow alu frames ▬ Well-suited to small fronts ▬ Cabinet height KH 300–580 mm ▬ Cabinet width KB up to 1800 mm ▬ Soft and effortless closing thanks to BLUMOTION ▬ Light operating forces ▬ Perfect motion with a variable stop ▬ Tool-free assembly ▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment ▬ Simple, infinitely variable lift mechanism

Lift mechanism In order to select the correct lift mechanism, it is necessary to determine both the cabinet height KH and the front weight FG (including the handle)

Example Cabinet height KH = 390 mm Front weight FG = 6 kg Lift mechanism selection = 20L2500.05 Lever arm selection = 20L3500.06 Lever arm for SERVO-DRIVE = 21L3500.01 We recommend the more powerful lift mechanism for overlapping areas. Standard SERVO-DRIVE

Weight of front incl. handle (kg)

Order information 1 Lift mechanism set Cabinet height KH (mm) 300–349 350–399 400–550 450–580 Lever arm set 20L3200.06 20L3500.06 20L3800.06 20L3900.06 21L3200.01 21L3500.01 21L3800.01 21L3900.01 1.25–4.25 1.25–2.50 3.50–7.25 1.75–5.00 1.75–3.50 6.50–12.00 4.25–9.00 2.75–6.75 2.00–5.25 11.00–20.00 8.00–14.75 5.75–11.75 4.25–9.25 13.50–20.00 10.50–20.00 8.25–16.50

Composed of: 1 2 x Lift mechanism (symmetrical) – 10 x Chipboard screws Ø 4 x 35 mm

2

Lever arm set Cabinet height KH (mm) 300–349 350–399 400–550 450–580

Cover cap set Colour SW | HGR | TGR

4

Material Nylon

Composed of: 3a 1 x Cover cap left 3b 1 x Cover cap right 3c 2 x Branding element, stamped with Blum logo IN-G

2

Lever arm set for SERVO-DRIVE Cabinet height KH (mm) 300–349 350–399 400–550 450–580

Composed of: 2a 1 x SERVO-DRIVE lever arm left 2b 1 x Lever arm right 2c 2 x Cross stabiliser cover cap oval

3

Cover cap set for SERVO-DRIVE Colour Material SW | HGR | TGR Nylon

Composed of: 3a 1 x SERVO-DRIVE cover cap left 3b 1 x Cover cap right 3c 2 x Branding element, stamped with Blum logo IN-G 3d 2 x SERVO-DRIVE switch 3e 4 x Blum distance bumper, Ø 5 mm

38

20L2100.05 20L2300.05 20L2500.05 20L2700.05 20L2900.05

Part no. 20L3200.06 20L3500.06 20L3800.06 20L3900.06

Composed of: 2a 1 x Lever arm left 2b 1 x Lever arm right 2c 2 x Cross stabiliser cover cap oval

3

Part no.

Part no. 20L8020

¹ ¹

Front fixing bracket set Version Wooden fronts and wide alu frames Narrow alu frames

¹

Use 4 chipboard screws (609.1x00) per side for wooden fronts Use 4 counter sunk self tapping screws (660.0950) per side for wide alu frames

4

Front fixing bracket Version Thin fronts

Part no. 20S42T1

EXPANDO T suitable for thin fronts – see reference pages

Part no. 21L3200.01 21L3500.01 21L3800.01 21L3900.01

Part no. 21L8020

Part no. 20S4200 20S4200A

5

Cross stabiliser rod oval Length (mm) Version 1061 Oval

For cutting to size Cutting

Part no. 20Q1061UA

Internal cabinet width LW – 129 mm Internal cabinet width LW – 164 mm

– Connecting piece set for cross stabiliser Internal cabinet width LW 1190 mm and higher Diameter (mm) Material Ø 16 Aluminium

Composed of: – 1 x Connecting piece – 1 x Fixing – 2 x Cross stabiliser cover cap Cutting for 5 Internal cabinet width LW / 2 – 147 mm Internal cabinet width LW / 2 – 165 mm

Part no. 20Q153ZA

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Web code DQDB2M

Wooden fronts, wide and narrow alu frames Order information 6 SERVO-DRIVE set Colour R7037

Material Nylon

Part no. 21FA000

Composed of: 6a 1 x Drive unit 6b 1 x SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable, 1500 mm 6c 1 x Connecting node 6d 2 x Cable end protector We recommend one SERVO-DRIVE drive unit per set for connected fronts

7

24 W SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit Language package Part no. Language package A Z10NE030A F B Z10NE030B G C Z10NE030C H D Z10NE030D J E Z10NE030E

Composed of: 6b 1 x SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable 6d 5 x Cable end protector For cutting to size Can be used as a SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable

Part no. Z10NE030F Z10NE030G Z10NE030H Z10NE030J

Power supply unit housing Colour Material WGR Nylon Flex Market AR UK CH DK Europe Europe IN IL

¹

Length 2 m, incl. plug ¹ Without plug

Connecting node and cable end protector Colour Material S Nylon

Composed of: 6c 1 x Connecting node 6d 2 x Cable end protector Tool-free assembly

Cable holder Colour W

Material Nylon

Light grey Silk white Dark grey RAL 7037 dust grey

Colour WGR S W IN-G

Part no. Z10K0009

E.g. for fixing the SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable Colour HGR SW TGR R7037

Part no. Z10V100E.01

White grey Black White In-mould brushed stainless steel

Part no. Z10NG120

For 24 W SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit

9

Incl. operating and installation instructions Without flex Language package – operating and installation instructions A DE | EN | FR | IT | NL F BG | ET | LT | LV | RO | RU B DA | EN | FI | NO | SV G EN | ES | FR C EL | EN | HR | SL | SR | TR H EN | ZH D EN | ES | FR | IT | PT J JA E CS | HU | PL | SK Language descriptions as per ISO-639

8

Accessories – SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable and cable end protector Colour Length (m) Part no. S 8 Z10K800AE

Part no. Market Z10M200A JP Z10M200B AU Z10M200C CL Z10M200D CN Z10M200E BR Z10M200E.OS TW Z10M200H US | CA Z10M200I ZA

Part no. Z10M200J Z10M200K Z10M200L Z10M200N Z10M200S.01 Z10M200T Z10M200U Z10M200Z

Alternative to 7 | 8 | 9 – 12 W SERVO-DRIVE plug-in power supply unit Only suitable for one drive unit LanNetwork guage adapter package

E E E E E

Network adapter E

B

A B C D E

K

Network

Lan-

Part no. adapter guage

package

☎ Z10NA30EAF E ☎ Z10NA30EBF B ☎ Z10NA30ECF K ☎ Z10NA30EDF U ☎ Z10NA30EEF

F A D G

Part no. ☎ Z10NA30EFF ☎ Z10NA30BAF ☎ Z10NA30KDF ☎ Z10NA30UGF ¹

U

Composed of: – 1 x 12 W SERVO-DRIVE plug-in power supply unit Incl. cable, 1120 mm (with SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable extendible to max. 2000 mm) Other combinations available upon request ¹ See the Information chapter for a detailed market list

Reference pages Overview – AVENTOS HL Fixing system for thin fronts – EXPANDO T Assembly recommendation and limitation of liability – EXPANDO T Accessories – general Planning Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

37 Planning – Blum distance bumper SERVO-DRIVE switch SERVO-DRIVE uno – market list Overview – assembly devices 585 Reference values for front weight FG (kg) 66 Machine directive 40 More technical details

584

41 Assembly, removal and adjustment 41 718 591 Short URL 704 www.blum.com/a130 701 698 39

Lift systems

Lift systems 〉 AVENTOS HL – lift up 〉 Standard | SERVO-DRIVE


Lift systems

Lift systems 〉 AVENTOS HL – lift up 〉 Standard | SERVO-DRIVE

Web code DQDB2M

Wooden fronts, wide and narrow alu frames Planning Drilling position

Space requirement

5 x chipboard screws Ø 4 x 35 mm Drilling for SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable, left only SOB Top panel thickness * Drilling depth 5 mm ** Alternative drilling

Lever arm set LH min. Y (mm)¹ Standard SERVO-DRIVE (mm)¹ 20L3200.06 21L3200.01 262.0 264.0 20L3500.06 21L3500.01 312.0 352.0 20L3800.06 21L3800.01 362.0 440.0 20L3900.06 21L3900.01 412.0 529.0 ¹ Dimensions based on lower gap F = 0 mm LH Internal cabinet height KH Cabinet height

Lever arm set a (mm) b (mm)¹ Standard SERVO-DRIVE 20L3200.06 21L3200.01 114.0 257.0 20L3500.06 21L3500.01 146.0 345.0 20L3800.06 21L3800.01 178.0 433.0 20L3900.06 21L3900.01 210.0 522.0 ¹ Dimensions based on lower gap F = 0 mm KH Cabinet height

Front assembly – wooden fronts and wide alu frames

Front assembly – narrow alu frames

Narrow alu frames

Lever arm set Standard SERVO-DRIVE 20L3200.06 21L3200.01 20L3500.06 21L3500.01 20L3800.06 21L3800.01 20L3900.06 21L3900.01 FAo Upper front overlay SFA Front overlay of the side panel Wall application: min. gap required 5 mm

Lever arm set Standard SERVO-DRIVE 20L3200.06 21L3200.01 20L3500.06 21L3500.01 20L3800.06 21L3800.01 20L3900.06 21L3900.01 FAo Upper front overlay SFA Front overlay of the side panel Wall application: min. gap required 5 mm

For frame width 19 mm, a side front overlay SFA of 11–18 mm is possible * When changing material thickness, adjust the assembly dimensions accordingly

X (mm) 153 203 253 303

Space requirement – cornice | crown

Top panel thickness SOB (mm) 16 18 19

40

X (mm) 153 203 253 303

c max. (mm) 159.0 209.0 259.0 309.5

Connecting piece

X (mm) 28 30 31

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Web code DQDB2M

Wooden fronts, wide and narrow alu frames Planning Blum distance bumper (SERVO-DRIVE application only)

Recommendation for aluminium frames Take into account drilling for the Blum distance bumper in the cabinet side A trial application must be carried out when fixing to the front

Insert Blum distance bumper (do not glue)

*

From cabinet bottom edge for fronts that protrude below

SERVO-DRIVE switch

Reference pages Overview – AVENTOS HL Ordering information – wooden fronts, wide and narrow alu frames Overview – assembly devices Machine directive More technical details

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

37 Assembly, removal and adjustment 38 591 Short URL 701 www.blum.com/a130 698

41

Lift systems

Lift systems 〉 AVENTOS HL – lift up 〉 Standard | SERVO-DRIVE


Lift systems

Lift systems 〉 AVENTOS HK top – stay lift

Experience inspiring motion AVENTOS HK top is compact, minimalist and highly functional. It is suitable for both small and large lift systems in tall and wall cabinets. Opening angle stop and safety mechanism are integrated. Cornices were also taken into account during development. ▬ Soft and effortless closing thanks to BLUMOTION ▬ Easy to open ▬ Holds in any position ▬ Provides excellent access to the cabinet interior ▬ Suitable for wall cabinets with cornice or crown moulding ▬ Small range, huge application variety ▬ Easy assembly and adjustment ▬ Stability, even with wide fronts ▬ Excellent durability ▬ No protruding parts ▬ Optional: SERVO-DRIVE for AVENTOS HK top ▬ Optional: TIP-ON for AVENTOS Design and assembly

Small installation size, straight lines, Thanks to its minimalist design, the stay lift fits harmoniously into harmonious proportions, smooth furniture in all areas of the home surfaces: AVENTOS HK top has already won multiple awards for its design

Choose between two symmetrical lift mechanism types – and two types of assembly. The lift mechanism with the integrated positioning system can be installed without pre-drilling. The lift mechanism with pre-mounted system screws can also be installed to the unattached cabinet side. Four drill holes in the 32 tier system are required for this

Other advantages that will inspire both you and your customers

Excellent durability The core element of the lift mechanism is a robust spring package. The result: high durability combined with light operating forces

42

Motion technologies Whether with SERVO-DRIVE or TIP-ON: combined with the right motion technology, they make opening and closing a memorable experience

Integrated safety mechanism The innovative mechanism prevents the lever arm from opening unintentionally

Integrated opening angle stop The opening angle of the front is infinitely variable and can therefore be set exactly as required

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Lift systems

Lift systems 〉 AVENTOS HK top – stay lift 〉 Overview

Applications Standard | SERVO-DRIVE Wooden fronts, wide and narrow alu frames

Web code Page

Symbolic image

DQHFJY

44

DQHS7Y

48

TIP-ON

Wooden fronts, wide and narrow alu frames – TIP-ON

Symbolic image

TIP-ON 956. – short version with magnet Accessories

Adapter plates Screws Centre bit Door buffer Screwdriver Cross slot bit Symbolic image Assembly, removal and adjustment Assembly, removal and adjustment

Symbolic image

Short URL www.blum.com/a170

50 51 66 66 66 67 67 Machine directive Detailed information on the Machine Directive

701

Short URL www.blum.com/sd/guideline

Pictograph Item available on request

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

43


Lift systems

Lift systems 〉 AVENTOS HK top – stay lift 〉 Standard | SERVO-DRIVE

Web code DQHFJY

Wooden fronts, wide and narrow alu frames

Power factor LF Cabinet height KH (mm) x front weight FG incl. double handle weight (kg)

▬ Ideal for small applications in wall cabinets, tall units and over the refrigerator ▬ Cabinet height KH 205–600 mm ▬ Cabinet width KB up to 1800 mm ▬ Soft and effortless closing thanks to BLUMOTION ▬ Light operating forces ▬ Perfect motion with a variable stop ▬ Tool-free assembly ▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment ▬ Simple, infinitely variable lift mechanism ▬ No hinges are necessary ▬ Integrated safety mechanism ▬ Integrated infinitely variable opening angle stop

We recommend the more powerful lift mechanism for overlapping areas.

Standard SERVO-DRIVE Order information 1 Lift mechanism set Fixing with pre-mounted system screws Power factor LF Opening angle 420–1610 107° 930–2800 107° 1730–5200 107° 3200–9000 107°

3e

Part no. 22K2310 22K2510 22K2710 22K2910

1 Lift mechanism set Fixing with chipboard screws with positioning system Power factor LF Opening angle 420–1610 107° 930–2800 107° 1730–5200 107° 3200–9000 107°

3

Cover cap set Colour SW | HGR | TGR

Material Nylon

Part no. 22K8000

Cover cap set for SERVO-DRIVE Colour Material SW | HGR | TGR Nylon

Part no. 23K8000

Front fixing bracket set Version Wooden fronts and wide alu frames Narrow alu frames

Part no. 20S4200 20S4200A

Composed of: – 1 x Cover cap left 3b 1 x Cover cap right 3c 2 x Branding element, stamped with Blum logo IN-G

3

Composed of: 3a 1 x SERVO-DRIVE cover cap left 3b 1 x Cover cap right 3c 2 x Branding element, stamped with Blum logo IN-G 3d 2 x SERVO-DRIVE switch 3e 2 x Blum distance bumper, Ø 5 mm

4

¹ ¹

¹

Use 4 chipboard screws (609.1x00) per side for wooden fronts Use 4 counter sunk self tapping screws (660.0950) per side for wide alu frames

4

Front fixing bracket Version Thin fronts

EXPANDO T suitable for thin fronts – see reference pages

44

3b 6a

3a

9

1

3c

Part no. 22K2300 22K2500 22K2700 22K2900

Composed of: 1 2 x Lift mechanism (symmetrical) Incl. positioning system – 8 x Chipboard screws Ø 4 x 35 mm Note Max. front weight FG 18 kg for two lift mechanisms The power factor LF can be increased by 50 % when a third lift mechanism is used. We recommend using a third lift mechanism for wide cabinets. The reason for this is to prevent the middle of the front from sagging when open.

7

6b 6c+d

4

Composed of: 1 2 x Symmetrical lift mechanism with pre-mounted system screws Note Max. front weight FG 18 kg for two lift mechanisms The power factor LF can be increased by 50 % when a third lift mechanism is used. We recommend using a third lift mechanism for wide cabinets. The reason for this is to prevent the middle of the front from sagging when open.

8

3d

6

SERVO-DRIVE set Colour R7037

Material Nylon

Composed of: 6a 1 x Drive unit 6b 1 x SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable, 1500 mm 6c 1 x Connecting node 6d 2 x Cable end protector For three lift mechanisms or more, we recommend two synchronised drive units

7

24 W SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit Language package Part no. Language package A Z10NE030A F B Z10NE030B G C Z10NE030C H D Z10NE030D J E Z10NE030E

Part no. 23KA000

Part no. Z10NE030F Z10NE030G Z10NE030H Z10NE030J

Incl. operating and installation instructions Without flex Language package – operating and installation instructions A DE | EN | FR | IT | NL F BG | ET | LT | LV | RO | RU B DA | EN | FI | NO | SV G EN | ES | FR C EL | EN | HR | SL | SR | TR H EN | ZH D EN | ES | FR | IT | PT J JA E CS | HU | PL | SK Language descriptions as per ISO-639

8

Power supply unit housing Colour Material WGR Nylon

For 24 W SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit

Part no. Z10NG120

Part no. 20S42T1 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Web code DQHFJY

Wooden fronts, wide and narrow alu frames Order information 9 Flex Market AR UK CH DK Europe Europe IN IL

¹

Length 2 m, incl. plug ¹ Without plug

Part no. Market Z10M200A JP Z10M200B AU Z10M200C CL Z10M200D CN Z10M200E BR Z10M200E.OS TW Z10M200H US | CA Z10M200I ZA

Part no. Z10M200J Z10M200K Z10M200L Z10M200N Z10M200S.01 Z10M200T Z10M200U Z10M200Z

E E E E E

Network adapter E

B

A B C D E

K

Network

Lan-

Part no. adapter guage

package

☎ Z10NA30EAF E ☎ Z10NA30EBF B ☎ Z10NA30ECF K ☎ Z10NA30EDF U ☎ Z10NA30EEF

F A D G

Composed of: 6b 1 x SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable 6d 5 x Cable end protector For cutting to size Can be used as a SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable

Connecting node and cable end protector Colour Material S Nylon

Composed of: 6c 1 x Connecting node 6d 2 x Cable end protector Tool-free assembly

Alternative to 7 | 8 | 9 – 12 W SERVO-DRIVE plug-in power supply unit Only suitable for one drive unit LanNetwork guage adapter package

Accessories – SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable and cable end protector Colour Length (m) Part no. S 8 Z10K800AE

Part no. ☎ Z10NA30EFF ☎ Z10NA30BAF ☎ Z10NA30KDF ☎ Z10NA30UGF ¹

Cable holder Colour W

Material Nylon

Light grey Silk white Dark grey RAL 7037 dust grey

Colour WGR S W IN-G

Part no. Z10K0009

E.g. for fixing the SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable Colour HGR SW TGR R7037

Part no. Z10V100E.01

White grey Black White In-mould brushed stainless steel

U

Composed of: – 1 x 12 W SERVO-DRIVE plug-in power supply unit Incl. cable, 1120 mm (with SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable extendible to max. 2000 mm) Other combinations available upon request ¹ See the Information chapter for a detailed market list

Reference pages Overview – AVENTOS HK top Fixing system for thin fronts – EXPANDO T Assembly recommendation and limitation of liability – EXPANDO T Accessories – general Planning Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

43 Planning – Blum distance bumper SERVO-DRIVE switch SERVO-DRIVE uno – market list Overview – assembly devices 585 Reference values for front weight FG (kg) 66 Machine directive 46 More technical details

584

47 Assembly, removal and adjustment 47 718 591 Short URL 704 www.blum.com/a170 701 698 45

Lift systems

Lift systems 〉 AVENTOS HK top – stay lift 〉 Standard | SERVO-DRIVE


Lift systems

Lift systems 〉 AVENTOS HK top – stay lift 〉 Standard | SERVO-DRIVE

Web code DQHFJY

Wooden fronts, wide and narrow alu frames

2

32

1

82

64

Ø 10

36 37 32

Ø 5*

Space requirement

min 173 = min LH

Drilling position – chipboard screws

38.5

3

Planning Drilling position – system screws

187

235

30 67

min 261* 1.5 LH *

Front assembly – narrow alu frames

Narrow alu frames

12.5

SFA

SFA

Use 4 chipboard screws (609.1x00) for wooden fronts Use 4 counter sunk self tapping screws (660.0950) for wide alu frames SOB Top panel thickness FAo Upper front overlay Max. 25.4 mm SFA Front overlay of the side panel F Gap

SOB FAo

Space requirement – cornice | crown

Minimum gap

For frame width 19 mm, a side front overlay SFA of 11–18 mm is possible * When changing material thickness, adjust the assembly dimensions accordingly

162 MF

X

SFA F

Top panel thickness Upper front overlay Max. 25.4 mm Front overlay of the side panel Gap

Y max

FD

FH

SOB

Internal cabinet height Min. 261 mm with visible wall hanging bracket

64

15.5 F

F

62 + FAo 32 32 32

SOB

Front assembly – wooden fronts and wide alu frames

4 x chipboard screws Ø 4 x 35 mm

SOB

Drilling depth 11.5 mm

62.5 + FAo

*

Space requirement (mm) At max. opening angle Y = FH x 0.29 + FD – SOB FD (mm) 16 19 X (mm) 68 57 SOB Top panel thickness FH Front height FD Front thickness

46

MF 22 47

26 33

Minimum gap 2 mm

28 27

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Web code DQHFJY

Wooden fronts, wide and narrow alu frames

8*

Planning Blum distance bumper (SERVO-DRIVE application only)

Recommendation for aluminium frames Take into account drilling for the Blum distance bumper in the cabinet side A trial application must be carried out when fixing to the front

Insert Blum distance bumper (do not glue) Do not use bumpers in the upper third

*

From cabinet bottom edge for fronts that protrude below

SERVO-DRIVE switch

Reference pages Overview – AVENTOS HK top Ordering information – wooden fronts, wide and narrow alu frames Overview – assembly devices Machine directive More technical details

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

43 AVENTOS HK top

Assembly, removal and adjustment

44 591 Short URL 701 www.blum.com/i014 698

Short URL www.blum.com/a170

47

Lift systems

Lift systems 〉 AVENTOS HK top – stay lift 〉 Standard | SERVO-DRIVE


Lift systems

Lift systems 〉 AVENTOS HK top – stay lift 〉 TIP-ON

Web code DQHS7Y

Wooden fronts, wide and narrow alu frames – TIP-ON ▬ TIP-ON for handle-less wall cabinet fronts ▬ Cabinet height KH 205–600 mm ▬ Cabinet width KB up to 1800 mm ▬ For drilling or in combination with adapter plates

Power factor LF Cabinet height KH (mm) x front weight FG incl. double handle weight (kg)

We recommend the more powerful lift mechanism for overlapping areas.

TIP-ON Order information 1 Lift mechanism set for TIP-ON Fixing with pre-mounted system screws Power factor LF Opening angle 420–1610 107° 930–2800 107° 1730–5200 100° 3200–9000 100°

Part no. 22K2310T 22K2510T 22K2710T 22K2910T

4

Composed of: 1 2 x Symmetrical lift mechanism with pre-mounted system screws Note Max. front weight FG 18 kg for two lift mechanisms The power factor LF can be increased by 50 % when a third lift mechanism is used. We recommend using a third lift mechanism for wide cabinets. The reason for this is to prevent the middle of the front from sagging when open.

1 Lift mechanism set for TIP-ON Fixing with chipboard screws with positioning system Power factor LF Opening angle 420–1610 107° 930–2800 107° 1730–5200 100° 3200–9000 100°

3

Cover cap set Colour SW | HGR | TGR

Material Nylon

Part no. 22K8000

Composed of: – 1 x Cover cap left 3b 1 x Cover cap right 3c 2 x Branding element, stamped with Blum logo IN-G

4

¹ ¹

Front fixing bracket set Version Wooden fronts and wide alu frames Narrow alu frames

¹

Part no. 20S4200 20S4200A

Use 4 chipboard screws (609.1x00) per side for wooden fronts Use 4 counter sunk self tapping screws (660.0950) per side for wide alu frames

4

Front fixing bracket Version Thin fronts

EXPANDO T suitable for thin fronts – see reference pages

48

1

Part no. 22K2300T 22K2500T 22K2700T 22K2900T

Composed of: 1 2 x Lift mechanism (symmetrical) Incl. positioning system – 8 x Chipboard screws Ø 4 x 35 mm Note Max. front weight FG 18 kg for two lift mechanisms The power factor LF can be increased by 50 % when a third lift mechanism is used. We recommend using a third lift mechanism for wide cabinets. The reason for this is to prevent the middle of the front from sagging when open.

Part no. 20S42T1

6b

6c

3b 3c 7

6a 6

TIP-ON set Version Short version

Cabinet height KH (mm) Up to 600

Composed of: 6a 1 x TIP-ON 6b 1 x Screw-on catch plate 6c 1 x Glue-on catch plate – 1 x Chipboard screw 609.1500

Colour

Part no.

SW | R7036 | CS

956.1004

Accessories 7 Adapter plate Version Colour Straight adapter plate – SW | R7036 | NI-L | short version CS Cruciform adapter plate – R7036 long version Colour HGR SW TGR CS

Light grey Silk white Dark grey Carbon black

Colour R7036 NI-L IN-G

Part no. 956.1201 956A1501

RAL 7036 platinum grey Nickel lacquered In-mould brushed stainless steel

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Web code DQHS7Y

Wooden fronts, wide and narrow alu frames – TIP-ON Drilling position – chipboard screws

1 64

32

3

2

Ø 5* 37 32

Space requirement

min 173 = min LH

36

Planning Drilling position – system screws

187

30

min 261*

1.5 LH *

Front assembly – narrow alu frames

Narrow alu frames

12.5

SFA

SFA

Use 4 chipboard screws (609.1x00) for wooden fronts Use 4 counter sunk self tapping screws (660.0950) for wide alu frames SOB Top panel thickness FAo Upper front overlay Max. 25.4 mm SFA Front overlay of the side panel F Gap

SOB FAo

Space requirement – cornice | crown

Minimum gap

For frame width 19 mm, a side front overlay SFA of 11–18 mm is possible * When changing material thickness, adjust the assembly dimensions accordingly

Reference pages Overview – AVENTOS HK top TIP-ON 956x Fixing system for thin fronts – EXPANDO T

162 MF

X

SFA F

Top panel thickness Upper front overlay Max. 25.4 mm Front overlay of the side panel Gap

Y max

SOB

FD

FH

Space requirement (mm) At max. opening angle Y = FH x 0.29 + FD – SOB FD (mm) 16 19 X (mm) 68 57 SOB Top panel thickness FH Front height FD Front thickness

MF 22 47

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

Internal cabinet height Min. 261 mm with visible wall hanging bracket

64

15.5 F

F

62 + FAo 32 32 32

SOB

Front assembly – wooden fronts and wide alu frames

4 x chipboard screws Ø 4 x 35 mm

SOB

Drilling depth 11.5 mm

62.5 + FAo

*

26 33

28 27

Minimum gap 2 mm

Assembly recommendation and limitation of liability – EXPANDO T Overview – assembly devices More technical details AVENTOS HK top

43 50 584 585 591 698

Short URL www.blum.com/i014 Assembly, removal and adjustment Short URL www.blum.com/a170

49

Lift systems

Lift systems 〉 AVENTOS HK top – stay lift 〉 TIP-ON


Lift systems

Lift systems 〉 AVENTOS HK top – stay lift 〉 TIP-ON

TIP-ON 956. – short version with magnet

Part no. 956.1004

Composed of: 1x TIP-ON 956. – short version with magnet 1x Screw-on catch plate 1x Glue-on catch plate Not suitable for powder-coated, waxed or oiled surfaces Colour SW Silk white R7036 RAL 7036 platinum grey CS Carbon black

Reference pages Overview – AVENTOS HK top

50

= = ()

Screw-on catch plate

Screw-on catch plate

Glue-on catch plate

FAu

Order information Colour Material SW | R7036 | CS Nylon

▬ For stay lifts up to a height Planning of 600 mm ▬ For drilling or in combination with adapter plates ▬ Output path approx. 17 mm ▬ Setting +4/–1 mm

FAu *

Bottom front overlay 3 mm offset installation

43 Assembly Drilling template for BLUMOTION | TIP-ON Positioning template for catch plate MINIPRESS top for EASYSTICK MINIPRESS top

FAu

Bottom front overlay

Assembly, removal and adjustment 666 687 610 Short URL 614 www.blum.com/a170

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


20/17

Straight adapter plate – short version ▬ Fixing with chipboard screws Ø 3.5 or Ø 4 mm ▬ Alternative assembly with system screws ▬ TIP-ON must be ordered separately Order information Colour Material SW | R7036 | NI-L | Nylon CS

Part no.

Planning

Front gap

956.1201

Catch plate

Colour SW Silk white R7036 RAL 7036 platinum grey NI-L Nickel lacquered CS Carbon black

8 FAu FAu *

Bottom front overlay 3 mm offset installation

37/32

Cruciform adapter plate – long version ▬ Fixing with chipboard screws Ø 3.5 or Ø 4 mm ▬ Alternative assembly with system screws ▬ TIP-ON must be ordered separately Order information Colour Material R7036 Nylon Colour R7036 RAL 7036 platinum grey

Lift systems

Lift systems 〉 AVENTOS HK top – stay lift 〉 Accessories

Part no. 956A1501

Planning

Front gap

Catch plate

8 FAu FAu *

Reference pages Overview – AVENTOS HK top

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

43 Assembly Template Drilling template for mounting plates Positioning template for catch plate MINIPRESS top for EASYSTICK MINIPRESS top MINIPRESS P MINIPRESS M

Bottom front overlay 3 mm offset installation

Assembly, removal and adjustment 664 665 687 Short URL 610 www.blum.com/a170 614 626 630

51


Lift systems

Lift systems 〉 AVENTOS HK-S – stay lift

Lift system for small stay lifts AVENTOS HK-S is well-suited for small wall cabinets such as those over the larder unit or refrigerator. Due to its small installation size, AVENTOS HK-S fits harmoniously into smaller cabinets. ▬ Ideal for small stay lifts ▬ Soft and effortless closing thanks to BLUMOTION ▬ Easy to open ▬ Holds in any position ▬ Provides excellent access to the cabinet interior ▬ Suitable for wall cabinets with cornice or crown moulding ▬ Small range, huge application variety ▬ Easy assembly and adjustment ▬ Stability, even with wide fronts ▬ Excellent durability ▬ No protruding parts ▬ Optional: TIP-ON for AVENTOS

Ease of use and design options

The small stay lift remains in any desired position. The front is thus within easy reach for closing

The lift mechanism is easily adjusted from the front to be compatible with the front weight

The cover cap is available in silk Handle-less doors can be opened easily with TIP-ON – a light touch is white, light grey and dark grey all that’s needed

Other advantages that will inspire both you and your customers

Excellent durability The core element of the lift mechanism is a robust spring package. The result: excellent durability

52

No protruding parts Delivered with closed lever – an advantage for furniture manufacturing and kitchen installation

Cornice and crown moulding When developing AVENTOS HK-S, we also took into account cabinets with cornices and crown moulding

Compact design Due to its minimal installation size, AVENTOS HK-S fits easily into smaller cabinets

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Applications Standard | TIP-ON

Web code Page

Wooden fronts, wide and narrow alu frames

DQDD6M

Symbolic image

TIP-ON 956. – short version with magnet Accessories

Opening angle stop Adapter plates Screws Centre bit Door buffer Screwdriver Symbolic image Assembly, removal and adjustment Assembly, removal and adjustment

Symbolic image

Lift systems

Lift systems 〉 AVENTOS HK-S – stay lift 〉 Overview

54 56

54 Cross slot bit 57 66 66 66 67

67

Short URL www.blum.com/a150

Pictograph Item available on request

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

53


Lift systems

Lift systems 〉 AVENTOS HK-S – stay lift 〉 Standard | TIP-ON

Web code DQDD6M

Wooden fronts, wide and narrow alu frames ▬ Ideal for small applications in wall cabinets, tall units and over the refrigerator ▬ Cabinet height KH max. 600 mm ▬ Soft and effortless closing thanks to BLUMOTION ▬ Light operating forces ▬ Perfect motion with a variable stop ▬ Tool-free assembly ▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment ▬ Simple, infinitely variable lift mechanism ▬ No hinges are necessary ▬ TIP-ON for handle-less wall cabinet fronts

Power factor LF Cabinet height KH (mm) x front weight FG incl. double handle weight (kg)

We recommend the more powerful lift mechanism for overlapping areas.

Standard TIP-ON Order information 1 Lift mechanism set Power factor LF 220–500 400–1000 960–2215

Opening angle 107° 107° 107°

¹

Part no. 20K2B00.06 20K2C00.06 20K2E00.06

6b

4

Composed of: 1a 2 x Lift mechanism (symmetrical) 1b 2 x Cover cap left/right SW | HGR | TGR 1c 2 x Branding element, stamped with Blum logo IN-G – 6 x Chipboard screws Ø 4 x 35 mm Note The power factor LF can be increased by 50 % when a third lift mechanism is used ¹ Lift mechanisms are unsprung

1

Lift mechanism set for TIP-ON Power factor LF Opening angle 220–500 107° 400–1000 107° 960–2215 107°

¹

4

1b

Part no. 20K2B00T06 20K2C00T06 20K2E00T06

Composed of: 1a 2 x Lift mechanism (symmetrical) 1b 2 x Cover cap left/right SW | HGR | TGR 1c 2 x Branding element, stamped with Blum logo IN-G – 6 x Chipboard screws Ø 4 x 35 mm Note The power factor LF can be increased by 50 % when a third lift mechanism is used ¹ Lift mechanisms are unsprung

4 Version

Accessories – Opening angle stop Opening angle 100° 75°

Front fixing bracket Fixing method Screw-on EXPANDO Knock-in

7 Spacing (mm) 0 0 0

¹

Part no. 175H3100 177H3100E 177H3100

Wooden fronts and wide alu frames 2x All horizontal steel mounting plates with 0 mm spacing possible ¹ Use 2 chipboard screws (609.1x00) per side for wooden fronts ¹ Use 2 counter sunk self tapping screws (660.0950) per side for wide alu frames

4

6

Front fixing bracket set Version Narrow alu frames TIP-ON set Version

Cabinet height KH (mm)

Short version

Up to 600

Composed of: 6a 1 x TIP-ON 6b 1 x Screw-on catch plate 6c 1 x Glue-on catch plate – 1 x Chipboard screw 609.1500

54

1x

Part no. 20K4A00A02

Colour

Part no.

SW | R7036 | CS

956.1004

1c

7

Colour HGR SW TGR CS

6a

Colour TGR R7037

Part no. 20K7A41 20K7A11

Adapter plate Version Colour Straight adapter plate – SW | R7036 | NI-L | short version CS Cruciform adapter plate – R7036 long version Light grey Silk white Dark grey Carbon black

1a

Colour R7036 R7037 NI-L IN-G

Part no. 956.1201 956A1501

RAL 7036 platinum grey RAL 7037 dust grey Nickel lacquered In-mould brushed stainless steel

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Web code DQDD6M

Wooden fronts, wide and narrow alu frames Planning Peg position

Fixing position

Space requirement

SOB

3 x chipboard screws Ø 4 x 35 mm

LH *

Front assembly – wooden fronts and wide alu frames

Front assembly – narrow alu frames

Narrow alu frames

Use 2 chipboard screws (609.1x00) for wooden fronts Use 2 counter sunk self tapping screws (660.0950) for wide alu frames SOB Top panel thickness SFA Front overlay of the side panel F Gap

SOB SFA F

For frame width 19 mm, a side front overlay SFA of 11–18 mm is possible * When changing material thickness, adjust the assembly dimensions accordingly

Space requirement – cornice | crown

Minimum gap

Top panel thickness

Top panel thickness Front overlay of the side panel Gap

Internal cabinet height Min. 240 mm with visible wall hanging bracket

Reference pages Overview – AVENTOS HK-S Overview – assembly devices More technical details Assembly, removal and adjustment

53 591 698

Short URL www.blum.com/a150

Opening angle stop Without 100° 75° FD (mm) 16 19 X (mm) 70 59 FH Front height FD Front thickness

Space requirement (mm) Y = FH x 0.29 – 15 + FD Y = FH x 0.17 – 15 + FD A = FH x 0.26 + 15 – FD 22 26 – 49 35 –

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

MF

Minimum gap 2 mm

55

Lift systems

Lift systems 〉 AVENTOS HK-S – stay lift 〉 Standard | TIP-ON


Lift systems

Lift systems 〉 AVENTOS HK-S – stay lift 〉 TIP-ON

TIP-ON 956. – short version with magnet

Part no. 956.1004

Composed of: 1x TIP-ON 956. – short version with magnet 1x Screw-on catch plate 1x Glue-on catch plate Not suitable for powder-coated, waxed or oiled surfaces Colour SW Silk white R7036 RAL 7036 platinum grey CS Carbon black

Reference pages Overview – AVENTOS HK-S

56

= = ()

Screw-on catch plate

Screw-on catch plate

Glue-on catch plate

FAu

Order information Colour Material SW | R7036 | CS Nylon

▬ For stay lifts up to a height Planning of 600 mm ▬ For drilling or in combination with adapter plates ▬ Output path approx. 17 mm ▬ Setting +4/–1 mm

FAu *

Bottom front overlay 3 mm offset installation

53 Assembly Drilling template for BLUMOTION | TIP-ON Positioning template for catch plate MINIPRESS top for EASYSTICK MINIPRESS top

FAu

Bottom front overlay

Assembly, removal and adjustment 666 687 610 Short URL 614 www.blum.com/a150

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


20/17

Straight adapter plate – short version ▬ Fixing with chipboard screws Ø 3.5 or Ø 4 mm ▬ Alternative assembly with system screws ▬ TIP-ON must be ordered separately Order information Colour Material SW | R7036 | NI-L | Nylon CS

Part no.

Planning

Front gap

956.1201

Catch plate

Colour SW Silk white R7036 RAL 7036 platinum grey NI-L Nickel lacquered CS Carbon black

8 FAu FAu *

Bottom front overlay 3 mm offset installation

37/32

Cruciform adapter plate – long version ▬ Fixing with chipboard screws Ø 3.5 or Ø 4 mm ▬ Alternative assembly with system screws ▬ TIP-ON must be ordered separately Order information Colour Material R7036 Nylon Colour R7036 RAL 7036 platinum grey

Lift systems

Lift systems 〉 AVENTOS HK-S – stay lift 〉 Accessories

Part no. 956A1501

Planning

Front gap

Catch plate

8 FAu FAu *

Reference pages Overview – AVENTOS HK-S

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

53 Assembly Template Drilling template for mounting plates Positioning template for catch plate MINIPRESS top for EASYSTICK MINIPRESS top MINIPRESS P MINIPRESS M

Bottom front overlay 3 mm offset installation

Assembly, removal and adjustment 664 665 687 Short URL 610 www.blum.com/a150 614 626 630

57


Lift systems

Lift systems 〉 AVENTOS HK-XS – stay lift

Lift system for small stay lifts Thanks to its slim construction, AVENTOS HK-XS provides enormous scope for the design of tall units and wall cabinets. Even cabinets with little depth are now possible. ▬ Ideal for small top wall cabinets ▬ Also suitable for cabinets with shallow internal depths ▬ Symmetrical lift mechanism, can be used on one or both sides ▬ Soft and effortless closing thanks to BLUMOTION ▬ Easy to open ▬ Holds in any position ▬ Provides excellent access to the cabinet interior ▬ Small range, huge application variety ▬ Easy assembly and adjustment ▬ Excellent durability ▬ Optional: TIP-ON for AVENTOS

Enhanced opening and closing ease

AVENTOS HK-XS boasts the quality of motion and ease of use that you have come to expect from AVENTOS. Wall cabinet fronts close softly and effortlessly in combination with CLIP top BLUMOTION hinges. The variable stop ensures that fronts hold open in any position desired

Many possibilities AVENTOS HK-XS has little depth and is therefore ideal, for example, for making full use of the space above an extractor hood

Wide fronts For larger and heavier fronts, attach a lift mechanism to both sides

Infinitely variable lift mechanism adjustment The infinitely variable adjustment is carried out from the front using the adjustment screw

Handle-less stay lift fronts Handle-less wall cabinet fronts open with a single touch with TIP-ON, giving users easy access to the opening edge of fronts

Other advantages that will inspire both you and your customers

Excellent durability The core element of the lift mechanism is a robust spring package. The result: excellent durability

58

CLIP mechanism Tool-free lift mechanism assembly is carried out using the CLIP mechanism

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Applications Standard | TIP-ON

Web code Page

Wooden fronts, wide and narrow alu frames

DQDDVY

Symbolic image

TIP-ON 956. – short version with magnet Accessories

Opening angle stop Adapter plates Screws Centre bit Door buffer Screwdriver Symbolic image Assembly, removal and adjustment Assembly, removal and adjustment

Symbolic image

Lift systems

Lift systems 〉 AVENTOS HK-XS – stay lift 〉 Overview

60 64

61 Cross slot bit 65 66 66 66 67

67

Short URL www.blum.com/a160

Pictograph Item available on request

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

59


Lift systems

Lift systems 〉 AVENTOS HK-XS – stay lift 〉 Standard | TIP-ON

Web code DQDDVY

Wooden fronts, wide and narrow alu frames ▬ Ideal for small applications in wall cabinets, tall units and over the refrigerator ▬ Cabinet height KH 240–600 mm ▬ Internal cabinet depth LT min. 125 mm ▬ Cabinets with an internal depth LT of 100 mm are possible thanks to a special drilling position ▬ Closes silently and effortlessly in conjunction with CLIP top BLUMOTION hinges ▬ TIP-ON for handle-less stay lift fronts with CLIP top unsprung hinges ▬ Light operating forces ▬ Perfect motion with a variable stop ▬ Simple, infinitely variable lift mechanism

Power factor LF Cabinet height KH (mm) x front weight FG incl. double handle weight (kg)

A trial application is recommended when you are in a borderline area of the individual lift mechanism.

Standard TIP-ON Order information 1 Lift mechanism (symmetrical) Power factor LF Opening angle 200–1000 105° 500–1500 105° 800–1800 105°

¹

Part no. 20K1101 20K1301 20K1501

¹

Part no. 20K1101T 20K1301T 20K1501T

Note The power factor LF is doubled when used on two sides ¹ Hinges with a smaller opening angle limit the degree of opening

1

Lift mechanism, symmetrical, for TIP-ON Power factor LF Opening angle 180–800 105° 500–1200 105° 800–1600 105°

Note The power factor LF is doubled when used on two sides ¹ Hinges with a smaller opening angle limit the degree of opening

2

Cabinet fixing Fixing method Screw-on EXPANDO

4

Front fixing bracket Version Wooden fronts and wide alu frames Wooden fronts Narrow alu frames

² ²

Part no. 20K5101 20K51E1 Fixing method Screw-on

Part no. ²

EXPANDO Screw-on

Use 2 chipboard screws (609.1x00) for wooden fronts Use 2 counter sunk self tapping screws (660.0950) for wide alu frames

6

TIP-ON set Version Short version

Cabinet height KH (mm) Up to 600

Composed of: 6a 1 x TIP-ON 6b 1 x Screw-on catch plate 6c 1 x Glue-on catch plate – 1 x Chipboard screw 609.1500

10 CLIP top BLUMOTION 110° hinge Recommendation Boss Spring INSERTA With spring Screw-on With spring

20K4101 20K41E1 20K4101A

Colour

Part no.

SW | R7036 | CS

956.1004

10 CLIP top 110° hinge Recommendation Boss INSERTA Screw-on

Spring Unsprung Unsprung

11 Mounting plate Recommendation Fixing method Screw-on EXPANDO

Spacing (mm) 0 0

²

3 hinges starting at cabinet width KB 900 mm and/or starting at power factor LF 1800 4 hinges with cabinet width KB 1200 mm and/or starting at power factor LF 2700 Alternative CLIP top hinges: 107° hinge, profile | thick door hinge, 95° aluminium frame door hinge or CLIP 100° (hinge, unsprung) ² Use chipboard screws (609.1x00) for wooden fronts ² Use counter sunk self tapping screws (660.0950) for wide alu frames

²

Standard mounting plates, spacing depends on the top gap F ² Use chipboard screws (609.1x00) for wooden fronts ² Use counter sunk self tapping screws (660.0950) for wide alu frames

²

Part no. 70T3590.TL 70T3550.TL

Part no. 175H3100 177H3100E

Part no. 71B3590 71B3550

3 hinges starting at cabinet width KB 900 mm and/or starting at power factor LF 1800 4 hinges with cabinet width KB 1200 mm and/or starting at power factor LF 2700 Alternative CLIP top BLUMOTION hinges: 107°, profile | thick door, 95° aluminium frame door hinge or CLIP top hinges: 107°, profile | thick door, 95° aluminium frame door hinge in combination with BLUMOTION 973A – for clip on and | or CLIP hinges: 100° ² Use chipboard screws (609.1x00) for wooden fronts ² Use counter sunk self tapping screws (660.0950) for wide alu frames

60

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Web code DQDDVY

Wooden fronts, wide and narrow alu frames Order information Accessories – Opening angle stop Opening angle 86°

Colour S

Part no. 70T3553

For CLIP top BLUMOTION 110° | CLIP top 110° hinge

7

Colour HGR SW CS S

Adapter plate Version Colour Straight adapter plate – SW | R7036 | NI-L | short version CS Cruciform adapter plate – R7036 long version Light grey Silk white Carbon black Black

Reference pages Overview – AVENTOS HK-XS Mounting plates Planning Accessories – general Overview – assembly devices Reference values for front weight FG (kg) More technical details Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

Colour R7036 R7037 NI-L

Part no. 956.1201 956A1501

RAL 7036 platinum grey RAL 7037 dust grey Nickel lacquered

59 Assembly, removal and adjustment 144 62 66 Short URL 591 www.blum.com/a160 704 698 61

Lift systems

Lift systems 〉 AVENTOS HK-XS – stay lift 〉 Standard | TIP-ON


Lift systems

Lift systems 〉 AVENTOS HK-XS – stay lift 〉 Standard | TIP-ON

Web code DQDDVY

Wooden fronts, wide and narrow alu frames Planning Drilling position

137+MD+K

Space requirement

LH * ()

Front assembly – wooden fronts and wide alu frames

Front assembly – narrow alu frames

Narrow alu frames

Use 2 chipboard screws (609.1x00) for wooden fronts Use 2 counter sunk self tapping screws (660.0950) for wide alu frames FAo Upper front overlay SFA Front overlay of the side panel MD Mounting plate spacing K Cranking of hinge arm Straight hinge arm – 0 mm Cranked hinge arm – 9.5 mm Double cranked arm – 18 mm () Internal cabinet depth 100 mm

FAo SFA MD K

For frame width 19 mm, a side front overlay SFA of 11–18 mm is possible * When changing material thickness, adjust the assembly dimensions accordingly

Space requirement – cornice | crown

Minimum gap

CLIP top BLUMOTION 110° hinge Front thickness FD (mm) 16 X (mm) 45

62

19 34

22 23

24 15

()

Upper front overlay Front overlay of the side panel Mounting plate spacing Cranking of hinge arm Straight hinge arm – 0 mm Cranked hinge arm – 9.5 mm Double cranked arm – 18 mm Internal cabinet depth 100 mm

MFo

Minimum gap at the top depending on the hinge used

MFu

Minimum gap at the bottom 1.5 mm

19 34

22 23

24 15

38

31

Internal cabinet height Min. 200 mm with visible wall hanging bracket Internal cabinet depth 100 mm

CLIP top BLUMOTION 110° hinge Front thickness FD (mm) 16 X (mm) 45 Y = (FH – X) x 0.3 FH Front height

H = 137 + MD + K + SOB MD Mounting plate spacing K Cranking of hinge arm Straight hinge arm – 0 mm Cranked hinge arm – 9.5 mm Double cranked arm – 18 mm SOB Top panel thickness () Internal cabinet depth 100 mm

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Web code DQDDVY

Wooden fronts, wide and narrow alu frames Planning CLIP top BLUMOTION 110° | CLIP top 110° Hinge dimensions and gap calculation based on factory setting (mounting plate spacing = 0 mm) Hinge and front protrusion at full opening angle

12

21.5

Overlay application

F FAo TB

FAo

F 11

TB 3-7

66.5

Gap Upper front overlay Drilling distance

MD

Drilling distance TB

0

Front overlay FA (mm) 5

6

3

6

7

8

3

9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

4

5

3

6

4

7

5

3

6

4

7

5

6

7

9 3 4 5 6 7 MD Mounting plate spacing (mm)

Minimum gap F for fronts with a front radius (R = 1 mm) based on the factory setting Drilling distance TB (mm) 3

0.5

0.8

1.0

1.2

1.5

1.8

2.2

2.7

3.5

4.3

26

28

30

5

0.5

0.5

0.8

0.8

1.0

0.9

1.2

1.2

1.4

1.7

2.0

2.5

3.1

3.8

7

0.5

0.8

0.9

1.1

1.9

2.3

2.7

3.2

+0.5

4

6

Front thickness FD (mm)

In these cases a trial is recommended

Screw-on

Reference pages Overview – AVENTOS HK-XS Overview – assembly devices More technical details

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

16

0.5

18

0.8

19

0.9

20

1.2

21

1.4

1.3

1.3

22

23

1.7

2.0

1.6

1.6

+0.4

+0.4

+0.5

+0.5

+0.5

25

2.4

2.9

1.9

2.2

2.6

+0.5

+0.5

+0.5

Additional for +2 mm height adjustment +0.2

24

INSERTA | knock-in

3.4 3.0

Hinge boss dimensions

59 Assembly, removal and adjustment 591 698 Short URL www.blum.com/a160

63

Lift systems

Lift systems 〉 AVENTOS HK-XS – stay lift 〉 Standard | TIP-ON


Lift systems

Lift systems 〉 AVENTOS HK-XS – stay lift 〉 TIP-ON

TIP-ON 956. – short version with magnet

Composed of: 1x TIP-ON 956. – short version with magnet 1x Screw-on catch plate 1x Glue-on catch plate Not suitable for powder-coated, waxed or oiled surfaces Colour SW Silk white R7036 RAL 7036 platinum grey CS Carbon black

Reference pages Overview – AVENTOS HK-XS

64

()

Screw-on catch plate

Glue-on catch plate

FAu

Order information Colour Material SW | R7036 | CS Nylon

▬ For stay lifts up to a height Planning of 600 mm ▬ For use with unsprung Blum hinges = ▬ For drilling or in combination with adapter plates = ▬ Output path approx. 17 mm Part no. ▬ Setting +4/–1 mm 956.1004 Screw-on catch plate

FAu *

Bottom front overlay 3 mm offset installation

59 Assembly Drilling template for BLUMOTION | TIP-ON Positioning template for catch plate MINIPRESS top for EASYSTICK MINIPRESS top

FAu

Bottom front overlay

Assembly, removal and adjustment 666 687 610 Short URL 614 www.blum.com/a160

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


20/17

Straight adapter plate – short version ▬ Fixing with chipboard screws Ø 3.5 or Ø 4 mm ▬ Alternative assembly with system screws ▬ TIP-ON must be ordered separately Order information Colour Material SW | R7036 | NI-L | Nylon CS

Part no.

Planning

Front gap

956.1201

Catch plate

Colour SW Silk white R7036 RAL 7036 platinum grey NI-L Nickel lacquered CS Carbon black

8 FAu FAu *

Bottom front overlay 3 mm offset installation

37/32

Cruciform adapter plate – long version ▬ Fixing with chipboard screws Ø 3.5 or Ø 4 mm ▬ Alternative assembly with system screws ▬ TIP-ON must be ordered separately Order information Colour Material R7036 Nylon Colour R7036 RAL 7036 platinum grey

Lift systems

Lift systems 〉 AVENTOS HK-XS – stay lift 〉 Accessories

Part no. 956A1501

Planning

Front gap

Catch plate

8 FAu FAu *

Reference pages Overview – AVENTOS HK-XS Template Drilling template for mounting plates Positioning template for catch plate

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

59 664 665 687

Assembly MINIPRESS top for EASYSTICK MINIPRESS top MINIPRESS P MINIPRESS M

Bottom front overlay 3 mm offset installation

Assembly, removal and adjustment 610 614 626 Short URL 630 www.blum.com/a160

65


Lift systems

Lift systems 〉 Accessories

Ø 3.5 mm

Chipboard screws ▬ Ø 3.5 mm ▬ Colour: nickel plated ▬ Material: steel

Order information X (mm) 15.0 17.0

▬ For fixing lift mechanisms ▬ Ø 4 mm ▬ Colour: nickel plated ▬ Material: steel

Order information X (mm) 35

Part no. 609.1500 609.1700

Ø 4.0 mm

Chipboard screws

Part no. 664.3500

Ø 3.5 mm

Counter sunk self tapping screw ▬ For front fixing brackets on wide alu frames ▬ Ø 3.5 mm ▬ Drilling diameter Ø 2.8 mm ▬ Colour: nickel plated ▬ Material: steel

Order information X (mm) 9.5

Part no. 660.0950

Ø 6.0 mm

System screw ▬ Ø 6 mm ▬ Drilling diameter Ø 5 mm ▬ Colour: nickel plated ▬ Material: steel

Order information X (mm) 10.0 11.5 13.0 14.5 20.0

Part no. 661.1000.HG 661.1150.HG 661.1300.HG 661.1450.HG 661.2000.HG

▬ Ø 2.7 mm, length 70 mm ▬ To pre-drill for Ø 3.5 mm chipboard screws ▬ Drilling depth up to 8 mm ▬ Material: steel, hardened

Order information Description Centre bit Replacement bit

Part no. M01.ZZ03.01 M01.ZZB3

▬ For noise reduction ▬ Colour: natural coloured ▬ Material: nylon

Order information Description Stick-on door buffer

Part no. 993.710

Centre bit

Stick-on door buffer

66

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Lift systems

Lift systems 〉 Accessories

8 mm Ø door buffer ▬ For noise reduction ▬ Gap 2 mm ▬ Two-part ▬ Colour: RAL 9006 grey ▬ Material: nylon

Order information Description 8 mm Ø door buffer

Part no. 993.706

▬ For SERVO-DRIVE ▬ Gap 2.6 mm ▬ Colour: RAL 7037 dust grey ▬ Material: nylon

Order information Diameter (mm) Ø5 Ø8

Part no. 993.0530 993.0830.01

▬ TORX size 20 (T20) ▬ Orange handle with Blum logo ▬ Colour: black/orange ▬ Material: nylon/steel

Order information

Ø5

Blum distance bumper

min 10

TORX screwdriver Total length (mm) 100 210

Blade length (mm) 35 100

Part no. 623.882.2 209.093.7

Pozidrive screwdriver ▬ PZ (Pozi) size 2 ▬ Blade length 100 mm ▬ Overall length 200 mm ▬ Orange handle with Blum logo ▬ Colour: black/orange ▬ Material: nylon/steel

Order information Description Pozidrive screwdriver

Part no. 303.756.1

▬ Slotted, size 1.0 x 5.5 mm ▬ Blade length 125 mm ▬ Overall length 225 mm ▬ Orange handle with Blum logo ▬ Colour: black/orange ▬ Material: nylon/steel

Order information Description Slotted screwdriver

Part no. 314.928.1

▬ Screw bit ▬ PZ (Pozi) size 2 ▬ Material: steel ▬ Suitable for adjusting lift mechanisms

Order information Description Cross slot bit

Part no. 740.749.1

Slotted screwdriver

Cross slot bit

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

67


Hinge systems

2

There are many reasons to choose hinges from Blum: High quality, durability, easy assembly, comprehensive programme, variety of special solutions and an attractive design.

▬ BLUMOTION – soft and effortless closing action ▬ For CLIP top BLUMOTION integrated into the hinge boss ▬ Or as a BLUMOTION retrofit part for optional use with CLIP top hinges ▬ TIP-ON for handle-less doors

▬ Quick, easy assembly and removal due to CLIP technology ▬ An extensive hinge programme that offers the right solution for any application

CLIP top BLUMOTION – hinges

CLIP top – hinges

MODUL – hinges

The CLIP top BLUMOTION hinge is setting new benchmarks: It concentrates maximum ease of use into the smallest of spaces. BLUMOTION is integrated into the hinge ensuring tan unchanged installation size

This proven classic in the Blum hinge programme combines reliable function, easy adjustment and assembly as well as an attractive design. BLUMOTION or TIP-ON for doors are also available as options

Simple “slide-on” door to cabinet assembly

68

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Hinge systems 〉 Overview

70 Accessories 71 72 116 144 150

151

Hinge systems

CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges Overview Overview – hinges Overview – angled applications Mounting plates Angled spacers Symbolic image BLUMOTION for doors BLUMOTION for doors Overview Accessories

156 157 168

Symbolic image

TIP-ON for doors

TIP-ON for doors Overview Accessories

170 171 173

MODUL – hinges Overview Mounting plates Accessories

174 175 182 185

Symbolic image

MODUL – hinges

Symbolic image

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

69


Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges

CLIP top BLUMOTION – innovative technology within the smallest space

Hinge systems

With CLIP top BLUMOTION everything “is included”, because BLUMOTION, our function for silent and effortless closing, is now integrated into the boss. ▬ With integrated BLUMOTION (with deactivation option) ▬ Compatible with all CLIP mounting plates ▬ Extremely reliable CLIP mechanism ▬ Compatible with all CLIP mounting plates ▬ Tool-free assembly and removal ▬ 110° standard hinge for front thicknesses FD up to approx. 24 mm ▬ 107° standard hinge for front thicknesses FD greater than 15 mm ▬ Special hinges, e.g. available for zero protrusion, glass doors and blind corner applications ▬ 110° hinge for thin doors with a front thickness FD of 8–14 mm

New furniture manufacturing design trends are opening up even more options for customisation. Including thin fronts made from a wide range of materials and dark-coloured furniture. The CLIP top BLUMOTION hinge for thin doors, with the EXPANDO T special fixing, and the onyx black colour variant make it possible to implement these trends in line with Blum’s usual high quality standards

You have the option of deactivating BLUMOTION if required

70

The proven CLIP mechanism stands for simple, tool-free hinge assembly

The INSERTA mechanism enables tool-free fixing of the hinge

Hinges for angled solutions from –50° to +50°

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Hinge systems

Overview – hinge systems BLUMOTION for doors TIP-ON for doors MODUL – hinges

69 156 170 174

Overview – hinges Overview – angled applications Mounting plates Angled spacers

72 116 144 150

Hinge systems

Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Overview

Symbolic image

Overview

Symbolic image

Accessories

151 Screwdriver 153 152 154 154 154

Hinge arm cover cap Hinge boss cover cap Hinge boss spacing Screws Centre bit Door buffer Symbolic image Assembly, removal and adjustment Assembly, removal and adjustment

Symbolic image

155

Short URL www.blum.com/a210

Pictograph Item available on request

Corner cabinet with bi-fold door

Hinge with double cranked hinge arm

All 4 edges

Angled application inset

EXPANDO T

Side

Angled application half overlay

INSERTA boss

Overlay application

Angled application overlay

Screw-on boss

Dual application

Angled application max. overlay

Knock-in boss

Inset application

Angled application mitred

Special application

Hinge with straight hinge arm

Knock-in boss – assembly with insertion ram only CRISTALLO adhesion plate

Blind corner application

Hinge with cranked hinge arm

Min. chipboard screw length

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

71


Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Overview – hinges

OW

Hinge applications Standard application 110° hinge Hinge systems

110° special hinge 107° hinge CLIP 100° hinge

CLIP top CLIP top BLUMOTION

NI | ONS

DQDELA

74

110°

●|○

NI | ONS

DQDFAM

76

107°

●|○

NI | ONS

DQDFZY

78

●|○

NI

DQDGPA

80

●|○

NI | ONS

DQDHEM

82

●|○

NI

DQDI3Y

86

●|○

NI | ONS

DQDITA

88

NI | ONS

DQDJIM

90

NI | ONS

DQDK7Y

94

NI

DQDKXA

96

NI

DQDLMM

98

●|○

NI | ONS

DQDMBY

100

95°

Corner cabinet solution Corner cabinet bi-fold hinge Angled application – standard +45° I – angled hinge half overlay +45° II – angled hinge overlay +45° III – angled hinge full overlay +30° II – angled hinge overlay +30° III – angled hinge full overlay +20° II – angled hinge overlay +15° III – angled hinge full overlay ±5° angled application –15° III – angled hinge full overlay –30° III – angled hinge full overlay OW ONS

72

Opening angle Onyx black

● ●

110°

●|○

NI | ONS

DQGT1A

102

110°

●|○

NI | ONS

DQDN1A

104

●|○

NI

DQDNQM

106

NI

NI

DQDP5A

110

94°

NI

DQDPUM

112

60°

NI | ONS

DQDQJY

114

CRISTALLO hinge – glass display 110° cabinets Bathroom mirror cabinets with fronts 95° that protrude all the way around Glass door hinge 94° Frame door application Mini-hinge

Page

●|○

125° hinge 125° 0-protrusion for the overlay application Blind corner application Blind corner hinge inset application 95° 83° Blind corner hinge overlay appli95° cation Aluminium frame application CLIP top BLUMOTION 95° alumini95° um frame door hinge 95° aluminium frame door hinge 95°

Glass door application CRISTALLO hinge

Web code

Boss Fixing

100°

Thin door application Hinge for thin doors

Application

110°

Wide angled application 155° hinge 155° 0-protrusion for the overlay application 170° hinge 170° Profile door application Profile/thick door hinge

Colour

108

95°

NI | ONS

DQDR9A

118

110°

NI | ONS

DQDRYM

120

95°

NI

DQDSNY

122

95°

NI | ONS

DQDTDA

124

95°

NI

DQDU2M

126

95°

NI

DQDURY

128

95°

NI | ONS

DQDVHA

130

95°

●|○

NI

DQDW6M

132

110°

NI

DQDWVY

134

110°

NI

DQDXLA

136

With spring

Unsprung

NI

Nickel plated

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Overview – hinges

Angled application – standard –45° III – angled hinge full overlay Angled application – thin doors Hinge for thin doors – angled application Angled application – glass door CRISTALLO angled application OW ONS

Opening angle Onyx black

CLIP top CLIP top BLUMOTION

Colour

110°

NI

110°

●|○

NI

110°

●|○

NI

With spring

Application

DQDYAM

Unsprung

NI

Nickel plated

116

144

Angled spacers Angled spacers

150

The number of hinges depends on the front weight FG and front height FH To achieve good stability, distances between hinges should be as large as possible

Front height FH (mm) *

138

142 ○

Mounting plates Mounting plates

Number of hinges

Page

140

Overview – angled applications Angled application Nº 1–117

Number of hinges

Web code

Boss Fixing

Load and height data relates to front widths FB of 600 mm

Door weight FG (kg)

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

73

Hinge systems

OW

Hinge applications


Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Standard application

Web code DQDELA

Hinge systems

110° hinge

Order information Overlay application Boss Hinge CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top CLIP top

INSERTA Spring Colour

Boss Hinge CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top CLIP top

Screw-on Spring Colour

Boss Hinge CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top CLIP top

Knock-in Spring Colour

● ○

With spring Unsprung

Accessories

Part no.

NI | ONS

71B3590

● ○

NI NI | ONS

71T3590 70T3590.TL

NI ONS

Nickel plated Onyx black

Part no.

NI | ONS

71B3550

● ○

NI NI | ONS

71T3550 70T3550.TL Part no.

NI | ONS

71B3580

● ○

NI NI | ONS

71T3580 70T3580.TL

▬ CLIP top BLUMOTION with integrated BLUMOTION (with deactivation option) ▬ CLIP top with or without closing mechanism (spring) ▬ 110° opening angle ▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment ▬ Convenient spiral-tech depth adjustment ▬ Tool-free door to cabinet assembly and removal ▬ With INSERTA tool-free hinge to door assembly

Application

Dual application

Inset application

Boss Hinge CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top CLIP top

INSERTA Spring Colour

Boss Hinge CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top CLIP top

Screw-on Spring Colour

Boss Hinge CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top

Knock-in Spring Colour

● ○

With spring Unsprung

Accessories

Hinge arm cover cap

Print | stamp

Logo

Colour

Part no.

Plain Stamped

– Blum

NI | ONS NI | ONS

70.1503 70.1503.BP

Part no.

NI | ONS

71B3690

● ○

NI NI | ONS

71T3690 70T3690.TL

NI ONS

Nickel plated Onyx black

Part no.

NI | ONS

71B3650

● ○

NI NI | ONS

71T3650 70T3650.TL Part no.

NI

71B3680

NI

71T3680

Boss Hinge CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top CLIP top

INSERTA Spring Colour

Boss Hinge CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top CLIP top

Screw-on Spring Colour

Boss Hinge CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top

Knock-in Spring Colour

● ○

With spring Unsprung

Accessories

Hinge arm cover cap

Print | stamp

Logo

Colour

Part no.

Plain Stamped

– Blum

NI | ONS NI

70.1663 70.1663.BP

Part no.

NI | ONS

71B3790

● ○

NI NI | ONS

71T3790 70T3790.TL

NI ONS

Nickel plated Onyx black

Part no.

NI | ONS

71B3750

● ○

NI NI | ONS

71T3750 70T3750.TL Part no.

NI

71B3780

NI

71T3780

Hinge arm cover cap

Print | stamp

Logo

Colour

Part no.

Plain Stamped

– Blum

NI | ONS NI

70.1663 70.1663.BP

Note

A trial application is recommended when combining CLIP top BLUMOTION hinges and CLIP top hinges with springs on small, light fronts up to 300 mm wide. Combining these is not recommended for wider front widths FB.

Accessories – general Opening angle stop

Hinge boss cover cap

Opening angle Colour

Part no.

86°

70T3553

Black TIP-ON for doors

Version Spring Short version ○ Extended version ○ Extended version ● ●

74

With spring

Unsprung

Hinge CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top NI

Part no. 956.1004 956A1004 956A1006

Nickel plated

Chipboard screws

Colour

Part no.

NI | ONS

70T3504

NI

ONS

Onyx black

70T3504

Hinge boss spacing Hinge CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top

Spacing (mm)

Part no.

1.5

70T3507.21

1.5

70T3507.21

Ø (mm) 3.5 3.5

Length (mm) 15 17

Part no. 609.1500 609.1700

Insertion ram Colour Orange

Material Nylon

Part no. MZM.0040

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Standard application

Web code DQDELA

110° hinge

Overlay application

Dual application

Hinge systems

Planning Hinge dimensions and gap calculation based on factory setting (mounting plate spacing = 0 mm) Hinge and front protrusion at full opening angle Inset application

21.5

68

66.5

39.5

3-7 3-7 12

30

Gap

0

Front overlay FA (mm) 6

3

6

7

8

3

MD

MD

Drilling distance TB 5

9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

4

5

3

6

4

7

5

3

6

4

7

5

6

0

7

Front overlay FA (mm)

–4.5 –3.5 –2.5 –1.5 –0.5 0.5 1.5 2.5 3.5 4.5 5.5 6.5 7.5 8.5

3

6

9 3 4 5 6 7 MD Mounting plate spacing (mm)

3

4

5

3

6

4

7

5

3

6

4

7

5

6

3

Drilling distance TB (mm)

9 MD

0.5

0.8

1.0

1.2

1.5

1.8

2.2

2.7

3.5

4.3

26

28

30

5

0.5

0.5

0.8

0.8

1.0

0.9

1.2

1.2

1.4

1.7

2.0

2.5

3.1

3.8

7

0.5

0.8

0.9

1.1

6

In these cases a trial is recommended

0.5

18

19

0.8

0.9

1.2

21

1.4

1.3

1.3

22

+0.2

+0.4

+0.4

Reference pages Overview – CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges Mounting plates Accessories – hinge arm cover cap Accessories – general Overview – BLUMOTION for doors Overview – TIP-ON for doors Overview – assembly devices More technical details

+0.5

+0.5

23

1.7

2.0

1.6

1.6

Additional for +2 mm side adjustment

Screw-on

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

20

+0.5

24

25

2.4

2.9

1.9

2.2

2.6

2.7

3.2

+0.5

+0.5

+0.5

+0.5

1.9

2.3

INSERTA | knock-in

71

4

5

3

6

4

7

5

6

7

Mounting plate spacing (mm)

Adjustment

3

4

16

–7 –6 –5 –4 –3 –2 –1 0 3

6

9 3 4 5 6 7 MD Mounting plate spacing (mm) Front thickness FD (mm)

Front overlay FA (mm)

0

7

Minimum gap F for fronts with a front radius (R = 1 mm) based on the factory setting

F

7

Move back fixing position of mounting plate by front thickness FD +1.5 mm

MD

F

F

11

3.4 3.0

Max. ±3.0 mm See mounting plates

±2.0 mm

+3.0 mm –2.0 mm

Hinge boss dimensions

Assembly, removal and adjustment

144 151 Short URL 153 www.blum.com/a210 157 171 591 698

75


Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Standard application

Web code DQDFAM

110° special hinge

Hinge systems

▬ Hinge with larger overlay capacity for thick cabinet sides ▬ CLIP top BLUMOTION with integrated BLUMOTION (with deactivation option) ▬ CLIP top with or without closing mechanism (spring) ▬ 110° opening angle ▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment ▬ Convenient spiral-tech depth adjustment ▬ Tool-free door to cabinet assembly and removal ▬ With INSERTA tool-free hinge to door assembly

Application

Order information Overlay application Boss Hinge CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top CLIP top

INSERTA Spring Colour

Boss Hinge CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top CLIP top

Screw-on Spring Colour

Boss Hinge CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top

Knock-in Spring Colour

● ○

With spring Unsprung

Accessories

NI | ONS

● ○

NI NI

NI ONS

Part no. 73B3590 73T3590 72T3590.TL

Nickel plated Onyx black

NI | ONS

● ○

NI NI

Part no. 73B3550 73T3550 72T3550.TL Part no.

NI

73B3580

NI

73T3580

Hinge arm cover cap

Print | stamp

Logo

Colour

Part no.

Plain Stamped

– Blum

NI | ONS NI | ONS

70.1503 70.1503.BP

Note

A trial application is recommended when combining CLIP top BLUMOTION hinges and CLIP top hinges with springs on small, light fronts up to 300 mm wide. Combining these is not recommended for wider front widths FB.

Accessories – general Opening angle stop

Hinge boss cover cap

Opening angle Colour

Part no.

86°

70T3553

Black TIP-ON for doors

Version Spring Short version ○ Extended version ○ Extended version ● ●

76

With spring

Unsprung

Hinge CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top NI

Part no. 956.1004 956A1004 956A1006

Nickel plated

Chipboard screws

Colour

Part no.

NI | ONS

70T3504

NI

ONS

Onyx black

70T3504

Hinge boss spacing Hinge CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top

Spacing (mm)

Part no.

1.5

70T3507.21

1.5

70T3507.21

Ø (mm) 3.5 3.5

Length (mm) 15 17

Part no. 609.1500 609.1700

Insertion ram Colour Orange

Material Nylon

Part no. MZM.0040

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Standard application

Web code DQDFAM

110° special hinge

Hinge systems

Planning Hinge dimensions and gap calculation based on factory setting (mounting plate spacing = 0 mm) Hinge and front protrusion at full opening angle Overlay application

1.5

66.5

20

3-7 10 F

F

13

Gap

MD

Drilling distance TB

0

Front overlay FA (mm) 7

8

3

6

9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

3

4

5

3

6

4

7

5

3

6

4

7

5

6

7

9 3 4 5 6 7 MD Mounting plate spacing (mm)

Minimum gap F for fronts with a front radius (R = 1 mm) based on the factory setting Drilling distance TB (mm)

0.5

0.8

1.0

1.2

1.5

1.8

2.2

2.7

3.5

4.3

26

28

30

5

0.5

0.5

0.8

0.8

1.0

0.9

1.2

1.2

1.4

1.7

2.0

2.5

3.1

3.8

7

0.5

0.8

0.9

1.1

6

In these cases a trial is recommended

16

0.5

18

19

0.8

0.9

1.2

21

1.4

1.3

1.3

22

+0.2

+0.4

+0.4

Reference pages Overview – CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges Mounting plates Accessories – hinge arm cover cap Accessories – general Overview – BLUMOTION for doors Overview – TIP-ON for doors Overview – assembly devices More technical details

+0.5

+0.5

23

1.7

2.0

1.6

1.6

Additional for +2 mm side adjustment

Screw-on

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

20

+0.5

24

Adjustment

3

4

Front thickness FD (mm)

25

2.4

2.9

1.9

2.2

2.6

2.7

3.2

+0.5

+0.5

+0.5

+0.5

1.9

2.3

INSERTA | knock-in

71

3.4 3.0

Max. ±3.0 mm See mounting plates

±2.0 mm

+3.0 mm –2.0 mm

Hinge boss dimensions

Assembly, removal and adjustment

144 151 Short URL 153 www.blum.com/a210 157 171 591 698

77


Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Standard application

Web code DQDFZY

Hinge systems

107° hinge

Order information Overlay application Boss Hinge CLIP top CLIP top

INSERTA Spring Colour Part no. ● NI ☎ 75T1590B ○ NI ☎ 74T1590BTL

Boss Hinge CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top CLIP top

Screw-on Spring Colour

Part no.

NI | ONS ☎

75B1550

● ○

NI NI

Boss Hinge CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top

Knock-in Spring Colour

Part no.

● ○

With spring Unsprung

Accessories

NI ONS

Nickel plated Onyx black

☎ 75T1550 ☎ 74T1550.TL

NI

75B1580

NI

75T1580

▬ For front thicknesses FD starting from 15 mm ▬ CLIP top BLUMOTION with integrated BLUMOTION (with deactivation option) ▬ CLIP top with or without closing mechanism (spring) ▬ 107° opening angle ▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment ▬ Convenient spiral-tech depth adjustment ▬ Tool-free door to cabinet assembly and removal ▬ With INSERTA tool-free hinge to door assembly

Application

Dual application

Inset application

Boss Hinge CLIP top

INSERTA Spring Colour ● NI ☎

Part no. 75T1690B

Boss Hinge CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top CLIP top

Screw-on Spring Colour

Part no.

NI | ONS ☎

75B1650

● ○

NI NI

Boss Hinge CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top

Knock-in Spring Colour

Part no.

● ○

With spring Unsprung

Accessories

Hinge arm cover cap

Print | stamp

Logo

Colour

Part no.

Plain Stamped

– Blum

NI | ONS NI | ONS

70.1503 70.1503.BP

NI ONS

Nickel plated Onyx black

☎ 75T1650 ☎ 74T1650.TL

NI

75B1680

NI

75T1680

Boss Hinge CLIP top

INSERTA Spring Colour ● NI ☎

Part no. 75T1790B

Boss Hinge CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top CLIP top

Screw-on Spring Colour

Part no.

NI | ONS ☎

75B1750

● ○

NI NI

Boss Hinge CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top

Knock-in Spring Colour

Part no.

● ○

With spring Unsprung

Accessories

Hinge arm cover cap

Print | stamp

Logo

Colour

Part no.

Plain Stamped

– Blum

NI | ONS NI

70.1663 70.1663.BP

NI ONS

Nickel plated Onyx black

☎ 75T1750 ☎ 74T1750.TL

NI

75B1780

NI

75T1780

Hinge arm cover cap

Print | stamp

Logo

Colour

Part no.

Plain Stamped

– Blum

NI | ONS NI

70.1663 70.1663.BP

Note

A trial application is recommended when combining CLIP top BLUMOTION hinges and CLIP top hinges with springs on small, light fronts up to 300 mm wide. Combining these is not recommended for wider front widths FB.

Accessories – general Opening angle stop Opening angle Colour 86°

Hinge boss cover cap Part no.

Black

74.1103

TIP-ON for doors Version Spring Short version ○ Extended version ○ Extended version ● ●

78

With spring

Unsprung

Hinge CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top NI

Part no. 956.1004 956A1004 956A1006

Nickel plated

Chipboard screws

Colour

Part no.

NI | ONS

70T3504

NI

ONS

Onyx black

70T1504

Hinge boss spacing Hinge CLIP top BLUMOTION

Spacing (mm) 1.5

Part no.

Ø (mm) 3.5 3.5

Length (mm) 15 17

Part no. 609.1500 609.1700

Insertion ram Colour Orange

Material Nylon

Part no. MZM.0040

70T3507.21

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Standard application

Web code DQDFZY

107° hinge

Overlay application

Dual application

19.5

F

1.5

28

Gap

6

3

6

7

8

3

9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17

4

5

3

6

4

5

3

6

4

5

0

6

Front overlay FA (mm)

–4.5 –3.5 –2.5 –1.5 –0.5 0.5 1.5 2.5 3.5 4.5 5.5 6.5 7.5

MD

Front overlay FA (mm) 5

3

3

3

6

9 3 4 5 6 MD Mounting plate spacing (mm)

3

4

5

6

4

3

5

6

4

5

Drilling distance TB (mm)

9 MD

0.4

0.5

1.0

1.3

1.6

2.1

2.7

4.3

24

26

28

30

32

5

0.4

0.3

0.5

0.9

1.2

1.5

2.0

2.5

3.9

1.1

1.4

1.7

2.2

3.3

+0.3

+0.3

+0.3

6

In these cases a trial is recommended

0.3

16

18

0.5

0.9

0.5

0.8

+0.1

+0.2

19

1.2

20

1.4

21

1.8

Additional for +2 mm side adjustment +0.1

Screw-on

+0.2

+0.3

22

2.3

3.6

INSERTA | knock-in

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

71

5

3

6

4

5

6

Mounting plate spacing (mm)

Max. ±3.0 mm See mounting plates

±2.0 mm

+3.0 mm –2.0 mm

Hinge boss dimensions

B T

Reference pages Overview – CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges Mounting plates Accessories – hinge arm cover cap Accessories – general Overview – BLUMOTION for doors Overview – TIP-ON for doors Overview – assembly devices More technical details

4

Adjustment

3

4

15

–7 –6 –5 –4 –3 –2 –1 3

6

9 3 4 5 6 MD Mounting plate spacing (mm) Front thickness FD (mm)

Front overlay FA (mm)

0

6

Minimum gap F for fronts with a front radius (R = 1 mm) based on the factory setting

F

7

Move back fixing position of mounting plate by front thickness FD +1.5 mm

MD

MD

67.5 3-6

F

11

3-6

1.5

1.5

3-6

Drilling distance TB

0

40

66

66 10 F

Inset application

31

21

Hinge systems

Planning Hinge dimensions and gap calculation based on factory setting (mounting plate spacing = 0 mm) Hinge and front protrusion at full opening angle

CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top

Assembly, removal and adjustment

144 151 Short URL 153 www.blum.com/a210 157 171 591 698

79


Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Standard application

Web code DQDGPA

CLIP 100° hinge Application

Order information Overlay application

Dual application

Inset application

Boss Hinge

Boss Hinge

Hinge systems

▬ CLIP with or without closing mechanism (spring) ▬ 100° opening angle ▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment ▬ Tool-free door to cabinet assembly and removal ▬ With INSERTA tool-free hinge to door assembly

CLIP

● ○

CLIP CLIP

CLIP CLIP

With spring Unsprung

INSERTA Spring Colour Part no. ● NI 71M2590B NI

Nickel plated

Boss Hinge

Screw-on Spring Colour Part no. ● NI 71M2550 ○ NI 70M2550.TL

Boss Hinge

Knock-in Spring Colour Part no. ● NI 71M2580 ○ NI 70M2580.TL

Accessories

CLIP CLIP

CLIP

With spring Unsprung

Part no. 973A0500.01

Logo

Colour

Plain Stamped

– Blum

NI NI

Boss Hinge

Knock-in Spring Colour ● NI

With spring

Part no. 71M2680

CLIP

● ○

CLIP CLIP

CLIP

Boss Hinge With spring Unsprung

Part no. 973A0600

90M2503 90M2503.BP

Print | stamp

Logo

Colour

Plain Stamped

– Blum

NI NI

Unsprung

NI

Nickel plated

Screw-on Spring Colour Part no. ● NI 71M2750 ○ NI 70M2750.TL

Boss Hinge

Knock-in Spring Colour ● NI

Part no. 71M2780

BLUMOTION 973A

Version Clip on

Hinge arm cover cap Part no.

INSERTA Spring Colour Part no. ● NI 71M2790B

Boss Hinge

Accessories

BLUMOTION 973A

Version Clip on

Accessories – general TIP-ON for doors Version Spring Short version ○ Extended version ○ Extended version ●

Nickel plated

Screw-on Spring Colour Part no. ● NI 71M2650 ○ NI 70M2650.TL

Hinge arm cover cap Print | stamp

NI

Boss Hinge

Accessories

BLUMOTION 973A

Version Clip on

CLIP

● ○

INSERTA Spring Colour Part no. ● NI 71M2690B

Part no. 973A0700 Hinge arm cover cap

Part no. 94M3603 94M3603.BP

Print | stamp

Logo

Colour

Plain Stamped

– Blum

NI NI

Part no. 94M3603 94M3603.BP

Insertion ram Part no. 956.1004 956A1004 956A1006

Colour Orange

Material Nylon

Part no. MZM.0040

Chipboard screws Ø (mm) 3.5 3.5

80

Length (mm) 15 17

Part no. 609.1500 609.1700

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Standard application

Web code DQDGPA

CLIP 100° hinge

Overlay application

Dual application

20

F

11

18.5

3-6

3-6 F

1.5

Gap

6

3

6

7

8

3

9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17

4

5

3

6

4

5

3

6

4

5

0

6

Front overlay FA (mm)

–4.5 –3.5 –2.5 –1.5 –0.5 0.5 1.5 2.5 3.5 4.5 5.5 6.5 7.5

MD

Front overlay FA (mm) 5

3

3

3

6

9 3 4 5 6 MD Mounting plate spacing (mm)

3

4

5

6

4

3

5

6

4

5

F

7

Drilling distance TB (mm)

9 MD

0.3

0.5

0.7

1.0

1.3

1.6

3.3

24

26

28

30

31

32

5

0.3

0.3

0.5

0.7

1.0

1.2

1.6

3.2

0.3

0.5

0.7

0.9

1.1

1.4

2.4

+0.5

+0.4

6

In these cases a trial is recommended

18

19

0.5

0.7

0.9

21

1.2

22

1.5

Additional for +2 mm side adjustment +0.1

+0.3

+0.3

Screw-on

Reference pages Overview – CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges Mounting plates Accessories – hinge arm cover cap Accessories – general Overview – BLUMOTION for doors Overview – TIP-ON for doors Overview – assembly devices More technical details

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

20

+0.4

+0.4

2.6

INSERTA | knock-in

71

4

5

3

6

4

5

6

Mounting plate spacing (mm)

Adjustment

3

4

16

–7 –6 –5 –4 –3 –2 –1 3

6

9 3 4 5 6 MD Mounting plate spacing (mm) Front thickness FD (mm)

Front overlay FA (mm)

0

6

Minimum gap F for fronts with a front radius (R = 1 mm) based on the factory setting

27

Move back fixing position of mounting plate by front thickness FD +1.2 mm

MD

MD

67.5 1.2

1.2

3-6

Drilling distance TB

0

38

66

66 F

Inset application

30

9

Hinge systems

Planning Hinge dimensions and gap calculation based on factory setting (mounting plate spacing = 0 mm) Hinge and front protrusion at full opening angle

Max. ±3.0 mm See mounting plates

±2.0 mm

+3.0 mm –1.0 mm

Hinge boss dimensions

Assembly, removal and adjustment

144 151 Short URL 153 www.blum.com/a210 157 171 591 698

81


Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Wide angled application

Web code DQDHEM

Hinge systems

155° hinge

Order information Overlay application 0-protrusion Boss Hinge Spring CLIP top ● BLUMOTION CLIP top ● CLIP top ○ ● ○

With spring Unsprung

INSERTA Colour

Part no.

NI | ONS

71B7590

NI NI | ONS

71T7590 70T7590.TL

NI ONS

Nickel plated Onyx black

Boss Hinge CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top CLIP top

Screw-on Spring Colour

Boss Hinge CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top

Knock-in Spring Colour

Accessories

Part no.

NI | ONS

71B7550

● ○

NI NI | ONS

71T7550 70T7550.TL

▬ 0-protrusion for overlay application (for cabinets with inner pull-outs or pull-out shelfs) ▬ CLIP top BLUMOTION with integrated BLUMOTION (with deactivation option) ▬ CLIP top with or without closing mechanism (spring) ▬ 155° opening angle ▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment ▬ Convenient spiral-tech depth adjustment ▬ Tool-free door to cabinet assembly and removal ▬ With INSERTA tool-free hinge to door assembly ▬ Suitable for special applications, e.g. mitred doors

Application

Dual application

Inset application

Boss Hinge CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top

INSERTA Spring Colour

Boss Hinge CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top CLIP top

Screw-on Spring Colour

● ○

With spring Unsprung

NI | ONS

NI

Part no.

For inset application use hinges for twin application and a 9 mm spaced mounting plate

71B7690 70T7690.TL

NI ONS

Nickel plated Onyx black

NI | ONS

● ○

NI NI

Part no. 71B7650 71T7650 70T7650.TL

Part no.

NI | ONS

71B7580

NI

71T7580 Accessories

Hinge arm cover cap

Print | stamp

Logo

Colour

Part no.

Plain Stamped

– Blum

NI | ONS NI

70.4503 70.4503.BP

Hinge arm cover cap

Print | stamp

Logo

Colour

Part no.

Plain Stamped

– Blum

NI | ONS NI

70.4503 70.4503.BP

Note

A trial application is recommended when combining CLIP top BLUMOTION hinges and CLIP top hinges with springs on small, light fronts up to 300 mm wide. Combining these is not recommended for wider front widths FB.

Accessories – general Opening angle stop Opening angle Colour 92° 110°

Hinge boss cover cap Part no. 70T7553.09 70T7553

Dark grey R7037

R7037 RAL 7037 dust grey

Hinge CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top NI

Nickel plated

TIP-ON for doors Version Spring Short version ○ Extended version ○ Extended version ● ●

82

With spring

Unsprung

Chipboard screws

Colour

Part no.

NI | ONS

70T7504

NI | ONS

ONS

Onyx black

70T7504

Hinge boss spacing Part no. 956.1004 956A1004 956A1006

Hinge CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top

Spacing (mm)

Part no.

1.5

70T3507.21

1.5

70T3507.21

Ø (mm) 3.5 3.5

Length (mm) 15 17

Part no. 609.1500 609.1700

Insertion ram Colour Orange

Material Nylon

Part no. MZM.0040

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Wide angled application

Web code DQDHEM

155° hinge

Overlay application 0-protrusion

Dual application

Hinge systems

Planning Hinge dimensions and gap calculation based on factory setting (mounting plate spacing = 0 or 9 mm) Hinge and front protrusion at 90° opening angle Inset application

max 72

1.5

74

72.5

max 81

3-8

3-7

3-8 F

1.5

7.5

7.2

Move back fixing position of mounting plate by front thickness FD +1.5 mm

Front overlay FA (mm) 5

6

3

6

7

8

9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19

3

4

5

3

6

4

7

9 3 4 5 6 7 8 MD Mounting plate spacing (mm)

5

8

3

6

4

7

5

6

8

7

MD

MD

Drilling distance TB

0

16.2

Gap

0

8

Front overlay FA (mm)

–4.5 –3.5 –2.5 –1.5 –0.5 0.5 1.5 2.5 3.5 4.5 5.5 6.5 7.5 8.5 9.5

3

6

3

4

5

3

6

4

7

9 3 4 5 6 7 8 MD Mounting plate spacing (mm)

5

8

3

6

4

7

5

8

6

7

8

Drilling distance TB (mm) 3

4

5

6

7

22

23

24 0

0.5

0.5

1.0

2.0

2.0

3.0

0

0

0

0

0

0.5

1.0

2.0

2.0

2.5

4.0

0

0

0

0

0

1.0

1.5

2.0

3.0

1.0

1.5

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

8 0 0 0 0 We recommend a trial application for an overlay application against a wall 110° Opening angle stop 92° Opening angle stop

0

0

0.5 1.0

26

1.0

1.5

27

2.0

2.5

28

2.0

INSERTA | knock-in

min 11.7

3

29

3.5

30

31

4.5 Max. ±3.0 mm See mounting plates

±2.0 mm

Hinge boss dimensions

PLQ

+3.0 mm –2.0 mm

Screw-on

0

25

–4.5 –3.5 –2.5 –1.5 –0.5

Adjustment

21 0

0

9 3 4 5 6 7 MD Mounting plate spacing (mm)

20 0

Front overlay FA (mm)

6

Minimum gap F for fronts with a front radius (R = 1 mm) based on the factory setting Front thickness FD (mm)

MD

F

F

Reference pages Overview – CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges Mounting plates Accessories – hinge arm cover cap Accessories – general Overview – TIP-ON for doors Overview – assembly devices More technical details

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

71

Assembly, removal and adjustment

144 151 Short URL 153 www.blum.com/a210 171 591 698

83


Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Wide angled application

Web code DQDHEM

155° hinge

3.7 2.5 16

45°

Dimension for mounting plate with dimension A = 37 mm

45°

4

R3 2.5

17.3

6.7

Hinge for dual applications Standard mounting plates with 0 mm spacing

R3

8

5

R2.5

24

1.5

45°

1.9

6.7

*

45°

1. 4

2.5 15.1

0.5

R2.5

22

R1

2.9

45°

37* 54.6*

1.5 19

45°

24

4.7

6.7

Hinge for dual applications Standard mounting plates with 0 mm spacing

Hinge for dual applications Standard mounting plates with 0 mm spacing

22 mm

24 mm

*

3

0.5

R1

1. 4

0.5

24 mm

22

34.8* 54.5*

22 mm

19

37* 55.5*

19 mm

Dimension for mounting plate with dimension A = 37 mm

*

Dimension for mounting plate with dimension A = 37 mm

Mitred application – side

0.5

1.9

*

84

Dimension for mounting plate with dimension A = 37 mm

2.3

R1

18.1

Hinge for dual applications Standard mounting plates with 0 mm spacing *

45° 24

2.5

45°

1.9

6.7

6.7

Hinge for dual applications Standard mounting plates with 0 mm spacing

45°

5.2

15.1

45°

1. 4

22

1.5 2.5

1. 4

R1

0.5

R1

2.9

2.9

45°

37* 54.6*

1.5

R1

37* 57.6*

0.5 45°

24

22

Dimension for mounting plate with dimension A = 37 mm

R2 R2

2.5

18.7

2

19

36.2* 57.3*

19 mm

19

Hinge systems

Planning Special application Mitred application – all 4 edges

3.3

6.7 Hinge for dual applications Standard mounting plates with 0 mm spacing *

Dimension for mounting plate with dimension A = 37 mm

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Wide angled application

Web code DQDHEM

155° hinge Planning Special application Mitred application – side, with large overlay

34 mm

19 19

R1 37* 54.6*

1.5

*

45°

R1 7.5

2.9

19

45°

110°

Hinge for overlay applications Standard mounting plates with 0 mm spacing *

Dimension for mounting plate with dimension A = 37 mm

Description

Opening angle

2.3

Dimension for mounting plate with dimension A = 37 mm

Part no. Description

Opening angle stop 110°

70T7553

1.9

25.1

Hinge for overlay applications Standard mounting plates with 0 mm spacing *

Hinge systems

19/19 mm

1. 4

16/19 mm

Front overlay max.

Opening angle

Hinge for overlay applications Standard mounting plates with 0 mm spacing *

Dimension for mounting plate with dimension A = 37 mm

Part no. Description

Opening angle stop 110°

70T7553

Opening angle

Part no.

Opening angle stop 110°

70T7553

You can select any front thickness FD for a free-standing cabinet We recommend a trial application for a neighbouring front or an overlay application on the wall.

Rebated applications 16 mm

19

max. 16

Y X 13

1.5

13.2

max.

15 1.5

R1

3

X

2

2

R1 110°

3

3

17.5 Hinge for dual applications Description Spacing (mm) Mounting plate 6 *

Hinge for dual applications Part no. Description Spacing (mm) 6 175H9160 Mounting plate

Dimension for mounting plate with dimension A = 37 mm

Description

Opening angle

70T7553

Hinge for dual applications Part no. Description Spacing (mm) 6 175H9160 Mounting plate

Opening angle

*

Part no. 175H9160

Dimension for mounting plate with dimension A = 37 mm

Part no.

Opening angle stop 110°

70T7553

X max. (mm)

Y max. (mm)

X max. (mm)

Y max. (mm)

X max. (mm)

Y max. (mm)

18

28

16

29

8

24

20

30

17

30

8

24

25

35

17

30

8

24

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

Cabinet situation

4 16.5

Dimension for mounting plate with dimension A = 37 mm

Part no. Description

Opening angle stop 110° Cabinet situation

*

19

52.5*

13.2

Y 16

13 mm

49.5*

10 mm

Cabinet situation

85


Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Wide angled application

Hinge systems

170° hinge

Order information Overlay application Boss Hinge CLIP top CLIP top

INSERTA Spring Colour Part no. ● NI 71T6540B ○ NI 70T6540BTL

Boss Hinge CLIP top CLIP top Boss Hinge CLIP top

● ○

With spring Unsprung

Accessories

▬ CLIP top with or without closing mechanism (spring) ▬ 170° opening angle ▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment ▬ Convenient spiral-tech depth adjustment ▬ Tool-free door to cabinet assembly and removal ▬ With INSERTA tool-free hinge to door assembly

Application

Dual application

Inset application

Boss Hinge CLIP top

INSERTA Spring Colour ● NI

Screw-on Spring Colour Part no. 71T6550 ● NI ○ NI 70T6550.TL

Boss Hinge CLIP top CLIP top

Screw-on Spring Colour Part no. 71T6650 ● NI ○ NI 70T6650.TL

Knock-in Spring Colour ● NI

Boss Hinge CLIP top

Knock-in Spring Colour ● NI

NI

Nickel plated

Part no. 71T6580

With spring Unsprung

Accessories

BLUMOTION 973A

Version Clip on

● ○

Part no. 973A6000

Logo

Colour

Plain Stamped

– Blum

NI NI

80.6507 80.6507.BP

130°

Logo

Colour

Plain Stamped

– Blum

NI NI

70.6103

Ø (mm) 3.5 3.5

TIP-ON for doors Version Spring Short version ○ Extended version ○ Extended version ● ●

86

With spring

Unsprung

Part no. 973A6000

Part no. 80.6507 80.6507.BP

Safety information If young children have access to furniture with wide angle hinges then the 155° opening 0-protrusion hinges should be used

Chipboard screws Part no.

Black

BLUMOTION 973A

Print | stamp

Accessories – general Opening angle stop Opening angle Colour

Part no. 71T6680

Hinge arm cover cap Part no.

For inset application use hinges for twin application and a 9 mm spaced mounting plate

Nickel plated

Version Clip on

Hinge arm cover cap Print | stamp

NI

Part no. 71T6640B

Web code DQDI3Y

Length (mm) 15 17

Part no. 609.1500 609.1700

Insertion ram Part no. 956.1004 956A1004 956A1006

Colour Orange

Material Nylon

Part no. MZM.0040

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Wide angled application

Web code DQDI3Y

170° hinge

max 65

max 75

Inset application

max 84

3-8 8

17.5

Gap

6

3

6

7

8

9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19

3

4

5

3

6

4

7

9 3 4 5 6 7 8 MD Mounting plate spacing (mm)

5

8

3

6

4

7

5

8

6

7

8

MD

MD

Front overlay FA (mm) 5

26.5

F

7.5

Move back fixing position of mounting plate by front thickness FD +1.5 mm

Drilling distance TB

0

F

1.5

0

Front overlay FA (mm)

–4.5 –3.5 –2.5 –1.5 –0.5 0.5 1.5 2.5 3.5 4.5 5.5 6.5 7.5 8.5 9.5

3

6

3

4

5

3

6

4

7

9 3 4 5 6 7 8 MD Mounting plate spacing (mm)

5

8

Minimum gap F for fronts with a front radius (R = 1 mm) based on the factory setting For front thicknesses FD up to 21 mm, no gap F is required For front thickness FD in excess of 22 mm, a trial application is recommended

3

6

4

7

5

8

6

7

8

MD

F

3-8

F

11

3-7

1.5

1.5

69

70.5

Dual application

69

Overlay application

Hinge systems

Planning Hinge dimensions and gap calculation based on factory setting (mounting plate spacing = 0 or 9 mm) Hinge and front protrusion at 90° opening angle

0

Front overlay FA (mm) –4.5 –3.5 –2.5 –1.5 –0.5

3 6

9 3 4 5 6 7 MD Mounting plate spacing (mm)

Adjustment

Max. ±3.0 mm See mounting plates

Screw-on

Reference pages Safety information Overview – CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges Mounting plates Accessories – hinge arm cover cap Accessories – general Overview – BLUMOTION for doors Overview – TIP-ON for doors Mitred application – all 4 edges Overview – assembly devices Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

INSERTA | knock-in

701 More technical details

±2.0 mm

+3.0 mm –2.0 mm

Hinge boss dimensions

698 Assembly, removal and adjustment

71 144 151 153 157 171 84 591

Short URL www.blum.com/a210

87


Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Profile door application

Web code DQDITA

Hinge systems

Profile/thick door hinge

Order information Overlay application Boss Hinge CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top CLIP top

INSERTA Spring Colour

Boss Hinge CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top CLIP top

Screw-on Spring Colour

Boss Hinge CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top CLIP top

Knock-in Spring Colour

● ○

With spring Unsprung

Accessories

Part no.

NI | ONS

71B9590

● ○

NI NI | ONS

71T9590B 70T9590BTL

NI ONS

Nickel plated Onyx black

Part no.

NI | ONS

71B9550

● ○

NI NI | ONS

71T9550 70T9550.TL

NI | ONS

● ○

NI ONS

Part no. 71B9580 71T9580 70T9580.TL

▬ Hinge for thick doors and doors with profile ▬ CLIP top BLUMOTION with integrated BLUMOTION (with deactivation option) ▬ CLIP top with or without closing mechanism (spring) ▬ 95° opening angle ▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment ▬ Convenient spiral-tech depth adjustment ▬ Tool-free door to cabinet assembly and removal ▬ With INSERTA tool-free hinge to door assembly

Application

Dual application

Inset application

Boss Hinge CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top CLIP top

INSERTA Spring Colour

Boss Hinge CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top CLIP top

Screw-on Spring Colour

Boss Hinge CLIP top BLUMOTION

Knock-in Spring Colour

● ○

With spring Unsprung

Accessories

Hinge arm cover cap

Print | stamp

Logo

Colour

Part no.

Plain Stamped

– Blum

NI | ONS NI

70.1553 70.1553.BP

NI | ONS

● ○

NI ONS

Part no. 71B9690 71T9690B 70T9690BTL

NI ONS

Nickel plated Onyx black

Part no.

NI | ONS

71B9650

● ○

NI NI | ONS

71T9650 70T9650.TL

Part no. 71B9680

NI

Boss Hinge CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top CLIP top

INSERTA Spring Colour

Boss Hinge CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top CLIP top

Screw-on Spring Colour

Boss Hinge CLIP top BLUMOTION

Knock-in Spring Colour

● ○

With spring Unsprung

Accessories

Hinge arm cover cap

Print | stamp

Logo

Colour

Part no.

Plain Stamped

– Blum

NI | ONS NI

70.1663 70.1663.BP

NI | ONS

● ○

NI ONS NI ONS

Part no. 71B9790 71T9790B 70T9790BTL

Nickel plated Onyx black

Part no.

NI | ONS

71B9750

● ○

NI NI | ONS

71T9750 70T9750.TL

NI

Part no. 71B9780

Hinge arm cover cap

Print | stamp

Logo

Colour

Part no.

Plain Stamped

– Blum

NI | ONS NI

70.1663 70.1663.BP

Note

CLIP top BLUMOTION and CLIP top hinges cannot be combined with each other on a door.

Accessories – general TIP-ON for doors Version Spring Short version ○ Extended version ○ Extended version ● ●

With spring

Unsprung

Hinge boss cover cap Part no. 956.1004 956A1004 956A1006

Hinge CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top NI

Nickel plated

Chipboard screws

Colour

Part no.

NI | ONS

70T3504

NI | ONS

ONS

Onyx black

70T1504

Hinge boss spacing Hinge CLIP top BLUMOTION

88

Spacing (mm) 1.5

Part no.

Ø (mm) 3.5 3.5

Length (mm) 15 17

Part no. 609.1500 609.1700

Insertion ram Colour Orange

Material Nylon

Part no. MZM.0040

70T3507.21

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Profile door application

Web code DQDITA

Profile/thick door hinge

Overlay application

Dual application

24

F

1.5

3

6

7

8

3

9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

4

5

3

6

4

7

5

3

6

4

7

5

6

0

7

Front overlay FA (mm)

–4.5 –3.5 –2.5 –1.5 –0.5 0.5 1.5 2.5 3.5 4.5 5.5 6.5 7.5 8.5

3

6

9 3 4 5 6 7 MD Mounting plate spacing (mm)

MD

Front overlay FA (mm) 6

32.5

F

7

Move back fixing position of mounting plate by front thickness FD +1.5 mm

MD

MD

67.5 1.5

1.5

F

11

Gap

5

3-7

3-7

3-7

Drilling distance TB

0

40

66

66 14.5 F

Inset application

31

22

Hinge systems

Planning Hinge dimensions and gap calculation based on factory setting (mounting plate spacing = 0 mm) Hinge and front protrusion at full opening angle

3

4

5

3

6

4

7

5

3

6

4

7

5

6

0

7

3

9 MD

Minimum gap F for fronts with a front radius (R = 1 mm) based on the factory setting Drilling distance TB (mm) 3

16

18

19

20

22

24

26

28

29

4

0.3

0.4

0.5

0.8

1.0

1.5

1.9

2.8

0.2

0.3

0.4

0.5

0.7

1.0

1.4

1.8

2.5

6

0.2

0.3

0.4

0.5

0.7

1.0

1.4

1.8

2.2

+0.5

+0.4

7

0.2

0.2

0.3

0.4

0.3

0.4

0.5

0.5

0.7

1.0

0.7

0.9

+0.3

+0.4

Additional for +2 mm side adjustment +0.1

+0.2

+0.2

+0.2

1.4

1.4

+0.4

1.8 1.7

2.3 2.1

30

3.6

31

5.4

4.0

4.8

2.5

3.2

3.8

+0.4

+0.4

+0.3

3.1

2.7

2.4

3.5 3.0

Max. ±3.0 mm See mounting plates

4.3

3.5

±2.0 mm

Hinge boss dimensions

B T

B T

B T

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

71

3

6

4

7

5

6

7

32

4.5

INSERTA | knock-in

Reference pages Overview – CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges Mounting plates Accessories – hinge arm cover cap Accessories – general Overview – BLUMOTION for doors Overview – TIP-ON for doors Overview – assembly devices More technical details

5

Mounting plate spacing (mm)

Screw-on

CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top

4

Adjustment

0.2

5

–7 –6 –5 –4 –3 –2 –1 0 3

6

9 3 4 5 6 7 MD Mounting plate spacing (mm) Front thickness FD (mm)

Front overlay FA (mm)

CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top

+3.0 mm –2.0 mm

CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top

Assembly, removal and adjustment

144 151 Short URL 153 www.blum.com/a210 157 171 591 698

89


Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Profile door application

Web code DQDJIM

125° hinge

Hinge systems

▬ 0-protrusion for overlay application (for cabinets with inner pull-outs or pull-out shelfs) ▬ Hinge for thick doors and doors with profile ▬ CLIP top BLUMOTION with integrated BLUMOTION (with deactivation option) ▬ 125° opening angle ▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment ▬ Convenient spiral-tech depth adjustment ▬ Tool-free door to cabinet assembly and removal ▬ Suitable for special applications, e.g. mitred doors

Application

Order information Overlay application 0-protrusion Boss Screw-on Hinge Spring Colour Part no. CLIP top ● NI | ONS 71B7550D BLUMOTION ● NI

With spring Nickel plated

Boss Hinge CLIP top BLUMOTION Accessories

ONS

Onyx black

Knock-in Spring Colour ●

NI

Part no. 71B7580D

Hinge arm cover cap

Print | stamp

Logo

Colour

Part no.

Plain Stamped

– Blum

NI | ONS NI

70.4503 70.4503.BP

Accessories – general Opening angle stop

Hinge boss cover cap

Opening angle Colour

Part no.

92°

70T7553

R7037

R7037 RAL 7037 dust grey

Hinge CLIP top BLUMOTION

NI

Ø (mm) 3.5 3.5

90

Length (mm) 15 17

Colour

Part no. 70T7504

NI | ONS

Nickel plated

Chipboard screws

Insertion ram

ONS

Colour Orange

Material Nylon

Part no. MZM.0040

Onyx black

Hinge boss spacing Part no. 609.1500 609.1700

Hinge CLIP top BLUMOTION

Spacing (mm) 1.5

Part no. 70T3507.21

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Profile door application

Web code DQDJIM

125° hinge

Hinge systems

Planning Hinge dimensions and gap calculation based on factory setting (mounting plate spacing = 0 mm) Hinge and front protrusion at 90° opening angle Overlay application 0-protrusion

1.5

73.5

max 62

1.7

F

3-8 F

11

Gap

MD

Drilling distance TB

0

Front overlay FA (mm) 5

6

3

6

7

8

3

9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19

4

5

3

6

4

7

9 3 4 5 6 7 8 MD Mounting plate spacing (mm)

5

8

3

6

4

7

5

6

8

7

8

Minimum gap F for fronts with a front radius (R = 1 mm) based on the factory setting Drilling distance TB (mm) 3

4

Front thickness FD (mm) 29 0

0

30

31

0

0

0

0

32

0.1 0.1

0.4

0.8

1.5

2.3

0.6

1.2

2.1

3.5

1.0

2.0

0

0.1

0.4

7

0

0

0

0.2

0.7

0

0.1

8 0 0 0 0.3 We recommend a trial application for an overlay application against a wall 92° Opening angle stop

36

2.0

0

0

35

1.2

0

0

34

0.7

5

6

1.0

1.6

1.7

2.8

2.8

37

4.1

3.4

4.9

4.2

Knock-in

min 11.7

38

2.8

39

5.7

40 Max. ±3.0 mm See mounting plates

±2.0 mm

+3.0 mm –2.0 mm

Hinge boss dimensions

PLQ 37.5

Screw-on

33

0.3

Adjustment

Reference pages Overview – CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges Mounting plates Accessories – hinge arm cover cap Accessories – general Overview – assembly devices More technical details

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

71

Assembly, removal and adjustment

144 151 Short URL 153 www.blum.com/a210 591 698

91


Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Profile door application

Web code DQDJIM

125° hinge

25 mm

28 mm

125°

125°

Dimension for mounting plate with dimension A = 37 mm

Spacing (mm) 9

7.3

20.4

125°

Dimension for mounting plate with dimension A = 37 mm

Part no. Description 175H7190 Mounting plate

Spacing (mm) 9

R3 R3

2. 5

28

2.6

Hinge for overlay applications *

45°

7.2

2.5

45°

3

R1.5 R1.5

1. 4

37* 59.9* 3.6

18.1 1.9

7.3

Description Mounting plate

45°

1. 4

2.5

Hinge for overlay applications *

45°

1.5

R1 R1

25 2.9

22

45°

37* 57.6*

1.5

45°

28

25

22

35.5* 59.3*

22 mm

7.3

2.5 21.3

4.7

Hinge for overlay applications *

Dimension for mounting plate with dimension A = 37 mm

Part no. Description 175H7190 Mounting plate

Spacing (mm) 9

Part no. 175H7190

Mitred application – side 25 mm

30 mm

92

125°

Spacing (mm) 9

3.1

Dimension for mounting plate with dimension A = 37 mm

Part no. Description 175H7190 Mounting plate

5 7.3

1.9

7.3

2.5 23.3

4.7

125°

Hinge for overlay applications *

21.1

45°

R3 R3

2.

7.3

1.

18.1 1.9

2.5

45°

30

R1 R1

4

37* 60.6*

1.5

2.9

2.5

Dimension for mounting plate with dimension A = 37 mm

Description Mounting plate

45°

25

7.3

Hinge for overlay applications *

45°

4 2.9

125°

R1 R1

1.

45°

37* 57.6*

1.5

45°

30

25

22

35.4* 61.2*

22 mm

22

Hinge systems

Planning Special application Mitred application – all 4 edges

Spacing (mm) 9

Hinge for overlay applications *

Dimension for mounting plate with dimension A = 37 mm

Part no. Description 175H7190 Mounting plate

Spacing (mm) 9

Part no. 175H7190

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Profile door application

Web code DQDJIM

125° hinge

19/24 mm

19 24

125°

39

*

Dimension for mounting plate with dimension A = 37 mm

125°

11

7 24.6

1.7

2.4

92°

Hinge for overlay applications Standard mounting plates with 0 mm spacing *

1.5

45°

45°

max 28

19

37* 54.6*

19 1.5

30.1 1.9

Hinge for overlay applications Standard mounting plates with 0 mm spacing

R1

1. 8

7.5

R1

2.9

1.7

R1

1. 4

37*

2.9

59.6*

1.5 24

45°

39 mm

19 19 R1

45°

Front overlay max. Hinge systems

Mitred application – all 4 edges, with large overlay 19/19 mm

37*

Planning Special application Mitred application – side, with large overlay

Dimension for mounting plate with dimension A = 37 mm

1.7

Hinge for overlay applications Standard mounting plates with 0 mm spacing *

Dimension for mounting plate with dimension A = 37 mm

Description

Opening angle

Opening angle stop 92°

Part no. 70T7553

You can select any front thickness FD for a free-standing cabinet We recommend a trial application for a neighbouring front or an overlay application on the wall.

Thin materials – protruding 16 + 6 mm

16 + 6 mm

16 6

37*

11

8 11

max 39

125°

max 43

1.7

Hinge for overlay applications Standard mounting plates with 0 mm spacing *

(22) 1.5

6

16

(22) 1.5

8

Dimension for mounting plate with dimension A = 37 mm

92°

1.7

Hinge for overlay applications Standard mounting plates with 0 mm spacing *

Dimension for mounting plate with dimension A = 37 mm

Description

Opening angle

Opening angle stop 92°

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

37*

19

19

Part no. 70T7553

93


Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Blind corner application

Web code DQDK7Y

Blind corner hinge inset application

Hinge systems

▬ Hinge for blind corner applications ▬ CLIP top BLUMOTION with integrated BLUMOTION (with deactivation option) ▬ CLIP top without closing mechanism (spring) ▬ 95° | 83° opening angle ▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment ▬ Convenient spiral-tech depth adjustment ▬ Tool-free door to cabinet assembly and removal ▬ With INSERTA tool-free hinge to door assembly

Order information Inset application 95° opening angle Boss INSERTA Hinge Spring Colour CLIP top ● NI | ONS BLUMOTION ● ○

With spring Unsprung

NI ONS

Screw-on Spring Colour

Boss Hinge CLIP top BLUMOTION

Knock-in Spring Colour

Accessories

Inset application 83° opening angle Part no. 79B9590

Nickel plated Onyx black

Boss Hinge CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top

NI | ONS

NI

Application

Part no. 79B9550 78T9550.TL

NI | ONS

Boss Hinge CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top

Screw-on Spring Colour

Part no.

NI

☎ 79B9550.83

NI

☎ 78T9550.83

Part no. 79B9580

Hinge arm cover cap

Print | stamp

Logo

Colour

Part no.

Plain Stamped

– Blum

NI | ONS NI | ONS

70.1503 70.1503.BP

Note

CLIP top BLUMOTION and CLIP top hinges cannot be combined with each other on a door.

Accessories – general TIP-ON for doors Version Spring Short version ○ Extended version ○ Extended version ● ●

With spring

Unsprung

Hinge boss cover cap Part no. 956.1004 956A1004 956A1006

Hinge CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top NI

Nickel plated

Chipboard screws

Colour

Part no.

NI | ONS

70T3504

NI

ONS

Onyx black

70T1504

Ø (mm) 3.5 3.5

Part no. 609.1500 609.1700

Insertion ram Colour Orange

94

Length (mm) 15 17

Material Nylon

Part no. MZM.0040

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Blind corner application

Planning Hinge dimensions and gap calculation based on factory setting (mounting plate spacing = 3 mm) Hinge and front protrusion at full opening angle

Hinge systems

Web code DQDK7Y

Blind corner hinge inset application

Inset application Move standard mounting plate fixing positions 15.5 mm nearer the edge of the muntin (i.e. set back by 21.5 mm)! Use 3 mm spaced standard mounting plates only to ensure door and muntin are flush on the inside! F = 8 mm – TB F Gap TB Drilling distance

min 70 51 23

3-7 21.5 8

33.5

F

Minimum gap F for fronts with a front radius (R = 1 mm) based on the factory setting Drilling distance TB (mm)

0.2

0.3

0.4

0.5

0.8

1.0

1.5

1.9

28

29

30

31

32

5

0.2

0.2

0.3

0.4

0.5

0.7

1.0

1.4

1.8

0.2

0.3

0.4

0.5

0.7

1.0

1.4

1.8

6

7 In these cases a trial is recommended

16

0.2

18

19

0.3

0.4

0.3

0.4

Screw-on

B T

20

0.5

0.5

22

0.7

0.7

24

1.0

0.9

26

Adjustment

3

4

Front thickness FD (mm)

1.4

1.4

1.8 1.7

INSERTA | knock-in

CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top

Reference pages Overview – CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges Mounting plates Accessories – hinge arm cover cap Accessories – general Overview – TIP-ON for doors Overview – assembly devices More technical details

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

Max. ±3.0 mm See mounting plates

±1.0 mm

Hinge boss dimensions

B T

71

±2.5 mm

CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top

Assembly, removal and adjustment

144 151 Short URL 153 www.blum.com/a210 171 591 698

95


Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Blind corner application

Blind corner hinge overlay application

Hinge systems

▬ Hinge for blind corner overlay applications ▬ CLIP top BLUMOTION with integrated BLUMOTION (with deactivation option) ▬ 95° opening angle ▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment ▬ Convenient spiral-tech depth adjustment ▬ Tool-free door to cabinet assembly and removal ▬ With INSERTA tool-free hinge to door assembly

Application

Web code DQDKXA

Order information Overlay application Boss Hinge CLIP top BLUMOTION

INSERTA Spring Colour

Part no.

NI

79B9990

NI

Nickel plated

Boss Hinge CLIP top BLUMOTION

Screw-on Spring Colour

Boss Hinge CLIP top BLUMOTION

Knock-in Spring Colour

Part no.

79B9980

With spring

Accessories

79B9950

NI

NI

Part no.

Hinge arm cover cap

Print | stamp

Logo

Colour

Plain Stamped

– Blum

NI NI

Part no. 70.1503 70.1503.BP

Accessories – general Hinge boss cover cap Hinge CLIP top BLUMOTION

NI

Insertion ram

Colour

Part no.

NI

70T3504

Colour Orange

Material Nylon

Part no. MZM.0040

Nickel plated

Chipboard screws Ø (mm) 3.5 3.5

96

Length (mm) 15 17

Part no. 609.1500 609.1700

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Blind corner application

Planning Hinge dimensions and gap calculation based on factory setting (mounting plate spacing = 3 mm) Hinge and front protrusion at full opening angle

Hinge systems

Web code DQDKXA

Blind corner hinge overlay application

Overlay application Frame thickness RS (mm) 16 19 22

Mounting plate spacing (mm) 6 3 0

min. 86

19 (RS)

67

1

37

16.5

9

3-7

Minimum gap F for fronts with a front radius (R = 1 mm) based on the factory setting Drilling distance TB (mm)

0.2

0.3

0.4

0.5

0.8

1.0

1.5

1.9

28

29

30

31

32

5

0.2

0.2

0.3

0.4

0.5

0.7

1.0

1.4

1.8

0.2

0.3

0.4

0.5

0.7

1.0

1.4

1.8

6

7 In these cases a trial is recommended

16

0.2

18

19

0.3

0.4

0.3

0.4

Screw-on

Reference pages Overview – CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges Mounting plates Accessories – hinge arm cover cap Accessories – general Overview – assembly devices More technical details

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

20

0.5

0.5

22

0.7

0.7

24

1.0

0.9

26

Adjustment

3

4

Front thickness FD (mm)

1.4

1.4

1.8 1.7

INSERTA | knock-in

71

Max. ±3.0 mm See mounting plates

±2.5 mm

±1.0 mm

Hinge boss dimensions

Assembly, removal and adjustment

144 151 Short URL 153 www.blum.com/a210 591 698

97


Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Aluminium frame application

Web code DQDLMM

Hinge systems

CLIP top BLUMOTION 95° aluminium frame door hinge

Order information Overlay application Boss Hinge CLIP top BLUMOTION

Screw-on Spring Colour ●

With spring

Accessories

71B950A

NI NI

Nickel plated

Logo

Colour

Plain Stamped

– Blum

NI NI

Application

Dual application

Inset application

Boss Hinge CLIP top BLUMOTION

Part no. 70.1553 70.1553.BP

Screw-on Spring Colour ●

With spring

Accessories

Hinge arm cover cap

Print | stamp

98

Part no.

▬ Hinge for narrow alu frame doors ▬ CLIP top BLUMOTION with integrated BLUMOTION (with deactivation option) ▬ 95° opening angle ▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment ▬ Convenient spiral-tech depth adjustment ▬ Tool-free door to cabinet assembly and removal ▬ Boss fixing screws are included

71B960A

NI NI

Part no.

Nickel plated

Logo

Colour

Plain Stamped

– Blum

NI NI

Part no. 70.1663 70.1663.BP

Screw-on Spring Colour ●

NI

Part no. 71B970A

NI

With spring

Accessories

Hinge arm cover cap

Print | stamp

Boss Hinge CLIP top BLUMOTION

Nickel plated

Hinge arm cover cap

Print | stamp

Logo

Colour

Plain Stamped

– Blum

NI NI

Part no. 70.1663 70.1663.BP

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Aluminium frame application

Planning Hinge dimensions and gap calculation based on factory setting (mounting plate spacing = 0 mm) Hinge and front protrusion at full opening angle Overlay application

Dual application

Inset application

31

40

65

65

22

6.5 2.5

2.5

16

13.5 F

F

23 19

19

19

Gap

Set mounting plate back by frame width +2.5 mm

Minimum gap F for aluminium frame fronts (R = 1 mm) based on the factory setting Side frame width RB (mm)

Frame thickness RS (mm) 0.2

0.3

0.4

0.6

0.7

1.2

24

25

26

27

28

30

20

0.2

0.2

0.3

0.4

0.6

0.7

1.2

0.7

1.0

21

22

In these cases a trial is recommended

18

0.2

0.2

19

20

0.3

0.4

0.3

0.4

0.3

0.4

21

0.5

0.5

0.5

22

Adjustment

18

19

Hinge systems

Web code DQDLMM

CLIP top BLUMOTION 95° aluminium frame door hinge

0.7

0.7

+0.2

+0.3

+0.3

+0.3

32 △

1.1

1.1

Additional for +2 mm side adjustment +0.1

Max. ±3.0 mm See mounting plates

±2.0 mm

+3.0 mm –2.0 mm

+0.4

Screw-on

RB

Side frame width

Reference pages Overview – CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges Mounting plates Accessories – hinge arm cover cap Accessories – general Overview – assembly devices More technical details

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

71

Assembly, removal and adjustment

144 151 Short URL 153 www.blum.com/a210 591 698

99


Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Aluminium frame application

Web code DQDMBY

95° aluminium frame door hinge

Hinge systems

CLIP top for 973A

Order information Overlay application Boss Hinge CLIP top for 973A CLIP top CLIP top ● ○

With spring Unsprung

Accessories

Screw-on Spring Colour

71T950AB

NI

● ○

NI | ONS NI | ONS NI ONS

Part no. 71T950A 70T950A.TL

▬ Hinge for narrow alu frame doors ▬ CLIP top for 973A with closing mechanism (spring) ▬ CLIP top with or without closing mechanism (spring) ▬ 95° opening angle ▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment ▬ Convenient spiral-tech depth adjustment ▬ Tool-free door to cabinet assembly and removal ▬ Boss fixing screws are included

CLIP top

Dual application

Inset application

Boss Hinge CLIP top

With spring

Screw-on Spring Colour ● NI | ONS NI ONS

Part no. 71T960A

Nickel plated Onyx black

Boss Hinge CLIP top

With spring

Screw-on Spring Colour ● NI | ONS NI ONS

Part no. 71T970A

Nickel plated Onyx black

Nickel plated Onyx black

Accessories

BLUMOTION 973A

Version Clip on

Accessories

Part no. 973A0500.01 Hinge arm cover cap

Hinge arm cover cap

Print | stamp

Logo

Colour

Part no.

Plain Stamped

– Blum

NI | ONS NI

70.1553 70.1553.BP

Hinge arm cover cap

Print | stamp

Logo

Colour

Part no.

Plain Stamped

– Blum

NI | ONS NI

70.1663 70.1663.BP

Print | stamp

Logo

Colour

Part no.

Plain Stamped

– Blum

NI | ONS NI

70.1663 70.1663.BP

Accessories – general TIP-ON for doors Version Spring Short version ○ Extended version ○ Extended version ● ●

100

With spring

Unsprung

Part no. 956.1004 956A1004 956A1006

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Aluminium frame application

Web code DQDMBY

95° aluminium frame door hinge

Overlay application

Dual application

Hinge systems

Planning Hinge dimensions and gap calculation based on factory setting (mounting plate spacing = 0 mm) Hinge and front protrusion at full opening angle Inset application

67

40

2 19 31.5 F

Gap

Set mounting plate back by frame width +1.7 mm

Minimum gap F for aluminium frame fronts (R = 1 mm) based on the factory setting Side frame width RB (mm) 19

20 21

22

Frame thickness RS (mm) 18

0.2

0.3

0.4

0.6

0.7

1.2

24

25

26

27

28

30

32

0.2

0.3

0.4

0.5

0.7

1.1

1.1

0.2

0.2

19

20

0.3

0.4

0.3

0.4

21

0.5

0.5

22

Adjustment

0.7

0.7

1.0

Max. ±3.0 mm See mounting plates

±2.0 mm

+3.0 mm –2.0 mm

Additional for +2 mm side adjustment △

In these cases a trial is recommended

+0.1

+0.2

+0.3

+0.3

+0.3

+0.4

Screw-on

RB A

Side frame width The hinge boss should be able to support itself in the routing

Reference pages Overview – CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges Mounting plates Accessories – hinge arm cover cap Accessories – general Overview – BLUMOTION for doors Overview – TIP-ON for doors Overview – assembly devices More technical details

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

71

Assembly, removal and adjustment

144 151 Short URL 153 www.blum.com/a210 157 171 591 698

101


Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Thin door application

Web code DQGT1A

Hinge for thin doors

Hinge systems

▬ Thin fronts from 8–14 mm ▬ EXPANDO T fixing system for a variety of front materials ▬ CLIP top BLUMOTION with integrated BLUMOTION (with deactivation option) ▬ CLIP top with or without closing mechanism (spring) ▬ 0-protrusion (for cabinets with inner pull-outs or pullout shelfs) ▬ 110° opening angle ▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment ▬ Tool-free door to cabinet assembly and removal

Order information Boss Hinge CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top CLIP top ● ○

With spring Unsprung

Accessories

Application

The different overlay applications can be achieved with the appropriate fixing positions

EXPANDO T Spring Colour Part no.

Area of application – EXPANDO T EXPANDO T is suitable for fixing Blum fittings to thin front materials in furniture manufacturing

71B453T

With sufficient stability and strength, front materials of 8 mm thickness and above may be used

NI | ONS

● ○

NI NI

NI ONS

71T453T 70T453T.TL

Nickel plated Onyx black

Hinge arm cover cap

Print | stamp

Logo

Colour

Part no.

Plain Stamped

– Blum

NI | ONS NI

70.4503 70.4503.BP

Area of application and assembly recommendation Materials tested by Blum Transverse tensile strength (N/mm²) Chipboard > 0.40 MDF > 0.60 HDF HPL Mineral composites Nero Assoluto natural granite stone Quartz composite artificial stone Ceramic plates

Min. tightening torque (Nm) 1.5 1.5 2 2 2 3 3 3

Limitation of liability Blum accepts no liability for the use of EXPANDO T in combination with materials not listed or fittings from other manufacturers It is recommended that the assembly be carried out by an experienced furniture manufacturer

Note

A trial application is recommended when combining CLIP top BLUMOTION hinges and CLIP top hinges with springs on small, light fronts up to 300 mm wide. Combining these is not recommended for wider front widths FB.

Accessories – general Opening angle stop Opening angle Colour 85° 92°

Dark grey R7037

R7037 RAL 7037 dust grey

102

TIP-ON for doors Part no. 70T4503 70T4503.09

Version Hinge Short version CLIP top Extended version CLIP top Extended version CLIP top ●

With spring

Spring ○ ○ ●

Unsprung

Hinge boss cover cap Part no. 956.1004 956A1004 956A1006

Hinge CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top NI

Nickel plated

Colour

Part no.

NI | ONS

70T4504

NI

ONS

Onyx black

70T4504

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Thin door application

Web code DQGT1A

Hinge for thin doors

Hinge systems

Planning Hinge dimensions and gap calculation based on factory setting (mounting plate spacing = 0 mm) Hinge and front protrusion at 90° opening angle Overlay application

Dual application

Inset application

F

F

Move back fixing position of mounting plate by front thickness FD +1.5 mm F Gap

Gap

Gap

Fixing position MD 0

3

6

9 MD

Front overlay FA (mm) –3.5 23.5

26.5 29.5

–3 24

27

30

–2.5

–2

27.5

28

28.5

29

34

34.5

35

24.5

25

30.5

31

32.5 33 33.5 Mounting plate spacing (mm)

–1.5

25.5 31.5

–1

2.5

26

29.5

32

35.5

4

31

32.5

34

38.5

40

37

5.5

7

32.5

34

38.5

40

35.5 41.5

Fixing position

B FA MD *

32

44

B 34.5 0.1* Ø10+̶ 0.1

37

38.5

43

44.5

B=

FA

8.5

35.5 41.5

10

11.5

37

38.5

43

44.5

40

41.5

46

13

14.5

43

44.5

40

46

Drilling depth

44.5

46

19

46

min 23 max .5 46 Max. ±3.0 mm See mounting plates

B

17.5

43

Adjustment

3.5

Fixing position B = FA + 27 mm + MD Front overlay Mounting plate spacing Stone and ceramic +0.2/–0.1 mm

16

41.5

±2.0 mm

+3.0 mm –2.0 mm

Fixing position

Mounting plate spacing MD – cabinet hinge side on the wall SWD Front thickness FD (mm) (mm) 8 9 12

10

11

12

13

14

13

BT = min 6

14

15

16 17

18

19

BT

20 SWD Cabinet side panel thickness Mounting plate spacing MD 0 mm possible Mounting plate spacing MD 3 mm required Mounting plate spacing MD 6 mm required

Drilling depth

Reference pages Overview – CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges Mounting plates Accessories – hinge arm cover cap Accessories – general Overview – TIP-ON for doors Assembly recommendation and limitation of liability – EXPANDO T Fixing system for thin fronts – EXPANDO T

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

71 144 151 153 171

Overview – assembly devices More technical details

591 Assembly, removal and adjustment 698 Short URL www.blum.com/a210

585 584 103


Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Glass door application

Web code DQDN1A

CRISTALLO hinge

Hinge systems

▬ Hinge for glass and mirror doors ▬ Adhesion plate is glued onto glass (no glass drilling necessary) ▬ Tool-free hinge to adhesion plate assembly ▬ CLIP top BLUMOTION with integrated BLUMOTION (with deactivation option) ▬ CLIP top with or without closing mechanism (spring) ▬ 0-protrusion (for cabinets with inner pull-outs or pullout shelfs) ▬ 110° opening angle ▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment ▬ Convenient spiral-tech depth adjustment ▬ Tool-free door to cabinet assembly and removal

Order information Boss Hinge CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top CLIP top ● ○

With spring Unsprung

Application

The different applications can be achieved through relevant adhesion positions

CRISTALLO 110° Spring Colour Part no. ●

NI | ONS

● ○

NI NI

NI ONS

71B4500C 71T4500C 70T4500CTL

Nickel plated Onyx black

Limitation of liability If the Blum fittings are installed according to instructions and on suitable glass and mirror fronts, they will meet the requirements concerning the stability of the connection This is monitored through internal and external testing As the adhesive and/or the adhesive process are beyond our control, Blum cannot accept liability for claims arising from the failure or malfunction of this/these process/es It is recommended that the adhesive be applied by an experienced glass manufacturer

CRISTALLO adhesion plate Front material Glass | mirror Mirror Accessories

Glue-on Colour Matt-nickel plated Special nickel plated

Part no. 70T4568C 70T4568C

Hinge arm cover cap

Print | stamp

Logo

Colour

Part no.

Plain Stamped

– Blum

NI | ONS NI

70.4503 70.4503.BP

Note

A trial application is recommended when combining CLIP top BLUMOTION hinges and CLIP top hinges with springs on small, light fronts up to 300 mm wide. Combining these is not recommended for wider front widths FB.

Accessories – general Opening angle stop Opening angle Colour 85° 92°

Part no. 70T4503 70T4503.09

Dark grey R7037

R7037 RAL 7037 dust grey

TIP-ON for doors Version Spring Short version ○ Extended version ○ Extended version ● ●

104

With spring

Unsprung

Part no. 956.1004 956A1004 956A1006 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Glass door application

Web code DQDN1A

CRISTALLO hinge

Overlay application

Dual application

Hinge systems

Planning Hinge dimensions and gap calculation based on factory setting (mounting plate spacing = 0 mm) Hinge and front protrusion at full opening angle Inset application

3-8

1.5

A FA

Cabinet front edge to centre of mounting plate drilling 20 mm with mounting plate A20 37 mm with mounting plate A37 Front overlay

A FA

1.5

A

75.5

max 56.5

3.5 FA

Cabinet front edge to centre of mounting plate drilling 20 mm with mounting plate A20 37 mm with mounting plate A37 Front overlay

A

Cabinet front edge to centre of mounting plate drilling 21.5 mm + front thickness FD with mounting plate A20 38.5 mm + front thickness FD with mounting plate A37

Distance MD 0

Front overlay FA (mm) –3.5 0

3

6

9 MD

3

6

–3

0.5

–2.5

3.5

6.5

1

4

7

–2

1.5

–1.5

4.5 7.5

2

5

8

–1

2.5

5.5

8.5

2.5 6

9

12

4

7.5

10.5

13.5

5.5 9

12

15

7

10.5

13.5

16.5

8.5 12

15

18

10

13.5

16.5 19.5

9 9.5 10 10.5 11 11.5 15 16.5 18 19.5 21 22.5 Mounting plate spacing (mm) Due to the risk of breakage to glass and mirror doors, sufficient surrounding gaps are required (recommendation: min 2 mm)

Distance

11.5

13

14.5

19.5

21

15

16.5

21

22.5

18

18

16

19.5

22.5

17.5 21

19

22.5

Adjustment

KT=

min 0 max 22.5

FA KT MD

Front overlay Adhesion plate distance KT = FA + 3.5 mm + MD Mounting plate spacing

KT

Max. ±3.0 mm See mounting plates

±2.0 mm

+3.0 mm –2.0 mm

Adhesion plate distance

Note

Please contact your glass or front suppliers concerning the right adhesive and its use in fixing the mounting | adhesion plate on to glass and mirrors.

Reference pages Overview – CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges Mounting plates Accessories – hinge arm cover cap Accessories – general Overview – TIP-ON for doors Overview – assembly devices More technical details

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

71

Assembly, removal and adjustment

144 151 Short URL 153 www.blum.com/a210 171 591 698

105


Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Glass door application

CRISTALLO hinge – glass display cabinets

Hinge systems

▬ Hinge for glass display cabinets ▬ Mounting | adhesion plate is glued onto glass (no glass drilling necessary) ▬ CLIP top BLUMOTION with integrated BLUMOTION (with deactivation option) ▬ CLIP top with or without closing mechanism (spring) ▬ 110° opening angle ▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment ▬ Convenient spiral-tech depth adjustment ▬ Tool-free door to cabinet assembly and removal

Order information Overlay application | Inset application Boss CRISTALLO 110° Hinge Spring Colour Part no. CLIP top ● NI 71B4500C BLUMOTION CLIP top ● NI 71T4500C CLIP top ○ NI 70T4500CTL ● ○

With spring Unsprung

NI

Nickel plated

Application

Web code DQDNQM

Limitation of liability If the Blum fittings are installed according to instructions and on suitable glass and mirror fronts, they will meet the requirements concerning the stability of the connection This is monitored through internal and external testing As the adhesive and/or the adhesive process are beyond our control, Blum cannot accept liability for claims arising from the failure or malfunction of this/these process/es It is recommended that the adhesive be applied by an experienced glass manufacturer

CRISTALLO adhesion plate Front material Glass | mirror Mirror

Glue-on Colour Matt-nickel plated Special nickel plated

Part no. 70T4568C 70T4568C

CRISTALLO mounting plate Front material Glass | mirror Accessories

Glue-on Colour Matt-nickel plated

Part no. 175M4C20N

Hinge arm cover cap

Print | stamp

Logo

Colour

Plain Stamped

– Blum

NI NI

Part no. 70.4503 70.4503.BP

Note

A trial application is recommended when combining CLIP top BLUMOTION hinges and CLIP top hinges with springs on small, light fronts up to 300 mm wide. Combining these is not recommended for wider front widths FB.

Accessories – general Opening angle stop Opening angle Colour 85° 92°

Dark grey R7037

R7037 RAL 7037 dust grey

106

Part no. 70T4503 70T4503.09

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Glass door application

Web code DQDNQM

CRISTALLO hinge – glass display cabinets

Overlay application

Hinge systems

Planning Hinge dimensions and gap calculation based on factory setting Hinge and front protrusion at full opening angle Inset application

77

77

max 58.5

3-8

1.5 KM

5.5

FA KT FA KM KT

Front overlay Mounting plate distance Adhesion plate distance

FD F KM KT

Front thickness Gap Mounting plate distance Adhesion plate distance

Distance – mounting plates

Adjustment

30.2

KM

1.5 3–8 KM

64

64

Mounting plate distance KM = 3 mm

FD KM

Front thickness Mounting plate distance KM = FD + 4.5 mm

F KT

Gap Adhesion plate distance KT = 5.5 mm – F

±2.0 mm

+3.0 mm –2.0 mm

KT

30.2

Distance – adhesion plate

5.5 52

FA KT

Max. ±2.0 mm

FA

52

Front overlay Adhesion plate distance KT = FA + 5.5 mm

Note

Please contact your glass or front suppliers concerning the right adhesive and its use in fixing the mounting | adhesion plate on to glass and mirrors.

Reference pages Overview – CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges Mounting plates Accessories – hinge arm cover cap Accessories – general Overview – assembly devices More technical details

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

71

Assembly, removal and adjustment

144 151 Short URL 153 www.blum.com/a210 591 698

107


Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Glass door application

Bathroom mirror cabinets with fronts that protrude all the way around

Hinge systems

▬ Mounting plate is glued onto the front ▬ Boss hole on the cabinet ▬ CLIP top BLUMOTION with integrated BLUMOTION (with deactivation option) ▬ CLIP top without closing mechanism (spring) ▬ 95° opening angle ▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment ▬ Convenient spiral-tech depth adjustment ▬ Tool-free door to cabinet assembly and removal ▬ With INSERTA tool-free hinge to door assembly

Application

Order information Hinge with double cranked hinge arm Boss Hinge CLIP top BLUMOTION

● ○

INSERTA Spring Colour ●

With spring Unsprung

Boss Hinge CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top

Part no. 71B9790

NI NI

Nickel plated

Screw-on Spring Colour

Limitation of liability If the Blum fittings are installed according to instructions and on suitable glass and mirror fronts, they will meet the requirements concerning the stability of the connection This is monitored through internal and external testing As the adhesive and/or the adhesive process are beyond our control, Blum cannot accept liability for claims arising from the failure or malfunction of this/these process/es

Part no.

NI

71B9750

NI

70T9750.TL

It is recommended that the adhesive be applied by an experienced glass manufacturer

CRISTALLO mounting plate Front material Glass | mirror Accessories

Glue-on Colour Matt-nickel plated

Part no. 175M4C20N

Hinge arm cover cap

Print | stamp

Logo

Colour

Plain Stamped

– Blum

NI NI

Part no. 70.1663 70.1663.BP

Note

Only recommended for wall cabinets due to lower load bearing limits.

Accessories – general TIP-ON for doors Version Spring Short version ○ Extended version ○ Extended version ● ●

With spring

Unsprung

Hinge boss cover cap Part no. 956.1004 956A1004 956A1006

Hinge CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top NI

Nickel plated

Colour

Part no.

NI

70T3504

NI

70T1504

Chipboard screws Ø (mm) 3.5 3.5

108

Length (mm) 15 17

Part no. 609.1500 609.1700

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Glass door application

Bathroom mirror cabinets with fronts that protrude all the way around Planning Hinge dimensions and gap calculation based on factory setting

FA KM

FA KM

2

7

3-8

4.5

FA+5

19

46.5 (52)

68.5

Hinge systems

Hinge with double cranked hinge arm

Front overlay Mounting plate distance

Distance

Adjustment

Max. ±2.0 mm

FA KM

+2.0 mm –3.0 mm

±2.0 mm

Front overlay FA = max. 70 mm Mounting plate distance KM = FA + 4.5 mm

Note

Please contact your glass or front suppliers concerning the right adhesive and its use in fixing the mounting | adhesion plate on to glass and mirrors.

INSERTA | knock-in

B min 13 T min 12.3

7

7

Screw-on

B min 13 T min 12.3

+0.2 0

Reference pages Overview – CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges Mounting plates Accessories – hinge arm cover cap Accessories – general Overview – TIP-ON for doors Overview – assembly devices More technical details

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

71

Assembly, removal and adjustment

144 151 Short URL 153 www.blum.com/a210 171 591 698

109


Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Glass door application

Web code DQDP5A

Hinge systems

Glass door hinge

Order information Overlay application Boss Hinge CLIP top

With spring

Screw-on Spring Colour ● NI NI

Part no. 75T4100

Nickel plated

▬ Glass door hinge ▬ For front thickness FD 4.5–7 mm ▬ CLIP top with closing mechanism (spring) ▬ 94° opening angle ▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment ▬ Convenient spiral-tech depth adjustment ▬ Tool-free door to cabinet assembly and removal ▬ Boss fixing screws are included

Application

Dual application

Inset application

Boss Hinge CLIP top

With spring

Hinge boss cover cap Colour S | CR | NI-M

S NI-M

Black Matt nickel

CR

S NI-M

Black Matt nickel

Accessories

CR

Part no. 84.4120

Chrome plated

Part no. 84.4140

Colour S | CR | NI-M

S NI-M

Black Matt nickel

S NI-M

Black Matt nickel

Part no. 971Axxxx

Colour

Plain Stamped

– Blum

NI NI

With spring

CR

Chrome plated

Part no. 84.4140

S NI-M

Black Matt nickel

Part no. 970A1002

70.1553 70.1553.BP

Colour

Plain Stamped

– Blum

NI NI

CR

Colour S | CR | NI-M

S NI-M

Black Matt nickel

Accessories

BLUMOTION 970A

Logo

Part no. 75T4300

Nickel plated

Part no. 84.4120

Chrome plated

Hinge boss cover cap

Chrome plated

Print | stamp

NI

Colour S | CR | NI-M

CR

Part no. 84.4140

Chrome plated

BLUMOTION 970A

Version For drilling

Hinge arm cover cap Part no.

Screw-on Spring Colour ● NI

Hinge boss cover cap Part no. 84.4120

Version For drilling

Hinge arm cover cap Logo

CR

Colour S | CR | NI-M

Accessories

BLUMOTION 971A

Print | stamp

Nickel plated

Boss Hinge CLIP top

Hinge boss cover cap

Chrome plated

Version In adapter plate for overlay application

NI

Part no. 75T4200

Hinge boss cover cap

Hinge boss cover cap Colour S | CR | NI-M

Screw-on Spring Colour ● NI

Part no. 970A1002 Hinge arm cover cap

Part no. 70.1553 70.1553.BP

Print | stamp

Logo

Colour

Plain Stamped

– Blum

NI NI

Part no. 70.1553 70.1553.BP

Accessories – general TIP-ON for doors Version Spring Extended version ● ●

110

With spring

Part no. 956A1006

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Glass door application

Web code DQDP5A

Glass door hinge

Hinge systems

Planning Hinge dimensions and gap calculation based on factory setting (mounting plate spacing = 0 mm) Hinge and front protrusion at full opening angle Dual application

Inset application

F

F

F Gap Move back fixing position of mounting plate by front thickness FD and height of boss cover +3 mm

Gap

0

Front overlay FA (mm) 7

8

3

6

9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17

MD

MD

Drilling distance TB

6

3

6

7

7

6

0

7

6

9 6 7 MD Mounting plate spacing (mm)

Gap

Front overlay FA (mm)

–2.5 –1.5 –0.5 0.5 1.5 2.5 3.5 4.5 5.5 6.5 7.5

6

7

6

7

6

9 6 7 MD Mounting plate spacing (mm)

Minimum gap F for fronts with a front radius (R = 1 mm) based on the factory setting For front thicknesses FD from 4.5 to 7 mm, no gap F is required

7

MD

Overlay application

0

Front overlay FA (mm)

–5.5 –5 –4.5 –4 –3.5 –3 –2.5 –2 –1.5 –1

5.5 6 6.5 7

9 MD

Mounting plate spacing (mm)

6

Adjustment

Max. ±3.0 mm See mounting plates

Screw-on

Reference pages Overview – CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges Mounting plates Accessories – hinge arm cover cap Accessories – general Overview – BLUMOTION for doors Overview – TIP-ON for doors Overview – assembly devices More technical details

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

Hinge boss dimensions

71

5.5 6 6.5 7

3

+0.5 mm –3.5 mm

±2.0 mm

Hinge boss cover cap

Assembly, removal and adjustment

144 151 Short URL 153 www.blum.com/a210 157 171 591 698

111


Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Frame door application

Web code DQDPUM

Hinge systems

Mini-hinge

Order information Overlay application Boss Hinge CLIP top

With spring

Accessories

Screw-on Spring Colour ● NI NI

Part no. 71T0550

Nickel plated

Application

Dual application

Inset application

Boss Hinge CLIP top

With spring

Accessories

BLUMOTION 971A

Version In adapter plate for overlay application

▬ Hinge for small doors and doors with narrow frames ▬ CLIP top with closing mechanism (spring) ▬ 94° opening angle ▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment ▬ Convenient spiral-tech depth adjustment ▬ Tool-free door to cabinet assembly and removal

Part no. 971Axxxx

Logo

Colour

Plain Stamped

– Blum

NI NI

NI

Part no. 71T0650

Nickel plated

Boss Hinge CLIP top

With spring

Accessories

BLUMOTION 970A

Version For drilling

Hinge arm cover cap Print | stamp

Screw-on Spring Colour ● NI

Part no. 970A1002

70.1553 70.1553.BP

Print | stamp

Logo

Colour

Plain Stamped

– Blum

NI NI

NI

Part no. 71T0750

Nickel plated

BLUMOTION 970A

Version For drilling

Hinge arm cover cap Part no.

Screw-on Spring Colour ● NI

Part no. 970A1002 Hinge arm cover cap

Part no. 70.1553 70.1553.BP

Print | stamp

Logo

Colour

Plain Stamped

– Blum

NI NI

Part no. 70.1553 70.1553.BP

Accessories – general TIP-ON for doors Version Spring Extended version ● ●

With spring

Part no. 956A1006

Chipboard screws Ø (mm) 3.5 3.5

112

Length (mm) 15 17

Part no. 609.1500 609.1700

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Frame door application

Web code DQDPUM

Mini-hinge

Hinge systems

Planning Hinge dimensions and gap calculation based on factory setting (mounting plate spacing = 0 mm) Hinge and front protrusion at full opening angle Overlay application

Dual application

Inset application

F

F

F Gap Move back fixing position of mounting plate by front thickness FD +1.5 mm

0

Front overlay FA (mm) 4

5

3

6

6

7

3

8

4

MD

MD

Drilling distance TB

9 10 11 12 13 14 15

5

3

4

5

3

4

0

5

Gap

Front overlay FA (mm)

–5.5 –4.5 –3.5 –2.5 –1.5 –0.5 0.5 1.5 2.5 3.5 4.5 5.5

3

6

9 3 4 5 MD Mounting plate spacing (mm)

MD

Gap

3

4

5

3

4

3

5

4

0

5

3

9 MD

Minimum gap F for fronts with a front radius (R = 1 mm) based on the factory setting Drilling distance TB (mm) 3

4

5 In these cases a trial is recommended

16

19

2.2

3.0

3.8

5.5

22

23

24

26

28

30

31

32

1.1

2.0

2.7

3.5

5.0

1.8

2.4

Screw-on

Reference pages Overview – CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges Mounting plates Accessories – hinge arm cover cap Accessories – general Overview – BLUMOTION for doors Overview – TIP-ON for doors Overview – assembly devices More technical details

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

20

3.0

4.6

4

5

3

4

5

Mounting plate spacing (mm)

Adjustment

1.1 1.1

18

–8 –7 –6 –5 –4 –3 3

6

9 3 4 5 MD Mounting plate spacing (mm) Front thickness FD (mm)

Front overlay FA (mm)

Max. ±3.0 mm See mounting plates

+0.5 mm –3.5 mm

+3.0 mm –1.0 mm

Hinge boss dimensions

71

Assembly, removal and adjustment

144 151 Short URL 153 www.blum.com/a210 157 171 591 698

113


Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Corner cabinet solution

Corner cabinet bi-fold hinge

Hinge systems

▬ Special hinge for corner cabinets with bi-fold doors ▬ For front thicknesses FD from 15–23 mm, factory setting for 19 mm front thickness FD ▬ For use in combination with 155° or 170° hinge ▬ CLIP top with closing mechanism (spring) ▬ 60° opening angle ▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment ▬ Easy gap and depth adjustment using the spiral-tech feature ▬ Tool-free door to cabinet assembly and removal

Application

Web code DQDQJY

Order information Basic applications Boss Hinge CLIP top

Screw-on Spring Colour ● NI | ONS

Part no. 79T8500

Boss Hinge CLIP top

Knock-in Spring Colour ● NI

Part no. 79T8530

With spring

Accessories

NI ONS

Nickel plated Onyx black

BLUMOTION 970.

Version For drilling

Part no. 970.1002 Hinge arm cover cap

Print | stamp

Logo

Colour

Plain Stamped

– Blum

NI NI

Also requires CLIP top 155° hinge CLIP top 170° hinge

Part no. 70.1503 70.1503.BP 82 86

Accessories – general Chipboard screws Ø (mm) 3.5 3.5

Length (mm) 15 17

Part no. 609.1500 609.1700

Insertion ram Colour Orange

114

Material Nylon

Part no. MZM.0040

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Corner cabinet solution

Web code DQDQJY

Corner cabinet bi-fold hinge

Hinge systems

Planning Hinge dimensions and gap calculation based on factory setting

60°

Application type for front thickness FD 19 mm in conjunction with 0 mm spaced standard mounting plate

Application type for front thickness FD 19 mm in conjunction with 3 mm spaced standard mounting plate For front thicknesses FD from 15–19 mm, factory setting for 19 mm front thickness FD

The hinge boss of the bi-fold hinge should be fixed to the same front as the hinge boss of the 170° and 155° hinge

Adjustment

Height adjustment Max. ±3.0 mm See mounting plates

Side adjustment +3.0 mm –2.0 mm

Screw-on

Reference pages Overview – CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges Mounting plates Accessories – hinge arm cover cap Accessories – general Overview – BLUMOTION for doors Overview – assembly devices More technical details

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

Depth adjustment ±2.0 mm

Knock-in

71

Gap adjustment +7.2 mm –4.2 mm

Hinge boss dimensions

Assembly, removal and adjustment

144 151 Short URL 153 www.blum.com/a210 157 591 698

115


Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Overview – angled applications

Hinge systems

Angle

Inset application

Angled application – standard 50° Nº 25 45° Nº 24 40° Nº 23 35° Nº 22 30° Nº 21 25° Nº 20 20° Nº 19 15° Nº 18 10° Nº 17 5° Nº 16 –5° Nº 15 –10° Nº 14 –15° Nº 13 –20° Nº 12 –25° Nº 11 –30° –35° –40° –45° –50° Angled application – thin doors 15° Nº 117 10° Nº 116 5° Nº 115 –5° Nº 114 Angled application – glass door CRISTALLO angled application 15° Nº 105 10° Nº 104 5° Nº 103 –5° Nº 106

116

Half overlay application

Maximum overlay application

Nº 10 Nº 9 Nº 8 Nº 7 Nº 6 Nº 5 Nº 4 Nº 3 Nº 2 Nº 1

121 121 122 125 125 129 129 131 130 133

141 141 140 140

Nº 113 Nº 112 Nº 111 Nº 110

141 141 141 140

143 143 142 142

Nº 102 Nº 101 Nº 100 Nº 107

143 143 143 142

119 121 119 125 125 124 129 128 130 133 133 135 134 134 136

Nº 54 Nº 53 Nº 108 Nº 52 Nº 51 Nº 50 Nº 49 Nº 48 Nº 47 Nº 46

Overlay application

119 119 122 125 125 124 129 128 130 133

Nº 45 Nº 44 Nº 43 Nº 42 Nº 41 Nº 40 Nº 39 Nº 38 Nº 37 Nº 36 Nº 35 Nº 34 Nº 33 Nº 32 Nº 31 Nº 30 Nº 29 Nº 28 Nº 27 Nº 26

Mitred application

123 123 122 126 126 126 131 131 131 133 133 135 135 134 137 136 136 138 138 138

Nº 61 Nº 60 Nº 109 Nº 59 Nº 58 Nº 57 Nº 56 Nº 55

119 119 123 125 125 124 129 128

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Overview – angled applications

Mounting plates Horizontal cam mounting plate Horizontal cam mounting plate for dual application INSERTA cruciform mounting plate Cruciform cam mounting plate Cruciform cam mounting plate for twin application Cruciform mounting plate Cruciform mounting plate Cruciform mounting plate Cruciform mounting plate for twin application Cruciform mounting plate Cruciform mounting plate Angled spacers +5° obtuse angled spacer –5° acute angled spacer

Number of hinges

Number of hinges

Height (mm)

Steel Steel Steel Steel Steel Zinc Steel Steel Steel Steel Zinc

±2.0 ±2.0 ±2.0 ±2.0 ±2.0 ±2.0 ±2.0 ±3.0 ±3.0 ±3.0 ±3.0

Cam Cam Cam Cam Cam Screws (two-part) Elongated hole Elongated hole Elongated hole Elongated hole Elongated hole

37/32 Zinc 37/32 Zinc

144

146 147 147

144 146

146 146 147

145 145

145

147 148 148 148 149

148

150 150

The number of hinges depends on the front weight FG and front height FH To achieve good stability, distances between hinges should be as large as possible

Front height FH (mm) *

20/32 20/32 37/32 37/32 37/32 37/32 37/32 37/32 37/32 28/32 37/32

Material Adjustment

Hinge systems

Description

Load and height data relates to front widths FB of 600 mm

Door weight FG (kg)

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

117


Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Angled application – standard

Web code DQDR9A

+45° I – angled hinge half overlay

Hinge systems

▬ For corner cabinets with set back fronts ▬ CLIP top BLUMOTION with integrated BLUMOTION (with deactivation option) ▬ CLIP top without closing mechanism (spring) ▬ +45° I angled hinge ▬ 95° opening angle ▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment ▬ Convenient spiral-tech depth adjustment ▬ Tool-free door to cabinet assembly and removal ▬ With INSERTA tool-free hinge to door assembly

Reference pages WA Angle 40° 45° Nº 23 Nº 24 119 Nº 108 Nº 53 122 Nº 8 Nº 9 122 Nº 43 Nº 44 122 Nº 109 Nº 60 123 Overview – angled applications WA

Order information Boss INSERTA Hinge Spring Colour CLIP top ● NI BLUMOTION ● ○

With spring Unsprung

Boss Hinge CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top

NI ONS

Part no. 79B9698

Nickel plated Onyx black

Screw-on Spring Colour ●

NI | ONS

NI

Part no. 79B9658 78A9658.T

Accessories

119 121 123 119

119

Nº 54

119

Nº 10

121

Nº 45

123

Nº 61

119 116

Angled application

TIP-ON for doors

Hinge arm cover cap

Print | stamp

Logo

Colour

Part no.

Plain Stamped

– Blum

NI | ONS NI

70.1553 70.1553.BP

Hinge boss cover cap Hinge CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top

121

50° Nº 25

Colour

Part no.

NI | ONS

70T3504

NI

70T1504

Version Spring Short version ○ Extended version ○ Extended version ●

Part no. 956.1004 956A1004 956A1006

Chipboard screws Ø (mm) 3.5 3.5

Length (mm) 15 17

Part no. 609.1500 609.1700

Note

CLIP top BLUMOTION and CLIP top hinges cannot be combined with each other on a door.

Reference pages Overview – CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges Mounting plates Accessories – hinge arm cover cap Accessories – general

Overview – TIP-ON for doors Overview – assembly devices 144 More technical details 151 153 71

171 Assembly, removal and adjustment 591 698 Short URL www.blum.com/a210

Planning Note

These dimensions are based on the factory setting. The application changes in cases of deviation. In these cases a trial is recommended. Some applications require the mounting plate to be moved from the standard fixing positions.

34

37

5

65.5

19

19

19

5 3

37

Corner cabinet

19

5.5 20 FB LW

118

Front width Internal cabinet width

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Angled application – standard

Web code DQDR9A

+45° I – angled hinge half overlay Planning Nº 23 40°

Nº 60 45° Hinge systems

Nº 53 45°

Description Mounting plate Angled spacer

Spacing (mm) 9 –5°

Part no. Description 175H7190 Mounting plate 171A5500

Nº 25 50°

Description Mounting plate Angled spacer

Spacing (mm) 0

Part no. Description 173H7100 Mounting plate

Nº 54 50°

Spacing (mm) 9 +5°

Part no. Description 175H7190 Mounting plate 171A5070 Angled spacer

Spacing (mm) 0

Part no. 173H7100

Spacing (mm) 0 +5°

Part no. 173H7100 171A5010

Nº 61 50°

Spacing (mm) 0 +5°

Part no. Description 173H7100 Mounting plate 171A5010 Angled spacer

Adjustment

Max. ±3.0 mm See mounting plates

±1.8 mm

Screw-on

B T

CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

±2.0 mm

INSERTA

Hinge boss dimensions

B T

CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top

119


Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Angled application – standard

Web code DQDRYM

+45° II – angled hinge overlay

Hinge systems

▬ For corner cabinets with flush fronts ▬ CLIP top BLUMOTION with integrated BLUMOTION (with deactivation option) ▬ CLIP top without closing mechanism (spring) ▬ +45° II angled hinge ▬ 110° opening angle ▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment ▬ Convenient spiral-tech depth adjustment ▬ Tool-free door to cabinet assembly and removal ▬ With INSERTA tool-free hinge to door assembly

Reference pages WA Angle 40° 45° Nº 23 Nº 24 119 Nº 108 Nº 53 122 Nº 8 Nº 9 122 Nº 43 Nº 44 122 Nº 109 Nº 60 123 Overview – angled applications WA

Order information Boss INSERTA Hinge Spring Colour CLIP top ● NI BLUMOTION ● ○

With spring Unsprung

Boss Hinge CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top

NI ONS

Part no. 79B3598

Nickel plated Onyx black

Screw-on Spring Colour

Part no.

NI | ONS

79B3558

NI

78T5550

Accessories

119 121 123 119

119

Nº 54

119

Nº 10

121

Nº 45

123

Nº 61

119 116

Angled application

TIP-ON for doors

Hinge arm cover cap

Print | stamp

Logo

Colour

Part no.

Plain Stamped

– Blum

NI | ONS NI | ONS

70.1503 70.1503.BP

Hinge boss cover cap Hinge CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top

121

50° Nº 25

Colour

Part no.

NI | ONS

70T3504

NI

70T1504

Version Spring Short version ○ Extended version ○ Extended version ●

Part no. 956.1004 956A1004 956A1006

Chipboard screws Ø (mm) 3.5 3.5

Length (mm) 15 17

Part no. 609.1500 609.1700

Note

CLIP top BLUMOTION and CLIP top hinges cannot be combined with each other on a door.

Reference pages Overview – CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges Mounting plates Accessories – hinge arm cover cap Accessories – general

Overview – TIP-ON for doors Overview – assembly devices 144 More technical details 151 153 71

171 Assembly, removal and adjustment 591 698 Short URL www.blum.com/a210

Planning Note

These dimensions are based on the factory setting. The application changes in cases of deviation. In these cases a trial is recommended. Some applications require the mounting plate to be moved from the standard fixing positions.

Corner cabinet

19

32.5

19

19

19 FB LW

120

Front width Internal cabinet width

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Angled application – standard

Web code DQDRYM

+45° II – angled hinge overlay Planning Nº 24 45°

Nº 10 50° Hinge systems

Nº 9 45°

Description Mounting plate

Spacing (mm) 18

Part no. Description 175H7190.22 Mounting plate

Spacing (mm) 0

Part no. Description 173H7100 Mounting plate Angled spacer

Spacing (mm) 0 +5°

Part no. 173H7100 171A5010

Adjustment

Max. ±3.0 mm See mounting plates

±1.8 mm

INSERTA

# 5

Screw-on

B T

±2.0 mm

Hinge boss dimensions

5 NJO

CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

B T

CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top

121


Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Angled application – standard

Web code DQDSNY

+45° III – angled hinge full overlay

Hinge systems

▬ CLIP top BLUMOTION with integrated BLUMOTION (with deactivation option) ▬ CLIP top without closing mechanism (spring) ▬ +45° III angled hinge ▬ 95° opening angle ▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment ▬ Convenient spiral-tech depth adjustment ▬ Tool-free door to cabinet assembly and removal ▬ With INSERTA tool-free hinge to door assembly

Reference pages WA Angle 40° 45° Nº 23 Nº 24 119 Nº 108 Nº 53 122 Nº 8 Nº 9 122 Nº 43 Nº 44 122 Nº 109 Nº 60 123 Overview – angled applications WA

Order information Boss INSERTA Hinge Spring Colour CLIP top ● NI BLUMOTION ● ○

With spring Unsprung

Boss Hinge CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top

NI

Part no. 79B9498

Nickel plated

Screw-on Spring Colour

Part no.

NI

79B9458

NI

78A9458.T

Accessories

Logo

Colour

Plain Stamped

– Blum

NI NI

Part no. 70.1553 70.1553.BP

Hinge boss cover cap Hinge CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top

119 121 123 119

119

Nº 54

119

Nº 10

121

Nº 45

123

Nº 61

119 116

Angled application

TIP-ON for doors

Hinge arm cover cap

Print | stamp

121

50° Nº 25

Colour

Part no.

NI

70T3504

NI

70T1504

Version Spring Short version ○ Extended version ○ Extended version ●

Part no. 956.1004 956A1004 956A1006

Chipboard screws Ø (mm) 3.5 3.5

Length (mm) 15 17

Part no. 609.1500 609.1700

Note

CLIP top BLUMOTION and CLIP top hinges cannot be combined with each other on a door.

Reference pages Overview – CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges Mounting plates Accessories – hinge arm cover cap Accessories – general

Overview – TIP-ON for doors Overview – assembly devices 144 More technical details 151 153 71

171 Assembly, removal and adjustment 591 698 Short URL www.blum.com/a210

Planning Note

These dimensions are based on the factory setting. The application changes in cases of deviation. In these cases a trial is recommended. Some applications require the mounting plate to be moved from the standard fixing positions.

Nº 108 40°

Description Mounting plate Angled spacer

Nº 8 40°

Spacing (mm) 9 +5°

Part no. Description 175H7190 Mounting plate 171A5040 Angled spacer

The angle wedge is installed rotated by 180° (arrow points to the cabinet)!

122

Nº 43 40°

Spacing (mm) 6 –5°

Part no. Description 175H9160 Mounting plate 171A5500 Angled spacer

Spacing (mm) 0 –5°

Part no. 173H7100 171A5500

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Angled application – standard

Web code DQDSNY

+45° III – angled hinge full overlay Planning Nº 109 40°

Nº 45 50° Hinge systems

Nº 44 45°

Description Mounting plate Angled spacer

Spacing (mm) 9 +5°

Part no. Description 175H7190 Mounting plate 171A5010

The angle wedge is installed rotated by 180° (arrow points to the cabinet)!

Spacing (mm) 6

Part no. Description 175H9160 Mounting plate Angled spacer

Spacing (mm) 0 +5°

Part no. 173H7100 171A5070

Adjustment

Max. ±3.0 mm See mounting plates

±2.0 mm

Screw-on

B T

CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

±2.0 mm

INSERTA

Hinge boss dimensions

B T

CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top

123


Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Angled application – standard

Web code DQDTDA

+30° II – angled hinge overlay

Hinge systems

▬ CLIP top BLUMOTION with integrated BLUMOTION (with deactivation option) ▬ CLIP top without closing mechanism (spring) ▬ +30° II angled hinge ▬ 95° opening angle ▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment ▬ Convenient spiral-tech depth adjustment ▬ Tool-free door to cabinet assembly and removal ▬ With INSERTA tool-free hinge to door assembly

Reference pages WA Angle 25° 30° Nº 20 Nº 21 124 Nº 50 Nº 51 124 Nº 5 Nº 6 129 Nº 40 Nº 41 126 Nº 57 Nº 58 124 Overview – angled applications WA

Order information Boss INSERTA Hinge Spring Colour CLIP top ● NI BLUMOTION ● ○

With spring Unsprung

Boss Hinge CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top

NI ONS

Part no. 79B9596

Nickel plated Onyx black

Screw-on Spring Colour ●

NI | ONS

NI

Part no. 79B9556 78A9556.T

Accessories

125 125 126 125

125

Nº 52

125

Nº 7

125

Nº 42

126

Nº 59

125 116

Angled application

TIP-ON for doors

Hinge arm cover cap

Print | stamp

Logo

Colour

Part no.

Plain Stamped

– Blum

NI | ONS NI

70.1553 70.1553.BP

Hinge boss cover cap Hinge CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top

125

35° Nº 22

Colour

Part no.

NI | ONS

70T3504

NI

70T1504

Version Spring Short version ○ Extended version ○ Extended version ●

Part no. 956.1004 956A1004 956A1006

Chipboard screws Ø (mm) 3.5 3.5

Length (mm) 15 17

Part no. 609.1500 609.1700

Note

CLIP top BLUMOTION and CLIP top hinges cannot be combined with each other on a door.

Reference pages Overview – CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges Mounting plates Accessories – hinge arm cover cap Accessories – general

Overview – TIP-ON for doors Overview – assembly devices 144 More technical details 151 153 71

171 Assembly, removal and adjustment 591 698 Short URL www.blum.com/a210

Planning Note

These dimensions are based on the factory setting. The application changes in cases of deviation. In these cases a trial is recommended. Some applications require the mounting plate to be moved from the standard fixing positions.

Nº 20 25°

Description Mounting plate Angled spacer

124

Nº 50 25°

Spacing (mm) 9 –5°

Part no. Description 175H7190 Mounting plate 171A5500 Angled spacer

Nº 57 25°

Spacing (mm) 0 –5°

Part no. Description 173H7100 Mounting plate 171A5500 Angled spacer

Spacing (mm) 0 –5°

Part no. 173H7100 171A5500

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Angled application – standard

Web code DQDTDA

+30° II – angled hinge overlay Planning Nº 21 30°

Nº 6 30° Hinge systems

Nº 51 30°

Description Mounting plate

Spacing (mm) 18

Nº 58 30°

Description Mounting plate

Part no. Description 175H7190.22 Mounting plate

Spacing (mm) 9

Part no. Description 175H7190 Mounting plate

Nº 22 35°

Spacing (mm) 3

Nº 7 35°

Part no. Description 173H7130 Mounting plate Angled spacer

Spacing (mm) 18 +5°

Part no. Description 175H7190.22 Mounting plate 171A5010 Angled spacer

Nº 59 35°

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

Part no. Description 173H7100 Mounting plate 171A5010 Angled spacer

Spacing (mm) 0 +5°

Part no. 173H7100 171A5070

Adjustment

Reference pages Hinge boss fixing

Spacing (mm) 0 +5°

Part no. 173H7100

Nº 52 35°

Max. ±3.0 mm See mounting plates

Description Mounting plate Angled spacer

Spacing (mm) 0

Spacing (mm) 0 +5°

±1.8 mm

±2.0 mm

127

Part no. 173H7100 171A5040

125


Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Angled application – standard

Web code DQDU2M

+30° III – angled hinge full overlay

Hinge systems

▬ CLIP top BLUMOTION with integrated BLUMOTION (with deactivation option) ▬ CLIP top without closing mechanism (spring) ▬ +30° III angled hinge ▬ 95° opening angle ▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment ▬ Convenient spiral-tech depth adjustment ▬ Tool-free door to cabinet assembly and removal ▬ With INSERTA tool-free hinge to door assembly

Reference pages WA Angle 25° 30° Nº 20 Nº 21 124 Nº 50 Nº 51 124 Nº 5 Nº 6 129 Nº 40 Nº 41 126 Nº 57 Nº 58 124 Overview – angled applications WA

Order information Boss INSERTA Hinge Spring Colour CLIP top ● NI BLUMOTION ● ○

With spring Unsprung

Boss Hinge CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top

NI

Part no. 79B9496

Nickel plated

Screw-on Spring Colour

Part no.

NI

79B9456

NI

78A9456.T

Accessories

Logo

Colour

Plain Stamped

– Blum

NI NI

Part no. 70.1553 70.1553.BP

Hinge boss cover cap Hinge CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top

125 125 126 125

125

Nº 52

125

Nº 7

125

Nº 42

126

Nº 59

125 116

Angled application

TIP-ON for doors

Hinge arm cover cap

Print | stamp

125

35° Nº 22

Colour

Part no.

NI

70T3504

NI

70T1504

Version Spring Short version ○ Extended version ○ Extended version ●

Part no. 956.1004 956A1004 956A1006

Chipboard screws Ø (mm) 3.5 3.5

Length (mm) 15 17

Part no. 609.1500 609.1700

Note

CLIP top BLUMOTION and CLIP top hinges cannot be combined with each other on a door.

Reference pages Overview – CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges Mounting plates Accessories – hinge arm cover cap Accessories – general

Overview – TIP-ON for doors Overview – assembly devices 144 More technical details 151 153 71

171 Assembly, removal and adjustment 591 698 Short URL www.blum.com/a210

Planning Note

These dimensions are based on the factory setting. The application changes in cases of deviation. In these cases a trial is recommended. Some applications require the mounting plate to be moved from the standard fixing positions.

Nº 40 25°

Description Mounting plate Angled spacer

126

Nº 41 30°

Spacing (mm) 0 –5°

Part no. Description 173H7100 Mounting plate 171A5500

Nº 42 35°

Spacing (mm) 6

Part no. Description 175H9160 Mounting plate Angled spacer

Spacing (mm) 0 +5°

Part no. 173H7100 171A5070

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Angled application – standard

Web code DQDU2M

+30° III – angled hinge full overlay Planning

Max. ±3.0 mm See mounting plates

±2.0 mm

Screw-on

B T

CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

Hinge systems

Adjustment

±2.0 mm

INSERTA

Hinge boss dimensions

B T

CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top

127


Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Angled application – standard

Web code DQDURY

+20° II – angled hinge overlay

Hinge systems

▬ CLIP top BLUMOTION with integrated BLUMOTION (with deactivation option) ▬ CLIP top without closing mechanism (spring) ▬ +20° II angled hinge ▬ 95° opening angle ▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment ▬ Convenient spiral-tech depth adjustment ▬ Tool-free door to cabinet assembly and removal ▬ With INSERTA tool-free hinge to door assembly

Reference pages WA Angle 15° 20° Nº 18 Nº 19 128 Nº 48 Nº 49 128 Nº 3 Nº 4 131 Nº 38 Nº 39 131 Nº 55 Nº 56 128 Overview – angled applications WA

Order information Boss INSERTA Hinge Spring Colour CLIP top ● NI BLUMOTION ● ○

With spring Unsprung

Boss Hinge CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top

NI

Part no. 79B9595

Nickel plated

Screw-on Spring Colour

Part no.

NI

79B9555

NI

78A9555.T

Accessories

Logo

Colour

Plain Stamped

– Blum

NI NI

Part no. 70.1553 70.1553.BP

Hinge boss cover cap Hinge CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top

129 129 131 129

124

Nº 50

124

Nº 5

129

Nº 40

126

Nº 57

124 116

Angled application

TIP-ON for doors

Hinge arm cover cap

Print | stamp

129

25° Nº 20

Colour

Part no.

NI

70T3504

NI

70T1504

Version Spring Short version ○ Extended version ○ Extended version ●

Part no. 956.1004 956A1004 956A1006

Chipboard screws Ø (mm) 3.5 3.5

Length (mm) 15 17

Part no. 609.1500 609.1700

Note

CLIP top BLUMOTION and CLIP top hinges cannot be combined with each other on a door.

Reference pages Overview – CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges Mounting plates Accessories – hinge arm cover cap Accessories – general

Overview – TIP-ON for doors Overview – assembly devices 144 More technical details 151 153 71

171 Assembly, removal and adjustment 591 698 Short URL www.blum.com/a210

Planning Note

These dimensions are based on the factory setting. The application changes in cases of deviation. In these cases a trial is recommended. Some applications require the mounting plate to be moved from the standard fixing positions.

Nº 18 15°

Description Mounting plate Angled spacer

128

Nº 48 15°

Spacing (mm) 9 –5°

Part no. Description 175H7190 Mounting plate 171A5500 Angled spacer

Nº 55 15°

Spacing (mm) 3 –5°

Part no. Description 173H7130 Mounting plate 171A5500 Angled spacer

Spacing (mm) 0 –5°

Part no. 173H7100 171A5500

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Angled application – standard

Web code DQDURY

+20° II – angled hinge overlay Planning Nº 19 20°

Nº 4 20° Hinge systems

Nº 49 20°

Description Mounting plate

Spacing (mm) 18

Part no. Description 175H7190.22 Mounting plate

Nº 56 20°

Description Mounting plate

Spacing (mm) 9

Part no. Description 175H7190 Mounting plate

Spacing (mm) 0 +5°

Part no. 173H7100 171A5010

Spacing (mm) 0

Part no. 173H7100

Nº 5 25°

Spacing (mm) 6

Part no. Description 175H9160 Mounting plate Angled spacer

Adjustment

Max. ±3.0 mm See mounting plates

±1.8 mm

Screw-on

B T

CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

±2.0 mm

INSERTA

Hinge boss dimensions

B T

CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top

129


Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Angled application – standard

Web code DQDVHA

+15° III – angled hinge full overlay

Hinge systems

▬ CLIP top BLUMOTION with integrated BLUMOTION (with deactivation option) ▬ CLIP top without closing mechanism (spring) ▬ +15° III angled hinge ▬ 95° opening angle ▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment ▬ Convenient spiral-tech depth adjustment ▬ Tool-free door to cabinet assembly and removal ▬ With INSERTA tool-free hinge to door assembly

Reference pages WA Angle 10° 15° Nº 17 Nº 18 130 Nº 47 Nº 48 130 Nº 2 Nº 3 130 Nº 37 Nº 38 131 Nº 55 Overview – angled applications

WA

Order information Boss INSERTA Hinge Spring Colour CLIP top ● NI BLUMOTION ● ○

With spring Unsprung

Boss Hinge CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top

NI ONS

Part no. 79B9494

Nickel plated Onyx black

Screw-on Spring Colour ●

NI | ONS

NI

Part no. 79B9454 78A9454.T

Accessories

128 131 131 128

129

Nº 49

129

Nº 4

129

Nº 39

131

Nº 56

129 116

Angled application

TIP-ON for doors

Hinge arm cover cap

Print | stamp

Logo

Colour

Part no.

Plain Stamped

– Blum

NI | ONS NI

70.1553 70.1553.BP

Hinge boss cover cap Hinge CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top

128

20° Nº 19

Colour

Part no.

NI | ONS

70T3504

NI

70T1504

Version Spring Short version ○ Extended version ○ Extended version ●

Part no. 956.1004 956A1004 956A1006

Chipboard screws Ø (mm) 3.5 3.5

Length (mm) 15 17

Part no. 609.1500 609.1700

Note

CLIP top BLUMOTION and CLIP top hinges cannot be combined with each other on a door.

Reference pages Overview – CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges Mounting plates Accessories – hinge arm cover cap Accessories – general

Overview – TIP-ON for doors Overview – assembly devices 144 More technical details 151 153 71

171 Assembly, removal and adjustment 591 698 Short URL www.blum.com/a210

Planning Note

These dimensions are based on the factory setting. The application changes in cases of deviation. In these cases a trial is recommended. Some applications require the mounting plate to be moved from the standard fixing positions.

Nº 17 10°

Description Mounting plate Angled spacer

130

Nº 47 10°

Spacing (mm) 18 –5°

Part no. Description 175H7190.22 Mounting plate 171A5500 Angled spacer

Nº 2 10°

Spacing (mm) 18 –5°

Part no. Description 175H7190.22 Mounting plate 171A5500 Angled spacer

Spacing (mm) 0 –5°

Part no. 173H7100 171A5500

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Angled application – standard

Web code DQDVHA

+15° III – angled hinge full overlay Planning Nº 37 10°

Nº 38 15° Hinge systems

Nº 3 15°

Description Mounting plate Angled spacer

Spacing (mm) 0 –5°

Part no. Description 173H7100 Mounting plate 171A5500

Spacing (mm) 0 +5°

Part no. 173H7100 171A5070

Spacing (mm) 9

Part no. Description 175H7190 Mounting plate

Spacing (mm) 6

Part no. 175H9160

Nº 39 20°

Description Mounting plate Angled spacer Adjustment

Max. ±3.0 mm See mounting plates

±2.0 mm

Screw-on

B T

CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

±2.0 mm

INSERTA

Hinge boss dimensions

B T

CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top

131


Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Angled application – standard

Web code DQDW6M

±5° angled application

Hinge systems

▬ CLIP top BLUMOTION with integrated BLUMOTION (with deactivation option) ▬ CLIP top with or without closing mechanism (spring) ▬ ±5° angled application ▬ 95° opening angle ▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment ▬ Convenient spiral-tech depth adjustment ▬ Tool-free door to cabinet assembly and removal ▬ With INSERTA tool-free hinge to door assembly

Reference pages WA Angle –5° Nº 15

WA 133

Angle 5° Nº 16

133

Nº 46

133

Nº 1 Nº 35

133

Nº 36

133

133 116

Overview – angled applications WA

Order information Overlay application

Dual application

Boss Hinge CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top CLIP top

INSERTA Spring Colour

Boss Hinge CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top CLIP top

Screw-on Spring Colour

● ○

With spring Unsprung

Accessories

Part no.

NI

71B9590

● ○

NI NI

71T9590B 70T9590BTL

NI

Nickel plated

Part no.

NI

71B9550

● ○

NI NI

71T9550 70T9550.TL

Print | stamp

Logo

Colour

Plain Stamped

– Blum

NI NI

INSERTA Spring Colour

Boss Hinge CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top CLIP top

Screw-on Spring Colour

With spring Unsprung

Accessories

Hinge arm cover cap Part no. 70.1553 70.1553.BP

Inset application

Boss Hinge CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top CLIP top

● ○

Angled application

Part no.

NI

71B9690

● ○

NI NI

71T9690B 70T9690BTL

NI

Nickel plated

Part no.

NI

71B9650

● ○

NI NI

71T9650 70T9650.TL

Logo

Colour

Plain Stamped

– Blum

NI NI

INSERTA Spring Colour

Boss Hinge CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top CLIP top

Screw-on Spring Colour

● ○

With spring Unsprung

Accessories

Hinge arm cover cap

Print | stamp

Boss Hinge CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top CLIP top

Part no. 70.1663 70.1663.BP

Part no.

NI

71B9790

● ○

NI NI

71T9790B 70T9790BTL

NI

Nickel plated

Part no.

NI

71B9750

● ○

NI NI

71T9750 70T9750.TL

Hinge arm cover cap

Print | stamp

Logo

Colour

Plain Stamped

– Blum

NI NI

Part no. 70.1663 70.1663.BP

Note

CLIP top BLUMOTION and CLIP top hinges cannot be combined with each other on a door.

Accessories – general TIP-ON for doors Version Spring Short version ○ Extended version ○ Extended version ●

Hinge boss cover cap Part no. 956.1004 956A1004 956A1006

Reference pages Overview – CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges Mounting plates Accessories – hinge arm cover cap Accessories – general Overview – BLUMOTION for doors

Hinge CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top

Colour

Part no.

NI

70T3504

NI

70T1504

Overview – TIP-ON for doors Overview – assembly devices 144 More technical details 151 153 157 71

Chipboard screws Ø (mm) 3.5 3.5

Length (mm) 15 17

Part no. 609.1500 609.1700

171 Assembly, removal and adjustment 591 698 Short URL www.blum.com/a210

Planning Note

These dimensions are based on the factory setting. The application changes in cases of deviation. In these cases a trial is recommended. Some applications require the mounting plate to be moved from the standard fixing positions.

132

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Angled application – standard

Web code DQDW6M

±5° angled application Planning Nº 15 –5°

Nº 16 5° Hinge systems

Nº 35 –5°

Hinge with cranked hinge arm Description Spacing (mm) Mounting plate 0 Angled spacer –5°

Hinge with straight hinge arm Part no. Description Spacing (mm) 0 173H7100 Mounting plate –5° 171A5500 Angled spacer

Nº 46 5°

Hinge with double cranked hinge arm Part no. Description Spacing (mm) 0 173H7100 Mounting plate +5° 171A5500 Angled spacer

Nº 1 5°

Hinge with cranked hinge arm Description Spacing (mm) Mounting plate 0 Angled spacer +5°

Hinge with straight hinge arm Part no. Description Spacing (mm) 0 173H7100 Mounting plate +5° 171A5070 Angled spacer

Part no. 173H7100 171A5010

Nº 36 5°

Hinge with straight hinge arm Part no. Description Spacing (mm) 0 173H7100 Mounting plate +5° 171A5010 Angled spacer

Part no. 173H7100 171A5010

Adjustment

Max. ±3.0 mm See mounting plates

±2.0 mm

Screw-on

B T

CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

+3.0 mm –2.0 mm

INSERTA

Hinge boss dimensions

B T

CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top

133


Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Angled application – standard

Web code DQDWVY

–15° III – angled hinge full overlay

Hinge systems

▬ CLIP top BLUMOTION with integrated BLUMOTION (with deactivation option) ▬ CLIP top without closing mechanism (spring) ▬ –15° III angled hinge ▬ 110° opening angle ▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment ▬ Convenient spiral-tech depth adjustment ▬ Tool-free door to cabinet assembly and removal ▬ With INSERTA tool-free hinge to door assembly

Reference pages WA Angle –20° –15° Nº 12 Nº 13 134

Nº 32

134

Nº 33

134

135

–10° Nº 14

135

Nº 34

135 116

Overview – angled applications WA

Order information Boss INSERTA Hinge Spring Colour CLIP top ● NI BLUMOTION ● ○

With spring Unsprung

Boss Hinge CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top

NI

Part no. 79B3493

Nickel plated

Screw-on Spring Colour

Part no.

NI

79B3453

NI

78A5453.T

Accessories

TIP-ON for doors

Hinge arm cover cap

Print | stamp

Logo

Colour

Plain Stamped

– Blum

NI NI

Part no. 70.1553 70.1553.BP

Hinge boss cover cap Hinge CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top

Angled application

Colour

Part no.

NI

70T3504

NI

70T1504

Version Spring Short version ○ Extended version ○ Extended version ●

Part no. 956.1004 956A1004 956A1006

Chipboard screws Ø (mm) 3.5 3.5

Length (mm) 15 17

Part no. 609.1500 609.1700

Note

CLIP top BLUMOTION and CLIP top hinges cannot be combined with each other on a door.

Reference pages Overview – CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges Mounting plates Accessories – hinge arm cover cap Accessories – general

Overview – TIP-ON for doors Overview – assembly devices 144 More technical details 151 153 71

171 Assembly, removal and adjustment 591 698 Short URL www.blum.com/a210

Planning Note

These dimensions are based on the factory setting. The application changes in cases of deviation. In these cases a trial is recommended. Some applications require the mounting plate to be moved from the standard fixing positions.

Nº 12 –20°

Description Mounting plate Angled spacer

134

Nº 32 –20°

Spacing (mm) 6 –5°

Part no. Description 175H9160 Mounting plate 171A5500 Angled spacer

Nº 13 –15°

Spacing (mm) 0 –5°

Part no. Description 173H7100 Mounting plate 171A5500

Spacing (mm) 18

Part no. 175H7190.22

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Angled application – standard

Web code DQDWVY

–15° III – angled hinge full overlay Planning Nº 33 –15°

Nº 34 –10° Hinge systems

Nº 14 –10°

Description Mounting plate

Spacing (mm) 0

Part no. Description 173H7100 Mounting plate Angled spacer

Spacing (mm) 9 +5°

Part no. Description 175H7190 Mounting plate 171A5070 Angled spacer

Spacing (mm) 0 +5°

Part no. 173H7100 171A5010

Adjustment

Max. ±3.0 mm See mounting plates

±2.0 mm

INSERTA

# 5

Screw-on

B T

±2.0 mm

Hinge boss dimensions

5 NJO

CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

B T

CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top

135


Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Angled application – standard

Web code DQDXLA

–30° III – angled hinge full overlay

Hinge systems

▬ CLIP top BLUMOTION with integrated BLUMOTION (with deactivation option) ▬ CLIP top without closing mechanism (spring) ▬ –30° III angled hinge ▬ 110° opening angle ▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment ▬ Convenient spiral-tech depth adjustment ▬ Tool-free door to cabinet assembly and removal ▬ With INSERTA tool-free hinge to door assembly

Reference pages WA Angle –35°

Nº 29

–30°

136

Nº 30

–25° Nº 11

136

136

Nº 31

137 116

Overview – angled applications WA

Order information Boss INSERTA Hinge Spring Colour CLIP top ● NI BLUMOTION ● ○

With spring Unsprung

Boss Hinge CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top

NI

Part no. 79B3491

Nickel plated

Screw-on Spring Colour

Part no.

NI

79B3451

NI

78A5451.T

Accessories

TIP-ON for doors

Hinge arm cover cap

Print | stamp

Logo

Colour

Plain Stamped

– Blum

NI NI

Part no. 70.1553 70.1553.BP

Hinge boss cover cap Hinge CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top

Angled application

Colour

Part no.

NI

70T3504

NI

70T1504

Version Spring Short version ○ Extended version ○ Extended version ●

Part no. 956.1004 956A1004 956A1006

Chipboard screws Ø (mm) 3.5 3.5

Length (mm) 15 17

Part no. 609.1500 609.1700

Note

CLIP top BLUMOTION and CLIP top hinges cannot be combined with each other on a door.

Reference pages Overview – CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges Mounting plates Accessories – hinge arm cover cap Accessories – general

Overview – TIP-ON for doors Overview – assembly devices 144 More technical details 151 153 71

171 Assembly, removal and adjustment 591 698 Short URL www.blum.com/a210

Planning Note

These dimensions are based on the factory setting. The application changes in cases of deviation. In these cases a trial is recommended. Some applications require the mounting plate to be moved from the standard fixing positions.

Nº 29 –35°

Description Mounting plate Angled spacer

136

Nº 30 –30°

Spacing (mm) 0 –5°

Part no. Description 173H7100 Mounting plate 171A5500

Nº 11 –25°

Spacing (mm) 3

Part no. Description 173H7130 Mounting plate Angled spacer

Spacing (mm) 9 +5°

Part no. 175H7190 171A5070

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Angled application – standard

Web code DQDXLA

–30° III – angled hinge full overlay

Hinge systems

Planning Nº 31 –25°

Description Mounting plate Angled spacer

Spacing (mm) 0 +5°

Part no. 173H7100 171A5040

Adjustment

Max. ±3.0 mm See mounting plates

±2.0 mm

INSERTA

# 5

Screw-on

B T

±2.0 mm

Hinge boss dimensions

5 NJO

CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

B T

CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top

137


Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Angled application – standard

Web code DQDYAM

–45° III – angled hinge full overlay

Hinge systems

▬ CLIP top BLUMOTION with integrated BLUMOTION (with deactivation option) ▬ CLIP top without closing mechanism (spring) ▬ –45° III angled hinge ▬ 110° opening angle ▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment ▬ Convenient spiral-tech depth adjustment ▬ Tool-free door to cabinet assembly and removal ▬ With INSERTA tool-free hinge to door assembly

Reference pages WA Angle –50°

–45°

Nº 26

Nº 27

138

–40°

138

Nº 28

138 116

Overview – angled applications WA

Order information Boss INSERTA Hinge Spring Colour CLIP top ● NI BLUMOTION ● ○

With spring Unsprung

Boss Hinge CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top

NI

Part no. 79B3490

Nickel plated

Screw-on Spring Colour

Part no.

NI

79B3450

NI

78A5450.T

Accessories

TIP-ON for doors

Hinge arm cover cap

Print | stamp

Logo

Colour

Plain Stamped

– Blum

NI NI

Part no. 70.1553 70.1553.BP

Hinge boss cover cap Hinge CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top

Angled application

Colour

Part no.

NI

70T3504

NI

70T1504

Version Spring Short version ○ Extended version ○ Extended version ●

Part no. 956.1004 956A1004 956A1006

Chipboard screws Ø (mm) 3.5 3.5

Length (mm) 15 17

Part no. 609.1500 609.1700

Note

CLIP top BLUMOTION and CLIP top hinges cannot be combined with each other on a door.

Reference pages Overview – CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges Mounting plates Accessories – hinge arm cover cap Accessories – general

Overview – TIP-ON for doors Overview – assembly devices 144 More technical details 151 153 71

171 Assembly, removal and adjustment 591 698 Short URL www.blum.com/a210

Planning Note

These dimensions are based on the factory setting. The application changes in cases of deviation. In these cases a trial is recommended. Some applications require the mounting plate to be moved from the standard fixing positions.

Nº 26 –50°

Description Mounting plate Angled spacer

138

Nº 27 –45°

Spacing (mm) 0 –5°

Part no. Description 173H7100 Mounting plate 171A5500

Nº 28 –40°

Spacing (mm) 3

Part no. Description 173H7130 Mounting plate Angled spacer

Spacing (mm) 0 +5°

Part no. 173H7100 171A5040

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Angled application – standard

Web code DQDYAM

–45° III – angled hinge full overlay Planning

Max. ±3.0 mm See mounting plates

±2.0 mm

B T

±2.0 mm

INSERTA

# 5

Screw-on

Hinge systems

Adjustment

Hinge boss dimensions

5 NJO

CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

B T

CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top

139


Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Angled application – thin doors

Hinge for thin doors – angled application

Hinge systems

▬ Thin fronts from 8–14 mm ▬ EXPANDO T fixing system for a variety of front materials ▬ CLIP top BLUMOTION with integrated BLUMOTION (with deactivation option) ▬ CLIP top with or without closing mechanism (spring) ▬ 0-protrusion (for cabinets with inner pull-outs or pullout shelfs) ▬ 110° opening angle ▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment ▬ Tool-free door to cabinet assembly and removal

Reference pages WA Angle WA –5° Nº 114 140

Angle 5° 10° 15° Nº 115 Nº 116 Nº 117 140 141 141

Nº 110 140

Nº 111 Nº 112 Nº 113 141 141 141

Overview – angled applications WA

Order information Boss Hinge Spring CLIP top ● BLUMOTION CLIP top ● CLIP top ○ ● ○

With spring Unsprung

EXPANDO T Colour Part no. NI

71B453T

NI NI

71T453T 70T453T.TL

NI

Nickel plated

Accessories

116

Hinge boss cover cap

TIP-ON for doors

Version Hinge Short version CLIP top Extended version CLIP top Extended version CLIP top

Angled application

Spring ○ ○ ●

Part no. 956.1004 956A1004 956A1006

Hinge CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top

Colour

Part no.

NI

70T4504

NI

70T4504

Hinge arm cover cap Print | stamp

Logo

Colour

Plain Stamped

– Blum

NI NI

Part no. 70.4503 70.4503.BP

Note

A trial application is recommended when combining CLIP top BLUMOTION hinges and CLIP top hinges with springs on small, light fronts up to 300 mm wide. Combining these is not recommended for wider front widths FB.

Reference pages Overview – CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges Overview – BLUMOTION for doors Overview – TIP-ON for doors Mounting plates

71

Fixing system for thin fronts – EXPANDO T

157 Assembly recommendation and limitation of 171 liability – EXPANDO T 144 Hinge for thin doors

584

Assembly, removal and adjustment

585

Short URL 102 www.blum.com/a210

Planning Note

These dimensions are based on the factory setting, with a front thickness of 12 mm and a cabinet side panel thickness of 19 mm. The application changes in cases of deviation. In these cases a trial is recommended. Some applications require the mounting plate to be moved from the standard fixing positions.

Nº 114 –5°

Description Mounting plate Angled spacer

140

Nº 110 –5°

Spacing (mm) 0 –5°

Part no. Description 173H7100 Mounting plate 171A5500 Angled spacer

Nº 115 5°

Spacing (mm) 0 –5°

Part no. Description 173H7100 Mounting plate 171A5500 Angled spacer

Spacing (mm) 0 +5°

Part no. 173H7100 171A5010

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Angled application – thin doors

Hinge for thin doors – angled application Planning Nº 111 5°

Nº 112 10° Hinge systems

Nº 116 10°

Description Mounting plate Angled spacer

Spacing (mm) 0 +5°

Part no. Description 173H7100 Mounting plate 171A5010 Angled spacer

Nº 117 15°

Spacing (mm) 0 +5° 3x

Part no. Description 173H7100 Mounting plate 171A5010 Angled spacer

Fixing position

32

44

B

FA *

Part no. Description 173H7100 Mounting plate 171A5010 Angled spacer

Spacing (mm) 0 +5° 3x

Part no. 173H7100 171A5010

Spacing (mm) 0 +5° 2x

Part no. 173H7100 171A5010

Nº 113 15°

Description Mounting plate Angled spacer

B

Spacing (mm) 0 +5° 2x

34.5 0.1* Ø10+̶ 0.1

B=

FA

Adjustment

min 23 max .5 46 Max. ±3.0 mm See mounting plates

3.5

Fixing position B = FA + 27 mm Front overlay Stone and ceramic +0.2/–0.1 mm

+3.0 mm –2.0 mm

Fixing position

BT

Drilling depth

BT = min 6

Drilling depth | screw selection – EXPANDO T

B

±2.0 mm

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

141


Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Angled application – glass door

CRISTALLO angled application

Hinge systems

▬ Hinge for glass and mirror doors ▬ Adhesion plate is glued onto glass (no glass drilling necessary) ▬ Tool-free hinge to adhesion plate assembly ▬ CLIP top BLUMOTION with integrated BLUMOTION (with deactivation option) ▬ CLIP top with or without closing mechanism (spring) ▬ 110° opening angle ▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment ▬ Convenient spiral-tech depth adjustment ▬ Tool-free door to cabinet assembly and removal

Reference pages WA Angle WA –5° Nº 106 142

Angle 5° 10° 15° Nº 103 Nº 104 Nº 105 142 143 143

Nº 107 142

Nº 100 Nº 101 Nº 102 143 143 143

Overview – angled applications WA

Order information Boss Hinge Spring CLIP top ● BLUMOTION CLIP top ● CLIP top ○ ● ○

With spring Unsprung

CRISTALLO 110° Colour Part no. NI

71B4500C

NI NI

71T4500C 70T4500CTL

NI

Nickel plated

Accessories

Glue-on Colour Matt-nickel plated Special nickel plated

116

TIP-ON for doors

Version Spring Short version ○ Extended version ○ Extended version ●

Part no. 956.1004 956A1004 956A1006

Hinge arm cover cap

CRISTALLO adhesion plate Front material Glass | mirror Mirror

Angled application

Part no. 70T4568C 70T4568C

Print | stamp

Logo

Colour

Plain Stamped

– Blum

NI NI

Part no. 70.4503 70.4503.BP

Note

A trial application is recommended when combining CLIP top BLUMOTION hinges and CLIP top hinges with springs on small, light fronts up to 300 mm wide. Combining these is not recommended for wider front widths FB.

Reference pages Overview – CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges Overview – TIP-ON for doors Overview – BLUMOTION for doors Limitation of liability

Distance Mounting plates 171 Accessories – hinge arm cover cap 157 104 71

105 Assembly, removal and adjustment 144 151 Short URL www.blum.com/a210

Planning Note

These dimensions are based on the factory setting, with a front thickness of 6 mm and a cabinet side panel thickness of 19 mm. The application changes in cases of deviation. In these cases a trial is recommended. Some applications require the mounting plate to be moved from the standard fixing positions.

Nº 106 –5°

Description Mounting plate Angled spacer

142

Nº 107 –5°

Spacing (mm) 0 –5°

Part no. Description 173H7100 Mounting plate 171A5500 Angled spacer

Nº 103 5°

Spacing (mm) 0 –5°

Part no. Description 173H7100 Mounting plate 171A5500 Angled spacer

Spacing (mm) 0 +5°

Part no. 173H7100 171A5010

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Angled application – glass door

CRISTALLO angled application Planning Nº 100 5°

Nº 101 10° Hinge systems

Nº 104 10°

Description Mounting plate Angled spacer

Spacing (mm) 0 +5°

Part no. Description 173H7100 Mounting plate 171A5010 Angled spacer

Nº 105 15°

Spacing (mm) 0 +5° 2x

Part no. Description 173H7100 Mounting plate 171A5010 Angled spacer

Spacing (mm) 0 +5° 3x

Part no. 173H7100 171A5010

Spacing (mm) 0 +5° 2x

Part no. 173H7100 171A5010

Nº 102 15°

19

45

73

max. 60.5

2 6

2

12 Description Mounting plate Angled spacer

Spacing (mm) 0 +5° 3x

Part no. Description 173H7100 Mounting plate 171A5010 Angled spacer

Adjustment

Max. ±3.0 mm See mounting plates

±2.0 mm

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

+3.0 mm –2.0 mm

143


Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Mounting plates

Hinge systems

Description Mounting plates Horizontal cam mounting plate Horizontal cam mounting plate for dual application INSERTA cruciform mounting plate Cruciform cam mounting plate Cruciform cam mounting plate for twin application Cruciform mounting plate Cruciform mounting plate Cruciform mounting plate Cruciform mounting plate for twin application Cruciform mounting plate Cruciform mounting plate Angled spacers +5° obtuse angled spacer –5° acute angled spacer Pictograph Item available on request

20/32 20/32 37/32 37/32 37/32 37/32 37/32 37/32 37/32 28/32 37/32

Material Adjustment

Height (mm)

Steel Steel Steel Steel Steel Zinc Steel Steel Steel Steel Zinc

±2.0 ±2.0 ±2.0 ±2.0 ±2.0 ±2.0 ±2.0 ±3.0 ±3.0 ±3.0 ±3.0

Cam Cam Cam Cam Cam Screws (two-part) Elongated hole Elongated hole Elongated hole Elongated hole Elongated hole

144

146 147 147

144 146

146 146 147

145 145

145

147 148 148 148 149

148

150 150

37/32 Zinc 37/32 Zinc Knock-in dowel fixing – assembly only with the insertion ram Knock-in dowel fixing

Chipboard screw fixing INSERTA fixing EXPANDO fixing System screw fixing

20/32

Horizontal cam mounting plate ▬ Fixing with chipboard screws Ø 3.5 mm ▬ With cam height adjustment ±2 mm ▬ Recommended screw length 17 mm ▬ Material: steel Order information Spacing (mm) Height (mm) Colour 0 8.5 NI | ONS 3 11.5 NI | ONS NI ONS

Nickel plated Onyx black

Planning

Part no. 175H3100 175H3130

H *

20/32

Horizontal cam mounting plate ▬ Fixing with pre-mounted special screws with split dowels (EXPANDO) ▬ With cam height adjustment ±2 mm ▬ Material: steel Order information Spacing (mm) Height (mm) Colour 0 8.5 NI | ONS 3 11.5 NI | ONS NI ONS

Nickel plated Onyx black

Planning

Part no. 177H3100E 177H3130E

±0.1

H *

144

Height Fix with additional screw if used with wide angle- and 0-protrusion hinges

Height Fix with additional screw if used with wide angle- and 0-protrusion hinges

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Mounting plates

20/32

Horizontal cam mounting plate

Order information Spacing (mm) Height (mm) Colour 0 8.5 NI 3 11.5 NI NI

Nickel plated

Planning

Part no. ☎ 177H3100E10 ☎ 177H3130E10

10 ±0.1

H *

▬ Fixing with pre-mounted system screws Ø 6 x 12.9 mm (66B.134) ▬ With cam height adjustment ±2 mm ▬ Material: steel

NI

Nickel plated

Planning

Part no. 175H4100 175H4130

5 ±0.1

H *

▬ Fixing with pre-mounted system screws Ø 6 x 8.9 mm (66B.094) ▬ With cam height adjustment ±2 mm ▬ For twin application ▬ Material: steel

NI

Nickel plated

Planning

Part no. 175H410Z

5 ±0.1

H *

Order information Spacing (mm) Height (mm) Colour 0 8.5 NI | ONS 3 11.5 NI | ONS

Part no. 177H3100 177H3130

Accessories Description Insertion ram

Part no. MZM.0053

Nickel plated Onyx black

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

Height Additional screw required as standard

20/32

Horizontal cam mounting plate

NI ONS

Height Fix with additional screw if used with wide angle- and 0-protrusion hinges

20/32

Horizontal cam mounting plate for dual application

Order information Spacing (mm) Height (mm) Colour 0 8.5 NI

Height Fix with additional screw if used with wide angle- and 0-protrusion hinges

20/32

Horizontal cam mounting plate

Order information Spacing (mm) Height (mm) Colour 0 8.5 NI 3 11.5 NI

Hinge systems

▬ Fixing with pre-mounted special screws with split dowels (EXPANDO) ▬ With cam height adjustment ±2 mm ▬ Material: steel

▬ Knock-in assembly with pre-fixed dowels ▬ Assembly with knock-in insertion ram or knock-in tool with pressure directly on the screw ▬ With cam height adjustment ±2 mm ▬ Material: steel

Planning

10 ±0.1

H *

Height Fix with additional screw if used with wide angle- and 0-protrusion hinges

145


Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Mounting plates

37/32 ▬ Fixing with chipboard screws Ø 3.5 or Ø 4 mm ▬ With cam height adjustment ±2 mm ▬ Material: steel

Order information Spacing (mm) Height (mm) Colour 0 8.5 NI | ONS 3 11.5 NI | ONS NI ONS

Planning

Part no. 173H7100 173H7130

Nickel plated Onyx black

H *

Height Additional screw for wide angle- and 0-protrusion hinges (min. 20 mm)

37/32

INSERTA cruciform mounting plate ▬ Tool-free assembly ▬ With “self anchoring” feature ▬ With cam height adjustment ±2 mm ▬ Material: steel, closing lever, zinc die-cast

NI

Nickel plated

Part no. 174H7100I 174H7130I

5 ±0.1

Order information Spacing (mm) Height (mm) Colour 0 8.5 NI 3 11.5 NI

Planning

H *

Height Additional screw for wide angle- and 0-protrusion hinges (min. 20 mm)

37/32

Cruciform cam mounting plate ▬ Fixing with pre-mounted special screws with split dowels (EXPANDO) ▬ With cam height adjustment ±2 mm ▬ Material: steel

NI ONS

Nickel plated Onyx black

Part no. 174H7100E 174H7130E

5 ±0.1

Order information Spacing (mm) Height (mm) Colour 0 8.5 NI | ONS 3 11.5 NI | ONS

Planning

H *

Height Additional screw for wide angle- and 0-protrusion hinges (min. 20 mm)

37/32

Cruciform cam mounting plate for twin application

Order information Spacing (mm) Height (mm) Colour 0 8.5 NI | ONS 3 11.5 NI NI ONS

Nickel plated Onyx black

▬ Fixing with pre-mounted special screws with split dowels (EXPANDO) ▬ With cam height adjustment ±2 mm ▬ For twin application ▬ Material: steel

Planning

Part no. 174H710ZE 174H713ZE

5 ±0.1

Hinge systems

Cruciform cam mounting plate

H *

146

Height Additional screw required as standard

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Mounting plates

37/32

Cruciform mounting plate

Order information Spacing (mm) Height (mm) Colour 0 8.5 NI 3 11.5 NI 9 17.5 NI 18 26.5 NI NI

Nickel plated

Planning

Hinge systems

▬ Fixing with chipboard screws Ø 3.5 or Ø 4 mm ▬ With height adjustment ±2 mm ▬ Recommended screw length 17 mm ▬ Material: zinc Part no. 175H7100 175H7130 175H7190 175H7190.22

H *

Height Fix with additional screw if used with wide angle- and 0-protrusion hinges

37/32

Cruciform mounting plate ▬ Fixing with system screws Ø 6 x 14.5 mm, part no. 661.1450.HG ▬ With height adjustment ±2 mm ▬ Material: zinc

NI ONS

Nickel plated Onyx black

Part no. 175H9100 175H9130 175H9160 175H9190 175H9190.22

5 ±0.1

Order information Spacing (mm) Height (mm) Colour 0 8.5 NI 3 11.5 NI 6 14.5 NI | ONS 9 17.5 NI | ONS 18 26.5 NI

Planning

H *

Height Fix with additional screw if used with wide angle- and 0-protrusion hinges

37/32

Cruciform mounting plate ▬ Fixing with chipboard screws Ø 3.5 or Ø 4 mm ▬ With height adjustment ±3 mm ▬ Recommended screw length 17 mm ▬ Material: steel Order information Spacing (mm) Height (mm) Colour 0 8.5 NI | ONS 3 11.5 NI | ONS NI ONS

Nickel plated Onyx black

Planning

Part no. 173L6100 173L6130

H *

Height Additional screw for wide angle- and 0-protrusion hinges (min. 20 mm)

37/32

Cruciform mounting plate ▬ Fixing with pre-mounted special screws with split dowels (EXPANDO) ▬ With height adjustment ±2 mm ▬ Material: steel

NI

Nickel plated

Part no. 174E6100.01 174E6130.01

5 ±0.1

Order information Spacing (mm) Height (mm) Colour 0 8.5 NI 3 11.5 NI

Planning

H *

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

Height Additional screw for wide angle- and 0-protrusion hinges (min. 20 mm)

147


Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Mounting plates

37/32

Hinge systems

Cruciform mounting plate ▬ Fixing with pre-mounted system screws Ø 6 mm ▬ With height adjustment ±3 mm ▬ Material: steel Order information Spacing (mm) Height (mm) Colour 0 8.5 NI 3 11.5 NI NI

Nickel plated

Planning

Part no. 173L8100 173L8130

H *

37/32

Cruciform mounting plate for twin application ▬ Fixing with pre-mounted special system screws, Ø 6 mm (668.1150) ▬ With height adjustment ±3 mm ▬ For twin application ▬ Material: steel Order information Spacing (mm) Height (mm) Colour 0 8.5 NI NI

Nickel plated

Planning

Part no. 173L8100.21

H *

▬ Knock-in assembly with pre-fixed dowels ▬ With height adjustment ±3 mm ▬ Material: steel Order information Spacing (mm) Height (mm) Colour 0 8.5 NI 3 11.5 NI

Part no. 174L6100.05 174L6130.05

Accessories Description Insertion ram

Part no. MZM.0061.01

Nickel plated

Planning

H *

▬ Fixing with pre-mounted system screws Ø 6 mm ▬ With height adjustment ±3 mm ▬ Material: steel

NI

Nickel plated

Planning

Part no. 173L8300 173L8330

H *

148

Height Additional screw for wide angle- and 0-protrusion hinges (min. 20 mm)

28/32

Cruciform mounting plate

Order information Spacing (mm) Height (mm) Colour 0 8.5 NI 3 11.5 NI

Height Additional screw required as standard

37/32

Cruciform mounting plate

NI

Height Additional screw for wide angle- and 0-protrusion hinges (min. 20 mm)

Height Additional screw for wide angle- and 0-protrusion hinges (min. 20 mm)

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Mounting plates

37/32

Cruciform mounting plate

Order information Spacing (mm) Height (mm) Colour 0 8.5 NI 3 11.5 NI 9 17.5 NI 11 19.5 NI NI

Nickel plated

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

Planning

Hinge systems

▬ Fixing with pre-mounted system screws Ø 6 mm ▬ With height adjustment ±3 mm ▬ Material: zinc

Part no. 175L8100 175L8130 175L8190 175L8190.21 H *

Height Fix with additional screw if used with wide angle- and 0-protrusion hinges

149


Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Angled spacers

Hinge systems

+5° obtuse angled spacer ▬ Fixing with chipboard screws Ø 3.5 or Ø 4 mm ▬ Material: zinc ▬ Suitable for mounting plates: 173H71X0 | 175H71X0 | 175H91X0 Order information Spacing (mm) Colour 0.8 NI 3 NI 6 NI Colour NI Nickel plated

Planning

Part no. 171A5010 171A5040 171A5070

D

Spacing

D

Spacing

–5° acute angled spacer ▬ Fixing with chipboard screws Ø 3.5 or Ø 4 mm ▬ Material: zinc ▬ Suitable for mounting plates: 173H71X0 | 175H71X0 | 175H91X0 Order information Spacing (mm) Colour 6 NI Colour NI Nickel plated

150

Planning

Part no. 171A5500

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Accessories

Hinge arm cover cap Straight hinge arm

Cranked hinge arm Double cranked arm

110° hinge 107° hinge

110° special hinge Blind corner hinge inset application Blind corner hinge overlay application Corner cabinet bi-fold hinge +45° II – angled hinge overlay

CLIP 100° hinge

155° hinge 125° hinge Hinge for thin doors CRISTALLO hinge Hinge for thin doors – angled application CRISTALLO angled application

170° hinge

Profile/thick door hinge 95° aluminium frame door hinge Incl. ±5° angled application

Material Colour Print | stamp Logo Part no.

Steel NI | ONS Plain –

Material Colour Print | stamp Logo Part no.

Steel NI | ONS Plain –

Material Colour Print | stamp Logo Part no.

Steel NI Plain –

Material Colour Print | stamp Logo Part no.

Steel NI | ONS Plain –

Material Colour Print | stamp Logo Part no.

Steel NI Plain –

Material Colour Print | stamp Logo Part no.

Steel NI | ONS Plain –

Cover caps, can be individually printed – minimum order quantity 1000 items NI Nickel plated ONS Onyx black

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

70.1503

70.1503

Steel NI | ONS Stamped Blum

Steel NI | ONS Stamped Blum

70.1503.BP

Steel NI | ONS Plain –

70.4503

80.6507

70.1553

Steel NI Stamped Blum

Steel NI Stamped Blum

70.1663.BP

70.1503.BP

Steel Steel NI NI Stamped Plain Blum – 90M2503 90M2503.BP

Steel NI Stamped Blum

70.1663

Steel NI Stamped Blum

Hinge systems

Hinge applications

70.4503.BP

80.6507.BP

70.1553.BP

Steel NI | ONS Plain –

Steel NI Plain –

Steel NI | ONS Plain –

Steel NI Stamped Blum 94M3603 94M3603.BP

70.4503

80.6507

70.1663

Steel NI Stamped Blum

Steel NI Stamped Blum

Steel NI Stamped Blum

70.4503.BP

80.6507.BP

70.1663.BP

151


Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Accessories

Hinge arm cover cap

Hinge systems

Hinge applications

Straight hinge arm

Cranked hinge arm Double cranked arm

Glass door hinge Mini-hinge

Remaining angled hinges Remaining angled applications

Material Colour Print | stamp Logo Part no.

Steel NI Plain –

Material Colour Print | stamp Logo Part no.

Steel NI | ONS Plain –

Cover caps, can be individually printed – minimum order quantity 1000 items NI Nickel plated ONS Onyx black

70.1553

70.1553

Steel NI Stamped Blum

Steel NI Stamped Blum

70.1553.BP

Steel NI Plain –

70.1553

Steel NI Stamped Blum

70.1553.BP

70.1553.BP

Hinge boss spacing Hinge applications

CLIP top BLUMOTION – hinges

CLIP top – hinges

Spacing (mm) Material Colour Part no.

1.5 Nylon R7037

1.5 Nylon R7037

Spacing (mm) Material Colour Part no.

1.5 Nylon R7037

110° hinge 110° special hinge 155° hinge

107° hinge Profile/thick door hinge 125° hinge

R7037 RAL 7037 dust grey

152

70T3507.21

70T3507.21

70T3507.21

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Accessories

Hinge applications 110° hinge 110° special hinge

Material Colour Part no.

107° hinge Profile/thick door hinge Blind corner hinge inset application Bathroom mirror cabinets with fronts that protrude all the way around Angled applications Material Colour Part no. 155° hinge

125° hinge

Blind corner hinge overlay application

Hinge for thin doors

NI ONS

Nickel plated Onyx black

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

CLIP top BLUMOTION – hinges

CLIP top – hinges

Steel NI | ONS

Steel NI | ONS

Steel NI | ONS

Material Colour Part no.

Steel NI | ONS

Material Colour Part no.

Steel NI | ONS

Material Colour Part no.

Steel NI | ONS

Material Colour Part no.

Steel NI | ONS

70T3504

70T3504

70T7504

Steel NI | ONS

Steel NI | ONS

70T3504

70T1504

70T7504

70T7504

70T3504

70T4504

Steel NI | ONS

70T4504

153

Hinge systems

Hinge boss cover cap


Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Accessories

Ø 3.5 mm

Chipboard screws Order information X (mm) 15.0 17.0

▬ For front fixing brackets on wide alu frames ▬ Ø 3.5 mm ▬ Drilling diameter Ø 2.8 mm ▬ Colour: nickel plated ▬ Material: steel

Order information X (mm) 9.5

Hinge systems

▬ Ø 3.5 mm ▬ Colour: nickel plated ▬ Material: steel

Part no. 609.1500 609.1700

Ø 3.5 mm

Counter sunk self tapping screw

Part no. 660.0950

Ø 6.0 mm

System screw ▬ Ø 6 mm ▬ Drilling diameter Ø 5 mm ▬ Colour: nickel plated ▬ Material: steel

Order information X (mm) 10.0 11.5 13.0 14.5 20.0

Part no. 661.1000.HG 661.1150.HG 661.1300.HG 661.1450.HG 661.2000.HG

▬ Ø 2.7 mm, length 70 mm ▬ To pre-drill for Ø 3.5 mm chipboard screws ▬ Drilling depth up to 8 mm ▬ Material: steel, hardened

Order information Description Centre bit Replacement bit

Part no. M01.ZZ03.01 M01.ZZB3

▬ For noise reduction ▬ Colour: natural coloured ▬ Material: nylon

Order information Description Stick-on door buffer

Part no. 993.710

▬ For noise reduction ▬ Gap 2 mm ▬ Two-part ▬ Colour: RAL 9006 grey ▬ Material: nylon

Order information Description 8 mm Ø door buffer

Part no. 993.706

Centre bit

Stick-on door buffer

8 mm Ø door buffer

154

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Accessories

Pozidrive screwdriver Order information Description Pozidrive screwdriver

Part no. 303.756.1

▬ Slotted, size 1.0 x 5.5 mm ▬ Blade length 125 mm ▬ Overall length 225 mm ▬ Orange handle with Blum logo ▬ Colour: black/orange ▬ Material: nylon/steel

Order information Description Slotted screwdriver

Part no. 314.928.1

Hinge systems

▬ PZ (Pozi) size 2 ▬ Blade length 100 mm ▬ Overall length 200 mm ▬ Orange handle with Blum logo ▬ Colour: black/orange ▬ Material: nylon/steel

Slotted screwdriver

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

155


Hinge systems 〉 BLUMOTION for doors

Closing doors – silent and effortless

Hinge systems

With BLUMOTION, the adaptive dampening system, furniture closes silently and effortlessly, and this is irrespective of the force used or the weight of the door. Whether in the kitchen, hall, bathroom, living room or bedroom – with intelligent BLUMOTION technology, every door moves elegantly and ensures ultimate quality of motion.. ▬ The adaptive system adjusts itself to the closing speed and the weight of the door ▬ Versions available for nearly all overlay applications ▬ Can be installed at any time during the production and sales process ▬ Its integrated overload safety feature protects the system from damage due to improper use

The adaptive damping system – controlling perfect motion

Exceptional comfort through a highly adaptive system

This is all thanks to the intelligent technology of the BLUMOTION adaptive system

It reacts to key factors such as door And brakes the motion of the front accordingly. The result is a silent height, front weight and closing and effortless closing motion speed

This is how the adaptive damping system works

A look behind the scenes of the BLUMOTION adaptive system

156

Slow closing speed The braking element expands slightly. The medium can flow by without much resistance. ▬ Weak effect

Closing speed that is too fast Fast closing speed The braking element expands. The The overload safety feature kicks in. ▬ Protects BLUMOTION and hinges medium can only flow by slowly. ▬ Strong effect

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Hinge systems 〉 BLUMOTION for doors 〉 Overview

69 70 170

Overview – hinge systems CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges TIP-ON for doors

Hinge systems

Hinge systems

Symbolic image

BLUMOTION 973A – clip on Overview – applications BLUMOTION 973A – clip on

158 160

Symbolic image

BLUMOTION 971A – in adapter plate for overlay application Overview – applications BLUMOTION 971A – in adapter plate for overlay application

158 162

Symbolic image

BLUMOTION 970A – for drilling, hinge side Overview – applications BLUMOTION 970A – for drilling, hinge side Accessories – adapter plates

158 164 168

Symbolic image

BLUMOTION 970. – for drilling, handle side Overview – applications BLUMOTION 970. – for drilling, handle side Accessories – adapter plates

158 166 168

Symbolic image

Assembly, removal and adjustment Assembly, removal and adjustment

Symbolic image

Short URL www.blum.com/a220

Pictograph Item available on request

Angled application max. overlay

Overlay application

Angled application mitred

Dual application

Chipboard screw fixing

Inset application

EXPANDO fixing

Blind corner application Angled application inset Angled application half overlay Angled application overlay

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

157


Hinge systems 〉 BLUMOTION for doors 〉 Overview – applications

Hinge applications

OW

Page

Application 1

Hinge systems

Standard application 110° hinge 110° special hinge 107° hinge CLIP 100° hinge Wide angled application 170° hinge Profile door application Profile/thick door hinge Aluminium frame application 95° aluminium frame door hinge CLIP top for 973A 95° aluminium frame door hinge CLIP top Glass door application Glass door hinge Frame door application Mini-hinge Corner cabinet solution Corner cabinet bi-fold hinge Angled application – standard ±5° angled application OW

158

Opening angle

Part no. 2 Page

Part no. 3 Page

Part no. Page

973A0500.01 160 973A0500.01 160 973A0500.01 160 973A0500.01 160

973A0600 160

973A0700 160

973A0600 160 973A0600 160

973A0700 160 973A0700 160

86

973A6000 160

973A6000 160

95°

88

973A0500.01 160

973A0600 160

973A0700 160

95°

100

95°

100

973A0500.01 160 970A1002 164

970A1002 164

970A1002 164

94°

110

971Axxxx 162

970A1002 164

970A1002 164

94°

112

971Axxxx 162

970A1002 164

970A1002 164

60°

114

970.1002 166

95°

132

973A0500.01 160

973A0600 160

973A0700 160

110°

74

110°

76

107°

78

100°

80

170°

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Hinge systems

Hinge systems 〉 BLUMOTION for doors

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

159


Hinge systems 〉 BLUMOTION for doors 〉 BLUMOTION 973A – clip on

BLUMOTION 973A – hinge with straight hinge arm

Hinge systems

CLIP top ▬ 110° hinge ▬ 110° special hinge ▬ 107° hinge ▬ Profile/thick door hinge ▬ 95° aluminium frame door hinge CLIP top for 973A CLIP ▬ 100° hinge

Order information Colour Material Nickel plated Steel

Part no. 973A0500.01

Order information Colour Material Nickel plated Steel

Part no. 973A0600

CLIP top ▬ 110° hinge ▬ 107° hinge ▬ Profile/thick door hinge CLIP ▬ 100° hinge

Order information Colour Material Nickel plated Steel

Part no. 973A0700

CLIP top ▬ 170° hinge – inline ▬ 170° hinge – cranked

Order information Colour Material Nickel plated Zinc

Part no. 973A6000

BLUMOTION 973A – hinge with cranked hinge arm CLIP top ▬ 110° hinge ▬ 107° hinge ▬ Profile/thick door hinge CLIP ▬ 100° hinge

BLUMOTION 973A – hinge with double cranked hinge arm

BLUMOTION 973A – 170° hinge

160

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Hinge systems 〉 BLUMOTION for doors 〉 BLUMOTION 973A – clip on

For normal door sizes, one BLUMOTION 973A per hinge is required for the perfect motion. For smaller, lighter doors, the number can be reduced accordingly. Hinge systems

Planning BLUMOTION quantity

Reference pages Overview – BLUMOTION for doors Overview – assembly devices More technical details

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

157 Assembly, removal and adjustment 591 698 Short URL www.blum.com/a220

161


Hinge systems 〉 BLUMOTION for doors 〉 BLUMOTION 971A – in adapter plate for overlay application

37/32

Hinge systems

BLUMOTION 971A – in a cruciform adapter plate ▬ Fixing with chipboard screws Ø 3.5 or Ø 4 mm ▬ Colour: nickel plated ▬ Material: zinc

Order information Construction height (mm) 25 33

Planning

Part no. 971A0500 971A2500

37/32

BLUMOTION 971A – in a cruciform adapter plate ▬ Fixing with pre-mounted special screws with split dowels (EXPANDO) ▬ Colour: nickel plated ▬ Material: zinc Order information Construction height (mm) 25

Planning

Part no. 971A05E0

9.5/32

BLUMOTION 971A – in a cruciform adapter plate ▬ Fixing with chipboard screws Ø 3.5 or Ø 4 mm ▬ Colour: nickel plated ▬ Material: zinc

Order information Construction height (mm) 25

162

Planning

Part no. 971A0700

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Hinge systems 〉 BLUMOTION for doors 〉 BLUMOTION 971A – in adapter plate for overlay application

For all hinges with a straight hinge arm and a 0 mm raised mounting plate. Exception: 95° profile door hinge

Hinge systems

Planning Construction height 25 mm

Construction height 33 mm

Assembly position and number required

■ ●

For all hinges with a straight hinge and a 3 mm spaced mounting plate. Use also for 95° profile door hinge with 0mm spaced plate.

For optimal BLUMOTION effect, BLUMOTION 971A should be attached to the centre between the hinges. For high and heavy doors, we recommend using an additional BLUMOTION 971A between an additional hinge pair. Any depth adjustment made to the hinge arm should be mirrored on the 971A, this is easily acheived via a spiral screw depth adjustment feature (+3 to –7 mm).

BLUMOTION 971Axxxx Hinges

Reference pages Overview – BLUMOTION for doors Overview – assembly devices More technical details

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

157 Assembly, removal and adjustment 591 698 Short URL www.blum.com/a220

163


Hinge systems 〉 BLUMOTION for doors 〉 BLUMOTION 970A – for drilling, hinge side

BLUMOTION 970A

Hinge systems

▬ BLUMOTION – perfect movement, quiet and easy ▬ For use with Blum hinges ▬ For drilling or in combination with adapter plates

Order information BLUMOTION 970A Colour RAL 7037 dust grey

Material Nylon

Part no. 970A1002

Planning Drilling distance BA

Nº XX XX

Number of the angled application Drilling distance BA (mm)

Reference pages Overview – BLUMOTION for doors Accessories – straight adapter plates Accessories – cruciform adapter plates Drilling distance BA

164

Assembly position and number required BLUMOTION 970A is for location on the hinge side, and guarantees perfect motion even for angled hinges. The hole for BLUMOTION 970A needs to be drilled into the cabinet top. The correct position is set using the drilling distance (BA). If the BLUMOTION effect is insufficient, we recommend installing an additional BLUMOTION 970A in the bottom.

157 168 168 165

Assembly Drilling template for BLUMOTION | TIP-ON Template Drilling template for mounting plates MINIPRESS top for EASYSTICK MINIPRESS top MINIPRESS P MINIPRESS M

Assembly, removal and adjustment 666 664 665 Short URL 610 www.blum.com/a220 614 626 630

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Hinge systems 〉 BLUMOTION for doors 〉 BLUMOTION 970A – for drilling, hinge side

Planning All hinge applications except for angled applications Mounting plate spacing Drilling distance (mm) BA (mm) 0 32 3 35 6 38 9 41 ¹

Drilling distance BA (mm) 41 44 47 50

Drilling distance ¹ BA (mm) 50 53

Drilling distance BA (mm) 51

Drilling distance BA (mm) 34 34

When dealing with narrow top rails or larger front gaps, we recommend using the adapter plate as needed

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

165

Hinge systems

BLUMOTION 970A


Hinge systems 〉 BLUMOTION for doors 〉 BLUMOTION 970. – for drilling, handle side

BLUMOTION 970.

Hinge systems

▬ BLUMOTION – perfect movement, quiet and easy ▬ For use with Blum hinges ▬ For drilling or in combination with adapter plates

Order information BLUMOTION 970. Colour RAL 7037 dust grey

Material Nylon

Part no. 970.1002

Planning

Reference pages Overview – BLUMOTION for doors Accessories – straight adapter plates Accessories – cruciform adapter plates Assembly position and number required

166

157 168 168 167

Assembly Drilling template for BLUMOTION Template Drilling template for mounting plates MINIPRESS top for EASYSTICK MINIPRESS top MINIPRESS P MINIPRESS M

Assembly, removal and adjustment 667 664 665 Short URL 610 www.blum.com/a220 614 626 630

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Hinge systems 〉 BLUMOTION for doors 〉 BLUMOTION 970. – for drilling, handle side

BLUMOTION 970. Planning Assembly position and number required

Hinge systems

Because BLUMOTION for doors is customised for Blum hinges, the only way to get that perfect, soft and effortless motion is to combine the two. Some general notes regarding assembly position: Distance from hinge: max. 600 mm For glass door | mini-hinges: 1/2 front width FB

Optimal position

Normally, one BLUMOTION per front is sufficient. However, some circumstances may require the use of a second BLUMOTION, e.g. high front weights FG, unstable fronts (wooden frames, fixed fronts, large aluminium frame fronts, etc.).

Optional position

Up to 600 mm cabinet width KB – applicable for all CLIP top hinges

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

167


Hinge systems 〉 BLUMOTION for doors 〉 Accessories

20/32 ▬ Fixing with chipboard screws Ø 3.5 or Ø 4 mm ▬ BLUMOTION must be ordered separately

Order information Colour Material RAL 7036 platinum Nylon grey Nickel plated Zinc

Planning

Part no. 970.1201 970.5201

37/32

Cruciform adapter plate ▬ Fixing with chipboard screws Ø 3.5 or Ø 4 mm ▬ BLUMOTION must be ordered separately

Order information Colour Material RAL 7036 platinum Nylon grey Nickel plated Zinc

Planning

Part no. 970.1501 970.5501

37/32

Cruciform adapter plate ▬ Fixing with pre-mounted special screws with split dowels (EXPANDO) ▬ BLUMOTION must be ordered separately Order information Colour Material RAL 7036 platinum Nylon grey Nickel plated Zinc

Planning

min 11.5

Hinge systems

Straight adapter plate

Part no. 970.15E1 970.55E1

9.5/32

Cruciform adapter plate ▬ Fixing with chipboard screws Ø 3.5 or Ø 4 mm ▬ BLUMOTION must be ordered separately

Order information Colour Material RAL 7036 platinum Nylon grey Nickel plated Zinc

168

Planning

Part no. 970.1701 970.5701

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Hinge systems 〉 BLUMOTION for doors 〉 Accessories

37/32

Cruciform double adapter plate

Order information Colour Material RAL 7036 platinum Nylon grey

Planning

Hinge systems

▬ For cabinets with double doors ▬ Fixing with chipboard screws Ø 3.5 or Ø 4 mm ▬ BLUMOTION must be ordered separately

Part no. 970.2501

9.5/32

Cruciform double adapter plate ▬ For cabinets with double doors ▬ Fixing with chipboard screws Ø 3.5 or Ø 4 mm ▬ BLUMOTION must be ordered separately Order information Colour Material Nickel plated Zinc

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

Planning

Part no. 970.6701

169


Hinge systems 〉 TIP-ON for doors

Easy to open – with just a touch

Hinge systems

Handle-less furniture is becoming more and more popular in the home. With TIP-ON, we offer a mechanical opening support system for handle-less furniture fronts. This enables your customers to open and close handle-less furniture fronts easily and effortlessly. TIP-ON can be used in the kitchen as well as all other living areas. You will always find the right TIP-ON unit for every application thanks to the wide range of colours and adapter plates. You can choose between the short and long version of TIP-ON, for drilling or with an adapter plate depending on the application. The door gap adjustment feature is integrated in all models.

Opening comfort for handle-less fronts

The door then opens at an angle Handle-less doors can be opened easily with TIP-ON – a light touch is that is comfortable for the furniture user all that’s needed

With different colour variants, TIP-ON can be optimally adjusted to the cabinet interior

The door gap can easily be set using the ejector

The TIP-ON unit can also be attached to the cabinet interior using cruciform adapter plates

The catch plate is the counterpart to TIP-ON. There are two variants, self-adhesive, or a version that screws to the door

High quality down to the smallest detail

The TIP-ON unit can be attached to The TIP-ON unit can also be atthe cabinet front edge tached to the cabinet interior using horizontal adapter plates

170

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Hinge systems

Overview – hinge systems CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges BLUMOTION for doors

69 70 156

TIP-ON 956. – short version with magnet TIP-ON 956A – long version with magnet TIP-ON 956A – long version with bumper

172 172 172

Straight adapter plates Cruciform adapter plates

173 173

Hinge systems

Hinge systems 〉 TIP-ON for doors 〉 Overview

Symbolic image

TIP-ON 956x

Symbolic image

Accessories

Symbolic image

Assembly, removal and adjustment Assembly, removal and adjustment

Symbolic image

Short URL www.blum.com/a230

Pictograph Item available on request

System screw fixing

Chipboard screw fixing

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

171


Hinge systems 〉 TIP-ON for doors 〉 TIP-ON 956x

Hinge systems

TIP-ON 956. – short version with magnet

Order information Colour Material SW | CS | R7036 Nylon

▬ For overlay fronts (up to approx. 1300 mm height) ▬ For use with unsprung Blum hinges ▬ For drilling or in combination with adapter plates ▬ Output path approx. 17 mm Part no. ▬ Setting +4/–1 mm 956.1004

Composed of: 1x TIP-ON 956. – short version with magnet 1x Glue-on catch plate Not suitable for powder-coated, waxed or oiled surfaces 1x Screw-on catch plate Colour SW Silk white CS Carbon black R7036 RAL 7036 platinum grey

Planning

Front gap

()

Screw-on catch plate

Glue-on catch plate

Screw-on catch plate

FA

FA *

Front overlay

Front overlay 3 mm offset installation

TIP-ON 956A – long version with magnet

Order information Colour Material SW | CS | R7036 Nylon

▬ For overlay fronts (starting Planning at approx. 1300 mm height) and all inset applications ▬ For use with unsprung Blum hinges ▬ For drilling or in combination with adapter plates Part no. ▬ Output path approx. 956A1004 38 mm Glue-on catch plate ▬ Setting +4/–1 mm

Composed of: 1x TIP-ON 956A – long version with magnet 1x Glue-on catch plate Not suitable for powder-coated, waxed or oiled surfaces 1x Screw-on catch plate Colour SW Silk white CS Carbon black R7036 RAL 7036 platinum grey

FA

Front overlay

Front gap

()

Screw-on catch plate

Screw-on catch plate

FA *

Front overlay 3 mm offset installation

TIP-ON 956A – long version with bumper

Order information Colour Material SW | CS | R7036 Nylon

▬ For use with sprung Blum hinges ▬ For drilling or in combination with adapter plates ▬ Output path approx. 38 mm ▬ Setting +4/–1 mm

Planning

Front gap

Part no. 956A1006

Composed of: 1x TIP-ON 956A – long version with bumper No catch plate needed (we recommend using a catch plate for very soft surfaces) Colour SW Silk white CS Carbon black R7036 RAL 7036 platinum grey

Reference pages Overview – TIP-ON for doors Accessories – straight adapter plates Accessories – cruciform adapter plates

172

171 Assembly 173 Drilling template for BLUMOTION | TIP-ON 173 Positioning template for catch plate MINIPRESS top for EASYSTICK MINIPRESS top

Assembly, removal and adjustment 666 687 610 Short URL 614 www.blum.com/a230

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Hinge systems 〉 TIP-ON for doors 〉 Accessories

20/17

Straight adapter plate – short version

Order information Colour Material SW | CS | R7036 | Nylon NI-L

Part no.

Planning

Hinge systems

▬ Fixing with chipboard screws Ø 3.5 or Ø 4 mm ▬ Alternative assembly with system screws ▬ TIP-ON must be ordered separately

Front gap

956.1201

Catch plate

Colour SW Silk white CS Carbon black R7036 RAL 7036 platinum grey NI-L Nickel lacquered

FA *

Front overlay 3 mm offset installation

20/32

Straight adapter plate – long version ▬ Fixing with chipboard screws Ø 3.5 or Ø 4 mm ▬ Alternative assembly with system screws ▬ TIP-ON must be ordered separately Order information Colour Material SW | CS | R7036 | Nylon NI-L

Part no.

Planning

Front gap

956A1201

Catch plate

Colour SW Silk white CS Carbon black R7036 RAL 7036 platinum grey NI-L Nickel lacquered

FA *

Front overlay 3 mm offset installation

37/32

Cruciform adapter plate – long version ▬ Fixing with chipboard screws Ø 3.5 or Ø 4 mm ▬ Alternative assembly with system screws ▬ TIP-ON must be ordered separately Order information Colour Material R7036 Nylon Colour R7036 RAL 7036 platinum grey

Part no. 956A1501

Planning

Front gap

Catch plate

FA *

Reference pages Overview – TIP-ON for doors

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

171 Assembly Template Drilling template for mounting plates Positioning template for catch plate MINIPRESS top for EASYSTICK MINIPRESS top MINIPRESS P MINIPRESS M

Front overlay 3 mm offset installation

Assembly, removal and adjustment 664 665 687 Short URL 610 www.blum.com/a230 614 626 630

173


Hinge systems 〉 MODUL – hinges

Slide-on hinge system

Hinge systems

This economical hinge system provides the right solution for many different applications. The system’s combined slide-on and screw-fix feature has proven itself over the years. ▬ Simple and easy slide-on assembly ▬ Simple 3-way adjustment for perfect gap alignment ▬ Integrated pull-out stop

Simple “slide-on” door to cabinet assembly

Blind corner hinge ▬ For an inset blind corner construction ▬ Inner blind corner width 28 mm and higher ▬ With integrated BLUMOTION

Refrigerator/Appliance hinge for facade doors ▬ The 3-dimensional adjustment feature is easily accessible when attached to the refrigerator ▬ The front can be easily removed from the refrigerator ▬ Front thicknesses FD of up to 30 mm are possible ▬ The refrigerator can be positioned inside the cabinet even when the front is attached

174

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Hinge systems 〉 MODUL – hinges 〉 Overview

69 70

Overview – hinge systems CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges

Hinge systems

Hinge systems

Symbolic image OW

Hinge applications Standard application 100° hinge Blind corner application Blind corner hinge inset application Refrigerator application Refrigerator facade door hinge

MODUL MODUL BLUMOTION

Colour

NI

DQE3XA

176

NI

DQE4MM

178

NI | ONS

DQE5BY

180

100°

95°

95°

Application

Boss Fixing

Mounting plates Mounting plates OW ONS

Opening angle Onyx black

Accessories

Symbolic image

Web code

Page

182 ●

With spring

NI

Nickel plated

185 186 186 186 187

Hinge arm cover cap Screws Centre bit Door buffer Screwdriver

Assembly, removal and adjustment Assembly, removal and adjustment

Symbolic image

Number of hinges

Short URL www.blum.com/a240

Number of hinges

To achieve good stability, distances between hinges should be as large as possible

Front height FH (mm) *

The number of hinges depends on the front weight FG and front height FH

Load and height data relates to front widths FB of 600 mm

Door weight FG (kg)

Pictograph Item available on request

Blind corner application

Screw-on boss

Overlay application

Hinge with straight hinge arm

Knock-in boss

Dual application

Hinge with cranked hinge arm

Inset application

Hinge with double cranked hinge arm

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

175


Hinge systems 〉 MODUL – hinges 〉 Standard application

Web code DQE3XA

Hinge systems

100° hinge

Order information Overlay application Boss Hinge MODUL

Screw-on Spring Colour ● NI

Part no. 91M2550

Boss Hinge MODUL

Knock-in Spring Colour ● NI

Part no. 91M2580

With spring

Accessories

NI

Nickel plated

Logo

Colour

Plain Stamped

– Blum

NI NI

Application

Dual application

Inset application

Boss Hinge MODUL

With spring

Accessories

Hinge arm cover cap

Print | stamp

▬ MODUL with closing mechanism (spring) ▬ Slide on hinge arm ▬ 100° opening angle ▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment ▬ Integrated pull-out stop

Part no. 90M2503 90M2503.BP

Screw-on Spring Colour ● NI NI

Part no. 91M2650

Nickel plated

Boss Hinge MODUL

With spring

Accessories

Hinge arm cover cap

Screw-on Spring Colour ● NI NI

Part no. 91M2750

Nickel plated

Hinge arm cover cap

Print | stamp

Logo

Colour

Part no.

Print | stamp

Logo

Colour

Part no.

Plain

NI

90M2603

Plain

NI

90M2603

Accessories – general Chipboard screws Ø (mm) 3.5 3.5

Length (mm) 15 17

Part no. 609.1500 609.1700

Insertion ram Colour Orange

176

Material Nylon

Part no. MZM.0040

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Hinge systems 〉 MODUL – hinges 〉 Standard application

Web code DQE3XA

100° hinge

Overlay application

Gap

Move back fixing position of mounting plate by front thickness FD

3

9

– MD

Front overlay FA (mm) 5

3

6

4

7

5

8

6

MD

MD

Drilling distance TB

0

Inset application

9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 3

4

5

3

6

4

5

0

6

3

9

– MD

Mounting plate spacing (mm)

Front overlay FA (mm)

–4.5 –3.5 –2.5 –1.5 –0.5 0.5 1.5 2.5 3.5 4.5 5.5 6.5 7.5

MD

F

Dual application

3

3

3

4

5

6

4

3

5

6

4

5

Drilling distance TB (mm)

– MD

0.3

0.5

0.7

1.0

1.3

1.6

3.3

24

26

28

30

31

32

5

0.3

0.3

0.5

0.7

1.0

1.2

1.6

3.2

0.3

0.5

0.7

0.9

1.1

1.4

2.4

+0.5

+0.4

6

In these cases a trial is recommended

Screw-on

Reference pages Overview – MODUL – hinges Mounting plates Accessories – hinge arm cover cap Accessories – general Overview – assembly devices More technical details

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

18

0.5

19

0.7

20

21

0.9

1.2

22

1.5

Additional for +2 mm side adjustment +0.1

+0.3

+0.3

+0.4

+0.4

2.6

4

5

3

6

4

5

6

Mounting plate spacing (mm)

Adjustment

3

4

16

–7 –6 –5 –4 –3 –2 –1 3

9

Mounting plate spacing (mm)

Front thickness FD (mm)

Front overlay FA (mm)

0

6

Minimum gap F for fronts with a front radius (R = 1 mm) based on the factory setting

Hinge systems

Planning Hinge dimensions and gap calculation based on factory setting (mounting plate spacing = 0 mm) Hinge and front protrusion at full opening angle

Knock-in

Max. ±3.0 mm See mounting plates

±2.0 mm

±2.0 mm

Hinge boss dimensions

175 Assembly, removal and adjustment 182 185 186 Short URL 591 www.blum.com/a240 698

177


Hinge systems 〉 MODUL – hinges 〉 Blind corner application

Blind corner hinge inset application

Hinge systems

▬ Hinge for blind corner applications ▬ MODUL BLUMOTION with integrated BLUMOTION (with deactivation option) ▬ Slide on hinge arm ▬ Can only be combined with mounting plate 199.8130 ▬ 95° opening angle ▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment ▬ Integrated pull-out stop

Application

Web code DQE4MM

Order information Inset application Boss Hinge MODUL BLUMOTION

Screw-on Spring Colour ●

With spring

Spacing (mm) 3 Accessories

99B9550

NI NI

Part no.

Nickel plated

Cruciform mounting plate for blind corner applications Height (mm) Part no. 12.2 199.8130 Hinge arm cover cap

Print | stamp

Logo

Colour

Plain Stamped

– Blum

NI NI

Part no. 90M2503 90M2503.BP

Accessories – general Hinge boss cover cap Hinge MODUL BLUMOTION

NI

Colour

Part no.

NI

70T3504

Nickel plated

Chipboard screws Ø (mm) 3.5 3.5

178

Length (mm) 15 17

Part no. 609.1500 609.1700

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Hinge systems 〉 MODUL – hinges 〉 Blind corner application

Web code DQE4MM

Blind corner hinge inset application

Hinge systems

Planning Hinge dimensions and gap calculation based on factory setting (mounting plate spacing = 3 mm) Hinge and front protrusion at full opening angle Inset application Fixing position from inside edge of muntin: 14 mm Special mounting plate for blind corner application: 199.8130 F Gap

Minimum gap F for fronts with a front radius (R = 1 mm) based on the factory setting Drilling distance TB (mm)

0.2

0.3

0.4

0.5

0.8

1.0

1.5

1.9

28

29

30

31

32

5

0.2

0.2

0.3

0.4

0.5

0.7

1.0

1.4

1.8

0.2

0.3

0.4

0.5

0.7

1.0

1.4

1.8

6

7 In these cases a trial is recommended

Screw-on

Reference pages Overview – MODUL – hinges Mounting plates Accessories – hinge arm cover cap Accessories – general Overview – assembly devices More technical details

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

16

0.2

18

0.3

0.3

19

0.4

0.4

20

0.5

0.5

22

0.7

0.7

24

1.0

0.9

26

Adjustment

3

4

Front thickness FD (mm)

1.4

1.4

1.8 1.7

Max. ±2.0 mm See mounting plates

±2.0 mm

±0.8 mm

Hinge boss dimensions

175 Assembly, removal and adjustment 182 185 186 Short URL 591 www.blum.com/a240 698

179


Hinge systems 〉 MODUL – hinges 〉 Refrigerator application

Web code DQE5BY

Refrigerator facade door hinge

Hinge systems

▬ Hinge for refrigerator facade doors ▬ Shallow hinge arm height ▬ Front thicknesses FD of up to 30 mm are possible ▬ MODUL with closing mechanism (spring) ▬ Slide on hinge arm ▬ Can only be combined with mounting plate 194K6100E ▬ 95° opening angle ▬ Easy 3-dimensional front adjustment when attached to the refrigerator ▬ Assembly, adjustment and removal of front possible when refrigerator is installed ▬ Integrated pull-out stop

Application 1

Order information Overlay application Boss Hinge MODUL

Screw-on Spring Colour ● NI | ONS

Part no. 91K9550

Boss Hinge MODUL

Knock-in Spring Colour ● NI

Part no. 91K9580

Spacing (mm) 0

Cruciform mounting plate for refrigerator facade door hinge Height (mm) Part no. 10.3 194K6100E

With spring

NI ONS

Nickel plated Onyx black

Accessories – general Hinge boss cover cap Hinge MODUL

NI

Nickel plated

Colour NI | ONS

ONS

Onyx black

Insertion ram Part no. 70T3504

Colour Orange

Material Nylon

Part no. MZM.0040

Chipboard screws Ø (mm) 3.5 3.5

180

Length (mm) 15 17

Part no. 609.1500 609.1700

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Hinge systems 〉 MODUL – hinges 〉 Refrigerator application

Web code DQE5BY

Refrigerator facade door hinge

Hinge systems

Planning Hinge dimensions and gap calculation based on factory setting (mounting plate spacing = 0 mm) Hinge and front protrusion at full opening angle Overlay application

50

65

19

3-7

F

F

11

12.8 Gap

MD

Drilling distance TB

0

Front overlay FA (mm) 6

7

8

9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 3

3

4

5

6

7

6

9 MD

Mounting plate spacing (mm)

Minimum gap F for fronts with a front radius (R = 1 mm) based on the factory setting Drilling distance TB (mm) 3

4 5 6

7

Front thickness FD (mm) 16

18

19

22

24

0.2

0.3

0.4

0.5

0.8

0.2

0.2

0.3

0.4

0.5

0.8

0.2 0.2

0.2

0.3

0.2

0.3

0.4

0.5

0.4

0.5

26

29

2.5

3.5

1.3

1.9

2.9

0.8

1.2

0.8

28

1.3

3.8

3.2

2.0

2.4

0.3

0.4

0.5

0.8

1.2

1.6

1.7

2.2

+0.0

+0.1

+0.1

+0.1

+0.3

+0.5

+0.4

+0.4

+0.4

Knock-in

30

4.4

2.4

0.2

Additional for +2 mm side adjustment

1.2

1.7

0.2

Screw-on

Reference pages Overview – MODUL – hinges Mounting plates Accessories – general Overview – assembly devices More technical details Assembly, removal and adjustment

20

0.2

Adjustment 31

32

5.3

6.1

4.7

5.5

4.0

4.9

2.8

3.5 3.0

3.8

4.3

+0.4

+0.3

+0.2

Max. ±2.0 mm See mounting plates

±2.0 mm

+3.0 mm –2.0 mm

Hinge boss dimensions

175 182 186 591 698

Short URL www.blum.com/a240 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

181


Hinge systems 〉 MODUL – hinges 〉 Mounting plates

Hinge systems

Description Mounting plates Cruciform mounting plate Cruciform mounting plate Cruciform mounting plate Cruciform mounting plate for twin application Cruciform mounting plate for blind corner hinge Cruciform mounting plate for refrigerator facade door hinge

37/32 37/32 37/32 37/32 14/32 37/32

Material Adjustment

Height (mm)

Zinc Steel Steel Steel Zinc Steel

±2.0 ±2.0 ±3.0 ±3.0 ±2.0 ±2.0

Screws (two-part) Elongated hole Elongated hole Elongated hole Elongated hole Elongated hole

182 182

183

184

183 183 183

Pictograph Item available on request Chipboard screw fixing EXPANDO fixing System screw fixing

37/32

Cruciform mounting plate ▬ Fixing with chipboard screws Ø 3.5 or Ø 4 mm ▬ With height adjustment ±2 mm ▬ Recommended screw length 17 mm ▬ Material: zinc Order information Spacing (mm) Height (mm) Colour 0 9.2 NI 3 12.2 NI 9 18.2 NI NI

Nickel plated

Planning

Part no. 195H7100 195H7130 195H7190 H

Height

37/32

Cruciform mounting plate ▬ Fixing with chipboard screws Ø 3.5 or Ø 4 mm ▬ With height adjustment ±3 mm ▬ Recommended screw length 17 mm ▬ Material: steel Order information Spacing (mm) Height (mm) Colour 0 8.3 NI 3 11.3 NI NI

Nickel plated

Planning

Part no. 193L6100 193L6130

H

182

Height

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Hinge systems 〉 MODUL – hinges 〉 Mounting plates

37/32

Cruciform mounting plate

Order information Spacing (mm) Height (mm) Colour 0 8.3 NI 3 11.3 NI NI

Nickel plated

Planning

Hinge systems

▬ Fixing with pre-mounted special screws with split dowels (EXPANDO) ▬ With height adjustment ±2 mm ▬ Material: steel Part no. 194E6100.ED 194E6130.ED

H

Height

37/32

Cruciform mounting plate ▬ Fixing with pre-mounted system screws Ø 6 mm ▬ With height adjustment ±3 mm ▬ Material: steel Order information Spacing (mm) Height (mm) Colour 0 8.3 NI NI

Nickel plated

Planning

Part no. 193L8100

H

Height

37/32

Cruciform mounting plate for twin application ▬ Fixing with pre-mounted system screws Ø 6 mm ▬ With height adjustment ±3 mm ▬ For twin application ▬ Material: steel Order information Spacing (mm) Height (mm) Colour 0 8.3 NI NI

Nickel plated

Planning

Part no. 193L8100.21

H *

Height Additional screw required as standard

14/32

Cruciform mounting plate for blind corner hinge ▬ Fixing with pre-mounted system screws Ø 6 mm ▬ With height adjustment ±2 mm ▬ For blind corner hinge ▬ Material: zinc Order information Spacing (mm) Height (mm) Colour 3 12.2 NI NI

Nickel plated

Planning

Part no. 199.8130

H

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

Height

183


Hinge systems 〉 MODUL – hinges 〉 Mounting plates

37/32

Hinge systems

Cruciform mounting plate for refrigerator facade door hinge

Order information Spacing (mm) Height (mm) Colour 0 10.3 NI | ONS NI ONS

Nickel plated Onyx black

▬ Fixing with pre-mounted special screws with split dowels (EXPANDO) ▬ With height adjustment ±2 mm ▬ For refrigerator facade door hinge ▬ Material: steel

Planning

Part no. 194K6100E

H *

184

Height Additional screw optional

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Hinge systems 〉 MODUL – hinges 〉 Accessories

Hinge arm cover cap Straight hinge arm

Cranked hinge arm Double cranked arm

100° hinge

Blind corner hinge inset application

Material Colour Print | stamp Logo Part no.

Steel NI Plain –

Steel Steel NI NI Stamped Plain Blum – 90M2503 90M2503.BP

Material Colour Print | stamp Logo Part no.

Steel NI Plain –

Steel NI Stamped Blum 90M2503 90M2503.BP

Cover caps, can be individually printed – minimum order quantity 1000 items NI Nickel plated

Hinge systems

Hinge applications

90M2603

Hinge boss cover cap Hinge applications Blind corner hinge inset application

Refrigerator facade door hinge

NI ONS

Nickel plated Onyx black

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

MODUL BLUMOTION

Material Colour Part no.

Material Colour Part no.

Steel NI

MODUL

70T3504

Steel NI | ONS

70T3504

185


Hinge systems 〉 MODUL – hinges 〉 Accessories

Ø 3.5 mm

Chipboard screws Order information X (mm) 15.0 17.0

▬ Ø 6 mm ▬ Drilling diameter Ø 5 mm ▬ Colour: nickel plated ▬ Material: steel

Order information X (mm) 10.0 11.5 13.0 14.5 20.0

Part no. 661.1000.HG 661.1150.HG 661.1300.HG 661.1450.HG 661.2000.HG

▬ Ø 2.7 mm, length 70 mm ▬ To pre-drill for Ø 3.5 mm chipboard screws ▬ Drilling depth up to 8 mm ▬ Material: steel, hardened

Order information Description Centre bit Replacement bit

Part no. M01.ZZ03.01 M01.ZZB3

▬ For noise reduction ▬ Colour: natural coloured ▬ Material: nylon

Order information Description Stick-on door buffer

Part no. 993.710

▬ For noise reduction ▬ Gap 2 mm ▬ Two-part ▬ Colour: RAL 9006 grey ▬ Material: nylon

Order information Description 8 mm Ø door buffer

Part no. 993.706

Hinge systems

▬ Ø 3.5 mm ▬ Colour: nickel plated ▬ Material: steel

Part no. 609.1500 609.1700

Ø 6.0 mm

System screw

Centre bit

Stick-on door buffer

8 mm Ø door buffer

186

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Hinge systems 〉 MODUL – hinges 〉 Accessories

Pozidrive screwdriver Order information Description Pozidrive screwdriver

Part no. 303.756.1

▬ Slotted, size 1.0 x 5.5 mm ▬ Blade length 125 mm ▬ Overall length 225 mm ▬ Orange handle with Blum logo ▬ Colour: black/orange ▬ Material: nylon/steel

Order information Description Slotted screwdriver

Part no. 314.928.1

Hinge systems

▬ PZ (Pozi) size 2 ▬ Blade length 100 mm ▬ Overall length 200 mm ▬ Orange handle with Blum logo ▬ Colour: black/orange ▬ Material: nylon/steel

Slotted screwdriver

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

187


Box systems

3

A box system for every requirement. Blum offers various box systems that enable flexible furniture design. They boast a feather-light glide, enhanced ease of use, top quality and beautiful design.

▬ BLUMOTION – soft and effortless closing action ▬ SERVO-DRIVE – electric opening support, combined with BLUMOTION ▬ TIP-ON BLUMOTION – mechanical opening support, combined with BLUMOTION

▬ TIP-ON – mechanical opening support, closes with just a light push ▬ Comprehensive programme for many options ▬ High stability ▬ Quality for the lifetime of the furniture

LEGRABOX

MERIVOBOX

TANDEMBOX

METABOX

Turn your inspiration into a reality The box system for the most demanding design and customisation requirements

The box platform for your ideas Offering variety has never been so easy. This platform makes it incredibly simple

Clear-cut and rectangular TANDEMBOX antaro stands for a clear-cut, rectangular design

Simple. Excellent. Proven. The single walled Box system made from steel offers a number of application options

188

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 Overview

LEGRABOX

LEGRABOX Overview Overview – applications Overview – design options Design element Accessories Symbolic image TIP-ON BLUMOTION for LEGRABOX TIP-ON BLUMOTION for LEGRABOX Overview Cabinet profile fixing positions

190 Cabinet profile fixing positions 191 192 231 228 238

242

244 245 248

Symbolic image

250 251 254

Box systems

TIP-ON for LEGRABOX TIP-ON for LEGRABOX Overview Cabinet profile fixing positions

Symbolic image

MERIVOBOX

MERIVOBOX Overview Overview – applications Design element Accessories Cabinet profile fixing positions Symbolic image TIP-ON BLUMOTION for MERIVOBOX TIP-ON BLUMOTION for MERIVOBOX Overview Cabinet profile fixing positions

256 257 258 290 291 295 296 297 300

Symbolic image

TANDEMBOX antaro TANDEMBOX antaro Overview Overview – applications Accessories Cabinet profile fixing positions Symbolic image

TANDEMBOX plus

TANDEMBOX plus Overview – applications

302 303 304 340 346 348 349

Symbolic image

TIP-ON BLUMOTION for TANDEMBOX TIP-ON BLUMOTION for TANDEMBOX Overview Cabinet profile fixing positions

350 351 356

Symbolic image

SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX Overview Accessories

358 359 388

Symbolic image

METABOX

Symbolic image

METABOX Overview Overview – applications Accessories Cabinet profile fixing positions

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

390 391 392 406 413

189


Box systems 〉 LEGRABOX

Turn your inspiration into a reality

Box systems

The LEGRABOX box system meets the highest standards of customisation and design. With elegant, slim drawer sides and many incredible design possibilities, manufacturers can create a very distinctive drawer design. Manufacturers have the option of choosing the selected collection of LEGRABOX special edition or individual designs with LEGRABOX individual for minimum order quantities. This involves customers ordering the decorative elements (exterior) and drawer sides (interior) separately and assembling them in their own workshops in just a few steps. This makes it possible to manufacture stunning drawer designs with complete flexibility.

Straight interior and exterior The impressively slim drawer sides (just 12.8 mm) blend in beautifully with all items of furniture. The individual components are perfectly coordinated with one another and form beautiful transitions

2-shell drawer side design The LEGRABOX drawer side is 2-shell by design. Making it possible to select different colours and materials for the interior and exterior 190

Your creative playground There are no limits to your ideas when it comes to the design elements. Glass, wood, leather and stone are just some examples of how to effectively refine LEGRABOX free

Customised branding The branding element is an integral part of the LEGRABOX design. It can be printed with your brand name or logo. Keep it simple and discreet or make a bold statement. The logo can also be printed or laser engraved directly onto the drawer side

Fine engineering LEGRABOX leads the way in terms of technology. Fitted with the BLUMOTION S cabinet profile, LEGRABOX offers the flexibility to choose between three different motion technologies with a single cabinet profile, as well as boasting minimal opening force and a synchronised feather-light glide. The soft close function adapts to the motion technology employed Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 LEGRABOX 〉 Overview

Box systems

Symbolic image

Overview

Overview – box systems TIP-ON BLUMOTION for LEGRABOX TIP-ON for LEGRABOX MERIVOBOX TANDEMBOX antaro TANDEMBOX plus

189 SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX 244 METABOX 250 256 302 348

Overview – applications Design element

192 228

myLEGRABOX Overview – design options

230 Design selector 231

358 390

Design options

Box systems

Symbolic image

Short URL www.blum.com/lbxselector

Symbolic image

Accessories

Steel back Front/base stabiliser Front/base stabiliser for thin fronts Side stabilisation Support angle bracket Screws Symbolic image Cabinet profile fixing positions Cabinet profile 750 – 40 kg Cabinet profile 753 – 70 kg

238 Centre bit 238 Door buffer 239 Screwdriver 239 240 240

240 240 241

242 242

Symbolic image

Assembly, removal and adjustment Assembly, removal and adjustment

Symbolic image

Short URL www.blum.com/a310

Pictograph Item available on request

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

191


Box systems 〉 LEGRABOX 〉 Overview – applications

kg

Applications

Box systems

Standard cabinet Drawer

Space requirement

Height (mm)

Drawer – N

40

80

Drawer – M

40 70

106

Drawer – K

40 70

144

Standard cabinet – LEGRABOX pure High fronted pull-out High fronted pull-out – C

40 70

Web code

Standard cabinet – LEGRABOX free High fronted pull-out High fronted pull-out – C

40 70

194

DQBN9A

196

DQBNYM

200 Inner pull-out

193

kg

192

Drawer – M

Dynamic carrying capacity

40

204

Inner drawer – M

40 70

104

Inner drawer – K

40 70

142

Inner pull-out – design element – C

40 70

191

Inner pull-out – gallery – C

40 70

191

257

Web code

Page

DQBPDA

198

DQGPIM

202

DQBSVY

206

DQBTLA

208

DQBUAM

214

DQBUZY

216

210 Inner pull-out

193

DQBQRY

Sink cabinet Drawer

Space requirement

Height (mm)

DQBMJY

DQBRHA

40 70

kg

Applications

Inner drawer

DQBQ2M

High fronted pull-out – F

Page

212

Inner pull-out – design element – C

40 70

191

Inner pull-out – gallery – C

40 70

191

106

DQBONY

218

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 LEGRABOX 〉 Overview – applications

Sink cabinet – LEGRABOX pure High fronted pull-out High fronted pull-out – C

High fronted pull-out – C – centre piece

Sink cabinet – LEGRABOX free High fronted pull-out High fronted pull-out – C – centre piece

Larder unit

Narrow cabinets

Design element

kg

Space requirement

Height (mm)

40

193

40

193

40

Colour SW-M OG-M CS-M

kg

Applications

Space requirement

Height (mm)

DQBS6M

220

DQCYEM

222

Web code

Page

DQBN9C SPACE TOWER

40 70

Cabinet width KB 275–1200 mm SPACE TWIN

DQGQ7Y

224

DQGTQM

226

20

Cabinet width KB 200 mm Glass design element

Dynamic carrying capacity

No. Description

¹

Page

193

Recommendation – colour combination of the components

2 2 3 3 4 5 5 6 7 11

Web code

Box systems

kg

Applications

Drawer side set Drawer side set exterior Chipboard back fixings left/right Steel back L shape left/right Front piece set Front piece without groove Front piece with groove Latch set Cross gallery Drawer side set interior

Sink cabinet

Silk white matt Orion grey matt Carbon black matt

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

228

Colour SW-M SW-M ¹ SW-M SW-M ¹ SW-M SW-M SW-M SW-M SW-M SW-M ¹ SW-M Colour INGL NI ELEO

OG-M OG-M OG-M OG-M OG-M OG-M OG-M OG-M OG-M OG-M OG-M

CS-M CS-M CS-M CS-M CS-M CS-M CS-M CS-M CS-M CS-M CS-M

INGL INGL INGL NI CS-M INGL ELEO ELEO CS-M ELEO INGL

Stainless steel Anti-fingerprint Nickel plated Anodised stainless steel appearance

193


Box systems 〉 LEGRABOX 〉 Standard cabinet

Web code DQBMJY

Drawer – N

Box systems

▬ Suitable for LEGRABOX pure and LEGRABOX free ▬ Steel drawer side and stainless steel ▬ Straight interior and exterior ▬ Slim drawer side 12.8 mm ▬ Synchronised feather-light glide ▬ Includes integrated, switchable BLUMOTION S damping effect for soft and effortless closing, and can be combined with SERVO-DRIVE or TIP-ON BLUMOTION ▬ Tool-free front assembly ▬ Two-dimensional front setting in the drawer side

Space requirement

NL

NL

+3

Nominal length

Order information 1 Cabinet profiles left/right BLUMOTION S Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg) NL (mm) 40 400 750.4001S 450 750.4501S 500 750.5001S 550 750.5501S 2

Drawer side set

Drawer side height (mm) Nominal length Colour NL (mm) SW-M | OG-M | INGL CS-M 400 770N4002S 450 770N4502S 500 770N5002S 550 770N5502S

66.5

770N4502I 770N5002I

Composed of: 2a 1 x Left/right drawer sides 2b 2 x Branding element, stamped with Blum logo, starting at 1000 pcs. individually printed 2c 2 x Cover caps

3

4

Chipboard back fixings left/right Colour Material SW-M | OG-M | CS-M | Steel NI Front fixing bracket Fixing method EXPANDO EXPANDO T Screw-on

EXPANDO T suitable for thin fronts – see reference pages Colour SW-M OG-M CS-M

Silk white matt Orion grey matt Carbon black matt

Colour INGL NI

Part no. ZB7N000S

2x 2x 2x

Part no. ZF7N70E2 ZF7N70T2 ZF7N7002

Stainless steel Anti-fingerprint Nickel plated

Accessories – Chipboard screws Ø (mm) 3.5 3.5

Length (mm) 15 17

Part no. 609.1500 609.1700

Fixing screw (flat headed screw) Ø (mm) Length (mm) 4 15

Part no. 61D.1500

For front fixing We recommend chipboard screws Ø 4 x 15 mm for connecting the cabinet profile to the cabinet

For the connection of chipboard back fixings with chipboard back and drawer side with drawer bases In order to achieve optimal assembly, we recommend that you use flat headed screws for the chipboard back and drawer side

System screw Ø (mm) 6

Length (mm) 14.5

For connecting the cabinet profile to the cabinet

194

Part no. 661.1450.HG

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 LEGRABOX 〉 Standard cabinet

Web code DQBMJY

Drawer – N Installation dimensions – front – screw-on

Drilling distances – front – EXPANDO front

Installation dimensions – back

Box systems

Planning Space requirement in cabinet

min 12**

*

+1 mm if cabinet profile is installed before the cabinet is assembled

FA *

Front overlay +1 mm if cabinet profile is installed before the cabinet is assembled

Hole spacing – cabinet profiles Cabinet profile 750 – 40 kg Nominal length NL (mm)

* **

+1 mm if cabinet profile is installed before the cabinet is assembled Min. 6 mm for EXPANDO T

Cutting – 16 mm chipboard

Chipboard back 39 mm

400 | 450 | 500

LW – 38 mm

550

Base Chipboard back NL – 10 mm Steel back NL – 21 mm

KB LW NL

Cabinet width Internal cabinet width Nominal length

LW – 35 mm Rebate dimensions

Drilling distances – drawer base

Internal cabinet depth LT min. = nominal length NL + 3 mm

Reference pages Overview – LEGRABOX myLEGRABOX Fixing system for thin fronts – EXPANDO T Assembly recommendation and limitation of liability – EXPANDO T Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for LEGRABOX Overview – TIP-ON for LEGRABOX Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

191 CABLOXX 230 Accessories Cabinet profile fixing positions 584 Overview – assembly devices More technical details 585

582 Assembly, removal and adjustment 238 242 591 Short URL 698 www.blum.com/a310

359 245 251 195


Box systems 〉 LEGRABOX 〉 Standard cabinet

Web code DQBN9A

Drawer – M Space requirement

Box systems

▬ Suitable for LEGRABOX pure and LEGRABOX free ▬ Steel drawer side and stainless steel ▬ Straight interior and exterior ▬ Slim drawer side 12.8 mm ▬ Synchronised feather-light glide ▬ Includes integrated, switchable BLUMOTION S damping effect for soft and effortless closing, and can be combined with SERVO-DRIVE or TIP-ON BLUMOTION ▬ Tool-free front assembly ▬ Three-dimensional front adjustment in the drawer side

NL *

Order information 1 Cabinet profiles left/right

1

BLUMOTION S Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg) NL (mm) 40 70 270 750.2701S 300 750.3001S 350 750.3501S 400 750.4001S 450 750.4501S 753.4501S 500 750.5001S 753.5001S 550 750.5501S 753.5501S 600 750.6001S 753.6001S 650 753.6501S 2

4 2b

90.5

Accessories – Chipboard screws Ø (mm) 3.5 3.5

770M2702I 770M3002I 770M3502I 770M4002I 770M4502I 770M5002I 770M5502I 770M6002I 770M6502I

4

Chipboard back fixings left/right Colour Material SW-M | OG-M | CS-M | Steel NI

196

Silk white matt Orion grey matt Carbon black matt

Part no. 609.1500 609.1700

Fixing screw (flat headed screw) Ø (mm) Length (mm) 4 15

Part no. 61D.1500

Part no. ZB7M000S

For the connection of chipboard back fixings with chipboard back and drawer side with drawer bases In order to achieve optimal assembly, we recommend that you use flat headed screws for the chipboard back and drawer side

System screw Ø (mm) 6

Length (mm) 14.5

For connecting the cabinet profile to the cabinet

Front fixing bracket Fixing method EXPANDO EXPANDO T Screw-on

EXPANDO T suitable for thin fronts – see reference pages Colour SW-M OG-M CS-M

Length (mm) 15 17

For front fixing We recommend chipboard screws Ø 4 x 15 mm for connecting the cabinet profile to the cabinet

Composed of: 2a 1 x Left/right drawer sides 2b 2 x Branding element, stamped with Blum logo, starting at 1000 pcs. individually printed 2c 2 x Cover caps

3

3

2a

2c

Drawer side set

Drawer side height (mm) Nominal length Colour NL (mm) SW-M | OG-M | INGL CS-M 270 770M2702S 300 770M3002S 350 770M3502S 400 770M4002S 450 770M4502S 500 770M5002S 550 770M5502S 600 770M6002S 650 770M6502S

Nominal length Incl. 2 mm tilt adjustment

Colour INGL NI

2x 2x 2x

Part no. 661.1450.HG

Part no. ZF7M70E2 ZF7M70T2 ZF7M7002

Stainless steel Anti-fingerprint Nickel plated

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 LEGRABOX 〉 Standard cabinet

Web code DQBN9A

Drawer – M Installation dimensions – front – screw-on

Drilling distances – front – EXPANDO front

Installation dimensions – back

Box systems

Planning Space requirement in cabinet

min 12**

* **

+1 mm if cabinet profile is installed before the cabinet is assembled Incl. 2 mm tilt adjustment

FA *

Front overlay +1 mm if cabinet profile is installed before the cabinet is assembled

Hole spacing – cabinet profiles Cabinet profile 750 – 40 kg Nominal length NL (mm)

* **

+1 mm if cabinet profile is installed before the cabinet is assembled Min. 6 mm for EXPANDO T

Cutting – 16 mm chipboard

Chipboard back 63 mm

270

LW – 38 mm

300 | 350

Base Chipboard back

400 | 450 | 500

NL – 10 mm Steel back

550 | 600

NL – 21 mm

KB LW NL

Cabinet width Internal cabinet width Nominal length

LW – 35 mm Rebate dimensions

Cabinet profile 753 – 70 kg Nominal length NL (mm)

Drilling distances – drawer base

450 500 | 550 | 600 650

Internal cabinet depth LT min. = nominal length NL + 3 mm

Reference pages Overview – LEGRABOX myLEGRABOX Fixing system for thin fronts – EXPANDO T Assembly recommendation and limitation of liability – EXPANDO T Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for LEGRABOX Overview – TIP-ON for LEGRABOX Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

191 Overview – AMBIA-LINE for LEGRABOX | 230 MERIVOBOX CABLOXX 584 Accessories Cabinet profile fixing positions 585 Overview – assembly devices More technical details 359

529

Assembly, removal and adjustment

582 238 Short URL 242 www.blum.com/a310 591 698

245 251 197


Box systems 〉 LEGRABOX 〉 Standard cabinet

Web code DQBPDA

Inner drawer – M

Box systems

▬ Inner drawer with solid front piece ▬ Suitable for LEGRABOX pure and LEGRABOX free ▬ Steel drawer side and stainless steel ▬ Straight interior and exterior ▬ Slim drawer side 12.8 mm ▬ Synchronised feather-light glide ▬ Includes integrated, switchable BLUMOTION S damping effect for soft and effortless closing, and can be combined with SERVO-DRIVE or TIP-ON BLUMOTION ▬ Tool-free front assembly ▬ Three-dimensional front adjustment in the drawer side

Space requirement

NL *

Order information 1 Cabinet profiles left/right

1

BLUMOTION S Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg) NL (mm) 40 70 270 750.2701S 300 750.3001S 350 750.3501S 400 750.4001S 450 750.4501S 753.4501S 500 750.5001S 753.5001S 550 750.5501S 753.5501S 600 750.6001S 753.6001S 650 753.6501S 2

4

Front piece set Colour SW-M | OG-M | CS-M INGL

Composed of: 4a 1 x Front fixing left/right 4b 1 x Outer cover cap left/right 4e 1 x Locking piece 4f 4 x Screws

5

Front piece without groove Colour Length (mm) SW-M | OG-M | CS-M | 1043 ELEO

4a 4e

Accessories 6 Latch set Colour SW-M | OG-M | CS-M

770M2702I 770M3002I 770M3502I 770M4002I 770M4502I 770M5002I 770M5502I 770M6002I 770M6502I

Material Steel Stainless steel

2c

4b 2b

90.5

Chipboard back fixings left/right Colour Material SW-M | OG-M | CS-M | Steel NI

3

5

Composed of: 2a 1 x Left/right drawer sides 2b 2 x Branding element, stamped with Blum logo, starting at 1000 pcs. individually printed 2c 2 x Cover caps

3

2a

6a 6b

Drawer side set

Drawer side height (mm) Nominal length Colour NL (mm) SW-M | OG-M | INGL CS-M 270 770M2702S 300 770M3002S 350 770M3502S 400 770M4002S 450 770M4502S 500 770M5002S 550 770M5502S 600 770M6002S 650 770M6502S

Nominal length Inner drawer with latch set

Part no. ZB7M000S

Material Nylon

Composed of: 6a 1 x Latch 6b 1 x Latch housing RAL 7037 dust grey Latch must be mounted on the front piece Latch set (ZI7.0M07) cannot be used in combination with TIP-ON BLUMOTION Colour CS-M Also for INGL

Fixing screw (flat headed screw) Ø (mm) Length (mm) 4 15

Part no. ZI7.0M07

Part no. 61D.1500

For the connection of chipboard back fixings with chipboard back and drawer side with drawer bases In order to achieve optimal assembly, we recommend that you use flat headed screws for the chipboard back and drawer side

– Part no. ZI7.0MS0 ZI7.0MI0

4f

System screw Ø (mm) 6

Length (mm) 14.5

For connecting the cabinet profile to the cabinet Colour SW-M OG-M CS-M

Silk white matt Orion grey matt Carbon black matt

Colour INGL NI ELEO

Part no. 661.1450.HG

Stainless steel Anti-fingerprint Nickel plated Anodised stainless steel appearance

Part no. ZV7.1043C01

Suitable for cabinet width KB 1200 mm Cutting Internal cabinet width LW – 126 mm

198

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 LEGRABOX 〉 Standard cabinet

Web code DQBPDA

Inner drawer – M Installation dimensions – back

Drilling distances – front – latch housing

Box systems

Planning Space requirement in cabinet

* **

+1 mm if cabinet profile is installed before the cabinet is assembled Inner drawer with latch set possible from height 71 mm

Hole spacing – cabinet profiles Cabinet profile 750 – 40 kg Nominal length NL (mm)

Cutting – 16 mm chipboard

Chipboard back 63 mm

270

LW – 38 mm

300 | 350

Base Chipboard back

400 | 450 | 500

NL – 10 mm Steel back

550 | 600

NL – 21 mm

KB LW NL

Cabinet width Internal cabinet width Nominal length

LW – 35 mm Rebate dimensions

Cabinet profile 753 – 70 kg Nominal length NL (mm)

Drilling distances – drawer base

450 500 | 550 | 600 650

Internal cabinet depth LT min. = nominal length NL + 3 mm

Reference pages Overview – LEGRABOX myLEGRABOX Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for LEGRABOX Overview – TIP-ON for LEGRABOX Overview – AMBIA-LINE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX CABLOXX Accessories Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

191 Cabinet profile fixing positions 230 Overview – assembly devices More technical details 359 245

242 Assembly, removal and adjustment 591 698 Short URL www.blum.com/a310

251 529 582 238 199


Box systems 〉 LEGRABOX 〉 Standard cabinet

Web code DQBNYM

Drawer – K

Box systems

▬ Suitable for LEGRABOX pure and LEGRABOX free ▬ Steel drawer side and stainless steel ▬ Straight interior and exterior ▬ Slim drawer side 12.8 mm ▬ Synchronised feather-light glide ▬ Includes integrated, switchable BLUMOTION S damping effect for soft and effortless closing, and can be combined with SERVO-DRIVE or TIP-ON BLUMOTION ▬ Tool-free front assembly ▬ Three-dimensional front adjustment in the drawer side

Space requirement

NL *

Order information 1 Cabinet profiles left/right

1

BLUMOTION S Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg) NL (mm) 40 70 300 750.3001S 350 750.3501S 400 750.4001S 450 750.4501S 753.4501S 500 750.5001S 753.5001S 550 750.5501S 753.5501S 600 750.6001S 753.6001S 2

2c

128.5

2b 4

770K3502I 770K4002I 770K4502I 770K5002I 770K5502I

Accessories – Chipboard screws Ø (mm) 3.5 3.5

Composed of: 2a 1 x Left/right drawer sides 2b 2 x Branding element, stamped with Blum logo, starting at 1000 pcs. individually printed 2c 2 x Cover caps

4

Chipboard back fixings left/right Colour Material SW-M | OG-M | CS-M | Steel NI Front fixing bracket Fixing method EXPANDO EXPANDO T Screw-on

EXPANDO T suitable for thin fronts – see reference pages Colour SW-M OG-M CS-M

200

3

2a

Drawer side set

Drawer side height (mm) Nominal length Colour NL (mm) SW-M | OG-M | INGL CS-M 300 770K3002S 350 770K3502S 400 770K4002S 450 770K4502S 500 770K5002S 550 770K5502S 600 770K6002S

3

Nominal length Incl. 2 mm tilt adjustment

Silk white matt Orion grey matt Carbon black matt

Colour INGL NI

Part no. ZB7K000S

2x 2x 2x

Part no. ZF7K70E2 ZF7K70T2 ZF7K7002

Length (mm) 15 17

Part no. 609.1500 609.1700

Fixing screw (flat headed screw) Ø (mm) Length (mm) 4 15

Part no. 61D.1500

For front fixing We recommend chipboard screws Ø 4 x 15 mm for connecting the cabinet profile to the cabinet

For the connection of chipboard back fixings with chipboard back and drawer side with drawer bases In order to achieve optimal assembly, we recommend that you use flat headed screws for the chipboard back and drawer side

System screw Ø (mm) 6

Length (mm) 14.5

For connecting the cabinet profile to the cabinet

Part no. 661.1450.HG

Stainless steel Anti-fingerprint Nickel plated

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 LEGRABOX 〉 Standard cabinet

Web code DQBNYM

Drawer – K Installation dimensions – front – screw-on

Drilling distances – front – EXPANDO front

Installation dimensions – back

Box systems

Planning Space requirement in cabinet

min 12**

* **

+1 mm if cabinet profile is installed before the cabinet is assembled Incl. 2 mm tilt adjustment

FA *

Front overlay +1 mm if cabinet profile is installed before the cabinet is assembled

Hole spacing – cabinet profiles Cabinet profile 750 – 40 kg Nominal length NL (mm)

* **

+1 mm if cabinet profile is installed before the cabinet is assembled Min. 6 mm for EXPANDO T

Cutting – 16 mm chipboard

Chipboard back 101 mm

300 | 350

LW – 38 mm

400 | 450 | 500

Base Chipboard back

550 | 600

NL – 10 mm Steel back NL – 21 mm

KB LW NL

Cabinet width Internal cabinet width Nominal length

LW – 35 mm Rebate dimensions

Cabinet profile 753 – 70 kg Nominal length NL (mm)

Drilling distances – drawer base

450 500 | 550 | 600

Internal cabinet depth LT min. = nominal length NL + 3 mm

Reference pages Overview – LEGRABOX myLEGRABOX Fixing system for thin fronts – EXPANDO T Assembly recommendation and limitation of liability – EXPANDO T Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for LEGRABOX Overview – TIP-ON for LEGRABOX Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

191 Overview – AMBIA-LINE for LEGRABOX | 230 MERIVOBOX CABLOXX 584 Accessories Cabinet profile fixing positions 585 Overview – assembly devices More technical details 359

529

Assembly, removal and adjustment

582 238 Short URL 242 www.blum.com/a310 591 698

245 251 201


Box systems 〉 LEGRABOX 〉 Standard cabinet

Web code DQGPIM

Inner drawer – K Space requirement

Box systems

▬ Inner drawer with mid-height solid front piece ▬ Suitable for LEGRABOX pure and LEGRABOX free ▬ Steel drawer side and stainless steel ▬ Straight interior and exterior ▬ Slim drawer side 12.8 mm ▬ Synchronised feather-light glide ▬ Includes integrated, switchable BLUMOTION S damping effect for soft and effortless closing, and can be combined with SERVO-DRIVE or TIP-ON BLUMOTION ▬ Tool-free front assembly ▬ Three-dimensional front adjustment in the drawer side

NL

Nominal length

Order information 1 Cabinet profiles left/right

2b

BLUMOTION S Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg) NL (mm) 40 70 300 750.3001S 350 750.3501S 400 750.4001S 450 750.4501S 753.4501S 500 750.5001S 753.5001S 550 750.5501S 753.5501S 600 750.6001S 753.6001S 2

6a 6b

128.5

5 770K3502I 770K4002I 770K4502I 770K5002I 770K5502I

Chipboard back fixings left/right Colour Material SW-M | OG-M | CS-M | Steel NI Front piece set Colour SW-M | OG-M | CS-M INGL

Composed of: 4a 1 x Front fixing left/right 4b 1 x Outer cover cap left/right 4c 1 x Interior cover cap left/right 4e 1 x Locking piece 4f 4 x Screws

5

4a 4c 2c 4f

Material Steel Stainless steel

Front piece without groove Colour Length (mm) SW-M | OG-M | CS-M | 1043 ELEO

4e

Accessories 6 Latch set Colour SW-M | OG-M | CS-M

Composed of: 2a 1 x Left/right drawer sides 2b 2 x Branding element, stamped with Blum logo, starting at 1000 pcs. individually printed 2c 2 x Cover caps

4

3

2a

Drawer side set

Drawer side height (mm) Nominal length Colour NL (mm) SW-M | OG-M | INGL CS-M 300 770K3002S 350 770K3502S 400 770K4002S 450 770K4502S 500 770K5002S 550 770K5502S 600 770K6002S

3

1

Part no. ZB7K000S

Part no. ZI7.0KS0 ZI7.0KI0

4f

4b

Material Nylon

Composed of: 6a 1 x Latch 6b 1 x Latch housing RAL 7037 dust grey Latch must be mounted on the front piece Latch set (ZI7.0M07) cannot be used in combination with TIP-ON BLUMOTION Colour CS-M Also for INGL

Fixing screw (flat headed screw) Ø (mm) Length (mm) 4 15

Part no. 61D.1500

For the connection of chipboard back fixings with chipboard back and drawer side with drawer bases In order to achieve optimal assembly, we recommend that you use flat headed screws for the chipboard back and drawer side

System screw Ø (mm) 6

Length (mm) 14.5

For connecting the cabinet profile to the cabinet

Part no.

Part no. ZI7.0M07

Colour SW-M OG-M CS-M

Silk white matt Orion grey matt Carbon black matt

Colour INGL NI ELEO

Part no. 661.1450.HG

Stainless steel Anti-fingerprint Nickel plated Anodised stainless steel appearance

ZV7.1043C01

Suitable for cabinet width KB 1200 mm Cutting Internal cabinet width LW – 126 mm

202

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 LEGRABOX 〉 Standard cabinet

Web code DQGPIM

Inner drawer – K Installation dimensions – back

Drilling distances – front – latch housing

Box systems

Planning Space requirement in cabinet

*

+1 mm if cabinet profile is installed before the cabinet is assembled

Hole spacing – cabinet profiles Cabinet profile 750 – 40 kg Nominal length NL (mm)

Cutting – 16 mm chipboard

Chipboard back 101 mm

300 | 350

LW – 38 mm

400 | 450 | 500

Base Chipboard back

550 | 600

NL – 10 mm Steel back NL – 21 mm

KB LW NL

Cabinet width Internal cabinet width Nominal length

LW – 35 mm Rebate dimensions

Cabinet profile 753 – 70 kg Nominal length NL (mm)

Drilling distances – drawer base

450 500 | 550 | 600

Internal cabinet depth LT min. = nominal length NL + 3 mm

Reference pages Overview – LEGRABOX myLEGRABOX Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for LEGRABOX Overview – TIP-ON for LEGRABOX Overview – AMBIA-LINE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX CABLOXX Accessories Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

191 Cabinet profile fixing positions 230 Overview – assembly devices More technical details 359 245

242 Assembly, removal and adjustment 591 698 Short URL www.blum.com/a310

251 529 582 238 203


Box systems 〉 LEGRABOX 〉 Standard cabinet – LEGRABOX pure

Web code DQBQ2M

High fronted pull-out – C

Box systems

▬ Steel drawer side and stainless steel ▬ Straight interior and exterior ▬ Slim drawer side 12.8 mm ▬ Synchronised feather-light glide ▬ Includes integrated, switchable BLUMOTION S damping effect for soft and effortless closing, and can be combined with SERVO-DRIVE or TIP-ON BLUMOTION ▬ Tool-free front assembly ▬ Three-dimensional front adjustment in the drawer side

Space requirement

NL *

Order information 1 Cabinet profiles left/right

Nominal length Incl. 2 mm tilt adjustment

2a

1

BLUMOTION S Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg) NL (mm) 40 70 270 750.2701S 300 750.3001S 350 750.3501S 400 750.4001S 450 750.4501S 753.4501S 500 750.5001S 753.5001S 550 750.5501S 753.5501S 600 750.6001S 753.6001S 650 753.6501S 2

2c

Drawer side set

Drawer side height (mm) Nominal length Colour NL (mm) SW-M | OG-M | INGL CS-M 270 770C2702S 300 770C3002S 350 770C3502S 400 770C4002S 450 770C4502S 500 770C5002S 550 770C5502S 600 770C6002S 650 770C6502S

2b

177

4a Accessories – Chipboard screws Ø (mm) 3.5 3.5

770C2702I 770C3002I 770C3502I 770C4002I 770C4502I 770C5002I 770C5502I 770C6002I 770C6502I

4

Chipboard back fixings left/right Colour Material SW-M | OG-M | CS-M | Steel NI

Part no. ZB7C000S

2x 2x 2x

Part no. ZF7C70E2 ZF7C70T2 ZF7C7002

Alternative to 4 4a Front fixing bracket Fixing method EXPANDO EXPANDO T Screw-on

4x 4x 4x

Part no. ZF7M70E2 ZF7M70T2 ZF7M7002

EXPANDO T suitable for thin fronts – see reference pages

204

Length (mm) 15 17

Part no. 609.1500 609.1700

Fixing screw (flat headed screw) Ø (mm) Length (mm) 4 15

Part no. 61D.1500

For the connection of chipboard back fixings with chipboard back and drawer side with drawer bases In order to achieve optimal assembly, we recommend that you use flat headed screws for the chipboard back and drawer side

System screw Ø (mm) 6

Length (mm) 14.5

For connecting the cabinet profile to the cabinet

Front fixing bracket Fixing method EXPANDO EXPANDO T Screw-on

EXPANDO T suitable for thin fronts – see reference pages

4

For front fixing We recommend chipboard screws Ø 4 x 15 mm for connecting the cabinet profile to the cabinet

Composed of: 2a 1 x Left/right drawer sides 2b 2 x Branding element, stamped with Blum logo, starting at 1000 pcs. individually printed 2c 2 x Cover caps

3

3

Colour SW-M OG-M CS-M

Silk white matt Orion grey matt Carbon black matt

Colour INGL NI

Part no. 661.1450.HG

Stainless steel Anti-fingerprint Nickel plated

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 LEGRABOX 〉 Standard cabinet – LEGRABOX pure

Web code DQBQ2M

High fronted pull-out – C Installation dimensions – front – screw-on

Drilling distances – front – EXPANDO front

min 12** * **

+1 mm if cabinet profile is installed before the cabinet is assembled Incl. 2 mm tilt adjustment

FA * **

Front overlay +1 mm if cabinet profile is installed before the cabinet is assembled Alternative 4a

Hole spacing – cabinet profiles Cabinet profile 750 – 40 kg Nominal length NL (mm)

4 * **

Installation dimensions – back

Box systems

Planning Space requirement in cabinet

min 12**

4a +1 mm if cabinet profile is installed before the cabinet is assembled Min. 6 mm for EXPANDO T

Cutting – 16 mm chipboard

Chipboard back 148 mm

270

LW – 38 mm

300 | 350

Base Chipboard back

400 | 450 | 500

NL – 10 mm Steel back

550 | 600

NL – 21 mm

KB LW NL

Cabinet width Internal cabinet width Nominal length

LW – 35 mm Rebate dimensions

Cabinet profile 753 – 70 kg Nominal length NL (mm)

Drilling distances – drawer base

450 500 | 550 | 600 650

Internal cabinet depth LT min. = nominal length NL + 3 mm

Reference pages Overview – LEGRABOX myLEGRABOX Fixing system for thin fronts – EXPANDO T Assembly recommendation and limitation of liability – EXPANDO T Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for LEGRABOX Overview – TIP-ON for LEGRABOX Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

191 Overview – AMBIA-LINE for LEGRABOX | 230 MERIVOBOX CABLOXX 584 Accessories Cabinet profile fixing positions 585 Overview – assembly devices More technical details 359

529

Assembly, removal and adjustment

582 238 Short URL 242 www.blum.com/a310 591 698

245 251 205


Box systems 〉 LEGRABOX 〉 Standard cabinet – LEGRABOX pure

Web code DQBSVY

Inner pull-out – design element – C

Box systems

▬ Inner pull-out with a high or low design element ▬ Steel drawer side and stainless steel ▬ Straight interior and exterior ▬ Slim drawer side 12.8 mm ▬ Synchronised feather-light glide ▬ Includes integrated, switchable BLUMOTION S damping effect for soft and effortless closing, and can be combined with SERVO-DRIVE or TIP-ON BLUMOTION ▬ Tool-free front assembly ▬ Three-dimensional front adjustment in the drawer side

Space requirement

NL

Nominal length

Order information 1 Cabinet profiles left/right BLUMOTION S Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg) NL (mm) 40 70 270 750.2701S 300 750.3001S 350 750.3501S 400 750.4001S 450 750.4501S 753.4501S 500 750.5001S 753.5001S 550 750.5501S 753.5501S 600 750.6001S 753.6001S 650 753.6501S 2

7

Drawer side set

Drawer side height (mm) Nominal length Colour NL (mm) SW-M | OG-M | INGL CS-M 270 770C2702S 300 770C3002S 350 770C3502S 400 770C4002S 450 770C4502S 500 770C5002S 550 770C5502S 600 770C6002S 650 770C6502S

177

7

770C2702I 770C3002I 770C3502I 770C4002I 770C4502I 770C5002I 770C5502I 770C6002I 770C6502I

For ordering information, see design element

Composed of: 2a 1 x Left/right drawer sides 2b 2 x Branding element, stamped with Blum logo, starting at 1000 pcs. individually printed 2c 2 x Cover caps

3

4

Chipboard back fixings left/right Colour Material SW-M | OG-M | CS-M | Steel NI Front piece set Colour SW-M | OG-M | CS-M INGL

Material Steel Stainless steel

Composed of: 4a 1 x Front fixing left/right 4b 1 x Outer cover cap left/right 4c 1 x Interior cover cap left/right 4d 1 x Adapter piece for low design element left/right 4e 1 x Locking piece 4f 4 x Screws

5

Front piece with groove Colour Length (mm) SW-M | OG-M | CS-M | 1043 ELEO

Glass design element (for inner pull-out front) Design Material Low Glass High Glass

Part no. ZB7C000S

Part no. ZI7.2CS0 ZI7.2CI0

Accessories – Fixing screw (flat headed screw) Ø (mm) Length (mm) 4 15

Part no. ZE7VxxxxG ZE7WxxxxG

Part no. 61D.1500

For the connection of chipboard back fixings with chipboard back and drawer side with drawer bases In order to achieve optimal assembly, we recommend that you use flat headed screws for the chipboard back and drawer side

System screw Ø (mm) 6

Length (mm) 14.5

For connecting the cabinet profile to the cabinet Colour SW-M OG-M CS-M

Silk white matt Orion grey matt Carbon black matt

Colour INGL NI ELEO

Part no. 661.1450.HG

Stainless steel Anti-fingerprint Nickel plated Anodised stainless steel appearance

Part no. ZV7.1043MN1

Suitable for cabinet width KB 1200 mm Cutting Internal cabinet width LW – 126 mm

206

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 LEGRABOX 〉 Standard cabinet – LEGRABOX pure

Web code DQBSVY

Inner pull-out – design element – C Installation dimensions – back

Box systems

Planning Space requirement in cabinet

*

+1 mm if cabinet profile is installed before the cabinet is assembled

Hole spacing – cabinet profiles Cabinet profile 750 – 40 kg Nominal length NL (mm)

Cutting – 16 mm chipboard

Chipboard back 148 mm

270

LW – 38 mm

300 | 350

Base Chipboard back

400 | 450 | 500

NL – 10 mm Steel back

550 | 600

NL – 21 mm

KB LW NL

Cabinet width Internal cabinet width Nominal length

LW – 35 mm Rebate dimensions

Cabinet profile 753 – 70 kg Nominal length NL (mm)

Cutting – design element

450 500 | 550 | 600

Design X (mm) element Low LW – 80 High LW – 80 LW Internal cabinet width

Y (mm) 70 138

The given dimensions in combination with LEGRABOX do not require “impact testing for vertically installed glass parts” as per the DIN EN 14749 norm June 2016. For norm compliance no safety glass is required. The edge is a polished flat-ended edge with a 1 mm ±0.5 mm bevel.

650

Internal cabinet depth LT min. = nominal length NL + 3 mm

Reference pages Overview – LEGRABOX myLEGRABOX Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for LEGRABOX Overview – TIP-ON for LEGRABOX Overview – AMBIA-LINE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX CABLOXX Design element Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

191 Accessories 230 Cabinet profile fixing positions Overview – assembly devices 359 More technical details 245

238 Assembly, removal and adjustment 242 591 698 Short URL www.blum.com/a310

251 529 582 228 207


Box systems 〉 LEGRABOX 〉 Standard cabinet – LEGRABOX pure

Web code DQBTLA

Inner pull-out – gallery – C Space requirement

Box systems

▬ Inner pull-out with gallery ▬ Steel drawer side and stainless steel ▬ Straight interior and exterior ▬ Slim drawer side 12.8 mm ▬ Synchronised feather-light glide ▬ Includes integrated, switchable BLUMOTION S damping effect for soft and effortless closing, and can be combined with SERVO-DRIVE or TIP-ON BLUMOTION ▬ Tool-free front assembly ▬ Three-dimensional front adjustment in the drawer side

NL

Order information 1 Cabinet profiles left/right

1

BLUMOTION S Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg) NL (mm) 40 70 270 750.2701S 300 750.3001S 350 750.3501S 400 750.4001S 450 750.4501S 753.4501S 500 750.5001S 753.5001S 550 750.5501S 753.5501S 600 750.6001S 753.6001S 650 753.6501S 2

4

Composed of: 4a 1 x Front fixing left/right 4b 1 x Outer cover cap left/right 4c 1 x Interior cover cap left/right 4e 1 x Locking piece 4f 4 x Screws

5

2c

4c 4f 4e

177

5 4a

7

770C2702I 770C3002I 770C3502I 770C4002I 770C4502I 770C5002I 770C5502I 770C6002I 770C6502I

Chipboard back fixings left/right Colour Material SW-M | OG-M | CS-M | Steel NI Front piece set Colour SW-M | OG-M | CS-M INGL

3

7

Material Steel Stainless steel

Front piece without groove Colour Length (mm) SW-M | OG-M | CS-M | 1043 ELEO

Cross gallery Colour SW-M | OG-M | CS-M | ELEO

4b

Length (mm)

Part no. ZR7.1080U

1080

Suitable for cabinet width KB 1200 mm Cutting Internal cabinet width LW – 90 mm

Composed of: 2a 1 x Left/right drawer sides 2b 2 x Branding element, stamped with Blum logo, starting at 1000 pcs. individually printed 2c 2 x Cover caps

3

2a

2b

Drawer side set

Drawer side height (mm) Nominal length Colour NL (mm) SW-M | OG-M | INGL CS-M 270 770C2702S 300 770C3002S 350 770C3502S 400 770C4002S 450 770C4502S 500 770C5002S 550 770C5502S 600 770C6002S 650 770C6502S

Nominal length

Part no. ZB7C000S

Part no. ZI7.3CS0 ZI7.3CI0

Accessories – Fixing screw (flat headed screw) Ø (mm) Length (mm) 4 15

Part no. 61D.1500

For the connection of chipboard back fixings with chipboard back and drawer side with drawer bases In order to achieve optimal assembly, we recommend that you use flat headed screws for the chipboard back and drawer side

System screw Ø (mm) 6

Length (mm) 14.5

For connecting the cabinet profile to the cabinet Colour SW-M OG-M CS-M

Silk white matt Orion grey matt Carbon black matt

Colour INGL NI ELEO

Part no. 661.1450.HG

Stainless steel Anti-fingerprint Nickel plated Anodised stainless steel appearance

Part no. ZV7.1043C01

Suitable for cabinet width KB 1200 mm Cutting Internal cabinet width LW – 126 mm

208

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 LEGRABOX 〉 Standard cabinet – LEGRABOX pure

Web code DQBTLA

Inner pull-out – gallery – C Installation dimensions – back

Box systems

Planning Space requirement in cabinet

*

+1 mm if cabinet profile is installed before the cabinet is assembled

Hole spacing – cabinet profiles Cabinet profile 750 – 40 kg Nominal length NL (mm)

Cutting – 16 mm chipboard

Chipboard back 148 mm

270

LW – 38 mm

300 | 350

Base Chipboard back

400 | 450 | 500

NL – 10 mm Steel back

550 | 600

NL – 21 mm

KB LW NL

Cabinet width Internal cabinet width Nominal length

LW – 35 mm Rebate dimensions

Cabinet profile 753 – 70 kg Nominal length NL (mm)

Drilling distances – drawer base

450 500 | 550 | 600 650

Internal cabinet depth LT min. = nominal length NL + 3 mm

Reference pages Overview – LEGRABOX myLEGRABOX Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for LEGRABOX Overview – TIP-ON for LEGRABOX Overview – AMBIA-LINE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX CABLOXX Accessories Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

191 Cabinet profile fixing positions 230 Overview – assembly devices More technical details 359 245

242 Assembly, removal and adjustment 591 698 Short URL www.blum.com/a310

251 529 582 238 209


Box systems 〉 LEGRABOX 〉 Standard cabinet – LEGRABOX pure

Web code DQBRHA

High fronted pull-out – F

Box systems

▬ Steel drawer side and stainless steel ▬ Straight interior and exterior ▬ Slim drawer side 12.8 mm ▬ Synchronised feather-light glide ▬ Includes integrated, switchable BLUMOTION S damping effect for soft and effortless closing, and can be combined with SERVO-DRIVE or TIP-ON BLUMOTION ▬ Tool-free front assembly ▬ Three-dimensional front adjustment in the drawer side

Space requirement

NL *

Nominal length Incl. 2 mm tilt adjustment

Order information 1 Cabinet profiles left/right BLUMOTION S Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg) NL (mm) 40 70 400 750.4001S 450 750.4501S 753.4501S 500 750.5001S 753.5001S 550 750.5501S 753.5501S 600 750.6001S 753.6001S 650 753.6501S 2

Drawer side set

Drawer side height (mm) Nominal length Colour NL (mm) SW-M | OG-M | INGL CS-M 400 770F4002S 450 770F4502S 500 770F5002S 550 770F5502S 600 770F6002S 650 770F6502S

241

770F4002I 770F4502I 770F5002I 770F5502I 770F6002I 770F6502I

Composed of: 2a 1 x Left/right drawer sides 2b 2 x Branding element, stamped with Blum logo, starting at 1000 pcs. individually printed 2c 2 x Cover caps

3

4

Chipboard back fixings left/right Colour Material SW-M | OG-M | CS-M | Steel NI Front fixing bracket Fixing method EXPANDO EXPANDO T Screw-on

EXPANDO T suitable for thin fronts – see reference pages

4

Part no. ZB7F000S

2x 2x 2x

Part no. ZF7M70E2 ZF7M70T2 ZF7M7002

2x 2x 2x

Part no. ZF7C70E2 ZF7C70T2 ZF7C7002

Alternative to 4 4a Front fixing bracket Fixing method EXPANDO EXPANDO T Screw-on

6x 6x 6x

Part no. ZF7M70E2 ZF7M70T2 ZF7M7002

EXPANDO T suitable for thin fronts – see reference pages

210

Length (mm) 15 17

Part no. 609.1500 609.1700

Fixing screw (flat headed screw) Ø (mm) Length (mm) 4 15

Part no. 61D.1500

For front fixing We recommend chipboard screws Ø 4 x 15 mm for connecting the cabinet profile to the cabinet

For the connection of chipboard back fixings with chipboard back and drawer side with drawer bases In order to achieve optimal assembly, we recommend that you use flat headed screws for the chipboard back and drawer side

System screw Ø (mm) 6

Length (mm) 14.5

For connecting the cabinet profile to the cabinet

Front fixing bracket Fixing method EXPANDO EXPANDO T Screw-on

EXPANDO T suitable for thin fronts – see reference pages

Accessories – Chipboard screws Ø (mm) 3.5 3.5

Colour SW-M OG-M CS-M

Silk white matt Orion grey matt Carbon black matt

Colour INGL NI

Part no. 661.1450.HG

Stainless steel Anti-fingerprint Nickel plated

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 LEGRABOX 〉 Standard cabinet – LEGRABOX pure

Web code DQBRHA

High fronted pull-out – F Installation dimensions – front – screw-on

Drilling distances – front – EXPANDO front

Installation dimensions – back

min 12** * **

+1 mm if cabinet profile is installed before the cabinet is assembled Incl. 2 mm tilt adjustment

FA * **

Front overlay +1 mm if cabinet profile is installed before the cabinet is assembled Alternative 4a

Hole spacing – cabinet profiles Cabinet profile 750 – 40 kg Nominal length NL (mm)

4 * **

Box systems

32** 64** 32** 32** 32**

Planning Space requirement in cabinet

min 12**

4a +1 mm if cabinet profile is installed before the cabinet is assembled Min. 6 mm for EXPANDO T

Cutting – 16 mm chipboard

Chipboard back 212 mm

400 | 450 | 500

LW – 38 mm

550 | 600

Base Chipboard back NL – 10 mm Steel back NL – 21 mm

KB LW NL

Cabinet width Internal cabinet width Nominal length

LW – 35 mm Rebate dimensions

Cabinet profile 753 – 70 kg Nominal length NL (mm)

Drilling distances – drawer base

450 500 | 550 | 600 650

Internal cabinet depth LT min. = nominal length NL + 3 mm

Reference pages Overview – LEGRABOX myLEGRABOX Fixing system for thin fronts – EXPANDO T Assembly recommendation and limitation of liability – EXPANDO T Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for LEGRABOX Overview – TIP-ON for LEGRABOX Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

191 Overview – AMBIA-LINE for LEGRABOX | 230 MERIVOBOX CABLOXX 584 Accessories Cabinet profile fixing positions 585 Overview – assembly devices More technical details 359

529

Assembly, removal and adjustment

582 238 Short URL 242 www.blum.com/a310 591 698

245 251 211


Box systems 〉 LEGRABOX 〉 Standard cabinet – LEGRABOX free

Web code DQBQRY

High fronted pull-out – C

Box systems

▬ Large side design element ▬ Steel drawer side and stainless steel ▬ Straight interior and exterior ▬ Slim drawer side 12.8 mm ▬ Synchronised feather-light glide ▬ Includes integrated, switchable BLUMOTION S damping effect for soft and effortless closing, and can be combined with SERVO-DRIVE or TIP-ON BLUMOTION ▬ Tool-free front assembly ▬ Three-dimensional front adjustment in the drawer side

Space requirement

NL *

Nominal length Incl. 2 mm tilt adjustment

Order information 1 Cabinet profiles left/right BLUMOTION S Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg) NL (mm) 40 70 350 750.3501S 400 750.4001S 450 750.4501S 753.4501S 500 750.5001S 753.5001S 550 750.5501S 753.5501S 600 750.6001S 753.6001S 650 753.6501S 2

Drawer side set

Drawer side height (mm) Nominal length Colour NL (mm) SW-M | OG-M | INGL CS-M 350 780C3502S 400 780C4002S 450 780C4502S 500 780C5002S 550 780C5502S 600 780C6002S 650 780C6502S

177

780C3502I 780C4002I 780C4502I 780C5002I 780C5502I 780C6002I 780C6502I

Accessories – Transportation lock – design element (side) Colour Material Yellow Nylon For transporting pre-assembled design element (side)

Composed of: 2a 1 x Left/right drawer sides 2b 2 x Branding element, stamped with Blum logo, starting at 1000 pcs. individually printed 2d 2 x BOXCOVER front 2e 1 x BOXCOVER back left/right

3

4

Chipboard back fixings left/right Colour Material SW-M | OG-M | CS-M | Steel NI Front fixing bracket Fixing method EXPANDO EXPANDO T Screw-on

EXPANDO T suitable for thin fronts – see reference pages

Alternative to 4 4a Front fixing bracket Fixing method EXPANDO EXPANDO T Screw-on

EXPANDO T suitable for thin fronts – see reference pages

9a

Glass design element (side) Material Glass

For ordering information, see design element

212

Part no. ZB7C000S

2x 2x 2x

Part no. ZF7C70E2 ZF7C70T2 ZF7C7002

Chipboard screws Ø (mm) 3.5 3.5

Length (mm) 15 17

Part no. 609.1500 609.1700

Fixing screw (flat headed screw) Ø (mm) Length (mm) 4 15

Part no. 61D.1500

For front fixing We recommend chipboard screws Ø 4 x 15 mm for connecting the cabinet profile to the cabinet

For the connection of chipboard back fixings with chipboard back and drawer side with drawer bases In order to achieve optimal assembly, we recommend that you use flat headed screws for the chipboard back and drawer side

System screw Ø (mm) 6

Length (mm) 14.5

For connecting the cabinet profile to the cabinet

4x 4x 4x

Part no. ZF7M70E2 ZF7M70T2 ZF7M7002

Part no. 780C0009

Colour SW-M OG-M CS-M

Silk white matt Orion grey matt Carbon black matt

Colour INGL NI

Part no. 661.1450.HG

Stainless steel Anti-fingerprint Nickel plated

Part no. ZE7Sxx8G

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 LEGRABOX 〉 Standard cabinet – LEGRABOX free

Web code DQBQRY

High fronted pull-out – C Installation dimensions – front – screw-on

Drilling distances – front – EXPANDO front

min 12** * **

+1 mm if cabinet profile is installed before the cabinet is assembled Incl. 2 mm tilt adjustment

FA * **

Front overlay +1 mm if cabinet profile is installed before the cabinet is assembled Alternative 4a

Hole spacing – cabinet profiles Cabinet profile 750 – 40 kg Nominal length NL (mm)

4 * **

Installation dimensions – back

Box systems

Planning Space requirement in cabinet

min 12**

4a +1 mm if cabinet profile is installed before the cabinet is assembled Min. 6 mm for EXPANDO T

Cutting – 16 mm chipboard

Chipboard back 148 mm

350

LW – 38 mm

400 | 450 | 500

Base Chipboard back

550 | 600

NL – 10 mm Steel back NL – 21 mm

KB LW NL

Cabinet width Internal cabinet width Nominal length

LW – 35 mm Rebate dimensions

Cabinet profile 753 – 70 kg Nominal length NL (mm)

Cutting – design element

450

Design X (mm) element Side NL – 112 NL Nominal length

Y (mm) 138

The given dimensions in combination with LEGRABOX do not require “impact testing for vertically installed glass parts” as per the DIN EN 14749 norm June 2016. For norm compliance no safety glass is required. The edge is a polished flat-ended edge with a 1 mm ±0.5 mm bevel.

500 | 550 | 600 650

Internal cabinet depth LT min. = nominal length NL + 3 mm

Reference pages Overview – LEGRABOX myLEGRABOX Fixing system for thin fronts – EXPANDO T Assembly recommendation and limitation of liability – EXPANDO T Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for LEGRABOX Overview – TIP-ON for LEGRABOX Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

191 Overview – AMBIA-LINE for LEGRABOX | 230 MERIVOBOX Design element 584 CABLOXX Accessories – transportation lock – design 585 element (side) Accessories 359 Drilling distances – drawer base Cabinet profile fixing positions 245

529

Assembly, removal and adjustment

228 582 Short URL www.blum.com/a310 238 238 204 242

251 213


Box systems 〉 LEGRABOX 〉 Standard cabinet – LEGRABOX free

Web code DQBUAM

Inner pull-out – design element – C

Box systems

▬ Large side design element ▬ Inner pull-out with a high or low design element ▬ Steel drawer side and stainless steel ▬ Straight interior and exterior ▬ Slim drawer side 12.8 mm ▬ Synchronised feather-light glide ▬ Includes integrated, switchable BLUMOTION S damping effect for soft and effortless closing, and can be combined with SERVO-DRIVE or TIP-ON BLUMOTION ▬ Tool-free front assembly ▬ Three-dimensional front adjustment in the drawer side

Space requirement

NL

Nominal length

Order information 1 Cabinet profiles left/right BLUMOTION S Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg) NL (mm) 40 70 350 750.3501S 400 750.4001S 450 750.4501S 753.4501S 500 750.5001S 753.5001S 550 750.5501S 753.5501S 600 750.6001S 753.6001S 650 753.6501S 2

Drawer side set

Drawer side height (mm) Nominal length Colour NL (mm) SW-M | OG-M | INGL CS-M 350 780C3502S 400 780C4002S 450 780C4502S 500 780C5002S 550 780C5502S 600 780C6002S 650 780C6502S

177

780C3502I 780C4002I 780C4502I 780C5002I 780C5502I 780C6002I 780C6502I

7

For ordering information, see design element

Composed of: 2a 1 x Left/right drawer sides 2b 2 x Branding element, stamped with Blum logo, starting at 1000 pcs. individually printed 2d 2 x BOXCOVER front 2e 1 x BOXCOVER back left/right

3

4

Chipboard back fixings left/right Colour Material SW-M | OG-M | CS-M | Steel NI Front piece set Colour SW-M | OG-M | CS-M INGL

Material Steel Stainless steel

Composed of: 4a 1 x Front fixing left/right 4b 1 x Outer cover cap left/right 4c 1 x Interior cover cap left/right 4d 1 x Adapter piece for low design element left/right 4e 1 x Locking piece 4f 4 x Screws

5

Front piece with groove Colour Length (mm) SW-M | OG-M | CS-M | 1043 ELEO

Suitable for cabinet width KB 1200 mm Cutting Internal cabinet width LW – 126 mm

214

Glass design element (for inner pull-out front) Design Material Low Glass High Glass

Part no. ZB7C000S

Part no. ZI7.2CS0 ZI7.2CI0

9a

ZV7.1043MN1

Part no. ZE7Sxx8G

For ordering information, see design element

Accessories – Transportation lock – design element (side) Colour Material Yellow Nylon For transporting pre-assembled design element (side)

Fixing screw (flat headed screw) Ø (mm) Length (mm) 4 15

Part no. 780C0009

Part no. 61D.1500

For the connection of chipboard back fixings with chipboard back and drawer side with drawer bases In order to achieve optimal assembly, we recommend that you use flat headed screws for the chipboard back and drawer side

Part no.

Glass design element (side) Material Glass

Part no. ZE7VxxxxG ZE7WxxxxG

System screw Ø (mm) 6

Length (mm) 14.5

For connecting the cabinet profile to the cabinet Colour SW-M OG-M CS-M

Silk white matt Orion grey matt Carbon black matt

Colour INGL NI ELEO

Part no. 661.1450.HG

Stainless steel Anti-fingerprint Nickel plated Anodised stainless steel appearance

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 LEGRABOX 〉 Standard cabinet – LEGRABOX free

Web code DQBUAM

Inner pull-out – design element – C Installation dimensions – back

Box systems

Planning Space requirement in cabinet

*

+1 mm if cabinet profile is installed before the cabinet is assembled

Hole spacing – cabinet profiles Cabinet profile 750 – 40 kg Nominal length NL (mm)

Cutting – 16 mm chipboard

Chipboard back 148 mm

350

LW – 38 mm

400 | 450 | 500

Base Chipboard back

550 | 600

NL – 10 mm Steel back NL – 21 mm

KB LW NL

Cabinet width Internal cabinet width Nominal length

LW – 35 mm Rebate dimensions

Cabinet profile 753 – 70 kg Nominal length NL (mm)

Cutting – design element

450 500 | 550 | 600

Design X (mm) element Low LW – 80 High LW – 80 Side NL – 112 LW Internal cabinet width NL Nominal length

Y (mm) 70 138 138

The given dimensions in combination with LEGRABOX do not require “impact testing for vertically installed glass parts” as per the DIN EN 14749 norm June 2016. For norm compliance no safety glass is required. The edge is a polished flat-ended edge with a 1 mm ±0.5 mm bevel.

650

Internal cabinet depth LT min. = nominal length NL + 3 mm

Reference pages Overview – LEGRABOX myLEGRABOX Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for LEGRABOX Overview – TIP-ON for LEGRABOX Overview – AMBIA-LINE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX CABLOXX Design element Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

191 Accessories – transportation lock – design 230 element (side) Accessories 359 Drilling distances – drawer base Cabinet profile fixing positions 245 Overview – assembly devices 251 More technical details

238

Assembly, removal and adjustment

238 204 Short URL 242 www.blum.com/a310 591 698

529 582 228 215


Box systems 〉 LEGRABOX 〉 Standard cabinet – LEGRABOX free

Web code DQBUZY

Inner pull-out – gallery – C

Box systems

▬ Large side design element ▬ Inner pull-out with gallery ▬ Steel drawer side and stainless steel ▬ Straight interior and exterior ▬ Slim drawer side 12.8 mm ▬ Synchronised feather-light glide ▬ Includes integrated, switchable BLUMOTION S damping effect for soft and effortless closing, and can be combined with SERVO-DRIVE or TIP-ON BLUMOTION ▬ Tool-free front assembly ▬ Three-dimensional front adjustment in the drawer side

Space requirement

NL

Nominal length

Order information 1 Cabinet profiles left/right BLUMOTION S Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg) NL (mm) 40 70 350 750.3501S 400 750.4001S 450 750.4501S 753.4501S 500 750.5001S 753.5001S 550 750.5501S 753.5501S 600 750.6001S 753.6001S 650 753.6501S 2

Drawer side set

Drawer side height (mm) Nominal length Colour NL (mm) SW-M | OG-M | INGL CS-M 350 780C3502S 400 780C4002S 450 780C4502S 500 780C5002S 550 780C5502S 600 780C6002S 650 780C6502S

177

780C3502I 780C4002I 780C4502I 780C5002I 780C5502I 780C6002I 780C6502I

7

Composed of: 2a 1 x Left/right drawer sides 2b 2 x Branding element, stamped with Blum logo, starting at 1000 pcs. individually printed 2d 2 x BOXCOVER front 2e 1 x BOXCOVER back left/right

3

4

Chipboard back fixings left/right Colour Material SW-M | OG-M | CS-M | Steel NI Front piece set Colour SW-M | OG-M | CS-M INGL

Composed of: 4a 1 x Front fixing left/right 4b 1 x Outer cover cap left/right 4c 1 x Interior cover cap left/right 4e 1 x Locking piece 4f 4 x Screws

5

ZB7C000S

Length (mm)

Front piece without groove Colour Length (mm) SW-M | OG-M | CS-M | 1043 ELEO

Part no. ZI7.3CS0 ZI7.3CI0

Suitable for cabinet width KB 1200 mm Cutting Internal cabinet width LW – 90 mm

9a

Glass design element (side) Material Glass

Part no. ZE7Sxx8G

For ordering information, see design element

Accessories – Transportation lock – design element (side) Colour Material Yellow Nylon –

ZV7.1043C01

Fixing screw (flat headed screw) Ø (mm) Length (mm) 4 15

Part no. 780C0009

Part no. 61D.1500

For the connection of chipboard back fixings with chipboard back and drawer side with drawer bases In order to achieve optimal assembly, we recommend that you use flat headed screws for the chipboard back and drawer side

– Part no.

Part no. ZR7.1080U

1080

For transporting pre-assembled design element (side)

Material Steel Stainless steel

Suitable for cabinet width KB 1200 mm Cutting Internal cabinet width LW – 126 mm

216

Part no.

Cross gallery Colour SW-M | OG-M | CS-M | ELEO

System screw Ø (mm) 6

Length (mm) 14.5

For connecting the cabinet profile to the cabinet Colour SW-M OG-M CS-M

Silk white matt Orion grey matt Carbon black matt

Colour INGL NI ELEO

Part no. 661.1450.HG

Stainless steel Anti-fingerprint Nickel plated Anodised stainless steel appearance

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 LEGRABOX 〉 Standard cabinet – LEGRABOX free

Web code DQBUZY

Inner pull-out – gallery – C Installation dimensions – back

Box systems

Planning Space requirement in cabinet

*

+1 mm if cabinet profile is installed before the cabinet is assembled

Hole spacing – cabinet profiles Cabinet profile 750 – 40 kg Nominal length NL (mm)

Cutting – 16 mm chipboard

Chipboard back 148 mm

350

LW – 38 mm

400 | 450 | 500

Base Chipboard back

550 | 600

NL – 10 mm Steel back NL – 21 mm

KB LW NL

Cabinet width Internal cabinet width Nominal length

LW – 35 mm Rebate dimensions

Cabinet profile 753 – 70 kg Nominal length NL (mm)

Cutting – design element

450

Design X (mm) element Side NL – 112 NL Nominal length

Y (mm) 138

The given dimensions in combination with LEGRABOX do not require “impact testing for vertically installed glass parts” as per the DIN EN 14749 norm June 2016. For norm compliance no safety glass is required. The edge is a polished flat-ended edge with a 1 mm ±0.5 mm bevel.

500 | 550 | 600 650

Internal cabinet depth LT min. = nominal length NL + 3 mm

Reference pages Overview – LEGRABOX myLEGRABOX Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for LEGRABOX Overview – TIP-ON for LEGRABOX Overview – AMBIA-LINE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX CABLOXX Design element Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

191 Accessories – transportation lock – design 230 element (side) Accessories 359 Drilling distances – drawer base Cabinet profile fixing positions 245 Overview – assembly devices 251 More technical details

238

Assembly, removal and adjustment

238 204 Short URL 242 www.blum.com/a310 591 698

529 582 228 217


Box systems 〉 LEGRABOX 〉 Sink cabinet

Web code DQBONY

Drawer – M

Box systems

▬ Suitable for LEGRABOX pure and LEGRABOX free ▬ Steel drawer side and stainless steel ▬ Straight interior and exterior ▬ Slim drawer side 12.8 mm ▬ Synchronised feather-light glide ▬ Includes integrated, switchable BLUMOTION S damping effect for soft and effortless closing action, can be combined with SERVO-DRIVE ▬ Tool-free front assembly ▬ Three-dimensional front adjustment in the drawer side

Space requirement

NL *

Order information 1 Cabinet profiles left/right

1

2a

Nominal length Incl. 2 mm tilt adjustment

3

BLUMOTION S Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg) NL (mm) 40 350 750.3501S 400 750.4001S 450 750.4501S 500 750.5001S 550 750.5501S 600 750.6001S 2

Drawer side set

Drawer side height (mm) Nominal length Colour NL (mm) SW-M | OG-M | INGL CS-M 350 2x 770M3502S 400 2x 770M4002S 450 2x 770M4502S 500 2x 770M5002S 550 2x 770M5502S 600 2x 770M6002S

2c

90.5

770M3502I 770M4002I 770M4502I 770M5002I 770M5502I 770M6002I

Composed of: 2a 1 x Left/right drawer sides 2b 2 x Branding element, stamped with Blum logo, starting at 1000 pcs. individually printed 2c 2 x Cover caps

3

4

Chipboard back fixings left/right Colour Material SW-M | OG-M | CS-M | Steel NI Front fixing bracket Fixing method EXPANDO EXPANDO T Screw-on

EXPANDO T suitable for thin fronts – see reference pages Colour SW-M OG-M CS-M

218

Silk white matt Orion grey matt Carbon black matt

Colour INGL NI

2b

4

Part no. 2x

ZB7M000S

4x 4x 4x

Part no. ZF7M70E2 ZF7M70T2 ZF7M7002

Accessories – Chipboard screws Ø (mm) 3.5 3.5

Length (mm) 15 17

Part no. 609.1500 609.1700

Fixing screw (flat headed screw) Ø (mm) Length (mm) 4 15

Part no. 61D.1500

For front fixing We recommend chipboard screws Ø 4 x 15 mm for connecting the cabinet profile to the cabinet

For the connection of chipboard back fixings with chipboard back and drawer side with drawer bases In order to achieve optimal assembly, we recommend that you use flat headed screws for the chipboard back and drawer side

System screw Ø (mm) 6

Length (mm) 14.5

For connecting the cabinet profile to the cabinet

Part no. 661.1450.HG

Stainless steel Anti-fingerprint Nickel plated

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 LEGRABOX 〉 Sink cabinet

Web code DQBONY

Drawer – M Installation dimensions – front – screw-on

Drilling distances – front – EXPANDO front

Installation dimensions – back

Box systems

Planning Space requirement in cabinet

min 12** * **

+1 mm if cabinet profile is installed before the cabinet is assembled Incl. 2 mm tilt adjustment

FA *

Front overlay +1 mm if cabinet profile is installed before the cabinet is assembled

Hole spacing – cabinet profiles Cabinet profile 750 – 40 kg Nominal length NL (mm)

* **

+1 mm if cabinet profile is installed before the cabinet is assembled Min. 6 mm for EXPANDO T

Cutting – 16 mm chipboard

Chipboard back 63 mm

350 400 | 450 | 500

Base Chipboard back

550 | 600

NL – 10 mm

Y min. (mm) 115 Y max. (mm) 155

KB LW NL SPW

Cabinet width Internal cabinet width Nominal length Internal cabinet width between the inner drawer sides

Rebate dimensions

Drilling distances – drawer base

Internal cabinet depth LT min. = nominal length NL + 3 mm

Reference pages Overview – LEGRABOX myLEGRABOX Fixing system for thin fronts – EXPANDO T Assembly recommendation and limitation of liability – EXPANDO T Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for LEGRABOX Overview – TIP-ON for LEGRABOX Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

191 Overview – AMBIA-LINE for LEGRABOX | 230 MERIVOBOX CABLOXX 584 Accessories Cabinet profile fixing positions 585 Overview – assembly devices More technical details 359

529

Assembly, removal and adjustment

582 238 Short URL 242 www.blum.com/a310 591 698

245 251 219


Box systems 〉 LEGRABOX 〉 Sink cabinet – LEGRABOX pure

Web code DQBS6M

High fronted pull-out – C Space requirement

Box systems

▬ Steel drawer side and stainless steel ▬ Straight interior and exterior ▬ Slim drawer side 12.8 mm ▬ Synchronised feather-light glide ▬ Includes integrated, switchable BLUMOTION S damping effect for soft and effortless closing action, can be combined with SERVO-DRIVE ▬ Tool-free front assembly ▬ Three-dimensional front adjustment in the drawer side

NL *

Order information 1 Cabinet profiles left/right

1

2a

Nominal length Incl. 2 mm tilt adjustment

3

BLUMOTION S Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg) NL (mm) 40 350 750.3501S 400 750.4001S 450 750.4501S 500 750.5001S 550 750.5501S 600 750.6001S 2

2b

Drawer side set

Drawer side height (mm) Nominal length Colour NL (mm) SW-M | OG-M | INGL CS-M 350 2x 770C3502S 400 2x 770C4002S 450 2x 770C4502S 500 2x 770C5002S 550 2x 770C5502S 600 2x 770C6002S

4a

770C3502I 770C4002I 770C4502I 770C5002I 770C5502I 770C6002I

Composed of: 2a 1 x Left/right drawer sides 2b 2 x Branding element, stamped with Blum logo, starting at 1000 pcs. individually printed 2c 2 x Cover caps

3

4

Chipboard back fixings left/right Colour Material SW-M | OG-M | CS-M | Steel NI Front fixing bracket Fixing method EXPANDO EXPANDO T Screw-on

EXPANDO T suitable for thin fronts – see reference pages

Alternative to 4 4a Front fixing bracket Fixing method EXPANDO EXPANDO T Screw-on

EXPANDO T suitable for thin fronts – see reference pages Colour SW-M OG-M CS-M

220

Silk white matt Orion grey matt Carbon black matt

Colour INGL NI

2c

177

Part no. 2x

ZB7C000S

4x 4x 4x

Part no. ZF7C70E2 ZF7C70T2 ZF7C7002

Accessories – Chipboard screws Ø (mm) 3.5 3.5

4

Length (mm) 15 17

Part no. 609.1500 609.1700

Fixing screw (flat headed screw) Ø (mm) Length (mm) 4 15

Part no. 61D.1500

For front fixing We recommend chipboard screws Ø 4 x 15 mm for connecting the cabinet profile to the cabinet

For the connection of chipboard back fixings with chipboard back and drawer side with drawer bases In order to achieve optimal assembly, we recommend that you use flat headed screws for the chipboard back and drawer side

System screw Ø (mm) 6

Length (mm) 14.5

For connecting the cabinet profile to the cabinet

8x 8x 8x

Part no. 661.1450.HG

Part no. ZF7M70E2 ZF7M70T2 ZF7M7002

Stainless steel Anti-fingerprint Nickel plated

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 LEGRABOX 〉 Sink cabinet – LEGRABOX pure

Web code DQBS6M

High fronted pull-out – C Installation dimensions – front – screw-on

Drilling distances – front – EXPANDO front

Installation dimensions – back

Box systems

Planning Space requirement in cabinet

min 12*** * **

+1 mm if cabinet profile is installed before the cabinet is assembled Incl. 2 mm tilt adjustment

FA * **

Front overlay +1 mm if cabinet profile is installed before the cabinet is assembled Alternative 4a

Hole spacing – cabinet profiles Cabinet profile 750 – 40 kg Nominal length NL (mm)

* ** ***

+1 mm if cabinet profile is installed before the cabinet is assembled Alternative 4a Min. 6 mm for EXPANDO T

Cutting – 16 mm chipboard

Chipboard back 148 mm

350 400 | 450 | 500

Base Chipboard back

550 | 600

NL – 10 mm

Y min. (mm) 115 Y max. (mm) 155

KB LW NL SPW

Cabinet width Internal cabinet width Nominal length Internal cabinet width between the inner drawer sides

Rebate dimensions

Drilling distances – drawer base

Internal cabinet depth LT min. = nominal length NL + 3 mm

Reference pages Overview – LEGRABOX myLEGRABOX Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX Fixing system for thin fronts – EXPANDO T Assembly recommendation and limitation of liability – EXPANDO T Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for LEGRABOX Overview – TIP-ON for LEGRABOX Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

191 Overview – AMBIA-LINE for LEGRABOX | 230 MERIVOBOX CABLOXX 359 Accessories Cabinet profile fixing positions 584 Overview – assembly devices More technical details 585

529

Assembly, removal and adjustment

582 238 Short URL 242 www.blum.com/a310 591 698

245 251 221


Box systems 〉 LEGRABOX 〉 Sink cabinet – LEGRABOX pure

Web code DQCYEM

High fronted pull-out – C – centre piece

Box systems

▬ With centre piece for optimal use of storage space ▬ Can be combined with standard components ▬ Steel drawer side and stainless steel ▬ Straight interior and exterior ▬ Slim drawer side 12.8 mm ▬ Synchronised feather-light glide ▬ Includes integrated, switchable BLUMOTION S damping effect for soft and effortless closing, and can be combined with SERVO-DRIVE or TIP-ON BLUMOTION ▬ Tool-free front assembly ▬ Three-dimensional front adjustment in the drawer side

Space requirement

NL *

Nominal length Incl. 2 mm tilt adjustment

Order information 1 Cabinet profiles left/right BLUMOTION S Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg) NL (mm) 40 70 450 750.4501S 753.4501S 500 750.5001S 753.5001S 550 750.5501S 753.5501S 600 750.6001S 753.6001S 650 753.6501S 2

Drawer side set exterior

Drawer side height (mm) Nominal length Colour NL (mm) SW-M | OG-M | INGL CS-M 450 770C4502S 500 770C5002S 550 770C5502S 600 770C6002S 650 770C6502S

177

770C4502I 770C5002I 770C5502I 770C6002I 770C6502I

11

Composed of: 2a 1 x Left/right drawer sides 2b 2 x Branding element, stamped with Blum logo, starting at 1000 pcs. individually printed 2c 2 x Cover caps

3

Steel back L shape left/right Colour Material SW-M | OG-M | CS-M Steel

4

Front fixing bracket Fixing method EXPANDO EXPANDO T Screw-on

EXPANDO T suitable for thin fronts – see reference pages

Alternative to 4 4a Front fixing bracket Fixing method EXPANDO EXPANDO T Screw-on

EXPANDO T suitable for thin fronts – see reference pages

4b

Colour SW-M OG-M CS-M

Front fixing bracket Fixing method EXPANDO Screw-on Silk white matt Orion grey matt Carbon black matt

Colour INGL NI

Part no. ZB7C129S.6S

2x 2x 2x

Part no. ZF7C70E2 ZF7C70T2 ZF7C7002

4x 4x 4x

Part no. ZF7M70E2 ZF7M70T2 ZF7M7002

2x 2x

Part no. ZF7M70E2 ZF7M7002

Stainless steel Anti-fingerprint Nickel plated

Drawer side set interior

Drawer side height (mm) Nominal length Colour NL (mm) SW-M | OG-M | INGL CS-M 300 770M3002S 350 770M3502S 400 770M4002S 450 770M4502S 500 770M5002S

770M3002I 770M3502I 770M4002I 770M4502I 770M5002I

Composed of: 11a 1 x Left/right drawer sides 11b 2 x Branding element, stamped with Blum logo, starting at 1000 pcs. individually printed 11c 2 x Cover caps For effective use of storage space, we recommend Nominal length NL drawer sides exterior (no 2) – nominal length NL drawer sides interior (no 11) = min. 150 mm

Accessories – Chipboard screws Ø (mm) 3.5 3.5

Length (mm) 15 17

Part no. 609.1500 609.1700

Fixing screw (flat headed screw) Ø (mm) Length (mm) 4 15

Part no. 61D.1500

For front fixing We recommend chipboard screws Ø 4 x 15 mm for connecting the cabinet profile to the cabinet

For the connection of chipboard back fixings with chipboard back and drawer side with drawer bases In order to achieve optimal assembly, we recommend that you use flat headed screws for the chipboard back and drawer side

System screw Ø (mm) 6

Length (mm) 14.5

For connecting the cabinet profile to the cabinet

222

90.5

Part no. 661.1450.HG

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 LEGRABOX 〉 Sink cabinet – LEGRABOX pure

Web code DQCYEM

High fronted pull-out – C – centre piece Installation dimensions – front – screw-on

Drilling distances – front – EXPANDO front

min 12** * **

+1 mm if cabinet profile is installed before the cabinet is assembled Incl. 2 mm tilt adjustment

FA * **

Front overlay +1 mm if cabinet profile is installed before the cabinet is assembled Alternative 4a

Hole spacing – cabinet profiles Cabinet profile 750 – 40 kg Nominal length NL (mm)

4 * **

Installation dimensions – centre piece

Box systems

Planning Space requirement in cabinet

min 12**

4a +1 mm if cabinet profile is installed before the cabinet is assembled Min. 6 mm for EXPANDO T

*

+1.5 mm with ZF7M70E2

KB LW NL SPW

Cabinet width Internal cabinet width Nominal length Internal cabinet width between the inner drawer sides +3 mm with ZF7M70E2

Cutting – 16 mm chipboard Base

450 | 500

Steel back NL – 21 mm

550 | 600

SPW + 27*

Centre piece 62.5 mm

*

Rebate dimensions

Cabinet profile 753 – 70 kg Nominal length NL (mm)

Drilling distances – drawer base

450 500 | 550 | 600 650

Internal cabinet depth LT min. = nominal length NL + 3 mm

Reference pages Overview – LEGRABOX myLEGRABOX Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX Fixing system for thin fronts – EXPANDO T Assembly recommendation and limitation of liability – EXPANDO T Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for LEGRABOX Overview – TIP-ON for LEGRABOX Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

191 Overview – AMBIA-LINE for LEGRABOX | 230 MERIVOBOX CABLOXX 359 Accessories Cabinet profile fixing positions 584 Overview – assembly devices More technical details 585

529

Assembly, removal and adjustment

582 238 Short URL 242 www.blum.com/a310 591 698

245 251 223


Box systems 〉 LEGRABOX 〉 Larder unit

Web code DQGQ7Y

SPACE TOWER

Box systems

▬ The flexible larder unit with inner pull-outs; with shelves and inner drawers in the upper area ▬ Easy access from three sides ▬ Individually opening pull-outs allow for a complete overview and convenient removal from above ▬ Light operating forces even with heavily-laden pullouts ▬ High backs and side panels guarantee secure stocking ▬ AMBIA-LINE inner dividing systems for pull-outs puts everything in order and allows easy access ▬ Flexible cabinet dimensions possible

Order information Application recommendation

Page

Inner drawer – M

198

Inner pull-out – design element – C

206

AMBIA-LINE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX

533

CLIP top BLUMOTION 155° hinge

82

Recommendation Cabinet width KB (mm) 275–1200

Planning Help with planning and ordering Short URL www.blum.com/planningtools

Reference pages Overview – LEGRABOX myLEGRABOX Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for LEGRABOX Overview – AMBIA-LINE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX 224

191 CLIP top BLUMOTION 155° hinge 230 Overview – BLUMOTION for doors Accessories 359 Overview – assembly devices More technical details 245

82 Assembly, removal and adjustment 157 238 591 Short URL 698 www.blum.com/a310

529 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 LEGRABOX 〉 Larder unit

Web code DQGQ7Y

SPACE TOWER

Drilling distances – front

In high cabinets, it is practical to have a shelf at the highest level rather than an inner drawer

1684 256

The inner drawer allows access from the side. If the inner drawer is implemented with a higher back, stored goods are prevented from falling down the back

1428

The option to position the pull-outs at different heights within the cabinet guarantees that no items will be too tall to be stored inside

352

1340

1108

The CLIP top BLUMOTION 155° hinge without front protrusion allows the cabinet width KB to be put to optimal use

670

320

756

436

*

38*

19

280

280

379

If the hinge is mounted above the pullout, the lowest pull-out can be inserted right at the bottom. Turning even those last few centimetres into usable storage space

57*

+1 mm if cabinet profile is installed before the cabinet is assembled

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

Reference pages Number of hinges

706

225

Box systems

80

Drilling distances – front

80

Planning Recommendation Positioning in the cabinet


Box systems 〉 LEGRABOX 〉 Narrow cabinets

SPACE TWIN

Box systems

▬ Stable solution thanks to diagonally offset cabinet profiles ▬ Includes integrated, switchable BLUMOTION S damping effect for soft and effortless closing action ▬ High dynamic carrying capacity of 20 kg per base cabinet ▬ Cabinet width KB 200 mm

Space requirement

NL

Order information Application recommendation

Web code DQGTQM

Nominal length

Page

Drawer – M

196

Drawer – K

200

High fronted pull-out – C

204

Cabinet width KB (mm) 200

Reference pages Overview – LEGRABOX myLEGRABOX Accessories Overview – assembly devices More technical details

226

191 Assembly, removal and adjustment 230 238 591 Short URL 698 www.blum.com/a310

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 LEGRABOX 〉 Narrow cabinets

Web code DQGTQM

SPACE TWIN Planning Space requirement in cabinet

Box systems

Installation height X (mm) M 68 K 106 C 155 * +1 mm if cabinet profile is installed before the cabinet is assembled

Installation dimensions – front

51* 32

Y

51

32

Y

Installation height Height of drawer side Y (mm) M M – K K – C C 96 FA Front overlay * +1 mm if cabinet profile is installed before the cabinet is assembled

FA 14

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

FA 14

227


Box systems 〉 LEGRABOX 〉 Design element

Glass design element

Box systems

▬ Unique designs for the furniture interior ▬ For cutting to size ▬ Colour: clear ▬ Material: glass

Order information LEGRABOX pure

LEGRABOX free

9a

7

Low glass design element (for inner pull-out, front)

Cabinet width KB (mm) 600 1200

Colour Clear Cabinet side panel thickness SWD (mm) 15/16 18/19 ZE7V488G ZE7V482G ZE7V1088G ZE7V1082G

Composed of: 7 1 x Glass design element In the case of other cabinet widths KB, cut the next longest design element to size accordingly

7

High glass design element (for inner pull-out, front)

Cabinet width KB (mm) 600 1200

Colour Clear Cabinet side panel thickness SWD (mm) 15/16 18/19 ZE7W488G ZE7W482G ZE7W1088G ZE7W1082G

Glass design element (side)

Nominal length Colour NL (mm) Clear 450 ZE7S338G 500 ZE7S388G 550 ZE7S438G 600 ZE7S488G 650 ZE7S538G

Composed of: 9a 2 x Glass design element In the case of other nominal lengths NL, cut the next longest design element to size accordingly

Accessories – Transportation lock – design element (side) Colour Material Yellow Nylon For transporting pre-assembled design element (side)

Part no. 780C0009

Composed of: 7 1 x Glass design element In the case of other cabinet widths KB, cut the next longest design element to size accordingly

Planning Cutting – design element

Design X (mm) element Low LW – 80 High LW – 80 Side NL – 112 LW Internal cabinet width NL Nominal length

Y (mm) 70 138 138

The given dimensions in combination with LEGRABOX do not require “impact testing for vertically installed glass parts” as per the DIN EN 14749 norm June 2016. For norm compliance no safety glass is required. The edge is a polished flat-ended edge with a 1 mm ±0.5 mm bevel.

Reference pages Overview – LEGRABOX Accessories Overview – assembly devices More technical details

228

191 Assembly, removal and adjustment 238 591 698 Short URL www.blum.com/a310

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems

Box systems 〉 LEGRABOX

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

229


Box systems 〉 LEGRABOX 〉 Design options

Box systems

myLEGRABOX

LEGRABOX pure | LEGRABOX free

LEGRABOX special edition

LEGRABOX individual

An elegant basis: LEGRABOX pure and LEGRABOX free offer a selection of superior matt colours and a premium look in anti-fingerprint stainless steel

The special collection: incredible drawer side looks based on the new colour, Carbon black matt and stunning material mixes with anti-fingerprint stainless steel, a special 3D carbon look or a Noble rust textured finish

The ultimate in customisation: design to your heart’s content. Mix colours and materials, use printing, laser texturing and embossing options to add customised designs and create unique furniture that delights your customers

230

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 LEGRABOX 〉 Design options 〉 Overview

LEGRABOX

Overview – applications Design element

192 228

Symbolic image

LEGRABOX special edition LEGRABOX special edition – final assembly on site

232

Symbolic image

234

Box systems

LEGRABOX individual LEGRABOX individual – final assembly on site

Symbolic image

Branding element

Branding element individual

237

Symbolic image

Design selector

Symbolic image

Design selector Short URL www.blum.com/lbxselector

Assembly, removal and adjustment Assembly, removal and adjustment

Symbolic image

Short URL www.blum.com/a310

Pictograph Item available on request

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

231


Box systems 〉 LEGRABOX 〉 Design options 〉 LEGRABOX special edition

LEGRABOX special edition – final assembly on site

Box systems

▬ The decorative element (exterior) can be selected in various designs even for relatively small minimum order quantities ▬ The drawer side (interior) and the decorative element (exterior) are delivered separately and can be completed in the desired combination quickly and easily ▬ A special collection with incredible drawer side looks

Order information

2d

2c

Symbolic image

LEGRABOX special edition

2e

2f

2b

▬ Drawer side (interior): Carbon black matt (CS-M) ▬ Decorative element (exterior): Carbon black matt (CS-M) With design line and branding element, optionally with your own logo

▬ Drawer side (interior): Carbon black matt (CS-M) ▬ Decorative element (exterior): Anti-fingerprint stainless steel (INGL) With design line and branding element, optionally with your own logo

▬ Drawer side (interior): Carbon black matt (CS-M) ▬ Decorative element (exterior): Noble rust (NR) With design line and branding element, optionally with your own logo

▬ Drawer side (interior): Carbon black matt (CS-M) ▬ Decorative element (exterior): Carbon black matt/Carbon look (CSCL) Without design line, with branding element, optionally with your own logo

2

Drawer side set (interior) Colour CS-M Nominal length NL (mm) 270 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650

Drawer side height M K C 770M2701S 770M3001S 770K3001S 770M3501S 770K3501S 770M4001S 770K4001S 770M4501S 770K4501S 770M5001S 770K5001S 770M5501S 770K5501S 770M6001S 770K6001S 770M6501S

770C2701S 770C3001S 770C3501S 770C4001S 770C4501S 770C5001S 770C5501S 770C6001S 770C6501S

Composed of: 2d 1 x Drawer side (interior) left/right 2b 2 x Branding element, stamped with Blum logo 2c 2 x Cover caps 2f 2 x LEGRABOX decorative element fixing Note The drawer side in height N is not included in the range of design options. We recommend using a drawer side in height N that goes with the customised (inner) drawer side.

232

F

770F4001S 770F4501S 770F5001S 770F5501S 770F6001S 770F6501S

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 LEGRABOX 〉 Design options 〉 LEGRABOX special edition

LEGRABOX special edition – final assembly on site

M K C F

Composed of: 2e 1 x Decorative element (exterior) left/right ¹ Without design line with integrated branding Colour CS-M INGL

270–650 300–600 270–650 400–650 xxx

Branding element individual Version Material Print | stamp

Minimum order quantity (pcs.)

Individual printed Individual recessed embossed

1000 5000 Colour IN-G KU-G GO-G

Silk white matt Orion grey matt Carbon black matt

Accessories –

Insulating piece Colour Material Drawer side height

Black Foam

Colour CS-M INGL CSCL¹ NR 770MxxxAS 770MxxxAI 770MxxxASGC 770MxxxAS 770KxxxAS 770KxxxAI 770KxxxASGC 770KxxxAS 770CxxxAS 770CxxxAI 770CxxxASGC 770CxxxAS 770FxxxAS 770FxxxAI 770FxxxASGC 770FxxxAS

Nominal length NL (mm)

Colour CSCL NR

Carbon black matt Stainless steel Anti-fingerprint

2b

Colour SW-M OG-M CS-M

With design line for branding element Nominal length NL (mm)

Carbon black/carbon look Noble rust

Symmetrical Nylon Colour SW-M | OG-M | CS-M IN-G | KU-G | GO-G 2x ZA7.0700xxxABD ZA7.0709xxxAB 2x ZA7.0700xxxABD ZA7.0709xxxAB In-mould brushed stainless steel In-mould brushed copper In-mould brushed gold

Nominal length NL (mm)

Part no.

M

270–650

¹☎

770M0009

K

300–600

¹☎

770K0009

C

270–650

770C0009

F

400–650

770F0009

Note As an option, an insulation piece can be used between the drawer side (interior) and the decorative element (exterior) to achieve improved noise reduction ¹ For nominal lengths NL 270–300 mm, the insulation piece must be halved at the perforation

Reference pages Overview – LEGRABOX Overview – design options LEGRABOX individual Branding element individual Overview – assembly devices More technical details

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

191 Design selector 231 234 237 Short URL 591 www.blum.com/lbxselector 698

Assembly, removal and adjustment Short URL www.blum.com/a310

233

Box systems

Order information 2e Decorative element (exterior) Design line Drawer side height


Box systems 〉 LEGRABOX 〉 Design options 〉 LEGRABOX individual

LEGRABOX individual – final assembly on site

Box systems

▬ Starting from an increased minimum order quantity, you can equip LEGRABOX individual with your own design or logo ▬ We would be happy to advise you and check your individual designs for feasibility – get in touch with your personal Blum contact: blum.com/contacts ▬ The drawer side (interior) and the decorative element (exterior) are delivered separately and can be completed in the desired combination quickly and easily ▬ Design possibilities Colour mix | Material mix | Printing | Laser texturing | Embossing

Order information LEGRABOX individual – colour mix

Reference pages Design possibilities LEGRABOX individual – colour mix LEGRABOX individual – material mix LEGRABOX individual – printing LEGRABOX individual – laser engraving LEGRABOX individual – embossing

234 234 235 235 236

▬ Drawer side (interior): in various colours ▬ Decorative element (exterior): in various colours With design line and branding element, optionally with your own logo Without design line with integrated branding, optionally with your own logo

Symbolic image

2

Drawer side (interior) Drawer side height M|K|C|F

Composed of: 2d – Drawer side (interior) Order left and right separately

2e

Nominal length NL (mm)

Colour SW-M | OG-M | CS-M

270 | 300 | 350 | 400 | 450 | 500 | 550 | 600 | 650

Decorative element (exterior) Drawer side height Nominal length NL (mm) Design line M|K|C|F M|K|C|F

Composed of: 2e – Decorative element (exterior) left/right X Drawer side height

LEGRABOX individual – material mix

270 | 300 | 350 | 400 | 450 | With design line for branding element 500 | 550 | 600 | 650 270 | 300 | 350 | 400 | 450 | Without design line with integrated branding 500 | 550 | 600 | 650 xxx

770Xxxx1S

Colour SW-M | OG-M | CS-M ☎

770XxxxAS

770XxxxASR

Nominal length NL (mm)

▬ Drawer side (interior): in various colours ▬ Decorative element (exterior): in anti-fingerprint stainless steel (INGL) With design line and branding element, optionally with your own logo Without design line with integrated branding, optionally with your own logo

Symbolic image

2

Drawer side (interior) Drawer side height M|K|C|F

Composed of: 2d – Drawer side (interior) Order left and right separately

2e

Colour SW-M | OG-M | CS-M

270 | 300 | 350 | 400 | 450 | 500 | 550 | 600 | 650

Decorative element (exterior) Drawer side height Nominal length NL (mm) Design line M|K|C|F M|K|C|F

Composed of: 2e – Decorative element (exterior) left/right X Drawer side height

234

Nominal length NL (mm)

270 | 300 | 350 | 400 | 450 | With design line for branding element 500 | 550 | 600 | 650 270 | 300 | 350 | 400 | 450 | Without design line with integrated branding 500 | 550 | 600 | 650 xxx

770Xxxx1S

Colour INGL ☎

770XxxxAI

770XxxxAIR

Nominal length NL (mm)

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 LEGRABOX 〉 Design options 〉 LEGRABOX individual

LEGRABOX individual – final assembly on site

Symbolic image

2

Drawer side (interior) Drawer side height M|K|C|F

Composed of: 2d – Drawer side (interior) Order left and right separately

2e

▬ Colour and material mix possible ▬ Drawer side (interior): in various colours ▬ Decorative element (exterior) in various colours Without design line, partially or fully printed in different colours, with Blum logo, custom logo or individual motifs

Nominal length NL (mm)

Colour SW-M | OG-M | CS-M

270 | 300 | 350 | 400 | 450 | 500 | 550 | 600 | 650

Decorative element (exterior) Drawer side height Nominal length NL (mm) Design line M|K|C|F

Composed of: 2e – Decorative element (exterior) left/right X Drawer side height

LEGRABOX individual – laser engraving

270 | 300 | 350 | 400 | 450 | Without design line with integrated branding 500 | 550 | 600 | 650 xxx

INGL 770Xxxx1S ☎

Colour SW-M | OG-M | CS-M ☎

770Xxxx1I Box systems

Order information LEGRABOX individual – printing

INGL 770XxxxASR ☎ 770XxxxAIR

Nominal length NL (mm)

▬ Drawer side (interior): in various colours ▬ Decorative element (exterior): in anti-fingerprint stainless steel (INGL) Without design line, partially lasered, with Blum logo, custom logo or individual motifs

Symbolic image

2

Drawer side (interior) Drawer side height M|K|C|F

Composed of: 2d – Drawer side (interior) Order left and right separately

2e

Colour SW-M | OG-M | CS-M

270 | 300 | 350 | 400 | 450 | 500 | 550 | 600 | 650

Decorative element (exterior) Drawer side height Nominal length NL (mm) Design line M|K|C|F

Composed of: 2e – Decorative element (exterior) left/right X Drawer side height

Colour SW-M OG-M

Nominal length NL (mm)

Silk white matt Orion grey matt

Reference pages Overview – LEGRABOX Overview – design options LEGRABOX special edition Branding element individual Overview – assembly devices More technical details

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

270 | 300 | 350 | 400 | 450 | Without design line with integrated branding 500 | 550 | 600 | 650 xxx

Colour CS-M INGL

191 Design selector 231 232 237 Short URL 591 www.blum.com/lbxselector 698

INGL 770Xxxx1S ☎

770Xxxx1I

Colour INGL ☎

770XxxxAIL

Nominal length NL (mm)

Carbon black matt Stainless steel Anti-fingerprint

Assembly, removal and adjustment Short URL www.blum.com/a310

235


Box systems 〉 LEGRABOX 〉 Design options 〉 LEGRABOX individual

LEGRABOX individual – final assembly on site Order information LEGRABOX individual – embossing

▬ Colour and material mix possible ▬ Drawer side (interior): in various colours ▬ Decorative element (exterior) in various colours Without design line, partially embossed, with Blum logo, custom logo or individual motifs

Symbolic image

2

Drawer side (interior) Drawer side height

Box systems

M|K|C|F

Decorative element (exterior) Drawer side height Nominal length NL (mm) Design line M|K|C|F

Composed of: 2e – Decorative element (exterior) left/right X Drawer side height

2c

2f

270 | 300 | 350 | 400 | 450 | Without design line with integrated branding 500 | 550 | 600 | 650 xxx

Interior cover cap Material

Version

Stamp

Nylon

Symmetrical

Blum

Composed of: 2c – Interior cover cap

Colour SW-M OG-M

Colour SW-M | OG-M | CS-M

270 | 300 | 350 | 400 | 450 | 500 | 550 | 600 | 650

Composed of: 2d – Drawer side (interior) Order left and right separately

2e

Nominal length NL (mm)

LEGRABOX decorative element fixing Colour Dark grey

Accessories –

Insulating piece Colour Material Drawer side height

Black Foam

Colour SW-M | OG-M | CS-M ☎

770XxxxASR

Nominal length NL (mm)

Minimum order Colour quantity (pcs.) SW-M | OG-M | CS-M 1000

ZA7.5700.BT

INGL ZA7.5709.BT

Material Nylon Colour CS-M INGL

Silk white matt Orion grey matt

770Xxxx1S

Part no. 770.0008 Carbon black matt Stainless steel Anti-fingerprint

Nominal length NL (mm)

Part no.

M

270–650

¹☎

770M0009

K

300–600

¹☎

770K0009

C

270–650

770C0009

F

400–650

770F0009

Note As an option, an insulation piece can be used between the drawer side (interior) and the decorative element (exterior) to achieve improved noise reduction ¹ For nominal lengths NL 270–300 mm, the insulation piece must be halved at the perforation

Reference pages Overview – LEGRABOX Overview – design options LEGRABOX special edition Branding element individual Overview – assembly devices More technical details

236

191 Design selector 231 232 237 Short URL 591 www.blum.com/lbxselector 698

Assembly, removal and adjustment Short URL www.blum.com/a310

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 LEGRABOX 〉 Design options 〉 Branding element

Branding element individual

Box systems

▬ The branding element enables customisation across all LEGRABOX design options ▬ Select the branding element that best fits your interpretation of LEGRABOX ▬ We will print or emboss the logo in your desired colour and put it on the drawer side ▬ To make it stand out, choose the new metallic surfaces and printing colours Silver, Gold and Copper ▬ For a unique design that highlights the quality of your furniture

Order information 2b Branding element individual Version Material Print | stamp

Minimum order quantity (pcs.)

Individual printed Individual recessed embossed Colour SW-M OG-M CS-M

1000 5000 Colour IN-G KU-G GO-G

Silk white matt Orion grey matt Carbon black matt

Symmetrical Nylon Colour SW-M | OG-M | CS-M IN-G | KU-G | GO-G 2x ZA7.0700xxxABD ZA7.0709xxxAB 2x ZA7.0700xxxABD ZA7.0709xxxAB In-mould brushed stainless steel In-mould brushed copper In-mould brushed gold

Design examples

Colour Stamp

In-mould brushed gold Recessed embossed

In-mould brushed copper Recessed embossed

Colour Print

In-mould brushed gold Metallic gold

In-mould brushed stainless steel In-mould brushed stainless steel Carbon black matt Metallic silver Black Metallic gold

Colour Print

Carbon black matt Metallic copper

Orion grey matt Metallic copper

Carbon black matt Metallic silver

Carbon black matt White

Colour Print

Silk white matt Metallic gold

Silk white matt Metallic silver

Silk white matt Black

Silk white matt Grey

Reference pages Overview – LEGRABOX Overview – design options LEGRABOX special edition LEGRABOX individual Overview – assembly devices More technical details Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

191 Design selector 231 232 234 Short URL 591 www.blum.com/lbxselector 698

In-mould brushed stainless steel Orion grey matt Recessed embossed Recessed embossed

Assembly, removal and adjustment Short URL www.blum.com/a310 237


Box systems 〉 LEGRABOX 〉 Accessories

Steel back ▬ For LEGRABOX ▬ Colour: silk white matt | orion grey matt | carbon black matt ▬ Material: steel

Order information Back height N¹ M K C F

Box systems

¹

Planning Calculation of width

xxx = LW – 31

Part no. ☎ ZB7NxxxS.6 ☎ ZB7MxxxS.6 ☎ ZB7KxxxS.6 ☎ ZB7CxxxS.6 ☎ ZB7FxxxS.6

Not compatible with SERVO-DRIVE

Cutting – 16 mm chipboard Base NL – 21 mm

Example Back wall height M LW = 567 mm 536 mm = 567–31 mm Order ZB7M536S.6

LW – 35 mm Rebate dimensions

xxx LW

Back width Internal cabinet width

NL LW

Nominal length Internal cabinet width

Front/base stabiliser ▬ For supporting wide drawer bases ▬ Recommendation: Cabinet width KB > 900 mm: 1 item

Planning Space requirement in cabinet

Order information Fixing method Colour EXPANDO RAL 7037 dust grey

Part no. Z96.10E1

Drilling distances – front

X = 14 mm + FA FA Front overlay * Min. 72 mm

238

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 LEGRABOX 〉 Accessories

Front/base stabiliser for thin fronts ▬ For stabilising wide fronts and drawer bases ▬ Reinforces the connection between the drawer base and the front ▬ Recommendation: Cabinet width KB > 600 mm: 1 item Cabinet width KB > 900 mm: 2 items Front height FH > 380 mm: 1 item

Order information Fixing method Colour EXPANDO T RAL 7037 dust grey

Part no. Z96.00T1

Reference pages Fixing system for thin fronts – EXPANDO T Assembly recommendation and limitation of liability – EXPANDO T

585

Drilling distances – front

Box systems

Planning Space requirement in cabinet

584

X = 14 mm + FA FA Front overlay * Min. 80 mm ** Stone and ceramic +0.2/–0.1 mm

Side stabilisation ▬ Additional stabilisation for extra wide high fronted pull-outs ▬ Recommendation: cabinet width KB 900–1400 mm ▬ Aluminium rod suitable for KB up to 1400 mm, for cutting to size ▬ No additional space requirement at the bottom ▬ Suitable for use with BLUMOTION | SERVO-DRIVE | TIP-ON BLUMOTION | TIP-ON

Order information Side stabilisation Nominal length NL (mm) 270–400 450–650

Cutting 1 Internal cabinet width LW – 295 mm 2 Nominal length NL + 10 mm

Part no. ZS7M400LU ZS7M650LU

Planning Space requirement in cabinet

NL

Nominal length

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

239


Box systems 〉 LEGRABOX 〉 Accessories

Support angle bracket ▬ Used when there is a uniform cutting dimension in the drawer base with steel and chipboard backs ▬ Makes it possible to combine a drawer base for steel backs with a chipboard back ▬ Connection of chipboard back or centre piece and drawer base for more stability

Order information Description Support angle bracket

▬ For the connection of chipboard back fixings with chipboard back and drawer side with drawer bases ▬ In order to achieve optimal assembly, we recommend that you use flat headed screws for the chipboard back and drawer side ▬ Ø 4 mm ▬ Colour: nickel plated ▬ Material: steel

Order information X (mm) 15.0

Ø 4.0 mm

Fixing screw (flat headed screw) Box systems

Part no. ZB7A0008

Part no. 61D.1500

Ø 3.5 mm

Chipboard screws ▬ Ø 3.5 mm ▬ Colour: nickel plated ▬ Material: steel

Order information X (mm) 15.0 17.0

Part no. 609.1500 609.1700

Ø 6.0 mm

System screw ▬ Ø 6 mm ▬ Drilling diameter Ø 5 mm ▬ Colour: nickel plated ▬ Material: steel

Order information X (mm) 10.0 11.5 13.0 14.5 20.0

Part no. 661.1000.HG 661.1150.HG 661.1300.HG 661.1450.HG 661.2000.HG

▬ Ø 2.7 mm, length 70 mm ▬ To pre-drill for Ø 3.5 mm chipboard screws ▬ Drilling depth up to 8 mm ▬ Material: steel, hardened

Order information Description Centre bit Replacement bit

Part no. M01.ZZ03.01 M01.ZZB3

▬ For noise reduction ▬ Colour: natural coloured ▬ Material: nylon

Order information Description Stick-on door buffer

Part no. 993.710

Centre bit

Stick-on door buffer

240

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 LEGRABOX 〉 Accessories

8 mm Ø door buffer ▬ For noise reduction ▬ Gap 2 mm ▬ Two-part ▬ Colour: RAL 9006 grey ▬ Material: nylon

Order information Description 8 mm Ø door buffer

Part no. 993.706

▬ PZ (Pozi) size 2 ▬ Blade length 100 mm ▬ Overall length 200 mm ▬ Orange handle with Blum logo ▬ Colour: black/orange ▬ Material: nylon/steel

Order information Description Pozidrive screwdriver

Part no. 303.756.1

▬ Slotted, size 1.0 x 5.5 mm ▬ Blade length 125 mm ▬ Overall length 225 mm ▬ Orange handle with Blum logo ▬ Colour: black/orange ▬ Material: nylon/steel

Order information Description Slotted screwdriver

Part no. 314.928.1

▬ TORX size 20 (T20) ▬ Orange handle with Blum logo ▬ Colour: black/orange ▬ Material: nylon/steel

Order information

Slotted screwdriver

TORX screwdriver

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

Total length (mm) 100 210

Blade length (mm) 35 100

Part no. 623.882.2 209.093.7

241

Box systems

Pozidrive screwdriver


Box systems 〉 LEGRABOX 〉 Cabinet profile fixing positions

Cabinet profile 750 – 40 kg

Cabinet profile 753 – 70 kg

A B

NL 450

A B

NL 500–600

NL 650

A B

** **

*

** **

*

** **

* 4

Box systems

18

416

NL A B *

242

Nominal length Chipboard screws Ø 4 x 15 mm System screws Ø 6 x 14.5 mm, part no. 661.1450.HG Can be replaced with chipboard screw Ø 4 x 15 mm

NL A B * **

224 256 320

32 9

9

18 37

Nominal length Chipboard screws Ø 4 x 15 mm System screws Ø 6 x 14.5 mm, part no. 661.1450.HG Can be replaced with chipboard screw Ø 4 x 15 mm Optional for greater stability

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems

Box systems 〉 LEGRABOX

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

243


Box systems 〉 TIP-ON BLUMOTION for LEGRABOX

Two functions – fascinatingly combined TIP-ON BLUMOTION for LEGRABOX combines the advantages of the TIP-ON mechanical opening support system with the reliable BLUMOTION dampening for silent and effortless closing – 100 % mechanically.

Box systems

TIP-ON BLUMOTION‘s extensive trigger range provides inspirational ease of use for handle-less pull-outs and drawers. To optimise the function and increase the trigger range, we generally recommend using synchronisation.

Opens with just a light touch, has a smooth running action and closes silently and effortlessly – experience completely harmonious and convenient motion with TIP-ON BLUMOTION technology

600 500 400 300 200 100

2.5

The motion is assisted 100 % mechanically

mm

6 9 00 12 00 00

Small front gap TIP-ON BLUMOTION can be adjusted to have a small front gap of 2.5 mm

244

Extensive trigger range To optimise the function and increase the trigger range, we generally recommend using synchronisation

Four-dimensional adjustment The four-dimensional adjustment ensures a precise gap layout. Depth adjustment is integrated and tool-free – simply turn the adjustment wheel

Simple, tool-free assembly The TIP-ON BLUMOTION unit can be assembled tool-free, as can all the other components

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 TIP-ON BLUMOTION for LEGRABOX 〉 Overview

Box systems

Overview – box systems LEGRABOX TIP-ON for LEGRABOX SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX

189 190 250 358

Symbolic image

Applications

kg

TIP-ON BLUMOTION

40 70

246

Symbolic image kg Dynamic carrying capacity

Accessories

Steel back Front/base stabiliser Front/base stabiliser for thin fronts Side stabilisation Support angle bracket Screws Symbolic image Cabinet profile fixing positions Cabinet profile 750 – 40 kg Cabinet profile 753 – 70 kg

Web code Page

238 Centre bit 238 Door buffer 239 Screwdriver 239 240 240

240 240 241

248 248

Symbolic image

Assembly, removal and adjustment Assembly, removal and adjustment

Symbolic image

Short URL www.blum.com/a320

Pictograph Item available on request

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

245

Box systems

Applications


Box systems 〉 TIP-ON BLUMOTION for LEGRABOX 〉 Applications

TIP-ON BLUMOTION

Box systems

▬ The TIP-ON mechanical opening support system combined with soft-close BLUMOTION ▬ Gap 2.5 mm ▬ Four-dimensional front adjustment ▬ Extensive trigger range ▬ Synchronised feather-light glide ▬ Synchronisation for internal cabinet widths LW of 245 mm and wider

Order information 1 Cabinet profiles left/right BLUMOTION S Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg) NL (mm) 40 70 270 750.2701S 300 750.3001S 350 750.3501S 400 750.4001S 450 750.4501S 753.4501S 500 750.5001S 753.5001S 550 750.5501S 753.5501S 600 750.6001S 753.6001S 650 753.6501S 6.1

TIP-ON BLUMOTION set Nominal length Cabinet Weight Unit NL (mm) profile (kg) (kg) 270–300 S0 40 ≤ 10 270–300 S1 40 > 10–20 350–600 L1 40 ≤ 20 350–600 L3 40 15–40 450–650 L5 70 35–70

6.2 6.1

¹

Part no.

² ² ³

T60L7040 T60L7140 T60L7340 T60L7540 T60L7570

Composed of: 6a 1 x TIP-ON BLUMOTION unit left/right 6b 1 x TIP-ON BLUMOTION latch left/right 6e 2 x TIP-ON BLUMOTION synchronisation adapter Internal cabinet width LW ≥ 294 mm ¹ Recommended weight ranges (total weight of the pull-out) for an optimum opening and closing function ² Can only be combined with a 40 kg cabinet profile ³ Recommendation: only use in combination with 70 kg cabinet profile

6.2

TIP-ON BLUMOTION set sink pull-out Nominal length Cabinet Weight Unit NL (mm) profile (kg) (kg) 350–600 L1 40 ≤ 20 350–600 L3 40 15–40

Part no. T60.300D

Accessories 6e TIP-ON BLUMOTION synchronisation adapter Version Colour Symmetrical RAL 7035 light grey

Part no. T60.000D

Cutting 6.1 Internal cabinet width LW – 221 mm

Internal cabinet width LW ≥ 294 mm

¹

Part no.

²

T60L9340 T60L9540

Composed of: 6c 1 x TIP-ON BLUMOTION unit left/right 6d 1 x TIP-ON BLUMOTION latch left/right 6e 2 x TIP-ON BLUMOTION synchronisation adapter Internal cabinet width LW ≥ 314 mm ¹ Recommended weight ranges (total weight of the pull-out) for an optimum opening and closing function ² Can only be combined with a 40 kg cabinet profile

Internal cabinet width LW ≥ 294 mm 6f TIP-ON BLUMOTION synchronisation linkage Version Colour Round Grey

Internal cabinet width LW 245–293 mm 6g TIP-ON BLUMOTION synchronisation Version Colour Square RAL 7035 light grey

Front gap template for TIP-ON BLUMOTION Front gap FS (mm) Colour 2.5 Orange

Note We recommend that you use the front gap template

Part no. 65.5631

Part no. T60.1125W

In combination with 6e 2 x T60.000D Suitable up to internal cabinet width LW 1370 mm Note To optimise the function and increase the trigger range, we generally recommend using synchronisation Cutting 6.1 Internal cabinet width LW – 247 mm 6.2 Internal cabinet width LW – 267 mm

246

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 TIP-ON BLUMOTION for LEGRABOX 〉 Applications

TIP-ON BLUMOTION Planning Space requirement in cabinet Drawer | high fronted pull-out

Inner drawer | inner pull-out

Drawer | high fronted pull-out

NL

NL

Height M * +1 mm if cabinet profile is installed before the cabinet is assembled ** Incl. 2 mm tilt adjustment

Nominal length

Nominal length

Screw position – inner drawer | inner pull-out

Variant 1

Box systems

min 68**

Inner drawer | inner pull-out

Height M * +1 mm if cabinet profile is installed before the cabinet is assembled Latch set (ZI7.0M07) cannot be used in combination with TIP-ON BLUMOTION

Plinth leg

Variant 2

Trigger range

Trigger range With synchronisation Without synchronisation Minimum front gap (mm) With front/base stabiliser

600 500 400 300 200 100

2.5

mm

2.5

To optimise the function and increase the trigger range, we generally recommend using synchronisation Example for 750 – 40 kg | 753 – 70 kg, C height, nominal length NL 500 mm

6 9 00 12 00 00

Reference pages Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for LEGRABOX Overview – LEGRABOX Overview – TIP-ON for LEGRABOX CABLOXX Accessories Cabinet profile fixing positions Overview – assembly devices More technical details

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

245

Assembly, removal and adjustment

191 251 Short URL 582 www.blum.com/a320 238 248 591 698

247


Box systems 〉 TIP-ON BLUMOTION for LEGRABOX 〉 Cabinet profile fixing positions

Cabinet profile 750 – 40 kg

Cabinet profile 753 – 70 kg

A B

NL 450

A B

NL 500–600

NL 650

A B

** **

*

** **

*

** **

* 4

Box systems

18

416

NL A B *

248

Nominal length Chipboard screws Ø 4 x 15 mm System screws Ø 6 x 14.5 mm, part no. 661.1450.HG Can be replaced with chipboard screw Ø 4 x 15 mm

NL A B * **

224 256 320

32 9

9

18 37

Nominal length Chipboard screws Ø 4 x 15 mm System screws Ø 6 x 14.5 mm, part no. 661.1450.HG Can be replaced with chipboard screw Ø 4 x 15 mm Optional for greater stability

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems

Box systems 〉 TIP-ON BLUMOTION for LEGRABOX

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

249


Box systems 〉 TIP-ON for LEGRABOX

Easy to open – with just a touch Reliable handle-less opening Handle-less fronts are playing a greater and greater role in modern furniture design. With TIP-ON for LEGRABOX – the mechanical opening support system from Blum – handle-less drawers and pull-outs open with just a touch. To close, simply press shut.

Box systems

Multitude of applications The TIP-ON cabinet profile can be used for all standard applications.

600 500 400

3.5

300 200

mm

100

6 9 00 12 00 00

The TIP-ON function is integrated into the cabinet profile. For straightforward installation and ease of use

250

The optional synchronisation ensures secure opening and closing even for wide fronts

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 TIP-ON for LEGRABOX 〉 Overview

Box systems

Overview – box systems LEGRABOX TIP-ON BLUMOTION for LEGRABOX SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX

189 190 244 358

Symbolic image

Applications

kg

TIP-ON

40 70

252

Symbolic image kg Dynamic carrying capacity

Accessories

Steel back Front/base stabiliser Front/base stabiliser for thin fronts Side stabilisation Support angle bracket Screws Symbolic image Cabinet profile fixing positions Cabinet profile 750 – 40 kg Cabinet profile 753 – 70 kg

Web code Page

238 Centre bit 238 Door buffer 239 Screwdriver 239 240 240

240 240 241

254 254

Symbolic image

Assembly, removal and adjustment Assembly, removal and adjustment

Symbolic image

Short URL www.blum.com/a330

Pictograph Item available on request

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

251

Box systems

Applications


Box systems 〉 TIP-ON for LEGRABOX 〉 Applications

TIP-ON

Box systems

▬ Integrated TIP-ON function for handle-less fronts ▬ A synchronisation can be applied to increase the trigger range for cabinet widths KB of 400 mm and above (recommended for cabinet widths KB of 600 mm and above) ▬ Synchronised feather-light glide ▬ Easy, tool-free depth adjustment without removing the pull-out ▬ Gap 3.5 mm

Order information 1 Cabinet profiles left/right TIP-ON Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg) NL (mm) 40 70 270 750.2701T 300 750.3001T 350 750.3501T 400 750.4001T 450 750.4501T 753.4501T 500 750.5001T 753.5001T 550 750.5501T 753.5501T 600 750.6001T 753.6001T 650 753.6501T Accessories 14 TIP-ON synchronisation pinion set Version Colour Round RAL 7037 dust grey

Composed of: 14a 1 x Locking device 14b 1 x Overload locking device 14c 2 x Attachment

14d

TIP-ON synchronisation linkage Version Material Round Aluminium

Suitable for cabinet width KB 1400 mm Cutting Internal cabinet width LW – 229 mm

252

Part no. T57.7400.01

Part no. ZST.1160W

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 TIP-ON for LEGRABOX 〉 Applications

TIP-ON

Inner drawer | inner pull-out

Drawer | high fronted pull-out

Inner drawer | inner pull-out

NL

NL

Height M * +1 mm if cabinet profile is installed before the cabinet is assembled ** Incl. 2 mm tilt adjustment

Height M * +1 mm if cabinet profile is installed before the cabinet is assembled

Box systems

Planning Space requirement in cabinet Drawer | high fronted pull-out

Nominal length

Nominal length

Screw position – inner drawer | inner pull-out

Variant 1

Variant 2

Trigger range

The optional synchronisation feature ensures secure opening even for higher & wider fronts

600

We also recommend that you use front stabilisation

500 400

3.5

300 200

Recommended front gap: 3.5 mm

mm

100

6 9 00 12 00 00

Reference pages Overview – TIP-ON for LEGRABOX Overview – LEGRABOX Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for LEGRABOX CABLOXX Accessories Cabinet profile fixing positions Overview – assembly devices More technical details

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

251 Assembly, removal and adjustment 191 245

Short URL 582 www.blum.com/a330 238 254 591 698

253


Box systems 〉 TIP-ON for LEGRABOX 〉 Cabinet profile fixing positions

Cabinet profile 750 – 40 kg

Cabinet profile 753 – 70 kg

A B

NL 450

A B

NL 500–600

NL 650

A B

** **

*

** **

*

** **

* 4

Box systems

18

416

NL A B *

254

Nominal length Chipboard screws Ø 4 x 15 mm System screws Ø 6 x 14.5 mm, part no. 661.1450.HG Can be replaced with chipboard screw Ø 4 x 15 mm

NL A B * **

224 256 320

32 9

9

18 37

Nominal length Chipboard screws Ø 4 x 15 mm System screws Ø 6 x 14.5 mm, part no. 661.1450.HG Can be replaced with chipboard screw Ø 4 x 15 mm Optional for greater stability

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems

Box systems 〉 TIP-ON for LEGRABOX

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

255


Box systems 〉 MERIVOBOX

MERIVOBOX – Let's create – the box platform for your ideas Offering variety has never been so easy. This platform makes it incredibly simple to manufacture and assemble drawers and pull-outs to meet every demand.

Box systems

In short, MERIVOBOX makes your ideas and those of your customers happen. Get a head start and get ready for the challenges that lie ahead. Experience maximum functionality combined with a stunning design.

Platform It takes just a few components to create your own extensive range. Diverse and yet simple

Design MERIVOBOX boasts straight lines and a striking look. Modern minimalism meets distinctive design

Functionality The newly developed cabinet profile concept delivers extremely smooth running action and high load bearing capacity. Feather-light glide and enhanced stability

Assembly No matter the model, assembly is always simple and adjustment always the same. It is extremely easy to achieve precise results

MERIVOBOX modular with gallery Create a clean cut design with the use of exposed metal components

MERIVOBOX modular with BOXCOVER Create unique pull-outs – with large design elements

MERIVOBOX modular with BOXCAP Simply clip on BOXCAP and you have created a metal pull-out with closed sides

Colour concept MERIVOBOX is available in the colour options silk white matt, indium grey matt and orion grey matt

256

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 MERIVOBOX 〉 Overview

Box systems

Symbolic image

Overview

Overview – box systems LEGRABOX TIP-ON BLUMOTION for MERIVOBOX TANDEMBOX antaro TANDEMBOX plus SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX

189 METABOX 190 296 302 348 358

Overview – applications Design element

258 290

390

Accessories

Steel back Front/base stabiliser Front/base stabiliser for thin fronts Side stabilisation Screws Centre bit Symbolic image Cabinet profile fixing positions Cabinet profile 450 – 40 kg Cabinet profile 453 – 70 kg 1

2

406 Door buffer 291 Screwdriver 292 292 293 293

293 294

295 295

Symbolic image

Assembly, removal and adjustment Assembly, removal and adjustment

Symbolic image

Short URL www.blum.com/a355

Pictograph Item available on request

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

257

Box systems

Symbolic image


Box systems 〉 MERIVOBOX 〉 Overview – applications

kg

Applications

Box systems

Standard cabinet Drawer

Space requirement

Height (mm)

Drawer – N

40

85.5

Drawer – M

40 70

108

Drawer – K

40 70

146

High fronted pull-out High fronted pull-out – gallery – E

40 70

Web code

40 70

40 70

260

DQJ19A

262

DQJ1YM

266

209

kg

258

Dynamic carrying capacity

70

270

209

272

209

DQJ5HA

Cabinet profile with over extension for waste bin applications

Space requirement

Height (mm)

DQJ0JY

DQJ4RY

High fronted pull-out – BOXCAP – E

kg

Applications

Web code

Page

Inner drawer

DQJ42M

High fronted pull-out – BOXCOVER – E

Page

274

209

DQJ66M

Inner pull-out

Inner drawer – M

40 70

106

Inner drawer – K

40 70

144

Inner pull-out – gallery – gallery – E

40 70

207

Inner pull-out – gallery – design element – E

40 70

207

Inner pull-out – BOXCOVER – 40 70 gallery – E

207

Inner pull-out – BOXCOVER – 40 70 design element – E

207

Inner pull-out – BOXCAP – gallery – E

40 70

207

Inner pull-out – BOXCAP – design element – E

40 70

207

DQJ2NY

264

DQJ3DA

268

DQJ6VY

DQJ7LA

DQJ8AM

DQJ8ZY

DQJ9PA

276

DQJAEM

278

280

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 MERIVOBOX 〉 Overview – applications

Sink cabinet Drawer

Height (mm)

Drawer – M – centre piece

High fronted pull-out High fronted pull-out – gallery – E – centre piece

Larder unit

Narrow cabinets

Design element

kg

Space requirement

40 70

DQJB3Y 209

High fronted pull-out – BOXCOVER – E – centre piece

40 70

209

High fronted pull-out – BOXCAP – E – centre piece

40 70

209

Cabinet width KB 150 mm

Height (mm)

Web code

Page

282

DQJBTA

DQJCIM

DQJD7Y

284

DQJDXA

286

DQJEMM

288

Glass design element

Dynamic carrying capacity

No. Description

Colour SW-M IG-M

Space requirement

20

Recommendation – colour combination of the components

2 2.1 2.2 3 3.1 3.1 3.2 3.3 4 5 5 6 7 8 9 9

kg

Applications

40 70

Cabinet width KB 275–1200 mm SPACE TWIN

Page

108

40 70

SPACE TOWER

Web code

Box systems

kg

Applications

Drawer side set Drawer side set exterior Drawer side set interior Chipboard back fixings left/right Chipboard back fixings left/right External chipboard back fixing left/right Internal chipboard back fixing left/right Chipboard back fixing cover cap Front piece set Front piece without groove Front piece with groove Latch set Cross gallery Longside gallery rail left/right BOXCOVER left/right BOXCAP left/right Silk white matt Indium grey matt

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

290

Colour

Colour OG-M

SW-M SW-M SW-M SW-M SW-M SW-M SW-M SW-M SW-M SW-M SW-M SW-M SW-M SW-M SW-M SW-M SW-M

IG-M IG-M IG-M IG-M IG-M IG-M IG-M IG-M IG-M IG-M IG-M IG-M IG-M IG-M IG-M IG-M IG-M

OG-M OG-M OG-M OG-M OG-M OG-M OG-M OG-M OG-M OG-M OG-M OG-M OG-M OG-M OG-M OG-M OG-M

Orion grey matt

259


Box systems 〉 MERIVOBOX 〉 Standard cabinet

Web code DQJ0JY

Drawer – N

Box systems

Space requirement

85.5*

▬ Distinctive drawer side design ▬ Drawer side straight on the inside with flush cover cap ▬ Synchronised feather-light glide ▬ Includes an integrated BLUMOTION damping effect for soft and effortless closing, and can be combined with SERVO-DRIVE or TIP-ON BLUMOTION ▬ Insert the front in the holding position and simply clip on (easy attachment even if pull-out is already in place) ▬ Tool-free front assembly ▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment

NL

NL *

+3

Nominal length Incl. 2 mm tilt adjustment

Order information 1 Cabinet profiles left/right BLUMOTION Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg) NL (mm) 40 400 450.4001B 450 450.4501B 500 450.5001B 550 450.5501B 2

3 2a

Drawer side set

Drawer side height (mm) Nominal length Colour NL (mm) SW-M | IG-M | OG-M 400 470N4002S 450 470N4502S 500 470N5002S 550 470N5502S

2c

68.5

4

Composed of: 2a 1 x Left/right drawer sides 2b 2 x Branding element, stamped with Blum logo, starting at 1000 pcs. individually printed 2c 2 x Cover caps

3

4

Chipboard back fixings left/right Colour Material SW-M | IG-M | OG-M Steel Front fixing bracket Fixing method EXPANDO T INSERTA Screw-on¹

EXPANDO T suitable for thin fronts – see reference pages ¹ Screws not included in scope of delivery Colour SW-M IG-M

Silk white matt Indium grey matt

Colour OG-M

Part no. ZB4N000S

2x 2x 2x

Part no. ZF4.10T2 ZF4.10I2 ZF4.1002

Accessories – Chipboard screws Ø (mm) 3.5 3.5 ¹ ²

1

Length (mm) 15 17

¹ ²

Part no. 609.1500 609.1700

Fixing screw (flat head screw) Ø (mm) Length (mm) 3.5 15

¹⁺²

Part no. 61R.1500

System screw Ø (mm) 6

¹

Part no. 661.1450.HG

For connecting the cabinet profile to the cabinet For front fixing

In order to achieve optimal assembly, we recommend that you use flat head screws for the chipboard back and drawer side ¹ For the connection of chipboard back fixings with chipboard back and drawer side with drawer bases ² Maximum screw head height: 2 mm

Orion grey matt

¹

260

2b

Length (mm) 14.5

For connecting the cabinet profile to the cabinet

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 MERIVOBOX 〉 Standard cabinet

Web code DQJ0JY

Drawer – N Installation dimensions – front – screw-on

Drilling distances – front – INSERTA | EXPANDO-T front

Installation dimensions – back

10

Planning Space requirement in cabinet

+0.2

**

+1 mm if cabinet profile is installed before the cabinet is assembled Incl. 2 mm tilt adjustment

FA *

12**

FA

Front overlay +1 mm if cabinet profile is installed before the cabinet is assembled

* **

Hole spacing – cabinet profiles Cabinet profile 450 – 40 kg Nominal length NL (mm)

Box systems

20.5 *

11

min 33.5* 32

20

33.5*

32

Ø 10 –0.1

+1 mm if cabinet profile is installed before the cabinet is assembled Min. 6 mm for EXPANDO T

Cutting – 16 mm chipboard

Chipboard back 60.5

400 | 450 | 500 | 550

LW – 51 mm

32

224

32

9 37

Base Chipboard back NL – 26 mm Steel back NL – 22 mm

KB LW NL

Cabinet width Internal cabinet width Nominal length

LW – 51 mm

Drilling distances – drawer base

NL (mm) X (mm) 400 | 450 | 500 | 550 256 Pre-drilling possible when using a flat head screw NL Nominal length

X 16

9 Internal cabinet depth LT min. = nominal length NL + 3 mm

Reference pages Overview – MERIVOBOX Fixing system for thin fronts – EXPANDO T Assembly recommendation and limitation of liability – EXPANDO T Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for MERIVOBOX CABLOXX Accessories Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

257 Cabinet profile fixing positions Overview – assembly devices More technical details

584

585

295 Assembly, removal and adjustment 591 698 Short URL www.blum.com/a355

359 297 582 291 261


Box systems 〉 MERIVOBOX 〉 Standard cabinet

Web code DQJ19A

Drawer – M

Box systems

Space requirement

108*

▬ Distinctive drawer side design ▬ Drawer side straight on the inside with flush cover cap ▬ Synchronised feather-light glide ▬ Includes an integrated BLUMOTION damping effect for soft and effortless closing, and can be combined with SERVO-DRIVE or TIP-ON BLUMOTION ▬ Insert the front in the holding position and simply clip on (easy attachment even if pull-out is already in place) ▬ Tool-free front assembly ▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment

NL NL *

+3

Nominal length Incl. 2 mm tilt adjustment

Order information 1 Cabinet profiles left/right BLUMOTION Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg) NL (mm) 40 70 270 450.2701B 300 450.3001B 350 450.3501B 400 450.4001B 450 450.4501B 453.4501B 500 450.5001B 453.5001B 550 450.5501B 453.5501B 600 450.6001B 453.6001B 2

3 2a

2c 4

Drawer side set

Drawer side height (mm) Nominal length Colour NL (mm) SW-M | IG-M | OG-M 270 470M2702S 300 470M3002S 350 470M3502S 400 470M4002S 450 470M4502S 500 470M5002S 550 470M5502S 600 470M6002S

Chipboard back fixings left/right Colour Material SW-M | IG-M | OG-M Steel

4

Front fixing bracket Fixing method EXPANDO T INSERTA Screw-on¹

Accessories – Chipboard screws Ø (mm) 3.5 3.5 ¹ ²

Colour SW-M IG-M

262

Silk white matt Indium grey matt

Part no. ZB4M000S

Colour OG-M

2x 2x 2x

Part no. ZF4.10T2 ZF4.10I2 ZF4.1002

Length (mm) 15 17

¹ ²

Part no. 609.1500 609.1700

Fixing screw (flat head screw) Ø (mm) Length (mm) 3.5 15

¹⁺²

Part no. 61R.1500

System screw Ø (mm) 6

¹

Part no. 661.1450.HG

For connecting the cabinet profile to the cabinet For front fixing

In order to achieve optimal assembly, we recommend that you use flat head screws for the chipboard back and drawer side ¹ For the connection of chipboard back fixings with chipboard back and drawer side with drawer bases ² Maximum screw head height: 2 mm

EXPANDO T suitable for thin fronts – see reference pages ¹ Screws not included in scope of delivery

1

91

Composed of: 2a 1 x Left/right drawer sides 2b 2 x Branding element, stamped with Blum logo, starting at 1000 pcs. individually printed 2c 2 x Cover caps

3

2b

¹

Length (mm) 14.5

For connecting the cabinet profile to the cabinet

Orion grey matt

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 MERIVOBOX 〉 Standard cabinet

Web code DQJ19A

Drawer – M Planning Space requirement in cabinet

Drilling distances – front – INSERTA | EXPANDO-T front

Installation dimensions – back

+0.2

* **

+1 mm if cabinet profile is installed before the cabinet is assembled Incl. 2 mm tilt adjustment

20.5 FA *

32 12**

FA

Front overlay +1 mm if cabinet profile is installed before the cabinet is assembled

* **

Hole spacing – cabinet profiles Cabinet profile 450 – 40 kg Nominal length NL (mm)

Box systems

20

28

11

min 33.5* 32

32

Ø 10 –0.1

33.5*

103

min. 54* min. 54**

10

Installation dimensions – front – screw-on

+1 mm if cabinet profile is installed before the cabinet is assembled Min. 6 mm for EXPANDO T

Cutting – 16 mm chipboard

Chipboard back 83 mm

270 | 300 | 350

LW – 51 mm

*

400 | 450 | 500 | 550 | 600

Base

*

32

32 160 32 224

Chipboard back

9 37

NL – 26 mm Steel back NL – 22 mm

KB LW NL

Cabinet width Internal cabinet width Nominal length

LW – 51 mm

Cabinet profile 453 – 70 kg Nominal length NL (mm)

Drilling distances – drawer base

450 | 500 | 550 600

*

*

32

32

352

224

32

9 37

X

NL (mm) X (mm) 270 | 300 128 350 | 400 | 450 | 500 | 256 550 | 600 Pre-drilling possible when using a flat head screw NL Nominal length

16

9 Internal cabinet depth LT min. = nominal length NL + 3 mm

Reference pages Overview – MERIVOBOX Fixing system for thin fronts – EXPANDO T Assembly recommendation and limitation of liability – EXPANDO T Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for MERIVOBOX Overview – AMBIA-LINE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

257 CABLOXX Accessories Cabinet profile fixing positions Overview – assembly devices 585 More technical details

584

582 Assembly, removal and adjustment 291 295 591 Short URL 698 www.blum.com/a355

359 297 529 263


Box systems 〉 MERIVOBOX 〉 Standard cabinet

Web code DQJ2NY

Box systems

Inner drawer – M Space requirement

106 111*

▬ Inner drawer with solid front piece ▬ Distinctive drawer side design ▬ Drawer side straight on the inside with flush cover cap ▬ Synchronised feather-light glide ▬ Includes an integrated BLUMOTION damping effect for soft and effortless closing, and can be combined with SERVO-DRIVE or TIP-ON BLUMOTION ▬ SERVO-DRIVE is only triggered by pulling for inner drawers ▬ Insert the front in the holding position and simply clip on (easy attachment even if pull-out is already in place) ▬ Tool-free front assembly ▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment

NL NL *

+3

Nominal length Inner drawer with latch set

Order information 1 Cabinet profiles left/right BLUMOTION Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg) NL (mm) 40 70 270 450.2701B 300 450.3001B 350 450.3501B 400 450.4001B 450 450.4501B 453.4501B 500 450.5001B 453.5001B 550 450.5501B 453.5501B 600 450.6001B 453.6001B 2

3

4b

5

91

Accessories 6 Latch set Colour SW-M | IG-M | OG-M

Composed of: 2a 1 x Left/right drawer sides 2b 2 x Branding element, stamped with Blum logo, starting at 1000 pcs. individually printed 2c 2 x Cover caps

3

Chipboard back fixings left/right Colour Material SW-M | IG-M | OG-M Steel

4

Front piece set Colour SW-M | IG-M | OG-M

Part no. ZB4M000S

Material Steel

Part no. ZI4.0MS1

264

Silk white matt Indium grey matt

Colour OG-M

Part no. ZV4.1042M

2b

1

4a

4f

Material Nylon

Composed of: 6a 1 x Latch 6b 1 x Latch housing RAL 7037 dust grey Latch must be mounted on the front piece Latch set (ZI7.0M07) cannot be used in combination with TIP-ON BLUMOTION

– ¹

Chipboard screws Ø (mm) 3.5

Part no. ZI7.0M07

Length (mm) 15

¹

Part no. 609.1500

Fixing screw (flat head screw) Ø (mm) Length (mm) 3.5 15

¹⁺²

Part no. 61R.1500

System screw Ø (mm) 6

¹

Part no. 661.1450.HG

For connecting the cabinet profile to the cabinet

In order to achieve optimal assembly, we recommend that you use flat head screws for the chipboard back and drawer side ¹ For the connection of chipboard back fixings with chipboard back and drawer side with drawer bases ² Maximum screw head height: 2 mm

Front piece without groove Colour Length (mm) SW-M | IG-M | OG-M 1042

Suitable for cabinet width KB 1200 mm Cutting Internal cabinet width LW – 126 mm Colour SW-M IG-M

6b

4e

Drawer side height (mm) Nominal length Colour NL (mm) SW-M | IG-M | OG-M 270 470M2702S 300 470M3002S 350 470M3502S 400 470M4002S 450 470M4502S 500 470M5002S 550 470M5502S 600 470M6002S

5

6a

2c

Drawer side set

Composed of: 4a 1 x Front fixing left/right 4b 2 x Interior cover cap 4e 1 x Locking piece 4f 4 x Screws

2a

¹

Length (mm) 14.5

For connecting the cabinet profile to the cabinet

Orion grey matt

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 MERIVOBOX 〉 Standard cabinet

Web code DQJ2NY

Inner drawer – M

= Ø 25

12

x x + 65

32

min. 52 57**

10

11

=

Box systems

min. 54*

103

Drilling distances – front – latch housing

45

Installation dimensions – back

min 17

Planning Space requirement in cabinet

28 * **

+1 mm if cabinet profile is installed before the cabinet is assembled Inner drawer with latch set possible from height 57 mm

Hole spacing – cabinet profiles Cabinet profile 450 – 40 kg Nominal length NL (mm)

Cutting – 16 mm chipboard

Chipboard back 83 mm

270 | 300 | 350

LW – 51 mm

*

400 | 450 | 500 | 550 | 600

Base

*

32

32 32 160 224

Chipboard back

9 37

NL – 26 mm Steel back NL – 22 mm

KB LW NL

Cabinet width Internal cabinet width Nominal length

LW – 51 mm

Cabinet profile 453 – 70 kg Nominal length NL (mm)

Drilling distances – drawer base

450 | 500 | 550 600

*

*

32

32

352

224

32

9 37

X

NL (mm) X (mm) 270 | 300 128 350 | 400 | 450 | 500 | 256 550 | 600 Pre-drilling possible when using a flat head screw NL Nominal length

16

9 Internal cabinet depth LT min. = nominal length NL + 3 mm

Reference pages Overview – MERIVOBOX Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for MERIVOBOX Overview – AMBIA-LINE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX CABLOXX Accessories Cabinet profile fixing positions Overview – assembly devices Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

257 More technical details

698 Assembly, removal and adjustment

359 297

Short URL www.blum.com/a355

529 582 291 295 591 265


Box systems 〉 MERIVOBOX 〉 Standard cabinet

Web code DQJ1YM

Drawer – K

Box systems

Space requirement

146*

▬ Distinctive drawer side design ▬ Drawer side straight on the inside with flush cover cap ▬ Synchronised feather-light glide ▬ Includes an integrated BLUMOTION damping effect for soft and effortless closing, and can be combined with SERVO-DRIVE or TIP-ON BLUMOTION ▬ Insert the front in the holding position and simply clip on (easy attachment even if pull-out is already in place) ▬ Tool-free front assembly ▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment

NL

NL *

+3

Nominal length Incl. 2 mm tilt adjustment

Order information 1 Cabinet profiles left/right BLUMOTION Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg) NL (mm) 40 70 300 450.3001B 350 450.3501B 400 450.4001B 450 450.4501B 453.4501B 500 450.5001B 453.5001B 550 450.5501B 453.5501B 600 450.6001B 453.6001B 2

3

2a

2c

Drawer side set

Drawer side height (mm) Nominal length Colour NL (mm) SW-M | IG-M | OG-M 300 470K3002S 350 470K3502S 400 470K4002S 450 470K4502S 500 470K5002S 550 470K5502S 600 470K6002S

4

129

Accessories – Chipboard screws Ø (mm) 3.5 3.5

Composed of: 2a 1 x Left/right drawer sides 2b 2 x Branding element, stamped with Blum logo, starting at 1000 pcs. individually printed 2c 2 x Cover caps

3

Chipboard back fixings left/right Colour Material SW-M | IG-M | OG-M Steel

4

Front fixing bracket Fixing method EXPANDO T INSERTA Screw-on¹

EXPANDO T suitable for thin fronts – see reference pages ¹ Screws not included in scope of delivery Colour SW-M IG-M

266

Silk white matt Indium grey matt

Colour OG-M

Part no. ZB4K000S

2x 2x 2x

Part no. ZF4.10T2 ZF4.10I2 ZF4.1002

¹ ²

2b

1

Length (mm) 15 17

¹ ²

Part no. 609.1500 609.1700

Fixing screw (flat head screw) Ø (mm) Length (mm) 3.5 15

¹⁺²

Part no. 61R.1500

System screw Ø (mm) 6

¹

Part no. 661.1450.HG

For connecting the cabinet profile to the cabinet For front fixing

In order to achieve optimal assembly, we recommend that you use flat head screws for the chipboard back and drawer side ¹ For the connection of chipboard back fixings with chipboard back and drawer side with drawer bases ² Maximum screw head height: 2 mm

– ¹

Length (mm) 14.5

For connecting the cabinet profile to the cabinet

Orion grey matt

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 MERIVOBOX 〉 Standard cabinet

Web code DQJ1YM

Drawer – K Planning Space requirement in cabinet

Drilling distances – front – INSERTA | EXPANDO-T front

Installation dimensions – back

min. 92**

**

+1 mm if cabinet profile is installed before the cabinet is assembled Incl. 2 mm tilt adjustment

20.5 FA *

32 12**

FA

Front overlay +1 mm if cabinet profile is installed before the cabinet is assembled

* **

Hole spacing – cabinet profiles Cabinet profile 450 – 40 kg Nominal length NL (mm)

Box systems

20

min 33.5* 32

32 33.5*

min. 54*

141

+0.2

Ø 10 –0.1

28 *

11

32

10

Installation dimensions – front – screw-on

+1 mm if cabinet profile is installed before the cabinet is assembled Min. 6 mm for EXPANDO T

Cutting – 16 mm chipboard

Chipboard back 121 mm

300 | 350

LW – 51 mm

*

400 | 450 | 500 | 550 | 600

Base

*

32

32 160 32 224

Chipboard back

9 37

NL – 26 mm Steel back NL – 22 mm

KB LW NL

Cabinet width Internal cabinet width Nominal length

LW – 51 mm

Cabinet profile 453 – 70 kg Nominal length NL (mm)

Drilling distances – drawer base

450 | 500 | 550 600

*

*

32

32

352

224

32

9 37

X

NL (mm) X (mm) 300 128 350 | 400 | 450 | 500 | 256 550 | 600 Pre-drilling possible when using a flat head screw NL Nominal length

16

9 Internal cabinet depth LT min. = nominal length NL + 3 mm

Reference pages Overview – MERIVOBOX Fixing system for thin fronts – EXPANDO T Assembly recommendation and limitation of liability – EXPANDO T Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for MERIVOBOX Overview – AMBIA-LINE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

257 CABLOXX Accessories Cabinet profile fixing positions Overview – assembly devices 585 More technical details

584

582 Assembly, removal and adjustment 291 295 591 Short URL 698 www.blum.com/a355

359 297 529 267


Box systems 〉 MERIVOBOX 〉 Standard cabinet

Web code DQJ3DA

Box systems

Inner drawer – K Space requirement

144

▬ Inner drawer with mid-height solid front piece ▬ Distinctive drawer side design ▬ Drawer side straight on the inside with flush cover cap ▬ Synchronised feather-light glide ▬ Includes an integrated BLUMOTION damping effect for soft and effortless closing, and can be combined with SERVO-DRIVE or TIP-ON BLUMOTION ▬ SERVO-DRIVE is only triggered by pulling for inner drawers ▬ Insert the front in the holding position and simply clip on (easy attachment even if pull-out is already in place) ▬ Tool-free front assembly ▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment

NL

NL

+3

Nominal length

Order information 1 Cabinet profiles left/right BLUMOTION Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg) NL (mm) 40 70 300 450.3001B 350 450.3501B 400 450.4001B 450 450.4501B 453.4501B 500 450.5001B 453.5001B 550 450.5501B 453.5501B 600 450.6001B 453.6001B 2

3

4b

2a 6a

6b

Drawer side set

Drawer side height (mm) Nominal length Colour NL (mm) SW-M | IG-M | OG-M 300 470K3002S 350 470K3502S 400 470K4002S 450 470K4502S 500 470K5002S 550 470K5502S 600 470K6002S

2c

2b

1

4e

129

5

Accessories 6 Latch set Colour SW-M | IG-M | OG-M

4f

4a

Material Nylon

Composed of: 2a 1 x Left/right drawer sides 2b 2 x Branding element, stamped with Blum logo, starting at 1000 pcs. individually printed 2c 2 x Cover caps

Composed of: 6a 1 x Latch 6b 1 x Latch housing RAL 7037 dust grey Latch must be mounted on the front piece Latch set (ZI7.0M07) cannot be used in combination with TIP-ON BLUMOTION

3

4

Chipboard back fixings left/right Colour Material SW-M | IG-M | OG-M Steel Front piece set Colour SW-M | IG-M | OG-M

Composed of: 4a 1 x Front fixing left/right 4b 1 x Interior cover cap left/right 4e 1 x Locking piece 4f 4 x Screws

5

Part no. ZB4K000S

Material Steel

Front piece without groove Colour Length (mm) SW-M | IG-M | OG-M 1042

268

Silk white matt Indium grey matt

Colour OG-M

Length (mm) 15

¹

Part no. 609.1500

Fixing screw (flat head screw) Ø (mm) Length (mm) 3.5 15

¹⁺²

Part no. 61R.1500

System screw Ø (mm) 6

¹

Part no. 661.1450.HG

For connecting the cabinet profile to the cabinet

Part no. ZI4.1KS1

Suitable for cabinet width KB 1200 mm Cutting Internal cabinet width LW – 126 mm Colour SW-M IG-M

¹

Chipboard screws Ø (mm) 3.5

Part no. ZI7.0M07

In order to achieve optimal assembly, we recommend that you use flat head screws for the chipboard back and drawer side ¹ For the connection of chipboard back fixings with chipboard back and drawer side with drawer bases ² Maximum screw head height: 2 mm

Part no. ZV4.1042M ¹

Length (mm) 14.5

For connecting the cabinet profile to the cabinet

Orion grey matt

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 MERIVOBOX 〉 Standard cabinet

Web code DQJ3DA

Inner drawer – K

=

= Ø 25

12

x x + 65

32

min. 90

32

10

11

Box systems

min. 54*

141

Drilling distances – front – latch housing

45

Installation dimensions – back

min 17

Planning Space requirement in cabinet

28 *

+1 mm if cabinet profile is installed before the cabinet is assembled

Hole spacing – cabinet profiles Cabinet profile 450 – 40 kg Nominal length NL (mm)

Cutting – 16 mm chipboard

Chipboard back 121 mm

300 | 350

LW – 51 mm

*

400 | 450 | 500 | 550 | 600

Base

*

32

32 32 160 224

Chipboard back

9 37

NL – 26 mm Steel back NL – 22 mm

KB LW NL

Cabinet width Internal cabinet width Nominal length

LW – 51 mm

Cabinet profile 453 – 70 kg Nominal length NL (mm)

Drilling distances – drawer base

450 | 500 | 550 600

*

*

32

32

352

224

32

9 37

X

NL (mm) X (mm) 300 128 350 | 400 | 450 | 500 | 256 550 | 600 Pre-drilling possible when using a flat head screw NL Nominal length

16

9 Internal cabinet depth LT min. = nominal length NL + 3 mm

Reference pages Overview – MERIVOBOX Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for MERIVOBOX Overview – AMBIA-LINE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX CABLOXX Accessories Cabinet profile fixing positions Overview – assembly devices Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

257 More technical details

698 Assembly, removal and adjustment

359 297

Short URL www.blum.com/a355

529 582 291 295 591 269


Box systems 〉 MERIVOBOX 〉 Standard cabinet

Web code DQJ42M

High fronted pull-out – gallery – E

Box systems

Space requirement

209*

▬ MERIVOBOX modular with gallery ▬ Distinctive drawer side design ▬ Drawer side straight on the inside with flush cover cap ▬ Synchronised feather-light glide ▬ Includes an integrated BLUMOTION damping effect for soft and effortless closing, and can be combined with SERVO-DRIVE or TIP-ON BLUMOTION ▬ Insert the front in the holding position and simply clip on (easy attachment even if pull-out is already in place) ▬ Tool-free front assembly ▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment

NL NL *

+3

Nominal length Incl. 2 mm tilt adjustment

Order information 1 Cabinet profiles left/right BLUMOTION Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg) NL (mm) 40 70 270 450.2701B 300 450.3001B 350 450.3501B 400 450.4001B 450 450.4501B 453.4501B 500 450.5001B 453.5001B 550 450.5501B 453.5501B 600 450.6001B 453.6001B 2

3.3

3.1

4.2 2c

Drawer side set

Drawer side height (mm) Nominal length Colour NL (mm) SW-M | IG-M | OG-M 270 470M2702S 300 470M3002S 350 470M3502S 400 470M4002S 450 470M4502S 500 470M5002S 550 470M5502S 600 470M6002S

91

Chipboard back fixings left/right Colour Material SW-M | IG-M | OG-M Steel

4.1

Front fixing bracket Fixing method EXPANDO T INSERTA Screw-on¹

EXPANDO T suitable for thin fronts – see reference pages ¹ Screws not included in scope of delivery

4.2

Front fixing bracket, top Fixing method EXPANDO T INSERTA Screw-on – pre-mounted chipboard screw, Ø 3.8 x 11.4 mm Screw-on – countersunk screw¹

8

Part no. ZB4E000S

2x 2x 2x

Part no. ZF4.10T2 ZF4.10I2 ZF4.1002

2x 2x

Part no. ZF4.50T2 ZF4.50I2

2x

ZF4.5002

2x

ZF4.5012

EXPANDO T suitable for thin fronts – see reference pages ¹ Countersunk screw with head diameter max. 7 mm, thread diameter max. 4 mm – screw not included in scope of delivery

Colour SW-M IG-M

1

Longside gallery rail left/right Colour SW-M | IG-M | OG-M Nominal length Nominal length Part no. NL (mm) NL (mm) 270 ZR4.270RS.E 450 300 ZR4.300RS.E 500 350 ZR4.350RS.E 550 400 ZR4.400RS.E 600 Silk white matt Indium grey matt

Colour OG-M

¹ ²

ZR4.450RS.E ZR4.500RS.E ZR4.550RS.E ZR4.600RS.E

2x

Part no. ZB4E00AK

Length (mm) 15 17

¹ ²

Part no. 609.1500 609.1700

Fixing screw (flat head screw) Ø (mm) Length (mm) 3.5 15

¹⁺²

Part no. 61R.1500

System screw Ø (mm) 6

¹

Part no. 661.1450.HG

Chipboard screws Ø (mm) 3.5 3.5

For connecting the cabinet profile to the cabinet For front fixing

Part no.

Orion grey matt

Accessories 3.3 Chipboard back fixing cover cap Colour Version SW-M | IG-M | OG-M Symmetrical

In order to achieve optimal assembly, we recommend that you use flat head screws for the chipboard back and drawer side ¹ For the connection of chipboard back fixings with chipboard back and drawer side with drawer bases ² Maximum screw head height: 2 mm

– ¹

270

2b

4.1

Composed of: 2a 1 x Left/right drawer sides 2b 2 x Branding element, stamped with Blum logo, starting at 1000 pcs. individually printed 2c 2 x Cover caps

3.1

2a

8

Length (mm) 14.5

For connecting the cabinet profile to the cabinet

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 MERIVOBOX 〉 Standard cabinet

Web code DQJ42M

High fronted pull-out – gallery – E Installation dimensions – front – screw-on

Drilling distances – front – INSERTA | EXPANDO-T front

Installation dimensions – back

10

Planning Space requirement in cabinet

+0.2

11

64

128 33.5* 32

128

min. 155** min. 54*

+0.2

Ø 10 –0.1

**

+1 mm if cabinet profile is installed before the cabinet is assembled Incl. 2 mm tilt adjustment

20.5 FA *

Box systems

20

28 *

min 33.5* 32

32

204

32

Ø 10 –0.1

12**

FA

Front overlay +1 mm if cabinet profile is installed before the cabinet is assembled

* **

Hole spacing – cabinet profiles Cabinet profile 450 – 40 kg Nominal length NL (mm)

+1 mm if cabinet profile is installed before the cabinet is assembled Min. 6 mm for EXPANDO T

Cutting – 16 mm chipboard

Chipboard back 184 mm

270 | 300 | 350

LW – 51 mm

*

400 | 450 | 500 | 550 | 600

Base

*

32

32 160 32 224

Chipboard back

9 37

NL – 26 mm Steel back NL – 22 mm

KB LW NL

Cabinet width Internal cabinet width Nominal length

LW – 51 mm

Cabinet profile 453 – 70 kg Nominal length NL (mm)

Drilling distances – drawer base

450 | 500 | 550 600

*

*

32

32

352

224

32

9 37

X

NL (mm) X (mm) 270 | 300 128 350 | 400 | 450 | 500 | 256 550 | 600 Pre-drilling possible when using a flat head screw NL Nominal length

16

9 Internal cabinet depth LT min. = nominal length NL + 3 mm

Reference pages Overview – MERIVOBOX Fixing system for thin fronts – EXPANDO T Assembly recommendation and limitation of liability – EXPANDO T Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for MERIVOBOX Overview – AMBIA-LINE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

257 CABLOXX Accessories Cabinet profile fixing positions Overview – assembly devices 585 More technical details

584

582 Assembly, removal and adjustment 291 295 591 Short URL 698 www.blum.com/a355

359 297 529 271


Box systems 〉 MERIVOBOX 〉 Standard cabinet

Web code DQJ4RY

High fronted pull-out – BOXCOVER – E

Box systems

Space requirement

209*

▬ MERIVOBOX modular with BOXCOVER ▬ Distinctive drawer side design ▬ Drawer side straight on the inside with flush cover cap ▬ Synchronised feather-light glide ▬ Includes an integrated BLUMOTION damping effect for soft and effortless closing, and can be combined with SERVO-DRIVE or TIP-ON BLUMOTION ▬ Insert the front in the holding position and simply clip on (easy attachment even if pull-out is already in place) ▬ Tool-free front assembly ▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment

NL NL *

+3

Nominal length Incl. 2 mm tilt adjustment

Order information 1 Cabinet profiles left/right BLUMOTION Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg) NL (mm) 40 70 270 450.2701B 300 450.3001B 350 450.3501B 400 450.4001B 450 450.4501B 453.4501B 500 450.5001B 453.5001B 550 450.5501B 453.5501B 600 450.6001B 453.6001B 2

9

3

4.2

Drawer side set

Drawer side height (mm) Nominal length Colour NL (mm) SW-M | IG-M | OG-M 270 470M2702S 300 470M3002S 350 470M3502S 400 470M4002S 450 470M4502S 500 470M5002S 550 470M5502S 600 470M6002S

91

4.1

Chipboard back fixings left/right Colour Material SW-M | IG-M | OG-M Steel Front fixing bracket Fixing method EXPANDO T INSERTA Screw-on¹

EXPANDO T suitable for thin fronts – see reference pages ¹ Screws not included in scope of delivery

4.2

Front fixing bracket, top Fixing method EXPANDO T INSERTA Screw-on – pre-mounted chipboard screw, Ø 3.8 x 11.4 mm Screw-on – countersunk screw¹

Part no. ZB4E000S

2x 2x 2x

Part no. ZF4.10T2 ZF4.10I2 ZF4.1002

2x 2x

Part no. ZF4.50T2 ZF4.50I2

2x

ZF4.5002

2x

ZF4.5012

EXPANDO T suitable for thin fronts – see reference pages ¹ Countersunk screw with head diameter max. 7 mm, thread diameter max. 4 mm – screw not included in scope of delivery

272

2c 2b

4.1

Composed of: 2a 1 x Left/right drawer sides 2b 2 x Branding element, stamped with Blum logo, starting at 1000 pcs. individually printed 2c 2 x Cover caps

3

2a

9a

9

BOXCOVER left/right Colour SW-M | IG-M | OG-M

9a

Glass design element (side) Material Glass

1

Material Nylon/steel

Part no. ZL4M00808 Part no. ZE4Mxx0G

For ordering information, see design element Colour SW-M IG-M

Silk white matt Indium grey matt

Accessories – Chipboard screws Ø (mm) 3.5 3.5 ¹ ²

Colour OG-M

Orion grey matt

Length (mm) 15 17

¹ ²

Part no. 609.1500 609.1700

Fixing screw (flat head screw) Ø (mm) Length (mm) 3.5 15

¹⁺²

Part no. 61R.1500

System screw Ø (mm) 6

¹

Part no. 661.1450.HG

For connecting the cabinet profile to the cabinet For front fixing

In order to achieve optimal assembly, we recommend that you use flat head screws for the chipboard back and drawer side ¹ For the connection of chipboard back fixings with chipboard back and drawer side with drawer bases ² Maximum screw head height: 2 mm

– ¹

Length (mm) 14.5

For connecting the cabinet profile to the cabinet

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 MERIVOBOX 〉 Standard cabinet

Web code DQJ4RY

High fronted pull-out – BOXCOVER – E Installation dimensions – front – screw-on

Drilling distances – front – INSERTA | EXPANDO-T front

Installation dimensions – back

10

Planning Space requirement in cabinet

+0.2

64

128

128

min. 155**

+0.2

Ø 10 –0.1

28 * **

+1 mm if cabinet profile is installed before the cabinet is assembled Incl. 2 mm tilt adjustment

20.5 FA *

Box systems

min 33.5* 32

20

min. 54*

33.5* 32

32

204

11

32

Ø 10 –0.1

12**

FA

Front overlay +1 mm if cabinet profile is installed before the cabinet is assembled

* **

Hole spacing – cabinet profiles Cabinet profile 450 – 40 kg Nominal length NL (mm)

+1 mm if cabinet profile is installed before the cabinet is assembled Min. 6 mm for EXPANDO T

Cutting – 16 mm chipboard

Chipboard back 184 mm

270 | 300 | 350

LW – 51 mm

*

400 | 450 | 500 | 550 | 600

Base

*

32

32 160 32 224

Chipboard back

9 37

NL – 26 mm Steel back NL – 22 mm

KB LW NL

Cabinet width Internal cabinet width Nominal length

LW – 51 mm

Cabinet profile 453 – 70 kg Nominal length NL (mm)

Cutting – design element

450 | 500 | 550 600

*

*

32

32

352

224

32

9 37

Design X (mm) element Side NL – 90 NL Nominal length

Y (mm) 95

The given dimensions in combination with MERIVOBOX do not require “impact testing for vertically installed glass parts” as per the DIN EN 14749 norm June 2016. For norm compliance no safety glass is required. The edge is a polished flat-ended edge with a 1 mm ±0.5 mm bevel.

Internal cabinet depth LT min. = nominal length NL + 3 mm

Reference pages Overview – MERIVOBOX Fixing system for thin fronts – EXPANDO T Assembly recommendation and limitation of liability – EXPANDO T Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for MERIVOBOX Overview – AMBIA-LINE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

257 CABLOXX Accessories Cabinet profile fixing positions Overview – assembly devices 585 More technical details

584

582 Assembly, removal and adjustment 291 295 591 Short URL 698 www.blum.com/a355

359 297 529 273


Box systems 〉 MERIVOBOX 〉 Standard cabinet

Web code DQJ5HA

High fronted pull-out – BOXCAP – E

Box systems

Space requirement

209*

▬ MERIVOBOX modular with BOXCAP ▬ Distinctive drawer side design ▬ Drawer side straight on the inside with flush cover cap ▬ Synchronised feather-light glide ▬ Includes an integrated BLUMOTION damping effect for soft and effortless closing, and can be combined with SERVO-DRIVE or TIP-ON BLUMOTION ▬ Insert the front in the holding position and simply clip on (easy attachment even if pull-out is already in place) ▬ Tool-free front assembly ▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment

NL NL *

+3

Nominal length Incl. 2 mm tilt adjustment

Order information 1 Cabinet profiles left/right BLUMOTION Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg) NL (mm) 40 70 270 450.2701B 300 450.3001B 350 450.3501B 400 450.4001B 450 450.4501B 453.4501B 500 450.5001B 453.5001B 550 450.5501B 453.5501B 600 450.6001B 453.6001B 2

2a

4.2

Drawer side set

Drawer side height (mm) Nominal length Colour NL (mm) SW-M | IG-M | OG-M 270 470M2702S 300 470M3002S 350 470M3502S 400 470M4002S 450 470M4502S 500 470M5002S 550 470M5502S 600 470M6002S

91

Chipboard back fixings left/right Colour Material SW-M | IG-M | OG-M Steel

4.1

Front fixing bracket Fixing method EXPANDO T INSERTA Screw-on¹

EXPANDO T suitable for thin fronts – see reference pages ¹ Screws not included in scope of delivery

4.2

Front fixing bracket, top Fixing method EXPANDO T INSERTA Screw-on – pre-mounted chipboard screw, Ø 3.8 x 11.4 mm Screw-on – countersunk screw¹

9

Part no. ZB4E000S

2x 2x 2x

Part no. ZF4.10T2 ZF4.10I2 ZF4.1002

2x 2x

Part no. ZF4.50T2 ZF4.50I2

2x

ZF4.5002

2x

ZF4.5012

EXPANDO T suitable for thin fronts – see reference pages ¹ Countersunk screw with head diameter max. 7 mm, thread diameter max. 4 mm – screw not included in scope of delivery

274

2c

2b

1

4.1

Composed of: 2a 1 x Left/right drawer sides 2b 2 x Branding element, stamped with Blum logo, starting at 1000 pcs. individually printed 2c 2 x Cover caps

3

3

9

Colour SW-M IG-M

BOXCAP left/right Colour SW-M | IG-M | OG-M Nominal length Nominal length Part no. NL (mm) NL (mm) 270 ZL4.270S.E 450 300 ZL4.300S.E 500 350 ZL4.350S.E 550 400 ZL4.400S.E 600 Silk white matt Indium grey matt

Accessories – Chipboard screws Ø (mm) 3.5 3.5 ¹ ²

Colour OG-M

ZL4.450S.E ZL4.500S.E ZL4.550S.E ZL4.600S.E

Orion grey matt

Length (mm) 15 17

¹ ²

Part no. 609.1500 609.1700

Fixing screw (flat head screw) Ø (mm) Length (mm) 3.5 15

¹⁺²

Part no. 61R.1500

System screw Ø (mm) 6

¹

Part no. 661.1450.HG

For connecting the cabinet profile to the cabinet For front fixing

Part no.

In order to achieve optimal assembly, we recommend that you use flat head screws for the chipboard back and drawer side ¹ For the connection of chipboard back fixings with chipboard back and drawer side with drawer bases ² Maximum screw head height: 2 mm

– ¹

Length (mm) 14.5

For connecting the cabinet profile to the cabinet

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 MERIVOBOX 〉 Standard cabinet

Web code DQJ5HA

High fronted pull-out – BOXCAP – E Installation dimensions – front – screw-on

Drilling distances – front – INSERTA | EXPANDO-T front

Installation dimensions – back

10

Planning Space requirement in cabinet

+0.2

64

128

128

min. 155**

+0.2

Ø 10 –0.1

28 * **

+1 mm if cabinet profile is installed before the cabinet is assembled Incl. 2 mm tilt adjustment

20.5 FA *

Box systems

min 33.5* 32

20

min. 54*

33.5* 32

32

204

11

32

Ø 10 –0.1

12**

FA

Front overlay +1 mm if cabinet profile is installed before the cabinet is assembled

* **

Hole spacing – cabinet profiles Cabinet profile 450 – 40 kg Nominal length NL (mm)

+1 mm if cabinet profile is installed before the cabinet is assembled Min. 6 mm for EXPANDO T

Cutting – 16 mm chipboard

Chipboard back 184 mm

270 | 300 | 350

LW – 51 mm

*

400 | 450 | 500 | 550 | 600

Base

*

32

32 160 32 224

Chipboard back

9 37

NL – 26 mm Steel back NL – 22 mm

KB LW NL

Cabinet width Internal cabinet width Nominal length

LW – 51 mm

Cabinet profile 453 – 70 kg Nominal length NL (mm)

Drilling distances – drawer base

450 | 500 | 550 600

*

*

32

32

352

224

32

9 37

X

NL (mm) X (mm) 270 | 300 128 350 | 400 | 450 | 500 | 256 550 | 600 Pre-drilling possible when using a flat head screw NL Nominal length

16

9 Internal cabinet depth LT min. = nominal length NL + 3 mm

Reference pages Overview – MERIVOBOX Fixing system for thin fronts – EXPANDO T Assembly recommendation and limitation of liability – EXPANDO T Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for MERIVOBOX Overview – AMBIA-LINE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

257 CABLOXX Accessories Cabinet profile fixing positions Overview – assembly devices 585 More technical details

584

582 Assembly, removal and adjustment 291 295 591 Short URL 698 www.blum.com/a355

359 297 529 275


Box systems 〉 MERIVOBOX 〉 Standard cabinet

Web code DQJ9PA

Box systems

Inner pull-out – BOXCAP – gallery – E Space requirement

207

▬ MERIVOBOX modular with BOXCAP ▬ Inner pull-out with gallery ▬ Distinctive drawer side design ▬ Drawer side straight on the inside with flush cover cap ▬ Synchronised feather-light glide ▬ Includes an integrated BLUMOTION damping effect for soft and effortless closing, and can be combined with SERVO-DRIVE or TIP-ON BLUMOTION ▬ SERVO-DRIVE is only triggered by pulling for inner pull-outs ▬ Insert the front in the holding position and simply clip on (easy attachment even if pull-out is already in place) ▬ Tool-free front assembly ▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment

NL NL

+3

Nominal length

Order information

Note All inner pull-out options can be combined with any high fronted pull-out option in height E.

1

3

Cabinet profiles left/right

BLUMOTION Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg) NL (mm) 40 70 270 450.2701B 300 450.3001B 350 450.3501B 400 450.4001B 450 450.4501B 453.4501B 500 450.5001B 453.5001B 550 450.5501B 453.5501B 600 450.6001B 453.6001B 2

9 7

Composed of: 4a 1 x Front fixing left/right 4b 1 x Interior cover cap left/right 4e 1 x Locking piece 4f 4 x Screws

5

7

9

Part no. ZB4E000S Part no. ZI4.2ES1

Front piece without groove Colour Length (mm) SW-M | IG-M | OG-M 1042

276

Silk white matt Indium grey matt

Length (mm) 1059

Part no. ZR4.1059U

BOXCAP left/right Colour SW-M | IG-M | OG-M Nominal length Nominal length Part no. NL (mm) NL (mm) 270 ZL4.270S.E 450 300 ZL4.300S.E 500 350 ZL4.350S.E 550 400 ZL4.400S.E 600

Accessories – Chipboard screws Ø (mm) 3.5 ¹

Material Steel

Colour OG-M

Cross gallery Colour SW-M | IG-M | OG-M

4f

Suitable for cabinet width KB 1200 mm Cutting Internal cabinet width LW – 111 mm

Suitable for cabinet width KB 1200 mm Cutting Internal cabinet width LW – 126 mm Colour SW-M IG-M

4a

91

Chipboard back fixings left/right Colour Material SW-M | IG-M | OG-M Steel Front piece set Colour SW-M | IG-M | OG-M

1 4b

5

Composed of: 2a 1 x Left/right drawer sides 2b 2 x Branding element, stamped with Blum logo, starting at 1000 pcs. individually printed 2c 2 x Cover caps

4

2b

4e

Drawer side set

Drawer side height (mm) Nominal length Colour NL (mm) SW-M | IG-M | OG-M 270 470M2702S 300 470M3002S 350 470M3502S 400 470M4002S 450 470M4502S 500 470M5002S 550 470M5502S 600 470M6002S

3

2c

2a

ZL4.450S.E ZL4.500S.E ZL4.550S.E ZL4.600S.E

Length (mm) 15

¹

Part no. 609.1500

Fixing screw (flat head screw) Ø (mm) Length (mm) 3.5 15

¹⁺²

Part no. 61R.1500

System screw Ø (mm) 6

¹

Part no. 661.1450.HG

For connecting the cabinet profile to the cabinet

Part no.

In order to achieve optimal assembly, we recommend that you use flat head screws for the chipboard back and drawer side ¹ For the connection of chipboard back fixings with chipboard back and drawer side with drawer bases ² Maximum screw head height: 2 mm

Part no. ZV4.1042M

– ¹

Length (mm) 14.5

For connecting the cabinet profile to the cabinet

Orion grey matt

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 MERIVOBOX 〉 Standard cabinet

Web code DQJ9PA

Inner pull-out – BOXCAP – gallery – E Installation dimensions – back

11

64

min. 54*

Box systems

32

204

min. 153

32

10

Planning Space requirement in cabinet

28 *

+1 mm if cabinet profile is installed before the cabinet is assembled

Hole spacing – cabinet profiles Cabinet profile 450 – 40 kg Nominal length NL (mm)

Cutting – 16 mm chipboard

Chipboard back 184 mm

270 | 300 | 350

LW – 51 mm

*

400 | 450 | 500 | 550 | 600

Base

*

32

32 32 160 224

Chipboard back

9 37

NL – 26 mm Steel back NL – 22 mm

KB LW NL

Cabinet width Internal cabinet width Nominal length

LW – 51 mm

Cabinet profile 453 – 70 kg Nominal length NL (mm)

Drilling distances – drawer base

450 | 500 | 550 600

*

*

32

32

352

224

32

9 37

X

NL (mm) X (mm) 270 | 300 128 350 | 400 | 450 | 500 | 256 550 | 600 Pre-drilling possible when using a flat head screw NL Nominal length

16

9 Internal cabinet depth LT min. = nominal length NL + 3 mm

Reference pages Overview – MERIVOBOX Fixing system for thin fronts – EXPANDO T Assembly recommendation and limitation of liability – EXPANDO T Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for MERIVOBOX Overview – AMBIA-LINE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

257 CABLOXX Accessories Cabinet profile fixing positions Overview – assembly devices 585 More technical details

584

582 Assembly, removal and adjustment 291 295 591 Short URL 698 www.blum.com/a355

359 297 529 277


Box systems 〉 MERIVOBOX 〉 Standard cabinet

Web code DQJAEM

Box systems

Inner pull-out – BOXCAP – design element – E Space requirement

207

▬ MERIVOBOX modular with BOXCAP ▬ Inner pull-out with a high or low design element ▬ Distinctive drawer side design ▬ Drawer side straight on the inside with flush cover cap ▬ Synchronised feather-light glide ▬ Includes an integrated BLUMOTION damping effect for soft and effortless closing, and can be combined with SERVO-DRIVE or TIP-ON BLUMOTION ▬ SERVO-DRIVE is only triggered by pulling for inner pull-outs ▬ Insert the front in the holding position and simply clip on (easy attachment even if pull-out is already in place) ▬ Tool-free front assembly ▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment

NL NL

+3

Nominal length

Order information

Note All inner pull-out options can be combined with any high fronted pull-out option in height E.

1

Cabinet profiles left/right

BLUMOTION Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg) NL (mm) 40 70 270 450.2701B 300 450.3001B 350 450.3501B 400 450.4001B 450 450.4501B 453.4501B 500 450.5001B 453.5001B 550 450.5501B 453.5501B 600 450.6001B 453.6001B 2

4d

4

9

Part no. ZB4E000S

Material Steel

Part no. ZI4.4ES1

Front piece with groove Colour Length (mm) SW-M | IG-M | OG-M 1042

278

Silk white matt Indium grey matt

Colour OG-M

4a 4f

Glass design element (for inner pull-out front) Design Material Low Glass High Glass

Part no. ZE4LxxxxG ZE4HxxxxG

BOXCAP left/right Colour SW-M | IG-M | OG-M Nominal length Nominal length Part no. NL (mm) NL (mm) 270 ZL4.270S.E 450 300 ZL4.300S.E 500 350 ZL4.350S.E 550 400 ZL4.400S.E 600

ZL4.450S.E ZL4.500S.E ZL4.550S.E ZL4.600S.E

For ordering information, see design element

Suitable for cabinet width KB 1200 mm Cutting Internal cabinet width LW – 126 mm Colour SW-M IG-M

1 5

7

Chipboard back fixings left/right Colour Material SW-M | IG-M | OG-M Steel Front piece set Colour SW-M | IG-M | OG-M

2b

4e

91

Composed of: 4a 1 x Front fixing left/right 4b 1 x Glass fixing left/right 4d 2 x Adapter piece for low design element 4e 1 x Locking piece 4f 4 x Screws

5

2c

4b

Composed of: 2a 1 x Left/right drawer sides 2b 2 x Branding element, stamped with Blum logo, starting at 1000 pcs. individually printed 2c 2 x Cover caps

3

2a

7

Drawer side set

Drawer side height (mm) Nominal length Colour NL (mm) SW-M | IG-M | OG-M 270 470M2702S 300 470M3002S 350 470M3502S 400 470M4002S 450 470M4502S 500 470M5002S 550 470M5502S 600 470M6002S

3

9

Accessories – Chipboard screws Ø (mm) 3.5 ¹

Length (mm) 15

¹

Part no. 609.1500

Fixing screw (flat head screw) Ø (mm) Length (mm) 3.5 15

¹⁺²

Part no. 61R.1500

System screw Ø (mm) 6

¹

Part no. 661.1450.HG

For connecting the cabinet profile to the cabinet

Part no.

In order to achieve optimal assembly, we recommend that you use flat head screws for the chipboard back and drawer side ¹ For the connection of chipboard back fixings with chipboard back and drawer side with drawer bases ² Maximum screw head height: 2 mm

Part no. ZV4.1042NN ¹

Length (mm) 14.5

For connecting the cabinet profile to the cabinet

Orion grey matt

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 MERIVOBOX 〉 Standard cabinet

Web code DQJAEM

Inner pull-out – BOXCAP – design element – E Installation dimensions – back

11

64

min. 54*

Box systems

32

204

min. 153

32

10

Planning Space requirement in cabinet

28 *

+1 mm if cabinet profile is installed before the cabinet is assembled

Hole spacing – cabinet profiles Cabinet profile 450 – 40 kg Nominal length NL (mm)

Cutting – 16 mm chipboard

Chipboard back 184 mm

270 | 300 | 350

LW – 51 mm

*

400 | 450 | 500 | 550 | 600

Base

*

32

32 32 160 224

Chipboard back

9 37

NL – 26 mm Steel back NL – 22 mm

KB LW NL

Cabinet width Internal cabinet width Nominal length

LW – 51 mm

Cabinet profile 453 – 70 kg Nominal length NL (mm)

Cutting – design element

450 | 500 | 550 600

*

*

32

32

352

224

32

9 37

Design X (mm) element Low LW – 104 High LW – 104 LW Internal cabinet width

Y (mm) 75 142.5

The given dimensions in combination with MERIVOBOX do not require “impact testing for vertically installed glass parts” as per the DIN EN 14749 norm June 2016. For norm compliance no safety glass is required. The edge is a polished flat-ended edge with a 1 mm ±0.5 mm bevel.

Internal cabinet depth LT min. = nominal length NL + 3 mm

Reference pages Overview – MERIVOBOX Fixing system for thin fronts – EXPANDO T Assembly recommendation and limitation of liability – EXPANDO T Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for MERIVOBOX Overview – AMBIA-LINE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

257 CABLOXX Design element Accessories Cabinet profile fixing positions 585 Overview – assembly devices More technical details 359

584

582 Assembly, removal and adjustment 290 291 295 Short URL 591 www.blum.com/a355 698

297 529 279


Box systems 〉 MERIVOBOX 〉 Standard cabinet

Web code DQJ66M

Cabinet profile with over extension for waste bin applications

Box systems

Space requirement

209*

▬ Cabinet profile with forward-set hook for waste bin application ▬ Can be combined with all high fronted pull-out in height E ▬ Synchronised feather-light glide ▬ Includes an integrated BLUMOTION damping effect for soft and effortless closing, and can be combined with SERVO-DRIVE or TIP-ON BLUMOTION ▬ Insert the front in the holding position and simply clip on (easy attachment even if pull-out is already in place) ▬ Tool-free front assembly ▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment

NL NL *

Symbol image – BOXCAP

+3

Nominal length Incl. 2 mm tilt adjustment

Order information 1 Cabinet profiles left/right BLUMOTION Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg) NL (mm) 70 450 453.4501BZ 500 453.5001BZ 550 453.5501BZ 2

Drawer side set

Drawer side height (mm) Nominal length Colour NL (mm) SW-M | IG-M | OG-M 400 ¹ 470M4002S 450 ¹ 470M4502S 500 ¹ 470M5002S

91

Composed of: 2a 1 x Left/right drawer sides 2b 2 x Branding element, stamped with Blum logo, starting at 1000 pcs. individually printed 2c 2 x Cover caps Correct drawer side length ¹ Cabinet profile nominal length NL – 50 mm = drawer side nominal length NL E.g. 450 – 50 = 400 mm

Application recommendation

Page

All additional components can be found here: High fronted pull-out – gallery – E

270

High fronted pull-out – BOXCOVER – E

272

High fronted pull-out – BOXCAP – E

274

280

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 MERIVOBOX 〉 Standard cabinet

Web code DQJ66M

Cabinet profile with over extension for waste bin applications Installation dimensions – front – screw-on

Drilling distances – front – INSERTA | EXPANDO-T front

Installation dimensions – back

10

Planning Space requirement in cabinet

+0.2

64

128

128

min. 155**

+0.2

Ø 10 –0.1

28 * **

+1 mm if cabinet profile is installed before the cabinet is assembled Incl. 2 mm tilt adjustment

20.5 FA *

12**

FA

Front overlay +1 mm if cabinet profile is installed before the cabinet is assembled

* **

Hole spacing – cabinet profiles Cabinet profile 453 – 70 kg Nominal length NL (mm) 450 | 500 | 550

Box systems

min 33.5* 32

20

min. 54*

33.5* 32

32

204

11

32

Ø 10 –0.1

+1 mm if cabinet profile is installed before the cabinet is assembled Min. 6 mm for EXPANDO T

Cutting – 16 mm chipboard

Chipboard back 184 mm

LW – 51 mm

*

32

224

32

9 37

Base Chipboard back NL – 26 mm Steel back NL – 22 mm

KB LW NL

Cabinet width Internal cabinet width Nominal length

LW – 51 mm

Drilling distances – drawer base

NL (mm) X (mm) 450 | 500 | 550 256 Pre-drilling possible when using a flat head screw NL Nominal length

X 16

9 Internal cabinet depth LT min. = nominal length NL + 3 mm

Reference pages Overview – MERIVOBOX Fixing system for thin fronts – EXPANDO T Assembly recommendation and limitation of liability – EXPANDO T Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for MERIVOBOX Overview – AMBIA-LINE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

257 CABLOXX Accessories Cabinet profile fixing positions Overview – assembly devices 585 More technical details

584

582 Assembly, removal and adjustment 291 295 591 Short URL 698 www.blum.com/a355

359 297 529 281


Box systems 〉 MERIVOBOX 〉 Sink cabinet

Web code DQJB3Y

Box systems

Drawer – M – centre piece Space requirement

108*

▬ With centre piece for optimal use of storage space ▬ Can be combined with standard components ▬ Distinctive drawer side design ▬ Drawer side straight on the inside with flush cover cap ▬ Synchronised feather-light glide ▬ Includes an integrated BLUMOTION damping effect for soft and effortless closing, and can be combined with SERVO-DRIVE or TIP-ON BLUMOTION ▬ Insert the front in the holding position and simply clip on (easy attachment even if pull-out is already in place) ▬ Tool-free front assembly ▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment

NL

NL *

+3

Nominal length Incl. 2 mm tilt adjustment

Order information 1 Cabinet profiles left/right BLUMOTION Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg) NL (mm) 40 70 450 450.4501B 453.4501B 500 450.5001B 453.5001B 550 450.5501B 453.5501B 600 450.6001B 453.6001B 2.1

2.2b

91

2.1c

Drawer side set interior

Drawer side height (mm) Nominal length Colour NL (mm) SW-M | IG-M | OG-M 300 470M3002S 350 470M3502S 400 470M4002S 450 470M4502S

4

Accessories – Chipboard screws Ø (mm) 3.5 3.5 ¹ ²

91

1

Chipboard back fixings left/right Colour Material SW-M | IG-M | OG-M Steel

2x

Part no. ZB4M000S

Front fixing bracket Fixing method EXPANDO T Screw-on¹

4x 4x

Part no. ZF4.10T2 ZF4.1002

Length (mm) 15 17

¹ ²

Part no. 609.1500 609.1700

Fixing screw (flat head screw) Ø (mm) Length (mm) 3.5 15

¹⁺²

Part no. 61R.1500

System screw Ø (mm) 6

¹

Part no. 661.1450.HG

For connecting the cabinet profile to the cabinet For front fixing

Composed of: 2.2a 1 x Left/right drawer sides 2.2b 2 x Branding element, stamped with Blum logo, starting at 1000 pcs. individually printed 2.2c 2 x Cover caps For effective use of storage space, we recommend Nominal length NL drawer sides exterior (no 2.1) – nominal length NL drawer sides interior (no 2.2) = min. 150 mm

3

2.1b

4

Composed of: 2.1a 1 x Left/right drawer sides 2.1b 2 x Branding element, stamped with Blum logo, starting at 1000 pcs. individually printed 2.1c 2 x Cover caps

2.2

2.1a

2.2c

Drawer side set exterior

Drawer side height (mm) Nominal length Colour NL (mm) SW-M | IG-M | OG-M 450 470M4502S 500 470M5002S 550 470M5502S 600 470M6002S

3

2.2a

In order to achieve optimal assembly, we recommend that you use flat head screws for the chipboard back and drawer side ¹ For the connection of chipboard back fixings with chipboard back and drawer side with drawer bases ² Maximum screw head height: 2 mm

– ¹

Length (mm) 14.5

For connecting the cabinet profile to the cabinet

INSERTA fixing is not possible in combination with a centre piece EXPANDO T suitable for thin fronts – see reference pages Note The front fixing bracket must be installed turned through 180° for centre piece assembly! ¹ Colour SW-M IG-M

282

Screws not included in scope of delivery Silk white matt Indium grey matt

Colour OG-M

Orion grey matt

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 MERIVOBOX 〉 Sink cabinet

Web code DQJB3Y

Drawer – M – centre piece Drilling distances – front – INSERTA | EXPANDO-T front

Installation dimensions – back

+0.2

* **

+1 mm if cabinet profile is installed before the cabinet is assembled Incl. 2 mm tilt adjustment

20.5 FA *

32 12**

FA

Front overlay +1 mm if cabinet profile is installed before the cabinet is assembled

* **

Hole spacing – cabinet profiles Cabinet profile 450 – 40 kg Nominal length NL (mm)

+1 mm if cabinet profile is installed before the cabinet is assembled Min. 6 mm for EXPANDO T

Cutting – 16 mm chipboard

450 | 500 | 550 | 600

224

32

9 37

B1

B2

Y1 Y1

Y2 Y2

A SPW + 37

Chipboard back 83 mm

Base Chipboard back NL – 26 mm

KB LW NL SPW

W

32

LW – 51 C SPW + 42 Cabinet profile 453 – 70 kg Nominal length NL (mm)

BLUMOTION TIP-ON BLUMOTION

67 mm

Y min. (mm) 40 99

Drilling distances – centre piece

9 37

Assembly recommendation and limitation of liability – EXPANDO T Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for MERIVOBOX Overview – AMBIA-LINE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX

9

9

Internal cabinet depth LT min. = nominal length NL + 3 mm

Reference pages Overview – MERIVOBOX Fixing system for thin fronts – EXPANDO T

R10

32

32

256

352

224

257 CABLOXX Accessories Cabinet profile fixing positions Overview – assembly devices 585 More technical details

584

16

32

26

*

256

*

32

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

Cabinet width Internal cabinet width Nominal length Internal cabinet width between the inner drawer sides

W = NL drawer sides exterior – NL drawer sides interior – 10 mm

Centre piece

Drilling distances – drawer base

450 | 500 | 550 600

Box systems

20

28

11

min 33.5* 32

32

Ø 10 –0.1

33.5*

103

min. 54* min. 54**

10

Installation dimensions – front – screw-on

11.5

Planning Space requirement in cabinet

7.5

582 Assembly, removal and adjustment 291 295 591 Short URL 698 www.blum.com/a355

359 297 529 283


Box systems 〉 MERIVOBOX 〉 Sink cabinet

Web code DQJD7Y

Box systems

High fronted pull-out – BOXCAP – E – centre piece Space requirement

209*

▬ With centre piece for optimal use of storage space ▬ Can be combined with standard components ▬ Distinctive drawer side design ▬ Drawer side straight on the inside with flush cover cap ▬ Synchronised feather-light glide ▬ Includes an integrated BLUMOTION damping effect for soft and effortless closing, and can be combined with SERVO-DRIVE or TIP-ON BLUMOTION ▬ Insert the front in the holding position and simply clip on (easy attachment even if pull-out is already in place) ▬ Tool-free front assembly ▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment

NL NL *

+3

Nominal length Incl. 2 mm tilt adjustment

Order information 1 Cabinet profiles left/right BLUMOTION Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg) NL (mm) 40 70 450 450.4501B 453.4501B 500 450.5001B 453.5001B 550 450.5501B 453.5501B 600 450.6001B 453.6001B 2.1

3.3 2.2a

91

4.2 2.1c

9

External chipboard back fixing left/right Colour Material SW-M | IG-M | OG-M Steel

Part no. ZB4E000S

3.2

Internal chipboard back fixing left/right Colour Material SW-M | IG-M | OG-M Steel

Part no. ZB4M000S

4.1

Front fixing bracket Fixing method EXPANDO T Screw-on¹

4x 4x

Part no. ZF4.10T2 ZF4.1002

INSERTA fixing is not possible in combination with a centre piece EXPANDO T suitable for thin fronts – see reference pages Note The front fixing bracket must be installed turned through 180° for centre piece assembly! Screws not included in scope of delivery

1

Front fixing bracket, top Fixing method EXPANDO T INSERTA Screw-on – pre-mounted chipboard screw, Ø 3.8 x 11.4 mm Screw-on – countersunk screw¹

2x 2x

Part no. ZF4.50T2 ZF4.50I2

2x

ZF4.5002

2x

ZF4.5012

BOXCAP left/right Colour SW-M | IG-M | OG-M Nominal length Nominal length Part no. NL (mm) NL (mm) 450 ZL4.450S.E 550 500 ZL4.500S.E 600

Part no.

EXPANDO T suitable for thin fronts – see reference pages ¹ Countersunk screw with head diameter max. 7 mm, thread diameter max. 4 mm – screw not included in scope of delivery

3.1

284

4.2

91

Composed of: 2.2a 1 x Left/right drawer sides 2.2b 2 x Branding element, stamped with Blum logo, starting at 1000 pcs. individually printed 2.2c 2 x Cover caps For effective use of storage space, we recommend Nominal length NL drawer sides exterior (no 2.1) – nominal length NL drawer sides interior (no 2.2) = min. 150 mm

¹

2.1b

4.1

Drawer side set interior

Drawer side height (mm) Nominal length Colour NL (mm) SW-M | IG-M | OG-M 300 470M3002S 350 470M3502S 400 470M4002S 450 470M4502S

2.1a

2.2c

Composed of: 2.1a 1 x Left/right drawer sides 2.1b 2 x Branding element, stamped with Blum logo, starting at 1000 pcs. individually printed 2.1c 2 x Cover caps

2.2

9

2.2b

Drawer side set exterior

Drawer side height (mm) Nominal length Colour NL (mm) SW-M | IG-M | OG-M 450 470M4502S 500 470M5002S 550 470M5502S 600 470M6002S

3.1

3.2

Colour SW-M IG-M

Silk white matt Indium grey matt

Colour OG-M

Orion grey matt

Accessories 3.3 Chipboard back fixing cover cap Colour Version SW-M | IG-M | OG-M Symmetrical –

¹ ²

¹

2x

Part no. ZB4M00AK

Chipboard screws Ø (mm) 3.5 3.5

Length (mm) 15 17

¹ ²

Part no. 609.1500 609.1700

System screw Ø (mm) 6

Length (mm) 14.5

¹

Part no. 661.1450.HG

For connecting the cabinet profile to the cabinet For front fixing

ZL4.550S.E ZL4.600S.E

For connecting the cabinet profile to the cabinet

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 MERIVOBOX 〉 Sink cabinet

Web code DQJD7Y

High fronted pull-out – BOXCAP – E – centre piece Planning Space requirement in cabinet

Installation dimensions – front – screw-on

Drilling distances – front – INSERTA | EXPANDO-T front

Installation dimensions – centre piece

+0.2

+1 mm if cabinet profile is installed before the cabinet is assembled Incl. 2 mm tilt adjustment

FA *

Front overlay +1 mm if cabinet profile is installed before the cabinet is assembled

* **

Box systems

5

+1 mm if cabinet profile is installed before the cabinet is assembled Min. 6 mm for EXPANDO T

Cutting – 16 mm chipboard

450 | 500 | 550 | 600

224

32

9 37

B1

B2

Y1 Y1

Y2 Y2

A SPW + 37

Chipboard back 83 mm

Base Chipboard back NL – 26 mm

KB LW NL SPW

W

32

LW – 51 C SPW + 42 Cabinet profile 453 – 70 kg Nominal length NL (mm)

Cabinet width Internal cabinet width Nominal length Internal cabinet width between the inner drawer sides

W = NL drawer sides exterior – NL drawer sides interior – 10 mm

Centre piece

BLUMOTION TIP-ON BLUMOTION

67 mm

Drilling distances – drawer base

450 | 500 | 550

Y min. (mm) 40 99

Drilling distances – centre piece

9 37

Assembly recommendation and limitation of liability – EXPANDO T Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for MERIVOBOX Overview – AMBIA-LINE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX

9

9

Internal cabinet depth LT min. = nominal length NL + 3 mm

Reference pages Overview – MERIVOBOX Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX Fixing system for thin fronts – EXPANDO T

R10

32

32

256

352

224

257 CABLOXX Accessories Cabinet profile fixing positions Overview – assembly devices 584 More technical details 359

16

32

26

*

256

*

32

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

32

12**

FA

Hole spacing – cabinet profiles Cabinet profile 450 – 40 kg Nominal length NL (mm)

600

10

min 33.5* 32

20

11

11.5

**

20.5

32

128

128 33.5* 32

28 *

11

+0.2

Ø 10 –0.1

min. 54*

204

min. 155**

Ø 10 –0.1

7.5

582 Assembly, removal and adjustment 291 295 591 Short URL 698 www.blum.com/a355

585 297 529 285


Box systems 〉 MERIVOBOX 〉 Larder unit

Web code DQJDXA

SPACE TOWER

Box systems

▬ The flexible larder unit with inner pull-outs; with shelves and inner drawers in the upper area ▬ Easy access from three sides ▬ Individually opening pull-outs allow for a complete overview and convenient removal from above ▬ Light operating forces even with heavily-laden pullouts ▬ High backs and side panels guarantee secure stocking ▬ AMBIA-LINE inner dividing systems for pull-outs puts everything in order and allows easy access ▬ Flexible cabinet dimensions possible

Order information Application recommendation

Page

Inner drawer – M

264

Inner drawer – K

268

Inner pull-out – gallery – gallery – E

258

Inner pull-out – gallery – design element – E

258

Inner pull-out – BOXCOVER – gallery – E

258

Inner pull-out – BOXCOVER – design element – E

258

Inner pull-out – BOXCAP – gallery – E

276

Inner pull-out – BOXCAP – design element – E

278

AMBIA-LINE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX

530

CLIP top BLUMOTION 155° hinge

82

Recommendation Cabinet width KB (mm) 275–1200

Planning Help with planning and ordering Short URL www.blum.com/planningtools

Reference pages Overview – MERIVOBOX Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for MERIVOBOX Overview – AMBIA-LINE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX CLIP top BLUMOTION 155° hinge 286

257 Overview – BLUMOTION for doors Accessories 359 Overview – assembly devices More technical details 297

157 Assembly, removal and adjustment 291 591 698 Short URL www.blum.com/a355

529 82 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 MERIVOBOX 〉 Larder unit

Web code DQJDXA

SPACE TOWER

Drilling distances – front

In high cabinets, it is practical to have a shelf at the highest level rather than an inner drawer

1684 The inner drawer allows access from the side. If the inner drawer is implemented with a higher back, stored goods are prevented from falling down the back

388

1622

1234

1340

387

The option to position the pull-outs at different heights within the cabinet guarantees that no items will be too tall to be stored inside

847

670

387

The CLIP top BLUMOTION 155° hinge without front protrusion allows the cabinet width KB to be put to optimal use

460

54*

19

280

280

386

If the hinge is mounted above the pullout, the lowest pull-out can be inserted right at the bottom. Turning even those last few centimetres into usable storage space

74* 0

*

+1 mm if cabinet profile is installed before the cabinet is assembled

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

Reference pages Number of hinges

706

287

Box systems

80

Drilling distances – front

80

Planning Recommendation Positioning in the cabinet


Box systems 〉 MERIVOBOX 〉 Narrow cabinets

Web code DQJEMM

SPACE TWIN ▬ Stable solution thanks to diagonally offset cabinet profiles ▬ Includes integrated BLUMOTION damping effect for soft and effortless closing action ▬ High dynamic carrying capacity of 20 kg per base cabinet ▬ Cabinet width KB 150 mm

Space requirement

Box systems

NL NL

Order information Application recommendation

+3

Nominal length

Page

Drawer – M

262

Drawer – K

266

High fronted pull-out – gallery – E

270

High fronted pull-out – BOXCOVER – E

272

High fronted pull-out – BOXCAP – E

274

Cabinet width KB (mm) 150

Reference pages Overview – MERIVOBOX Accessories Overview – assembly devices More technical details

288

257 Assembly, removal and adjustment 291 591 698 Short URL www.blum.com/a355

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 MERIVOBOX 〉 Narrow cabinets

Web code DQJEMM

SPACE TWIN Planning Space requirement in cabinet

min 54*

x

min 54

Box systems

x

Installation height X (mm) M 54 K 92 E 155 * +1 mm if cabinet profile is installed before the cabinet is assembled

28

min 112

Installation dimensions – front

Installation height

Side panel

Y (mm)

– – Gallery BOXCOVER BOXCAP

– 64 128 128 128

Front overlay +1 mm if cabinet profile is installed before the cabinet is assembled

33.5* 32

Y

33.5* 32

Y

M K E E E FA *

Height of drawer side M K M M M

FA Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

20.5

20.5 FA 289


Box systems 〉 MERIVOBOX 〉 Design element

Glass design element

Box systems

▬ Unique designs for the furniture interior ▬ For cutting to size ▬ Colour: clear ▬ Material: glass

Order information 7 Low glass design element (for inner pull-out, front) Cabinet width KB (mm) 600 1200

Colour Clear Cabinet side panel thickness SWD (mm) 15/16 18/19 ZE4L464G ZE4L458G ZE4L1064G ZE4L1058G

Composed of: 7 1 x Glass design element In the case of other cabinet widths KB, cut the next longest design element to size accordingly

7

High glass design element (for inner pull-out, front)

Cabinet width KB (mm) 600 1200

Colour Clear Cabinet side panel thickness SWD (mm) 15/16 18/19 ZE4H464G ZE4H458G ZE4H1064G ZE4H1058G

9a

Glass design element (side)

Nominal length Colour NL (mm) Clear 450 ZE4M360G 500 ZE4M410G 550 ZE4M460G 600 ZE4M510G

Composed of: 9a 2 x Glass design element In the case of other nominal lengths NL, cut the next longest design element to size accordingly Note To guarantee a safe connection between the front and BOXCOVER, the side parts of the glass must be cleaned prior to assembly – required from front height FH > 455 mm !

Composed of: 7 1 x Glass design element In the case of other cabinet widths KB, cut the next longest design element to size accordingly

Planning Cutting – design element

Design X (mm) element Low LW – 104 High LW – 104 Side NL – 90 LW Internal cabinet width NL Nominal length

Y (mm) 75 142.5 95

The given dimensions in combination with MERIVOBOX do not require “impact testing for vertically installed glass parts” as per the DIN EN 14749 norm June 2016. For norm compliance no safety glass is required. The edge is a polished flat-ended edge with a 1 mm ±0.5 mm bevel.

Reference pages Overview – MERIVOBOX Accessories Overview – assembly devices More technical details

290

257 Assembly, removal and adjustment 291 591 698 Short URL www.blum.com/a355

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 MERIVOBOX 〉 Accessories

Steel back Order information Back height N¹ M K E ¹

Planning Calculation of width

LW

xxx LW

x=

xxx = LW – 38

LW

–3

8

Not compatible with SERVO-DRIVE

Cutting – 16 mm chipboard Base NL – 22 mm

Example Back wall height M LW = 567 mm 529 mm = 567–38 mm Order ZB4M529S.6

LW – 51 mm

16

xx

Part no. ☎ ZB4NxxxS.6 ☎ ZB4MxxxS.6 ☎ ZB4KxxxS.6 ☎ ZB4ExxxS.6

Box systems

▬ For MERIVOBOX ▬ Colour: silk white matt | indium grey matt | orion grey matt ▬ Material: steel

Back width Internal cabinet width

NL LW

Nominal length Internal cabinet width

Front/base stabiliser ▬ For supporting wide drawer bases ▬ Recommendation: Cabinet width KB > 600 mm: 1 item

Planning Space requirement in cabinet

Order information Fixing method Colour EXPANDO RAL 7037 dust grey

Part no. Z96.10E1

Drilling distances – front

X = 20.5 mm + FA FA Front overlay * Min. 105 mm

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

291


Box systems 〉 MERIVOBOX 〉 Accessories

Front/base stabiliser for thin fronts ▬ For stabilising wide fronts and drawer bases ▬ Reinforces the connection between the drawer base and the front ▬ Recommendation: Cabinet width KB > 600 mm: 1 item Cabinet width KB > 900 mm: 2 items Front height FH > 380 mm: 1 item

Order information Fixing method Colour EXPANDO T RAL 7037 dust grey

Part no. Z96.00T1

Reference pages Fixing system for thin fronts – EXPANDO T

Planning Space requirement in cabinet

585

Drilling distances – front

22

20 13

Box systems

Assembly recommendation and limitation of liability – EXPANDO T

584

min 6

X = 14 mm + FA FA Front overlay * Min. 80 mm ** Stone and ceramic +0.2/–0.1 mm

Side stabilisation 1 2

▬ Additional stabilisation for extra wide high fronted pull-outs ▬ Recommendation: cabinet width KB 900–1400 mm ▬ Aluminium rod suitable for KB up to 1400 mm, for cutting to size ▬ No additional space requirement at the bottom ▬ Suitable for use with BLUMOTION | SERVO-DRIVE | TIP-ON BLUMOTION

Order information Side stabilisation Nominal length NL (mm) 270–400 450–650

Cutting 1 Internal cabinet width LW – 231 mm 2 Nominal length NL + 10 mm

Part no. ZS4.400MU ZS4.650MU

Planning Space requirement in cabinet

NL

292

Nominal length

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 MERIVOBOX 〉 Accessories

Ø 3.5 mm

Fixing screw (flat head screw)

Ø 3.5

Order information X (mm) 15.0

▬ Ø 3.5 mm ▬ Colour: nickel plated ▬ Material: steel

Order information X (mm) 15.0 17.0

Part no. 61R.1500

Ø 3.5 mm

Chipboard screws

Part no. 609.1500 609.1700

Ø 6.0 mm

System screw ▬ Ø 6 mm ▬ Drilling diameter Ø 5 mm ▬ Colour: nickel plated ▬ Material: steel

Order information X (mm) 10.0 11.5 13.0 14.5 20.0

Part no. 661.1000.HG 661.1150.HG 661.1300.HG 661.1450.HG 661.2000.HG

▬ Ø 2.7 mm, length 70 mm ▬ To pre-drill for Ø 3.5 mm chipboard screws ▬ Drilling depth up to 8 mm ▬ Material: steel, hardened

Order information Description Centre bit Replacement bit

Part no. M01.ZZ03.01 M01.ZZB3

▬ For noise reduction ▬ Colour: natural coloured ▬ Material: nylon

Order information Description Stick-on door buffer

Part no. 993.710

▬ For noise reduction ▬ Gap 2 mm ▬ Two-part ▬ Colour: RAL 9006 grey ▬ Material: nylon

Order information Description 8 mm Ø door buffer

Part no. 993.706

Centre bit

Stick-on door buffer

8 mm Ø door buffer

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

293

Box systems

X

Ø8

▬ For the connection of chipboard back fixings with chipboard back and drawer side with drawer bases ▬ In order to achieve optimal assembly, we recommend that you use flat head screws for the chipboard back and drawer side ▬ Ø 3.5 mm ▬ Colour: nickel plated ▬ Material: steel


Box systems 〉 MERIVOBOX 〉 Accessories

Pozidrive screwdriver ▬ PZ (Pozi) size 2 ▬ Blade length 100 mm ▬ Overall length 200 mm ▬ Orange handle with Blum logo ▬ Colour: black/orange ▬ Material: nylon/steel

Order information Description Pozidrive screwdriver

Part no. 303.756.1

▬ Slotted, size 1.0 x 5.5 mm ▬ Blade length 125 mm ▬ Overall length 225 mm ▬ Orange handle with Blum logo ▬ Colour: black/orange ▬ Material: nylon/steel

Order information Description Slotted screwdriver

Part no. 314.928.1

▬ TORX size 20 (T20) ▬ Orange handle with Blum logo ▬ Colour: black/orange ▬ Material: nylon/steel

Order information

Box systems

Slotted screwdriver

TORX screwdriver

294

Total length (mm) 100 210

Blade length (mm) 35 100

Part no. 623.882.2 209.093.7

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 MERIVOBOX 〉 Cabinet profile fixing positions

Cabinet profile 450 – 40 kg

Cabinet profile 453 – 70 kg

*

*

4 *

*

160 192 224 256

NL A B *

Nominal length Chipboard screws Ø 4 x 15 mm System screws Ø 6 x 14.5 mm, part no. 661.1450.HG For greater lateral stability Can be replaced with chipboard screw Ø 4 x 15 mm

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

4

32 18 37 352 366 384

NL A B * **

224 238 256

32

9 18 37

Nominal length Chipboard screws Ø 4 x 15 mm System screws Ø 6 x 14.5 mm, part no. 661.1450.HG For greater lateral stability Can be replaced with chipboard screw Ø 4 x 15 mm For greater vertical stability Can be replaced with chipboard screw Ø 4 x 15 mm

295

Box systems

*


Box systems 〉 TIP-ON BLUMOTION for MERIVOBOX

Two functions – fascinatingly combined TIP-ON BLUMOTION for MERIVOBOX combines the advantages of the TIP-ON mechanical opening support system with the reliable BLUMOTION dampening for silent and effortless closing – 100 % mechanically.

Box systems

TIP-ON BLUMOTION‘s extensive trigger range provides inspirational ease of use for handle-less pull-outs and drawers. To optimise the function and increase the trigger range, we generally recommend using synchronisation.

Opens with just a light touch, has a smooth running action and closes silently and effortlessly – experience completely harmonious and convenient motion with TIP-ON BLUMOTION technology

600 500 400 300 200 100

2.5

The motion is assisted 100 % mechanically

mm

6 9 00 12 00 00

Small front gap TIP-ON BLUMOTION can be adjusted to have a small front gap of 2.5 mm

296

Extensive trigger range To optimise the function and increase the trigger range, we generally recommend using synchronisation

Four-dimensional adjustment The four-dimensional adjustment ensures a precise gap layout. Depth adjustment is integrated and tool-free – simply turn the adjustment wheel

Simple, tool-free assembly The TIP-ON BLUMOTION unit can be assembled tool-free, as can all the other components

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 TIP-ON BLUMOTION for MERIVOBOX 〉 Overview

Box systems

Overview – box systems MERIVOBOX SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX

189 256 358

Symbolic image

Applications

kg

TIP-ON BLUMOTION

40 70

298

Symbolic image kg Dynamic carrying capacity

Accessories

Steel back Front/base stabiliser Front/base stabiliser for thin fronts Side stabilisation Screws Centre bit Symbolic image Cabinet profile fixing positions Cabinet profile 450 – 40 kg Cabinet profile 453 – 70 kg 1

2

Web code Page

406 Door buffer 291 Screwdriver 292 292 293 293

293 294

300 300

Symbolic image

Assembly, removal and adjustment Assembly, removal and adjustment

Symbolic image

Short URL www.blum.com/a356

Pictograph Item available on request

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

297

Box systems

Applications


Box systems 〉 TIP-ON BLUMOTION for MERIVOBOX 〉 Applications

TIP-ON BLUMOTION

Box systems

▬ The TIP-ON mechanical opening support system combined with soft-close BLUMOTION ▬ Gap 2.5 mm ▬ Four-dimensional front adjustment ▬ Extensive trigger range ▬ Synchronised feather-light glide ▬ Synchronisation for internal cabinet widths LW of 243 mm and wider

Order information 1 Cabinet profiles left/right BLUMOTION Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg) NL (mm) 40 70 270 450.2701B 300 450.3001B 350 450.3501B 400 450.4001B 450 450.4501B 453.4501B 500 450.5001B 453.5001B 550 450.5501B 453.5501B 600 450.6001B 453.6001B 6

TIP-ON BLUMOTION set Nominal length Cabinet Weight Unit NL (mm) profile (kg) (kg) 270–300 S0 40 ≤ 10 270–300 S1 40 > 10–20 350–600 L1 40 ≤ 20 350–600 L3 40 15–40 450–600 L5 70 35–70

¹

Part no.

² ² ³

T60H4040 T60H4140 T60H4340 T60H4540 T60H4570

Composed of: 6a 1 x TIP-ON BLUMOTION unit left/right 6b 1 x TIP-ON BLUMOTION latch symmetrical 6e 2 x TIP-ON BLUMOTION synchronisation adapter Internal cabinet width LW ≥ 294 mm ¹ Recommended weight ranges (total weight of the pull-out) for an optimum opening and closing function ² Can only be combined with a 40 kg cabinet profile ³ Recommendation: only use in combination with 70 kg cabinet profile

Internal cabinet width LW ≥ 297 mm 6f TIP-ON BLUMOTION synchronisation linkage Version Colour Round Grey

Part no. T60.1125W

Internal cabinet width LW 243–296 mm 6g TIP-ON BLUMOTION synchronisation Version Colour Square RAL 7035 light grey

Part no. T60.300D

Accessories 6e TIP-ON BLUMOTION synchronisation adapter Version Colour Symmetrical RAL 7035 light grey Internal cabinet width LW ≥ 297 mm

TIP-ON BLUMOTION checking/setting template Front gap FS (mm) Colour 2.5 Orange

Part no. T60.000D

Part no. 65.5627

In combination with 6e 2 x T60.000D Suitable up to internal cabinet width LW 1370 mm Note To optimise the function and increase the trigger range, we generally recommend using synchronisation Cutting Internal cabinet width LW – 250 mm

Cutting

298

Internal cabinet width LW – 224 mm

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 TIP-ON BLUMOTION for MERIVOBOX 〉 Applications

TIP-ON BLUMOTION

28

NL

Nominal length

NL

Nominal length

Screw position – inner drawer | inner pull-out

Variant 1

Height M * +1 mm if cabinet profile is installed before the cabinet is assembled ** Incl. 2 mm tilt adjustment

28

Height M * +1 mm if cabinet profile is installed before the cabinet is assembled Latch set (ZI7.0M07) cannot be used in combination with TIP-ON BLUMOTION

Plinth leg

Variant 2

Trigger range 600 500 400 300 200 100

2.5

Trigger range With synchronisation Without synchronisation Minimum front gap (mm) 2.5 To optimise the function and increase the trigger range, we generally recommend using synchronisation Example for 450 – 40 kg | 453 – 70 kg, E height, nominal length NL 500 mm

mm

6 9 00 12 00 00

Reference pages Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for MERIVOBOX Overview – MERIVOBOX CABLOXX Accessories Cabinet profile fixing positions Overview – assembly devices More technical details

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

297

Assembly, removal and adjustment

257 582 Short URL 291 www.blum.com/a356 300 591 698

299

Box systems

min. 52 min. 54*

2 +1

103

NL

Inner drawer | inner pull-out

min. 54**

+3

Drawer | high fronted pull-out

min. 54*

NL

Inner drawer | inner pull-out

103

Planning Space requirement in cabinet Drawer | high fronted pull-out


Box systems 〉 TIP-ON BLUMOTION for MERIVOBOX 〉 Cabinet profile fixing positions

Cabinet profile 450 – 40 kg

Cabinet profile 453 – 70 kg

*

*

4 *

*

*

Box systems

160 192 224 256

NL A B *

300

4

Nominal length Chipboard screws Ø 4 x 15 mm System screws Ø 6 x 14.5 mm, part no. 661.1450.HG For greater lateral stability Can be replaced with chipboard screw Ø 4 x 15 mm

32 18 37 352 366 384

NL A B * **

224 238 256

32

9 18 37

Nominal length Chipboard screws Ø 4 x 15 mm System screws Ø 6 x 14.5 mm, part no. 661.1450.HG For greater lateral stability Can be replaced with chipboard screw Ø 4 x 15 mm For greater vertical stability Can be replaced with chipboard screw Ø 4 x 15 mm

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems

Box systems 〉 TIP-ON BLUMOTION for MERIVOBOX

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

301


Box systems 〉 TANDEMBOX antaro

The minimalist line – rectangular with a clear design all the way down the line TANDEMBOX antaro stands for a clear-cut, rectangular design with its rectangular gallery. All the components have been colour-coordinated, underlining the minimalist design.

Box systems

You also have the option of combining the different opening support systems as you wish. SERVO-DRIVE, the electrical opening support system in combination with BLUMOTION, or TIP-ON BLUMOTION, the mechanical opening support system, combined with BLUMOTION.

The square gallery underlines the minimalist product design. All nylon components are matched with the relevant drawer side colour, helping to create a harmoniously simple overall appearance

TANDEMBOX has long proven its worth and offered enhanced ease of use and scope for design for many years. Technological improvements ensure even smoother opening, noticeably more stability and an optimised feather-light glide

For simple product selection and ordering of the available range, use our Product Configurator

Short URL www.blum.com/configurator 302

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 TANDEMBOX antaro 〉 Overview

Box systems

Symbolic image

Overview

Overview – box systems LEGRABOX MERIVOBOX TANDEMBOX plus TIP-ON BLUMOTION for TANDEMBOX SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX

189 METABOX 190 256 348 350 358

Overview – applications

304

390

Accessories

Steel back Front/base stabiliser Side stabilisation – top mounted Flexible gallery fixing Chipboard back fixing height B Screws Symbolic image Cabinet profile fixing positions Cabinet profile 578 – 30 kg Cabinet profile 576 – 65 kg

340 Centre bit 340 Door buffer 341 Screwdriver 342 343 344

344 344 345

346 346

Symbolic image

Assembly, removal and adjustment Assembly, removal and adjustment

Symbolic image

Short URL www.blum.com/a350

Pictograph Item available on request

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

303

Box systems

Symbolic image


Box systems 〉 TANDEMBOX antaro 〉 Overview – applications

kg

Applications

Box systems

Standard cabinet Drawer

Space requirement

Height (mm)

Drawer – N

30

82.5

Drawer – M

30 65

98.5

Drawer – K

30 65

130.5

High fronted pull-out High fronted pull-out – gallery – C

30 65

192

High fronted pull-out – gallery – D

30 65

224

High fronted pull-out – gallery – D – K drawer side

30 65

224

High fronted pull-out – gallery – C – alu frames

30 65

192

High fronted pull-out – gallery – D – alu frames

30 65

224

Corner cabinet

SPACE CORNER with SYNCROMOTION

Web code

Page

kg

Applications

Space requirement

Height (mm)

Web code

Page

Inner drawer

DQC21A

306

DQC2QM

308

DQC3FY

312

DQC5JY

316

DQC69A

320

DQC6YM

324

DQC7NY

328

DQC8DA

330

Inner pull-out

Inner drawer – M

30 65

106

Inner drawer – K

30 65

136.5

Inner pull-out – gallery – C

30 65

192

Inner pull-out – gallery – D

30 65

224

Inner pull-out – gallery – D – K drawer side

30 65

224

DQC45A

310

DQC4UM

314

DQCAHA

318

DQCB6M

322

DQCBVY

326

65

Help with planning and ordering Short URL www.blum.com/productdataservice SPACE CORNER with rigid 65 fronts

kg

304

Help with planning and ordering Short URL www.blum.com/productdataservice

Dynamic carrying capacity

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 TANDEMBOX antaro 〉 Overview – applications

Space requirement

Height (mm)

Sink cabinet High fronted pull-out High fronted pull-out – gallery – C

30 65

192

High fronted pull-out – gallery – D

30 65

224

Larder unit

Narrow cabinets

kg

SPACE TOWER

Page

DQC92M

332

DQC9RY

334

DQGRMM

336

DQGV5A

338

Cabinet width KB 200 mm

Colour

No. Description

¹

Colour SW R9006

Sink cabinet

Silk white RAL 9006 grey (white aluminium)

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

Web code

Page

20

Dynamic carrying capacity

Drawer side set Drawer side set exterior Chipboard back fixings left/right Sink chipboard back fixing left/right Front piece set Front piece without groove Handle Handle and latch Cross gallery Longside gallery rail left/right Drawer side set interior Chipboard back fixings left/right

Space requirement

Height (mm)

Recommendation – colour combination of the components

2 2 3 3 4 5 6a 6b 7 8 11 12

kg

Applications

30 65

Cabinet width KB 275–1200 mm SPACE TWIN

Web code

Box systems

kg

Applications

¹ ¹

¹ ¹ Colour WGR

SW SW SW SW SW SW SW SW SW SW SW SW SW

R9006 R9006 R9006 R9006 R9006 WGR R9006 WGR WGR R9006 R9006 R9006 R9006

White grey

305


Box systems 〉 TANDEMBOX antaro 〉 Standard cabinet

Web code DQC21A

Drawer – N

Box systems

▬ Concealed, guided full extension – unsurpassed running action – for the lifetime of the furniture ▬ Tool-free front assembly ▬ 2-dimensional front adjustment ▬ Includes integrated BLUMOTION damping effect for soft and effortless closing action, can be combined with SERVO-DRIVE ▬ Either with TIP-ON BLUMOTION for handle-less furniture, or even for furniture with handle elements as a design feature

Space requirement

NL

Nominal length

Order information 1 Cabinet profiles left/right

3

BLUMOTION Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg) NL (mm) 30 400 578.4001M 450 578.4501M 500 578.5001M 550 578.5501M 2

2a

Drawer side set

Drawer side height (mm) Nominal length Colour NL (mm) SW | R9006 400 378N4002SA 450 378N4502SA 500 378N5002SA 550 378N5502SA

68.5

2b

Composed of: 2a 1 x Left/right drawer sides 2b 2 x Cover caps, stamped with Blum logo, starting at 1000 pcs. individually printed

3

Chipboard back fixings left/right Colour Material SW | R9006 Steel

4

Front fixing bracket Fixing method Knock-in INSERTA Screw-on

Colour SW

306

Silk white

Part no. Z30N000S.04

2x 2x 2x Colour R9006

Part no. ZSF.36A2 ZSF.39A2 ZSF.35A2

RAL 9006 grey (white aluminium)

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 TANDEMBOX antaro 〉 Standard cabinet

Web code DQC21A

Drawer – N Installation dimensions – front – screw-on

Drilling distances – front – INSERTA | knock-in

Installation dimensions – back

Box systems

Planning Space requirement in cabinet

FA

Front overlay

Hole spacing – cabinet profiles Nominal length NL (mm)

Cutting – 16 mm chipboard

Chipboard back 69 mm

400 LW – 87 mm

450

Base

500

Chipboard back

550

Steel back

NL – 24 mm NL – 22 mm

KB LW NL

Cabinet width Internal cabinet width Nominal length

LW – 75 mm

Internal cabinet depth LT min. = nominal length NL + 3 mm

Reference pages Overview – TANDEMBOX antaro Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for TANDEMBOX CABLOXX Accessories Cabinet profile fixing positions Overview – assembly devices More technical details

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

303 Assembly, removal and adjustment 359 351 582 340 346 591 698

Short URL www.blum.com/a350

307


Box systems 〉 TANDEMBOX antaro 〉 Standard cabinet

Web code DQC2QM

Drawer – M

Box systems

▬ Concealed, guided full extension – unsurpassed running action – for the lifetime of the furniture ▬ Tool-free front assembly ▬ 2-dimensional front adjustment ▬ Includes integrated BLUMOTION damping effect for soft and effortless closing action, can be combined with SERVO-DRIVE ▬ Either with TIP-ON BLUMOTION for handle-less furniture, or even for furniture with handle elements as a design feature

Space requirement

NL

Nominal length

Order information 1 Cabinet profiles left/right BLUMOTION Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg) NL (mm) 30 65 270 578.2701M 300 578.3001M 350 578.3501M 400 578.4001M 450 578.4501M 576.4501M 500 578.5001M 576.5001M 550 578.5501M 576.5501M 600 578.6001M 576.6001M 650 576.6501M 2

2a

Drawer side set

Drawer side height (mm) Nominal length Colour NL (mm) SW | R9006 270 378M2702SA 300 378M3002SA 350 378M3502SA 400 378M4002SA 450 378M4502SA 500 378M5002SA 550 378M5502SA 600 378M6002SA 650 378M6502SA

2b

83.6

Composed of: 2a 1 x Left/right drawer sides 2b 2 x Cover caps, stamped with Blum logo, starting at 1000 pcs. individually printed

3

Chipboard back fixings left/right Colour Material SW | R9006 Steel

4

Front fixing bracket Fixing method Knock-in INSERTA Screw-on

Colour SW

308

Silk white

Part no. Z30M000S.04

2x 2x 2x Colour R9006

Part no. ZSF.36A2 ZSF.39A2 ZSF.35A2

RAL 9006 grey (white aluminium)

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 TANDEMBOX antaro 〉 Standard cabinet

Web code DQC2QM

Drawer – M Installation dimensions – front – screw-on

Drilling distances – front – INSERTA | knock-in

Installation dimensions – back

Box systems

Planning Space requirement in cabinet

FA

Front overlay

Hole spacing – cabinet profiles Nominal length NL (mm)

Cutting – 16 mm chipboard

Chipboard back 84 mm

270 LW – 87 mm

300

Base

350

Chipboard back

400

Steel back

NL – 24 mm NL – 22 mm

450

KB LW NL

Cabinet width Internal cabinet width Nominal length

LW – 75 mm

500 550 600 650

Internal cabinet depth LT min. = nominal length NL + 3 mm * Line drilling only with 578.4501M (30 kg)

Reference pages Overview – TANDEMBOX antaro Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for TANDEMBOX Overview – ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX CABLOXX Accessories Cabinet profile fixing positions Overview – assembly devices More technical details Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

303 Assembly, removal and adjustment 359 351 541 582 340 346 591 698

Short URL www.blum.com/a350

309


Box systems 〉 TANDEMBOX antaro 〉 Standard cabinet

Web code DQC45A

Inner drawer – M

Box systems

▬ Concealed, guided full extension – unsurpassed running action – for the lifetime of the furniture ▬ Tool-free front assembly ▬ Includes integrated BLUMOTION damping effect for soft and effortless closing action, can be combined with SERVO-DRIVE ▬ Either with TIP-ON BLUMOTION for handle-less furniture, or even for furniture with handle elements as a design feature ▬ Inner drawers either with handle or handle and latch

Space requirement

NL * **

Nominal length Min. space requirement for inner drawers with or without handles Inner drawers with easy access from above

Order information 1 Cabinet profiles left/right BLUMOTION Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg) NL (mm) 30 65 270 578.2701M 300 578.3001M 350 578.3501M 400 578.4001M 450 578.4501M 576.4501M 500 578.5001M 576.5001M 550 578.5501M 576.5501M 600 578.6001M 576.6001M 650 576.6501M 2

3

2a

5 4e

Drawer side set

6a

Drawer side height (mm) Nominal length Colour NL (mm) SW | R9006 270 378M2702SA 300 378M3002SA 350 378M3502SA 400 378M4002SA 450 378M4502SA 500 378M5002SA 550 378M5502SA 600 378M6002SA 650 378M6502SA

6b

83.6

Composed of: 2a 1 x Left/right drawer sides 2b 2 x Cover caps, stamped with Blum logo, starting at 1000 pcs. individually printed

3

Chipboard back fixings left/right Colour Material SW | R9006 Steel

4

Front piece set Colour SW | WGR

Composed of: 4a 1 x Front fixing left/right 4e 1 x Locking piece – Z31A0008

5 Cutting

310

1

Material Nylon

Front piece without groove Colour Length (mm) SW | R9006 1036

Internal cabinet width LW – 132 mm

2b

4a

Accessories 6a Handle Colour SW | WGR

Material Nylon

Part no. ZIF.80M5

Alternative to 6a 6b Handle and latch Colour SW | WGR

Material Nylon

Part no. ZIF.80M7

Not compatible with TIP-ON BLUMOTION Colour SW R9006

Silk white RAL 9006 grey (white aluminium)

Colour WGR

White grey

Part no. Z30M000S.04 Part no. ZIF.71M0

Part no. Z31L1036A

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 TANDEMBOX antaro 〉 Standard cabinet

Web code DQC45A

Inner drawer – M Installation dimensions – back

Drilling distances – front – latch

Box systems

Planning Space requirement in cabinet

*

**

Min. space requirement for inner drawers with or without handles Without a handle, opening is only possible from the bottom Inner drawers with easy access from above

Inner drawer

Hole spacing – cabinet profiles Nominal length NL (mm)

Cutting – 16 mm chipboard

Chipboard back 84 mm

270 LW – 87 mm

300

Base

350

Chipboard back

400

Steel back

NL – 24 mm NL – 22 mm

450

KB LW NL

Cabinet width Internal cabinet width Nominal length

LW – 75 mm

500 550 600 650

Internal cabinet depth LT min. = nominal length NL + 3 mm * Line drilling only with 578.4501M (30 kg)

Reference pages Overview – TANDEMBOX antaro Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for TANDEMBOX Overview – ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX CABLOXX Accessories Cabinet profile fixing positions Overview – assembly devices More technical details Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

303 Assembly, removal and adjustment 359 351 541 582 340 346 591 698

Short URL www.blum.com/a350

311


Box systems 〉 TANDEMBOX antaro 〉 Standard cabinet

Web code DQC3FY

Drawer – K

Box systems

▬ Concealed, guided full extension – unsurpassed running action – for the lifetime of the furniture ▬ Tool-free front assembly ▬ 2-dimensional front adjustment ▬ Includes integrated BLUMOTION damping effect for soft and effortless closing action, can be combined with SERVO-DRIVE ▬ Either with TIP-ON BLUMOTION for handle-less furniture, or even for furniture with handle elements as a design feature

Space requirement

NL

Nominal length

Order information 1 Cabinet profiles left/right BLUMOTION Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg) NL (mm) 30 65 270 578.2701M 300 578.3001M 350 578.3501M 400 578.4001M 450 578.4501M 576.4501M 500 578.5001M 576.5001M 550 578.5501M 576.5501M 600 578.6001M 576.6001M 650 576.6501M 2

2a

2c

Drawer side set

Drawer side height (mm) Nominal length Colour NL (mm) SW | R9006 270 378K2702SA 300 378K3002SA 350 378K3502SA 400 378K4002SA 450 378K4502SA 500 378K5002SA 550 378K5502SA 600 378K6002SA 650 378K6502SA

115.6

2b

Composed of: 2a 1 x Left/right drawer sides 2b 2 x Cover caps, stamped with Blum logo, starting at 1000 pcs. individually printed 2c 2 x Positioning dowel

3

Chipboard back fixings left/right Colour Material SW | R9006 Steel

4

Front fixing bracket Fixing method Knock-in INSERTA Screw-on

Colour SW

312

Silk white

Part no. Z30K000S

2x 2x 2x Colour R9006

Part no. ZSF.36A2 ZSF.39A2 ZSF.35A2

RAL 9006 grey (white aluminium)

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 TANDEMBOX antaro 〉 Standard cabinet

Web code DQC3FY

Drawer – K Installation dimensions – front – screw-on

Drilling distances – front – INSERTA | knock-in

Installation dimensions – back

Box systems

Planning Space requirement in cabinet

FA

Front overlay

Hole spacing – cabinet profiles Nominal length NL (mm)

Cutting – 16 mm chipboard

Chipboard back 116 mm

270 LW – 87 mm

300

Base

350

Chipboard back

400

Steel back

NL – 24 mm NL – 22 mm

450

KB LW NL

Cabinet width Internal cabinet width Nominal length

LW – 75 mm

500 550 600 650

Internal cabinet depth LT min. = nominal length NL + 3 mm * Line drilling only with 578.4501M (30 kg)

Reference pages Overview – TANDEMBOX antaro Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for TANDEMBOX Overview – ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX CABLOXX Accessories Cabinet profile fixing positions Overview – assembly devices More technical details Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

303 Assembly, removal and adjustment 359 351 541 582 340 346 591 698

Short URL www.blum.com/a350

313


Box systems 〉 TANDEMBOX antaro 〉 Standard cabinet

Web code DQC4UM

Inner drawer – K

Box systems

▬ Concealed, guided full extension – unsurpassed running action – for the lifetime of the furniture ▬ Tool-free front assembly ▬ Includes integrated BLUMOTION damping effect for soft and effortless closing action, can be combined with SERVO-DRIVE ▬ Either with TIP-ON BLUMOTION for handle-less furniture, or even for furniture with handle elements as a design feature ▬ Inner drawers either with handle or handle and latch

Space requirement

NL

Nominal length

Order information 1 Cabinet profiles left/right BLUMOTION Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg) NL (mm) 30 65 270 578.2701M 300 578.3001M 350 578.3501M 400 578.4001M 450 578.4501M 576.4501M 500 578.5001M 576.5001M 550 578.5501M 576.5501M 600 578.6001M 576.6001M 650 576.6501M 2

3

2a

5

Drawer side set

6a

Drawer side height (mm) Nominal length Colour NL (mm) SW | R9006 270 378K2702SA 300 378K3002SA 350 378K3502SA 400 378K4002SA 450 378K4502SA 500 378K5002SA 550 378K5502SA 600 378K6002SA 650 378K6502SA

115.6

3

Chipboard back fixings left/right Colour Material SW | R9006 Steel

4

Front piece set Colour SW | WGR

5 Cutting

314

Material Nylon

Front piece without groove Colour Length (mm) SW | R9006 1036

Internal cabinet width LW – 132 mm

2b 6b

Composed of: 2a 1 x Left/right drawer sides 2b 2 x Cover caps, stamped with Blum logo, starting at 1000 pcs. individually printed 2c 2 x Positioning dowel Not required for the inner drawer

Composed of: 4a 1 x Front fixing left/right 4e 1 x Locking piece – Z31A0008

1

4e

4a

Accessories 6a Handle Colour SW | WGR

Material Nylon

Part no. ZIF.80M5

Alternative to 6a 6b Handle and latch Colour SW | WGR

Material Nylon

Part no. ZIF.80M7

Not compatible with TIP-ON BLUMOTION Colour SW R9006

Silk white RAL 9006 grey (white aluminium)

Colour WGR

White grey

Part no. Z30K000S Part no. ZIF.71K0

Part no. Z31L1036A

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 TANDEMBOX antaro 〉 Standard cabinet

Web code DQC4UM

Inner drawer – K Installation dimensions – back

Drilling distances – front – latch

Box systems

Planning Space requirement in cabinet

Inner drawer

Hole spacing – cabinet profiles Nominal length NL (mm)

Cutting – 16 mm chipboard

Chipboard back 116 mm

270 LW – 87 mm

300

Base

350

Chipboard back

400

Steel back

NL – 24 mm NL – 22 mm

450

KB LW NL

Cabinet width Internal cabinet width Nominal length

LW – 75 mm

500 550 600 650

Internal cabinet depth LT min. = nominal length NL + 3 mm * Line drilling only with 578.4501M (30 kg)

Reference pages Overview – TANDEMBOX antaro Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for TANDEMBOX Overview – ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX CABLOXX Accessories Cabinet profile fixing positions Overview – assembly devices More technical details Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

303 Assembly, removal and adjustment 359 351 541 582 340 346 591 698

Short URL www.blum.com/a350

315


Box systems 〉 TANDEMBOX antaro 〉 Standard cabinet

Web code DQC5JY

High fronted pull-out – gallery – C

Box systems

▬ With single gallery ▬ Concealed, guided full extension – unsurpassed running action – for the lifetime of the furniture ▬ Tool-free front assembly ▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment ▬ Includes integrated BLUMOTION damping effect for soft and effortless closing action, can be combined with SERVO-DRIVE ▬ Either with TIP-ON BLUMOTION for handle-less furniture, or even for furniture with handle elements as a design feature

Space requirement

NL

Nominal length

Order information 1 Cabinet profiles left/right BLUMOTION Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg) NL (mm) 30 65 270 578.2701M 300 578.3001M 350 578.3501M 400 578.4001M 450 578.4501M 576.4501M 500 578.5001M 576.5001M 550 578.5501M 576.5501M 600 578.6001M 576.6001M 650 576.6501M 2

2a

Drawer side set

Drawer side height (mm) Nominal length Colour NL (mm) SW | R9006 270 378M2702SA 300 378M3002SA 350 378M3502SA 400 378M4002SA 450 378M4502SA 500 378M5002SA 550 378M5502SA 600 378M6002SA 650 378M6502SA

83.6

2b 8

Composed of: 2a 1 x Left/right drawer sides 2b 2 x Cover caps, stamped with Blum logo, starting at 1000 pcs. individually printed

3

Chipboard back fixings left/right Colour Material SW | R9006 Steel

4

Front fixing bracket Fixing method Knock-in INSERTA Screw-on

316

Part no. Z30C000S

2x 2x 2x

Part no. ZSF.36A2 ZSF.39A2 ZSF.35A2

Longside gallery rail left/right

Nominal length Colour NL (mm) SW | R9006 270 ZRG.207RSIC 300 ZRG.237RSIC 350 ZRG.287RSIC 400 ZRG.337RSIC 450 ZRG.387RSIC 500 ZRG.437RSIC 550 ZRG.487RSIC 600 ZRG.537RSIC 650 ZRG.587RSIC Colour SW

Silk white

Colour R9006

RAL 9006 grey (white aluminium)

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 TANDEMBOX antaro 〉 Standard cabinet

Web code DQC5JY

High fronted pull-out – gallery – C Installation dimensions – front – screw-on

Drilling distances – front – INSERTA | knock-in

Installation dimensions – back

Box systems

Planning Space requirement in cabinet

FA

Front overlay

Hole spacing – cabinet profiles Nominal length NL (mm)

Cutting – 16 mm chipboard

Chipboard back 167 mm

270 LW – 87 mm

300

Base

350

Chipboard back

400

Steel back

NL – 24 mm NL – 22 mm

450

KB LW NL

Cabinet width Internal cabinet width Nominal length

LW – 75 mm

500 550 600 650

Internal cabinet depth LT min. = nominal length NL + 3 mm * Line drilling only with 578.4501M (30 kg)

Reference pages Overview – TANDEMBOX antaro Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for TANDEMBOX Overview – ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX CABLOXX Accessories Cabinet profile fixing positions Overview – assembly devices More technical details Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

303 Assembly, removal and adjustment 359 351 541 582 340 346 591 698

Short URL www.blum.com/a350

317


Box systems 〉 TANDEMBOX antaro 〉 Standard cabinet

Web code DQCAHA

Inner pull-out – gallery – C

Box systems

▬ With single gallery ▬ Concealed, guided full extension – unsurpassed running action – for the lifetime of the furniture ▬ Tool-free front assembly ▬ 2-dimensional front adjustment ▬ Includes integrated BLUMOTION damping effect for soft and effortless closing action, can be combined with SERVO-DRIVE ▬ Or with TIP-ON BLUMOTION

Space requirement

NL

Nominal length

Order information 1 Cabinet profiles left/right 3

BLUMOTION Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg) NL (mm) 30 65 270 578.2701M 300 578.3001M 350 578.3501M 400 578.4001M 450 578.4501M 576.4501M 500 578.5001M 576.5001M 550 578.5501M 576.5501M 600 578.6001M 576.6001M 650 576.6501M 2

8 2a 7

Drawer side set 83.6

3

Chipboard back fixings left/right Colour Material SW | R9006 Steel

4

Front piece set Colour SW | WGR

Cutting

7 Cutting

318

Material Nylon

4a 8

Part no. Z30C000S Part no. ZIF.74C0

Front piece without groove Colour Length (mm) SW | R9006 1036

Part no. Z31L1036A

Cross gallery Colour SW | R9006

Part no. ZRG.1046Z

Internal cabinet width LW – 132 mm

Length (mm) 1046

Internal cabinet width LW – 122 mm

2b

4e

Composed of: 2a 1 x Left/right drawer sides 2b 2 x Cover caps, stamped with Blum logo, starting at 1000 pcs. individually printed

5

1

5

Drawer side height (mm) Nominal length Colour NL (mm) SW | R9006 270 378M2702SA 300 378M3002SA 350 378M3502SA 400 378M4002SA 450 378M4502SA 500 378M5002SA 550 378M5502SA 600 378M6002SA 650 378M6502SA

Composed of: 4a 1 x Front fixing left/right 4e 1 x Locking piece – Z31A0008 4g 2 x Gallery head – ZRG.000R5F

4g

Longside gallery rail left/right

Nominal length Colour NL (mm) SW | R9006 270 ZRG.207RSIC 300 ZRG.237RSIC 350 ZRG.287RSIC 400 ZRG.337RSIC 450 ZRG.387RSIC 500 ZRG.437RSIC 550 ZRG.487RSIC 600 ZRG.537RSIC 650 ZRG.587RSIC Colour SW R9006

Silk white RAL 9006 grey (white aluminium)

Colour WGR

White grey

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 TANDEMBOX antaro 〉 Standard cabinet

Web code DQCAHA

Inner pull-out – gallery – C Installation dimensions – back

Box systems

Planning Space requirement in cabinet

Hole spacing – cabinet profiles Nominal length NL (mm)

Cutting – 16 mm chipboard

Chipboard back 167 mm

270 LW – 87 mm

300

Base

350

Chipboard back

400

Steel back

NL – 24 mm NL – 22 mm

450

KB LW NL

Cabinet width Internal cabinet width Nominal length

LW – 75 mm

500 550 600 650

Internal cabinet depth LT min. = nominal length NL + 3 mm * Line drilling only with 578.4501M (30 kg)

Reference pages Overview – TANDEMBOX antaro Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for TANDEMBOX Overview – ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX CABLOXX Accessories Cabinet profile fixing positions Overview – assembly devices More technical details Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

303 Assembly, removal and adjustment 359 351 541 582 340 346 591 698

Short URL www.blum.com/a350

319


Box systems 〉 TANDEMBOX antaro 〉 Standard cabinet

Web code DQC69A

High fronted pull-out – gallery – D

Box systems

▬ With single gallery ▬ Concealed, guided full extension – unsurpassed running action – for the lifetime of the furniture ▬ Tool-free front assembly ▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment ▬ Includes integrated BLUMOTION damping effect for soft and effortless closing action, can be combined with SERVO-DRIVE ▬ Either with TIP-ON BLUMOTION for handle-less furniture, or even for furniture with handle elements as a design feature

Space requirement

NL

Nominal length

Order information 1 Cabinet profiles left/right BLUMOTION Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg) NL (mm) 30 65 270 578.2701M 300 578.3001M 350 578.3501M 400 578.4001M 450 578.4501M 576.4501M 500 578.5001M 576.5001M 550 578.5501M 576.5501M 600 578.6001M 576.6001M 650 576.6501M 2

2a

Drawer side set

Drawer side height (mm) Nominal length Colour NL (mm) SW | R9006 270 378M2702SA 300 378M3002SA 350 378M3502SA 400 378M4002SA 450 378M4502SA 500 378M5002SA 550 378M5502SA 600 378M6002SA 650 378M6502SA

83.6

2b 8

Composed of: 2a 1 x Left/right drawer sides 2b 2 x Cover caps, stamped with Blum logo, starting at 1000 pcs. individually printed

3

Chipboard back fixings left/right Colour Material SW | R9006 Steel

4

Front fixing bracket Fixing method Knock-in INSERTA Screw-on

320

Part no. Z30D000SL

2x 2x 2x

Part no. ZSF.36A2 ZSF.39A2 ZSF.35A2

Longside gallery rail left/right

Nominal length Colour NL (mm) SW | R9006 270 ZRG.207RSIC 300 ZRG.237RSIC 350 ZRG.287RSIC 400 ZRG.337RSIC 450 ZRG.387RSIC 500 ZRG.437RSIC 550 ZRG.487RSIC 600 ZRG.537RSIC 650 ZRG.587RSIC Colour SW

Silk white

Colour R9006

RAL 9006 grey (white aluminium)

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 TANDEMBOX antaro 〉 Standard cabinet

Web code DQC69A

High fronted pull-out – gallery – D Installation dimensions – front – screw-on

Drilling distances – front – INSERTA | knock-in

Installation dimensions – back

Box systems

Planning Space requirement in cabinet

FA

Front overlay

Hole spacing – cabinet profiles Nominal length NL (mm)

Cutting – 16 mm chipboard

Chipboard back 199 mm

270 LW – 87 mm

300

Base

350

Chipboard back

400

Steel back

NL – 24 mm NL – 22 mm

450

KB LW NL

Cabinet width Internal cabinet width Nominal length

LW – 75 mm

500 550 600 650

Internal cabinet depth LT min. = nominal length NL + 3 mm * Line drilling only with 578.4501M (30 kg)

Reference pages Overview – TANDEMBOX antaro Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for TANDEMBOX Overview – ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX CABLOXX Accessories Cabinet profile fixing positions Overview – assembly devices More technical details Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

303 Assembly, removal and adjustment 359 351 541 582 340 346 591 698

Short URL www.blum.com/a350

321


Box systems 〉 TANDEMBOX antaro 〉 Standard cabinet

Web code DQCB6M

Inner pull-out – gallery – D Space requirement

Box systems

▬ With single gallery ▬ Concealed, guided full extension – unsurpassed running action – for the lifetime of the furniture ▬ Tool-free front assembly ▬ 2-dimensional front adjustment ▬ Includes integrated BLUMOTION damping effect for soft and effortless closing action, can be combined with SERVO-DRIVE ▬ Or with TIP-ON BLUMOTION

NL

Nominal length

Order information 1 Cabinet profiles left/right 3

BLUMOTION Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg) NL (mm) 30 65 270 578.2701M 300 578.3001M 350 578.3501M 400 578.4001M 450 578.4501M 576.4501M 500 578.5001M 576.5001M 550 578.5501M 576.5501M 600 578.6001M 576.6001M 650 576.6501M 2

8 2a 7

Drawer side set 83.6

4e

8

Composed of: 2a 1 x Left/right drawer sides 2b 2 x Cover caps, stamped with Blum logo, starting at 1000 pcs. individually printed

3

Chipboard back fixings left/right Colour Material SW | R9006 Steel

4

Front piece set Colour SW | WGR

5 Cutting

7 Cutting

322

1

5

Drawer side height (mm) Nominal length Colour NL (mm) SW | R9006 270 378M2702SA 300 378M3002SA 350 378M3502SA 400 378M4002SA 450 378M4502SA 500 378M5002SA 550 378M5502SA 600 378M6002SA 650 378M6502SA

Composed of: 4a 1 x Front fixing left/right 4e 1 x Locking piece – Z31A0008 4g 2 x Gallery head – ZRG.000R5F

4g

Material Nylon

Part no. Z30D000SL Part no. ZIF.74D0

Front piece without groove Colour Length (mm) SW | R9006 1036

Part no. Z31L1036A

Cross gallery Colour SW | R9006

Part no. ZRG.1046Z

Internal cabinet width LW – 132 mm

Length (mm) 1046

Internal cabinet width LW – 122 mm

2b

4a Longside gallery rail left/right

Nominal length Colour NL (mm) SW | R9006 270 ZRG.207RSIC 300 ZRG.237RSIC 350 ZRG.287RSIC 400 ZRG.337RSIC 450 ZRG.387RSIC 500 ZRG.437RSIC 550 ZRG.487RSIC 600 ZRG.537RSIC 650 ZRG.587RSIC Colour SW R9006

Silk white RAL 9006 grey (white aluminium)

Colour WGR

White grey

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 TANDEMBOX antaro 〉 Standard cabinet

Web code DQCB6M

Inner pull-out – gallery – D Installation dimensions – back

Box systems

Planning Space requirement in cabinet

Hole spacing – cabinet profiles Nominal length NL (mm)

Cutting – 16 mm chipboard

Chipboard back 199 mm

270 LW – 87 mm

300

Base

350

Chipboard back

400

Steel back

NL – 24 mm NL – 22 mm

450

KB LW NL

Cabinet width Internal cabinet width Nominal length

LW – 75 mm

500 550 600 650

Internal cabinet depth LT min. = nominal length NL + 3 mm * Line drilling only with 578.4501M (30 kg)

Reference pages Overview – TANDEMBOX antaro Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for TANDEMBOX Overview – ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX CABLOXX Accessories Cabinet profile fixing positions Overview – assembly devices More technical details Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

303 Assembly, removal and adjustment 359 351 541 582 340 346 591 698

Short URL www.blum.com/a350

323


Box systems 〉 TANDEMBOX antaro 〉 Standard cabinet

Web code DQC6YM

High fronted pull-out – gallery – D – K drawer side

Box systems

▬ With single gallery ▬ Concealed, guided full extension – unsurpassed running action – for the lifetime of the furniture ▬ Tool-free front assembly ▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment ▬ Includes integrated BLUMOTION damping effect for soft and effortless closing action, can be combined with SERVO-DRIVE ▬ Either with TIP-ON BLUMOTION for handle-less furniture, or even for furniture with handle elements as a design feature

Space requirement

NL

Nominal length

Order information 1 Cabinet profiles left/right BLUMOTION Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg) NL (mm) 30 65 270 578.2701M 300 578.3001M 350 578.3501M 400 578.4001M 450 578.4501M 576.4501M 500 578.5001M 576.5001M 550 578.5501M 576.5501M 600 578.6001M 576.6001M 650 576.6501M 2

2a 2c

Drawer side set

Drawer side height (mm) Nominal length Colour NL (mm) SW | R9006 270 378K2702SA 300 378K3002SA 350 378K3502SA 400 378K4002SA 450 378K4502SA 500 378K5002SA 550 378K5502SA 600 378K6002SA 650 378K6502SA

115.6

2b 8

Composed of: 2a 1 x Left/right drawer sides 2b 2 x Cover caps, stamped with Blum logo, starting at 1000 pcs. individually printed 2c 2 x Positioning dowel

3

4

324

Chipboard back fixings left/right Colour Material SW | R9006 Steel Front fixing bracket Fixing method Knock-in INSERTA Screw-on

Part no. Z30D000SL

2x 2x 2x

Longside gallery rail left/right

Nominal length Colour NL (mm) SW | R9006 270 ZRG.207RSIC 300 ZRG.237RSIC 350 ZRG.287RSIC 400 ZRG.337RSIC 450 ZRG.387RSIC 500 ZRG.437RSIC 550 ZRG.487RSIC 600 ZRG.537RSIC 650 ZRG.587RSIC Colour SW

Silk white

Colour R9006

RAL 9006 grey (white aluminium)

Part no. ZSF.36A2 ZSF.39A2 ZSF.35A2

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 TANDEMBOX antaro 〉 Standard cabinet

Web code DQC6YM

High fronted pull-out – gallery – D – K drawer side Installation dimensions – front – screw-on

Drilling distances – front – INSERTA | knock-in

Installation dimensions – back

Box systems

Planning Space requirement in cabinet

FA

Front overlay

Hole spacing – cabinet profiles Nominal length NL (mm)

Cutting – 16 mm chipboard

Chipboard back 199 mm

270 LW – 87 mm

300

Base

350

Chipboard back

400

Steel back

NL – 24 mm NL – 22 mm

450

KB LW NL

Cabinet width Internal cabinet width Nominal length

LW – 75 mm

500 550 600 650

Internal cabinet depth LT min. = nominal length NL + 3 mm * Line drilling only with 578.4501M (30 kg)

Reference pages Overview – TANDEMBOX antaro Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for TANDEMBOX Overview – ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX CABLOXX Accessories Cabinet profile fixing positions Overview – assembly devices More technical details Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

303 Assembly, removal and adjustment 359 351 541 582 340 346 591 698

Short URL www.blum.com/a350

325


Box systems 〉 TANDEMBOX antaro 〉 Standard cabinet

Web code DQCBVY

Inner pull-out – gallery – D – K drawer side

Box systems

▬ With single gallery ▬ Concealed, guided full extension – unsurpassed running action – for the lifetime of the furniture ▬ Tool-free front assembly ▬ 2-dimensional front adjustment ▬ Includes integrated BLUMOTION damping effect for soft and effortless closing action, can be combined with SERVO-DRIVE ▬ Or with TIP-ON BLUMOTION

Space requirement

NL

Nominal length

Order information 1 Cabinet profiles left/right 3

BLUMOTION Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg) NL (mm) 30 65 270 578.2701M 300 578.3001M 350 578.3501M 400 578.4001M 450 578.4501M 576.4501M 500 578.5001M 576.5001M 550 578.5501M 576.5501M 600 578.6001M 576.6001M 650 576.6501M 2

8

7

Drawer side set

Drawer side height (mm) Nominal length Colour NL (mm) SW | R9006 270 378K2702SA 300 378K3002SA 350 378K3502SA 400 378K4002SA 450 378K4502SA 500 378K5002SA 550 378K5502SA 600 378K6002SA 650 378K6502SA

115.6

4

Chipboard back fixings left/right Colour Material SW | R9006 Steel Front piece set Colour SW | WGR

Composed of: 4a 1 x Front fixing left/right 4e 1 x Locking piece – Z31A0008 4g 2 x Gallery head – ZRG.000R5F

5 Cutting

7 Cutting

326

Material Nylon

8

Part no. Z30D000SL

Cross gallery Colour SW | R9006

Part no. ZRG.1046Z

Internal cabinet width LW – 122 mm

2b

4a Longside gallery rail left/right

Nominal length Colour NL (mm) SW | R9006 270 ZRG.207RSIC 300 ZRG.237RSIC 350 ZRG.287RSIC 400 ZRG.337RSIC 450 ZRG.387RSIC 500 ZRG.437RSIC 550 ZRG.487RSIC 600 ZRG.537RSIC 650 ZRG.587RSIC Colour SW R9006

Silk white RAL 9006 grey (white aluminium)

Colour WGR

White grey

Part no. ZIF.74D0

Part no. Z31L1036A

Length (mm) 1046

1

4e

Front piece without groove Colour Length (mm) SW | R9006 1036

Internal cabinet width LW – 132 mm

4g

5

Composed of: 2a 1 x Left/right drawer sides 2b 2 x Cover caps, stamped with Blum logo, starting at 1000 pcs. individually printed 2c 2 x Positioning dowel Not required for the inner pull-out

3

2a

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 TANDEMBOX antaro 〉 Standard cabinet

Web code DQCBVY

Inner pull-out – gallery – D – K drawer side Installation dimensions – back

Box systems

Planning Space requirement in cabinet

Hole spacing – cabinet profiles Nominal length NL (mm)

Cutting – 16 mm chipboard

Chipboard back 199 mm

270 LW – 87 mm

300

Base

350

Chipboard back

400

Steel back

NL – 24 mm NL – 22 mm

450

KB LW NL

Cabinet width Internal cabinet width Nominal length

LW – 75 mm

500 550 600 650

Internal cabinet depth LT min. = nominal length NL + 3 mm * Line drilling only with 578.4501M (30 kg)

Reference pages Overview – TANDEMBOX antaro Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for TANDEMBOX Overview – ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX CABLOXX Accessories Cabinet profile fixing positions Overview – assembly devices More technical details Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

303 Assembly, removal and adjustment 359 351 541 582 340 346 591 698

Short URL www.blum.com/a350

327


Box systems 〉 TANDEMBOX antaro 〉 Standard cabinet

Web code DQC7NY

High fronted pull-out – gallery – C – alu frames Space requirement

Box systems

▬ With single gallery ▬ Concealed, guided full extension – unsurpassed running action – for the lifetime of the furniture ▬ Tool-free front assembly ▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment ▬ Includes integrated BLUMOTION damping effect for soft and effortless closing action, can be combined with SERVO-DRIVE ▬ Either with TIP-ON BLUMOTION for handle-less furniture, or even for furniture with handle elements as a design feature

NL

Nominal length

Order information 1 Cabinet profiles left/right 3

BLUMOTION Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg) NL (mm) 30 65 270 578.2701M 300 578.3001M 350 578.3501M 400 578.4001M 450 578.4501M 576.4501M 500 578.5001M 576.5001M 550 578.5501M 576.5501M 600 578.6001M 576.6001M 650 576.6501M 2

4a

1

83.6

8

3

Chipboard back fixings left/right Colour Material SW | R9006 Steel

4

Front fixing bracket Fixing method Screw-on

2x

Part no. ZSF.35A2

Adapter for aluminium frames Colour Material Natural Nylon

2x

Part no. ZRF.2200.01

Gallery head Colour Natural

2x

Part no. ZRG.000R5F

Use countersunk screw Ø 3.5 mm (Ø head 7 mm)!

328

Material Nylon

2b

4

Composed of: 2a 1 x Left/right drawer sides 2b 2 x Cover caps, stamped with Blum logo, starting at 1000 pcs. individually printed

4g

4g

Drawer side set

Drawer side height (mm) Nominal length Colour NL (mm) SW | R9006 270 378M2702SA 300 378M3002SA 350 378M3502SA 400 378M4002SA 450 378M4502SA 500 378M5002SA 550 378M5502SA 600 378M6002SA 650 378M6502SA

4a

2a

8

Part no. Z30C000S

Longside gallery rail left/right

Nominal length Colour NL (mm) SW | R9006 270 ZRG.207RSIC 300 ZRG.237RSIC 350 ZRG.287RSIC 400 ZRG.337RSIC 450 ZRG.387RSIC 500 ZRG.437RSIC 550 ZRG.487RSIC 600 ZRG.537RSIC 650 ZRG.587RSIC Colour SW

Silk white

Colour R9006

RAL 9006 grey (white aluminium)

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 TANDEMBOX antaro 〉 Standard cabinet

Web code DQC7NY

High fronted pull-out – gallery – C – alu frames Installation dimensions – front – screw-on

Installation dimensions – back

Box systems

Planning Space requirement in cabinet

FA

Front overlay

Hole spacing – cabinet profiles Nominal length NL (mm)

Cutting – 16 mm chipboard

Chipboard back 167 mm

270 LW – 87 mm

300

Base

350

Chipboard back

400

Steel back

NL – 24 mm NL – 22 mm

450

KB LW NL

Cabinet width Internal cabinet width Nominal length

LW – 75 mm

500 550 600 650

Internal cabinet depth LT min. = nominal length NL + 3 mm * Line drilling only with 578.4501M (30 kg)

Reference pages Overview – TANDEMBOX antaro Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for TANDEMBOX Overview – ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX CABLOXX Accessories Cabinet profile fixing positions Overview – assembly devices More technical details Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

303 Assembly, removal and adjustment 359 351 541 582 340 346 591 698

Short URL www.blum.com/a350

329


Box systems 〉 TANDEMBOX antaro 〉 Standard cabinet

Web code DQC8DA

High fronted pull-out – gallery – D – alu frames Space requirement

Box systems

▬ With single gallery ▬ Concealed, guided full extension – unsurpassed running action – for the lifetime of the furniture ▬ Tool-free front assembly ▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment ▬ Includes integrated BLUMOTION damping effect for soft and effortless closing action, can be combined with SERVO-DRIVE ▬ Either with TIP-ON BLUMOTION for handle-less furniture, or even for furniture with handle elements as a design feature

NL

Nominal length

Order information 1 Cabinet profiles left/right BLUMOTION Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg) NL (mm) 30 65 270 578.2701M 300 578.3001M 350 578.3501M 400 578.4001M 450 578.4501M 576.4501M 500 578.5001M 576.5001M 550 578.5501M 576.5501M 600 578.6001M 576.6001M 650 576.6501M 2

3

8 4a

Drawer side set

1

Drawer side height (mm) Nominal length Colour NL (mm) SW | R9006 270 378M2702SA 300 378M3002SA 350 378M3502SA 400 378M4002SA 450 378M4502SA 500 378M5002SA 550 378M5502SA 600 378M6002SA 650 378M6502SA

83.6

4

8

Composed of: 2a 1 x Left/right drawer sides 2b 2 x Cover caps, stamped with Blum logo, starting at 1000 pcs. individually printed

3

Chipboard back fixings left/right Colour Material SW | R9006 Steel

4

Front fixing bracket Fixing method Screw-on

2x

Part no. ZSF.35A2

Adapter for aluminium frames Colour Material Natural Nylon

2x

Part no. ZRF.2200.01

Gallery head Colour Natural

2x

Part no. ZRG.000R5F

4a

Use countersunk screw Ø 3.5 mm (Ø head 7 mm)!

4g

330

2a

4g

Material Nylon

Part no. Z30D000SL

2b

Longside gallery rail left/right

Nominal length Colour NL (mm) SW | R9006 270 ZRG.207RSIC 300 ZRG.237RSIC 350 ZRG.287RSIC 400 ZRG.337RSIC 450 ZRG.387RSIC 500 ZRG.437RSIC 550 ZRG.487RSIC 600 ZRG.537RSIC 650 ZRG.587RSIC Colour SW

Silk white

Colour R9006

RAL 9006 grey (white aluminium)

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 TANDEMBOX antaro 〉 Standard cabinet

Web code DQC8DA

High fronted pull-out – gallery – D – alu frames Installation dimensions – front – screw-on

Installation dimensions – back

Box systems

Planning Space requirement in cabinet

FA

Front overlay

Hole spacing – cabinet profiles Nominal length NL (mm)

Cutting – 16 mm chipboard

Chipboard back 199 mm

270 LW – 87 mm

300

Base

350

Chipboard back

400

Steel back

NL – 24 mm NL – 22 mm

450

KB LW NL

Cabinet width Internal cabinet width Nominal length

LW – 75 mm

500 550 600 650

Internal cabinet depth LT min. = nominal length NL + 3 mm * Line drilling only with 578.4501M (30 kg)

Reference pages Overview – TANDEMBOX antaro Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for TANDEMBOX Overview – ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX CABLOXX Accessories Cabinet profile fixing positions Overview – assembly devices More technical details Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

303 Assembly, removal and adjustment 359 351 541 582 340 346 591 698

Short URL www.blum.com/a350

331


Box systems 〉 TANDEMBOX antaro 〉 Sink cabinet

Web code DQC92M

High fronted pull-out – gallery – C

Box systems

▬ Can be combined with standard components ▬ With single gallery ▬ Concealed, guided full extension – unsurpassed running action – for the lifetime of the furniture ▬ Tool-free front assembly ▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment ▬ Includes integrated BLUMOTION damping effect for soft and effortless closing action, can be combined with SERVO-DRIVE ▬ Either with TIP-ON BLUMOTION for handle-less furniture, or even for furniture with handle elements as a design feature

Space requirement

NL

Nominal length

Order information 1 Cabinet profiles left/right BLUMOTION Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg) NL (mm) 30 65 450 578.4501M 500 578.5001M 550 578.5501M 600 578.6001M 576.6001M 650 576.6501M 2

11b 11a

Drawer side set exterior

Drawer side height (mm) Nominal length Colour NL (mm) SW | R9006 450 378M4502SA 500 378M5002SA 550 378M5502SA 600 378M6002SA 650 378M6502SA

2a

83.6

Sink chipboard back fixing left/right Colour Material SW | R9006 Steel

4

Front fixing bracket Fixing method Knock-in INSERTA Screw-on

8

Longside gallery rail left/right

Part no. Z30C000S.22

4x 4x 4x

Part no. ZSF.36A2 ZSF.39A2 ZSF.35A2

11

332

2b

Drawer side set interior

Drawer side height (mm) Nominal length Colour NL (mm) SW | R9006 300 378M3002SA 350 378M3502SA 400 378M4002SA 450 378M4502SA 500 378M5002SA

83.6

Composed of: 11a 1 x Left/right drawer sides 11b 2 x Cover caps, stamped with Blum logo, starting at 1000 pcs. individually printed For effective use of storage space, we recommend Nominal length NL drawer sides exterior (no 2) – nominal length NL drawer sides interior (no 11) = min. 150 mm

12 Nominal length Colour NL (mm) SW | R9006 450 ZRG.387RSIC 500 ZRG.437RSIC 550 ZRG.487RSIC 600 ZRG.537RSIC 650 ZRG.587RSIC

1

4

Composed of: 2a 1 x Left/right drawer sides 2b 2 x Cover caps, stamped with Blum logo, starting at 1000 pcs. individually printed

3

8

Colour SW

Chipboard back fixings left/right Colour Material SW | R9006 Steel Silk white

Colour R9006

Part no. Z30M000S.04 RAL 9006 grey (white aluminium)

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 TANDEMBOX antaro 〉 Sink cabinet

Web code DQC92M

High fronted pull-out – gallery – C Installation dimensions – front – screw-on

Drilling distances – front – INSERTA | knock-in

Installation dimensions – back

32 20

9

FA

9 Box systems

Planning Space requirement in cabinet

Front overlay

Hole spacing – cabinet profiles Nominal length NL (mm)

Cutting – 16 mm chipboard

B1

450 500

Y1

550

Y1 – 12 Y2 – 12 A SPW + 63

84 mm

Y2

Base Chipboard back NL – 24 mm

W

600

Chipboard back

B2

LW – 75 C

650

SPW + 75

Centre piece 71 mm

KB LW NL SPW

Cabinet width Internal cabinet width Nominal length Internal cabinet width between the inner drawer sides

W = NL drawer sides exterior – NL drawer sides interior – 10 mm

BLUMOTION TIP-ON BLUMOTION

Y min. (mm) 48 75

Y max. (mm) 225 225

Drilling distances – centre piece

Internal cabinet depth LT min. = nominal length NL + 3 mm

Reference pages Overview – TANDEMBOX antaro Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for TANDEMBOX Overview – ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX CABLOXX Accessories Cabinet profile fixing positions Overview – assembly devices More technical details Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

303 Assembly, removal and adjustment 359 351 541 582 340 346 591 698

Short URL www.blum.com/a350

333


Box systems 〉 TANDEMBOX antaro 〉 Sink cabinet

Web code DQC9RY

High fronted pull-out – gallery – D

Box systems

▬ Can be combined with standard components ▬ With single gallery ▬ Concealed, guided full extension – unsurpassed running action – for the lifetime of the furniture ▬ Tool-free front assembly ▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment ▬ Includes integrated BLUMOTION damping effect for soft and effortless closing action, can be combined with SERVO-DRIVE ▬ Either with TIP-ON BLUMOTION for handle-less furniture, or even for furniture with handle elements as a design feature

Space requirement

NL

Nominal length

Order information 1 Cabinet profiles left/right BLUMOTION Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg) NL (mm) 30 65 450 578.4501M 500 578.5001M 550 578.5501M 600 578.6001M 576.6001M 650 576.6501M 2

11b 11a

Drawer side set exterior

Drawer side height (mm) Nominal length Colour NL (mm) SW | R9006 450 378M4502SA 500 378M5002SA 550 378M5502SA 600 378M6002SA 650 378M6502SA

2a

83.6

Sink chipboard back fixing left/right Colour Material SW | R9006 Steel

4

Front fixing bracket Fixing method Knock-in INSERTA Screw-on

8

Longside gallery rail left/right

Part no. Z30D000S.22

4x 4x 4x

Part no. ZSF.36A2 ZSF.39A2 ZSF.35A2

11

334

2b

Drawer side set interior

Drawer side height (mm) Nominal length Colour NL (mm) SW | R9006 300 378M3002SA 350 378M3502SA 400 378M4002SA 450 378M4502SA 500 378M5002SA

83.6

Composed of: 11a 1 x Left/right drawer sides 11b 2 x Cover caps, stamped with Blum logo, starting at 1000 pcs. individually printed For effective use of storage space, we recommend Nominal length NL drawer sides exterior (no 2) – nominal length NL drawer sides interior (no 11) = min. 150 mm

12 Nominal length Colour NL (mm) SW | R9006 450 ZRG.387RSIC 500 ZRG.437RSIC 550 ZRG.487RSIC 600 ZRG.537RSIC 650 ZRG.587RSIC

1

4

Composed of: 2a 1 x Left/right drawer sides 2b 2 x Cover caps, stamped with Blum logo, starting at 1000 pcs. individually printed

3

8

Colour SW

Chipboard back fixings left/right Colour Material SW | R9006 Steel Silk white

Colour R9006

Part no. Z30M000S.04 RAL 9006 grey (white aluminium)

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 TANDEMBOX antaro 〉 Sink cabinet

Web code DQC9RY

High fronted pull-out – gallery – D Installation dimensions – front – screw-on

Drilling distances – front – INSERTA | knock-in

Installation dimensions – back

32 20

9

FA

9 Box systems

Planning Space requirement in cabinet

Front overlay

Hole spacing – cabinet profiles Nominal length NL (mm)

Cutting – 16 mm chipboard

B1

450 500

Y1

550

Y1 – 12 Y2 – 12 A SPW + 63

84 mm

Y2

Base Chipboard back NL – 24 mm

W

600

Chipboard back

B2

LW – 75 C

650

SPW + 75

Centre piece 71 mm

KB LW NL SPW

Cabinet width Internal cabinet width Nominal length Internal cabinet width between the inner drawer sides

W = NL drawer sides exterior – NL drawer sides interior – 10 mm

BLUMOTION TIP-ON BLUMOTION

Y min. (mm) 48 75

Y max. (mm) 225 225

Drilling distances – centre piece

Internal cabinet depth LT min. = nominal length NL + 3 mm

Reference pages Overview – TANDEMBOX antaro Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for TANDEMBOX Overview – ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX CABLOXX Accessories Cabinet profile fixing positions Overview – assembly devices More technical details Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

303 Assembly, removal and adjustment 359 351 541 582 340 346 591 698

Short URL www.blum.com/a350

335


Box systems 〉 TANDEMBOX antaro 〉 Larder unit

Web code DQGRMM

SPACE TOWER

Box systems

▬ The flexible larder unit with inner pull-outs; with shelves and inner drawers in the upper area ▬ Easy access from three sides ▬ Individually opening pull-outs allow for a complete overview and convenient removal from above ▬ Light operating forces even with heavily-laden pullouts ▬ High backs and side panels guarantee secure stocking ▬ ORGA-LINE inner dividing systems for pull-outs puts everything in order and allows easy access ▬ Flexible cabinet dimensions possible

Order information Application recommendation

Page

Inner drawer – M

310

Inner pull-out – gallery – C

318

Inner pull-out – gallery – D

322

ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX antaro – cross divider

550

ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX antaro – cross gallery

551

CLIP top BLUMOTION 155° hinge

82

Recommendation Cabinet width KB (mm) 275–1200

Planning Help with planning and ordering Short URL www.blum.com/planningtools

Reference pages Overview – TANDEMBOX antaro Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX Overview – ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX CLIP top BLUMOTION 155° hinge Overview – BLUMOTION for doors Accessories Overview – assembly devices 336

303 More technical details

698 Assembly, removal and adjustment

359 541 82 157 340 591

Short URL www.blum.com/a350

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 TANDEMBOX antaro 〉 Larder unit

Web code DQGRMM

SPACE TOWER

Drilling distances – front

In high cabinets, it is practical to have a shelf at the highest level rather than an inner drawer

1684 256

The inner drawer allows access from the side. If the inner drawer is implemented with a higher back, stored goods are prevented from falling down the back

1428

The option to position the pull-outs at different heights within the cabinet guarantees that no items will be too tall to be stored inside

352

1340

1108

The CLIP top BLUMOTION 155° hinge without front protrusion allows the cabinet width KB to be put to optimal use

670

320

756

436

19

280

280

If the hinge is mounted above the pullout, the lowest pull-out can be inserted right at the bottom. Turning even those last few centimetres into usable storage space

52

Reference pages Number of hinges

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

706

337

Box systems

80

Drilling distances – front

80

Planning Recommendation Positioning in the cabinet


Box systems 〉 TANDEMBOX antaro 〉 Narrow cabinets

SPACE TWIN

Box systems

▬ Stable solution thanks to diagonally offset cabinet profiles ▬ Includes integrated BLUMOTION damping effect for soft and effortless closing action ▬ High dynamic carrying capacity of 20 kg per base cabinet ▬ Cabinet width KB 200 mm

Space requirement

NL

Order information Application recommendation

Web code DQGV5A

Nominal length

Page

Drawer – M

308

Drawer – K

312

High fronted pull-out – gallery – C

316

High fronted pull-out – gallery – D

320

High fronted pull-out – gallery – D – K drawer side

324

Cabinet width KB (mm) 200

Reference pages Overview – TANDEMBOX antaro Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for TANDEMBOX Accessories Overview – assembly devices More technical details

338

303 Assembly, removal and adjustment 351 340 Short URL 591 www.blum.com/a350 698

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 TANDEMBOX antaro 〉 Narrow cabinets

Web code DQGV5A

SPACE TWIN Planning Space requirement in cabinet

X (mm) 65.5 97.5 159 191

min 33

x

min 33

Box systems

x

Installation height M K C D

37.5

min 162

Installation dimensions – front

Installation height

Front overlay

Side panel

Y (mm)

– – Gallery Gallery Gallery

– 32 96 128 32 + 96

47.5 32

Y

47.5 32

Y

M K C D D FA

Height of drawer side M K M M K

FA 15.5

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

FA 15.5

339


Box systems 〉 TANDEMBOX antaro 〉 Accessories

Steel back

Box systems

▬ For TANDEMBOX ▬ Colour: silk white | RAL 9006 grey (white aluminium) ▬ Material: steel

Planning Calculation of width

xxx = LW – 28

Order information Back height N M K C D

Cutting – 16 mm chipboard Base NL – 22 mm

Example Back wall height M LW = 567 mm 539 mm = 567 – 28 mm Order Z30M539S.6

xxx LW

Back width Internal cabinet width

Part no. ☎ Z30NxxxS.6 ☎ Z30MxxxS.6 ☎ Z30KxxxS.6 ☎ Z30CxxxS.6 ☎ Z30DxxxS.6

LW – 75 mm

NL LW

Nominal length Internal cabinet width

Front/base stabiliser ▬ For stabilising high fronts ▬ For supporting wide drawer bases ▬ Required: Front height FH < 300 mm: Cabinet width KB > 900 mm: 1 piece Front height FH ≥ 300 mm: Cabinet width KB < 450 mm: 1 piece Cabinet width KB ≥ 450 mm: 2 piece Cabinet width KB > 900 mm: 3 piece

Planning Space requirement in cabinet

340

Order information Fixing method Colour EXPANDO RAL 7037 dust grey

Part no. Z96.10E1

Drilling distances – front

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 TANDEMBOX antaro 〉 Accessories

Side stabilisation – top mounted ▬ Additional stabilisation for extra wide high fronted pull-outs ▬ Recommendation: cabinet width KB 900–1200 mm ▬ Aluminium rod suitable for KB up to 1200 mm, for cutting to size ▬ Suitable for use with SERVO-DRIVE

Order information Nominal length NL (mm) 450 500 550 600 650

Box systems

Cutting 1 Internal cabinet width LW – 86 mm

Part no. ZST.450BA ZST.500BA ZST.550BA ZST.600BA ZST.650BA

Planning Space requirement in cabinet

Space requirement in cabinet

Space requirement in cabinet

Space requirement in cabinet

Height M

Height K

Height C

Height D

Hole spacing – side stabilisation Nominal length NL (mm) 450 500 550 600 650

Internal cabinet depth LT min. = nominal length NL + 3 mm

Reference pages Overview – TANDEMBOX antaro Overview – assembly devices More technical details

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

303 Assembly, removal and adjustment 591 698 Short URL www.blum.com/a350

341


Box systems 〉 TANDEMBOX antaro 〉 Accessories

Flexible gallery fixing

Box systems

▬ Colour: silk white | RAL 9006 grey (white aluminium) ▬ Material: steel

Planning Space requirement in cabinet

Order information Description Flexible gallery fixing

Installation dimensions – front – screw-on

Installation dimensions – back

Free placement Y = X – 4 mm X Back height

Free placement Z = X – 71 mm X Back height FA Front overlay

Free placement W = X – 103 mm X Back height

Space requirement in cabinet

Installation dimensions – front – screw-on

Installation dimensions – back

Height D – double gallery (chipboard back fixing height B)

Height D – double gallery (chipboard back fixing height B) FA Front overlay

Height D – double gallery (chipboard back fixing height B)

Reference pages Overview – TANDEMBOX antaro Overview – assembly devices More technical details 342

Part no. ZRR.5200

303 591 698 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 TANDEMBOX antaro 〉 Accessories

Chipboard back fixing height B

Planning Space requirement in cabinet

Installation dimensions – front – screw-on

FA

Reference pages Overview – TANDEMBOX antaro Overview – assembly devices More technical details Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

Order information Description Chipboard back fixing height B Cutting Chipboard back Height Width

Part no. Z30B000S.04

135 mm Internal cabinet width LW – 87 mm

Box systems

▬ For TANDEMBOX ▬ Colour: silk white | RAL 9006 grey (white aluminium) ▬ Material: steel

Installation dimensions – back

Front overlay

303 591 698 343


Box systems 〉 TANDEMBOX antaro 〉 Accessories

Ø 3.5 mm

Chipboard screws ▬ Ø 3.5 mm ▬ Colour: nickel plated ▬ Material: steel

Order information X (mm) 15.0 17.0

▬ Ø 6 mm ▬ Drilling diameter Ø 5 mm ▬ Colour: nickel plated ▬ Material: steel

Order information X (mm) 10.0 11.5 13.0 14.5 20.0

Part no. 661.1000.HG 661.1150.HG 661.1300.HG 661.1450.HG 661.2000.HG

▬ Ø 2.7 mm, length 70 mm ▬ To pre-drill for Ø 3.5 mm chipboard screws ▬ Drilling depth up to 8 mm ▬ Material: steel, hardened

Order information Description Centre bit Replacement bit

Part no. M01.ZZ03.01 M01.ZZB3

▬ For noise reduction ▬ Colour: natural coloured ▬ Material: nylon

Order information Description Stick-on door buffer

Part no. 993.710

▬ For noise reduction ▬ Gap 2 mm ▬ Two-part ▬ Colour: RAL 9006 grey ▬ Material: nylon

Order information Description 8 mm Ø door buffer

Part no. 993.706

Ø 6.0 mm

System screw Box systems

Part no. 609.1500 609.1700

Centre bit

Stick-on door buffer

8 mm Ø door buffer

344

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 TANDEMBOX antaro 〉 Accessories

Pozidrive screwdriver ▬ PZ (Pozi) size 2 ▬ Blade length 100 mm ▬ Overall length 200 mm ▬ Orange handle with Blum logo ▬ Colour: black/orange ▬ Material: nylon/steel

Order information Description Pozidrive screwdriver

Part no. 303.756.1

▬ Slotted, size 1.0 x 5.5 mm ▬ Blade length 125 mm ▬ Overall length 225 mm ▬ Orange handle with Blum logo ▬ Colour: black/orange ▬ Material: nylon/steel

Order information Description Slotted screwdriver

Part no. 314.928.1

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

345

Box systems

Slotted screwdriver


Box systems 〉 TANDEMBOX antaro 〉 Cabinet profile fixing positions

Cabinet profile 576 – 65 kg

NL A B **

NL A B * **

Box systems

Cabinet profile 578 – 30 kg

346

Nominal length Chipboard screws Ø 4 x 15 mm System screws Ø 6 x 14.5 mm, part no. 661.1450.HG Optional for greater stability Can be replaced with chipboard screw Ø 4 x 15 mm

Nominal length Chipboard screws Ø 4 x 15 mm System screws Ø 6 x 14.5 mm, part no. 661.1450.HG Can be replaced with chipboard screw Ø 4 x 15 mm Optional for greater stability Can be replaced with chipboard screw Ø 4 x 15 mm

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems

Box systems 〉 TANDEMBOX antaro

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

347


Box systems 〉 TANDEMBOX plus

The versatile line TANDEMBOX plus provides just the right solution for many applications. No matter whether it has a simple round gallery or a closed drawer box, TANDEMBOX plus excels with its sleek design and clear range of colours and parts.

Box systems

You also have the option of combining the different opening support systems as you wish. SERVO-DRIVE, the electrical opening support system in combination with BLUMOTION, or TIP-ON BLUMOTION, the mechanical opening support system, combined with BLUMOTION.

The round gallery and simple design are characteristic of the TANDEMBOX programme line, which has been tried-and-tested over many years. You can make the closed drawer box using a double walled BOXSIDE

TANDEMBOX has long proven its worth and offered enhanced ease of use and scope for design for many years. Technological improvements ensure even smoother opening, noticeably more stability and an optimised feather-light glide

For simple product selection and ordering of the available range, use our Product Configurator

Short URL www.blum.com/configurator 348

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 TANDEMBOX plus 〉 Overview

Standard cabinet Drawer

Space requirement

Height (mm)

Drawer – N

30

81.5

Drawer – M

30 65

96.5

Drawer – K

30 65

128.5

30 65

160

High fronted pull-out – gallery – D

30 65

224

SPACE CORNER

kg

Applications

Space requirement

Height (mm)

DQCCLA

DQCDAM

DQCGTA

DQCHIM

BOXSIDE possible

Page

Web code

Page

Inner drawer

DQCDZY

High fronted pull-out High fronted pull-out – gallery – B

Corner cabinet

Web code

Inner pull-out

Inner drawer – M

30 65

105

Inner drawer – K

30 65

134

Box systems

kg

Applications

DQCFEM

DQCG3Y Inner pull-out – gallery – B

30 65

160

Inner pull-out – gallery – D

30 65

224

BOXSIDE possible

DQCIXA

DQCJMM

65

Help with planning and ordering Short URL www.blum.com/productdataservice

Sink cabinet High fronted pull-out High fronted pull-out – gallery – D

Larder unit

Narrow cabinets

kg

30 65

DQCI7Y

BOXSIDE possible SPACE TOWER

30 65

DQGSBY

Cabinet width KB 275–1200 mm SPACE TWIN

Cabinet width KB 200 mm

Dynamic carrying capacity

224

20

DQGVUM

@ | ☎ Check product availability Short URL www.blum.com/configurator

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

349


Box systems 〉 TIP-ON BLUMOTION for TANDEMBOX

Two functions – fascinatingly combined TIP-ON BLUMOTION for TANDEMBOX combines the advantages of the TIP-ON mechanical opening support system with the reliable BLUMOTION dampening for silent and effortless closing – 100 % mechanically.

Box systems

TIP-ON BLUMOTION‘s extensive trigger range provides inspirational ease of use for handle-less pull-outs and drawers. To optimise the function and increase the trigger range, we generally recommend using synchronisation.

Opens with just a light touch, has a smooth running action and closes silently and effortlessly – experience completely harmonious and convenient motion with TIP-ON BLUMOTION technology

The motion is assisted 100 % mechanically

600 500 400

2.5

300 200

mm

100

60300 12 900 0 00

Small front gap TIP-ON BLUMOTION can be adjusted to have a small front gap of 2.5 mm

350

Extensive trigger range To optimise the function and increase the trigger range, we generally recommend using synchronisation

Four-dimensional adjustment The four-dimensional adjustment ensures a precise gap layout. Depth adjustment is integrated and tool-free – simply turn the adjustment wheel

Simple, tool-free assembly The TIP-ON BLUMOTION unit can be assembled tool-free, as can all the other components

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 TIP-ON BLUMOTION for TANDEMBOX 〉 Overview

Box systems

Overview – box systems TANDEMBOX antaro TANDEMBOX plus SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX

189 302 348 358

Symbolic image

Applications

kg

TIP-ON BLUMOTION

30 65

352

Symbolic image kg Dynamic carrying capacity

Accessories

Steel back Front/base stabiliser Side stabilisation – top mounted Flexible gallery fixing Chipboard back fixing height B Screws Symbolic image Cabinet profile fixing positions Cabinet profile 578 – 30 kg Cabinet profile 576 – 65 kg

Web code Page

340 Centre bit 340 Door buffer 341 Screwdriver 342 343 344

344 344 345

356 356

Symbolic image

Assembly, removal and adjustment Assembly, removal and adjustment

Symbolic image

Short URL www.blum.com/a370

Pictograph Item available on request

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

351

Box systems

Applications


Box systems 〉 TIP-ON BLUMOTION for TANDEMBOX 〉 Applications

TIP-ON BLUMOTION

Box systems

▬ The TIP-ON mechanical opening support system combined with soft-close BLUMOTION ▬ Gap 2.5 mm ▬ Four-dimensional front adjustment ▬ Extensive trigger range ▬ Synchronised feather-light glide ▬ Synchronisation for internal cabinet widths LW of 238 mm and wider

Order information 1 Cabinet profiles left/right TIP-ON BLUMOTION Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg) NL (mm) 30 65 270 578.2701M 300 578.3001M 350 578.3501M 400 578.4001M 450 578.4501M 576.4501M 500 578.5001M 576.5001M 550 578.5501M 576.5501M 600 578.6001M 576.6001M 650 576.6501M 6

TIP-ON BLUMOTION set Nominal length Cabinet Weight Unit NL (mm) profile (kg) (kg) 270–300 S0 30 ≤ 10 270–300 S1 30 > 10–20 350–600 L1 30 ≤ 20 350–600 L3 30 15–30 450–650 L5 65 > 30–65

¹

Part no.

² ² ³

T60B3030 T60B3130 T60B3330 T60B3530 T60B3560

Composed of: 6a 1 x TIP-ON BLUMOTION unit left/right 6b 1 x TIP-ON BLUMOTION latch left/right 6e 2 x TIP-ON BLUMOTION synchronisation adapter ¹ Recommended weight ranges (total weight of the pull-out) for an optimum opening and closing function ² Can only be combined with a 30 kg cabinet profile ³ Recommendation: only use in combination with 65 kg cabinet profile

Internal cabinet width LW ≥ 287 mm 6f TIP-ON BLUMOTION synchronisation linkage Version Colour Round Grey

Part no. T60.1125W

In combination with 6e 2 x T60.000D Suitable up to internal cabinet width LW 1370 mm Note To optimise the function and increase the trigger range, we generally recommend using synchronisation Cutting Internal cabinet width LW – 240 mm

Internal cabinet width LW 238–286 mm 6g TIP-ON BLUMOTION synchronisation Version Colour Square RAL 7035 light grey Cutting

352

Internal cabinet width LW – 214 mm

Part no. T60.300D

Accessories 6e TIP-ON BLUMOTION synchronisation adapter Version Colour Symmetrical RAL 7035 light grey Internal cabinet width LW ≥ 287 mm

6h

TIP-ON BLUMOTION synchronisation linkage fixing Cabinet width KB (mm) Material ≥ 750 Steel

For pull-outs over a cabinet bottom or cross member Prevents the TIP-ON BLUMOTION synchronisation linkage from sagging

6i

Part no. T60.000D

Part no. T60B000H

Base support bracket Cabinet width KB (mm) Colour ≥ 750 RAL 7037 dust grey

Part no. Z96.2011

6j

Front/base stabiliser Material Nylon

Part no. Z96.10E1

TIP-ON BLUMOTION checking/setting template Front gap FS (mm) Colour 2.5 Orange

For pull-outs over a cabinet bottom or cross member For supporting the pull-out base

Colour RAL 7037 dust grey

Part no. 65.5627

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 TIP-ON BLUMOTION for TANDEMBOX 〉 Applications

TIP-ON BLUMOTION

Inner drawer | inner pull-out

Drawer | high fronted pull-out

Inner drawer | inner pull-out

Back height Y (mm) M 109 K 139.5 B 161 C 195 D 227 NL Nominal length

Height M * At 36–39 mm and with a cabinet width KB of ≥ 750 mm, a TIP-ON BLUMOTION synchronisation fixing and a base support bracket are required so as to avoid the synchronisation linkage colliding with the cabinet bottom or the cross member

Box systems

Planning Space requirement in cabinet Drawer | high fronted pull-out

Back height Y (mm) N 85.5 M 101.5 K 133.5 B 161 C 195 D 227 NL Nominal length

Screw position – inner drawer | inner pull-out

Variant 1

In these cases a trial is recommended

Plinth leg

Variant 2

Trigger range

Trigger range With synchronisation Without synchronisation Minimum front gap (mm) With front/base stabiliser

600 500 400

2.5

300 200

mm

2.5

To optimise the function and increase the trigger range, we generally recommend using synchronisation Example for 578 – 30 kg | 576 – 65 kg, D height, nominal length NL 500 mm

100

60300 12 900 0 00

Reference pages Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for TANDEMBOX Overview – TANDEMBOX antaro Overview – TANDEMBOX plus CABLOXX Accessories Cabinet profile fixing positions Overview – assembly devices More technical details

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

351

Assembly, removal and adjustment

303 349 Short URL 582 www.blum.com/a370 354 356 591 698

353


Box systems 〉 TIP-ON BLUMOTION for TANDEMBOX 〉 Accessories

TIP-ON BLUMOTION synchronisation linkage fixing

Box systems

▬ Prevents the TIP-ON BLUMOTION synchronisation linkage from sagging ▬ For pull-outs over a cabinet bottom or cross member ▬ Required for cabinet widths KB of ≥ 750 mm ▬ Material: steel

Order information Description TIP-ON BLUMOTION synchronisation linkage fixing

Part no. T60B000H

Planning Drilling distances – drawer base

Nominal length NL (mm) 270–300

TIP-ON BLUMOTION unit S0 | S1

Nominal length NL (mm) 350–650

TIP-ON BLUMOTION unit L1 | L3 | L5

Sink cabinet Nominal length NL (mm) 350–650

TIP-ON BLUMOTION unit L1 | L3 | L5

Base support bracket ▬ For supporting the pull-out base ▬ For pull-outs over a cabinet bottom or cross member ▬ Required for cabinet widths KB of ≥ 750 mm ▬ Material: nylon

Planning Space requirement in cabinet

Part no. Z96.2011

Drilling distances – front

FA

354

Order information Description Base support bracket

Front overlay

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 TIP-ON BLUMOTION for TANDEMBOX 〉 Accessories

Front/base stabiliser ▬ For stabilising high fronts ▬ For supporting wide drawer bases ▬ Required: Front height FH > 300 mm: Cabinet width KB ≥ 750 mm: 2 piece ▬ Required: Front height FH > 300 mm: Cabinet width KB < 750 mm: 1 piece

Drilling distances – front

Part no. Z96.10E1

Drilling distances – front

Box systems

Planning Space requirement in cabinet

Order information Fixing method Colour EXPANDO RAL 7037 dust grey

32 FA Front overlay Required: Front height FH > 300 mm: Cabinet width KB ≥ 750 mm: 2 piece

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

FA Front overlay Required: Front height FH > 300 mm: Cabinet width KB < 750 mm: 1 piece

355


Box systems 〉 TIP-ON BLUMOTION for TANDEMBOX 〉 Cabinet profile fixing positions

Cabinet profile 576 – 65 kg

NL A B **

NL A B * **

Box systems

Cabinet profile 578 – 30 kg

356

Nominal length Chipboard screws Ø 4 x 15 mm System screws Ø 6 x 14.5 mm, part no. 661.1450.HG Optional for greater stability Can be replaced with chipboard screw Ø 4 x 15 mm

Nominal length Chipboard screws Ø 4 x 15 mm System screws Ø 6 x 14.5 mm, part no. 661.1450.HG Can be replaced with chipboard screw Ø 4 x 15 mm Optional for greater stability Can be replaced with chipboard screw Ø 4 x 15 mm

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems

Box systems 〉 TIP-ON BLUMOTION for TANDEMBOX

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

357


Box systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX

More design freedom thanks to the electrical opening support system Thanks to the addition of BLUMOTION for soft and effortless closing action, we have reached new levels of quality of motion, opening up new design possibilities.

Box systems

Drawers and high fronted pull-outs open as if by themselves using an electrical drive with just a light touch on a handle-less front or a light pull of the handle. Regardless of where & how the front is touched. The pull-out will open allowing full freedom of movement in any living area.

Opening and closing is that easy

With hand, foot, knee or hip: opening is that easy. BLUMOTION provides soft and effortless closing action

Easily-integrated, high performance technology

Application ▬ Can be used without having to change LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX pull-outs

358

Assembly | Processing ▬ Tool-free assembly ▬ Separate drilling template ▬ No fixed connection to the drive system

Cabling ▬ Simple cabling ▬ One power supply unit is all that’s required for power supply to the entire kitchen

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX 〉 Overview

Symbolic image

Applications

Symbolic image

Accessories

Overview – box systems LEGRABOX MERIVOBOX TANDEMBOX antaro TANDEMBOX plus

189 190 256 302 348

Standard cabinet SPACE TOWER Sink cabinet Cabinet with pull-out element – bracket profile horizontal Cabinet with pull-out element – upper attachment bracket SERVO-DRIVE uno for bottom mount waste bin solutions

360 SERVO-DRIVE uno for top mount waste bin solutions – 366 TANDEMBOX 372 376 380 384

Cable holder Synchronisation cable COMBOX set Front/base stabiliser

388 388 388 389

386

Box systems

Box systems

Symbolic image

Assembly, removal and adjustment Assembly, removal and adjustment

Symbolic image

Short URL www.blum.com/a380

Machine directive Detailed information on the Machine Directive

701

Short URL www.blum.com/sd/guideline

Pictograph Item available on request

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

359


Box systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX 〉 Applications

Standard cabinet

Box systems

▬ Electrical opening support system in conjunction with BLUMOTION – for soft and effortless closing action ▬ With vertical bracket profile ▬ No fixed connection to the drive system ▬ Pull-outs can be used unchanged ▬ Tool-free assembly ▬ Simple cabling ▬ Shallow installation depth

Order information 1 Blum distance bumper Diameter (mm) 5 8

Part no. 993.0530 993.0830.01

Up to front height FH 300 mm use 2 pcs. Front height FH 300 mm and higher use 4 pcs. For LEGRABOX 70 kg cabinet profile, use 4 pcs. For MERIVOBOX 70 kg cabinet profile, use 4 pcs. For TANDEMBOX 65 kg cabinet profile, use 4 pcs.

2

Bracket profile Length (mm) 650 700 710 750 800 1170

For cutting to size ● With cable – Without cable Cutting

Material Aluminium Aluminium Aluminium Aluminium Aluminium Aluminium

Cable ● ● ● ● ● –

Alternative to 3a 3b Bracket profile attachment lower/back Cross bar construction vertical Colour Material R7037 Nylon Incl. bracket profile cover cap

Drive unit Colour R7037

Includes pre-assembled lever extension

10

Lever cap Box systems LEGRABOX

Material Nylon

Back Steel back

Trigger guidance Box systems Back TANDEMBOX Chipboard back

Required for internal cabinet widths LW of 242–316 mm

11

Part no. Z10D01E0.01

Part no. Z10D01EA.01

Part no. Z10A3000.03

Colour S

Part no. Z10A3006

Colour R7037

Part no. Z10A3H00

Required for height M and internal cabinet widths LW of 267–286 mm

10

Part no. Z10T650AA Z10T700AA Z10T710AA Z10T750AA Z10T800AA Z10T1170A

Internal cabinet height LH – 10 mm

3a Bracket profile attachment top/bottom Cross bar construction horizontal Colour Material R7037 Nylon

9

Cabling

12

Connecting node and cable end protector Colour Material S Nylon

Composed of: 12a 1 x Connecting node 11b 2 x Cable end protector

13

24 W SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit Language package Part no. Language package A Z10NE030A F B Z10NE030B G C Z10NE030C H D Z10NE030D J E Z10NE030E

Part no. Z10V100E.01

Part no. Z10NE030F Z10NE030G Z10NE030H Z10NE030J

Incl. operating and installation instructions Without flex Language package – operating and installation instructions A DE | EN | FR | IT | NL F BG | ET | LT | LV | RO | RU B DA | EN | FI | NO | SV G EN | ES | FR C EL | EN | HR | SL | SR | TR H EN | ZH D EN | ES | FR | IT | PT J JA E CS | HU | PL | SK Language descriptions as per ISO-639

SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable and cable end protector Colour Length (m) Part no. S 8 Z10K800AE

Composed of: 11a 1 x SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable 11b 5 x Cable end protector For cutting to size Can be used as a distribution, bracket profile and communications cable

360

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX 〉 Applications

Order information 14 Flex Market AR UK CH DK Europe Europe IN IL

¹

Length 2 m, incl. plug ¹ Without plug

Part no. Market Z10M200A JP Z10M200B AU Z10M200C CL Z10M200D CN Z10M200E BR Z10M200E.OS TW Z10M200H US | CA Z10M200I ZA

15a Power supply unit housing Base fixing Colour Material R7037 Nylon

Part no. Z10NG000

Incl. cover For 24 W SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit

Alternative to 15a 15b Power supply unit housing Panel fixing Colour Material WGR Nylon

Part no. Z10NG120

For 24 W SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit

Reference pages Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX Overview – LEGRABOX Overview – MERIVOBOX Overview – TANDEMBOX antaro Overview – TANDEMBOX plus Planning – horizontal cross member Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

Part no. Z10M200J Z10M200K Z10M200L Z10M200N Z10M200S.01 Z10M200T Z10M200U Z10M200Z

Accessories – Cable holder Colour W

Part no. Z10K0009

Material Nylon

Part no. Z96.10E1

E.g. for fixing the SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable

Front/base stabiliser Colour R7037

Synchronisation cable Length (mm) 80 500 1200 1600

Connects two drive units that need to activate simultaneously

COMBOX set Colour S

Material Nylon

RAL 7037 dust grey Black

Colour W WGR

For preventing front collisions when using SERVO-DRIVE in corner situations Suitable starting with drive unit Z10A3000.02 Includes all assembly and cabling components Colour R7037 S

Planning – vertical cross member Accessories 191 Overview – assembly devices 257 Machine directive 303 More technical details 349 362 359

Material Nylon

Part no. Z10K008S Z10K050S Z10K120S Z10K160S

Part no. Z10ZC00A

White White grey

364 Assembly, removal and adjustment 388 591 701 Short URL 698 www.blum.com/a380

361

Box systems

Standard cabinet


Box systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX 〉 Applications

Standard cabinet Planning Cross bar construction horizontal Cabinet

Box systems

Position – drive unit

PL = LH – 10 mm Round down to the nearest tenth A Distance between the bottom edge of the cabinet profile and the bottom edge of the drive unit E Distance between the bottom edge of the cabinet top panel and the fixing position of the cabinet profile LH Internal cabinet height PL Bracket profile length

Position – drive unit Box systems

Back

Back height

242–266 A (mm) E min. (mm) N – – Chipboard back M|K|C|F – – LEGRABOX N – – Steel back M|K|C|F – – N – – Chipboard back M|K|E – – MERIVOBOX N – – Steel back M|K|E – – N 35 56 Chipboard back M|K|B|C|D 35 64 TANDEMBOX N – – Steel back M|K|B|C|D – – Distance between the bottom edge of the cabinet profile and the bottom edge of the drive unit – A E Distance between the bottom edge of the cabinet top panel and the fixing position of the cabinet profile

Back cabling

BT

BT

A (mm) 45 45 – 45 28 45 – 45 28 35 28 35

≥ 317 E min. (mm) 61 69 – 69 32 54 – 54 49 64 49 64

Front assembly – position of Blum distance bumper

1/2

1/2

Cabinet bottom – drilling pattern Lower cabling

Internal cabinet width LW (mm) 267–286 287–316 A (mm) E min. (mm) A (mm) E min. (mm) 45 61 45 61 45 69 45 69 – – – – 45 69 45 69 28 32 28 32 45 54 45 54 – – – – 45 54 45 54 35 56 35 56 35 64 35 64 – – 28 49 35 64 35 64 Not possible

Drilling depth

Alternative drilling pattern for MINIPRESS top and MINIPRESS BT Drilling depth

362

Drilling depth

The Blum distance bumper creates and maintains the required trigger path of 2 mm When using a 70 kg LEGRABOX, 70 kg MERIVOBOX or 65 kg TANDEMBOX runner, attach four Blum distance bumpers For optimal trigger function for front height FH > 300 mm, use front stabilisation FA Front overlay FH Front height

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX 〉 Applications

Standard cabinet Planning Cross bar construction horizontal Drilling distances – base | cross bar

Y (mm) NL + 33 NL + 16

Box systems

Back X (mm) Chipboard back NL + 19 Steel back NL + 2 NL Nominal length X Drilling position Y Min. space requirement Z Dimension of engagement

Box systems

Back

Back height Z (mm)

LEGRABOX

MERIVOBOX

TANDEMBOX Box systems

Chipboard back Steel back Chipboard back Steel back Chipboard back Steel back Back

N M|K|C|F N M|K|C|F N M|K|E N M|K|E N M|K|B|C|D N M|K|B|C|D

– – – – – – – – 179 179 – –

Back height

242–266 Lever extension – – – – – – – – ✖ ✖ – –

Z (mm)

LEGRABOX

MERIVOBOX

TANDEMBOX LW Z ●

Chipboard back Steel back Chipboard back Steel back Chipboard back Steel back

Internal cabinet width Dimension of engagement Required

N M|K|C|F N M|K|C|F N M|K|E N M|K|E N M|K|B|C|D N M|K|B|C|D

184 184 – 184 174 174 – 174 179 179 190 179

Lever extension

Trigger guidance – – – – – – – – ● ● – –

317–386 Lever extension ● ● – ● ● ● – ● ● ● ● ● ○ – ✖

Lever cap

Space requirement and safety distance – power supply unit housing

Internal cabinet width LW (mm) 267–286 Z (mm) Lever Trigger Lever cap extension guidance 184 ● – – 184 ● – – – – – – 184 ✖ – ● 174 ✖ – – 174 ✖ – – – – – – 174 ● – – 179 ● ● – 179 ● ● – – – – – 179 ✖ – – Internal cabinet width LW (mm)

Z (mm) 184 184 – 184 174 174 – 174 179 179 190 179

287–316 Lever extension ● ● – ● ● ● – ● ● ● ✖ ●

Trigger guidance – – – – – – – – ● ● – –

Trigger guidance

Z (mm)

≥ 387 Lever extension

Trigger guidance

– – – – – – – – ○ ○ – –

LW / 2 LW / 2 – LW / 2 LW / 2 LW / 2 – LW / 2 LW / 2 LW / 2 LW / 2 LW / 2

● ● – ● ● ● – ● ● ● ● ●

– – – – – – – – ○ ○ – –

Not required Not possible Remove

Trigger guidance Attention Maintain a 30 mm safety distance from the bottom edge (base fixing) and/or front edge (panel fixing) and side edges of the power supply unit housing to the neighbouring elements Air must be able to circulate, otherwise the SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit could overheat

Base fixing

Panel fixing

Reference pages Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX Overview – LEGRABOX Overview – MERIVOBOX Overview – TANDEMBOX antaro Overview – TANDEMBOX plus Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

359 191 257 303 349

Order information Planning – vertical cross member Accessories Overview – assembly devices Machine directive More technical details

360 Assembly, removal and adjustment 364 388 591 Short URL 701 www.blum.com/a380 698 363


Box systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX 〉 Applications

Standard cabinet Planning Cross bar construction vertical Cabinet

Box systems

Position – drive unit

PL = LH – 10 mm Round down to the nearest tenth A Distance between the bottom edge of the cabinet profile and the bottom edge of the drive unit E Distance between the bottom edge of the cabinet top panel and the fixing position of the cabinet profile LH Internal cabinet height PL Bracket profile length

Position – drive unit Box systems

Back

Back height

242–266 A (mm) E min. (mm) N – – Chipboard back M|K|C|F – – LEGRABOX N – – Steel back M|K|C|F – – N – – Chipboard back M|K|E – – MERIVOBOX N – – Steel back M|K|E – – N 35 56 Chipboard back M|K|B|C|D 35 64 TANDEMBOX N – – Steel back M|K|B|C|D – – Distance between the bottom edge of the cabinet profile and the bottom edge of the drive unit – A E Distance between the bottom edge of the cabinet top panel and the fixing position of the cabinet profile

Back cabling

BT

BT

A (mm) 45 45 – 45 28 45 – 45 28 35 28 35

≥ 317 E min. (mm) 61 69 – 69 32 54 – 54 49 64 49 64

Front assembly – position of Blum distance bumper

1/2

1/2

Cabinet bottom – drilling pattern Lower cabling

Internal cabinet width LW (mm) 267–286 287–316 A (mm) E min. (mm) A (mm) E min. (mm) 45 61 45 61 45 69 45 69 – – – – 45 69 45 69 28 32 28 32 45 54 45 54 – – – – 45 54 45 54 35 56 35 56 35 64 35 64 – – 28 49 35 64 35 64 Not possible

Drilling depth

Alternative drilling pattern for MINIPRESS top and MINIPRESS BT Drilling depth

364

Drilling depth

The Blum distance bumper creates and maintains the required trigger path of 2 mm When using a 70 kg LEGRABOX, 70 kg MERIVOBOX or 65 kg TANDEMBOX runner, attach four Blum distance bumpers For optimal trigger function for front height FH > 300 mm, use front stabilisation FA Front overlay FH Front height

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX 〉 Applications

Standard cabinet Planning Cross bar construction vertical Drilling distances – base | cross bar

T (mm) NL + 34 NL + 17

Box systems

Back X (mm) Chipboard back NL + 19 Steel back NL + 2 NL Nominal length X Drilling position T Position front edge/cross member Z Dimension of engagement

Box systems

Back

Back height Z (mm)

LEGRABOX

MERIVOBOX

TANDEMBOX Box systems

Chipboard back Steel back Chipboard back Steel back Chipboard back Steel back Back

N M|K|C|F N M|K|C|F N M|K|E N M|K|E N M|K|B|C|D N M|K|B|C|D

– – – – – – – – 179 179 – –

Back height

242–266 Lever extension – – – – – – – – ✖ ✖ – –

Z (mm)

LEGRABOX

MERIVOBOX

TANDEMBOX LW Z ●

Chipboard back Steel back Chipboard back Steel back Chipboard back Steel back

Internal cabinet width Dimension of engagement Required

N M|K|C|F N M|K|C|F N M|K|E N M|K|E N M|K|B|C|D N M|K|B|C|D

184 184 – 184 174 174 – 174 179 179 190 179

Lever extension

Internal cabinet width LW (mm) 267–286 Z (mm) Lever Trigger Lever cap extension guidance 184 ● – – 184 ● – – – – – – 184 ✖ – ● 174 ✖ – – 174 ✖ – – – – – – 174 ● – – 179 ● ● – 179 ● ● – – – – – 179 ✖ – –

Trigger guidance – – – – – – – – ● ● – –

317–386 Lever extension ● ● – ● ● ● – ● ● ● ● ● ○ – ✖

184 184 – 184 174 174 – 174 179 179 190 179

287–316 Lever extension ● ● – ● ● ● – ● ● ● ✖ ●

Trigger guidance – – – – – – – – ● ● – –

Trigger guidance

Z (mm)

≥ 387 Lever extension

Trigger guidance

– – – – – – – – ○ ○ – –

LW / 2 LW / 2 – LW / 2 LW / 2 LW / 2 – LW / 2 LW / 2 LW / 2 LW / 2 LW / 2

● ● – ● ● ● – ● ● ● ● ●

– – – – – – – – ○ ○ – –

Not required Not possible Remove

Lever cap

Space requirement and safety distance – power supply unit housing

Internal cabinet width LW (mm)

Z (mm)

Trigger guidance Attention Maintain a 30 mm safety distance from the bottom edge (base fixing) and/or front edge (panel fixing) and side edges of the power supply unit housing to the neighbouring elements Air must be able to circulate, otherwise the SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit could overheat

Base fixing

Panel fixing

Reference pages Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX Overview – LEGRABOX Overview – MERIVOBOX Overview – TANDEMBOX antaro Overview – TANDEMBOX plus Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

359 191 257 303 349

Order information Planning – horizontal cross member Accessories Overview – assembly devices Machine directive More technical details

360 Assembly, removal and adjustment 362 388 591 Short URL 701 www.blum.com/a380 698 365


Box systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX 〉 Applications

SPACE TOWER

Box systems

▬ Electrical opening support system in conjunction with BLUMOTION – for soft and effortless closing action ▬ With vertical bracket profile ▬ No fixed connection to the drive system ▬ Pull-outs can be used unchanged ▬ Tool-free assembly ▬ Simple cabling ▬ Shallow installation depth ▬ SERVO-DRIVE for MERIVOBOX is only triggered by pulling for inset application pull-outs

Order information 2 Bracket profile Length (mm) 650 700 710 750 800 1170 For cutting to size ● With cable – Without cable Cutting

Material Aluminium Aluminium Aluminium Aluminium Aluminium Aluminium

Cable ● ● ● ● ● –

Part no. Z10T650AA Z10T700AA Z10T710AA Z10T750AA Z10T800AA Z10T1170A

Internal cabinet height LH – 10 mm

3a Bracket profile attachment top/bottom Cross bar construction horizontal Colour Material R7037 Nylon

Part no. Z10D01E0.01

Alternative to 3a 3b Bracket profile attachment lower/back Cross bar construction vertical Colour Material R7037 Nylon

Part no. Z10D01EA.01

Incl. bracket profile cover cap

9

Drive unit Colour R7037

Includes pre-assembled lever extension

10

Lever cap Box systems LEGRABOX

Material Nylon

Back Steel back

Part no. Z10A3000.03

Colour S

Part no. Z10A3006

Colour R7037

Part no. Z10A3H00

Required for height M and internal cabinet widths LW of 267–286 mm

10

Trigger guidance Box systems Back TANDEMBOX Chipboard back

Required for internal cabinet widths LW of 242–316 mm

11

Cabling

SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable and cable end protector Colour Length (m) Part no. S 8 Z10K800AE

Composed of: 11a 1 x SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable 11b 5 x Cable end protector For cutting to size Can be used as a distribution, bracket profile and communications cable

12

Connecting node and cable end protector Colour Material S Nylon

Composed of: 12a 1 x Connecting node 11b 2 x Cable end protector

366

Part no. Z10V100E.01

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX 〉 Applications

SPACE TOWER

Part no. Z10NE030F Z10NE030G Z10NE030H Z10NE030J

Incl. operating and installation instructions Without flex Language package – operating and installation instructions A DE | EN | FR | IT | NL F BG | ET | LT | LV | RO | RU B DA | EN | FI | NO | SV G EN | ES | FR C EL | EN | HR | SL | SR | TR H EN | ZH D EN | ES | FR | IT | PT J JA E CS | HU | PL | SK Language descriptions as per ISO-639

14

Flex Market AR UK CH DK Europe Europe IN IL

¹

Length 2 m, incl. plug ¹ Without plug

Part no. Market Z10M200A JP Z10M200B AU Z10M200C CL Z10M200D CN Z10M200E BR Z10M200E.OS TW Z10M200H US | CA Z10M200I ZA

Part no. Z10NG000

Alternative to 15a 15b Power supply unit housing Panel fixing Colour Material WGR Nylon

Part no. Z10NG120

For 24 W SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit

Reference pages Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX Overview – LEGRABOX Overview – MERIVOBOX Overview – TANDEMBOX antaro Overview – TANDEMBOX plus Planning – bracket profile top Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

Part no. Z10K0009

E.g. for fixing the SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable Colour R7037 S

Planning – bracket profile bottom Accessories 191 Overview – assembly devices 257 Machine directive 303 More technical details 349 368 359

Material Nylon

RAL 7037 dust grey Black

Colour W WGR

White White grey

Part no. Z10M200J Z10M200K Z10M200L Z10M200N Z10M200S.01 Z10M200T Z10M200U Z10M200Z

15a Power supply unit housing Base fixing Colour Material R7037 Nylon Incl. cover For 24 W SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit

Accessories – Cable holder Colour W

Box systems

Order information 13 24 W SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit Language package Part no. Language package A Z10NE030A F B Z10NE030B G C Z10NE030C H D Z10NE030D J E Z10NE030E

370 Assembly, removal and adjustment 388 591 701 Short URL 698 www.blum.com/a380

367


Box systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX 〉 Applications

SPACE TOWER Planning Top bracket profile Cabinet

Box systems

Position – drive unit

PL = LH – 10 mm Round down to the nearest tenth A Distance between the bottom edge of the cabinet profile and the bottom edge of the drive unit E Distance between the bottom edge of the cabinet top panel and the fixing position of the cabinet profile LH Internal cabinet height PL Bracket profile length

Position – drive unit Box systems

Back

Back height

242–266 A (mm) E min. (mm) N – – Chipboard back M|K|C|F – – LEGRABOX N – – Steel back M|K|C|F – – N – – Chipboard back M|K|E – – MERIVOBOX N – – Steel back M|K|E – – N 35 56 Chipboard back M|K|B|C|D 35 64 TANDEMBOX N – – Steel back M|K|B|C|D – – Distance between the bottom edge of the cabinet profile and the bottom edge of the drive unit – A E Distance between the bottom edge of the cabinet top panel and the fixing position of the cabinet profile

Back cabling

BT

BT

A (mm) 45 45 – 45 28 45 – 45 28 35 28 35

≥ 317 E min. (mm) 61 69 – 69 32 54 – 54 49 64 49 64

Front assembly – position of Blum distance bumper

1/2

1/2

Cabinet bottom – drilling pattern Lower cabling

Internal cabinet width LW (mm) 267–286 287–316 A (mm) E min. (mm) A (mm) E min. (mm) 45 61 45 61 45 69 45 69 – – – – 45 69 45 69 28 32 28 32 45 54 45 54 – – – – 45 54 45 54 35 56 35 56 35 64 35 64 – – 28 49 35 64 35 64 Not possible

Drilling depth

Alternative drilling pattern for MINIPRESS top and MINIPRESS BT Drilling depth

368

Drilling depth

The Blum distance bumper creates and maintains the required trigger path of 2 mm When using a 70 kg LEGRABOX, 70 kg MERIVOBOX or 65 kg TANDEMBOX runner, attach four Blum distance bumpers For optimal trigger function for front height FH > 300 mm, use front stabilisation FA Front overlay FH Front height

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX 〉 Applications

SPACE TOWER Planning Top bracket profile Drilling distances – base | cross bar

T (mm) NL + 34 NL + 17

Box systems

Back X (mm) Chipboard back NL + 19 Steel back NL + 2 NL Nominal length X Drilling position T Position front edge/cross member Z Dimension of engagement

Box systems

Back

Back height Z (mm)

LEGRABOX

MERIVOBOX

TANDEMBOX Box systems

Chipboard back Steel back Chipboard back Steel back Chipboard back Steel back Back

N M|K|C|F N M|K|C|F N M|K|E N M|K|E N M|K|B|C|D N M|K|B|C|D

– – – – – – – – 179 179 – –

Back height

242–266 Lever extension – – – – – – – – ✖ ✖ – –

Z (mm)

LEGRABOX

MERIVOBOX

TANDEMBOX LW Z ●

Chipboard back Steel back Chipboard back Steel back Chipboard back Steel back

Internal cabinet width Dimension of engagement Required

N M|K|C|F N M|K|C|F N M|K|E N M|K|E N M|K|B|C|D N M|K|B|C|D

184 184 – 184 174 174 – 174 179 179 190 179

Lever extension

Trigger guidance – – – – – – – – ● ● – –

317–386 Lever extension ● ● – ● ● ● – ● ● ● ● ● ○ – ✖

Lever cap

Space requirement and safety distance – power supply unit housing

Internal cabinet width LW (mm) 267–286 Z (mm) Lever Trigger Lever cap extension guidance 184 ● – – 184 ● – – – – – – 184 ✖ – ● 174 ✖ – – 174 ✖ – – – – – – 174 ● – – 179 ● ● – 179 ● ● – – – – – 179 ✖ – – Internal cabinet width LW (mm)

Z (mm) 184 184 – 184 174 174 – 174 179 179 190 179

287–316 Lever extension ● ● – ● ● ● – ● ● ● ✖ ●

Trigger guidance – – – – – – – – ● ● – –

Trigger guidance

Z (mm)

≥ 387 Lever extension

Trigger guidance

– – – – – – – – ○ ○ – –

LW / 2 LW / 2 – LW / 2 LW / 2 LW / 2 – LW / 2 LW / 2 LW / 2 LW / 2 LW / 2

● ● – ● ● ● – ● ● ● ● ●

– – – – – – – – ○ ○ – –

Not required Not possible Remove

Trigger guidance Attention Maintain a 30 mm safety distance from the bottom edge (base fixing) and/or front edge (panel fixing) and side edges of the power supply unit housing to the neighbouring elements Air must be able to circulate, otherwise the SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit could overheat

Base fixing

Panel fixing

Reference pages Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX Overview – LEGRABOX Overview – MERIVOBOX Overview – TANDEMBOX antaro Overview – TANDEMBOX plus Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

359 191 257 303 349

Order information Planning – bracket profile bottom Accessories Overview – assembly devices Machine directive More technical details

366 Assembly, removal and adjustment 370 388 591 Short URL 701 www.blum.com/a380 698 369


Box systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX 〉 Applications

SPACE TOWER Planning Bottom bracket profile Cabinet

Box systems

Position – drive unit

PL = LH – 10 mm Round down to the nearest tenth A Distance between the bottom edge of the cabinet profile and the bottom edge of the drive unit E Distance between the bottom edge of the cabinet top panel and the fixing position of the cabinet profile LH Internal cabinet height PL Bracket profile length

Position – drive unit Box systems

Back

Back height

242–266 A (mm) E min. (mm) N – – Chipboard back M|K|C|F – – LEGRABOX N – – Steel back M|K|C|F – – N – – Chipboard back M|K|E – – MERIVOBOX N – – Steel back M|K|E – – N 35 56 Chipboard back M|K|B|C|D 35 64 TANDEMBOX N – – Steel back M|K|B|C|D – – Distance between the bottom edge of the cabinet profile and the bottom edge of the drive unit – A E Distance between the bottom edge of the cabinet top panel and the fixing position of the cabinet profile

Back cabling

BT

BT

A (mm) 45 45 – 45 28 45 – 45 28 35 28 35

≥ 317 E min. (mm) 61 69 – 69 32 54 – 54 49 64 49 64

Front assembly – position of Blum distance bumper

1/2

1/2

Cabinet bottom – drilling pattern Lower cabling

Internal cabinet width LW (mm) 267–286 287–316 A (mm) E min. (mm) A (mm) E min. (mm) 45 61 45 61 45 69 45 69 – – – – 45 69 45 69 28 32 28 32 45 54 45 54 – – – – 45 54 45 54 35 56 35 56 35 64 35 64 – – 28 49 35 64 35 64 Not possible

Drilling depth

Alternative drilling pattern for MINIPRESS top and MINIPRESS BT Drilling depth

370

Drilling depth

The Blum distance bumper creates and maintains the required trigger path of 2 mm When using a 70 kg LEGRABOX, 70 kg MERIVOBOX or 65 kg TANDEMBOX runner, attach four Blum distance bumpers For optimal trigger function for front height FH > 300 mm, use front stabilisation FA Front overlay FH Front height

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX 〉 Applications

SPACE TOWER Planning Bottom bracket profile Drilling distances – base | cross bar

Y (mm) NL + 33 NL + 16

Box systems

Back X (mm) Chipboard back NL + 19 Steel back NL + 2 NL Nominal length X Drilling position Y Min. space requirement Z Dimension of engagement

Box systems

Back

Back height Z (mm)

LEGRABOX

MERIVOBOX

TANDEMBOX Box systems

Chipboard back Steel back Chipboard back Steel back Chipboard back Steel back Back

N M|K|C|F N M|K|C|F N M|K|E N M|K|E N M|K|B|C|D N M|K|B|C|D

– – – – – – – – 179 179 – –

Back height

242–266 Lever extension – – – – – – – – ✖ ✖ – –

Z (mm)

LEGRABOX

MERIVOBOX

TANDEMBOX LW Z ●

Chipboard back Steel back Chipboard back Steel back Chipboard back Steel back

Internal cabinet width Dimension of engagement Required

N M|K|C|F N M|K|C|F N M|K|E N M|K|E N M|K|B|C|D N M|K|B|C|D

184 184 – 184 174 174 – 174 179 179 190 179

Lever extension

Trigger guidance – – – – – – – – ● ● – –

317–386 Lever extension ● ● – ● ● ● – ● ● ● ● ● ○ – ✖

Lever cap

Space requirement and safety distance – power supply unit housing

Internal cabinet width LW (mm) 267–286 Z (mm) Lever Trigger Lever cap extension guidance 184 ● – – 184 ● – – – – – – 184 ✖ – ● 174 ✖ – – 174 ✖ – – – – – – 174 ● – – 179 ● ● – 179 ● ● – – – – – 179 ✖ – – Internal cabinet width LW (mm)

Z (mm) 184 184 – 184 174 174 – 174 179 179 190 179

287–316 Lever extension ● ● – ● ● ● – ● ● ● ✖ ●

Trigger guidance – – – – – – – – ● ● – –

Trigger guidance

Z (mm)

≥ 387 Lever extension

Trigger guidance

– – – – – – – – ○ ○ – –

LW / 2 LW / 2 – LW / 2 LW / 2 LW / 2 – LW / 2 LW / 2 LW / 2 LW / 2 LW / 2

● ● – ● ● ● – ● ● ● ● ●

– – – – – – – – ○ ○ – –

Not required Not possible Remove

Trigger guidance Attention Maintain a 30 mm safety distance from the bottom edge (base fixing) and/or front edge (panel fixing) and side edges of the power supply unit housing to the neighbouring elements Air must be able to circulate, otherwise the SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit could overheat

Base fixing

Panel fixing

Reference pages Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX Overview – LEGRABOX Overview – MERIVOBOX Overview – TANDEMBOX antaro Overview – TANDEMBOX plus Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

359 191 257 303 349

Order information Planning – bracket profile top Accessories Overview – assembly devices Machine directive More technical details

366 Assembly, removal and adjustment 368 388 591 Short URL 701 www.blum.com/a380 698 371


Box systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX 〉 Applications

Sink cabinet

Box systems

▬ Electrical opening support system in conjunction with BLUMOTION – for soft and effortless closing action ▬ With attachment bracket ▬ No fixed connection to the drive system ▬ Pull-outs can be used unchanged ▬ Quick assembly of pre-mounted parts

Order information 1 Blum distance bumper Diameter (mm) 5 8

Up to front height FH 300 mm use 2 pcs. Front height FH 300 mm and higher use 4 pcs. For LEGRABOX 70 kg cabinet profile, use 4 pcs. For MERIVOBOX 70 kg cabinet profile, use 4 pcs. For TANDEMBOX 65 kg cabinet profile, use 4 pcs.

5

Attachment bracket 1 tier Colour Material R7037 Nylon

9

Drive unit Colour R7037

Part no. 993.0530 993.0830.01

Part no. Z10A3000.03

9a

Drip protection feature Colour Material R7037 Nylon

Part no. Z10D0316

11

SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable and cable end protector Colour Length (m) Part no. S 8 Z10K800AE

Composed of: 11a 1 x SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable 11b 5 x Cable end protector For cutting to size Can be used as a distribution, bracket profile and communications cable

12

Connecting node and cable end protector Colour Material S Nylon

Composed of: 12a 1 x Connecting node 11b 2 x Cable end protector

13

24 W SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit Language package Part no. Language package A Z10NE030A F B Z10NE030B G C Z10NE030C H D Z10NE030D J E Z10NE030E

Incl. operating and installation instructions Without flex Language package – operating and installation instructions A DE | EN | FR | IT | NL F BG | ET | LT | LV | RO | RU B DA | EN | FI | NO | SV G EN | ES | FR C EL | EN | HR | SL | SR | TR H EN | ZH D EN | ES | FR | IT | PT J JA E CS | HU | PL | SK Language descriptions as per ISO-639

372

14

5

Part no. Z10NE030F Z10NE030G Z10NE030H Z10NE030J

15b

9

9a 5

1

12a

11b 11a

14

Part no. Z10V100E.01

13

9a

9

Part no. Z10D0311

Material Nylon

Includes pre-assembled lever extension

Cabling

Flex Market AR UK CH DK Europe Europe IN IL

Length 2 m, incl. plug ¹ Without plug

¹

Part no. Market Z10M200A JP Z10M200B AU Z10M200C CL Z10M200D CN Z10M200E BR Z10M200E.OS TW Z10M200H US | CA Z10M200I ZA

Part no. Z10M200J Z10M200K Z10M200L Z10M200N Z10M200S.01 Z10M200T Z10M200U Z10M200Z

15a Power supply unit housing Base fixing Colour Material R7037 Nylon

Part no. Z10NG000

Alternative to 15a 15b Power supply unit housing Panel fixing Colour Material WGR Nylon

Part no. Z10NG120

Incl. cover For 24 W SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit

For 24 W SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX 〉 Applications

Sink cabinet Order information Accessories – Cable holder Colour W

Material Nylon

Part no. Z10K0009

Material Nylon

Part no. Z96.10E1

E.g. for fixing the SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable

RAL 7037 dust grey Black

Colour W WGR

White White grey Box systems

Colour R7037 S

Front/base stabiliser Colour R7037

Reference pages Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX Overview – LEGRABOX Overview – MERIVOBOX Overview – TANDEMBOX antaro Overview – TANDEMBOX plus Planning Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

Accessories Overview – assembly devices 191 Machine directive 257 More technical details 303 349 374 359

388 Assembly, removal and adjustment 591 701 698 Short URL www.blum.com/a380

373


Box systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX 〉 Applications

Sink cabinet Planning Cabinet

Cross member – attachment bracket 1 tier

Centre piece LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX A Box systems

X *

W

Distance between the bottom edge of the attachment bracket and the bottom edge of the drive unit Drilling position Measured from cabinet front edge NL

Box systems LEGRABOX

Distance between front edge of drawer base and back edge of centre piece W = NL drawer side exterior – NL drawer side interior LEGRABOX: min. 150 mm MERIVOBOX: min. 150 mm TANDEMBOX: min. 100 mm Nominal length

Back height A (mm) N|M|K|C|F 45 N 28 MERIVOBOX Centre piece M|K|E 45 N 28 TANDEMBOX Centre piece M|K|B|C|D 35 Distance between the bottom edge of the attachment bracket and the bottom edge of the drive unit A

Cross member – attachment bracket 1 tier

Back Centre piece

Box systems

Back

Back height

LEGRABOX MERIVOBOX

Centre piece Centre piece

N|M|K|C|F N|M|K|E N|M|K|B| C|D

TANDEMBOX Centre piece BT LW W X Z

Internal cabinet width LW (mm) ≥ 387 Nominal length exterior NL (mm) 450–650 X (mm) Z (mm) W + 27 LW / 2 W + 27 LW / 2 W + 27

LW / 2

Drilling depth Internal cabinet width Distance between the front edge of the drawer base and the centre piece Drilling position Dimension of engagement

Front assembly – position of Blum distance bumper

BT

The Blum distance bumper creates and maintains the required trigger path of 2 mm When using a 70 kg LEGRABOX, 70 kg MERIVOBOX or 65 kg TANDEMBOX runner, attach four Blum distance bumpers

1/2

1/2

Cabinet bottom – drilling pattern Lower cabling

Drilling depth

Alternative drilling pattern for MINIPRESS top and MINIPRESS BT Drilling depth

374

For optimal trigger function for front height FH > 300 mm, use front stabilisation FA Front overlay FH Front height

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX 〉 Applications

Sink cabinet Planning Cabinet

Chipboard back LEGRABOX

Steel back LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX

A

A

X *

MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX Distance between the bottom edge of the attachment bracket and the bottom edge of the drive unit Drilling position Measured from cabinet front edge

Box systems

Internal cabinet width LW (mm) ≥ 387 A (mm) N|M|K|C|F 45 Chipboard back LEGRABOX Steel back M|K|C|F 45 N 28 Chipboard back MERIVOBOX M|K|E 45 Steel back M|K|E 45 N 28 Chipboard back M|K|B|C|D 35 TANDEMBOX N 28 Steel back M|K|B|C|D 35 Distance between the bottom edge of the attachment bracket and the bottom edge of the drive unit A – Not possible

Cabinet bottom – attachment bracket 1 tier

Back

Back

X *

Distance between the bottom edge of the attachment bracket and the bottom edge of the drive unit Drilling position Measured from cabinet front edge

Box systems LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX Chipboard back MERIVOBOX – cabinet profile with over extension LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX Steel back MERIVOBOX – cabinet profile with over extension LW Internal cabinet width NL Nominal length X Drilling position Y Min. space requirement Z Dimension of engagement

Space requirement and safety distance – power supply unit housing

Back height

X (mm)

Y (mm)

Z (mm)

NL + 19

NL + 35

LW / 2

NL – 31

NL + 3

LW / 2

NL + 2

NL + 18

LW / 2

NL – 48

NL + 3

LW / 2

Attention Maintain a 30 mm safety distance from the bottom edge (base fixing) and/or front edge (panel fixing) and side edges of the power supply unit housing to the neighbouring elements Air must be able to circulate, otherwise the SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit could overheat

Base fixing

Panel fixing

Reference pages Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX Overview – LEGRABOX Overview – MERIVOBOX Overview – TANDEMBOX antaro Overview – TANDEMBOX plus Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

Order information Accessories 191 Overview – assembly devices 257 Machine directive 303 More technical details 349 359

372 Assembly, removal and adjustment 388 591 701 Short URL 698 www.blum.com/a380 375

Box systems

Cabinet bottom – attachment bracket 1 tier


Box systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX 〉 Applications

Cabinet with pull-out element – bracket profile horizontal

Box systems

▬ Electrical opening support system in conjunction with BLUMOTION – for soft and effortless closing action ▬ With horizontal bracket profile ▬ No fixed connection to the drive system ▬ Pull-outs can be used unchanged ▬ Quick assembly of pre-mounted parts

Order information 1 Blum distance bumper Diameter (mm) 5 8

Part no. 993.0530 993.0830.01

Up to front height FH 300 mm use 2 pcs. Front height FH 300 mm and higher use 4 pcs. For LEGRABOX 70 kg cabinet profile, use 4 pcs. For MERIVOBOX 70 kg cabinet profile, use 4 pcs. For TANDEMBOX 65 kg cabinet profile, use 4 pcs.

6

Bracket profile horizontal Length (mm) Material 1143 Aluminium

Part no. Z10T1143B

Horizontal bracket profile attachment Colour Material R7037 Nylon

Part no. Z10D5210

For cabinet width KB 275–1200 mm Cutting Internal cabinet width LW – 19 mm

7

Composed of: 7a 1 x Bracket profile attachment left/right 7b 1 x Bracket profile adapter for drive unit Chipboard screws and system screws can be used

9

Drive unit Colour R7037

Includes pre-assembled lever extension

10

Lever cap Box systems LEGRABOX

Material Nylon

Back Steel back

Part no. Z10A3000.03

Colour S

Part no. Z10A3006

Colour R7037

Part no. Z10A3H00

Required for height M and internal cabinet widths LW of 267–286 mm

10

Trigger guidance Box systems Back TANDEMBOX Chipboard back

Required for internal cabinet widths LW of 242–316 mm

11

SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable and cable end protector Colour Length (m) Part no. S 8 Z10K800AE

Composed of: 11a 1 x SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable 11b 5 x Cable end protector For cutting to size Can be used as a distribution, bracket profile and communications cable

12

Connecting node and cable end protector Colour Material S Nylon

Composed of: 12a 1 x Connecting node 11b 2 x Cable end protector

13

Part no. Z10NE030F Z10NE030G Z10NE030H Z10NE030J

Incl. operating and installation instructions Without flex Language package – operating and installation instructions A DE | EN | FR | IT | NL F BG | ET | LT | LV | RO | RU B DA | EN | FI | NO | SV G EN | ES | FR C EL | EN | HR | SL | SR | TR H EN | ZH D EN | ES | FR | IT | PT J JA E CS | HU | PL | SK Language descriptions as per ISO-639

14

Part no. Z10V100E.01

24 W SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit Language package Part no. Language package A Z10NE030A F B Z10NE030B G C Z10NE030C H D Z10NE030D J E Z10NE030E

Flex Market AR UK CH DK Europe Europe IN IL

Length 2 m, incl. plug ¹ Without plug

376

Cabling

¹

Part no. Market Z10M200A JP Z10M200B AU Z10M200C CL Z10M200D CN Z10M200E BR Z10M200E.OS TW Z10M200H US | CA Z10M200I ZA

Part no. Z10M200J Z10M200K Z10M200L Z10M200N Z10M200S.01 Z10M200T Z10M200U Z10M200Z

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX 〉 Applications

Cabinet with pull-out element – bracket profile horizontal

Part no. Z10NG000

Incl. cover For 24 W SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit

Alternative to 15a 15b Power supply unit housing Panel fixing Colour Material WGR Nylon

Accessories – Cable holder Colour W –

Front/base stabiliser Colour R7037

Material Nylon

Part no. Z96.10E1

COMBOX set Colour S

Material Nylon

Part no. Z10ZC00A

RAL 7037 dust grey Black

Colour W WGR

For preventing front collisions when using SERVO-DRIVE in corner situations Suitable starting with drive unit Z10A3000.02 Includes all assembly and cabling components Colour R7037 S

Reference pages Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX Overview – LEGRABOX Overview – MERIVOBOX Overview – TANDEMBOX antaro Overview – TANDEMBOX plus Planning Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

Part no. Z10K0009

E.g. for fixing the SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable

Part no. Z10NG120

For 24 W SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit

Material Nylon

Accessories Overview – assembly devices 191 Machine directive 257 More technical details 303 349 378 359

Box systems

Order information 15a Power supply unit housing Base fixing Colour Material R7037 Nylon

White White grey

388 Assembly, removal and adjustment 591 701 698 Short URL www.blum.com/a380

377


Box systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX 〉 Applications

Cabinet with pull-out element – bracket profile horizontal Planning Cabinet

Box systems

Position – drive unit

Z

Position – drive unit

Box systems

Back

Back height Z (mm)

Chipboard back

LEGRABOX

Steel back

MERIVOBOX

TANDEMBOX Box systems

Chipboard back Steel back Chipboard back Steel back Back

N M|K|C|F N M|K|C|F N M|K|E N M|K|E N M|K|B|C|D N M|K|B|C|D Back height

– – – – – – – – – 182 – – Z (mm)

Chipboard back

LEGRABOX

Steel back

MERIVOBOX

TANDEMBOX LW Z ●

Chipboard back Steel back Chipboard back Steel back

Internal cabinet width Dimension of engagement Required

N M|K|C|F N M|K|C|F N M|K|E N M|K|E N M|K|B|C|D N M|K|B|C|D

Lever extension

1/2

1/2

Front assembly – position of Blum distance bumper

378

193 182 – 182 177 177 – 177 193 182 193 182

242–266 Lever extension – – – – – – – – – ✖ – –

Dimension of engagement

Internal cabinet width LW (mm) 267–286 Lever Trigger Lever cap extension guidance – – – – 182 ● – ○ – – – – 182 ● – ○ 177 ✖ – – 177 ✖ – – – – – – 177 ● – – – – – – 182 ✖ ● ○ 193 ✖ ○ ○ 182 ✖ ○ ○

Trigger guidance – – – – – – – – – ● – –

Z (mm)

317–386 Lever extension ● ● – ● ● ● – ● ● ● ● ● ○ – ✖

Internal cabinet width LW (mm)

Z (mm) 193 182 – 182 177 177 – 177 193 182 193 182

287–316 Lever extension ✖ ● – ● ● ● – ● ✖ ● ● ●

Trigger guidance – – – – – – – – ○ ● ○ ○

Trigger guidance

Z (mm)

≥ 387 Lever extension

Trigger guidance

– – – – – – – – ○ ○ ○ ○

LW / 2 LW / 2 – LW / 2 LW / 2 LW / 2 – LW / 2 LW / 2 LW / 2 LW / 2 LW / 2

● ● – ● ● ● – ● ● ● ● ●

– – – – – – – – ○ ○ ○ ○

Not required Not possible Remove

Lever cap

Trigger guidance

The Blum distance bumper creates and maintains the required trigger path of 2 mm When using a 70 kg LEGRABOX, 70 kg MERIVOBOX or 65 kg TANDEMBOX runner, attach four Blum distance bumpers For optimal trigger function for front height FH > 300 mm, use front stabilisation FA Front overlay FH Front height

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX 〉 Applications

Cabinet with pull-out element – bracket profile horizontal Planning Drilling distances

TANDEMBOX * 55 mm for back height N ** 24 mm for back height N

Box systems

30** 64

min 54*

LEGRABOX

MERIVOBOX Back X (mm) Chipboard back NL – 9 Steel back NL – 26 NL Nominal length X Drilling position Y Min. space requirement

* **

Y (mm) NL + 37 NL + 20

32 mm for back height N 45 mm for back height N

Space requirement and safety distance – power supply unit housing

Attention Maintain a 30 mm safety distance from the bottom edge (base fixing) and/or front edge (panel fixing) and side edges of the power supply unit housing to the neighbouring elements Air must be able to circulate, otherwise the SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit could overheat

Base fixing

Panel fixing

Reference pages Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX Overview – LEGRABOX Overview – MERIVOBOX Overview – TANDEMBOX antaro Overview – TANDEMBOX plus Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

Order information Accessories 191 Overview – assembly devices 257 Machine directive 303 More technical details 349 359

376 Assembly, removal and adjustment 388 591 701 Short URL 698 www.blum.com/a380 379


Box systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX 〉 Applications

Cabinet with pull-out element – upper attachment bracket

Box systems

▬ Electrical opening support system in conjunction with BLUMOTION – for soft and effortless closing action ▬ With upper attachment bracket ▬ No fixed connection to the drive system ▬ Pull-outs can be used unchanged ▬ Quick assembly of pre-mounted parts

Order information 1 Blum distance bumper Diameter (mm) 5 8

Part no. 993.0530 993.0830.01

Up to front height FH 300 mm use 2 pcs. Front height FH 300 mm and higher use 4 pcs. For LEGRABOX 70 kg cabinet profile, use 4 pcs. For MERIVOBOX 70 kg cabinet profile, use 4 pcs. For TANDEMBOX 65 kg cabinet profile, use 4 pcs.

8

Upper attachment bracket Colour Material R7037 Steel

Part no. Z10D6252

Incl. pre-mounted adapter for the drive unit

9

Drive unit Colour R7037

Includes pre-assembled lever extension

10

Lever cap Box systems LEGRABOX

Material Nylon

Back Steel back

Part no. Z10A3000.03

Colour S

Part no. Z10A3006

Colour R7037

Part no. Z10A3H00

Required for height M and internal cabinet widths LW of 267–286 mm

10

Trigger guidance Box systems Back TANDEMBOX Chipboard back

Required for internal cabinet widths LW of 242–316 mm

11

SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable and cable end protector Colour Length (m) Part no. S 8 Z10K800AE

Composed of: 11a 1 x SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable 11b 5 x Cable end protector For cutting to size Can be used as a distribution, bracket profile and communications cable

12

Connecting node and cable end protector Colour Material S Nylon

Composed of: 12a 1 x Connecting node 11b 2 x Cable end protector

13

24 W SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit Language package Part no. Language package A Z10NE030A F B Z10NE030B G C Z10NE030C H D Z10NE030D J E Z10NE030E

Incl. operating and installation instructions Without flex Language package – operating and installation instructions A DE | EN | FR | IT | NL F BG | ET | LT | LV | RO | RU B DA | EN | FI | NO | SV G EN | ES | FR C EL | EN | HR | SL | SR | TR H EN | ZH D EN | ES | FR | IT | PT J JA E CS | HU | PL | SK Language descriptions as per ISO-639

380

Cabling

Part no. Z10V100E.01

Part no. Z10NE030F Z10NE030G Z10NE030H Z10NE030J

14

Flex Market AR UK CH DK Europe Europe IN IL

Length 2 m, incl. plug ¹ Without plug

¹

Part no. Market Z10M200A JP Z10M200B AU Z10M200C CL Z10M200D CN Z10M200E BR Z10M200E.OS TW Z10M200H US | CA Z10M200I ZA

Part no. Z10M200J Z10M200K Z10M200L Z10M200N Z10M200S.01 Z10M200T Z10M200U Z10M200Z

15a Power supply unit housing Base fixing Colour Material R7037 Nylon

Part no. Z10NG000

Alternative to 15a 15b Power supply unit housing Panel fixing Colour Material WGR Nylon

Part no. Z10NG120

Incl. cover For 24 W SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit

For 24 W SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX 〉 Applications

Order information Accessories – Cable holder Colour W

Material Nylon

Part no. Z10K0009

E.g. for fixing the SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable

Front/base stabiliser Colour R7037

Material Nylon

Part no. Z96.10E1

COMBOX set Colour S

Material Nylon

Part no. Z10ZC00A

For preventing front collisions when using SERVO-DRIVE in corner situations Suitable starting with drive unit Z10A3000.02 Includes all assembly and cabling components Colour R7037 S W

RAL 7037 dust grey Black White

Colour WGR ZN

Reference pages Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX Overview – LEGRABOX Overview – MERIVOBOX Overview – TANDEMBOX antaro Overview – TANDEMBOX plus Planning Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

Box systems

Cabinet with pull-out element – upper attachment bracket

White grey Zinc plated

Accessories Overview – assembly devices 191 Machine directive 257 More technical details 303 349 382 359

388 Assembly, removal and adjustment 591 701 698 Short URL www.blum.com/a380

381


Box systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX 〉 Applications

Cabinet with pull-out element – upper attachment bracket Planning Cabinet

Box systems

Position – drive unit

A Distance between the bottom edge of the cabinet profile and the bottom edge of the drive unit E Distance between the bottom edge of the cabinet top panel and the fixing position of the cabinet profile X Drilling position The cross bar must be connected to the work plate to make it secure

Position – drive unit

Box systems

Back

Back height

Internal cabinet width LW (mm) 242–266 267–286 287–316 A (mm) E min. E max. A (mm) E min. E max. A (mm) E min. (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) N – – – – – – 45 84 Chipboard back M|K|C|F – – – 45 84 174 45 84 LEGRABOX N – – – – – – – – Steel back M|K|C|F – – – 45 84 174 45 84 N – – – 28 50 139 28 50 Chipboard back M|K|E – – – 45 67 157 45 67 MERIVOBOX N – – – – – – – – Steel back M|K|E – – – 45 67 157 45 67 N 35 79 180 35 79 180 35 79 Chipboard back M|K|B|C|D 35 79 180 35 79 180 35 79 TANDEMBOX N – – – – – – 28 79 Steel back M|K|B|C|D – – – 35 79 180 35 79 Distance between the bottom edge of the cabinet profile and the bottom edge of the drive unit – Not possible A E Distance between the bottom edge of the cabinet top panel and the fixing position of the cabinet profile

E max. (mm) 174 174 – 174 139 157 – 157 180 180 180 180

A (mm) 45 45 – 45 28 45 – 45 28 35 28 35

≥ 317 E min. (mm) 84 84 – 84 50 67 – 67 79 79 79 79

E max. (mm) 174 174 – 174 139 157 – 157 180 180 180 180

1/2

1/2

Front assembly – position of Blum distance bumper

The Blum distance bumper creates and maintains the required trigger path of 2 mm When using a 70 kg LEGRABOX, 70 kg MERIVOBOX or 65 kg TANDEMBOX runner, attach four Blum distance bumpers For optimal trigger function for front height FH > 300 mm, use front stabilisation FA Front overlay FH Front height

382

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX 〉 Applications

Cabinet with pull-out element – upper attachment bracket

Box systems

Back

Back X (mm) Chipboard back NL – 1 Steel back NL – 18 NL Nominal length X Drilling position Y Min. space requirement Z Dimension of engagement

Back height Z (mm)

LEGRABOX

MERIVOBOX

TANDEMBOX Box systems

Chipboard back Steel back Chipboard back Steel back Chipboard back Steel back Back

N M|K|C|F N M|K|C|F N M|K|E N M|K|E N M|K|B|C|D N M|K|B|C|D

– – – – – – – – 179 179 – –

Back height

242–266 Lever extension – – – – – – – – ✖ ✖ – –

Z (mm)

LEGRABOX

MERIVOBOX

TANDEMBOX LW Z ●

Chipboard back Steel back Chipboard back Steel back Chipboard back Steel back

Internal cabinet width Dimension of engagement Required

N M|K|C|F N M|K|C|F N M|K|E N M|K|E N M|K|B|C|D N M|K|B|C|D

184 184 – 184 174 174 – 174 179 179 190 179

Lever extension

317–386 Lever extension

Lever cap

Space requirement and safety distance – power supply unit housing

Internal cabinet width LW (mm) 267–286 Z (mm) Lever Trigger Lever cap extension guidance 184 ● – – 184 ● – – – – – – 184 ✖ – ● 174 ✖ – – 174 ✖ – – – – – – 174 ● – – 179 ● ● – 179 ● ● – – – – – 179 ✖ – –

Trigger guidance – – – – – – – – ● ● – –

● ● – ● ● ● – ● ● ● ● ● ○ – ✖

Y (mm) NL + 34 NL + 17

Internal cabinet width LW (mm)

Box systems

Planning Drilling distances

Z (mm) 184 184 – 184 174 174 – 174 179 179 190 179

287–316 Lever extension ● ● – ● ● ● – ● ● ● ✖ ●

Trigger guidance – – – – – – – – ● ● – –

Trigger guidance

Z (mm)

≥ 387 Lever extension

Trigger guidance

– – – – – – – – ○ ○ – –

LW / 2 LW / 2 – LW / 2 LW / 2 LW / 2 – LW / 2 LW / 2 LW / 2 LW / 2 LW / 2

● ● – ● ● ● – ● ● ● ● ●

– – – – – – – – ○ ○ – –

Not required Not possible Remove

Trigger guidance Attention Maintain a 30 mm safety distance from the bottom edge (base fixing) and/or front edge (panel fixing) and side edges of the power supply unit housing to the neighbouring elements Air must be able to circulate, otherwise the SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit could overheat

Base fixing

Panel fixing

Reference pages Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX Overview – LEGRABOX Overview – MERIVOBOX Overview – TANDEMBOX antaro Overview – TANDEMBOX plus Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

Order information Accessories 191 Overview – assembly devices 257 Machine directive 303 More technical details 349 359

380 Assembly, removal and adjustment 388 591 701 Short URL 698 www.blum.com/a380 383


Box systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX 〉 Applications

SERVO-DRIVE uno for bottom mount waste bin solutions

Box systems

▬ Electrical opening support system in conjunction with BLUMOTION – for soft and effortless closing action ▬ Suitable for individual applications ▬ For bottom mount waste bin solutions ▬ Also ideal for retrofitting ▬ No fixed connection to the drive system ▬ Pull-outs can be used unchanged ▬ Simple and quick assembly of pre-mounted parts

Order information 18 SERVO-DRIVE uno set LanNetwork guage adapter package

E E E E E E

Network adapter E

B

A B C D E F

K

Network

Lan-

Part no. adapter guage Z10NA30EA B Z10NA30EB K Z10NA30EC U Z10NA30ED U Z10NA30EE H Z10NA30EF U

package

A D G J D

SERVO-DRIVE uno set

Web code DQE61A

Part no. Z10NA30BA Z10NA30KD Z10NA30UG Z10NA30UJ Z10NA30HD ¹

H

Language package – operating and installation instructions A DE | EN | FR | IT | NL E CS | HU | PL | SK B DA | EN | FI | NO | SV F BG | ET | LT | LV | RO | RU C EL | EN | HR | SL | SR | TR G EN | ES | FR D EN | ES | FR | IT | PT J JA Other combinations available upon request Set pre-mounted ¹ See the Information chapter for a detailed market list Composed of: 1 2 x Blum distance bumper 4 1 x Attachment bracket 1 tier 9 1 x Drive unit 18a 1 x Transport protection 18b 1 x Drip protection feature 18c 1 x 12 W SERVO-DRIVE plug-in power supply unit 18d 1 x Assembly – 7 x Screws for Blum distance bumper and attachment bracket – 1 x Installation instructions – 1 x Operating instructions

384

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX 〉 Applications

Web code DQE61A

SERVO-DRIVE uno for bottom mount waste bin solutions Position – drive unit

Drilling distances – base

Box systems

Back

Box systems

Planning Cabinet

Internal cabinet width LW (mm) ≥ 387 A min. (mm) A max. (mm) LEGRABOX 45 47 MERIVOBOX 28 45 TANDEMBOX 28 43 A Distance between the bottom edge of the attachment bracket and the bottom edge of the drive unit

Box systems

Internal cabinet width LW (mm) ≥ 387 X (mm) Y (mm) Z (mm)

LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | NL – 45 NL + 35 TANDEMBOX Chipboard back MERIVOBOX – cabinet profile with NL – 95 NL + 3 over extension LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | NL – 62 NL + 18 TANDEMBOX Steel back MERIVOBOX – NL – cabinet profile with NL + 3 112 over extension NL Nominal length X Drilling position Y Min. space requirement Z Dimension of engagement

LW / 2 LW / 2 LW / 2 LW / 2

Position – Blum distance bumper

The Blum distance bumper creates and maintains the required trigger path of 2 mm

Reference pages Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX Overview – LEGRABOX Overview – MERIVOBOX Overview – TANDEMBOX antaro Overview – TANDEMBOX plus Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

SERVO-DRIVE uno – market list Overview – assembly devices 191 Machine directive 257 More technical details 303 349 359

718 Assembly, removal and adjustment 591 701 698 Short URL www.blum.com/a380 385


Box systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX 〉 Applications

SERVO-DRIVE uno for top mount waste bin solutions – TANDEMBOX

Box systems

▬ Electrical opening support system in conjunction with BLUMOTION – for soft and effortless closing action ▬ Suitable for individual applications ▬ For top mount waste bin solutions ▬ Also ideal for retrofitting ▬ No fixed connection to the drive system ▬ Pull-outs can be used unchanged ▬ Simple and quick assembly of pre-mounted parts

SERVO-DRIVE uno set

Web code DQE6QM

Order information 18 SERVO-DRIVE uno set Cabinet width KB (mm)

450 500 550

Network adapter (x) E

B

K

Cabinet width KB

Part no. (mm)

Part no.

☎ Z10T393Wxy1 600 ☎ Z10T443Wxy1 800 ☎ Z10T493Wxy1 900

☎ Z10T543Wxy1 ☎ Z10T743Wxy1 ☎ Z10T843Wxy1

U

R

¹

N

Language package (y) – operating and installation instructions A DE | EN | FR | IT | NL E CS | HU | PL | SK B DA | EN | FI | NO | SV F BG | ET | LT | LV | RO | RU C EL | EN | HR | SL | SR | TR G EN | ES | FR D EN | ES | FR | IT | PT H EN | ZH Set pre-mounted ¹ See the Information chapter for a detailed market list Composed of: 1 2 x Blum distance bumper 6 1 x Bracket profile horizontal 7b 1 x Bracket profile adapter for drive unit 9 1 x Drive unit 18b 1 x Drip protection feature 18c 1 x 12 W SERVO-DRIVE plug-in power supply unit 18e 1 x Bracket profile attachment left/right – 1 x Installation instructions – 1 x Operating instructions

19 Cabinet width KB (mm) 450 500 550 600 800 900

Special back set Colour R9006 Nominal length NL (mm) 500 Cabinet side panel thickness SWD (mm) 15/16 18/19 Z30M389S0W Z30M383S0W Z30M439S0W Z30M433S0W Z30M489S0W Z30M483S0W Z30M539S0W Z30M533S0W Z30M733S0W Z30M839S0W Z30M833S0W

Composed of: 19a 1 x Steel back height M 19b 1 x Steel back for waste bin pull-out 19c 1 x Attachment left/right 19d 1 x Longside gallery rail left/right Colour R9006 RAL 9006 grey (white aluminium)

386

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX 〉 Applications

Web code DQE6QM

SERVO-DRIVE uno for top mount waste bin solutions – TANDEMBOX Position – bracket profile attachment

Position – Blum distance bumper

Box systems

The Blum distance bumper creates and maintains the required trigger path of 2 mm When using a 65 kg TANDEMBOX runner, attach four Blum distance bumpers

Box systems

Planning Cabinet

Cabinet width KB (mm) 450–900 X (mm) Y (mm) NL – 96 NL + 3

TANDEMBOX NL Nominal length X Drilling position Y Min. space requirement

Reference pages Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX Overview – MERIVOBOX Overview – TANDEMBOX antaro Overview – TANDEMBOX plus SERVO-DRIVE uno – market list Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

Overview – assembly devices Machine directive 257 More technical details 303 349 718 359

591 Assembly, removal and adjustment 701 698 Short URL www.blum.com/a380 387


Box systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX 〉 Accessories

Cable holder ▬ Colour: white ▬ Material: nylon

Order information Description Cable holder

Part no. Z10K0009

▬ Connects two drive units that need to activate simultaneously

Order information Length (mm) 80 500 1200 1600

Part no. Z10K008S Z10K050S Z10K120S Z10K160S

▬ COMBOX set ▬ For preventing front collisions when using SERVO-DRIVE in corner situations ▬ Includes all assembly and cabling components

Order information Description COMBOX set

Part no. Z10ZC00A

Box systems

Synchronisation cable

COMBOX set

388

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX 〉 Accessories

Front/base stabiliser ▬ For stabilising high fronts ▬ For supporting wide drawer bases

Z96.10E1

Drilling distances – front

LEGRABOX

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

Part no.

Box systems

Planning Space requirement in cabinet

Order information Fixing method Colour EXPANDO RAL 7037 dust grey

MERIVOBOX

TANDEMBOX antaro

389


Box systems 〉 METABOX

Simple. Excellent. Proven. A high-quality system with few component parts METABOX drawers are made up of only a few components. Using the proven Box system, you can realise so many different applications. Stable materials and careful assembly ensure the best stability values – up to a max. dynamic load bearing of 25 kg.

Box systems

BLUMOTION – soft and effortless closing action for METABOX Extremely practical and economical: In all standard applications one unit is all you need. The tried and tested BLUMOTION function is also available as an option for the METABOX single extension. Independent of the force used and the weight of the storage items.

Height of drawer side N = 54 mm

Height of drawer side M = 86 mm

METABOX BLUMOTION ensures soft and effortless closing action

Height of drawer side K = 118 mm

Height of drawer side H = 150 mm

For simple product selection and ordering of the available range, use our Product Configurator

Short URL www.blum.com/configurator 390

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 METABOX 〉 Overview

Box systems

Symbolic image

Overview

Overview – box systems LEGRABOX MERIVOBOX TANDEMBOX antaro TANDEMBOX plus

189 190 256 302 348

Overview – applications

392

Accessories

BLUMOTION for METABOX 320 Child safety latch Anti-tilt device Spacers Contoured profile Lock-out stop Symbolic image Cabinet profile fixing positions Cabinet profile 320 – 25 kg

409 406 406 407 407 407

POSISTOP METAFILE – file drawer Screws Screwdriver ORGA-LINE – gallery ORGA-LINE – BOXSIDE

407 408 409 410 411 412

413

Symbolic image

Assembly, removal and adjustment Assembly, removal and adjustment

Symbolic image

Short URL www.blum.com/a390

Pictograph Item available on request

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

391

Box systems

Symbolic image


Box systems 〉 METABOX 〉 Overview – applications

kg

Applications

Box systems

Single extension Drawer

Height (mm)

Drawer – N

25

78

Drawer – M

25

110

Drawer – K

25

142

Drawer – H

25

174

High fronted pull-out High fronted pull-out – gallery – B

High fronted pull-out – gallery – D

kg

392

Space requirement

BOXSIDE possible

Dynamic carrying capacity

25

175

25

239

Web code

Page

kg

Applications

Space requirement

Height (mm)

Inner drawer

DQCKBY

394

DQCL1A

396

DQCLQM

398

DQCMFY

400

DQCPYM

402

DQCQNY

404

Inner drawer – N

25

81

Inner drawer – M

25

113

Inner drawer – K

25

145

Inner drawer – H

25

177

Web code

Page

DQCN5A

394

DQCNUM

396

DQCOJY

398

DQCP9A

400

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems

Box systems 〉 METABOX

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

393


Box systems 〉 METABOX 〉 Single extension

Drawer | inner drawer – N

Box systems

▬ Single extension ▬ High impact nylon rollers ▬ Dyn. load bearing 25 kg ▬ BLUMATIC self closing feature ▬ 2-dimensional front adjustment ▬ Can be combined with BLUMOTION for METABOX 320

Web Drawer code Inner drawer Space requirement

NL *

Order information Drawer

DQCKBY DQCN5A

Nominal length Inner drawer

Inner drawer

1

Cabinet profiles and drawer sides left/right Drawer side height (mm) 54 Colour R9001 Nominal length Version NL (mm) Screw-on version Quick assembly version 270 320N2700C 320N2700C15 350 320N3500C 320N3500C15 400 320N4000C 320N4000C15 450 320N4500C 320N4500C15 500 320N5000C 320N5000C15 550 320N5500C 320N5500C15 Other colours available upon request (white or grey)

2c

Standard front fixing bracket Fixing method Knock-in Screw-on

Part no. ZSF.1610 ZSF.1510

Front fixing for inner drawers Colour Material R9001 Nylon

Part no. ZIF.3010

Accessories 6 BLUMOTION for METABOX 320 Colour Material WGR/R9001 Nylon

Part no. Z70.0320

Order left/right

3

Order left/right

Other colours available for latch upon request (white or grey) Colour R9001

394

RAL 9001 cream

Colour WGR

White grey

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 METABOX 〉 Single extension

Web code

Drawer | inner drawer – N Installation dimensions – front – screw-on

Drilling distances – front – EXPANDO | knock-in

Drawer Inner drawer FA Front overlay * +2 mm with BLUMOTION * +3 mm for inner drawer with BLUMOTION

Drawer * +2 mm with BLUMOTION * +3 mm for inner drawer with BLUMOTION

DQCKBY DQCN5A

Installation dimensions – back

Box systems

Planning Space requirement in cabinet

Drawer Inner drawer

* *

+2 mm with BLUMOTION +3 mm for inner drawer with BLUMOTION

Hole spacing – cabinet profiles Nominal length NL (mm)

Cutting – 16 mm chipboard

Chipboard back 39 mm

270 350

LW – 31 mm Base

400

Drawer

450

Inner drawer

500

NL – 2 mm NL – 18 mm

KB LW NL

Cabinet width Internal cabinet width Nominal length

LW – 31 mm Front

550

Inner drawer LW – 64 mm

61 mm

Base assembly for quick assembly version Drawer Inner drawer

X (mm) 69 53

Drawer Internal cabinet depth LT min. = nominal length NL + 3 mm Inner drawer Internal cabinet depth LT min. = nominal length NL + 5 mm

Reference pages Overview – METABOX Accessories BLUMOTION for METABOX 320 Cabinet profile fixing positions Overview – assembly devices More technical details

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

391 Assembly, removal and adjustment 406 409 413 Short URL 591 www.blum.com/a390 698

395


Box systems 〉 METABOX 〉 Single extension

Drawer | inner drawer – M

Box systems

▬ Single extension ▬ High impact nylon rollers ▬ Dyn. load bearing 25 kg ▬ BLUMATIC self closing feature ▬ 2-dimensional front adjustment ▬ Can be combined with BLUMOTION for METABOX 320

Web Drawer code Inner drawer Space requirement

NL *

Order information Drawer

DQCL1A DQCNUM

Nominal length Inner drawer

Inner drawer

1

Cabinet profiles and drawer sides left/right Drawer side height (mm) 86 Colour R9001 Nominal length Version NL (mm) Screw-on version Quick assembly version 270 320M2700C 320M2700C15 350 320M3500C 320M3500C15 400 320M4000C 320M4000C15 450 320M4500C 320M4500C15 500 320M5000C 320M5000C15 550 320M5500C 320M5500C15 Other colours available upon request (white or grey)

2a

CLIP front fixing bracket Fixing method EXPANDO Knock-in Screw-on

Part no. ZSF.130E ZSF.1300 ZSF.1200

Order left/right

2b

Cover caps for 2a Colour R9001

Material Nylon

Part no. ZAA.3700

Order left/right Cover caps, plain, starting at 1000 pcs individually printed

Other colours available for latch upon request (white or grey)

Alternative to 2a 2c Standard front fixing bracket Fixing method Knock-in Screw-on

Colour R9001

Cover caps for 2c Colour R9001

Material Nylon

RAL 9001 cream

Colour WGR

Part no. Z70.0320

White grey

Part no. ZSF.1800 ZSF.1700

Order left/right

2d

Accessories 6 BLUMOTION for METABOX 320 Colour Material WGR/R9001 Nylon

2x

Part no. ZAA.3500

Cover caps, plain or printed with Blum logo, starting at 1000 pcs. individually printed

3

Front fixing for inner drawers Colour Material R9001 Nylon

Order left/right

396

Part no. ZIF.3000

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 METABOX 〉 Single extension

Web code

Drawer | inner drawer – M Installation dimensions – front – screw-on

Drilling distances – front – EXPANDO | knock-in

Drawer Inner drawer FA Front overlay * +2 mm with BLUMOTION * +3 mm for inner drawer with BLUMOTION

Drawer * +2 mm with BLUMOTION * +3 mm for inner drawer with BLUMOTION

DQCL1A DQCNUM

Installation dimensions – back

Box systems

Planning Space requirement in cabinet

Drawer Inner drawer

* *

+2 mm with BLUMOTION +3 mm for inner drawer with BLUMOTION

Hole spacing – cabinet profiles Nominal length NL (mm)

Cutting – 16 mm chipboard

Chipboard back 71 mm

270 350

LW – 31 mm Base

400

Drawer

450

Inner drawer

500

NL – 2 mm NL – 18 mm

KB LW NL

Cabinet width Internal cabinet width Nominal length

LW – 31 mm Front

550

Inner drawer LW – 64 mm

61 mm

Base assembly for quick assembly version Drawer Inner drawer

X (mm) 69 53

Drawer Internal cabinet depth LT min. = nominal length NL + 3 mm Inner drawer Internal cabinet depth LT min. = nominal length NL + 5 mm

Reference pages Overview – METABOX Accessories BLUMOTION for METABOX 320 Cabinet profile fixing positions Overview – assembly devices More technical details

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

391 Assembly, removal and adjustment 406 409 413 Short URL 591 www.blum.com/a390 698

397


Box systems 〉 METABOX 〉 Single extension

Drawer | inner drawer – K

Box systems

▬ Single extension ▬ High impact nylon rollers ▬ Dyn. load bearing 25 kg ▬ BLUMATIC self closing feature ▬ 2-dimensional front adjustment ▬ Can be combined with BLUMOTION for METABOX 320

Web Drawer code Inner drawer Space requirement

NL *

Order information Drawer

DQCLQM DQCOJY

Nominal length Inner drawer

Inner drawer

1

Cabinet profiles and drawer sides left/right Drawer side height (mm) 118 Colour R9001 Nominal length Version NL (mm) Screw-on version Quick assembly version 350 320K3500C 320K3500C15 400 320K4000C 320K4000C15 450 320K4500C 320K4500C15 500 320K5000C 320K5000C15 550 320K5500C 320K5500C15 Other colours available upon request (white or grey)

2a

CLIP front fixing bracket Fixing method EXPANDO Knock-in Screw-on

Part no. ZSF.130E ZSF.1300 ZSF.1200

Order left/right

2b

Cover caps for 2a Colour R9001

Material Nylon

Part no. ZAA.3700

Order left/right Cover caps, plain, starting at 1000 pcs individually printed

Other colours available for latch upon request (white or grey)

Alternative to 2a 2c Standard front fixing bracket Fixing method Knock-in Screw-on

Part no. ZSF.1800 ZSF.1700

Order left/right

2d

Cover caps for 2c Colour R9001

Material Nylon

Accessories 6 BLUMOTION for METABOX 320 Colour Material WGR/R9001 Nylon

2x

Colour R9001

RAL 9001 cream

Colour WGR

Part no. Z70.0320

White grey

Part no. ZAA.3500

Cover caps, plain or printed with Blum logo, starting at 1000 pcs. individually printed

3

Front fixing for inner drawers Colour Material R9001 Nylon

Order left/right

398

Part no. ZIF.3030

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 METABOX 〉 Single extension

Web code

Drawer | inner drawer – K Planning Space requirement in cabinet

Installation dimensions – front – screw-on

Drawer Inner drawer

Drilling distances – front – EXPANDO | knock-in

DQCLQM DQCOJY

Installation dimensions – back

18.5

Box systems

32

32

9

* *

+2 mm with BLUMOTION +3 mm for inner drawer with BLUMOTION

Drawer Inner drawer FA Front overlay * +2 mm with BLUMOTION * +3 mm for inner drawer with BLUMOTION

Hole spacing – cabinet profiles Nominal length NL (mm)

Drawer * +2 mm with BLUMOTION * +3 mm for inner drawer with BLUMOTION

Cutting – 16 mm chipboard

Chipboard back 103 mm

350 400

LW – 31 mm Base

450

Drawer

500

Inner drawer

550

NL – 2 mm NL – 18 mm

KB LW NL

Cabinet width Internal cabinet width Nominal length

LW – 31 mm Front Inner drawer LW – 64 mm

93 mm

Base assembly for quick assembly version Drawer Inner drawer

X (mm) 69 53

Drawer Internal cabinet depth LT min. = nominal length NL + 3 mm Inner drawer Internal cabinet depth LT min. = nominal length NL + 5 mm

Reference pages Overview – METABOX Accessories BLUMOTION for METABOX 320 Cabinet profile fixing positions Overview – assembly devices More technical details

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

391 Assembly, removal and adjustment 406 409 413 Short URL 591 www.blum.com/a390 698

399


Box systems 〉 METABOX 〉 Single extension

Drawer | inner drawer – H

Box systems

▬ Single extension ▬ High impact nylon rollers ▬ Dyn. load bearing 25 kg ▬ BLUMATIC self closing feature ▬ 2-dimensional front adjustment ▬ Can be combined with BLUMOTION for METABOX 320

Web Drawer code Inner drawer Space requirement

NL *

Order information Drawer

DQCMFY DQCP9A

Nominal length Inner drawer

Inner drawer

1

Cabinet profiles and drawer sides left/right Drawer side height (mm) 150 Colour R9001 Nominal length Version NL (mm) Screw-on version Quick assembly version 350 320H3500C 320H3500C15 400 320H4000C 320H4000C15 450 320H4500C 320H4500C15 500 320H5000C 320H5000C15 550 320H5500C 320H5500C15 Other colours available upon request (white or grey)

2a

CLIP front fixing bracket Fixing method EXPANDO Knock-in Screw-on

Part no. ZSF.130E ZSF.1300 ZSF.1200

Order left/right

2b

Cover caps for 2a Colour R9001

Material Nylon

Part no. ZAA.3700

Order left/right Cover caps, plain, starting at 1000 pcs individually printed

Other colours available for latch upon request (white or grey)

Alternative to 2a 2c Standard front fixing bracket Fixing method Knock-in Screw-on

Part no. ZSF.1800 ZSF.1700

Order left/right

2d

Cover caps for 2c Colour R9001

Material Nylon

Accessories 6 BLUMOTION for METABOX 320 Colour Material WGR/R9001 Nylon

2x

Colour R9001

RAL 9001 cream

Colour WGR

Part no. Z70.0320

White grey

Part no. ZAA.3500

Cover caps, plain or printed with Blum logo, starting at 1000 pcs. individually printed

3

Front fixing for inner drawers Colour Material R9001 Nylon

Order left/right

400

Part no. ZIF.3050

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 METABOX 〉 Single extension

Web code

Drawer | inner drawer – H Installation dimensions – front – screw-on

Drilling distances – front – EXPANDO | knock-in

Drawer Inner drawer FA Front overlay * +2 mm with BLUMOTION * +3 mm for inner drawer with BLUMOTION

Drawer * +2 mm with BLUMOTION * +3 mm for inner drawer with BLUMOTION

DQCMFY DQCP9A

Installation dimensions – back

Box systems

min 150*

150

min 24

Planning Space requirement in cabinet

Drawer Inner drawer

15.5 * *

+2 mm with BLUMOTION +3 mm for inner drawer with BLUMOTION

Hole spacing – cabinet profiles Nominal length NL (mm)

Cutting – 16 mm chipboard

Chipboard back 135 mm

350 400

LW – 31 mm Base

450

Drawer

500

Inner drawer

550

NL – 2 mm NL – 18 mm

KB LW NL

Cabinet width Internal cabinet width Nominal length

LW – 31 mm Front Inner drawer LW – 64 mm

125 mm

Base assembly for quick assembly version Drawer Inner drawer

X (mm) 69 53

Drawer Internal cabinet depth LT min. = nominal length NL + 3 mm Inner drawer Internal cabinet depth LT min. = nominal length NL + 5 mm

Reference pages Overview – METABOX Accessories BLUMOTION for METABOX 320 Cabinet profile fixing positions Overview – assembly devices More technical details

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

391 Assembly, removal and adjustment 406 409 413 Short URL 591 www.blum.com/a390 698

401


Box systems 〉 METABOX 〉 Single extension

Web code DQCPYM

High fronted pull-out – gallery – B

Box systems

▬ With single gallery ▬ Single extension ▬ High impact nylon rollers ▬ Dyn. load bearing 25 kg ▬ BLUMATIC self closing feature ▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment ▬ Can be combined with BLUMOTION for METABOX 320

Space requirement

NL

Nominal length

Order information 1 Cabinet profiles and drawer sides left/right Drawer side height (mm) 86 Colour R9001 Nominal length Version NL (mm) Screw-on version Quick assembly version 350 320M3500C 320M3500C15 400 320M4000C 320M4000C15 450 320M4500C 320M4500C15 500 320M5000C 320M5000C15 550 320M5500C 320M5500C15 Other colours available upon request (white or grey)

2a

CLIP front fixing bracket Fixing method EXPANDO Knock-in Screw-on

Part no. ZSF.130E ZSF.1300 ZSF.1200

Order left/right

2b

Cover caps for 2a Colour R9001

Material Nylon

Part no. ZAA.3700

Order left/right Cover caps, plain, starting at 1000 pcs individually printed

Alternative to 2a 2c Standard front fixing bracket Fixing method Knock-in Screw-on

Part no. ZSF.1800 ZSF.1700

Order left/right

2d

Cover caps for 2c Colour R9001

Material Nylon

2x

Accessories 6 BLUMOTION for METABOX 320 Colour Material R9001 Nylon

Other colours available for latch upon request (white or grey) Colour R9001

RAL 9001 cream

Colour WGR

Part no. Z70.0320

White grey

Part no. ZAA.3500

Cover caps, plain or printed with Blum logo, starting at 1000 pcs. individually printed

4

Longside gallery rail with chipboard back fixing left/right

Nominal length Colour NL (mm) R9001 350 ZRE.321S.ID 400 ZRE.371S.ID 450 ZRE.421S.ID 500 ZRE.471S.ID 550 ZRE.521S.ID

402

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 METABOX 〉 Single extension

Web code DQCPYM

High fronted pull-out – gallery – B Installation dimensions – front – screw-on

Drilling distances – front – EXPANDO | knock-in

FA *

*

Installation dimensions – back

Box systems

Planning Space requirement in cabinet

*

+2 mm with BLUMOTION

Front overlay +2 mm with BLUMOTION

Hole spacing – cabinet profiles Nominal length NL (mm)

+2 mm with BLUMOTION

Cutting – 16 mm chipboard

Chipboard back 127 mm

350 400

LW – 31 mm Base NL – 2 mm

450

KB LW NL

500 550

Cabinet width Internal cabinet width Nominal length

LW – 31 mm

Base assembly for quick assembly version High fronted pull-out

X (mm) 69

High fronted pull-out Internal cabinet depth LT min. = nominal length NL + 7 mm

Reference pages Overview – METABOX Accessories BLUMOTION for METABOX 320 Accessories – ORGA-LINE – gallery Cabinet profile fixing positions Overview – assembly devices More technical details

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

391 Assembly, removal and adjustment 406 409 411 Short URL 413 www.blum.com/a390 591 698

403


Box systems 〉 METABOX 〉 Single extension

Web code DQCQNY

High fronted pull-out – gallery – D Space requirement

Box systems

▬ With single gallery ▬ Single BOXSIDE system possible ▬ Single extension ▬ High impact nylon rollers ▬ Dyn. load bearing 25 kg ▬ BLUMATIC self closing feature ▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment ▬ Can be combined with BLUMOTION for METABOX 320

NL

Nominal length

Order information 1 Cabinet profiles and drawer sides left/right Drawer side height (mm) 86 Colour R9001 Nominal length Version NL (mm) Screw-on version Quick assembly version 350 320M3500C 320M3500C15 400 320M4000C 320M4000C15 450 320M4500C 320M4500C15 500 320M5000C 320M5000C15 550 320M5500C 320M5500C15 Other colours available upon request (white or grey)

2a

CLIP front fixing bracket Fixing method EXPANDO Knock-in Screw-on

Part no. ZSF.130E ZSF.1300 ZSF.1200

Order left/right

2b

Cover caps for 2a Colour R9001

Material Nylon

Part no. ZAA.3700

Order left/right Cover caps, plain, starting at 1000 pcs individually printed

Alternative to 2a 2c Standard front fixing bracket Fixing method Knock-in Screw-on

Part no. ZSF.1800 ZSF.1700

Order left/right

2d

Cover caps for 2c Colour R9001

Material Nylon

2x

Part no. ZAA.3500

Accessories 5

Nominal length Colour NL (mm) R9001 400 2x Z36H367SE01 450 2x Z36H417SE01 500 2x Z36H467SE01 550 2x Z36H517SE01 6

Cover caps, plain or printed with Blum logo, starting at 1000 pcs. individually printed

4

Longside gallery rail with chipboard back fixing left/right

Single-wall BOXSIDE

BLUMOTION for METABOX 320 Colour Material R9001 Nylon

Other colours available for latch upon request (white or grey) Colour R9001

RAL 9001 cream

Colour WGR

Part no. Z70.0320

White grey

Nominal length Colour NL (mm) R9001 350 ZRE.321S.ID 400 ZRE.371S.ID 450 ZRE.421S.ID 500 ZRE.471S.ID 550 ZRE.521S.ID

404

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 METABOX 〉 Single extension

Web code DQCQNY

High fronted pull-out – gallery – D Installation dimensions – front – screw-on

Drilling distances – front – EXPANDO | knock-in

Installation dimensions – back

FA * **

* **

**

With double gallery

KB LW NL

Cabinet width Internal cabinet width Nominal length

Box systems

Planning Space requirement in cabinet

* **

+2 mm with BLUMOTION With double gallery

Front overlay +2 mm with BLUMOTION With double gallery

Hole spacing – cabinet profiles Nominal length NL (mm)

+2 mm with BLUMOTION With double gallery

Cutting – 16 mm chipboard

Chipboard back 191 mm

350 400

LW – 31 mm Base NL – 2 mm

450 500 550

LW – 31 mm

Base assembly for quick assembly version High fronted pull-out

X (mm) 69

High fronted pull-out Internal cabinet depth LT min. = nominal length NL + 7 mm

Reference pages Overview – METABOX Accessories BLUMOTION for METABOX 320 Accessories – ORGA-LINE – gallery Accessories – ORGA-LINE – BOXSIDE Cabinet profile fixing positions Overview – assembly devices More technical details

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

391 Assembly, removal and adjustment 406 409 411 Short URL 412 www.blum.com/a390 413 591 698

405


Box systems 〉 METABOX 〉 Accessories

Child safety latch ▬ To prevent small children from opening the drawer ▬ Colour: natural coloured ▬ Material: nylon

Order information Description Child safety latch 320

Box systems

Lock-out stop 320

Part no. 295.5501 320M0009.01

Planning Installation dimensions – cabinet – 320 Installation dimensions – front – 320

Anti-tilt device ▬ For centre locking mechanisms ▬ In combination with locking systems (locking bar systems) ▬ If one drawer is open, the others are locked (pull-out lock) ▬ Colour: RAL 9001 cream ▬ Material: nylon

Planning

Order information Description Anti-tilt device

Part no. 295.5300

Assembly Assembly, removal and adjustment Short URL www.blum.com/a390

406

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 METABOX 〉 Accessories

Spacers

Planning Hinge

Front protrusion FE (mm)

Fixing (mm)

170° hinge

8

Ø 4 x 20

100° | 107° | 110°

12

Ø 4 x 25

Profile/thick door hinge

16

Ø 4 x 30

Maximum spacing

24

Ø 4 x 40

Fixing method Screw-on Dowel Ø 5 mm Screw-on Dowel Ø 5 mm Screw-on Dowel Ø 5 mm Screw-on Dowel Ø 5 mm

Order information Fixing method Screw-on Screw-on Dowel Ø 5 mm

Spacers

320M0088

1x 1x

Front protrusion FE (mm) 4 8 8

320M0188

1x 1x

2x 1x 3x 2x

Part no. 320M0048 320M0088 320M0188

320M0048

Box systems

▬ For inner drawers with single extensions (320) ▬ To space drawers beyond the front protrusion ▬ Stacking possible (up to 24 mm) ▬ Screw fixing with version available for pre-drilled Ø 5 mm holes ▬ Colour: RAL 9001 cream ▬ Material: nylon

1x 1x 1x 1x

Contoured profile Order information Description Contoured profile

Part no. ZSD.1200S

▬ To prevent accidental removal of drawer specially for cutlery or machine/applicance pull-outs ▬ For single extension ▬ Colour: natural coloured ▬ Material: nylon

Order information Description Lock-out stop 320

Part no. 320M0009.01

▬ Stop in runner system ▬ Developed to relieve pressure on the drawer front ▬ For single extension ▬ Produces either a 1.5 or 3 mm gap ▬ Symmetrical ▬ Colour: natural coloured ▬ Material: nylon

Order information Front gap FS (mm) 1.5 3.0

Part no. 298.3210.01 298.3230.01

▬ Screw-on version ▬ For cutting to size, 1200 mm ▬ For 16 mm base ▬ Colour: RAL 9001 cream ▬ Material: nylon

Cutting Contoured profile Drawer | high fronted Nominal length NL – 2 mm – pull-out cabinet back thickness RD Nominal length NL – 2 mm – cabinet Inner drawer | inner back thickness RD – front thickness FD pull-out Base Width = internal cabinet width LW – 34 mm Drawer | high fronted Length = nominal length NL – 2 mm pull-out Inner drawer | inner Length = nominal length NL – pull-out 2 mm – front thickness FD

Lock-out stop 320

POSISTOP 320

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

407


Box systems 〉 METABOX 〉 Accessories

METAFILE – file drawer Order information Description METAFILE – file drawer

Box systems

▬ For tilt adjustment, high fronted pull-out, height B with gallery ▬ Nominal length NL 450–550 mm ▬ Cabinet width KB 275–600 mm ▬ Colour: RAL 9001 cream ▬ Material: nylon/steel

Planning Space requirement in cabinet

Installation dimensions – front – screw-on

FA

Drilling distances – front – EXPANDO | knock-in

Cutting – DIN-A4 lengthwise Internal cabinet width LW min.

376 mm

Nominal length NL min.

1 Nominal length NL – 28 mm 2 Nominal length NL – 53 mm

408

Installation dimensions – back

Front overlay

Cutting – DIN-A4 across

Reference pages Overview – METABOX High fronted pull-out – gallery – B Overview – assembly devices

Part no. ZRM.5500

391 More technical details 402 591

500 mm

1 Nominal length NL – 28 mm 2 305 mm 3 Nominal length NL – 406 mm 4 Internal cabinet width LW – 82 mm 5 Internal cabinet width LW – 59 mm

698

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 METABOX 〉 Accessories

BLUMOTION for METABOX 320 ▬ For single extension ▬ Dyn. load bearing 25 kg ▬ Only one BLUMOTION unit required up to cabinet width KB 900 mm ▬ Colour: BLUMOTION: white grey; latch: RAL 9001 cream ▬ Other colours available for latch upon request (white or grey) ▬ Material: nylon

Order information Description BLUMOTION for METABOX 320

▬ Ø 3.5 mm ▬ Colour: nickel plated ▬ Material: steel

Order information X (mm) 15.0 17.0

Part no. Z70.0320

Part no. 609.1500 609.1700

Ø 6.0 mm

System screw ▬ Ø 6 mm ▬ Drilling diameter Ø 5 mm ▬ Colour: nickel plated ▬ Material: steel

Order information X (mm) 10.0 11.5 13.0 14.5 20.0

Part no. 661.1000.HG 661.1150.HG 661.1300.HG 661.1450.HG 661.2000.HG

Ø 6.0 mm

Special system screw ▬ Ø 6 mm ▬ Drilling diameter Ø 5 mm ▬ Colour: nickel plated ▬ Material: steel

Order information X (mm) 11.5 13.0 14.5

Part no. 662.1150.HG 662.1300.HG 662.1450.HG

▬ Ø 2.7 mm, length 70 mm ▬ To pre-drill for Ø 3.5 mm chipboard screws ▬ Drilling depth up to 8 mm ▬ Material: steel, hardened

Order information Description Centre bit Replacement bit

Part no. M01.ZZ03.01 M01.ZZB3

▬ For noise reduction ▬ Colour: natural coloured ▬ Material: nylon

Order information Description Stick-on door buffer

Part no. 993.710

Centre bit

Stick-on door buffer

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

409

Box systems

Ø 3.5 mm

Chipboard screws


Box systems 〉 METABOX 〉 Accessories

8 mm Ø door buffer ▬ For noise reduction ▬ Gap 2 mm ▬ Two-part ▬ Colour: RAL 9006 grey ▬ Material: nylon

Order information Description 8 mm Ø door buffer

Part no. 993.706

▬ PZ (Pozi) size 2 ▬ Blade length 100 mm ▬ Overall length 200 mm ▬ Orange handle with Blum logo ▬ Colour: black/orange ▬ Material: nylon/steel

Order information Description Pozidrive screwdriver

Part no. 303.756.1

▬ Slotted, size 1.0 x 5.5 mm ▬ Blade length 125 mm ▬ Overall length 225 mm ▬ Orange handle with Blum logo ▬ Colour: black/orange ▬ Material: nylon/steel

Order information Description Slotted screwdriver

Part no. 314.928.1

Box systems

Pozidrive screwdriver

Slotted screwdriver

410

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 METABOX 〉 Accessories – ORGA-LINE – gallery

Cross gallery rails for cutting to size ▬ For cutting to size, 1104 mm ▬ Suitable for cabinet width KB 1200 mm ▬ Colour: RAL 9001 cream ▬ Material: aluminium

Order information Description Cross gallery rails for cutting to size

Part no. ZRG.1104U

▬ Cross gallery connector for two cross gallery rails ▬ Slide-on connection of gallery to gallery fixing ▬ Insertion and screw-on fixing ▬ Colour: RAL 9001 cream ▬ Material: nylon

Order information Description Cross gallery connector

Part no. ZRU.00Z0

▬ Gallery division ▬ Clip-on fixing to gallery ▬ Colour: RAL 9001 cream ▬ Material: nylon

Order information Description Lateral divider

Part no. ZRU.00F0

Cutting Internal cabinet width LW – 58 mm

Lateral divider

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

411

Box systems

Cross gallery connector


Box systems 〉 METABOX 〉 Accessories – ORGA-LINE – BOXSIDE

Cross gallery rails for cutting to size ▬ For cutting to size, 1104 mm ▬ Suitable for cabinet width KB 1200 mm ▬ Colour: RAL 9001 cream ▬ Material: aluminium

Order information Description Cross gallery rails for cutting to size

Part no. ZRG.1104U

▬ Clip-on to gallery ▬ Connects the cross gallery with BOXSIDE ▬ Colour: RAL 9001 cream ▬ Material: nylon/steel

Order information Description Gallery connector

Part no. ZRU.10B1E

▬ Gallery division ▬ Clip-on fixing to gallery ▬ Colour: RAL 9001 cream ▬ Material: nylon

Order information Description Lateral divider

Part no. ZRU.00F0

Cutting Internal cabinet width LW – 65 mm

Box systems

Gallery connector

Lateral divider

412

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 METABOX 〉 Cabinet profile fixing positions

Cabinet profile 320 – 25 kg

A B

NL 270

A B

C C

A B

C C

A B

C C

A B

C C

A B

C C

A B

C C

192 A B

NL 300–350

224 NL 400

A B

A B

NL 450

Box systems

320

352 NL 500

A B 416

NL 550 A B 352

NL A B C

A B 128

37

2

Nominal length Chipboard screws Ø 4 x 15 mm System screws Ø 6 x 14.5 mm, part no. 661.1450.HG Chipboard screws Ø 3.5 x 15 mm, part no. 609.1500

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

413


Runner systems

4

Our runner systems give you quality steel for your design in wood. We have a solution for every requirement: the sophisticated MOVENTO and the versatile TANDEM runner system. They can be combined with various motion technologies for enhanced convenience.

▬ BLUMOTION – soft and effortless closing action ▬ SERVO-DRIVE – electric opening support, combined with BLUMOTION ▬ TIP-ON BLUMOTION – mechanical opening support, combined with BLUMOTION

▬ TIP-ON – mechanical opening support, closes with just a light push ▬ Comprehensive programme for many options ▬ High stability and excellent sag values ▬ Quality for the lifetime of the furniture

MOVENTO

TANDEM

The sophisticated runner system MOVENTO offers synchronised smooth running action, 4-dimensional front adjustment, and a dynamic carrying capacity of 40 and 70 kg with high stability and excellent sag values

The versatile runner system TANDEM high ease-of-use in the entire living area. The comprehensive TANDEM programme has the right solution for any piece of furniture

414

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Runner systems 〉 Overview

MOVENTO

MOVENTO Overview Accessories Attachment of runners

416 417 424 432

Symbolic image

TIP-ON BLUMOTION for MOVENTO TIP-ON BLUMOTION for MOVENTO Overview Accessories Attachment of runners

434 435 424 438

Symbolic image

TIP-ON for MOVENTO TIP-ON for MOVENTO Overview Accessories Attachment of runners

440 441 424 444

TANDEM

TANDEM Overview Accessories Attachment of runners

446 447 482 490

SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | TANDEM SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | TANDEM Overview Accessories

492 493 524

Runner systems

Symbolic image

Symbolic image

Symbolic image

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

415


Runner systems 〉 MOVENTO

The sophisticated runner system

Runner systems

With our sophisticated MOVENTO runner system, we provide you with a synchronised feather-light glide, four-dimensional front adjustment, and a dynamic carrying capacity of 40 and 70 kg with high stability and excellent sag values.

Synchronised feather-light glide The synchronised feather-light glide is a special feature of the MOVENTO runner system. The runner components with low-friction cylindrical nylon rollers run uniformly and almost silently – for soft and effortless opening and closing

Carrying capacity and stability MOVENTO boasts excellent stability and a high load bearing capacity. Thanks to its superb sag values, the runner system is also ideal for applications near to the floor. This makes the full extension with 40 and 70 kg load bearing classes the first choice 416

4-dimensional adjustment ease With MOVENTO, you can adjust the height, tilt and depth of the front and also modify it at the sides. There is no need to alter the drawer and you get a precise gap layout quickly, easily and without tools

Handle-less options MOVENTO can be implemented with all 4 motion technologies by Blum. You decide which one best meets your requirements

Pull-out shelf lock The pull-out shelf lock for MOVENTO engages securely on both sides when the pull-out shelf is fully extended and holds it firmly in place. The pull-out shelf lock can be easily released with one hand thanks to synchronisation Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Runner systems 〉 MOVENTO 〉 Overview

Symbolic image

415 434 440 446 492

Overview – runner systems TIP-ON BLUMOTION for MOVENTO TIP-ON for MOVENTO TANDEM SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | TANDEM

Applications

kg

Locking device feature – full extension MOVENTO with BLUMOTION – 760H | 766H

Symbolic image

40 60 70

MOVENTO with BLUMOTION – 760H – cabinet underside fixing – drawer

Web code Page

MOVENTO with BLUMOTION – 760H – cabinet underside fixing – pullout shelf

Accessories

Integrated

Pull-out shelf lock Side stabilisation set Depth adjustment Longside gallery rail with chipboard back fixing Back fixing bracket for pull-out shelf Corner connectors Symbolic image Attachment of runners Runner 760H – 40 kg Runner 766H – 60 | 70 kg Runner 760H – 40 kg – cabinet underside fixing

Optional

424 426 426 427 427 428

DQCZ3Y

418

DQGWJY

420

DQGX9A

422

40

● Symbolic image kg Dynamic carrying capacity

40

● Symbolic image

Not possible

Gallery rail for pull-out shelf corner connectors Lock-open stop Screws Centre bit Door buffer Screwdriver

428 429 430 430 430 431

432 432 433

Symbolic image

Assembly, removal and adjustment Assembly, removal and adjustment

Symbolic image

Short URL www.blum.com/a410

Pictograph Item available on request

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

417

Runner systems

Runner systems


Runner systems 〉 MOVENTO 〉 Locking device feature – full extension

Web code DQCZ3Y

MOVENTO with BLUMOTION – 760H | 766H ▬ Concealed full extension ▬ Includes integrated, switchable BLUMOTION S damping effect for soft and effortless closing, and can be combined with SERVO-DRIVE or TIP-ON BLUMOTION ▬ Synchronised feather-light glide ▬ BLUMATIC self closing feature ▬ Tool-free side, height, and tilt adjustment ▬ Optional tool-free depth adjustment ▬ Built-in width and depth tolerance compensation

Space requirement

NL

NL

Runner systems

Order information 1 Runners left/right BLUMOTION S Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg) NL (mm) 40 60 70 250 ¹ 760H2500S 270 760H2700S 300 760H3000S 320 760H3200S 350 760H3500S 380 760H3800S 400 760H4000S 420 760H4200S 450 760H4500S 480 760H4800S 500 760H5000S 520 760H5200S 550 760H5500S 580 600 760H6000S 650 700 766H7000S 750 766H7500S ¹

Locking device left/right Colour Material Orange Nylon/steel

Order left/right

766H4500S 766H5000S 766H5200S 766H5500S 766H5800S 766H6000S 766H6500S

Accessories 4 Depth adjustment left/right Colour Material RAL 7037 dust grey Nylon Only for inset applications Integrated Blum distance bumper Suitable for T51.7601 locking device

Part no. T51.7601

12

Side stabilisation set Nominal length NL (mm) Material Up to 400 Nylon Up to 600 Nylon Up to 750 Nylon

For cutting to size Suitable for cabinet width KB 1400 mm

418

Nominal length

Drawer

Not compatible with TIP-ON BLUMOTION

3

+3

Part no. 298.7600

Part no. ZS7M400MU ZS7M600MU ZS7M750MU

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Runner systems 〉 MOVENTO 〉 Locking device feature – full extension

Web code DQCZ3Y

MOVENTO with BLUMOTION – 760H | 766H Drawer

SKW = LW – 42 +0.0 –1.5

SKL = NL – 10

21

*

min 38*

max 16*

min 28.5

+1 mm for assembly of the runners prior to cabinet assembly

Inner drawer

12–15

SKW LW *

37

Internal drawer width Internal cabinet width Limited side adjustment for a drawer side panel thickness of 16 mm, but with full tolerance utilisation of the internal width of the drawer SKW

Hole spacing – runners Runner 760H – 40 kg Nominal length NL (mm)

32

SKL NL *

ISKL = SKL + X

X + 18*

NL NL + 3*

min 28.5

X

18

10

Drawer length Nominal length Additional +12 mm with side stabilisation

NL NL + X + 3*

10

ISKL SKL NL X *

Inner drawer length Drawer length Nominal length Front thickness Additional +3 mm with depth adjustment

*

TIP-ON BLUMOTION 125 mm

Drawer assembly

250 | 270 300 | 320 | 350 380 | 400 | 420 | 450 | 480 | 500 | 520 550 | 600

Use drilling template T65.1000.02

Runner 766H – 60 | 70 kg Nominal length NL (mm) 450 500 | 520 | 550 | 580 | 600 650 | 700 | 750

Reference pages Overview – MOVENTO Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for MOVENTO Overview – TIP-ON for MOVENTO Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | TANDEM CABLOXX Accessories Attachment of runners Overview – assembly devices More technical details Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

417 Assembly, removal and adjustment 435 441 Short URL www.blum.com/a410 493 582 425 432 591 698 419

Runner systems

Drawer | inner drawer

min 7

Planning Space requirement in cabinet


Runner systems 〉 MOVENTO 〉 Locking device feature – full extension

Web code DQGWJY

MOVENTO with BLUMOTION – 760H – cabinet underside fixing – drawer ▬ Concealed full extension ▬ Includes integrated, switchable BLUMOTION S damping effect for soft and effortless closing, and can be combined with SERVO-DRIVE or TIP-ON BLUMOTION ▬ Synchronised feather-light glide ▬ BLUMATIC self closing feature ▬ Tool-free side, height, and tilt adjustment ▬ Optional tool-free depth adjustment ▬ Built-in width and depth tolerance compensation ▬ For assembly to cabinet base panel | shelf

Space requirement

NL

NL

Runner systems

Order information 1 Runners for base fixing left/right

Locking device left/right Colour Material Orange Nylon/steel

Order left/right

Accessories 12 Side stabilisation set Nominal length NL (mm) Material Up to 400 Nylon Up to 600 Nylon Up to 750 Nylon For cutting to size Suitable for cabinet width KB 1400 mm

420

Nominal length

Base fixing

12

Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg) NL (mm) 40 350 760H3500SU 400 760H4000SU 450 760H4500SU 500 760H5000SU 3

+3

12 Part no. T51.7601

Part no. ZS7M400MU ZS7M600MU ZS7M750MU

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Runner systems 〉 MOVENTO 〉 Locking device feature – full extension

Web code DQGWJY

MOVENTO with BLUMOTION – 760H – cabinet underside fixing – drawer Drawer

Inner drawer

SKW = LW – 42 +0.0 –1.5

SKL = NL – 10 max 16*

min 28.5 8.8

12–15

21

SKW LW *

37

min 28.5

Hole spacing – runners Runner 760H – 40 kg Nominal length NL (mm)

SKL NL *

ISKL = SKL + X

X + 39

NL NL + 3*

8.8

Internal drawer width Internal cabinet width Limited side adjustment for a drawer side panel thickness of 16 mm, but with full tolerance utilisation of the internal width of the drawer SKW

X

10

Drawer length Nominal length Additional +12 mm with side stabilisation

NL NL + X + 3

10

ISKL SKL NL X

Inner drawer length Drawer length Nominal length Front thickness

*

TIP-ON BLUMOTION 125 mm

Runner systems

Drawer | inner drawer

min 7

Planning Space requirement in cabinet

Drawer assembly

350 | 400 | 450 500

Use drilling template T65.1000.02

Reference pages Overview – MOVENTO Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for MOVENTO Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | TANDEM Accessories Attachment of runners Overview – assembly devices More technical details

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

417 Assembly, removal and adjustment 435 493 425 432 591 698

Short URL www.blum.com/a410

421


Runner systems 〉 MOVENTO 〉 Locking device feature – full extension

Web code DQGX9A

MOVENTO with BLUMOTION – 760H – cabinet underside fixing – pull-out shelf ▬ Concealed full extension ▬ Includes integrated, switchable BLUMOTION S damping effect for soft and effortless closing, and can be combined with SERVO-DRIVE or TIP-ON BLUMOTION ▬ Synchronised feather-light glide ▬ BLUMATIC self closing feature ▬ Tool-free side, height, and tilt adjustment ▬ Optional tool-free depth adjustment ▬ Built-in width and depth tolerance compensation ▬ For assembly to cabinet base panel | shelf ▬ Cannot be combined with pull-out shelf lock

Space requirement

NL

Runner systems

Order information 1 Runners for base fixing left/right

Base fixing

12

Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg) NL (mm) 40 350 760H3500SU 400 760H4000SU 450 760H4500SU 500 760H5000SU 3

4

Locking device left/right Colour Material Orange Nylon/steel

Part no. T51.7601

Accessories 4 Back fixing bracket for pull-out shelf Colour Material Natural Nylon

Part no. T51.7000.01

Order left/right

12

Side stabilisation set Nominal length NL (mm) Material Up to 400 Nylon Up to 600 Nylon Up to 750 Nylon

For cutting to size Suitable for cabinet width KB 1400 mm

422

Nominal length

12

Part no. ZS7M400MU ZS7M600MU ZS7M750MU

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Runner systems 〉 MOVENTO 〉 Locking device feature – full extension

Web code DQGX9A

MOVENTO with BLUMOTION – 760H – cabinet underside fixing – pull-out shelf Pull-out shelf

Pull-out shelf

37

1

TL = NL – 20 + X X

10

X + 39

1

10

44.5

44.5

POS inset application

TL = NL – 20

12–15 LTW = LW – 42 +0.0 –1.5

min 7

Planning Space requirement in cabinet

max 16*

8.8

NL NL + 3*

8.8

21

LTW LW *

Underside width Internal cabinet width Limited side adjustment for a POS side panel thickness of 16 mm, but with full tolerance utilisation of the underside width LTW

Hole spacing – runners Runner 760H – 40 kg Nominal length NL (mm)

TL NL 1 *

10

Shelf length Nominal length Rear fixing bracket Additional +12 mm with side stabilisation

NL NL + X + 5

TL NL X 1

10

Shelf length Nominal length Pull-out shelf front piece thickness Rear fixing bracket

Runner systems

16

POS processing

350 | 400 | 450 500

Use drilling template T65.1000.02

Reference pages Overview – MOVENTO Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for MOVENTO Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | TANDEM Accessories Attachment of runners Overview – assembly devices More technical details

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

Rear fixing bracket

417 Assembly, removal and adjustment 435 493 425 432 591 698

Short URL www.blum.com/a410

423


Runner systems 〉 MOVENTO 〉 Accessories

Pull-out shelf lock ▬ Can be used with MOVENTO full extensions ▬ Cannot be used with runners for base mounting ▬ Can be combined with BLUMOTION, TIP-ON BLUMOTION and TIP-ON ▬ Two-sided locking mechanism ▬ Secure hold ▬ Pull-out shelf lock can be released with one hand thanks to synchronisation shaft ▬ Easy assembly – fittings serve as template ▬ Runners are attached to standard fixing positions ▬ Max. cabinet width 1200 mm

Space requirement

NL

Colour Orion grey matt

Part no. 295H5700

Composed of: 12a 2 x Locking mechanism unit Fixing only possible with chipboard screws 12b 2 x Latching element Fixing possible with chipboard and system screws – 1 x Installation instructions Note During assembly of the pull-out shelf lock, make sure that you leave the tilt adjustment at the factory setting

12c

Synchronisation linkage Version Length (mm) Round 1089

Part no. ZST.1089W

Alternative to 12c 12c Synchronisation linkage Version Length (mm) Round 1160

Part no. ZST.1160W

Pull-out shelf lock can be released with one hand thanks to synchronisation shaft Cutting Internal cabinet width LW – 87 mm ±1 mm

Pull-out shelf lock can be released with one hand thanks to synchronisation shaft Cutting Internal cabinet width LW – 87 mm ±1 mm

Accessories – Chipboard screws Ø (mm) 3.5 –

System screw Ø (mm) 6

Length (mm) 15

Part no. 609.1500

Length (mm) 14.5

Part no. 661.1450.HG

Planning POS processing

–5

min 25

LW

10

NL LW TB TL TBL TSBL X Y

424

Nominal length Internal cabinet width Shelf width Shelf length Pull-out shelf base length Pull-out shelf side panel length Pull-out shelf front piece thickness Pull-out shelf base thickness

Single pull-out shelf base Runners A (mm) 760H | 766H 12–15

A

A

Runner systems

Order information 12 Pull-out shelf lock Runners 760H | 766H

Nominal length

10

Double pull-out shelf base Runners A (mm) 760H | 766H 12–15

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Runner systems 〉 MOVENTO 〉 Accessories

Pull-out shelf lock

Pull-out shelf

min 3

12–15

min 38*

TB = LW – 22 +0.0 –1.5

10

POS inset application

TBL = NL – 38

TL = NL – 38 + X X

32

16**

37

28

28.5

* **

21

+1 mm for assembly of the runners prior to cabinet assembly Min. 25 mm when installed in compartment

Reference pages Overview – MOVENTO Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for MOVENTO Overview – TIP-ON for MOVENTO Attachment of runners Overview – assembly devices More technical details

min 28.5

TB Shelf width LW Internal cabinet width Limited side adjustment

NL NL + 3*

TBL NL *

10

Pull-out shelf base length Nominal length Additional +12 mm with side stabilisation

X + 18*

NL NL + X + 3*

TL NL X *

28

10

Shelf length Nominal length Pull-out shelf front piece thickness Additional +3 mm with depth adjustment or additional +4 mm with TIP-ON

417 Pull-out shelf lock 435 441 Short URL 432 www.blum.com/i010 591 Assembly, removal and adjustment 698 Short URL www.blum.com/a410

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

425

Runner systems

Planning MOVENTO with TIP-ON – 760H | 766H Space requirement in cabinet Pull-out shelf


Runner systems 〉 MOVENTO 〉 Accessories

Side stabilisation set ▬ For cutting to size ▬ Suitable for cabinet width KB 1400 mm ▬ Compatible with all MOVENTO motion technologies ▬ Colour: RAL 7037 dust grey ▬ Material: nylon

Drawer

min 7

Space requirement in cabinet

TBL = NL – 38 37

28

32

21 *

+1 mm for assembly of the runners prior to cabinet assembly

NL NL + 3* SKL NL *

10

Drawer length Nominal length Additional +12 mm with side stabilisation

28.5

21

min 38*

min 28.5

min 38*

16**

32

Part no. ZS7M400MU ZS7M600MU ZS7M750MU

Pull-out shelf

SKL = NL – 10 37

Runner systems

Cutting 1 Internal cabinet width LW – 315 mm 2 Nominal length NL + 10 mm

min 3

Planning Space requirement in cabinet

Order information Nominal length NL (mm) Up to 400 Up to 600 Up to 750

Pull-out shelf lock * +1 mm for assembly of the runners prior to cabinet assembly ** Min. 25 mm when installed in compartment

NL NL + 3*

10

Pull-out shelf lock TBL Pull-out shelf base length NL Nominal length * Additional +12 mm with side stabilisation

Depth adjustment ▬ Only for inset applications ▬ Integrated SERVO-DRIVE bumper ▬ Suitable for T51.7601 locking device ▬ Left | right ▬ Colour: RAL 7037 dust grey ▬ Material: nylon

Order information Description Depth adjustment

Part no. 298.7600

Assembly Assembly, removal and adjustment Short URL www.blum.com/a410

426

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Runner systems 〉 MOVENTO 〉 Accessories

Longside gallery rail with chipboard back fixing ▬ Colour: anodised stainless steel appearance ▬ Material: aluminium

Order information NL (mm) Part no. NL (mm) 400 ZRE.363A.ID 550 450 ZRE.413A.ID 580 480 ZRE.443A.ID 600 500 ZRE.463A.ID 650 520 ZRE.483A.ID NL

32 16

21

6.5

Installation dimensions – back

min 7

Planning Space requirement in cabinet

Part no. ZRE.513A.ID ZRE.543A.ID ZRE.563A.ID ZRE.613A.ID

Nominal length

Assembly Assembly, removal and adjustment Short URL www.blum.com/a410

*

min 38*

21

min 38*

min 28.5

+1 mm for assembly of the runners prior to cabinet assembly

Runner systems

9

*

+1 mm for assembly of the runners prior to cabinet assembly

Back fixing bracket for pull-out shelf ▬ Compatible with MOVENTO | TANDEM ▬ Not required when using pull-out shelf lock ▬ Colour: natural coloured ▬ Material: nylon

Order information Description Back fixing bracket for pull-out shelf

Part no. T51.7000.01

Assembly Assembly, removal and adjustment Short URL www.blum.com/a410

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

427


Runner systems 〉 MOVENTO 〉 Accessories

Corner connectors ▬ Colour: RAL 7037 dust grey ▬ Material: nylon

Space requirement in cabinet With 3 tier gallery

*

*

Part no. ZTU.00Z0 ZTU.00D0

Installation dimensions – corner connectors

Runner systems

Planning Space requirement in cabinet With 2 tier gallery

Order information Corner connectors 2 tier 3 tier

+1 mm for assembly of the runners prior to cabinet assembly

+1 mm for assembly of the runners prior to cabinet assembly

Gallery rail for pull-out shelf corner connectors ▬ For cutting to size, 1094 mm ▬ Suitable for cabinet width KB 1200 mm ▬ Colour: anodised stainless steel appearance ▬ Material: aluminium

428

Order information Description Gallery rail for pull-out shelf corner connectors Cutting Cabinet width KB – 106 mm Nominal length NL – 64 mm

Part no. ZRG.1094U

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Runner systems 〉 MOVENTO 〉 Accessories

Lock-open stop

Planning Pull-out shelf

TL = NL – 20 + X X

X + 39

1

NL NL + X + 5 TL NL X 1

10

10

Order information Description Lock-open stop

Nominal length Y (mm) NL (mm) 760H 250 77 270 72 300 72 320 72 350 72 380 72 400 72 420 72 450 72 480 72 500 72 520 72 550 72 580 – 600 72 650 – 700 – 750 –

Part no. 295.5600

766H – – – – – – – – 72 – 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72

Runner systems

▬ Colour: white ▬ Material: nylon

Shelf length Nominal length Pull-out shelf front piece thickness Rear fixing bracket

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

429


Runner systems 〉 MOVENTO 〉 Accessories

Ø 3.5 mm

Chipboard screws ▬ Ø 3.5 mm ▬ Colour: nickel plated ▬ Material: steel

Order information X (mm) 15.0 17.0

▬ Ø 6 mm ▬ Drilling diameter Ø 5 mm ▬ Colour: nickel plated ▬ Material: steel

Order information X (mm) 10.0 11.5 13.0 14.5 20.0

Part no. 661.1000.HG 661.1150.HG 661.1300.HG 661.1450.HG 661.2000.HG

▬ Ø 2.7 mm, length 70 mm ▬ To pre-drill for Ø 3.5 mm chipboard screws ▬ Drilling depth up to 8 mm ▬ Material: steel, hardened

Order information Description Centre bit Replacement bit

Part no. M01.ZZ03.01 M01.ZZB3

▬ For noise reduction ▬ Colour: natural coloured ▬ Material: nylon

Order information Description Stick-on door buffer

Part no. 993.710

▬ For noise reduction ▬ Gap 2 mm ▬ Two-part ▬ Colour: RAL 9006 grey ▬ Material: nylon

Order information Description 8 mm Ø door buffer

Part no. 993.706

Ø 6.0 mm

System screw

Runner systems

Part no. 609.1500 609.1700

Centre bit

Stick-on door buffer

8 mm Ø door buffer

430

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Runner systems 〉 MOVENTO 〉 Accessories

Pozidrive screwdriver ▬ PZ (Pozi) size 2 ▬ Blade length 100 mm ▬ Overall length 200 mm ▬ Orange handle with Blum logo ▬ Colour: black/orange ▬ Material: nylon/steel

Order information Description Pozidrive screwdriver

Part no. 303.756.1

▬ Slotted, size 1.0 x 5.5 mm ▬ Blade length 125 mm ▬ Overall length 225 mm ▬ Orange handle with Blum logo ▬ Colour: black/orange ▬ Material: nylon/steel

Order information Description Slotted screwdriver

Part no. 314.928.1

Runner systems

Slotted screwdriver

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

431


Runner systems 〉 MOVENTO 〉 Attachment of runners

Runner 766H – 60 | 70 kg

Runner systems

Runner 760H – 40 kg

18

NL A B * **

432

Nominal length Chipboard screws Ø 3.5 x 15 mm, part no. 609.1500 System screws Ø 6 x 14.5 mm, part no. 661.1450.HG Can be replaced with chipboard screw Ø 3.5 x 15 mm Optional for greater stability

NL A B * **

Nominal length Chipboard screws Ø 3.5 x 15 mm, part no. 609.1500 System screws Ø 6 x 14.5 mm, part no. 661.1450.HG Can be replaced with chipboard screw Ø 3.5 x 15 mm Optional for greater stability

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Runner systems 〉 MOVENTO 〉 Attachment of runners

Runner 760H – 40 kg – cabinet underside fixing

A

NL 350–450

*

B

18 NL 500

A B

224

*

256

2 37

Runner systems

18

NL A B *

Nominal length Chipboard screws Ø 4 x 15 mm System screws Ø 6 x 14.5 mm, part no. 661.1450.HG Can be replaced with chipboard screw Ø 4 x 15 mm

Cabinet assembly

If you install runners before cabinet assembly, the fixing position must be increased by at least 1 mm from 38 to at least 39 mm due to tolerances in the runner and cabinet!

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

433


Runner systems 〉 TIP-ON BLUMOTION for MOVENTO

Two functions – fascinatingly combined TIP-ON BLUMOTION for MOVENTO combines the advantages of the TIP-ON mechanical opening support system with the reliable BLUMOTION dampening for silent and effortless closing – 100 % mechanically.

Runner systems

TIP-ON BLUMOTION‘s extensive trigger range provides inspirational ease of use for handle-less pull-outs and drawers. To optimise the function and increase the trigger range, we generally recommend using synchronisation.

Opens with just a light touch, has a smooth running action and closes silently and effortlessly – experience completely harmonious and convenient motion with TIP-ON BLUMOTION technology

600 500 400 300 200 100

2.5

The motion is assisted 100 % mechanically

mm

6 9 00 12 00 00

Small front gap TIP-ON BLUMOTION can be adjusted to have a small front gap of 2.5 mm

434

Extensive trigger range To optimise the function and increase the trigger range, we generally recommend using synchronisation

Four-dimensional adjustment The four-dimensional adjustment ensures a precise gap layout. Depth adjustment is integrated and tool-free – simply turn the adjustment wheel

Simple, tool-free assembly The TIP-ON BLUMOTION unit can be assembled tool-free, as can all the other components

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Runner systems 〉 TIP-ON BLUMOTION for MOVENTO 〉 Overview

Runner systems

Overview – runner systems MOVENTO TIP-ON for MOVENTO SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | TANDEM

415 416 440 492

Symbolic image

Applications

kg

Locking device feature – full extension MOVENTO with TIP-ON BLUMOTION – 760H | 766H

40 60 70

Pull-out shelf lock Side stabilisation set Depth adjustment Longside gallery rail with chipboard back fixing Back fixing bracket for pull-out shelf Corner connectors Symbolic image Attachment of runners Runner 760H – 40 kg Runner 766H – 60 | 70 kg

424 426 426 427 427 428

Gallery rail for pull-out shelf corner connectors Lock-open stop Screws Centre bit Door buffer Screwdriver

436 428 429 430 430 430 431 Runner systems

DQD0IM

Symbolic image kg Dynamic carrying capacity

Accessories

Web code Page

438 438

Symbolic image

Assembly, removal and adjustment Assembly, removal and adjustment

Symbolic image

Short URL www.blum.com/a460

Pictograph Item available on request

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

435


Runner systems 〉 TIP-ON BLUMOTION for MOVENTO 〉 Locking device feature – full extension

Web code DQD0IM

MOVENTO with TIP-ON BLUMOTION – 760H | 766H ▬ Concealed full extension ▬ Includes integrated, switchable BLUMOTION S damping effect for soft and effortless closing, and can be combined with SERVO-DRIVE or TIP-ON BLUMOTION ▬ Synchronised feather-light glide ▬ Tool-free side, height, and tilt adjustment ▬ Integrated tool-free depth adjustment ▬ Built-in width and depth tolerance compensation ▬ Compatible with the side stabilisation for MOVENTO ▬ Synchronisation for internal cabinet widths LW of 265 mm and wider

Space requirement

NL

NL

Runner systems

Order information 1 Runners left/right

766H4500S 766H5000S 766H5200S 766H5500S 766H5800S 766H6000S 766H6500S

Locking device left/right Colour Material Orange Nylon/steel TIP-ON BLUMOTION set Nominal length Runner Unit NL (mm) (kg) 270–320 S0 40 270–320 S1 40 350–600 L1 40 350–600 L3 40 450–750 L5 60 | 70

Part no. T51.7601

Weight (kg) ≤ 10 > 10–20 ≤ 20 15–40 35–70

Internal cabinet width LW 265–313 mm 6e TIP-ON BLUMOTION synchronisation Version Colour Square RAL 7035 light grey For cutting to size Cutting

Order left/right

6

Nominal length

Drawer

BLUMOTION S Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg) NL (mm) 40 60 70 270 760H2700S 300 760H3000S 320 760H3200S 350 760H3500S 380 760H3800S 400 760H4000S 420 760H4200S 450 760H4500S 480 760H4800S 500 760H5000S 520 760H5200S 550 760H5500S 580 600 760H6000S 650 700 766H7000S 750 766H7500S 3

+3

¹

Part no.

² ² ³

T60L7040 T60L7140 T60L7340 T60L7540 T60L7570

Internal cabinet width LW – 241 mm

Accessories Internal cabinet width LW ≥ 314 mm 6c TIP-ON BLUMOTION synchronisation adapter Version Colour Symmetrical RAL 7035 light grey Order 2x

Part no. T60.300D

Front gap template for TIP-ON BLUMOTION Front gap FS (mm) Colour 2.5 Orange

Note We recommend that you use the front gap template

Part no. T60.000D

Part no. 65.5631

Composed of: 6a 1 x TIP-ON BLUMOTION unit left/right 6b 1 x TIP-ON BLUMOTION latch left/right 6c 2 x TIP-ON BLUMOTION synchronisation adapter Internal cabinet width LW ≥ 314 mm ¹ Recommended weight ranges (total weight of the pull-out) for an optimum opening and closing function ² Can only be combined with a 40 kg runner ³ Recommendation: only use in combination with 60 | 70 kg runner

6d

TIP-ON BLUMOTION synchronisation linkage Version Colour Round Grey

Part no. T60.1125W

Suitable up to internal cabinet width LW 1370 mm Note To optimise the function and increase the trigger range, we generally recommend using synchronisation Cutting Internal cabinet width LW – 267 mm

436

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Runner systems 〉 TIP-ON BLUMOTION for MOVENTO 〉 Locking device feature – full extension

Web code DQD0IM

MOVENTO with TIP-ON BLUMOTION – 760H | 766H Drawer

SKW = LW – 42 +0.0 –1.5

*

min 38*

21

+1 mm for assembly of the runners prior to cabinet assembly

12–15

SKW LW *

37

32

Hole spacing – runners Runner 760H – 40 kg Nominal length NL (mm)

X + 23

NL NL + 3

min 28.5

Internal drawer width Internal cabinet width Limited side adjustment for a drawer side panel thickness of 16 mm, but with full tolerance utilisation of the internal width of the drawer SKW

SKL NL

ISKL = SKL + X

X

SKL = NL – 10 max 16*

min 28.5

Inner drawer

Drawer length Nominal length

18

10

NL NL + X + 7

ISKL SKL NL X

10

Inner drawer length Drawer length Nominal length Front thickness

Runner systems

Drawer | inner drawer

min 7

Planning Space requirement in cabinet

Drawer assembly

270

1

300 | 320 | 350 380 | 400 | 420 | 450 | 480 | 500 | 520 550 | 600

Use drilling template T65.1000.02

Trigger range

600 500 400 300 200 100

Runner 766H – 60 | 70 kg Nominal length NL (mm) 450 500 | 520 | 550 | 580 | 600

2.5

mm

650 | 700 | 750

6 9 00 12 00 00

Example for 760H – 40 kg, nominal length NL 500 mm, four-sided drawer, with and without synchronisation To optimise the function and increase the trigger range, we generally recommend using synchronisation

Reference pages Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for MOVENTO Overview – MOVENTO Overview – TIP-ON for MOVENTO CABLOXX Accessories Attachment of runners Overview – assembly devices More technical details

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

435

Assembly, removal and adjustment

417 441 Short URL 582 www.blum.com/a460 425 438 591 698

437


Runner systems 〉 TIP-ON BLUMOTION for MOVENTO 〉 Attachment of runners

Runner 766H – 60 | 70 kg

Runner systems

Runner 760H – 40 kg

18

NL A B * **

438

Nominal length Chipboard screws Ø 3.5 x 15 mm, part no. 609.1500 System screws Ø 6 x 14.5 mm, part no. 661.1450.HG Can be replaced with chipboard screw Ø 3.5 x 15 mm Optional for greater stability

NL A B * **

Nominal length Chipboard screws Ø 3.5 x 15 mm, part no. 609.1500 System screws Ø 6 x 14.5 mm, part no. 661.1450.HG Can be replaced with chipboard screw Ø 3.5 x 15 mm Optional for greater stability

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Runner systems

Runner systems 〉 TIP-ON BLUMOTION for MOVENTO

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

439


Runner systems 〉 TIP-ON for MOVENTO

Easy to open – with just a touch Reliable handle-less opening Handle-less fronts are playing a greater and greater role in modern furniture design. With TIP-ON for MOVENTO – the mechanical opening support system from Blum – handle-less drawers and pull-outs open with just a touch. To close, simply press shut.

Runner systems

Multitude of applications The TIP-ON runner can be used for all standard applications, from standard cabinets to special solutions such as the SPACE TWIN.

600 500 400

3.5

300 200

mm

100

6 9 00 12 00 00

The TIP-ON function is integrated into the runner. For straightforward installation and ease of use

440

The optional synchronisation ensures secure opening and closing even for wide fronts

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Runner systems 〉 TIP-ON for MOVENTO 〉 Overview

Runner systems

Overview – runner systems MOVENTO TIP-ON BLUMOTION for MOVENTO SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | TANDEM

415 416 434 492

Symbolic image

Applications

kg

Locking device feature – full extension MOVENTO with TIP-ON – 760H | 766H

40 60 70

Pull-out shelf lock Side stabilisation set Depth adjustment Longside gallery rail with chipboard back fixing Back fixing bracket for pull-out shelf Corner connectors Symbolic image Attachment of runners Runner 760H – 40 kg Runner 766H – 60 | 70 kg

424 426 426 427 427 428

Gallery rail for pull-out shelf corner connectors Lock-open stop Screws Centre bit Door buffer Screwdriver

442 428 429 430 430 430 431 Runner systems

DQCZTA

Symbolic image kg Dynamic carrying capacity

Accessories

Web code Page

444 444

Symbolic image

Assembly, removal and adjustment Assembly, removal and adjustment

Symbolic image

Short URL www.blum.com/a430

Pictograph Item available on request

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

441


Runner systems 〉 TIP-ON for MOVENTO 〉 Locking device feature – full extension

Web code DQCZTA

MOVENTO with TIP-ON – 760H | 766H ▬ Concealed full extension with integrated TIP-ON, the mechanical opening support system ▬ Synchronised feather-light glide ▬ Tool-free side, height, and tilt adjustment ▬ Integrated tool-free depth adjustment ▬ Built-in width and depth tolerance compensation ▬ Compatible with the side stabilisation for MOVENTO ▬ Optional TIP-ON synchronisation for secure triggering even with wide fronts

Space requirement

NL

NL

Runner systems

Order information 1 Runners left/right Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg) NL (mm) 40 60 70 250 760H2500T 270 760H2700T 300 760H3000T 320 760H3200T 350 760H3500T 380 760H3800T 400 760H4000T 420 760H4200T 450 760H4500T 480 760H4800T 500 760H5000T 520 760H5200T 550 760H5500T 580 600 760H6000T 650 700 766H7000T 750 766H7500T

+3

Nominal length

Drawer

766H4500T 766H5000T 766H5200T 766H5500T 766H5800T 766H6000T 766H6500T

The output path can vary depending on the load or the adjustment!

3

Locking device left/right Colour Material Orange Nylon/steel

Order left/right

Accessories 6b TIP-ON synchronisation pinion set Version Colour Round RAL 7037 dust grey Composed of: – 1 x Locking device – 1 x Overload locking device – 2 x Attachment

6c

TIP-ON synchronisation linkage Version Material Round Aluminium

For cutting to size Cutting

12

Part no. T57.7400.01

Part no. ZST.1160W

Internal cabinet width LW – 249 mm

Side stabilisation set Nominal length NL (mm) Material Up to 400 Nylon Up to 600 Nylon Up to 750 Nylon

For cutting to size Suitable for cabinet width KB 1400 mm

442

Part no. T51.7601

Part no. ZS7M400MU ZS7M600MU ZS7M750MU

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Runner systems 〉 TIP-ON for MOVENTO 〉 Locking device feature – full extension

Web code DQCZTA

MOVENTO with TIP-ON – 760H | 766H Drawer

SKW = LW – 42 +0.0 –1.5

SKL = NL – 10

21

*

min 38*

max 16*

min 28.5

+1 mm for assembly of the runners prior to cabinet assembly

Inner drawer

12–15

SKW LW *

37

32

Hole spacing – runners Runner 760H – 40 kg Nominal length NL (mm)

SKL NL *

ISKL = SKL + X

X + 23

NL NL + 3*

min 28.5

Internal drawer width Internal cabinet width Limited side adjustment for a drawer side panel thickness of 16 mm, but with full tolerance utilisation of the internal width of the drawer SKW

X

18

10

Drawer length Nominal length Additional +12 mm with side stabilisation

NL NL + X + 7

ISKL SKL NL X

10

Inner drawer length Drawer length Nominal length Front thickness

Runner systems

Drawer | inner drawer

min 7

Planning Space requirement in cabinet

Drawer assembly

250 | 270 300 | 320 | 350 380 | 400 | 420 | 450 | 480 | 500 | 520 550 | 600

Use drilling template T65.1000.02

Trigger range

600

Runner 766H – 60 | 70 kg Nominal length NL (mm)

500 400

450

3.5

300 200

mm

100

500 | 520 | 550 | 580 | 600 650 | 700 | 750

6 9 00 12 00 00 Example for 760H – 40 kg, nominal length NL 500 mm, four-sided drawer, with and without synchronisation

Reference pages Overview – TIP-ON for MOVENTO Overview – MOVENTO Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for MOVENTO CABLOXX Accessories Attachment of runners Overview – assembly devices More technical details

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

441 Assembly, removal and adjustment 417 435

Short URL 582 www.blum.com/a430 425 444 591 698

443


Runner systems 〉 TIP-ON for MOVENTO 〉 Attachment of runners

Runner 766H – 60 | 70 kg

Runner systems

Runner 760H – 40 kg

18

NL A B * **

444

Nominal length Chipboard screws Ø 3.5 x 15 mm, part no. 609.1500 System screws Ø 6 x 14.5 mm, part no. 661.1450.HG Can be replaced with chipboard screw Ø 3.5 x 15 mm Optional for greater stability

NL A B * **

Nominal length Chipboard screws Ø 3.5 x 15 mm, part no. 609.1500 System screws Ø 6 x 14.5 mm, part no. 661.1450.HG Can be replaced with chipboard screw Ø 3.5 x 15 mm Optional for greater stability

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Runner systems

Runner systems 〉 TIP-ON for MOVENTO

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

445


Runner systems 〉 TANDEM

The versatile runner system

Runner systems

TANDEM ensures that you have flexible design options with our versatile runner systems. Choose from a broad selection of nominal lengths, various types of extensions as well as optional motion technologies for soft and effortless opening and closing.

TANDEM 19 mm The right solution for every wooden drawer: with TANDEM 19 mm, we provide you with a runner system for wooden drawers with side panel thicknesses of 17–19 mm

TANDEM smooth running action Smooth running action, dampened rail transitions and low-friction cylindrical nylon roller runners. This is the quality recognised all over the world

Stability With TANDEM, you can use pull-outs that are near the floor as well as extra wide, high and deep pull-outs. The runner is stable and has good sag values – even when the drawer is fully loaded

446

Integrated TANDEM TIP-ON The TANDEM single extension is available with an integrated opening support system – enhanced convenience for your customers, less effort for you. All you need is the runners and a one-piece synchronisation linkage for assembly

Pull-out shelf lock When the pull-out shelf is extended fully, the pull-out shelf lock engages for TANDEM securely and on both sides. The pull-out shelf lock can be easily released with one hand thanks to synchronisation

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Runner systems 〉 TANDEM 〉 Overview

Runner systems

Overview – runner systems MOVENTO SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | TANDEM

415 416 492

Overview – runners

448

Symbolic image

Overview

Symbolic image

Pull-out shelf lock Side stabilisation set Longside gallery rail with chipboard back fixing Front adjuster POSISTOP Screws Symbolic image Attachment of runners Runner 560H | 560F – 30 kg Runner 550H | 550F – 30 kg Runner 561H | 561F – 30 kg Runner 551H | 551F – 30 kg

482 Centre bit 485 Door buffer 486 Screwdriver 486 487 487

487 487 488

490 491 490 491

Runner systems

Accessories

Symbolic image

Assembly, removal and adjustment Assembly, removal and adjustment

Symbolic image

Short URL www.blum.com/a420

Pictograph Item available on request

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

447


Runner systems 〉 TANDEM 〉 Overview – runners

TANDEM 11–16 mm Applications

kg

TANDEM – locking device feature TANDEM full extension with BLUMOTION – 560H

Web code Page

30

TANDEM full extension – 560H

TANDEM single extension with BLUMOTION – 550H

Runner systems

TANDEM single extension with TIP-ON – 550H

TANDEM – hook and peg variant TANDEM full extension with BLUMOTION – 561H

TANDEM full extension – 561H

450

DQD2MM

452

DQD3BY

454

DQD41C

456

DQD4QM

458

DQD5FY

460

DQD65A

462

DQD6UP

464

30

TANDEM single extension with BLUMOTION – 551H

30

TANDEM single extension with TIP-ON – 551H

30

448

DQD1XA

30

Integrated

30

30

Dynamic carrying capacity

30

kg

Optional

Not possible

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Runner systems 〉 TANDEM 〉 Overview – runners

TANDEM 17–19 mm Applications

kg

TANDEM 19 mm – locking device feature TANDEM full extension with BLUMOTION – 560F

Web code Page

30

TANDEM full extension – 560F

TANDEM single extension with BLUMOTION – 550F

TANDEM single extension with TIP-ON – 550F

TANDEM 19 mm – hook and peg variant TANDEM full extension with BLUMOTION – 561F

TANDEM full extension – 561F

466

DQHLVY

468

DQHMLA

470

DQHNAP

472

DQHNZY

474

DQHOPA

476

DQHPEM

478

DQHQ4Z

480

30

TANDEM single extension with BLUMOTION – 551F

30

TANDEM single extension with TIP-ON – 551F

30

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

DQHL6M

30

Integrated

30

30

Dynamic carrying capacity

30

kg

Optional

Not possible

449

Runner systems


Runner systems 〉 TANDEM 〉 TANDEM – locking device feature

Web code DQD1XA

TANDEM full extension with BLUMOTION – 560H ▬ Runner for wooden drawers with a panel thickness of 11–16 mm ▬ Concealed TANDEM full extension with integrated BLUMOTION damping effect for soft and effortless closing action ▬ Suitable for use with SERVO-DRIVE – the electrical opening support system ▬ Low-friction cylindrical rollers ensure a feather-light glide ▬ Tool-free height adjustment via a locking device ▬ Tool-free integrated front tilt adjustment ▬ Built-in width and depth tolerance compensation

Space requirement

NL

NL

Runner systems

Order information 1 Runners left/right

Locking device left/right Colour Material Orange Nylon/zinc

Order left/right

Accessories 4 Front adjuster Colour Natural 5 Depth stop

12

POSISTOP Colour RAL 7037 dust grey

450

Inner drawer

Part no. T51.1700.04

Material Nylon

Part no. 295.1000

Material Nylon

Part no. 298.5500

Side stabilisation set for full extension Nominal length NL (mm) Up to 410 Up to 600 Up to 750

For cutting to size Suitable for cabinet width KB 1400 mm

Nominal length

Drawer

BLUMOTION Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg) NL (mm) 30 250 560H2500B 270 560H2700B 300 560H3000B 320 560H3200B 350 560H3500B 380 560H3800B 400 560H4000B 420 560H4200B 450 560H4500B 480 560H4800B 500 560H5000B 520 560H5200B 550 560H5500B 600 560H6000B 3

+3

Part no. ZST.410TV ZST.600TV ZST.750TV

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Runner systems 〉 TANDEM 〉 TANDEM – locking device feature

Web code DQD1XA

TANDEM full extension with BLUMOTION – 560H Drawer | inner drawer

Drawer

Inner drawer

SKW = LW – 42 +0.0 –1.5

min 7

Planning Space requirement in cabinet

SKL = NL – 10 11–16

32

ISKL = SKL + X

X + 19*

37*

37

X

min 27.5*

NL NL + 3*

min 27.5

21

*

+3 mm with side stabilisation

SKW LW

Internal drawer width Internal cabinet width

SKL NL *

Hole spacing – runners Runner 560H – 30 kg Nominal length NL (mm)

18

10

Drawer length Nominal length Additional +12 mm with side stabilisation

NL NL + X + 3*

ISKL SKL NL X *

10

Inner drawer length Drawer length Nominal length Front thickness Additional +2 mm with POSISTOP

Runner systems

12–15

Drawer assembly

250 | 270

55

96

300 | 320 | 350 | 380

160

400 | 420

11

450 | 480

33

10

64

Use drilling template T65.1000.02

Use drilling template T65.1000.02

128

500 | 520 | 550 600

64

Reference pages Overview – TANDEM Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | TANDEM CABLOXX Accessories Attachment of runners Overview – assembly devices More technical details

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

14

224

32

9

37

447 Assembly, removal and adjustment 493 582 Short URL 482 www.blum.com/a420 490 591 698

451


Runner systems 〉 TANDEM 〉 TANDEM – locking device feature

Web code DQD2MM

TANDEM full extension – 560H Space requirement

▬ Runner for wooden drawers with a panel thickness of 11–16 mm ▬ Concealed TANDEM full extension with integrated BLUMATIC self-insertion technology ▬ Suitable for use with TIP-ON – the mechanical opening support system ▬ Low-friction cylindrical rollers ensure a feather-light glide ▬ Tool-free height adjustment via a locking device ▬ Tool-free integrated front tilt adjustment ▬ Built-in width and depth tolerance compensation ▬ Recommendation: optional TIP-ON synchronisation for secure triggering even with wide fronts

NL

NL

Runner systems

Order information 1 Runners left/right

Nominal length

Drawer

Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg) NL (mm) 30 250 560H2500C 270 560H2700C 300 560H3000C 320 560H3200C 350 560H3500C 380 560H3800C 400 560H4000C 420 560H4200C 450 560H4500C 480 560H4800C 500 560H5000C 520 560H5200C 550 560H5500C 600 560H6000C

6a

6b

6c

6a

Inner drawer

6a

The output path can vary depending on the load or the adjustment!

3

Locking device left/right Colour Material Orange Nylon/zinc

Order left/right

Accessories 4 Front adjuster Colour Natural 6a

Part no. T51.1700.04

6b Material Nylon

Part no. 295.1000

TIP-ON left/right Dynamic carrying capacity (kg) 30

Part no. T55.7150S

6b

TIP-ON synchronisation pinion set Colour Version RAL 7037 dust grey Semicircular

Part no. T55.000R

6c

TIP-ON synchronisation linkage Cabinet width KB (mm) Version Up to 1200 Semicircular

Part no. T55.889W

Only suitable for TANDEM full extension

+3

6a

6c

For cutting to size Starting with cabinet width KB 600 mm Note We recommend the use of a TIP-ON synchronisation linkage for every cabinet width KB Cutting

Internal cabinet width LW – 277 mm

Alternative to 6b | 6c 6d TIP-ON synchronisation pinion set and shaft Cabinet width KB (mm) Version Up to 1400 Round For cutting to size Cutting

452

Part no. T55.1089ZR

Internal cabinet width LW – 277 mm

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Runner systems 〉 TANDEM 〉 TANDEM – locking device feature

Web code DQD2MM

TANDEM full extension – 560H Drawer | inner drawer

Drawer

Inner drawer

SKW = LW – 42 +0.0 –1.5

min 7

Planning Space requirement in cabinet

X

SKL = NL – 10 11–16

32

X + 19*

37*

37

ISKL = SKL + X

min 27.5*

NL NL + 3

min 27.5

21

*

+1 mm with TIP-ON

SKW LW

Internal drawer width Internal cabinet width

SKL NL

Hole spacing – runners Runner 560H – 30 kg Nominal length NL (mm)

Drawer length Nominal length

18

10

NL NL + X + 3*

ISKL SKL NL X *

10

Inner drawer length Drawer length Nominal length Front thickness Additional +4 mm with TIP-ON

Runner systems

12–15

Drawer assembly

250 | 270

55

300 | 320 | 350 | 380 400 | 420

11 33

10

450 | 480

Use drilling template T65.1000.02

500 | 520 | 550

Trigger range

600

Use drilling template T65.1000.02 * 85 mm with TIP-ON

600 500 400

3.5

300 200

mm

100

6 9 0 12 00 0 00

Example for 560H – 30 kg, nominal length NL 500 mm, four sided drawer, with synchronisation

Reference pages Overview – TANDEM CABLOXX Accessories Attachment of runners Overview – assembly devices More technical details

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

447 Assembly, removal and adjustment 582 482 490 Short URL 591 www.blum.com/a420 698

453


Runner systems 〉 TANDEM 〉 TANDEM – locking device feature

Web code DQD3BY

TANDEM single extension with BLUMOTION – 550H ▬ Runner for wooden drawers with a panel thickness of 11–16 mm ▬ Concealed TANDEM single extension with soft end stop when opening and integrated BLUMOTION damping effect for soft and effortless closing ▬ Suitable for use with SERVO-DRIVE – the electrical opening support system ▬ Low-friction cylindrical rollers ensure a feather-light glide ▬ Tool-free height adjustment via a locking device ▬ Built-in width and depth tolerance compensation

Space requirement

NL

NL

Runner systems

Order information 1 Runners left/right

+3

Nominal length

Drawer

BLUMOTION Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg) NL (mm) 30 270 550H2700B 300 550H3000B 350 550H3500B 400 550H4000B 450 550H4500B 500 550H5000B 550 550H5500B 600 550H6000B 650 550H6500B 3

Locking device left/right Colour Material Orange Nylon/zinc

Order left/right

Accessories 4 Front adjuster Colour Natural 5 Depth stop

12

POSISTOP Colour RAL 7037 dust grey

454

Material Nylon

Part no. 295.1000

Material Nylon

Part no. 298.5500

Side stabilisation set for single extension Nominal length NL (mm) Up to 400 Up to 650

For cutting to size Suitable for cabinet width KB 1400 mm

Part no. T51.1700.04

Inner drawer

Part no. ZST.410TT ZST.650TT

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Runner systems 〉 TANDEM 〉 TANDEM – locking device feature

Web code DQD3BY

TANDEM single extension with BLUMOTION – 550H Drawer | inner drawer

Drawer

Inner drawer

SKW = LW – 42 +0.0 –1.5

min 7

Planning Space requirement in cabinet

SKL = NL – 10 11–16

X

37

ISKL = SKL + X

max 13

min 24.5*

NL NL + 3*

min 24.5

21

A *

3 mm distance to interchange with full extension +3 mm with side stabilisation

SKW LW

Internal drawer width Internal cabinet width

SKL NL *

Hole spacing – runners Runner 550H – 30 kg Nominal length NL (mm)

10

Drawer length Nominal length Additional +12 mm with side stabilisation

NL NL + X + 3*

ISKL SKL NL X *

10

Inner drawer length Drawer length Nominal length Front thickness Additional +2 mm with POSISTOP

Runner systems

A

34*

X + 19*

Drawer assembly

270

55

300 | 350 | 400 | 450 11

500 | 550

33

10

600

Use drilling template T65.1000.02

Use drilling template T65.1000.02

650

Reference pages Overview – TANDEM Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | TANDEM CABLOXX Accessories Attachment of runners Overview – assembly devices More technical details

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

447 Assembly, removal and adjustment 493 582 Short URL 482 www.blum.com/a420 490 591 698

455


Runner systems 〉 TANDEM 〉 TANDEM – locking device feature

Web code DQD41C

TANDEM single extension with TIP-ON – 550H Space requirement

▬ Runner for wooden drawers with a panel thickness of 11–16 mm ▬ Concealed TANDEM single extension with soft end stop when opening and integrated TIP-ON mechanical opening support system ▬ Low-friction cylindrical rollers ensure a feather-light glide ▬ Tool-free height adjustment via a locking device ▬ Built-in width and depth tolerance compensation ▬ Recommendation: optional TIP-ON synchronisation linkage for secure triggering even with wide fronts

NL

NL

Runner systems

Order information 1 Runners left/right

Locking device left/right Colour Material Orange Nylon/zinc

Order left/right

Accessories 4 Front adjuster Colour Natural 6c

Nominal length

Drawer

TIP-ON Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg) NL (mm) 30 270 550H2700T 300 550H3000T 350 550H3500T 400 550H4000T 450 550H4500T 500 550H5000T 550 550H5500T 600 550H6000T 650 550H6500T 3

+3

6c

4 1

3 Part no. T51.1700.04

Material Nylon

Part no. 295.1000

TIP-ON synchronisation linkage Cabinet width KB (mm) Version Up to 1200 Profile

Part no. T57.1140S

Inner drawer

6c

For cutting to size Note We recommend the use of a TIP-ON synchronisation linkage for every cabinet width KB Cutting

Internal cabinet width LW – 31 mm

3

456

1

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Runner systems 〉 TANDEM 〉 TANDEM – locking device feature

Web code DQD41C

TANDEM single extension with TIP-ON – 550H Drawer | inner drawer

Drawer

Inner drawer

SKW = LW – 42 +0.0 –1.5

min 7

Planning Space requirement in cabinet

SKL = NL – 10 11–16

X

37

ISKL = SKL + X

max 13

min 24.5

NL NL + 3

min 24.5

21

A

3 mm distance to interchange with full extension

SKW LW

Internal drawer width Internal cabinet width

SKL NL

Hole spacing – runners Runner 550H – 30 kg Nominal length NL (mm)

Drawer length Nominal length

10

NL NL + X + 7

ISKL SKL NL X

10

Inner drawer length Drawer length Nominal length Front thickness

Runner systems

A

34

X + 23

Drawer assembly

270

55

300 | 350 | 400 | 450 500 | 550

11 33

10

600

Use drilling template T65.1000.02

650

Trigger range

Use drilling template T65.1000.02

600 500 400

3.5

300 200

mm

100

6 9 0 12 00 0 00

Example for 560H – 30 kg, nominal length NL 500 mm, four sided drawer, with synchronisation

Reference pages Overview – TANDEM Accessories Attachment of runners CABLOXX Overview – assembly devices More technical details

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

447 Assembly, removal and adjustment 482 490 582 Short URL 591 www.blum.com/a420 698

457


Runner systems 〉 TANDEM 〉 TANDEM – hook and peg variant

Web code DQD4QM

TANDEM full extension with BLUMOTION – 561H ▬ Runner for wooden drawers with a panel thickness of 11–16 mm ▬ Concealed TANDEM full extension with integrated BLUMOTION damping effect for soft and effortless closing action ▬ Suitable for use with SERVO-DRIVE – the electrical opening support system ▬ Low-friction cylindrical rollers ensure a feather-light glide ▬ Lift-off stop and height adjustment integrated into runner system ▬ Tool-free integrated front tilt adjustment

Space requirement

NL

NL

Runner systems

Order information 1 Runners left/right Nominal length NL (mm) 260 285 310 335 360 385 410 435 460 485 510 535 560

12

458

Material Nylon

Side stabilisation set for full extension Nominal length NL (mm) Up to 410 Up to 600

For cutting to size Suitable for cabinet width KB 1400 mm

Nominal length

Drawer

BLUMOTION Dynamic carrying capacity (kg) 30 ☎ 561H2601B ☎ 561H2851B ☎ 561H3101B ☎ 561H3351B ☎ 561H3601B ☎ 561H3851B ☎ 561H4101B ☎ 561H4351B ☎ 561H4601B ☎ 561H4851B ☎ 561H5101B ☎ 561H5351B ☎ 561H5601B

Accessories 4 Front adjuster Colour Natural

+3

Inner drawer

Part no. 295.1000 Part no. ZST.410TV ZST.600TV

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Runner systems 〉 TANDEM 〉 TANDEM – hook and peg variant

Web code DQD4QM

TANDEM full extension with BLUMOTION – 561H Planning Space requirement in cabinet

Drawer | inner drawer

Drawer

Inner drawer

+0.0

min 7

SKW = LW – 42 –1.5

11–16

32

X + 17

37*

37

ISKL = SKL + X

X

SKL = NL – 10

NL NL + 3*

min 27.5

21

*

+3 mm with side stabilisation

SKW LW

Internal drawer width Internal cabinet width

Hole spacing – runners Runner 561H – 30 kg Nominal length NL (mm)

SKL NL *

10

Drawer length Nominal length Additional +12 mm with side stabilisation

10

NL NL + X + 3

ISKL SKL NL X

Inner drawer length Drawer length Nominal length Front thickness

Runner systems

11–13

min 27.5*

Drawer assembly

260 285 310 | 335 360 | 385

Use drilling template T65.1000.02

410

Drawer assembly

435 | 460 | 485 510 | 535 560

Reference pages Overview – TANDEM Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | TANDEM CABLOXX Accessories Attachment of runners Overview – assembly devices More technical details

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

Nominal length NL (mm) 260 285 310 335 360 385 410 435 460 485 510 535 560

Pegs

Lift-off stop

X2 (mm) 205 220 230 245 275 285 300 310 335 350 360 375 405

X3 (mm) 185 200 242 257 287 297 344 354 379 394 436 451 481

447 Assembly, removal and adjustment 493 582 Short URL 482 www.blum.com/a420 490 591 698

459


Runner systems 〉 TANDEM 〉 TANDEM – hook and peg variant

Web code DQD5FY

TANDEM full extension – 561H ▬ Runner for wooden drawers with a panel thickness of 11–16 mm ▬ Concealed TANDEM full extension with integrated BLUMATIC self-insertion technology ▬ Suitable for use with TIP-ON – the mechanical opening support system ▬ Low-friction cylindrical rollers ensure a feather-light glide ▬ Lift-off stop and height adjustment integrated into runner system ▬ Tool-free integrated front tilt adjustment ▬ Recommendation: optional TIP-ON synchronisation for secure triggering even with wide fronts

Space requirement

NL

Runner systems

NL

Order information 1 Runners left/right

Drawer

Nominal length NL (mm) 260 285 310 335 360 385 410 435 460 485 510 535 560

Inner drawer

Dynamic carrying capacity (kg) 30 ☎ 561H2601C ☎ 561H2851C ☎ 561H3101C ☎ 561H3351C ☎ 561H3601C ☎ 561H3851C ☎ 561H4101C ☎ 561H4351C ☎ 561H4601C ☎ 561H4851C ☎ 561H5101C ☎ 561H5351C ☎ 561H5601C

The output path can vary depending on the load or the adjustment!

Accessories 4 Front adjuster Colour Natural 6a

Material Nylon

Nominal length

Part no. 295.1000

TIP-ON left/right Dynamic carrying capacity (kg) 30

Part no. T55.7150S

6b

TIP-ON synchronisation pinion set Colour Version RAL 7037 dust grey Semicircular

Part no. T55.000R

6c

TIP-ON synchronisation linkage Cabinet width KB (mm) Version Up to 1200 Semicircular

Part no. T55.889W

Only suitable for TANDEM full extension

+3

For cutting to size Starting with cabinet width KB 600 mm Note We recommend the use of a TIP-ON synchronisation linkage for every cabinet width KB Cutting

Internal cabinet width LW – 277 mm

Alternative to 6b | 6c 6d TIP-ON synchronisation pinion set and shaft Cabinet width KB (mm) Version Up to 1400 Round For cutting to size Cutting

460

Part no. T55.1089ZR

Internal cabinet width LW – 277 mm

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Runner systems 〉 TANDEM 〉 TANDEM – hook and peg variant

Web code DQD5FY

TANDEM full extension – 561H Drawer | inner drawer

Drawer

Inner drawer

SKW = LW – 42 +0.0 –1.5

min 7

Planning Space requirement in cabinet

11–16

32

X + 17*

37*

37

ISKL = SKL + X

X

SKL = NL – 10

NL NL + 3

min 27.5

21

*

+1 mm with TIP-ON

SKW LW

Internal drawer width Internal cabinet width

Hole spacing – runners Runner 561H – 30 kg Nominal length NL (mm)

SKL NL

Drawer length Nominal length

10

NL NL + X + 3**

ISKL SKL NL X * **

10

Inner drawer length Drawer length Nominal length Front thickness Additional +6 mm with TIP-ON Additional +4 mm with TIP-ON

Runner systems

11–13

min 27.5*

Drawer assembly

260 | 285 310 | 335 | 360 | 385 410 435 | 460 | 485

Use drilling template T65.1000.02

510 | 535

Drawer assembly

560

Trigger range 600 500 400

3.5

300 200

mm

100

Nominal length NL (mm) 260 285 310 335 360 385 410 435 460 485 510 535 560

Pegs

Lift-off stop

X2 (mm) 205 220 230 245 275 285 300 310 335 350 360 375 405

X3 (mm) 185 200 242 257 287 297 344 354 379 394 436 451 481

6 9 0 12 00 0 00

Example for 560H – 30 kg, nominal length NL 500 mm, four sided drawer, with synchronisation

Reference pages Overview – TANDEM CABLOXX Accessories Attachment of runners Overview – assembly devices More technical details

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

447 Assembly, removal and adjustment 582 482 490 Short URL 591 www.blum.com/a420 698

461


Runner systems 〉 TANDEM 〉 TANDEM – hook and peg variant

Web code DQD65A

TANDEM single extension with BLUMOTION – 551H ▬ Runner for wooden drawers with a panel thickness of 11–16 mm ▬ Concealed TANDEM single extension with soft end stop when opening and integrated BLUMOTION damping effect for soft and effortless closing ▬ Suitable for use with SERVO-DRIVE – the electrical opening support system ▬ Low-friction cylindrical rollers ensure a feather-light glide ▬ Lift-off stop and height adjustment integrated into runner system

Space requirement

NL

NL

Runner systems

Order information 1 Runners left/right Nominal length NL (mm) 260 285 310 335 360 385 410 435 460 485 510 535 560

12

462

Material Nylon

Side stabilisation set for single extension Nominal length NL (mm) Up to 410 Up to 650

For cutting to size Suitable for cabinet width KB 1400 mm

Nominal length

Drawer

BLUMOTION Dynamic carrying capacity (kg) 30 ☎ 551H2601B ☎ 551H2851B ☎ 551H3101B ☎ 551H3351B ☎ 551H3601B ☎ 551H3851B ☎ 551H4101B ☎ 551H4351B ☎ 551H4601B ☎ 551H4851B ☎ 551H5101B ☎ 551H5351B ☎ 551H5601B

Accessories 4 Front adjuster Colour Natural

+3

Inner drawer

Part no. 295.1000 Part no. ZST.410TT ZST.650TT

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Runner systems 〉 TANDEM 〉 TANDEM – hook and peg variant

Web code DQD65A

TANDEM single extension with BLUMOTION – 551H Drawer | inner drawer

Drawer

Inner drawer

SKW = LW – 42 +0.0 –1.5

min 7

Planning Space requirement in cabinet

ISKL = SKL + X

SKL = NL – 10

X

11–16

37

11–13

min 24.5*

NL NL + 3*

min 24.5

21

A *

3 mm distance to interchange with full extension +3 mm with side stabilisation

SKW LW

Internal drawer width Internal cabinet width

SKL NL *

Hole spacing – runners Runner 551H – 30 kg Nominal length NL (mm)

10

Drawer length Nominal length Additional +12 mm with side stabilisation

NL NL + X + 3

ISKL SKL NL X

10

Inner drawer length Drawer length Nominal length Front thickness

Runner systems

A

34*

X + 17

Drawer assembly

260 | 285

96

310 | 335 | 360 | 385 | 410 | 435

128

460 | 485 510 | 535

Use drilling template T65.1000.02

560

Drawer assembly

14 224

64

9 37 X2 X1

Reference pages Overview – TANDEM Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | TANDEM CABLOXX Accessories Attachment of runners Overview – assembly devices More technical details

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

Nominal length NL (mm) 260 285 310 335 360 385 410 435 460 485 510 535 560

Pegs

Lift-off stop

X2 (mm) 205 220 230 245 275 285 300 310 335 350 360 375 405

X1 (mm) 185 200 210 225 255 265 280 290 315 330 340 355 385

447 Assembly, removal and adjustment 493 582 Short URL 482 www.blum.com/a420 490 591 698

463


Runner systems 〉 TANDEM 〉 TANDEM – hook and peg variant

Web code DQD6UP

TANDEM single extension with TIP-ON – 551H ▬ Runner for wooden drawers with a panel thickness of 11–16 mm ▬ Concealed TANDEM single extension with soft end stop when opening and integrated TIP-ON mechanical opening support system ▬ Low-friction cylindrical rollers ensure a feather-light glide ▬ Lift-off stop and height adjustment integrated into runner system ▬ Recommendation: optional TIP-ON synchronisation linkage for secure triggering even with wide fronts

Space requirement

NL

NL

Runner systems

Order information 1 Runners left/right Nominal length NL (mm) 260 285 310 335 360 385 410 435 460 485 510 535 560

6c

Nominal length

Drawer

TIP-ON Dynamic carrying capacity (kg) 30 ☎ 551H2601T ☎ 551H2851T ☎ 551H3101T ☎ 551H3351T ☎ 551H3601T ☎ 551H3851T ☎ 551H4101T ☎ 551H4351T ☎ 551H4601T ☎ 551H4851T ☎ 551H5101T ☎ 551H5351T ☎ 551H5601T

Accessories 4 Front adjuster Colour Natural

+3

6c

4 1

Inner drawer

Material Nylon

Part no. 295.1000

TIP-ON synchronisation linkage Cabinet width KB (mm) Version Up to 1200 Profile

Part no. T57.1140S

6c

For cutting to size Note We recommend the use of a TIP-ON synchronisation linkage for every cabinet width KB Cutting

464

Internal cabinet width LW – 31 mm

1

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Runner systems 〉 TANDEM 〉 TANDEM – hook and peg variant

Web code DQD6UP

TANDEM single extension with TIP-ON – 551H Drawer | inner drawer

Drawer

Inner drawer

SKW = LW – 42 +0.0 –1.5

min 7

Planning Space requirement in cabinet

ISKL = SKL + X

SKL = NL – 10 11–16

X

37

11–13

min 24.5

NL NL + 3

min 24.5

21

A

3 mm distance to interchange with full extension

SKW LW

Internal drawer width Internal cabinet width

SKL NL

Hole spacing – runners Runner 551H – 30 kg Nominal length NL (mm)

Drawer length Nominal length

10

10

NL NL + X + 7

ISKL SKL NL X

Inner drawer length Drawer length Nominal length Front thickness

Runner systems

A

34

X + 23

Drawer assembly

260 | 285

96

310 | 335 | 360 | 385 | 410 | 435

128

460 | 485 510 | 535

Use drilling template T65.1000.02

560

Drawer assembly

14 64

224

9 37

Trigger range

X2 X1

600 500 400

3.5

300 200

mm

100

Nominal length NL (mm) 260 285 310 335 360 385 410 435 460 485 510 535 560

Pegs

Lift-off stop

X2 (mm) 205 220 230 245 275 285 300 310 335 350 360 375 405

X1 (mm) 185 200 210 225 255 265 280 290 315 330 340 355 385

6 9 0 12 00 0 00

Example for 560H – 30 kg, nominal length NL 500 mm, four sided drawer, with synchronisation

Reference pages Overview – TANDEM CABLOXX Accessories Attachment of runners Overview – assembly devices More technical details

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

447 Assembly, removal and adjustment 582 482 490 Short URL 591 www.blum.com/a420 698

465


Runner systems 〉 TANDEM 〉 TANDEM 19 mm – locking device feature

Web code DQHL6M

TANDEM full extension with BLUMOTION – 560F ▬ Runner for wooden drawers with a panel thickness of 17–19 mm ▬ Concealed TANDEM full extension with integrated BLUMOTION damping effect for soft and effortless closing action ▬ Suitable for use with SERVO-DRIVE – the electrical opening support system ▬ Low-friction cylindrical rollers ensure a feather-light glide ▬ Tool-free height adjustment via a locking device ▬ Tool-free integrated front tilt adjustment ▬ Built-in width and depth tolerance compensation

Space requirement

NL

NL

Runner systems

Order information 1 Runners left/right Nominal length NL (mm) 250 270 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 3

Dynamic carrying capacity (kg) 30 ☎ 560F2500B ☎ 560F2700B ☎ 560F3000B ☎ 560F3500B ☎ 560F4000B ☎ 560F4500B ☎ 560F5000B ☎ 560F5500B ☎ 560F6000B

Locking device left/right Colour Material Orange Nylon/zinc

Accessories 4 Front adjuster Colour Natural

Depth stop

466

Nominal length

Drawer

Order left/right

5

+3

POSISTOP Colour RAL 7037 dust grey

Part no. T51.1700.04

Material Nylon

Part no. 295.1000

Material Nylon

Part no. 298.5500

Inner drawer

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Runner systems 〉 TANDEM 〉 TANDEM 19 mm – locking device feature

Web code DQHL6M

TANDEM full extension with BLUMOTION – 560F Drawer | inner drawer

Drawer

Inner drawer

SKW = LW – 49 +0.0 –1.5

min 7

Planning Space requirement in cabinet

X

SKL = NL – 10 17–19

32

X + 19*

37

37

ISKL = SKL + X

NL NL + 3

min 27.5

24.5

SKW LW

Internal drawer width Internal cabinet width

SKL NL

Hole spacing – runners Runner 560F – 30 kg Nominal length NL (mm)

Drawer length Nominal length

10

18

NL NL + X + 3*

ISKL SKL NL X *

10

Inner drawer length Drawer length Nominal length Front thickness Additional +2 mm with POSISTOP

Runner systems

12–15

min 27.5

Drawer assembly

250 | 270

55

96

300 | 350

160

400

33

10

64

450

11

Use drilling template T65.1000.02

Use drilling template T65.1000.02

128

500 | 550 600

64

Reference pages Overview – TANDEM Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | TANDEM CABLOXX Accessories Attachment of runners Overview – assembly devices More technical details

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

14

224

32

9

37

447 TANDEM 19 mm 493 582 Short URL 482 www.blum.com/i011 490 Assembly, removal and adjustment 591 698 Short URL www.blum.com/a420 467


Runner systems 〉 TANDEM 〉 TANDEM 19 mm – locking device feature

Web code DQHLVY

TANDEM full extension – 560F Space requirement

▬ Runner for wooden drawers with a panel thickness of 17–19 mm ▬ Concealed TANDEM full extension with integrated BLUMATIC self-insertion technology ▬ Suitable for use with TIP-ON – the mechanical opening support system ▬ Low-friction cylindrical rollers ensure a feather-light glide ▬ Tool-free height adjustment via a locking device ▬ Tool-free integrated front tilt adjustment ▬ Built-in width and depth tolerance compensation ▬ Recommendation: optional TIP-ON synchronisation for secure triggering even with wide fronts

NL

NL

Runner systems

Order information 1 Runners left/right Nominal length NL (mm) 250 270 300 350 400 450 500 550 600

+3

Nominal length

Drawer

6a

Dynamic carrying capacity (kg) 30 ☎ 560F2500C ☎ 560F2700C ☎ 560F3000C ☎ 560F3500C ☎ 560F4000C ☎ 560F4500C ☎ 560F5000C ☎ 560F5500C ☎ 560F6000C

6b

6c

6a

The output path can vary depending on the load or the adjustment!

3

Locking device left/right Colour Material Orange Nylon/zinc

Order left/right

Accessories 4 Front adjuster Colour Natural 6a

Material Nylon

Part no. T51.1700.04

Part no. 295.1000

TIP-ON left/right Dynamic carrying capacity (kg) 30

Part no. T55.7150S

6b

TIP-ON synchronisation pinion set Colour Version RAL 7037 dust grey Semicircular

Part no. T55.000R

6c

TIP-ON synchronisation linkage Cabinet width KB (mm) Version Up to 1200 Semicircular

Part no. T55.882W

Only suitable for TANDEM full extension

Inner drawer

6a

6b

6a

6c

For cutting to size Starting with cabinet width KB 600 mm Note We recommend the use of a TIP-ON synchronisation linkage for every cabinet width KB Cutting

Internal cabinet width LW – 284 mm

Alternative to 6b | 6c 6d TIP-ON synchronisation pinion set and shaft Cabinet width KB (mm) Version Up to 1400 Round For cutting to size Cutting

468

Part no. T55.1089ZR

Internal cabinet width LW – 284 mm

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Runner systems 〉 TANDEM 〉 TANDEM 19 mm – locking device feature

Web code DQHLVY

TANDEM full extension – 560F Drawer | inner drawer

Drawer

Inner drawer

SKW = LW – 49 +0.0 –1.5

min 7

Planning Space requirement in cabinet

X

SKL = NL – 10 17–19

32

X + 19*

37*

37

ISKL = SKL + X

NL NL + 3

min 27.5

24.5

*

+1 mm with TIP-ON

SKW LW

Internal drawer width Internal cabinet width

SKL NL

Hole spacing – runners Runner 560F – 30 kg Nominal length NL (mm)

Drawer length Nominal length

10

18

NL NL + X + 3*

ISKL SKL NL X *

10

Inner drawer length Drawer length Nominal length Front thickness Additional +4 mm with TIP-ON

Runner systems

12–15

min 27.5*

Drawer assembly

250 | 270

55

300 | 350 11

400

33

10

450

Use drilling template T65.1000.02

500 | 550

Trigger range

600

Use drilling template T65.1000.02 * 85 mm with TIP-ON

600 500 400

3.5

300 200

mm

100

6 9 0 12 00 0 00

Example for 560F – 30 kg, nominal length NL 500 mm, four sided drawer, with synchronisation

Reference pages Overview – TANDEM CABLOXX Accessories Attachment of runners Overview – assembly devices More technical details

447 582 482 490 591 698

TANDEM 19 mm Short URL www.blum.com/i011 Assembly, removal and adjustment Short URL www.blum.com/a420

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

469


Runner systems 〉 TANDEM 〉 TANDEM 19 mm – locking device feature

Web code DQHMLA

TANDEM single extension with BLUMOTION – 550F ▬ Runner for wooden drawers with a panel thickness of 17–19 mm ▬ Concealed TANDEM single extension with soft end stop when opening and integrated BLUMOTION damping effect for soft and effortless closing ▬ Suitable for use with SERVO-DRIVE – the electrical opening support system ▬ Low-friction cylindrical rollers ensure a feather-light glide ▬ Tool-free height adjustment via a locking device ▬ Built-in width and depth tolerance compensation

Space requirement

NL

NL

Runner systems

Order information 1 Runners left/right Nominal length NL (mm) 270 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 3

BLUMOTION Dynamic carrying capacity (kg) 30 ☎ 550F2700B ☎ 550F3000B ☎ 550F3500B ☎ 550F4000B ☎ 550F4500B ☎ 550F5000B ☎ 550F5500B ☎ 550F6000B ☎ 550F6500B

Locking device left/right Colour Material Orange Nylon/zinc

Accessories 4 Front adjuster Colour Natural

Depth stop

470

Nominal length

Drawer

Order left/right

5

+3

POSISTOP Colour RAL 7037 dust grey

Part no. T51.1700.04

Material Nylon

Part no. 295.1000

Material Nylon

Part no. 298.5500

Inner drawer

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Runner systems 〉 TANDEM 〉 TANDEM 19 mm – locking device feature

Web code DQHMLA

TANDEM single extension with BLUMOTION – 550F Drawer | inner drawer

Drawer

Inner drawer

SKW = LW – 49 +0.0 –1.5

min 7

Planning Space requirement in cabinet

X

SKL = NL – 10 17–19

37

ISKL = SKL + X

max 13

min 24.5

NL NL + 3

min 24.5

24.5

A

3 mm distance to interchange with full extension

SKW LW

Internal drawer width Internal cabinet width

SKL NL

Hole spacing – runners Runner 550F – 30 kg Nominal length NL (mm)

Drawer length Nominal length

10

NL NL + X + 3*

ISKL SKL NL X *

10

Inner drawer length Drawer length Nominal length Front thickness Additional +2 mm with POSISTOP

Runner systems

A

34

X + 19*

Drawer assembly

270

55

300 | 350 | 400 | 450 11

500 | 550

33

10

600

Use drilling template T65.1000.02

Use drilling template T65.1000.02

650

Reference pages Overview – TANDEM Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | TANDEM CABLOXX Accessories Attachment of runners Overview – assembly devices More technical details

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

447 TANDEM 19 mm 493 582 Short URL 482 www.blum.com/i011 490 Assembly, removal and adjustment 591 698 Short URL www.blum.com/a420 471


Runner systems 〉 TANDEM 〉 TANDEM 19 mm – locking device feature

Web code DQHNAP

TANDEM single extension with TIP-ON – 550F ▬ Runner for wooden drawers with a panel thickness of 17–19 mm ▬ Concealed TANDEM single extension with soft end stop when opening and integrated TIP-ON mechanical opening support system ▬ Low-friction cylindrical rollers ensure a feather-light glide ▬ Tool-free height adjustment via a locking device ▬ Built-in width and depth tolerance compensation ▬ Recommendation: optional TIP-ON synchronisation linkage for secure triggering even with wide fronts

Space requirement

NL

NL

Runner systems

Order information 1 Runners left/right Nominal length NL (mm) 270 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 3

Locking device left/right Colour Material Orange Nylon/zinc

Order left/right

6c

Nominal length

Drawer

TIP-ON Dynamic carrying capacity (kg) 30 ☎ 550F2700T ☎ 550F3000T ☎ 550F3500T ☎ 550F4000T ☎ 550F4500T ☎ 550F5000T ☎ 550F5500T ☎ 550F6000T ☎ 550F6500T

Accessories 4 Front adjuster Colour Natural

+3

6c

4 1

3 Part no. T51.1700.04

Inner drawer

6c Material Nylon

Part no. 295.1000

TIP-ON synchronisation linkage Cabinet width KB (mm) Version Up to 1200 Profile

Part no. T57.1140S

For cutting to size Note We recommend the use of a TIP-ON synchronisation linkage for every cabinet width KB Cutting

Internal cabinet width LW – 39 mm

3

472

1

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Runner systems 〉 TANDEM 〉 TANDEM 19 mm – locking device feature

Web code DQHNAP

TANDEM single extension with TIP-ON – 550F Drawer | inner drawer

Drawer

Inner drawer

SKW = LW – 49 +0.0 –1.5

min 7

Planning Space requirement in cabinet

SKL = NL – 10 17–19

X

37

ISKL = SKL + X

max 13

min 24.5

NL NL + 3

min 24.5

24.5

A

3 mm distance to interchange with full extension

SKW LW

Internal drawer width Internal cabinet width

SKL NL

Hole spacing – runners Runner 550F – 30 kg Nominal length NL (mm)

Drawer length Nominal length

10

NL NL + X + 7

ISKL SKL NL X

10

Inner drawer length Drawer length Nominal length Front thickness

Runner systems

A

34

X + 23

Drawer assembly

270

55

300 | 350 | 400 | 450 11

500 | 550

33

10

600

Use drilling template T65.1000.02

650

Trigger range

Use drilling template T65.1000.02

600 500 400

3.5

300 200

mm

100

6 9 0 12 00 0 00

Example for 560F – 30 kg, nominal length NL 500 mm, four sided drawer, with synchronisation

Reference pages Overview – TANDEM Accessories Attachment of runners CABLOXX Overview – assembly devices More technical details

447 482 490 582 591 698

TANDEM 19 mm Short URL www.blum.com/i011 Assembly, removal and adjustment Short URL www.blum.com/a420

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

473


Runner systems 〉 TANDEM 〉 TANDEM 19 mm – hook and peg variant

Web code DQHNZY

TANDEM full extension with BLUMOTION – 561F ▬ Runner for wooden drawers with a panel thickness of 17–19 mm ▬ Concealed TANDEM full extension with integrated BLUMOTION damping effect for soft and effortless closing action ▬ Suitable for use with SERVO-DRIVE – the electrical opening support system ▬ Low-friction cylindrical rollers ensure a feather-light glide ▬ Lift-off stop and height adjustment integrated into runner system ▬ Tool-free integrated front tilt adjustment

Space requirement

NL

NL

Runner systems

Order information 1 Runners left/right Nominal length NL (mm) 260 310 360 410 460 510 560

Nominal length

Drawer

BLUMOTION Dynamic carrying capacity (kg) 30 ☎ 561F2601B ☎ 561F3101B ☎ 561F3601B ☎ 561F4101B ☎ 561F4601B ☎ 561F5101B ☎ 561F5601B

Accessories 4 Front adjuster Colour Natural

+3

4 1

Material Nylon

Part no. 295.1000 Inner drawer

1

474

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Runner systems 〉 TANDEM 〉 TANDEM 19 mm – hook and peg variant

Web code DQHNZY

TANDEM full extension with BLUMOTION – 561F Drawer | inner drawer

Drawer

Inner drawer

SKW = LW – 49 +0.0 –1.5

min 7

Planning Space requirement in cabinet

17–19

32

X + 17

37

37

ISKL = SKL + X

X

SKL = NL – 10

NL NL + 3

min 27.5

24.5

SKW LW

Internal drawer width Internal cabinet width

Hole spacing – runners Runner 561F – 30 kg Nominal length NL (mm)

SKL NL

Drawer length Nominal length

10

10

NL NL + X + 3

ISKL SKL NL X

Inner drawer length Drawer length Nominal length Front thickness

Runner systems

11–13

min 27.5

Drawer assembly

260 310 | 360 410 460

Use drilling template T65.1000.02

510

Drawer assembly

560

Reference pages Overview – TANDEM Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | TANDEM CABLOXX Accessories Attachment of runners Overview – assembly devices More technical details

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

Nominal length NL (mm) 260 310 360 410 460 510 560

Pegs

Lift-off stop

X2 (mm) 205 230 275 300 335 360 405

X3 (mm) 185 242 287 344 379 436 481

447 TANDEM 19 mm 493 582 Short URL 482 www.blum.com/i011 490 Assembly, removal and adjustment 591 698 Short URL www.blum.com/a420 475


Runner systems 〉 TANDEM 〉 TANDEM 19 mm – hook and peg variant

Web code DQHOPA

TANDEM full extension – 561F ▬ Runner for wooden drawers with a panel thickness of 17–19 mm ▬ Concealed TANDEM full extension with integrated BLUMATIC self-insertion technology ▬ Suitable for use with TIP-ON – the mechanical opening support system ▬ Low-friction cylindrical rollers ensure a feather-light glide ▬ Lift-off stop and height adjustment integrated into runner system ▬ Tool-free integrated front tilt adjustment ▬ Recommendation: optional TIP-ON synchronisation for secure triggering even with wide fronts

Space requirement

NL

NL

Runner systems

Order information 1 Runners left/right Nominal length NL (mm) 260 310 360 410 460 510 560

+3

Nominal length

Drawer

Dynamic carrying capacity (kg) 30 ☎ 561F2601C ☎ 561F3101C ☎ 561F3601C ☎ 561F4101C ☎ 561F4601C ☎ 561F5101C ☎ 561F5601C

The output path can vary depending on the load or the adjustment!

Accessories 4 Front adjuster Colour Natural 6a

Material Nylon

Part no. 295.1000

TIP-ON left/right Dynamic carrying capacity (kg) 30

Part no. T55.7150S

6b

TIP-ON synchronisation pinion set Colour Version RAL 7037 dust grey Semicircular

Part no. T55.000R

6c

TIP-ON synchronisation linkage Cabinet width KB (mm) Version Up to 1200 Semicircular

Part no. T55.882W

Only suitable for TANDEM full extension

Inner drawer

For cutting to size Starting with cabinet width KB 600 mm Note We recommend the use of a TIP-ON synchronisation linkage for every cabinet width KB Cutting

Internal cabinet width LW – 284 mm

Alternative to 6b | 6c 6d TIP-ON synchronisation pinion set and shaft Cabinet width KB (mm) Version Up to 1400 Round For cutting to size Cutting

476

Part no. T55.1089ZR

Internal cabinet width LW – 284 mm

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Runner systems 〉 TANDEM 〉 TANDEM 19 mm – hook and peg variant

Web code DQHOPA

TANDEM full extension – 561F Drawer | inner drawer

Drawer

Inner drawer

SKW = LW – 49 +0.0 –1.5

min 7

Planning Space requirement in cabinet

17–19

32

X + 17*

37*

37

ISKL = SKL + X

X

SKL = NL – 10

NL NL + 3

min 27.5

24.5

*

+1 mm with TIP-ON

SKW LW

Internal drawer width Internal cabinet width

Hole spacing – runners Runner 561F – 30 kg Nominal length NL (mm)

SKL NL

Drawer length Nominal length

10

NL NL + X + 3**

ISKL SKL NL X * **

10

Inner drawer length Drawer length Nominal length Front thickness Additional +6 mm with TIP-ON Additional +4 mm with TIP-ON

Runner systems

11–13

min 27.5*

Drawer assembly

260 310 | 360 410 460

Use drilling template T65.1000.02

510

Drawer assembly

560

Trigger range 600 500 400

3.5

300 200

Nominal length NL (mm) 260 310 360 410 460 510 560

Pegs

Lift-off stop

X2 (mm) 205 230 275 300 335 360 405

X3 (mm) 185 242 287 344 379 436 481

mm

100

6 9 0 12 00 0 00

Example for 560F – 30 kg, nominal length NL 500 mm, four sided drawer, with synchronisation

Reference pages Overview – TANDEM CABLOXX Accessories Attachment of runners Overview – assembly devices More technical details

447 582 482 490 591 698

TANDEM 19 mm Short URL www.blum.com/i011 Assembly, removal and adjustment Short URL www.blum.com/a420

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

477


Runner systems 〉 TANDEM 〉 TANDEM 19 mm – hook and peg variant

Web code DQHPEM

TANDEM single extension with BLUMOTION – 551F ▬ Runner for wooden drawers with a panel thickness of 17–19 mm ▬ Concealed TANDEM single extension with soft end stop when opening and integrated BLUMOTION damping effect for soft and effortless closing ▬ Suitable for use with SERVO-DRIVE – the electrical opening support system ▬ Low-friction cylindrical rollers ensure a feather-light glide ▬ Lift-off stop and height adjustment integrated into runner system

Space requirement

NL

NL

Runner systems

Order information 1 Runners left/right Nominal length NL (mm) 260 310 360 410 460 510 560

Nominal length

Drawer

BLUMOTION Dynamic carrying capacity (kg) 30 ☎ 551F2601B ☎ 551F3101B ☎ 551F3601B ☎ 551F4101B ☎ 551F4601B ☎ 551F5101B ☎ 551F5601B

Accessories 4 Front adjuster Colour Natural

+3

4 1

Material Nylon

Part no. 295.1000 Inner drawer

1

478

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Runner systems 〉 TANDEM 〉 TANDEM 19 mm – hook and peg variant

Web code DQHPEM

TANDEM single extension with BLUMOTION – 551F Drawer | inner drawer

Drawer

Inner drawer

SKW = LW – 49 +0.0 –1.5

min 7

Planning Space requirement in cabinet

ISKL = SKL + X

SKL = NL – 10 17–19

X

37

11–13

min 24.5

NL NL + 3

min 24.5

24.5

A

3 mm distance to interchange with full extension

SKW LW

Internal drawer width Internal cabinet width

SKL NL

Hole spacing – runners Runner 551F – 30 kg Nominal length NL (mm)

Drawer length Nominal length

10

NL NL + X + 3

ISKL SKL NL X

10

Inner drawer length Drawer length Nominal length Front thickness

Runner systems

A

34

X + 17

Drawer assembly

260

96

310 | 360 | 410

128

460 510

Use drilling template T65.1000.02

560

Drawer assembly

14 224

64

9 37 X2 X1

Reference pages Overview – TANDEM Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | TANDEM CABLOXX Accessories Attachment of runners Overview – assembly devices More technical details

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

Nominal length NL (mm) 260 310 360 410 460 510 560

Pegs

Lift-off stop

X2 (mm) 205 230 275 300 335 360 405

X1 (mm) 185 210 255 280 315 340 385

447 TANDEM 19 mm 493 582 Short URL 482 www.blum.com/i011 490 Assembly, removal and adjustment 591 698 Short URL www.blum.com/a420 479


Runner systems 〉 TANDEM 〉 TANDEM 19 mm – hook and peg variant

Web code DQHQ4Z

TANDEM single extension with TIP-ON – 551F ▬ Runner for wooden drawers with a panel thickness of 17–19 mm ▬ Concealed TANDEM single extension with soft end stop when opening and integrated TIP-ON mechanical opening support system ▬ Low-friction cylindrical rollers ensure a feather-light glide ▬ Lift-off stop and height adjustment integrated into runner system ▬ Recommendation: optional TIP-ON synchronisation linkage for secure triggering even with wide fronts

Space requirement

NL

NL

Runner systems

Order information 1 Runners left/right Nominal length NL (mm) 260 310 360 410 460 510 560

6c

Nominal length

Drawer

TIP-ON Dynamic carrying capacity (kg) 30 ☎ 551F2601T ☎ 551F3101T ☎ 551F3601T ☎ 551F4101T ☎ 551F4601T ☎ 551F5101T ☎ 551F5601T

Accessories 4 Front adjuster Colour Natural

+3

6c

4 1

Material Nylon

Part no. 295.1000

TIP-ON synchronisation linkage Cabinet width KB (mm) Version Up to 1200 Profile

Part no. T57.1140S

Inner drawer

6c

For cutting to size Note We recommend the use of a TIP-ON synchronisation linkage for every cabinet width KB Cutting

Internal cabinet width LW – 39 mm

1

480

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Runner systems 〉 TANDEM 〉 TANDEM 19 mm – hook and peg variant

Web code DQHQ4Z

TANDEM single extension with TIP-ON – 551F Drawer | inner drawer

Drawer

Inner drawer

SKW = LW – 49 +0.0 –1.5

min 7

Planning Space requirement in cabinet

ISKL = SKL + X

SKL = NL – 10 17–19

X

37

11–13

min 24.5

NL NL + 3

min 24.5

24.5

A

3 mm distance to interchange with full extension

SKW LW

Internal drawer width Internal cabinet width

SKL NL

Hole spacing – runners Runner 551F – 30 kg Nominal length NL (mm)

Drawer length Nominal length

10

NL NL + X + 7

ISKL SKL NL X

10

Inner drawer length Drawer length Nominal length Front thickness

Runner systems

A

34

X + 23

Drawer assembly

260

96

310 | 360 | 410

128

460 510

Use drilling template T65.1000.02

560

Drawer assembly

14 224

64

9 37

Trigger range

X2 X1

600 500 400

3.5

300 200

Nominal length NL (mm) 260 310 360 410 460 510 560

Pegs

Lift-off stop

X2 (mm) 205 230 275 300 335 360 405

X1 (mm) 185 210 255 280 315 340 385

mm

100

6 9 0 12 00 0 00

Example for 560F – 30 kg, nominal length NL 500 mm, four sided drawer, with synchronisation

Reference pages Overview – TANDEM CABLOXX Accessories Attachment of runners Overview – assembly devices More technical details

447 582 482 490 591 698

TANDEM 19 mm Short URL www.blum.com/i011 Assembly, removal and adjustment Short URL www.blum.com/a420

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

481


Runner systems 〉 TANDEM 〉 Accessories

Pull-out shelf lock ▬ Can be used with TANDEM full extensions ▬ Cannot be used with TANDEM single extensions ▬ Can be combined with BLUMOTION and TIP-ON ▬ Two-sided locking mechanism ▬ Secure hold ▬ Pull-out shelf lock can be released with one hand thanks to synchronisation shaft ▬ Easy assembly – fittings serve as template ▬ Runners are attached to standard fixing positions ▬ Max. cabinet width 1200 mm

Space requirement

NL

Colour Orion grey matt Orion grey matt

Part no. 295H5700 295F5700

Locking device feature – 560H | 560F

Composed of: 12a 2 x Locking mechanism unit Fixing only possible with chipboard screws 12b 2 x Latching element Fixing possible with chipboard and system screws – 1 x Installation instructions Note During assembly of the pull-out shelf lock, make sure that you leave the tilt adjustment at the factory setting

12c

Synchronisation linkage Version Material Round Aluminium

Pull-out shelf lock can be released with one hand thanks to synchronisation shaft Cutting 560H | 561H Internal cabinet width LW – 87 mm ±1 mm 560F | 561F Internal cabinet width LW – 94 mm ±1 mm

Alternative to 12c 12c Synchronisation linkage Version Length (mm) Round 1160

Pull-out shelf lock can be released with one hand thanks to synchronisation shaft

Accessories – Chipboard screws Ø (mm) 3.5 –

System screw Ø (mm) 6

Part no. ZST.1089W Hook and peg variant – 561H | 561F

Part no. ZST.1160W

Length (mm) 15

Part no. 609.1500

Length (mm) 14.5

Part no. 661.1450.HG

Planning POS processing

–5

min 25

LW

10

NL LW TB TL TBL TSBL X Y *

482

Nominal length Internal cabinet width Shelf width Shelf length Pull-out shelf base length Pull-out shelf side panel length Pull-out shelf front piece thickness Pull-out shelf base thickness 29 mm with TANDEM 19 mm

Single pull-out shelf base Runners A (mm) 560H | 560F 12–15 561H | 561F 11–13

A

A

Runner systems

Order information 12 Pull-out shelf lock Runners 560H | 561H 560F | 561F

Nominal length

10

Double pull-out shelf base Runners A (mm) 560H | 560F 12–15 561H | 561F 11–13

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Runner systems 〉 TANDEM 〉 Accessories

Pull-out shelf lock Planning TANDEM – 560H Space requirement in cabinet

Pull-out shelf

Pull-out shelf

TB = LW – 22 +0.0 –1.5 min 3

37

10

21

+3 mm with side stabiliser or +1 mm with TIP-ON Min. 25 mm when installed in compartment

TANDEM – 561H Space requirement in cabinet

X

28

X + 19*

TB LW

Shelf width Internal cabinet width

Pull-out shelf

NL NL + 3*

TBL NL *

10

Pull-out shelf base length Nominal length Additional +12 mm with side stabilisation

Pull-out shelf

NL NL + X + 3*

TL NL X *

min 3

Shelf length Nominal length Pull-out shelf front piece thickness Additional +2 mm with POSISTOP or additional +4 mm with TIP-ON

POS inset application

TBL = NL – 38

28

TL = NL – 38 + X

11–13 37

10

X

32

28

X + 17*

37*

16** 27.5*

**

TL = NL – 38 + X

32

min 27.5

TB = LW – 22 +0.0 –1.5

*

28

10

21

+3 mm with side stabiliser or +1 mm with TIP-ON Min. 25 mm when installed in compartment

Reference pages Overview – TANDEM Attachment of runners Overview – assembly devices More technical details

TB LW

min 27.5

Shelf width Internal cabinet width

NL NL + 3*

TBL NL *

10

Pull-out shelf base length Nominal length Additional +12 mm with side stabilisation

NL NL + X + 3*

TL NL X *

10

Shelf length Nominal length Pull-out shelf front piece thickness Additional +4 mm with TIP-ON

447 Pull-out shelf lock 490 591 698 Short URL www.blum.com/i010 Assembly, removal and adjustment Short URL www.blum.com/a420

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

483

Runner systems

**

TBL = NL – 38

12–15

37*

16** 27.5*

*

POS inset application


Runner systems 〉 TANDEM 〉 Accessories

Pull-out shelf lock Planning TANDEM – 560F Space requirement in cabinet

Pull-out shelf

Pull-out shelf

TB = LW – 29 +0.0 –1.5 min 3

10

+1 mm with TIP-ON Min. 25 mm when installed in compartment

TANDEM – 561F Space requirement in cabinet

TL = NL – 38 + X X

32

TB LW

min 27.5

Shelf width Internal cabinet width

NL NL + 3

TBL NL

Pull-out shelf

28

X + 19*

NL NL + X + 3*

TL NL X *

Pull-out shelf

+0.0

min 3

Shelf length Nominal length Pull-out shelf front piece thickness Additional +2 mm with POSISTOP or additional +4 mm with TIP-ON

POS inset application

TBL = NL – 38

28

TL = NL – 38 + X

11–13 37

10

X

32

28

X + 17*

37*

16**

10

Pull-out shelf base length Nominal length

TB = LW – 29 –1.5

27.5*

10

24.5

* **

28

37*

16**

37

24.5

Runner systems

TBL = NL – 38

12–15

27.5*

* **

POS inset application

+1 mm with TIP-ON Min. 25 mm when installed in compartment

Reference pages Overview – TANDEM Attachment of runners Overview – assembly devices More technical details

TB LW

min 27.5

Shelf width Internal cabinet width

NL NL + 3

TBL NL

Pull-out shelf base length Nominal length

10

NL NL + X + 3*

TL NL X *

10

Shelf length Nominal length Pull-out shelf front piece thickness Additional +4 mm with TIP-ON

447 Pull-out shelf lock 490 591 698 Short URL www.blum.com/i010 Assembly, removal and adjustment Short URL www.blum.com/a420

484

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Runner systems 〉 TANDEM 〉 Accessories

Side stabilisation set for full extension

Drawer

min 7

Space requirement in cabinet

min 3

TBL = NL – 38

37*

16**

32

NL NL + 3*

min 27.5* 21 +3 mm with side stabilisation

Pull-out shelf

SKL = NL – 10 37

*

Cutting 1 Internal cabinet width LW – 254 mm 2 Nominal length NL + 12 mm

SKL NL *

10

Drawer length Nominal length Additional +12 mm with side stabilisation

Part no. ZST.410TV ZST.600TV ZST.750TV

37

28

32

37*

Planning Space requirement in cabinet

Order information Nominal length NL (mm) Up to 410 Up to 600 Up to 750

Runner systems

▬ For cutting to size ▬ Suitable for cabinet width KB 1400 mm ▬ Suitable for: TANDEM full extension BLUMOTION – 560H | 561H ▬ Not compatible with TIP-ON ▬ Colour: RAL 7037 dust grey ▬ Material: nylon

27.5*

NL NL + 3*

21

Pull-out shelf lock * +3 mm with side stabilisation ** Min. 25 mm when installed in compartment

10

Pull-out shelf lock TBL Pull-out shelf base length NL Nominal length * Additional +12 mm with side stabilisation

Side stabilisation set for single extension ▬ For cutting to size ▬ Suitable for cabinet width KB 1400 mm ▬ Suitable for: TANDEM single extension BLUMOTION – 550H | 551H ▬ Not compatible with TIP-ON ▬ Colour: RAL 7037 dust grey ▬ Material: nylon

Cutting 1 Internal cabinet width LW – 222 mm 2 Nominal length NL + 12 mm

Part no. ZST.410TT ZST.650TT

Drawer

min 7

Planning Space requirement in cabinet

Order information Nominal length NL (mm) Up to 400 Up to 650

SKL = NL – 10

A

34*

37

NL NL + 3*

min 24.5* 21 A *

3 mm distance to interchange with full extension +3 mm with side stabilisation

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

SKL NL *

10

Drawer length Nominal length Additional +12 mm with side stabilisation

485


Runner systems 〉 TANDEM 〉 Accessories

Longside gallery rail with chipboard back fixing ▬ Colour: anodised stainless steel appearance ▬ Material: aluminium

Order information NL (mm) Part no. NL (mm) 400 ZRE.363A.ID 550 450 ZRE.413A.ID 580 480 ZRE.443A.ID 600 500 ZRE.463A.ID 650 520 ZRE.483A.ID NL

Part no. ZRE.513A.ID ZRE.543A.ID ZRE.563A.ID ZRE.613A.ID

Nominal length

Installation dimensions – back

Space requirement in cabinet

Installation dimensions – back

560H | 561H | 550H | 551H * +1 mm with TIP-ON

560H | 561H | 550H | 551H * +1 mm with TIP-ON

560F | 561F | 550F | 551F * +1 mm with TIP-ON

560F | 561F | 550F | 551F * +1 mm with TIP-ON

Runner systems

Planning Space requirement in cabinet

Front adjuster ▬ With threaded steel washer insert ▬ For 4-sided drawers ▬ 2-dimensional front adjustment (±2 mm) ▬ Colour: natural coloured ▬ Material: nylon

Planning

Order information Description Front adjuster

Part no. 295.1000

Assembly Assembly, removal and adjustment Short URL www.blum.com/a420

Insertion ram for MINIPRESS MZM.0095

486

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Runner systems 〉 TANDEM 〉 Accessories

POSISTOP ▬ Depth stop ▬ Suitable for: TANDEM full extension BLUMOTION – 560H | 560F TANDEM single extension BLUMOTION – 550H | 550F ▬ Only for inset applications ▬ Colour: RAL 7037 dust grey ▬ Material: nylon

Order information Description POSISTOP

▬ Ø 3.5 mm ▬ Colour: nickel plated ▬ Material: steel

Order information X (mm) 15.0 17.0

Part no. 298.5500

Assembly, removal and adjustment Short URL www.blum.com/a420

Ø 3.5 mm Part no. 609.1500 609.1700

Ø 6.0 mm

System screw ▬ Ø 6 mm ▬ Drilling diameter Ø 5 mm ▬ Colour: nickel plated ▬ Material: steel

Order information X (mm) 10.0 11.5 13.0 14.5 20.0

Part no. 661.1000.HG 661.1150.HG 661.1300.HG 661.1450.HG 661.2000.HG

▬ Ø 2.7 mm, length 70 mm ▬ To pre-drill for Ø 3.5 mm chipboard screws ▬ Drilling depth up to 8 mm ▬ Material: steel, hardened

Order information Description Centre bit Replacement bit

Part no. M01.ZZ03.01 M01.ZZB3

▬ For noise reduction ▬ Colour: natural coloured ▬ Material: nylon

Order information Description Stick-on door buffer

Part no. 993.710

▬ For noise reduction ▬ Gap 2 mm ▬ Two-part ▬ Colour: RAL 9006 grey ▬ Material: nylon

Order information Description 8 mm Ø door buffer

Part no. 993.706

Centre bit

Stick-on door buffer

8 mm Ø door buffer

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

487

Runner systems

Chipboard screws


Runner systems 〉 TANDEM 〉 Accessories

Pozidrive screwdriver ▬ PZ (Pozi) size 2 ▬ Blade length 100 mm ▬ Overall length 200 mm ▬ Orange handle with Blum logo ▬ Colour: black/orange ▬ Material: nylon/steel

Order information Description Pozidrive screwdriver

Part no. 303.756.1

▬ Slotted, size 1.0 x 5.5 mm ▬ Blade length 125 mm ▬ Overall length 225 mm ▬ Orange handle with Blum logo ▬ Colour: black/orange ▬ Material: nylon/steel

Order information Description Slotted screwdriver

Part no. 314.928.1

Runner systems

Slotted screwdriver

488

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Runner systems

Runner systems 〉 TANDEM

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

489


Runner systems 〉 TANDEM 〉 Attachment of runners

Runner 560H | 560F – 30 kg

Runner 561H | 561F – 30 kg

NL 260

A B

NL 285

*

A B

NL 310–335

A B

NL 410

Runner systems

18

* A B

NL 435–485

32

A B

NL 510–535

A B

NL 560

A B 23 64

NL A B *

490

Nominal length Chipboard screws Ø 4 x 15 mm System screws Ø 6 x 14.5 mm, part no. 661.1450.HG BLUMOTION

NL A B *

96

A B

NL 360–385

18 23

*

18 192 224

128

32 18 37

Nominal length Chipboard screws Ø 4 x 15 mm System screws Ø 6 x 14.5 mm, part no. 661.1450.HG BLUMOTION

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Runner systems 〉 TANDEM 〉 Attachment of runners

Runner 551H | 551F – 30 kg

NL 260–285

A B

NL 310–435

Nominal length Chipboard screws Ø 4 x 15 mm System screws Ø 6 x 14.5 mm, part no. 661.1450.HG Can be replaced with chipboard screw Ø 4 x 15 mm

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

*

18

128

A B

* 18

NL 510–535

A B

*

NL 560

A B

* 64

NL A B *

96

A B

NL 460–485

*

NL A B *

23

224

18

37

Nominal length Chipboard screws Ø 4 x 15 mm System screws Ø 6 x 14.5 mm, part no. 661.1450.HG Can be replaced with chipboard screw Ø 4 x 15 mm

491

Runner systems

Runner 550H | 550F – 30 kg


Runner systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | TANDEM

Ease of opening for various furniture styles SERVO-DRIVE, the electrical opening support system, is now also available for drawers and high fronted pull-outs made from wood. Your customers will be amazed at the opening action that can be achieved. BLUMOTION, for soft and effortless closing action, completes the picture in high quality of motion.

Runner systems

A light touch on the handle-less front or a light pull of the handle, and drawers and pull-outs will open as if by themselves. Regardless of where & how the front is touched. Whether heavy or light, wide or narrow pull-outs – the gentle opening support always remains the same.

Opening and closing is that easy

A light touch on the front is enough and drawers open as if by themselves. BLUMOTION provides soft and effortless closing action

Easily-integrated, high performance technology

Application ▬ Can be used without having to change MOVENTO | TANDEM pull-outs

492

Assembly | Processing ▬ Tool-free assembly ▬ Separate drilling template ▬ No fixed connection to the drive system

Cabling ▬ Simple cabling ▬ One power supply unit is all that’s required for power supply to the entire kitchen

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Runner systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | TANDEM 〉 Overview

Runner systems

Overview – runner systems MOVENTO TANDEM

415 416 446

Standard cabinet Sink cabinet Two drawers with a continuous front Cabinet with different drawer depths | inner drawer

494 Cabinet with inset fronts 500 SERVO-DRIVE uno for bottom mount waste bin solutions 504

Cabinet with individual drawer

514

Cable holder Synchronisation cable COMBOX set

524 524 524

Symbolic image

Applications

Symbolic image

Accessories

518 522

508

Symbolic image

Symbolic image

Short URL www.blum.com/a450

Machine directive Detailed information on the Machine Directive

701 Runner systems

Assembly, removal and adjustment Assembly, removal and adjustment

Short URL www.blum.com/sd/guideline

Pictograph Item available on request

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

493


Runner systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | TANDEM 〉 Applications

Standard cabinet ▬ Electrical opening support system in conjunction with BLUMOTION – for soft and effortless closing action ▬ With vertical bracket profile ▬ No fixed connection to the drive system ▬ Pull-outs can be used unchanged ▬ Tool-free assembly ▬ Simple cabling ▬ Shallow installation depth

Runner systems

Order information 1a Blum distance bumper Diameter (mm) 5 8

Part no. 993.0530 993.0830.01

Up to front height FH 300 mm use 2 pcs. Front height FH 300 mm and higher use 4 pcs.

2

Bracket profile Length (mm) 650 700 710 750 800 1170

For cutting to size ● With cable – Without cable Cutting

Material Aluminium Aluminium Aluminium Aluminium Aluminium Aluminium

Cable ● ● ● ● ● –

Alternative to 3a 3b Bracket profile attachment lower/back Cross bar construction vertical Colour Material R7037 Nylon Incl. bracket profile cover cap

Drive unit Colour R7037

Includes pre-assembled lever extension

11

Part no. Z10T650AA Z10T700AA Z10T710AA Z10T750AA Z10T800AA Z10T1170A

Internal cabinet height LH – 10 mm

3a Bracket profile attachment top/bottom Cross bar construction horizontal Colour Material R7037 Nylon

9

Material Nylon

Part no. Z10D01E0.01 13 Part no. Z10D01EA.01

Part no. Z10A3000.03

SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable and cable end protector Colour Length (m) Part no. S 8 Z10K800AE

Composed of: 11a 1 x SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable 11b 5 x Cable end protector For cutting to size Can be used as a distribution, bracket profile and communications cable

12

Connecting node and cable end protector Colour Material S Nylon

Composed of: 12a 1 x Connecting node 11b 2 x Cable end protector

Part no. Z10NE030F Z10NE030G Z10NE030H Z10NE030J

Incl. operating and installation instructions Without flex Language package – operating and installation instructions A DE | EN | FR | IT | NL F BG | ET | LT | LV | RO | RU B DA | EN | FI | NO | SV G EN | ES | FR C EL | EN | HR | SL | SR | TR H EN | ZH D EN | ES | FR | IT | PT J JA E CS | HU | PL | SK Language descriptions as per ISO-639

14

Part no. Z10V100E.01

24 W SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit Language package Part no. Language package A Z10NE030A F B Z10NE030B G C Z10NE030C H D Z10NE030D J E Z10NE030E

Flex Market AR UK CH DK Europe Europe IN IL

Length 2 m, incl. plug ¹ Without plug

494

Cabling

¹

Part no. Market Z10M200A JP Z10M200B AU Z10M200C CL Z10M200D CN Z10M200E BR Z10M200E.OS TW Z10M200H US | CA Z10M200I ZA

Part no. Z10M200J Z10M200K Z10M200L Z10M200N Z10M200S.01 Z10M200T Z10M200U Z10M200Z

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Runner systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | TANDEM 〉 Applications

Standard cabinet

Part no. Z10NG000

Incl. cover For 24 W SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit

Accessories – Cable holder Colour W

Part no. Z10NG120

For 24 W SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit

Part no. Z10K0009

E.g. for fixing the SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable

Alternative to 15a 15b Power supply unit housing Panel fixing Colour Material WGR Nylon

Material Nylon

Synchronisation cable Length (mm) 80 500 1200 1600

Connects two drive units that need to activate simultaneously

COMBOX set Colour S

Material Nylon

RAL 7037 dust grey Black

Colour W WGR

For preventing front collisions when using SERVO-DRIVE in corner situations Suitable starting with drive unit Z10A3000.02 Includes all assembly and cabling components Colour R7037 S

Reference pages Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | TANDEM Overview – MOVENTO Overview – TANDEM Planning – horizontal cross member Planning – vertical cross member Accessories Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

Overview – assembly devices Machine directive 417 More technical details 447 496 498 524 493

Part no. Z10K008S Z10K050S Z10K120S Z10K160S

Part no. Z10ZC00A

White White grey

Runner systems

Order information 15a Power supply unit housing Base fixing Colour Material R7037 Nylon

591 Assembly, removal and adjustment 701 698 Short URL www.blum.com/a450

495


Runner systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | TANDEM 〉 Applications

Standard cabinet Planning Cross bar construction horizontal Cabinet

Runner systems

Position – drive unit

PL = LH – 10 mm Round down to the nearest tenth A Distance between the bottom edge of the cabinet profile and the bottom edge of the drive unit E Distance between the bottom edge of the cabinet top panel and the fixing position of the runner LH Internal cabinet height PL Bracket profile length

Position – drive unit Runner systems

Drawer height SKH (mm)

Internal cabinet width LW (mm) 224–234 235–428 A (mm) E min. (mm) A (mm) E min. (mm) ≥ 79 – – 60 74 MOVENTO TANDEM ≥ 79 55 71 55 71 Distance between the bottom edge of the cabinet profile and the bottom edge of the drive unit – Not possible A E Distance between the bottom edge of the cabinet top panel and the fixing position of the runner

Back cabling

BT

BT

≥ 429

E min. (mm) 49 51

Front assembly – position of Blum distance bumper

1/2

1/2

Cabinet bottom – drilling pattern Lower cabling

A (mm) 35 35

Drilling depth

Drilling depth

The Blum distance bumper creates and maintains the required trigger path of 2 mm FA Front overlay FH Front height

Alternative drilling pattern for MINIPRESS top and MINIPRESS BT Drilling depth

496

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Runner systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | TANDEM 〉 Applications

Standard cabinet

Runner systems

Drawer height SKH (mm) X (mm) ≥ 79 NL + 16 NL Nominal length X Drilling position Y Min. space requirement Z Dimension of engagement

Drawer height SKH (mm)

≥ 79 MOVENTO TANDEM ≥ 79 LW Internal cabinet width Z Dimension of engagement

224–234 Z (mm) Lever extension – – 164 –

Internal cabinet width LW (mm) 235–388 389–428 Z (mm) Lever extenZ (mm) Lever extension sion 164 ● 164 ● 164 ● LW / 2 ● ● Required – Not possible

Y (mm) NL + 30

≥ 429 Lever extension LW / 2 ● LW / 2 ●

Z (mm)

Lever extension

Space requirement and safety distance – power supply unit housing

Attention Maintain a 30 mm safety distance from the bottom edge (base fixing) and/or front edge (panel fixing) and side edges of the power supply unit housing to the neighbouring elements Air must be able to circulate, otherwise the SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit could overheat

Base fixing

Panel fixing

Reference pages Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | TANDEM Overview – MOVENTO Overview – TANDEM Planning – vertical cross member Accessories Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

Overview – assembly devices Machine directive 417 More technical details 447 498 524 493

591 Assembly, removal and adjustment 701 698 Short URL www.blum.com/a450 497

Runner systems

Planning Cross bar construction horizontal Drilling distances – base | cross bar


Runner systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | TANDEM 〉 Applications

Standard cabinet Planning Cross bar construction vertical Cabinet

Runner systems

Position – drive unit

PL = LH – 10 mm Round down to the nearest tenth A Distance between the bottom edge of the cabinet profile and the bottom edge of the drive unit E Distance between the bottom edge of the cabinet top panel and the fixing position of the runner LH Internal cabinet height PL Bracket profile length

Position – drive unit Runner systems

Drawer height SKH (mm)

Internal cabinet width LW (mm) 224–234 235–428 A (mm) E min. (mm) A (mm) E min. (mm) ≥ 79 – – 60 84 MOVENTO TANDEM ≥ 79 55 81 55 81 Distance between the bottom edge of the cabinet profile and the bottom edge of the drive unit – Not possible A E Distance between the bottom edge of the cabinet top panel and the fixing position of the runner

Back cabling

BT

BT

≥ 429

E min. (mm) 54 61

Front assembly – position of Blum distance bumper

1/2

1/2

Cabinet bottom – drilling pattern Lower cabling

A (mm) 35 35

Drilling depth

Drilling depth

The Blum distance bumper creates and maintains the required trigger path of 2 mm FA Front overlay FH Front height

Alternative drilling pattern for MINIPRESS top and MINIPRESS BT Drilling depth

498

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Runner systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | TANDEM 〉 Applications

Standard cabinet

Runner systems

Drawer height SKH (mm) X (mm) ≥ 79 NL + 16 NL Nominal length X Drilling position T Position front edge/cross member Z Dimension of engagement

Drawer height SKH (mm)

≥ 79 MOVENTO TANDEM ≥ 79 LW Internal cabinet width Z Dimension of engagement

224–234 Z (mm) Lever extension – – 164 –

Internal cabinet width LW (mm) 235–388 389–428 Z (mm) Lever extenZ (mm) Lever extension sion 164 ● 164 ● 164 ● LW / 2 ● ● Required – Not possible

T (mm) NL + 31

≥ 429 Lever extension LW / 2 ● LW / 2 ●

Z (mm)

Lever extension

Space requirement and safety distance – power supply unit housing

Attention Maintain a 30 mm safety distance from the bottom edge (base fixing) and/or front edge (panel fixing) and side edges of the power supply unit housing to the neighbouring elements Air must be able to circulate, otherwise the SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit could overheat

Base fixing

Panel fixing

Reference pages Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | TANDEM Overview – MOVENTO Overview – TANDEM Planning – horizontal cross member Accessories Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

Overview – assembly devices Machine directive 417 More technical details 447 496 524 493

591 Assembly, removal and adjustment 701 698 Short URL www.blum.com/a450 499

Runner systems

Planning Cross bar construction vertical Drilling distances – base | cross bar


Runner systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | TANDEM 〉 Applications

Sink cabinet ▬ Electrical opening support system in conjunction with BLUMOTION – for soft and effortless closing action ▬ With attachment bracket ▬ No fixed connection to the drive system ▬ Pull-outs can be used unchanged ▬ Quick assembly of pre-mounted parts

Runner systems

Order information 1a Blum distance bumper Diameter (mm) 5 8

Up to front height FH 300 mm use 2 pcs. Front height FH 300 mm and higher use 4 pcs.

5

Attachment bracket 1 tier Colour Material R7037 Nylon

9

Drive unit Colour R7037

Part no. 993.0530 993.0830.01

Part no. Z10D0311

Material Nylon

Part no. Z10A3000.03

9a

Drip protection feature Colour Material R7037 Nylon

Part no. Z10D0316

11

SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable and cable end protector Colour Length (m) Part no. S 8 Z10K800AE

Includes pre-assembled lever extension

Composed of: 11a 1 x SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable 11b 5 x Cable end protector For cutting to size Can be used as a distribution, bracket profile and communications cable

12

Connecting node and cable end protector Colour Material S Nylon

Composed of: 12a 1 x Connecting node 11b 2 x Cable end protector

13

24 W SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit Language package Part no. Language package A Z10NE030A F B Z10NE030B G C Z10NE030C H D Z10NE030D J E Z10NE030E

Incl. operating and installation instructions Without flex Language package – operating and installation instructions A DE | EN | FR | IT | NL F BG | ET | LT | LV | RO | RU B DA | EN | FI | NO | SV G EN | ES | FR C EL | EN | HR | SL | SR | TR H EN | ZH D EN | ES | FR | IT | PT J JA E CS | HU | PL | SK Language descriptions as per ISO-639

Cabling

14 Part no. Z10V100E.01

Part no. Z10NE030F Z10NE030G Z10NE030H Z10NE030J

Flex Market AR UK CH DK Europe Europe IN IL

Length 2 m, incl. plug ¹ Without plug

¹

Part no. Market Z10M200A JP Z10M200B AU Z10M200C CL Z10M200D CN Z10M200E BR Z10M200E.OS TW Z10M200H US | CA Z10M200I ZA

15a Power supply unit housing Base fixing Colour Material R7037 Nylon

Part no. Z10NG000

Alternative to 15a 15b Power supply unit housing Panel fixing Colour Material WGR Nylon

Part no. Z10NG120

Incl. cover For 24 W SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit

For 24 W SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit

500

Part no. Z10M200J Z10M200K Z10M200L Z10M200N Z10M200S.01 Z10M200T Z10M200U Z10M200Z

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Runner systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | TANDEM 〉 Applications

Sink cabinet Order information Accessories – Cable holder Colour W

Material Nylon

Part no. Z10K0009

E.g. for fixing the SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable RAL 7037 dust grey Black White

Colour WGR ZN

White grey Zinc plated

Runner systems

Colour R7037 S W

Reference pages Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | TANDEM Overview – MOVENTO Overview – TANDEM Planning Accessories Overview – assembly devices Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

493 417 447 502 524 591

Machine directive More technical details

701 Assembly, removal and adjustment 698 Short URL www.blum.com/a450

501


Runner systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | TANDEM 〉 Applications

Sink cabinet Planning Cabinet

Cross member – attachment bracket 1 tier

Centre piece W A Distance between the bottom edge of the attachment bracket and the bottom edge of the drive unit X Drilling position * Measured from cabinet front edge

Distance between front edge of drawer base and back edge of centre piece Min. 100 mm

Runner systems

Runner systems Drawer height SKH (mm) A (mm) ≥ 79 35 MOVENTO TANDEM ≥ 79 35 A Distance between the bottom edge of the attachment bracket and the bottom edge of the drive unit

Cross member – attachment bracket 1 tier

Runner systems

Drawer height SKH (mm)

Internal cabinet width LW (mm) ≥ 429 X (mm) Z (mm) W + 24 LW / 2 W + 24 LW / 2

MOVENTO ≥ 79 TANDEM ≥ 79 BT Drilling depth LW Internal cabinet width W Distance between the front edge of the drawer base and the centre piece X Drilling position Z Dimension of engagement

Front assembly – position of Blum distance bumper

BT

The Blum distance bumper creates and maintains the required trigger path of 2 mm FA Front overlay FH Front height

1/2

1/2

Cabinet bottom – drilling pattern Lower cabling

Drilling depth

Alternative drilling pattern for MINIPRESS top and MINIPRESS BT Drilling depth

502

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Runner systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | TANDEM 〉 Applications

Sink cabinet Planning Cabinet

Cabinet bottom – attachment bracket 1 tier

A X *

Distance between the bottom edge of the attachment bracket and the bottom edge of the drive unit Drilling position Measured from cabinet front edge

Drawer height SKH (mm)

Internal cabinet width LW (mm) ≥ 429 A (mm) MOVENTO ≥ 79 35 TANDEM ≥ 79 35 Distance between the bottom edge of the attachment bracket and the bottom edge of the drive unit A LW Internal cabinet width Runner systems

Runner systems

Cabinet bottom – attachment bracket 1 tier

Drawer height SKH X (mm) (mm) ≥ 79 NL + 16 LW Internal cabinet width NL Nominal length X Drilling position Y Min. space requirement Z Dimension of engagement

Space requirement and safety distance – power supply unit housing

Y (mm)

Z (mm)

NL + 30

LW / 2

Attention Maintain a 30 mm safety distance from the bottom edge (base fixing) and/or front edge (panel fixing) and side edges of the power supply unit housing to the neighbouring elements Air must be able to circulate, otherwise the SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit could overheat

Base fixing

Panel fixing

Reference pages Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | TANDEM Overview – MOVENTO Overview – TANDEM Accessories Overview – assembly devices Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

493 417 447 524 591

Machine directive More technical details

701 Assembly, removal and adjustment 698 Short URL www.blum.com/a450 503


Runner systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | TANDEM 〉 Applications

Two drawers with a continuous front ▬ Electrical opening support system in conjunction with BLUMOTION – for soft and effortless closing action ▬ Synchronised triggering of two drawers and | or wide applications ▬ With attachment bracket ▬ No fixed connection to the drive system ▬ Pull-outs can be used unchanged ▬ Quick assembly of pre-mounted parts

Runner systems

Order information 1a Blum distance bumper Diameter (mm) 5 8

Up to front height FH 300 mm use 2 pcs. Front height FH 300 mm and higher use 4 pcs.

5

Attachment bracket 1 tier Colour Material R7037 Nylon

9

Drive unit Colour R7037

Includes pre-assembled lever extension

11

Material Nylon

Cabling

Part no. 993.0530 993.0830.01

Part no. Z10D0311 Part no. Z10A3000.03

SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable and cable end protector Colour Length (m) Part no. S 8 Z10K800AE

Composed of: 11a 1 x SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable 11b 5 x Cable end protector For cutting to size Can be used as a distribution, bracket profile and communications cable

12

Connecting node and cable end protector Colour Material S Nylon

Composed of: 12a 1 x Connecting node 11b 2 x Cable end protector

13

24 W SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit Language package Part no. Language package A Z10NE030A F B Z10NE030B G C Z10NE030C H D Z10NE030D J E Z10NE030E

Part no. Z10V100E.01

Part no. Z10NE030F Z10NE030G Z10NE030H Z10NE030J

Incl. operating and installation instructions Without flex Language package – operating and installation instructions A DE | EN | FR | IT | NL F BG | ET | LT | LV | RO | RU B DA | EN | FI | NO | SV G EN | ES | FR C EL | EN | HR | SL | SR | TR H EN | ZH D EN | ES | FR | IT | PT J JA E CS | HU | PL | SK Language descriptions as per ISO-639

14

Flex Market AR UK CH DK Europe Europe IN IL

Length 2 m, incl. plug ¹ Without plug

504

¹

Part no. Market Z10M200A JP Z10M200B AU Z10M200C CL Z10M200D CN Z10M200E BR Z10M200E.OS TW Z10M200H US | CA Z10M200I ZA

15a Power supply unit housing Base fixing Colour Material R7037 Nylon

Part no. Z10NG000

Alternative to 15a 15b Power supply unit housing Panel fixing Colour Material WGR Nylon

Part no. Z10NG120

Incl. cover For 24 W SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit

For 24 W SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit

20

Part no. Z10M200J Z10M200K Z10M200L Z10M200N Z10M200S.01 Z10M200T Z10M200U Z10M200Z

Synchronisation cable Length (mm) 80 500 1200 1600

Connects two drive units that need to activate simultaneously

Part no. Z10K008S Z10K050S Z10K120S Z10K160S

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Runner systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | TANDEM 〉 Applications

Two drawers with a continuous front Order information Accessories – Cable holder Colour W

Material Nylon

Part no. Z10K0009

E.g. for fixing the SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable RAL 7037 dust grey Black

Colour W WGR

White White grey

Runner systems

Colour R7037 S

Reference pages Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | TANDEM Overview – MOVENTO Overview – TANDEM Planning Accessories Overview – assembly devices Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

493 417 447 506 524 591

Machine directive More technical details

701 Assembly, removal and adjustment 698 Short URL www.blum.com/a450

505


Runner systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | TANDEM 〉 Applications

Two drawers with a continuous front Planning Cabinet

Cabinet bottom – attachment bracket 1 tier

A X *

Distance between the bottom edge of the attachment bracket and the bottom edge of the drive unit Drilling position Measured from cabinet front edge

Drawer height SKH (mm)

Internal cabinet width LW (mm) ≥ 429 A (mm) MOVENTO ≥ 79 35 TANDEM ≥ 79 35 Distance between the bottom edge of the attachment bracket and the bottom edge of the drive unit A

Runner systems

Runner systems

Cabinet bottom – attachment bracket 1 tier

Drawer height SKH X (mm) (mm) ≥ 79 NL + 16 LW Internal cabinet width NL Nominal length X Drilling position Y Min. space requirement Z Dimension of engagement

Back cabling

BT

BT

Z (mm)

NL + 30

LW / 2

Front assembly – position of Blum distance bumper

1/2

1/2

Cabinet bottom – drilling pattern Lower cabling

Y (mm)

Drilling depth

Drilling depth

The Blum distance bumper creates and maintains the required trigger path of 2 mm FA Front overlay FH Front height

Alternative drilling pattern for MINIPRESS top and MINIPRESS BT Drilling depth

506

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Runner systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | TANDEM 〉 Applications

Two drawers with a continuous front Planning Space requirement and safety distance – power supply unit housing

Attention Maintain a 30 mm safety distance from the bottom edge (base fixing) and/or front edge (panel fixing) and side edges of the power supply unit housing to the neighbouring elements Air must be able to circulate, otherwise the SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit could overheat

Panel fixing

Runner systems

Base fixing

Reference pages Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | TANDEM Overview – MOVENTO Overview – TANDEM Accessories Overview – assembly devices Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

493 417 447 524 591

Machine directive More technical details

701 Assembly, removal and adjustment 698 Short URL www.blum.com/a450 507


Runner systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | TANDEM 〉 Applications

Cabinet with different drawer depths | inner drawer ▬ Electrical opening support system in conjunction with BLUMOTION – for soft and effortless closing action ▬ With attachment bracket and horizontal bracket profile ▬ No fixed connection to the drive system ▬ Pull-outs can be used unchanged ▬ Quick assembly of pre-mounted parts

Runner systems

Order information 1a Blum distance bumper Diameter (mm) 5 8

Up to front height FH 300 mm use 2 pcs. Front height FH 300 mm and higher use 4 pcs.

1b

Blum distance bumper – inner drawer Runner systems Diameter (mm) TANDEM 10

Part no. 993.0530 993.0830.01

Adjustable Blum distance bumper for inner drawers and inset fronts with TANDEM

1b

Part no. 993.2000

1b

Depth adjustment – inner drawer Runner systems Colour MOVENTO R7037

Part no. 298.7600

5

Attachment bracket 1 tier Colour Material R7037 Nylon

Part no. Z10D0311

6

Bracket profile horizontal Length (mm) Material 1143 Aluminium

Part no. Z10T1143B

Only for inset applications Integrated Blum distance bumper Suitable for T51.7601 locking device

For cabinet width KB 275–1200 mm Cutting Internal cabinet width LW – 19 mm

7

Horizontal bracket profile attachment Colour Material R7037 Nylon

Composed of: 7a 1 x Bracket profile attachment left/right 7b 1 x Bracket profile adapter for drive unit Chipboard screws and system screws can be used

9

Drive unit Colour R7037

Includes pre-assembled lever extension

11

Material Nylon

Part no. Z10A3000.03

SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable and cable end protector Colour Length (m) Part no. S 8 Z10K800AE

Connecting node and cable end protector Colour Material S Nylon

Composed of: 12a 1 x Connecting node 11b 2 x Cable end protector

508

13

Part no. Z10D5210

Composed of: 11a 1 x SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable 11b 5 x Cable end protector For cutting to size Can be used as a distribution, bracket profile and communications cable

12

Cabling

Part no. Z10V100E.01

24 W SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit Language package Part no. Language package A Z10NE030A F B Z10NE030B G C Z10NE030C H D Z10NE030D J E Z10NE030E

Part no. Z10NE030F Z10NE030G Z10NE030H Z10NE030J

Incl. operating and installation instructions Without flex Language package – operating and installation instructions A DE | EN | FR | IT | NL F BG | ET | LT | LV | RO | RU B DA | EN | FI | NO | SV G EN | ES | FR C EL | EN | HR | SL | SR | TR H EN | ZH D EN | ES | FR | IT | PT J JA E CS | HU | PL | SK Language descriptions as per ISO-639

14

Flex Market AR UK CH DK Europe Europe IN IL

Length 2 m, incl. plug ¹ Without plug

¹

Part no. Market Z10M200A JP Z10M200B AU Z10M200C CL Z10M200D CN Z10M200E BR Z10M200E.OS TW Z10M200H US | CA Z10M200I ZA

Part no. Z10M200J Z10M200K Z10M200L Z10M200N Z10M200S.01 Z10M200T Z10M200U Z10M200Z

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Runner systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | TANDEM 〉 Applications

Cabinet with different drawer depths | inner drawer Order information 15a Power supply unit housing Base fixing Colour Material R7037 Nylon

Part no. Z10NG000

Incl. cover For 24 W SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit

Accessories – Cable holder Colour W

Part no. Z10K0009

E.g. for fixing the SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable Colour R7037 S W

Alternative to 15a 15b Power supply unit housing Panel fixing Colour Material WGR Nylon

Material Nylon

RAL 7037 dust grey Black White

Colour WGR ZN

White grey Zinc plated

Part no. Z10NG120

Runner systems

For 24 W SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit

Reference pages Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | TANDEM Overview – MOVENTO Overview – TANDEM Planning Accessories Overview – assembly devices Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

493 417 447 510 524 591

Machine directive More technical details

701 Assembly, removal and adjustment 698 Short URL www.blum.com/a450

509


Runner systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | TANDEM 〉 Applications

Cabinet with different drawer depths | inner drawer Planning Bracket profile horizontal Cabinet

Position – drive unit

Runner systems

Z

Position – drive unit Runner systems

Drawer height SKH (mm)

≥ 79 MOVENTO ≥ 79 TANDEM LW Internal cabinet width Z Dimension of engagement

224–234 Z (mm) Lever extension 167 – 167 –

Dimension of engagement

Internal cabinet width LW (mm) 235–388 389–428 Z (mm) Lever extenZ (mm) Lever extension sion 167 ● 167 ● 167 ● LW / 2 ● ● Required – Not possible

≥ 429 Lever extension LW / 2 ● LW / 2 ●

Z (mm)

Lever extension

Front assembly – position of Blum distance bumper

510

TANDEM Inner drawer The Blum distance bumper creates and maintains the required trigger path of 2 mm Runners Pull-out type B (mm) C (mm) 56XH | 56XF Full extension 16.5 ±1 12.0 ±1 55XH | 55XF Single extension 18.5 ±0.5 13.5 ±0.5 Front thickness Drilling depth BT Adjustment area FD (mm) (mm) (mm) 13.0 10.0 +1.75 / –0.25 Starting at 14.5 11.5 ±1.75

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Runner systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | TANDEM 〉 Applications

Cabinet with different drawer depths | inner drawer Planning Bracket profile horizontal Drilling distances

D

64

FD

X Y MOVENTO

Drawer height SKH (mm) X (mm) ≥ 79 NL + FD + 26 FD Front thickness NL Nominal length X Drilling position Y Min. space requirement Runner systems Drawer height SKH (mm)

X (mm) NL + FD + 36

Internal cabinet width LW (mm) 224–428 ≥ 429 D (mm) D (mm) MOVENTO ≥ 79 –5 19 TANDEM ≥ 79 –5 19 D Distance from cabinet profile fixing position to bracket profile attachment fixing position

D

64

FD

Runner systems

X Y TANDEM

Reference pages Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | TANDEM Overview – MOVENTO Overview – TANDEM Accessories Overview – assembly devices Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

493 417 447 524 591

Machine directive More technical details

701 Assembly, removal and adjustment 698 Short URL www.blum.com/a450 511


Runner systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | TANDEM 〉 Applications

Cabinet with different drawer depths | inner drawer Planning Attachment bracket 1 tier Cabinet

Cabinet bottom – attachment bracket 1 tier

A X *

Distance between the bottom edge of the attachment bracket and the bottom edge of the drive unit Drilling position Measured from cabinet front edge

Drawer height SKH (mm)

Internal cabinet width LW (mm) ≥ 429 A (mm) MOVENTO ≥ 79 35 TANDEM ≥ 79 35 Distance between the bottom edge of the attachment bracket and the bottom edge of the drive unit A Runner systems

Runner systems

Cabinet bottom – attachment bracket 1 tier

Drawer height SKH X (mm) (mm) ≥ 79 NL + 16 LW Internal cabinet width NL Nominal length X Drilling position Y Min. space requirement Z Dimension of engagement

Cabinet bottom – drilling pattern Lower cabling

Back cabling

BT

BT

Drilling depth

Y (mm)

Z (mm)

NL + 30

LW / 2

Drilling depth

Alternative drilling pattern for MINIPRESS top and MINIPRESS BT Drilling depth

512

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Runner systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | TANDEM 〉 Applications

Cabinet with different drawer depths | inner drawer Planning Space requirement and safety distance – power supply unit housing

Attention Maintain a 30 mm safety distance from the bottom edge (base fixing) and/or front edge (panel fixing) and side edges of the power supply unit housing to the neighbouring elements Air must be able to circulate, otherwise the SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit could overheat

Panel fixing

Runner systems

Base fixing

Reference pages Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | TANDEM Overview – MOVENTO Overview – TANDEM Accessories Overview – assembly devices Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

493 417 447 524 591

Machine directive More technical details

701 Assembly, removal and adjustment 698 Short URL www.blum.com/a450 513


Runner systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | TANDEM 〉 Applications

Cabinet with individual drawer ▬ Electrical opening support system in conjunction with BLUMOTION – for soft and effortless closing action ▬ With upper attachment bracket ▬ No fixed connection to the drive system ▬ Pull-outs can be used unchanged ▬ Quick assembly of pre-mounted parts

Runner systems

Order information 1a Blum distance bumper Diameter (mm) 5 8

Up to front height FH 300 mm use 2 pcs. Front height FH 300 mm and higher use 4 pcs.

8

Upper attachment bracket Colour Material R7037 Steel

Incl. pre-mounted adapter for the drive unit

9

Drive unit Colour R7037

Includes pre-assembled lever extension

11

Material Nylon

Cabling

Part no. 993.0530 993.0830.01

Part no. Z10D6252

Part no. Z10A3000.03

SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable and cable end protector Colour Length (m) Part no. S 8 Z10K800AE

Composed of: 11a 1 x SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable 11b 5 x Cable end protector For cutting to size Can be used as a distribution, bracket profile and communications cable

12

Connecting node and cable end protector Colour Material S Nylon

Composed of: 12a 1 x Connecting node 11b 2 x Cable end protector

13

24 W SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit Language package Part no. Language package A Z10NE030A F B Z10NE030B G C Z10NE030C H D Z10NE030D J E Z10NE030E

Incl. operating and installation instructions Without flex Language package – operating and installation instructions A DE | EN | FR | IT | NL F BG | ET | LT | LV | RO | RU B DA | EN | FI | NO | SV G EN | ES | FR C EL | EN | HR | SL | SR | TR H EN | ZH D EN | ES | FR | IT | PT J JA E CS | HU | PL | SK Language descriptions as per ISO-639

Part no. Z10V100E.01

Part no. Z10NE030F Z10NE030G Z10NE030H Z10NE030J

14

Flex Market AR UK CH DK Europe Europe IN IL

Length 2 m, incl. plug ¹ Without plug

¹

Part no. Market Z10M200A JP Z10M200B AU Z10M200C CL Z10M200D CN Z10M200E BR Z10M200E.OS TW Z10M200H US | CA Z10M200I ZA

15a Power supply unit housing Base fixing Colour Material R7037 Nylon

Part no. Z10NG000

Alternative to 15a 15b Power supply unit housing Panel fixing Colour Material WGR Nylon

Part no. Z10NG120

Incl. cover For 24 W SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit

For 24 W SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit

514

Part no. Z10M200J Z10M200K Z10M200L Z10M200N Z10M200S.01 Z10M200T Z10M200U Z10M200Z

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Runner systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | TANDEM 〉 Applications

Cabinet with individual drawer Order information Accessories – Cable holder Colour W

Material Nylon

Part no. Z10K0009

E.g. for fixing the SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable RAL 7037 dust grey Black White

Colour WGR ZN

White grey Zinc plated

Runner systems

Colour R7037 S W

Reference pages Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | TANDEM Overview – MOVENTO Overview – TANDEM Planning Accessories Overview – assembly devices Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

493 417 447 516 524 591

Machine directive More technical details

701 Assembly, removal and adjustment 698 Short URL www.blum.com/a450

515


Runner systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | TANDEM 〉 Applications

Cabinet with individual drawer Planning Cabinet

Runner systems

Position – drive unit

A Distance between the bottom edge of the cabinet profile and the bottom edge of the drive unit E Distance between the bottom edge of the cabinet top panel and the fixing position of the runner X Drilling position The cross bar must be connected to the work plate to make it secure

Position – drive unit Runner systems

Drawer height SKH (mm)

Internal cabinet width LW (mm) 224–234 235–428 A (mm) E min. (mm) E max. (mm) A (mm) E min. (mm) E max. (mm) ≥ 79 – – – 60 100 190 MOVENTO TANDEM ≥ 79 55 96 187 55 96 187 Distance between the bottom edge of the cabinet profile and the bottom edge of the drive unit – Not possible A Distance between the bottom edge of the cabinet top panel and the fixing position of the runner E

A (mm) 35 35

≥ 429 E min. (mm) E max. (mm) 75 165 75 167

1/2

1/2

Front assembly – position of Blum distance bumper

The Blum distance bumper creates and maintains the required trigger path of 2 mm FA Front overlay FH Front height

516

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Runner systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | TANDEM 〉 Applications

Cabinet with individual drawer

Runner systems

Drawer height SKH (mm) X (mm) ≥ 79 NL – 5 NL Nominal length X Drilling position Y Min. space requirement

Drawer height SKH (mm)

≥ 79 MOVENTO ≥ 79 TANDEM LW Internal cabinet width Z Dimension of engagement

224–234 Z (mm) Lever extension – – 164 –

Internal cabinet width LW (mm) 235–388 389–428 Z (mm) Lever extenZ (mm) Lever extension sion 164 ● 164 ● 164 ● LW / 2 ● ● Required – Not possible

Y (mm) NL + 30

≥ 429 Lever extension LW / 2 ● LW / 2 ●

Z (mm)

Runner systems

Planning Drilling distances

Lever extension

Space requirement and safety distance – power supply unit housing

Attention Maintain a 30 mm safety distance from the bottom edge (base fixing) and/or front edge (panel fixing) and side edges of the power supply unit housing to the neighbouring elements Air must be able to circulate, otherwise the SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit could overheat

Base fixing

Panel fixing

Reference pages Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | TANDEM Overview – MOVENTO Overview – TANDEM Accessories Overview – assembly devices Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

493 417 447 524 591

Machine directive More technical details

701 Assembly, removal and adjustment 698 Short URL www.blum.com/a450 517


Runner systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | TANDEM 〉 Applications

Cabinet with inset fronts ▬ Electrical opening support system in conjunction with BLUMOTION – for soft and effortless closing action ▬ With vertical bracket profile ▬ No fixed connection to the drive system ▬ Pull-outs can be used unchanged ▬ Tool-free assembly ▬ Simple cabling

Order information 1b Blum distance bumper – inner drawer Runner systems Diameter (mm) TANDEM 10 Runner systems

Adjustable Blum distance bumper for inner drawers and inset fronts with TANDEM

1b

Depth adjustment – inner drawer Runner systems Colour MOVENTO R7037

Bracket profile Length (mm) 650 700 710 750 800 1170

For cutting to size ● With cable – Without cable Cutting

Material Aluminium Aluminium Aluminium Aluminium Aluminium Aluminium

Part no. 993.2000

Part no. 298.7600

Only for inset applications Integrated Blum distance bumper Suitable for T51.7601 locking device

2

Cable ● ● ● ● ● –

Part no. Z10T650AA Z10T700AA Z10T710AA Z10T750AA Z10T800AA Z10T1170A

Internal cabinet height LH – 10 mm

3a Bracket profile attachment top/bottom Cross bar construction horizontal Colour Material R7037 Nylon

Part no. Z10D01E0.01

Alternative to 3a 3b Bracket profile attachment lower/back Cross bar construction vertical Colour Material R7037 Nylon

Part no. Z10D01EA.01

Incl. bracket profile cover cap

9

Drive unit Colour R7037

Includes pre-assembled lever extension

11

Material Nylon

13

Part no. Z10A3000.03

SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable and cable end protector Colour Length (m) Part no. S 8 Z10K800AE

Composed of: 11a 1 x SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable 11b 5 x Cable end protector For cutting to size Can be used as a distribution, bracket profile and communications cable

12

Connecting node and cable end protector Colour Material S Nylon

Composed of: 12a 1 x Connecting node 11b 2 x Cable end protector

518

Cabling

Part no. Z10V100E.01

24 W SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit Language package Part no. Language package A Z10NE030A F B Z10NE030B G C Z10NE030C H D Z10NE030D J E Z10NE030E

Part no. Z10NE030F Z10NE030G Z10NE030H Z10NE030J

Incl. operating and installation instructions Without flex Language package – operating and installation instructions A DE | EN | FR | IT | NL F BG | ET | LT | LV | RO | RU B DA | EN | FI | NO | SV G EN | ES | FR C EL | EN | HR | SL | SR | TR H EN | ZH D EN | ES | FR | IT | PT J JA E CS | HU | PL | SK Language descriptions as per ISO-639

14

Flex Market AR UK CH DK Europe Europe IN IL

Length 2 m, incl. plug ¹ Without plug

¹

Part no. Market Z10M200A JP Z10M200B AU Z10M200C CL Z10M200D CN Z10M200E BR Z10M200E.OS TW Z10M200H US | CA Z10M200I ZA

Part no. Z10M200J Z10M200K Z10M200L Z10M200N Z10M200S.01 Z10M200T Z10M200U Z10M200Z

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Runner systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | TANDEM 〉 Applications

Cabinet with inset fronts Order information 15a Power supply unit housing Base fixing Colour Material R7037 Nylon

Part no. Z10NG000

Incl. cover For 24 W SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit

Accessories – Cable holder Colour W

Part no. Z10K0009

E.g. for fixing the SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable Colour R7037 S

Alternative to 15a 15b Power supply unit housing Panel fixing Colour Material WGR Nylon

Material Nylon

RAL 7037 dust grey Black

Colour W WGR

White White grey

Part no. Z10NG120

Runner systems

For 24 W SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit

Reference pages Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | TANDEM Overview – MOVENTO Overview – TANDEM Planning Accessories Overview – assembly devices Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

493 417 447 520 524 591

Machine directive More technical details

701 Assembly, removal and adjustment 698 Short URL www.blum.com/a450

519


Runner systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | TANDEM 〉 Applications

Cabinet with inset fronts

Runner systems

Planning Cabinet

Position – drive unit

PL = LH – 10 mm Round down to the nearest tenth LH Internal cabinet height PL Bracket profile length

Position – drive unit Runner systems

Drawer height SKH (mm)

Internal cabinet width LW (mm) 224–234 235–428 A (mm) E min. (mm) A (mm) E min. (mm) ≥ 79 – – 60 74 MOVENTO TANDEM ≥ 79 55 71 55 71 Distance between the bottom edge of the cabinet profile and the bottom edge of the drive unit – Not possible A Distance between the bottom edge of the cabinet top panel and the fixing position of the runner E

Cabinet bottom – drilling pattern Lower cabling

Back cabling

BT

BT

Drilling depth

Alternative drilling pattern for MINIPRESS top and MINIPRESS BT Drilling depth

520

Drilling depth

A (mm) 35 35

≥ 429

E min. (mm) 49 51

Front assembly – position of Blum distance bumper

TANDEM Inner drawer The Blum distance bumper creates and maintains the required trigger path of 2 mm Runners Pull-out type B (mm) C (mm) 56XH | 56XF Full extension 16.5 ±1 12.0 ±1 55XH | 55XF Single extension 18.5 ±0.5 13.5 ±0.5 Front thickness Drilling depth BT Adjustment area FD (mm) (mm) (mm) 13.0 10.0 +1.75 / –0.25 Starting at 14.5 11.5 ±1.75

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Runner systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | TANDEM 〉 Applications

Cabinet with inset fronts

Runner systems

Drawer height SKH (mm) X (mm) ≥ 79 NL + FD + 18 FD Front thickness NL Nominal length X Drilling position Y Min. space requirement

Drawer height SKH (mm)

≥ 79 MOVENTO ≥ 79 TANDEM LW Internal cabinet width Z Dimension of engagement

224–234 Z (mm) Lever extension – – 164 –

Internal cabinet width LW (mm) 235–388 389–428 Z (mm) Lever extenZ (mm) Lever extension sion 164 ● 164 ● 164 ● LW / 2 ● ● Required – Not possible

Y (mm) NL + FD + 34

≥ 429 Lever extension LW / 2 ● LW / 2 ●

Z (mm)

Runner systems

Planning Drilling distances – base | cross bar

Lever extension

Space requirement and safety distance – power supply unit housing

Attention Maintain a 30 mm safety distance from the bottom edge (base fixing) and/or front edge (panel fixing) and side edges of the power supply unit housing to the neighbouring elements Air must be able to circulate, otherwise the SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit could overheat

Base fixing

Panel fixing

Reference pages Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | TANDEM Overview – MOVENTO Overview – TANDEM Accessories Overview – assembly devices Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

493 417 447 524 591

Machine directive More technical details

701 Assembly, removal and adjustment 698 Short URL www.blum.com/a450 521


Runner systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | TANDEM 〉 Applications

SERVO-DRIVE uno for bottom mount waste bin solutions ▬ Electrical opening support system in conjunction with BLUMOTION – for soft and effortless closing action ▬ Suitable for individual applications ▬ For bottom mount waste bin solutions ▬ Also ideal for retrofitting ▬ No fixed connection to the drive system ▬ Pull-outs can be used unchanged ▬ Simple and quick assembly of pre-mounted parts

Order information 18 SERVO-DRIVE uno set LanNetwork guage adapter package

Runner systems

E E E E E E

Network adapter E

B

A B C D E F

K

Network

Lan-

Part no. adapter guage Z10NA30EA B Z10NA30EB K Z10NA30EC U Z10NA30ED U Z10NA30EE H Z10NA30EF U

package

A D G J D

SERVO-DRIVE uno set

Web code DQE7FY

Part no. Z10NA30BA Z10NA30KD Z10NA30UG Z10NA30UJ Z10NA30HD ¹

H

Language package – operating and installation instructions A DE | EN | FR | IT | NL E CS | HU | PL | SK B DA | EN | FI | NO | SV F BG | ET | LT | LV | RO | RU C EL | EN | HR | SL | SR | TR G EN | ES | FR D EN | ES | FR | IT | PT J JA Other combinations available upon request Set pre-mounted ¹ See the Information chapter for a detailed market list Composed of: 1 2 x Blum distance bumper 4 1 x Attachment bracket 1 tier 9 1 x Drive unit 18a 1 x Transport protection 18b 1 x Drip protection feature 18c 1 x 12 W SERVO-DRIVE plug-in power supply unit 18d 1 x Assembly – 7 x Screws for Blum distance bumper and attachment bracket – 1 x Installation instructions – 1 x Operating instructions

522

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Runner systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | TANDEM 〉 Applications

Planning Cabinet

Position – drive unit

Drilling distances – base

Runner systems

Runner systems

Internal cabinet width LW (mm) ≥ 429 A (mm) MOVENTO 35 TANDEM 35 A Distance between the bottom edge of the attachment bracket and the bottom edge of the drive unit

Internal cabinet width LW (mm) ≥ 429 X (mm) Y (mm) Z (mm) NL + 16 NL + 30 LW / 2 NL + 16 NL + 30 LW / 2

MOVENTO TANDEM NL Nominal length X Drilling position Y Min. space requirement Z Dimension of engagement

Position – Blum distance bumper

The Blum distance bumper creates and maintains the required trigger path of 2 mm

Reference pages Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | TANDEM Overview – MOVENTO Overview – TANDEM SERVO-DRIVE uno – market list Overview – assembly devices Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

493 417 447 718 591

Machine directive More technical details

701 Assembly, removal and adjustment 698 Short URL www.blum.com/a450 523

Runner systems

Web code DQE7FY

SERVO-DRIVE uno for bottom mount waste bin solutions


Runner systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | TANDEM 〉 Accessories

Cable holder ▬ Colour: white ▬ Material: nylon

Order information Description Cable holder

Part no. Z10K0009

▬ Connects two drive units that need to activate simultaneously

Order information Length (mm) 80 500 1200 1600

Part no. Z10K008S Z10K050S Z10K120S Z10K160S

▬ COMBOX set ▬ For preventing front collisions when using SERVO-DRIVE in corner situations ▬ Includes all assembly and cabling components

Order information Description COMBOX set

Part no. Z10ZC00A

Runner systems

Synchronisation cable

COMBOX set

524

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Runner systems

Runner systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | TANDEM

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

525


Inner dividing systems

5

Blum‘s practical inner dividing systems organise every drawer and pull-out.

AMBIA-LINE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX

Pots and pans, toiletries and bathroom accessories, everything is where it should be, clear visibility and everything within easy reach.

AMBIA-LINE kitchen accessories

The practical accessories combine The elegant frames have various uses and bring perfect organisation beautiful design with practical function into any living area

526

Storage space can be put to optimal use and interiors tailored to individual needs.

ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX

ORGA-LINE kitchen accessories

ORGA-LINE creates impressive order in any drawer or high-fronted pull-out

With spice holders, foil | film dispensers and much more, you have everything that you need close at hand. The tools can be quickly cleared away after cooking

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Inner dividing systems 〉 Overview

AMBIA-LINE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX AMBIA-LINE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX Overview

528 529

Symbolic image

AMBIA-LINE kitchen accessories AMBIA-LINE kitchen accessories Order information

538 539

Symbolic image

ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX Overview

540 541

Symbolic image

ORGA-LINE kitchen accessories ORGA-LINE kitchen accessories Order information

554 555

Inner dividing systems

Symbolic image

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

527


Inner dividing systems 〉 AMBIA-LINE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX

Organisation at its best The elegant inner dividing system carries the minimalist design through to interiors and beautifully organises furniture throughout the home. The frames can easily be positioned wherever required and are available in high-quality materials such as coated steel and selected wood décors. Well-thought-out kitchen accessories such as the spice and plate holder round off this compact range.

Inner dividing systems

Drawer

Steel design

Wood design

AMBIA-LINE drawer frames can be enhanced by using foil | film dispensers and a knife holder

Wood design

The Blum plate holder and spice holder fit perfectly with AMBIA-LINE in steel and wood

High fronted pull-out

Steel design

528

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Inner dividing systems 〉 AMBIA-LINE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX 〉 Overview

Drawer

Steel design – frame Wood design – frame Recommendation for drawer | inner drawer

530 531 532

Symbolic image

High fronted pull-out Steel design – frame Steel design – bottles Steel design – cross gallery Wood design – frame Recommendation for high fronted pull-out | inner pull-out Symbolic image

533 534 535 536 537

Assembly, removal and adjustment Assembly, removal and adjustment

Inner dividing systems

Symbolic image

Short URL www.blum.com/a510

Pictograph Item available on request

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

529


Inner dividing systems 〉 AMBIA-LINE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX 〉 Drawer

Steel design – frame ▬ Practical for kitchen applications and in other areas of the home ▬ Elegant, slim design ▬ Suitable for LEGRABOX drawers and inner pull-out, height M and K ▬ Suitable for MERIVOBOX drawers and inner pullout, height M and K ▬ Can be put in any position and offers secure location ▬ Cutlery insert with soft touch surface ▬ Film | foil dispenser and knife holder can be used as an option ▬ Frame height 50 mm ▬ Material: steel, powder-coated

Inner dividing systems

Order information A Cutlery insert Nominal length Width (mm) NL (mm)

B1

450

300

500

300

550

300

600

300

650

300

Drawer frame – 242 mm Nominal length Width (mm) NL (mm) 270–400

242

D Colour

Part no.

SW-M/OG-M | IG-M | OG-M | CS-M SW-M/OG-M | IG-M | OG-M | CS-M SW-M/OG-M | IG-M | OG-M | CS-M SW-M/OG-M | IG-M | OG-M | CS-M SW-M/OG-M | OG-M | CS-M

Colour

ZC7S450BS3

450

200

ZC7S500BS3

500

200

ZC7S550BS3

550

200

ZC7S600BS3

600

200

ZC7S650BS3

650

200

Part no.

SW-M | IG-M | OG-M | CS-M

Accessories Z1 Cross divider Width (mm)

ZC7S300RSU

100

Incl. magnetic panel for connection to the drawer side or steel back

B2

Adapter profile – connection to chipboard back Height Width (mm) Colour SW-M | IG-M | M 242 OG-M | CS-M SW-M | IG-M | K 242 OG-M | CS-M

200 Part no. ZC7A0U0M ZC7A0U0K

Recommendation From nominal length NL 350 mm

C

Drawer frame – 100 mm Nominal length Width (mm) NL (mm) 450

100

500

100

550

100

600

100

650

100

Reference pages Overview – AMBIA-LINE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX Wood design – frame Recommendation for drawer | inner drawer

530

Colour

Part no.

SW-M | IG-M | OG-M | CS-M SW-M | IG-M | OG-M | CS-M SW-M | IG-M | OG-M | CS-M SW-M | IG-M | OG-M | CS-M SW-M | OG-M | CS-M

529 531 532

Drawer frame – 200 mm Nominal length Width (mm) NL (mm)

ZC7S450RS1 ZC7S500RS1 ZC7S550RS1 ZC7S600RS1 ZC7S650RS1

242

Colour

Part no.

SW-M | IG-M | OG-M | CS-M SW-M | IG-M | OG-M | CS-M SW-M | IG-M | OG-M | CS-M SW-M | IG-M | OG-M | CS-M SW-M | OG-M | CS-M

Height (mm) Colour SW-M | IG-M | 50 OG-M | CS-M SW-M | IG-M | 50 OG-M | CS-M SW-M | IG-M | 50 OG-M | CS-M

ZC7S450RS2 ZC7S500RS2 ZC7S550RS2 ZC7S600RS2 ZC7S650RS2

Part no. ZC7Q010SS ZC7Q020SS ZC7Q0U0SS

Recommendation – colour combination of the components Colour No. Description SW-M IG-M OG-M CS-M INGL SW-M/ IG-M OG-M CS-M CS-M A Cutlery insert OG-M B1

Drawer frame – 242 mm

SW-M

IG-M

OG-M CS-M

CS-M

B2

Adapter profile – connection to chipboard back

SW-M

IG-M

OG-M CS-M

CS-M

C

Drawer frame – 100 mm

SW-M

IG-M

OG-M CS-M

CS-M

D

Drawer frame – 200 mm

SW-M

IG-M

OG-M CS-M

CS-M

Z1

Cross divider

SW-M

IG-M

OG-M CS-M

CS-M

Colour CS-M INGL

Carbon black matt Stainless steel Anti-fingerprint

Colour SW-M IG-M OG-M

AMBIA-LINE kitchen accessories More technical details

Silk white matt Indium grey matt Orion grey matt

538 Assembly, removal and adjustment 698 Short URL www.blum.com/a510 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Inner dividing systems 〉 AMBIA-LINE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX 〉 Drawer

Wood design – frame ▬ Practical for kitchen applications and in other areas of the home ▬ Elegant, slim design ▬ Suitable for LEGRABOX drawers and inner pull-out, height M and K ▬ Suitable for MERIVOBOX drawers and inner pullout, height M and K ▬ Can be put in any position and offers secure location ▬ Film | foil dispenser and knife holder can be used as an option ▬ Frame height 50 mm ▬ Material: wood décor/steel

B

450

300

500

300

550

300

600

300

650

300

Drawer frame – 242 mm Nominal length Width (mm) NL (mm) 270–400

C

242

Drawer frame – 100 mm Nominal length Width (mm) NL (mm) 450

100

500

100

550

100

600

100

650

100

D Colour

Part no.

E01S | E02G | N01C E01S | E02G | N01C E01S | E02G | N01C E01S | E02G | N01C E01S | E02G | N01C

Colour

ZC7S450BH3

450

200

ZC7S500BH3

500

200

ZC7S550BH3

550

200

ZC7S600BH3

600

200

ZC7S650BH3

650

200

Part no.

E01S | E02G | N01C

Colour

ZC7S300RHU

Part no.

E01S | E02G | N01C E01S | E02G | N01C E01S | E02G | N01C E01S | E02G | N01C E01S | E02G | N01C

ZC7S450RH1 ZC7S500RH1 ZC7S550RH1 ZC7S600RH1 ZC7S650RH1

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

529 530 532

Colour

Part no.

E01S | E02G | N01C E01S | E02G | N01C E01S | E02G | N01C E01S | E02G | N01C E01S | E02G | N01C

ZC7S450RH2 ZC7S500RH2 ZC7S550RH2 ZC7S600RH2 ZC7S650RH2

Accessories Z1 Cross divider with spring clamp Width (mm) Height (mm) Colour EC01 | EC02 | 100 50 NU01 EC01 | EC02 | 200 50 NU01 EC01 | EC02 | 242 50 NU01

Part no. ZC7Q010SH ZC7Q020SH ZC7Q0U0SH

Recommendation – colour combination of the components Colour No. Description SW-M OG-M CS-M INGL A Cutlery insert E01S E02G N01C N01C B

Drawer frame – 242 mm

E01S

E02G

N01C

N01C

C

Drawer frame – 100 mm

E01S

E02G

N01C

N01C

D

Drawer frame – 200 mm

E01S

E02G

N01C

N01C

Z1

Cross divider

EC01

EC02

NU01

NU01

Colour E02G EC02 N01C NU01

Nebraska oak/OG-M Nebraska oak Tennessee walnut/CS-M Tennessee walnut

Colour SW-M OG-M CS-M INGL E01S EC01

Reference pages Overview – AMBIA-LINE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX Steel design – frame Recommendation for drawer | inner drawer

Drawer frame – 200 mm Nominal length Width (mm) NL (mm)

AMBIA-LINE kitchen accessories More technical details

Silk white matt Orion grey matt Carbon black matt Stainless steel Anti-fingerprint Bardolino oak/SW-M Bardolino oak

538 Assembly, removal and adjustment 698 Short URL www.blum.com/a510 531

Inner dividing systems

Order information A Cutlery insert Nominal length Width (mm) NL (mm)


Inner dividing systems 〉 AMBIA-LINE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX 〉 Drawer

Recommendation for drawer | inner drawer

Cutlery insert and drawer frame Cabinet width Nominal length NL (mm) KB (mm) 450 500 550 600 400 1 x Cutlery insert 450 500 550 1 x Cutlery insert 1 x Drawer frame – 100 mm 600 800 900 1000 1100

2 x Cutlery insert 2 x Cutlery insert 1 x Drawer frame – 100 mm 2 x Cutlery insert 2 x Drawer frame – 100 mm 2 x Cutlery insert 1 x Drawer frame – 100 mm 1 x Drawer frame – 200 mm

Drawer frame – nominal length NL 450–650 mm

Cabinet width Nominal length NL (mm) KB (mm) 270 300 350 400 275 – 300 – 350 400 Drawer frame – 450 1x Drawer frame – 242 mm 500 1x 242 mm 550 600 Drawer frame – Drawer frame – 2x 800 2x 242 mm 242 mm 900 3 x Drawer frame – 242 mm 1000

Cabinet width Nominal length NL (mm) KB (mm) 450 500 550

1200

4 x Drawer frame – 242 mm

275 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 800 900 1000 1100 1200

600

650

1 x Drawer frame – 100 mm 1 x Drawer frame – 200 mm 1 x Drawer frame – 100 mm 1 x Drawer frame – 200 mm 2 x Drawer frame – 100 mm 1 x Drawer frame – 200 mm 2 x Drawer frame – 100 mm 2 x Drawer frame – 200 mm 2 x Drawer frame – 100 mm 3 x Drawer frame – 200 mm

Inner dividing systems

1200

650

Drawer frame – nominal length NL 270–400 mm

Reference pages Overview – AMBIA-LINE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX Steel design – frame Wood design – frame AMBIA-LINE kitchen accessories More technical details

532

529

Assembly, removal and adjustment

530 531 Short URL 538 www.blum.com/a510 698

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Inner dividing systems 〉 AMBIA-LINE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX 〉 High fronted pull-out

Steel design – frame ▬ Practical for kitchen applications and in other areas of the home ▬ Elegant, slim design ▬ Suitable for LEGRABOX high fronted pull-out and inner pull-out, height C and F ▬ Suitable for MERIVOBOX high fronted pull-out and inner pull-out, height E ▬ Can be put in any position and offers secure location ▬ Plate holder and spice holder can be used as an option ▬ Frame height 110 mm ▬ Material: steel, powder-coated

Part no. ZC7F300RSU ZC7F400RSP

Incl. magnetic panel for connection to the drawer side or steel back

B2

Adapter profile – connection to chipboard back Height Width (mm) Colour SW-M | IG-M | C|E 242 OG-M | CS-M SW-M | OG-M | F 242 CS-M SW-M | IG-M | C|E 218 OG-M | CS-M SW-M | OG-M | F 218 CS-M

Part no. ZC7A0U0C

Recommendation – colour combination of the components Colour No. Description SW-M IG-M OG-M CS-M INGL B1 Frame for high fronted pull-outs SW-M IG-M OG-M CS-M CS-M Adapter profile – connection SW-M IG-M OG-M CS-M CS-M B2 to chipboard back Z1 Cross divider SW-M IG-M OG-M CS-M CS-M Colour SW-M IG-M OG-M

Silk white matt Indium grey matt Orion grey matt

Colour CS-M INGL

Carbon black matt Stainless steel Anti-fingerprint

Inner dividing systems

Order information B1 Frame for high fronted pull-outs Nominal length Width (mm) Colour NL (mm) SW-M | IG-M | 270–650 242 OG-M | CS-M SW-M | IG-M | 400–650 218 OG-M | CS-M

ZC7A0U0F ZC7A0P0C ZC7A0P0F

Only available in height F for LEGRABOX Recommendation From nominal length NL 350 mm

Accessories Z1 Cross divider Width (mm) 242 218

Height (mm) Colour SW-M | IG-M | 110 OG-M | CS-M SW-M | IG-M | 110 OG-M | CS-M

Reference pages Overview – AMBIA-LINE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX Steel design – bottles Steel design – cross gallery Wood design – frame Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

Part no. ZC7Q0U0FS ZC7Q0P0FS

Recommendation for high fronted pull-out | inner pull-out AMBIA-LINE kitchen accessories 534 More technical details 535 536 529

537 Assembly, removal and adjustment 538 698 Short URL www.blum.com/a510 533


Inner dividing systems 〉 AMBIA-LINE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX 〉 High fronted pull-out

Steel design – bottles ▬ Practical for kitchen applications ▬ Elegant, slim design ▬ Suitable for LEGRABOX high fronted pull-out, heights C and F ▬ Suitable for MERIVOBOX high fronted pull-out, heights E ▬ Can be put in any position and offers secure location ▬ Installation height 140 mm (drawer frame with bottle set) ▬ Material: steel, powder-coated

Inner dividing systems

Order information C Drawer frame – 100 mm Nominal length Width (mm) NL (mm)

D

450

100

500

100

550

100

600

100

650

100

Drawer frame – 200 mm Nominal length Width (mm) NL (mm) 450

200

500

200

550

200

600

200

650

200

Reference pages Overview – AMBIA-LINE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX Steel design – frame Steel design – cross gallery Wood design – frame 534

E Colour SW-M | IG-M | OG-M | CS-M SW-M | IG-M | OG-M | CS-M SW-M | IG-M | OG-M | CS-M SW-M | IG-M | OG-M | CS-M SW-M | OG-M | CS-M

Colour SW-M | IG-M | OG-M | CS-M SW-M | IG-M | OG-M | CS-M SW-M | IG-M | OG-M | CS-M SW-M | IG-M | OG-M | CS-M SW-M | OG-M | CS-M

Part no.

Bottle set Nominal length Width (mm) NL (mm)

ZC7S450RS1

450–650

100

ZC7S500RS1

450–650

200

ZC7S550RS1 ZC7S600RS1 ZC7S650RS1

Part no. ZC7S450RS2 ZC7S500RS2 ZC7S550RS2 ZC7S600RS2

Part no.

SW-M | IG-M | OG-M | CS-M SW-M | IG-M | OG-M | CS-M

¹

ZC7B0100S

¹

ZC7B0200S

Composed of: – 2 x Adapter – 3 x Cross divider Not suitable for inner pull-out! Order drawer frame separately ¹ Nominal length NL 650 mm not available in IG-M

Recommendation – colour combination of the components Colour No. Description SW-M IG-M OG-M CS-M INGL C

Drawer frame – 100 mm

SW-M

IG-M

OG-M CS-M

CS-M

D

Drawer frame – 200 mm

SW-M

IG-M

OG-M CS-M

CS-M

E

Bottle set

SW-M

IG-M

OG-M CS-M

CS-M

Colour CS-M INGL

Carbon black matt Stainless steel Anti-fingerprint

Colour SW-M IG-M OG-M

Silk white matt Indium grey matt Orion grey matt

ZC7S650RS2

Recommendation for high fronted pull-out | inner pull-out AMBIA-LINE kitchen accessories 533 More technical details 535 536 529

Colour

537 Assembly, removal and adjustment 538 698 Short URL www.blum.com/a510 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Inner dividing systems 〉 AMBIA-LINE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX 〉 High fronted pull-out

Steel design – cross gallery ▬ Practical for kitchen applications ▬ With cross gallery for cutting to size ▬ Suitable for LEGRABOX high fronted pull-out and inner pull-out, height C and F ▬ Suitable for MERIVOBOX high fronted pull-out and inner pull-out, height E ▬ Can be put in any position and offers secure location

Cutting

A3

Material

Part no.

Aluminium

ZR7.1080U

B

Cutting

Internal cabinet width LW – 90 mm

Cross gallery connector Drawer side Colour LEGRABOX pure SW-M | OG-M | CS-M LEGRABOX free SW-M | OG-M | CS-M

Part no. ZC7U10E0 ZC7U11E0

Lateral divider Length (mm) 84

Part no. ZC7U10F0

Order 2 x for each cross gallery

Colour SW-M | OG-M | CS-M

MERIVOBOX A1 Cross gallery for cutting to size Length (mm) Colour SW-M | IG-M | 1059 OG-M A3

Material

Part no.

Aluminium

ZR4.1059U

Internal cabinet width LW – 111 mm

Cross gallery connector Side panel Colour Gallery | BOXCAP SW-M | IG-M | OG-M BOXCOVER SW-M | IG-M | OG-M

Part no. ZC4U10E0 ZC4U11E0

Lateral divider Length (mm) 84

Part no. ZC4U10F0

Order 2 x for each cross gallery

B

Colour SW-M | IG-M | OG-M

Recommendation – colour combination of the components Colour No. Description SW-M IG-M OG-M CS-M INGL A1 Cross gallery for cutting to size SW-M IG-M OG-M CS-M CS-M A3 B

Colour SW-M IG-M OG-M

Reference pages Overview – AMBIA-LINE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX AMBIA-LINE kitchen accessories Recommendation for high fronted pull-out | inner pull-out Steel design – frame Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

Steel design – bottles Wood design – frame 538 More technical details 537 533 529

Cross gallery connector

Lateral divider

Silk white matt Indium grey matt Orion grey matt

SW-M

IG-M

OG-M CS-M

OG-M CS-M

CS-M

SW-M

IG-M

CS-M

Colour CS-M INGL

Carbon black matt Stainless steel Anti-fingerprint

534 Assembly, removal and adjustment 536 698 Short URL www.blum.com/a510 535

Inner dividing systems

Order information LEGRABOX A1 Cross gallery for cutting to size Length (mm) Colour SW-M | OG-M | 1080 CS-M


Inner dividing systems 〉 AMBIA-LINE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX 〉 High fronted pull-out

Wood design – frame ▬ Practical for kitchen applications and in other areas of the home ▬ Elegant, slim design ▬ Suitable for LEGRABOX high fronted pull-out and inner pull-out, height C and F ▬ Suitable for MERIVOBOX high fronted pull-out and inner pull-out, height E ▬ Can be put in any position and offers secure location ▬ Plate holder and spice holder can be used as an option ▬ Frame height 110 mm ▬ Material: wood décor/steel

Inner dividing systems

Order information B Frame for high fronted pull-outs Nominal length Width (mm) Colour NL (mm) E01S | E02G | 270–650 242 N01C E01S | E02G | 400–650 218 N01C

Part no. ZC7F300RHU ZC7F400RHP

Accessories Z1 Cross divider with spring clamp Width (mm) Height (mm) Colour EC01 | EC02 | 242 100 NU01 EC01 | EC02 | 218 100 NU01

Part no. ZC7Q0U0FH ZC7Q0P0FH

Recommendation – colour combination of the components Colour No. Description SW-M OG-M CS-M INGL B Frame for high fronted pull-outs E01S E02G N01C N01C Z1

Colour SW-M OG-M CS-M INGL E01S EC01

Cross divider

Silk white matt Orion grey matt Carbon black matt Stainless steel Anti-fingerprint Bardolino oak/SW-M Bardolino oak

EC01

EC02

Colour E02G EC02 N01C NU01

Nebraska oak/OG-M Nebraska oak Tennessee walnut/CS-M Tennessee walnut

Reference pages Overview – AMBIA-LINE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX Steel design – frame Steel design – bottles Steel design – cross gallery 536

NU01

NU01

Recommendation for high fronted pull-out | inner pull-out AMBIA-LINE kitchen accessories 533 More technical details 534 535 529

537 Assembly, removal and adjustment 538 698 Short URL www.blum.com/a510 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Inner dividing systems 〉 AMBIA-LINE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX 〉 High fronted pull-out

Recommendation for high fronted pull-out | inner pull-out

Frame for high fronted pull-outs – nominal length NL 270–400 mm

Cabinet width Nominal length NL (mm) KB (mm) 270 300 350 275 – 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 800 900 1000

Cabinet width Nominal length NL (mm) KB (mm) 450 500 550 275

300 350 400 Frame for high fronted pull-outs – 1x 450 242 mm 500 550 600 2 x Frame for high fronted pull-outs – 242 mm 800 900 1000 3 x Frame for high fronted pull-outs – 242 mm 1200

600

650

1x

Frame for high fronted pull-outs – 218 mm

2x

Frame for high fronted pull-outs – 218 mm

3x

Frame for high fronted pull-outs – 218 mm

Inner dividing systems

1200

400

Frame for high fronted pull-outs – nominal length NL 450–650 mm

Reference pages Overview – AMBIA-LINE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX Steel design – frame Steel design – bottles Steel design – cross gallery Wood design – frame AMBIA-LINE kitchen accessories Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

529 533 534 535 536 538

More technical details

698 Assembly, removal and adjustment Short URL www.blum.com/a510

537


Inner dividing systems 〉 AMBIA-LINE kitchen accessories

Small accessories, big impact

Inner dividing systems

The attractive AMBIA-LINE kitchen accessories combine a high-quality design with well-conceived functionality. Holders for knives, plates and spices and dispensers for cling film or foil help to keep the kitchen tidy. Everything is perfectly in place – your kitchen utensils are tidily stored in the pull-out and easy to access.

Foil/film dispenser By using the foil dispenser, cling film and aluminium foil can be pulled out without creases and cleanly cut

Knife holder Up to nine knives can be stored safely and tidily in the knife holder to ensure easy access

Spice holder Blum plate holder The infinitely adjustable Blum plate holder can safely accommodate up to Spice containers of various sizes can be tidily stored in the spice holder without risk of tipping over 12 plates in the pull-out and can also be easily transported

538

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Inner dividing systems 〉 AMBIA-LINE kitchen accessories 〉 Order information

Foil/film dispenser ▬ Film | foil dispenser for cling film and aluminium foil ▬ Dispenser rod for crease-free removal of cling film ▬ Antislipping device through flexible base fixing bracket ▬ Removable ▬ Suitable for LEGRABOX drawers and inner pull-out, height M and K ▬ Suitable for MERIVOBOX drawers and inner pullout, height M and K ▬ In combination with AMBIA-LINE drawer frame with a width of 200 mm ▬ Colour: orion grey matt ▬ Material: nylon/stainless steel

Order information Version With film | foil Without film | foil

▬ Safe accommodation of four large and five small knives ▬ Incl. handle support for long knives ▬ Antislipping device through base fixing bracket ▬ Suitable for LEGRABOX drawers and inner pull-out, height M and K ▬ Suitable for MERIVOBOX drawers and inner pullout, height M and K ▬ In combination with AMBIA-LINE drawer frame with a width of 200 mm ▬ Colour: orion grey matt ▬ Material: nylon/stainless steel

Order information Description Knife holder

▬ Safe accommodation of up to 12 plates ▬ Can be infinitely adjusted to suit plate size ▬ Removable ▬ Suitable for LEGRABOX high fronted pull-out and inner pull-out, height C and F ▬ Suitable for MERIVOBOX high fronted pull-out and inner pull-out, height E ▬ Colour: orion grey matt ▬ Material: nylon/stainless steel

Order information Description Blum plate holder

Dimensions Length (mm) Width (mm)

Part no. ZC7C0000 ZC7C0001 409 187

Reference pages Assembly, removal and adjustment Short URL www.blum.com/a520

Knife holder

Dimensions Length (mm) Width (mm)

Part no. ZC7M0200 409 187

Reference pages Assembly, removal and adjustment

Inner dividing systems

Short URL www.blum.com/a520

Blum plate holder

Dimensions Diameter of plates (mm) Stacking height of plates (mm) Overall height (mm)

Part no. ZC7T0350 186–322 146 170

Reference pages Assembly, removal and adjustment Short URL www.blum.com/a520

Spice holder ▬ Organised storage of spice packets of various sizes ▬ Suitable for LEGRABOX high fronted pull-out and inner pull-out, height C and F ▬ Suitable for MERIVOBOX high fronted pull-out and inner pull-out, height E ▬ In combination with AMBIA-LINE frame for high fronted pull-outs with a width of 218 mm ▬ Colour: orion grey matt ▬ Material: nylon/stainless steel

Order information Description Spice holder Dimensions Length (mm) Width (mm)

Part no. ZC7G0P0I 356 205

Reference pages Assembly, removal and adjustment Short URL www.blum.com/a520

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

539


Inner dividing systems 〉 ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX

Everything you need at a glance ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX is a high-quality inner dividing system with a customised design for drawers and pull-outs. Be it cutlery, bottles or pots – all your items can be stored in a way that is both practical and convenient. All the dividers can be adjusted to accommodate the storage items. ORGA-LINE therefore provides easy access and organisation in drawers and pull-outs. The practical ORGA-LINE kitchen accessories also make many kitchen tasks easier and organise interiors.

Inner dividing systems

Drawer

Container sets

Utensil divider sets

Combo sets

TANDEMBOX plus

The ORGA-LINE sets for high fronted pull-outs can be supplemented with a spice holder and/or a plate-holder

The ORGA-LINE sets for drawers can be supplemented with a foil/film dispenser and a knife holder

High fronted pull-out

TANDEMBOX antaro

540

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Inner dividing systems 〉 ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX 〉 Overview

Drawer

Container sets Utensil divider sets Combo sets Individual sets

542 544 546 548

Symbolic image

High fronted pull-out ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX antaro – cross divider ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX antaro – cross gallery ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX plus – cross divider ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX plus – cross gallery Recommendation for high fronted pull-out | inner pull-out

550 551 ☎ ☎ 552

Assembly, removal and adjustment Assembly, removal and adjustment

Inner dividing systems

Symbolic image

Short URL www.blum.com/a530

Pictograph Item available on request Dishwasher-proof up to 65°C

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

541


Inner dividing systems 〉 ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX 〉 Drawer

Container sets ▬ Practical for kitchen applications ▬ Well-suited for cutlery ▬ Suitable for TANDEMBOX antaro drawers and inner pull-out, height M and K ▬ Removable containers (dishwasher-proof) ▬ Film | foil dispenser and knife holder can be used as an option ▬ Nominal length NL 450–550 mm ▬ Recommendation: cabinet width KB 275–1200 mm

Space requirement

NL KB LW

Order information KB (mm)

275–299

Symbol image, NL 500 mm

NL (mm) 450 500 550

Part no. ZSI.450BI1N ZSI.500BI1N ZSI.550BI1N

Inner dividing systems

KB (mm)

600

Symbol image, NL 500 mm

NL (mm) 450 500 550 ¹

Set fully fills drawer

¹ ¹ ¹

KB (mm)

900

Symbol image, NL 500 mm

NL (mm) 450 500 550 ¹

Set fully fills drawer

¹ ¹ ¹

KB (mm)

¹

542

Set fully fills drawer

Part no. ZSI.90VEI4 ZSI.90VEI6 ZSI.90VEI7 1200

Symbol image, NL 500 mm

NL (mm) 450 500 550

Part no. ZSI.60VEI4 ZSI.60VEI6 ZSI.60VEI7

¹ ¹ ¹

KB (mm)

300–399

Symbol image, NL 500 mm

NL (mm) 450 500 550

KB (mm)

601–699

Symbol image, NL 500 mm

NL (mm) 450 500 550

Part no. ZSI.450BI1N + ZSI.500BI1N + ZSI.550BI1N +

KB (mm)

Part no. ZSI.450BI3N ZSI.500BI3 ZSI.550BI3 901–999

Symbol image, NL 500 mm

NL (mm) 450 500 550

Part no. ZSI.450BI2N ZSI.500BI2N ZSI.550BI2N

Part no. ZSI.450BI3N + ZSI.500BI3 + ZSI.550BI3 +

SPACE CORNER

Part no. ZSI.12VEI4 ZSI.12VEI6 Symbol image, NL 650 mm ZSI.12VEI7 NL (mm) 600 650

Part no. ZSI.450KI4N ZSI.500KI4 ZSI.550KI4

KB (mm)

400–549

Symbol image, NL 500 mm

NL (mm) 450 500 550

KB (mm)

Part no. ZSI.450BI2N + ZSI.500BI2N + ZSI.550BI2N +

KB (mm)

Part no. ZSI.450BI3N ZSI.500BI3 ZSI.550BI3 1000–1099

Symbol image, NL 500 mm

NL (mm) 450 500 550

Part no. ZSI.450BI3N ZSI.500BI3 ZSI.550BI3 700–799

Symbol image, NL 500 mm

NL (mm) 450 500 550

Nominal length Cabinet width Internal cabinet width

2x 2x 2x

Part no. ZSI.450KI4N ZSI.500KI4 ZSI.550KI4

KB (mm)

550–599

Symbol image, NL 500 mm

NL (mm) 450 500 550

Part no. ZSI.450BI1N + ZSI.500BI1N + ZSI.550BI1N +

KB (mm)

800–899

Symbol image, NL 500 mm

NL (mm) 450 500 550

2x 2x 2x

KB (mm)

Part no. ZSI.450BI3N ZSI.500BI3 ZSI.550BI3 1100–1199

Symbol image, NL 500 mm

NL (mm) 450 2 x 500 2 x 550 2 x

Part no. ZSI.450BI3N ZSI.500BI3 ZSI.550BI3

Part no. ZSI.450BI3N + ZSI.500BI3 + ZSI.550BI3 +

Part no. ZSI.450FI2N ZSI.500FI2N ZSI.550FI2N

ORGA-LINE kitchen accessories Placement in the sets 1 1 x ZSZ.01Fx 1 1 x ZSZ.02Fx 2 1 x ZSZ.01Fx + 1 x ZSZ.02Fx 2 1 x ZSZ.02M0

Part no. ZSI.450BI3E ZSZ.01Fx ZSZ.02Fx 0 = with film | foil ZSI.500BI3E x x

ZSZ.02M0

1 = without film | foil

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Inner dividing systems 〉 ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX 〉 Drawer

Inner dividing systems

Container sets

Reference pages Overview – ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX Utensil divider sets Combo sets Individual sets ORGA-LINE kitchen accessories Accessories Planning Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

541 More technical details 544 546 548 554 549 549

698 Assembly, removal and adjustment Short URL www.blum.com/a530

543


Inner dividing systems 〉 ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX 〉 Drawer

Utensil divider sets ▬ Practical for kitchen applications and in other areas of the home ▬ Suitable for TANDEMBOX antaro drawers and inner pull-out, height M and K ▬ Removable containers (dishwasher-proof) ▬ Film | foil dispenser and knife holder can be used as an option ▬ Nominal length NL 450–550 mm ▬ Recommendation: cabinet width KB 275–1200 mm

Space requirement

NL KB LW

Order information KB (mm)

275–349

Symbol image, NL 500 mm

Inner dividing systems

NL (mm) 450 500 550

KB (mm)

601–699

Symbol image, NL 500 mm

NL (mm) 450 500 550

Part no. ZSI.450BI1N + ZSI.500BI1N + ZSI.550BI1N +

KB (mm)

NL (mm) 450 500 550

2x 2x 2x

SPACE CORNER

Symbol image, NL 650 mm

544

Part no. ZSI.450KI3N ZSI.500KI3N ZSI.550KI3N 901–999

Symbol image, NL 500 mm

NL (mm) 600 650

Part no. ZSI.450BI1N ZSI.500BI1N ZSI.550BI1N

Part no. ZSI.450KI3N ZSI.500KI3N ZSI.550KI3N

KB (mm)

350–449

Symbol image, NL 500 mm

NL (mm) 450 500 550

KB (mm)

700–799

Symbol image, NL 500 mm

NL (mm) 450 500 550

Part no. ZSI.450KI2N + ZSI.500KI2N + ZSI.550KI2N +

KB (mm)

Part no. ZSI.450KI3N ZSI.500KI3N ZSI.550KI3N 1000–1099

Symbol image, NL 500 mm

NL (mm) 450 2 x 500 2 x 550 2 x

Part no. ZSI.450KI2N ZSI.500KI2N ZSI.550KI2N

Part no. ZSI.450KI2N + ZSI.500KI2N + ZSI.550KI2N +

Part no. ZSI.450FI3 ZSI.500FI3 ZSI.550FI3

KB (mm)

450–599

Symbol image, NL 500 mm

NL (mm) 450 500 550

KB (mm)

2x 2x 2x

KB (mm)

Part no. ZSI.450KI3N ZSI.500KI3N ZSI.550KI3N 1100–1199

Symbol image, NL 500 mm

NL (mm) 450 2 x 500 2 x 550 2 x

Part no. ZSI.450FI2N ZSI.500FI2N ZSI.550FI2N 800–899

Symbol image, NL 500 mm

NL (mm) 450 500 550

Nominal length Cabinet width Internal cabinet width

Part no. ZSI.450KI3N + ZSI.500KI3N + ZSI.550KI3N +

Part no. ZSI.450FI2N ZSI.500FI2N ZSI.550FI2N

KB (mm)

600

Symbol image, NL 500 mm

NL (mm) 450 500 550 ¹

Set fully fills drawer

¹ ¹ ¹

KB (mm)

900

Symbol image, NL 500 mm

NL (mm) 450 500 550 ¹

Set fully fills drawer

¹ ¹ ¹

KB (mm)

¹

Part no. ZSI.90VUI4 ZSI.90VUI6 ZSI.90VUI7 1200

Symbol image, NL 500 mm

NL (mm) 450 500 550

Part no. ZSI.60VUI4 ZSI.60VUI6 ZSI.60VUI7

Set fully fills drawer

¹ ¹ ¹

Part no. ZSI.12VUI4 ZSI.12VUI6 ZSI.12VUI7

ORGA-LINE kitchen accessories Placement in the sets 1 1 x ZSZ.01Fx 1 1 x ZSZ.02Fx 2 1 x ZSZ.01Fx + 1 x ZSZ.02Fx 2 1 x ZSZ.02M0

Part no. ZSI.450FI3 ZSZ.01Fx ZSZ.02Fx 0 = with film | foil ZSI.500FI3 x x

ZSZ.02M0

1 = without film | foil

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Inner dividing systems 〉 ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX 〉 Drawer

Inner dividing systems

Utensil divider sets

Reference pages Overview – ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX Container sets Combo sets Individual sets ORGA-LINE kitchen accessories Accessories Planning Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

541 More technical details 542 546 548 554 549 549

698 Assembly, removal and adjustment Short URL www.blum.com/a530

545


Inner dividing systems 〉 ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX 〉 Drawer

Combo sets ▬ Practical for kitchen applications and in other areas of the home ▬ Suitable for TANDEMBOX antaro drawers and inner pull-out, height M and K ▬ Removable containers (dishwasher-proof) ▬ Film | foil dispenser and knife holder can be used as an option ▬ Nominal length NL 450–550 mm ▬ Recommendation: cabinet width KB 275–1200 mm

Space requirement

NL KB LW

Order information KB (mm)

Symbol image, NL 500 mm

NL (mm) 450 500 550

Inner dividing systems

KB (mm)

Part no. ZSI.450KI2N + ZSI.500KI2N + ZSI.550KI2N +

SPACE CORNER

Symbol image, NL 650 mm

NL (mm) 600 650

546

Part no. ZSI.450BI1N ZSI.500BI1N ZSI.550BI1N 650–750

Symbol image, NL 500 mm

NL (mm) 450 500 550

275–349

Part no. ZSI.450MI3 ZSI.500MI3 ZSI.550MI3

KB (mm)

350–449

Symbol image, NL 500 mm

NL (mm) 450 500 550

KB (mm)

751–899

Symbol image, NL 500 mm

NL (mm) 450 500 550

Part no. ZSI.450KI2N ZSI.500KI2N ZSI.550KI2N

Part no. ZSI.450KI3N + ZSI.500KI3N + ZSI.550KI3N +

Part no. ZSI.450BI3N ZSI.500BI3 ZSI.550BI3

KB (mm)

450–600

Symbol image, NL 500 mm

NL (mm) 450 500 550

KB (mm)

Part no. ZSI.450MI3 ZSI.500MI3 ZSI.550MI3

KB (mm)

601–649

Symbol image, NL 500 mm

NL (mm) 450 500 550

Part no. ZSI.450BI1N + ZSI.500BI1N + ZSI.550BI1N +

Part no. ZSI.450MI3 ZSI.500MI3 ZSI.550MI3

900–1200

Symbol image, NL 500 mm

NL (mm) 450 500 550

Nominal length Cabinet width Internal cabinet width

Part no. ZSI.450KI3N + ZSI.500KI3N + ZSI.550KI3N +

Part no. ZSI.450KI4N ZSI.500KI4 ZSI.550KI4

ORGA-LINE kitchen accessories Placement in the sets 1 1 x ZSZ.01Fx 1 1 x ZSZ.02Fx 2 1 x ZSZ.01Fx + 1 x ZSZ.02Fx 2 1 x ZSZ.02M0

Part no. ZSI.450FI3 ZSZ.01Fx ZSZ.02Fx 0 = with film | foil ZSI.500FI3 x x

ZSZ.02M0

1 = without film | foil

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Inner dividing systems 〉 ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX 〉 Drawer

Inner dividing systems

Combo sets

Reference pages Overview – ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX Container sets Utensil divider sets Individual sets ORGA-LINE kitchen accessories Accessories Planning Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

541 More technical details 542 544 548 554 549 549

698 Assembly, removal and adjustment Short URL www.blum.com/a530

547


Inner dividing systems 〉 ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX 〉 Drawer

Individual sets ▬ Flexible, partially filled drawer sets ▬ Practical for kitchen applications and in other areas of the home ▬ Suitable for TANDEMBOX antaro drawers and inner pull-out, height M and K ▬ Removable containers (dishwasher-proof) ▬ Film | foil dispenser and knife holder can be used as an option ▬ Nominal length NL 450–550 mm ▬ Recommendation: cabinet width KB 275–1200 mm

Space requirement

NL KB LW

Order information BI1 set

Symbol image, NL 500 mm

NL (mm) 450 500 550

BI2 set

Part no. ZSI.450BI1N ZSI.500BI1N ZSI.550BI1N

BI3 set

Symbol image, NL 500 mm

NL (mm) 450 500 550

Part no. ZSI.450BI2N ZSI.500BI2N ZSI.550BI2N

KI4 set

Symbol image, NL 500 mm

NL (mm) 450 500 550

KI2 set

Part no. ZSI.450BI3N ZSI.500BI3 ZSI.550BI3

MI3 set

Symbol image, NL 500 mm

NL (mm) 450 500 550

Part no. ZSI.450KI2N ZSI.500KI2N ZSI.550KI2N

FI1 set

Inner dividing systems

KI3 set

Nominal length Cabinet width Internal cabinet width

NL

6

-2

Symbol image, NL 500 mm

NL (mm) 450 500 550

Part no. ZSI.450KI3N ZSI.500KI3N ZSI.550KI3N

FI2 set

Symbol image, NL 500 mm

NL (mm) 450 500 550 FI3 set

6

2 L-

Symbol image, NL 500 mm

548

Part no. ZSI.450FI2N ZSI.500FI2N ZSI.550FI2N

NL (mm) 450 500 550

Part no. ZSI.450MI3 ZSI.500MI3 ZSI.550MI3

Symbol image, NL 500 mm

NL (mm) 450 500 550

Part no. ZSI.450FI1 ZSI.500FI1 ZSI.550FI1

6

-2

Symbol image, NL 500 mm

NL (mm) 450 500 550

Symbol image, NL 500 mm

BI3E set SPACE CORNER NL

N

NL (mm) 450 500 550

Part no. ZSI.450KI4N ZSI.500KI4 ZSI.550KI4

Part no. ZSI.450FI3 ZSI.500FI3 ZSI.550FI3

Symbol image, NL 650 mm

NL (mm) 600 650

Part no. ZSI.450BI3E ZSI.500BI3E

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Inner dividing systems 〉 ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX 〉 Drawer

Individual sets Order information Accessories Containers

Width x length (mm) 88 x 88 88 x 176 88 x 264 88 x 352

Adjustable cross dividers

Part no. Width (mm) ZSI.010SI 88 ZSI.020SI 176 ZSI.030SI ZSI.040SI

Part no. ZSI.010Q ZSI.020Q

ORGA-LINE kitchen accessories Film dispenser

Foil dispenser

Knife holder

Description Part no. ZSZ.01F0 With film | foil Without film | foil ZSZ.01F1 Placement in the sets 1 1 x ZSZ.01Fx 2 1 x ZSZ.01Fx + 1 x ZSZ.02Fx

Description Part no. ZSZ.02F0 With film | foil Without film | foil ZSZ.02F1 Placement in the sets 1 1 x ZSZ.02Fx 2 1 x ZSZ.01Fx + 1 x ZSZ.02Fx

Description Knife holder

Incl. handle support

Part no. ZSZ.02M0

Placement in the sets 2 1 x ZSZ.02M0

Planning

For additional inserts: E.g. wooden knife holder

Inner dividing systems

Example: Cabinet width KB 600 mm Cutlery & utensil combination ZSI.500KI4 X = internal cabinet width LW – 400 mm – 42 mm

Reference pages Overview – ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX Container sets Utensil divider sets Combo sets ORGA-LINE kitchen accessories More technical details

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

541 Assembly, removal and adjustment 542 544 546 Short URL 554 www.blum.com/a530 698

549


Inner dividing systems 〉 ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX 〉 High fronted pull-out

ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX antaro – cross divider ▬ ORGA-LINE flexible dividing system ▬ With cross divider to be cut to size ▬ Suitable for TANDEMBOX antaro high fronted pullout, heights C and D ▬ Nominal length NL 270–650 mm ▬ Recommendation: cabinet width KB 275–1200 mm

Space requirement

NL KB LW

Inner dividing systems

Order information A1 Cross divider for cutting to size Cabinet width KB (mm) Colour 275 SW | R9006 300 SW | R9006 550 SW | R9006 600 SW | R9006 900 SW | R9006 1200 SW | R9006

¹ ¹ ¹ ¹ ¹ ¹

¹ Aluminium Cutting X Internal cabinet width LW – 91 mm Y Internal cabinet width LW – 295 mm (KB 275 mm) Y Internal cabinet width LW – 320 mm (KB 300 mm) Z 152 mm (KB 275 mm) Z 177 mm (KB 300 mm)

A2

Cross divider connector – dividing wall Colour Material SW | WGR Nylon

Order 1 x for each cross divider; Y | Z

A3

Cross divider connector – gallery Height Colour C SW | WGR D SW | WGR

B

Lateral divider Colour SW | R9006

Material Steel

D

Bottle rack

Nominal length NL (mm) 450 500 550 600 650

Cabinet width KB (mm) 275 300

Part no. Z40L152A Z40L177A Z40L427A Z40L477A Z40L777A Z40L1077A

Part no. Z40L0002

Part no. Z40C0002Z Z40D0002Z

Order 2 x for each cross divider; X Order 1 x for each cross divider; Y | Z

Nominal length Cabinet width Internal cabinet width

Part no. Z43L100S

E

Dividing wall

Nominal length Colour NL (mm) SW | R9006 450 Z46L420S 500 Z46L470S 550 Z46L520S 600 Z46L570S 650 Z46L620S Not suitable for inner pull-out!

☎ ☎

Z48.27B0I6 Z48.27B0I7

☎ ☎

Z48.30B0I4 Z48.30B0I6 Z48.30B0I7 Z48.30B0I8 Z48.30B0I9

Recommendation – colour combination of the components Colour No. Description SW R9006 A1 Cross divider for cutting to size SW R9006 Cross divider connector – SW WGR A2 dividing wall A3 Cross divider connector – gallery SW WGR B

Lateral divider

E

Dividing wall

D

Bottle rack

Colour SW R9006

Reference pages Overview – ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX Recommendation for high fronted pull-out | inner pull-out Recommendation – colour combination of the components ORGA-LINE kitchen accessories

550

Silk white RAL 9006 grey (white aluminium)

SW

R9006

SW

R9006

Colour WGR

White grey

INGL

INGL

541 Assembly, removal and adjustment 552 551

Short URL 554 www.blum.com/a530

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Inner dividing systems 〉 ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX 〉 High fronted pull-out

ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX antaro – cross gallery ▬ ORGA-LINE flexible dividing system ▬ With cross gallery for cutting to size ▬ Suitable for TANDEMBOX antaro high fronted pullout, heights C and D ▬ Nominal length NL 270–650 mm ▬ Recommendation: cabinet width KB 275–1200 mm

Space requirement

NL KB LW

¹ ¹ ¹ ¹ ¹ ¹

¹ Aluminium Cutting Internal cabinet width LW – 63 mm

A3

Cross gallery connector Colour Material SW | WGR Nylon

Part no. ZRU.01E0

Lateral divider Colour SW | WGR

Part no. ZRU.11F0

Order 2 x for each cross gallery

B

Part no. ZRG.179Q ZRG.204Q ZRG.454Q ZRG.504Q ZRG.804Q ZRG.1104Q

Material Nylon

Inner dividing systems

Order information A1 Cross gallery for cutting to size Cabinet width KB (mm) Colour 275 SW | R9006 300 SW | R9006 550 SW | R9006 600 SW | R9006 900 SW | R9006 1200 SW | R9006

Nominal length Cabinet width Internal cabinet width

Recommendation – colour combination of the components Colour No. Description SW R9006 A1 Cross gallery for cutting to size SW R9006 A3 B

Colour SW R9006

Cross gallery connector Lateral divider

Silk white RAL 9006 grey (white aluminium)

SW

WGR

Colour WGR

White grey

SW

Reference pages Overview – ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX Recommendation for high fronted pull-out | inner pull-out ORGA-LINE kitchen accessories

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

WGR

541 Assembly, removal and adjustment 552 554 Short URL www.blum.com/a530

551


Inner dividing systems 〉 ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX 〉 High fronted pull-out

Recommendation for high fronted pull-out | inner pull-out

Application – provisions Application – open provisions

Application – crockery

Cabinet width Nominal length NL (mm) KB (mm) 450 500 550 –

275 300

1 x cross divider

2 x cross divider

400 450 500 550

1 x cross divider, 2 x lateral dividers

2 x cross divider, 3 x lateral dividers

600 800 900 1000

1 x cross divider, 3 x lateral dividers

Application – plastic containers

Cabinet width Nominal length NL (mm) KB (mm) 450 500 550

Starting at 400

2 x Blum plate holders

Starting at 800

4 x Blum plate holders

Starting at 1000

6 x Blum plate holders

Up to 1050

2 x Blum plate holders

Starting at 1050

3 x Blum plate holders

Cabinet width Nominal length NL (mm) KB (mm) 450 500 550 275 300

1 x cross divider

400 450 500 550 600 800 900 1000 1200

SPACE CORNER Installation dimen- Nominal length NL (mm) sion PM (mm) 600 650

1 x cross divider, 2 x lateral dividers 1 x cross divider, 3 x lateral dividers

Application

Nominal length NL (mm) 600 650 1 x cross divider, SPACE CORNER 2 x lateral dividers

2 x cross divider, 6 x lateral dividers

Inner dividing systems

1200 Application

Nominal length NL (mm) 600 650 1 x cross divider, SPACE CORNER 2 x lateral dividers

Application – waste bin pull-out | cleaning agents Cabinet width Nominal length NL (mm) KB (mm) 450 500 550

900–1200

1 x bottle rack, 1 x bottle rack, 1 x bottle rack, 2 x dividing 2 x dividing 2 x dividing wall, wall, wall, 3 x cross 4 x cross 5 x cross divider divider divider

Application – spices

Cabinet width Nominal length NL (mm) KB (mm) 450 500 550 – 300 400

450

552

Application – bottles –

2 x spice holders, 1 x cross divider

2 x spice holders, 2 x cross divider

2 x spice holders, 1 x cross divider, 2 x lateral dividers

2 x spice holders, 2 x cross divider, 3 x lateral dividers

Cabinet width Nominal length NL (mm) KB (mm) 450 500 550 275

300

1 x bottle rack, 1 x bottle rack, 4 x cross 5 x cross divider divider 1 x bottle rack, 3 x cross divider

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Inner dividing systems 〉 ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX 〉 High fronted pull-out

Recommendation for high fronted pull-out | inner pull-out

Application – bottles | cutting boards Cabinet width Nominal length NL (mm) KB (mm) 450 500 550 400 450 500

Application – pots | lids | pans | cooking utensils –

Cabinet width Nominal length NL (mm) KB (mm) 450 500 550 –

1 x bottle rack, 1 x bottle rack, 1 x bottle rack, 1 x dividing 1 x dividing 1 x dividing wall, wall, wall, 3 x cross 4 x cross 5 x cross divider divider divider

800

1000

900 1000

1 x bottle rack, 1 x bottle rack, 1 x bottle rack, 2 x dividing 2 x dividing 2 x dividing wall, wall, wall, 3 x cross 4 x cross 5 x cross divider divider divider

1 x cross divider, 2 x lateral dividers

2 x cross divider, 3 x lateral dividers

Cabinet width Nominal length NL (mm) KB (mm) 450 500 550

300

1 x dividing wall

400 450

2 x dividing wall

Starting at 500

3 x dividing wall

Not suitable for inner pull-out!

800 900

550 600

600

Application – baking trays | tins

1 x cross divider, 3 x lateral dividers

2 x cross divider, 6 x lateral dividers

1200

1200

Inner dividing systems

Not suitable for inner pull-out!

Reference pages Overview – ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX antaro – cross divider ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX antaro – cross gallery ORGA-LINE kitchen accessories

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

541 Assembly, removal and adjustment 550 551 554

Short URL www.blum.com/a530

553


Inner dividing systems 〉 ORGA-LINE kitchen accessories

Small accessories, big impact

Inner dividing systems

The practical ORGA-LINE kitchen accessories also make many kitchen tasks easier and organise interiors. With the spice holder, foil dispenser and much more, you have everything that you need close at hand. And when cooking is done, they can be quickly stored away. For ORGA-LINE organisation that also looks beautiful.

Foil/film dispenser Plastic film without any creases – child’s play with our dispenser. The secret: The Blum dispenser rod

Knife holder Whether large or small – the knife holder can safely hold up to 9 knives

Blum plate holder Spice holder The infinitely adjustable Blum plate holder can safely accommodate up to The ORGA-LINE spice holder provides safe and well-organised storage 12 plates in the pull-out and can also be easily transported for your spices

554

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Inner dividing systems 〉 ORGA-LINE kitchen accessories 〉 Order information

Film dispenser ▬ Film dispenser ▬ Dispenser rod for crease-free removal ▬ Plastic film neatly stored ▬ Antislipping device through flexible base fixing bracket ▬ Removable ▬ Suitable for TANDEMBOX antaro drawers and inner pull-out, height M and K ▬ Colour: RAL 7037 dust grey ▬ Material: nylon/steel/aluminium

Order information Version With film | foil Without film | foil Dimensions Length (mm) Width (mm)

Part no. ZSZ.01F0 ZSZ.01F1 411 88.5

Reference pages Assembly, removal and adjustment Short URL www.blum.com/a540

Foil dispenser ▬ Foil dispenser ▬ Aluminium foil neatly stored ▬ Antislipping device through flexible base fixing bracket ▬ Removable ▬ Suitable for TANDEMBOX antaro drawers and inner pull-out, height M and K ▬ Colour: RAL 7037 dust grey ▬ Material: nylon/steel

Order information Version With film | foil Without film | foil Dimensions Length (mm) Width (mm)

Part no. ZSZ.02F0 ZSZ.02F1 411 88.5

Reference pages Assembly, removal and adjustment Inner dividing systems

Short URL www.blum.com/a540

Knife holder ▬ Safe accommodation of four large and five small knives ▬ Incl. handle support for long knives ▬ Antislipping device through base fixing bracket ▬ Dishwasher-proof up to +65°C ▬ Suitable for TANDEMBOX antaro drawers and inner pull-out, height M and K ▬ Colour: RAL 7037 dust grey ▬ Material: nylon/stainless steel

Order information Description Knife holder Dimensions Length (mm) Width (mm)

Part no. ZSZ.02M0 260 177.5

Reference pages Assembly, removal and adjustment Short URL www.blum.com/a540

Blum plate holder ▬ Safe accommodation of up to 12 plates ▬ Can be infinitely adjusted to suit plate size ▬ Removable ▬ Suitable for TANDEMBOX antaro high fronted pullout and inner pull-out, height C and D ▬ Colour: orion grey matt ▬ Material: nylon/stainless steel

Order information Description Blum plate holder

Dimensions Diameter of plates (mm) Stacking height of plates (mm) Overall height (mm)

Part no. ZC7T0350 186–322 146 170

Reference pages Assembly, removal and adjustment Short URL www.blum.com/a540

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

555


Inner dividing systems 〉 ORGA-LINE kitchen accessories 〉 Order information

Spice holder ▬ Antislipping device through flexible base fixing bracket ▬ Removable ▬ For a variety of spice container sizes ▬ Suitable for TANDEMBOX antaro high fronted pullout and inner pull-out, height C and D ▬ Colour: RAL 7037 dust grey ▬ Material: nylon/stainless steel

Order information KB (mm) Width (mm) 300 212 400 312 450 362 KB

Cabinet width

Part no. ZFZ.30G0I ZFZ.40G0I ZFZ.45G0I

Reference pages Assembly, removal and adjustment Short URL www.blum.com/a540

Kitchen accessory set Order information Description Kitchen accessory set Incl. plastic film Incl. aluminium foil

Part no. ZOU.30U1I

Inner dividing systems

Kitchen accessory set, consisting of: ▬ 1 x film dispenser ▬ 1 x foil dispenser ▬ 1 x knife holder ▬ 2 x Blum plate holders ▬ 2 x spice holders for cabinet width KB 300 mm

556

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Inner dividing systems

Inner dividing systems 〉 ORGA-LINE kitchen accessories

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

557


Motion technologies

Fronts close softly and effortlessly and open easily with a light touch – at the same time, you also have greater freedom in selecting a sophisticated design: the motion technology from Blum makes this possible.

Four technologies give you almost countless possibilities for beautiful and practical furniture in kitchens and in many other living areas. This always ensures customised furniture – with or without handles.

Easy opening and silent closing ensure a fascinating quality of motion for Blum products. The innovative motion technologies from Blum support users in all living areas by providing high quality of motion – for the lifetime of the furniture.

6 BLUMOTION

SERVO-DRIVE

TIP-ON BLUMOTION

TIP-ON

Mechanical – soft close Thanks to BLUMOTION, furniture closes silently and effortlessly no matter how hard you close lift systems, doors or pull-outs or how heavy they are

Electrical – opening and soft close Supports opening after the front is touched. This subsequently activates the automatic motion. BLUMOTION provides soft and effortless closing action

Mechanical – opening and soft close When pressed on the front, pullouts open just far enough so that they can then be fully opened. They close softly and effortlessly with a light push thanks to integrated BLUMOTION

Mechanical – opening Handle-less furniture can be opened with a light touch thanks to TIP-ON. Lift systems, doors or pullouts are closed again by pressing

558

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Motion technologies 〉 Overview

Overview – applications Overview – applications

560

Symbolic image

SERVO-DRIVE single applications SERVO-DRIVE single applications Overview

562 563

Motion technologies

Symbolic image

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

559


Motion technologies 〉 Overview – applications

Motion technologies

BLUMOTION

SERVO-DRIVE

TIP-ON BLUMOTION

TIP-ON

Lift systems 〉 AVENTOS HF – bi-fold lift system

19

19

〉 AVENTOS HS – up and over lift system

31

31

〉 AVENTOS HL – lift up

37

37

〉 AVENTOS HK top – stay lift

43

43

43

〉 AVENTOS HK-S – stay lift

53

53

〉 AVENTOS HK-XS – stay lift

59

59

CLIP top BLUMOTION

71

CLIP top

157

MODUL BLUMOTION

175

MODUL

Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges

171

〉 MODUL – hinges

Motion technologies

Box systems 〉 LEGRABOX

191

359

245

〉 MERIVOBOX

257

359

297

〉 TANDEMBOX antaro

303

359

351

〉 TANDEMBOX plus

349

359

351

〉 METABOX

391

417

493

TANDEM full extension BLUMOTION

447

493

TANDEM full extension

TANDEM single extension BLUMOTION

TANDEM single extension TIP-ON

Runner systems 〉 MOVENTO

435

441

〉 TANDEM

560

Integrated

– 447

493

– ○

Possible

447

447

Not possible

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Motion technologies

Motion technologies

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

561


Motion technologies 〉 SERVO-DRIVE single applications

SERVO-DRIVE ease of use can also be implemented on an individual basis

Motion technologies

For refrigerators, waste bin pull-outs or individual lift systems in wall cabinets, the SERVO-DRIVE electric motion support system guarantees that opening is fascinatingly simple.

SERVO-DRIVE flex for refrigerators, freezers and dishwashers

SERVO-DRIVE uno for waste bin pull-outs

562

SERVO-DRIVE uno for the waste bin pull-out can easily be retrofitted and installed in just a few simple steps

The SERVO-DRIVE flex drive unit is suitable for different device versions

SERVO-DRIVE uno for AVENTOS

If just one lift system is to be fitted with an electrical system, SERVO-DRIVE uno for AVENTOS is the ideal motion support system

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Motion technologies 〉 SERVO-DRIVE single applications 〉 Overview

SERVO-DRIVE flex

SERVO-DRIVE flex for refrigerators and freezers – recess height NH < 1700 mm SERVO-DRIVE flex for refrigerators and freezers – recess height NH ≥ 1700 mm SERVO-DRIVE flex for fridge/freezer combination – recess height NH ≥ 1700 mm Symbolic image SERVO-DRIVE uno SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX SERVO-DRIVE uno for bottom mount waste bin solutions SERVO-DRIVE uno for top mount waste bin solutions – TANDEMBOX

564

SERVO-DRIVE flex for dishwashers

570

566 568 SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | TANDEM 384 SERVO-DRIVE uno for bottom mount waste bin solutions

522

386

Symbolic image

SERVO-DRIVE uno for AVENTOS Lift systems AVENTOS HF AVENTOS HS AVENTOS HL AVENTOS HK top Symbolic image

Assembly, removal and adjustment Assembly, removal and adjustment

Machine directive Detailed information on the Machine Directive

701

Short URL www.blum.com/sd/guideline

Motion technologies

Symbolic image

Short URL www.blum.com/a610

20 32 38 44

Pictograph Item available on request

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

563


Motion technologies 〉 SERVO-DRIVE single applications 〉 SERVO-DRIVE flex

Web code DQBPDC

SERVO-DRIVE flex for refrigerators and freezers – recess height NH < 1700 mm

Order information 17 SERVO-DRIVE flex set Colour R7035

17d

Motion technologies

E E E E E

Network adapter E

B

A B C D E

Network

☎ Z10NA30EAF E ☎ Z10NA30EBF B ☎ Z10NA30ECF K ☎ Z10NA30EDF U ☎ Z10NA30EEF

Lan-

K

F A D G

Y

9

12a

16

17c

24

Part no. adapter guage

package

Y > 200 mm

17b

16 12 W SERVO-DRIVE plug-in power supply unit Only suitable for one drive unit LanNetwork guage adapter package

Y ≤ 200 mm

17a

Part no. Z10C500A

Composed of: 9 1 x Drive unit 17a 2 x Mounting plate 17b 2 x Front fixing 17c 1 x Front cover 17d 1 x Catch plate 1 2 x Blum distance bumper 12a 1 x Connecting node 11b 2 x Cable end protector – 11 x Chipboard screws – 1 x Assembly jig

SERVO-DRIVE switch

Y

▬ Can be used for all standard built-in refrigerators and freezers ▬ Recess height NH < 1700 mm ▬ Low recess height NH for drive unit of min. 60 mm ▬ Adaptive system ▬ Automatic self-closing system for unintentional opening ▬ Lean protection feature ▬ Trigger safety ▬ Easy assembly and installation ▬ Not suitable for: refrigerators and freezers without own cabinet; freezers with base unit (recess height NH ≥ 1700 mm); refrigerated pull-outs

Part no. ☎ Z10NA30EFF ☎ Z10NA30BAF ☎ Z10NA30KDF ☎ Z10NA30UGF

1

¹

U

Language package – operating and installation instructions A DE | EN | FR | IT | NL F BG | ET | LT | LV | RO | RU B DA | EN | FI | NO | SV G EN | ES | FR C EL | EN | HR | SL | SR | TR H EN | ZH D EN | ES | FR | IT | PT J JA E CS | HU | PL | SK Language descriptions as per ISO-639 Composed of: 16 1 x 12 W SERVO-DRIVE plug-in power supply unit Incl. cable, 1120 mm (non-extendible) Other combinations available upon request ¹ See the Information chapter for a detailed market list

Y ≤ 200 mm 24 SERVO-DRIVE switch Colour SW | HGR | TGR 25

Colour HGR R7035

564

Part no. 23P5020

Wireless receiver Colour R7035 Light grey RAL 7035 light grey

Part no. Z10C5007 Colour SW TGR

Silk white Dark grey

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Motion technologies 〉 SERVO-DRIVE single applications 〉 SERVO-DRIVE flex

Web code DQBPDC

SERVO-DRIVE flex for refrigerators and freezers – recess height NH < 1700 mm Planning Mounting plate

32 +1

.5

Ø2

30

37

Blum distance bumper

min 60

Front – drive unit

Blum distance bumper is required for the refrigerator and freezer door The Blum distance bumper creates and maintains the required trigger path of 2 mm

SERVO-DRIVE switch

Motion technologies

Access gap

Position in the worktop area

Space requirement and safety distance – power supply unit housing

Attention Maintain a 30 mm safety distance from the bottom edge (base fixing) and/or front edge (panel fixing) and side edges of the power supply unit housing to the neighbouring elements Air must be able to circulate, otherwise the SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit could overheat

Base fixing

Reference pages Overview – SERVO-DRIVE single applications SERVO-DRIVE uno – market list Overview – assembly devices Machine directive More technical details Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

Panel fixing

563

Assembly, removal and adjustment

718 591 Short URL 701 www.blum.com/a610 698 565


Motion technologies 〉 SERVO-DRIVE single applications 〉 SERVO-DRIVE flex

Web code DQBQ2P

SERVO-DRIVE flex for refrigerators and freezers – recess height NH ≥ 1700 mm ▬ Can be used for all standard built-in refrigerators and freezers ▬ Recess height NH ≥ 1700 mm ▬ Low recess height NH for drive unit of min. 60 mm ▬ Adaptive system ▬ Automatic self-closing system for unintentional opening ▬ Lean protection feature ▬ Trigger safety ▬ Easy assembly and installation ▬ Not suitable for: refrigerators and freezers without own cabinet; freezers with base unit (recess height NH ≥ 1700 mm); refrigerated pull-outs

Order information 17 SERVO-DRIVE flex set Colour R7035

Composed of: 9 1 x Drive unit 17a 2 x Mounting plate 17b 2 x Front fixing 17c 1 x Front cover 17d 1 x Catch plate 1 2 x Blum distance bumper 12a 1 x Connecting node 11b 2 x Cable end protector – 11 x Chipboard screws – 1 x Assembly jig

11

2x

SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable Colour Length (mm) S 3000

Motion technologies

Connecting node and cable end protector Colour Material S Nylon

3x

24 W SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit Language package Part no. Language package A Z10NE030A F B Z10NE030B G C Z10NE030C H D Z10NE030D J E Z10NE030E

Flex Market AR UK CH DK Europe Europe IN IL

Length 2 m, incl. plug ¹ Without plug

566

9

12a

17c

Part no. Z10K300A

11

¹

Part no. Market Z10M200A JP Z10M200B AU Z10M200C CL Z10M200D CN Z10M200E BR Z10M200E.OS TW Z10M200H US | CA Z10M200I ZA

12a

15a 13 14

Part no. Z10V100E.01

1 Part no. Z10NE030F Z10NE030G Z10NE030H Z10NE030J

Required for two or more drive units Incl. operating and installation instructions Without flex Language package – operating and installation instructions A DE | EN | FR | IT | NL F BG | ET | LT | LV | RO | RU B DA | EN | FI | NO | SV G EN | ES | FR C EL | EN | HR | SL | SR | TR H EN | ZH D EN | ES | FR | IT | PT J JA E CS | HU | PL | SK Language descriptions as per ISO-639

14

17a

21

Composed of: 12a 1 x Connecting node 11b 2 x Cable end protector

13

17b

17d

For cutting to size

12

Part no. Z10C500A

11b

15a Power supply unit housing Base fixing Colour Material R7037 Nylon

Part no. Z10NG000

Alternative to 15a 15b Power supply unit housing Panel fixing Colour Material WGR Nylon

Part no. Z10NG120

Incl. cover For 24 W SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit

For 24 W SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit

21 Part no. Z10M200J Z10M200K Z10M200L Z10M200N Z10M200S.01 Z10M200T Z10M200U Z10M200Z

Synchronisation cable Colour Length (mm) R7035 3000

For cutting to size Connects two drive units that need to activate simultaneously

Accessories – Cable holder Colour W

Material Nylon

Part no. Z10K0009

E.g. for fixing the SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable Colour R7035 R7037 S

RAL 7035 light grey RAL 7037 dust grey Black

Colour W WGR

Part no. Z10K300A

White White grey

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Motion technologies 〉 SERVO-DRIVE single applications 〉 SERVO-DRIVE flex

Web code DQBQ2P

SERVO-DRIVE flex for refrigerators and freezers – recess height NH ≥ 1700 mm Planning Mounting plate

32 +1

.5

Ø2

30

37

Blum distance bumper

min 60

Front – drive unit

Blum distance bumper is required for the refrigerator and freezer door The Blum distance bumper creates and maintains the required trigger path of 2 mm

SERVO-DRIVE switch

Motion technologies

Access gap

Position in the worktop area

Space requirement and safety distance – power supply unit housing

Attention Maintain a 30 mm safety distance from the bottom edge (base fixing) and/or front edge (panel fixing) and side edges of the power supply unit housing to the neighbouring elements Air must be able to circulate, otherwise the SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit could overheat

Base fixing

Reference pages Overview – SERVO-DRIVE single applications SERVO-DRIVE uno – market list Overview – assembly devices Machine directive More technical details Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

Panel fixing

563

Assembly, removal and adjustment

718 591 Short URL 701 www.blum.com/a610 698 567


Motion technologies 〉 SERVO-DRIVE single applications 〉 SERVO-DRIVE flex

Web code DQBNYP

SERVO-DRIVE flex for fridge/freezer combination – recess height NH ≥ 1700 mm ▬ Can be used for all standard built-in fridge/freezer combinations ▬ Recess height NH ≥ 1700 mm ▬ Low recess height NH for drive unit of min. 60 mm ▬ Adaptive system ▬ Automatic self-closing system for unintentional opening ▬ Lean protection feature ▬ Trigger safety ▬ Easy assembly and installation ▬ Not suitable for: refrigerators and freezers without own cabinet; freezers with base unit (recess height NH ≥ 1700 mm); refrigerated pull-outs

Order information 17 SERVO-DRIVE flex set Colour R7035

Composed of: 9 1 x Drive unit 17a 2 x Mounting plate 17b 2 x Front fixing 17c 1 x Front cover 17d 1 x Catch plate 1 2 x Blum distance bumper 12a 1 x Connecting node 11b 2 x Cable end protector – 11 x Chipboard screws – 1 x Assembly jig

11

2x

SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable Colour Length (mm) S 3000

Motion technologies

Connecting node and cable end protector Colour Material S Nylon

24 W SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit Language package Part no. Language package A Z10NE030A F B Z10NE030B G C Z10NE030C H D Z10NE030D J E Z10NE030E

Flex Market AR UK CH DK Europe Europe IN IL

Length 2 m, incl. plug ¹ Without plug

568

9

12a

17c

Part no. Z10K300A

¹

Part no. Market Z10M200A JP Z10M200B AU Z10M200C CL Z10M200D CN Z10M200E BR Z10M200E.OS TW Z10M200H US | CA Z10M200I ZA

12a

11

15a 13 14

Part no. Z10V100E.01

1 Part no. Z10NE030F Z10NE030G Z10NE030H Z10NE030J

Required for two or more drive units Incl. operating and installation instructions Without flex Language package – operating and installation instructions A DE | EN | FR | IT | NL F BG | ET | LT | LV | RO | RU B DA | EN | FI | NO | SV G EN | ES | FR C EL | EN | HR | SL | SR | TR H EN | ZH D EN | ES | FR | IT | PT J JA E CS | HU | PL | SK Language descriptions as per ISO-639

14

17a

24

Composed of: 12a 1 x Connecting node 11b 2 x Cable end protector

13

17b

17d

For cutting to size

12

Part no. Z10C500A

11b

15a Power supply unit housing Base fixing Colour Material R7037 Nylon

Part no. Z10NG000

Alternative to 15a 15b Power supply unit housing Panel fixing Colour Material WGR Nylon

Part no. Z10NG120

Incl. cover For 24 W SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit

For 24 W SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit

Part no. Z10M200J Z10M200K Z10M200L Z10M200N Z10M200S.01 Z10M200T Z10M200U Z10M200Z

24

SERVO-DRIVE switch Colour SW | HGR | TGR

Part no. 23P5020

25

Wireless receiver Colour R7035

Part no. Z10C5007

Accessories – Cable holder Colour W

Material Nylon

Part no. Z10K0009

E.g. for fixing the SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable Colour HGR R7035 R7037 S

Light grey RAL 7035 light grey RAL 7037 dust grey Black

Colour SW TGR W WGR

Silk white Dark grey White White grey

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Motion technologies 〉 SERVO-DRIVE single applications 〉 SERVO-DRIVE flex

Web code DQBNYP

SERVO-DRIVE flex for fridge/freezer combination – recess height NH ≥ 1700 mm Planning Mounting plate

32 +1

.5

Ø2

30

37

Blum distance bumper

min 60

Front – drive unit

Blum distance bumper is required for the refrigerator and freezer door The Blum distance bumper creates and maintains the required trigger path of 2 mm

SERVO-DRIVE switch

Motion technologies

Access gap

Position in the worktop area

Space requirement and safety distance – power supply unit housing

Attention Maintain a 30 mm safety distance from the bottom edge (base fixing) and/or front edge (panel fixing) and side edges of the power supply unit housing to the neighbouring elements Air must be able to circulate, otherwise the SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit could overheat

Base fixing

Reference pages Overview – SERVO-DRIVE single applications SERVO-DRIVE uno – market list Overview – assembly devices Machine directive More technical details Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

Panel fixing

563

Assembly, removal and adjustment

718 591 Short URL 701 www.blum.com/a610 698 569


Motion technologies 〉 SERVO-DRIVE single applications 〉 SERVO-DRIVE flex

SERVO-DRIVE flex for dishwashers ▬ For all standard built-in dishwashers ▬ Low recess height NH for drive unit of min. 60 mm ▬ Adaptive system ▬ Lean protection feature ▬ Trigger safety ▬ Easy assembly and installation ▬ Application option dependent on device type and worktop and plinth height; see Planning

Order information 17 SERVO-DRIVE flex set Colour R7035

Part no. Z10C500A

Composed of: 9 1 x Drive unit 17a 2 x Mounting plate 17b 2 x Front fixing 17c 1 x Front cover 17d 1 x Catch plate 1 2 x Blum distance bumper 12a 1 x Connecting node 11b 2 x Cable end protector – 11 x Chipboard screws – 1 x Assembly jig

17a

Also requires

Web code DQE8UM

Mounting plate Colour R7035

Part no. Z10C5005

16 12 W SERVO-DRIVE plug-in power supply unit Only suitable for one drive unit

Motion technologies

LanNetwork guage adapter package

E E E E E

Network adapter E

B

A B C D E

K

Network

Lan-

Part no. adapter guage ☎ Z10NA30EAF E ☎ Z10NA30EBF B ☎ Z10NA30ECF K ☎ Z10NA30EDF U ☎ Z10NA30EEF

package

F A D G

Part no. ☎ Z10NA30EFF ☎ Z10NA30BAF ☎ Z10NA30KDF ☎ Z10NA30UGF ¹

U

Language package – operating and installation instructions A DE | EN | FR | IT | NL F BG | ET | LT | LV | RO | RU B DA | EN | FI | NO | SV G EN | ES | FR C EL | EN | HR | SL | SR | TR H EN | ZH D EN | ES | FR | IT | PT J JA E CS | HU | PL | SK Language descriptions as per ISO-639 Composed of: 16 1 x 12 W SERVO-DRIVE plug-in power supply unit Incl. cable, 1120 mm (non-extendible) Other combinations available upon request ¹ See the Information chapter for a detailed market list Colour R7035

570

RAL 7035 light grey

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Motion technologies 〉 SERVO-DRIVE single applications 〉 SERVO-DRIVE flex

Web code DQE8UM

SERVO-DRIVE flex for dishwashers Planning Mounting plate

Front – drive unit

Drive unit

SWD Cabinet side panel thickness

SWD Cabinet side panel thickness

20

n3

mi

BD

Front thickness Max. 19 mm

Motion technologies

Access gap

APÜ (mm) ZS (mm) 0 30 20 10 30 0 APÜ Worktop protrusion ZS Access gap * The access gap ZS decreases with thicker fronts

Reference pages Overview – SERVO-DRIVE single applications SERVO-DRIVE uno – market list Overview – assembly devices Machine directive More technical details Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

563

Assembly, removal and adjustment

718 591 Short URL 701 www.blum.com/a610 698 571


Further products

Cabinet applications

Locking systems

Fixing systems

Wall hanging bracket | cabinet connectors

7

SPACE STEP provides additional CABLOXX adds an extra layer of storage space in the plinth area and security to premium furniture, whilst enables you to reach the highest offering plenty of design freedom storage space level in the wall or tall cabinet

572

The EXPANDO T fixing system is ideal when using thin fronts made from a range of materials with lift systems, doors and pull-outs

Blum hanging brackets withstand high loads and are exceptionally safe. This kind of reliability is very important for heavily loaded furniture. The Blum programme contains cabinet connectors that can be used in numerous furniture applications

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Further products 〉 Overview

Cabinet applications SPACE STEP

574

Symbolic image

Locking systems

CABLOXX

582

Fixing system for thin fronts – EXPANDO T

584

Symbolic image

Fixing systems

Symbolic image

Wall hanging bracket Screw-on wall hanging bracket Knock-in wall hanging bracket

586 586

Symbolic image

Cabinet connectors Screw-on cabinet connector Knock-in cabinet connector Connector screw cabinet connector Cabinet connector with dowel and expansion pin Cabinet connector with connecting piece system 32

Further products

Symbolic image

587 587 588 589 589

Pictograph Item available on request

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

573


Further products 〉 Cabinet applications

Web code DQHKHA

SPACE STEP ▬ Enables access to the next storage level up in wall cabinets ▬ Creates additional storage space in the pull-out underneath the SPACE STEP ▬ Can be combined with all Blum box and runner systems ▬ Can be combined with all Blum motion technologies ▬ High flexibility: SPACE STEP can be used in all living spaces

Order information 1 SPACE STEP set Nominal length NL (mm) Colour 410 Orion grey matt 460 Orion grey matt

Composed of: 1a 1 x TANDEM 561Hxxx1B95 left/right 1b 2 x Vertical support 1c 2 x Corner connector 1d 2 x Support feet 1e 2 x Rear panel bracket 1f 1 x Front connector (magnet and catch plate) 1g 4 x Blum distance bumper Cabinet width KB > 900 mm, use 4 Blum distance bumpers 1h 2 x Sticker (safety information and manufacturer information sticker) – 14 x Flat headed screws Ø 4 x 15 mm – 1 x Installation instructions

2

Horizontal profile Material Aluminium

Length (mm) 1040

Colour Orion grey matt

Further products

1g

1c

2 1b 1d

2x

For mounting the pull-out runners, suitable for all Blum box and runner systems

Planning Note

1e

1h 1f Part no. Z95Q1040A

For cutting to size Recommendation Cabinet width KB 1200 mm, use 2 pcs. to prevent excessive bending Cutting Internal cabinet width LW – 130 mm

Accessories 3 Blum spacer strip Material Nylon

Part no. Z95.4100 Z95.4600

1a

3

1h 14 x

Part no. Z95D4100

Max. load bearing capacity 150 kg As the manufacturer, you are responsible for determining the actual load bearing capacity of the furniture manufactured by you that uses the SPACE STEP as per EN-14183, this value must also be stated on the manufacturer information sticker Recommended material A 3-ply panel (3S) at least 21 mm thick is recommended for the plinth step Recommended step surface The step surface must be anti-slip This can take the form of an anti-slip mat directly affixed to the step surface or by using anti-slip panel material In order to ensure that the SPACE STEP is held in position as securely as possible, the subsurface and the step surface must be clean and dry Cabinet width KB > 900 mm, use 4 Blum distance bumpers Attaching the labels EN-14183 requires both of the labels enclosed to be clearly displayed Pull-out underneath SPACE STEP Only 30 or 40 kg runners may be used The dynamic carrying capacity for the pull-out underneath the SPACE STEP is 20 kg Cabinet above SPACE STEP If storage items are kept on the cabinet base above, we recommend protecting the base against sagging This measure will prevent the SPACE STEP from rubbing on the cabinet base

574

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Further products 〉 Cabinet applications

Web code DQHKHA

SPACE STEP Planning LEGRABOX Height N Space requirement in cabinet

Installation dimensions – front – screw-on

Drilling distances – front – EXPANDO front +0.2

min 50.5 16

5

min 53

45.5

16

KH Cabinet height Min. cabinet width KB 400 mm * When using the Blum spacer strip, min. cabinet height KH 148 mm Installation dimensions for min. pull-out shelf base thickness 21 mm – without anti-slip mat

Height M Space requirement in cabinet

FA Front overlay Installation dimensions for min. pull-out shelf base thickness 21 mm – without anti-slip mat

min 113

Drilling distances – front – EXPANDO front

+0.2

min 56

32

32 51 5

min 53

KH 166

FA

Ø 10 –0.1

14

10

KH Cabinet height Installation dimensions for min. pull-out shelf base thickness 21 mm – without anti-slip mat Min. cabinet width KB 400 mm

Height K Space requirement in cabinet

50

12

FA

FA Front overlay Installation dimensions for min. pull-out shelf base thickness 21 mm – without anti-slip mat

Drilling distances – front – EXPANDO front

+0.2

min 56 32

Ø 10 –0.1

5

min 53

51

32

KH 204

min 151

Installation dimensions – front – screw-on

10

50 KH Cabinet height Installation dimensions for min. pull-out shelf base thickness 21 mm – without anti-slip mat Min. cabinet width KB 400 mm

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

50

Installation dimensions – front – screw-on

50

Reference pages Overview – further products Overview – LEGRABOX Overview – assembly devices

14

10

50

12

14

50

Further products

KH 142*

min 89

Ø 10 –0.1

12

FA

FA Front overlay Installation dimensions for min. pull-out shelf base thickness 21 mm – without anti-slip mat

573 SPACE STEP 191 591 Short URL www.blum.com/i009

Assembly, removal and adjustment Short URL www.blum.com/a730

575


Further products 〉 Cabinet applications

Web code DQHKHA

SPACE STEP Planning MERIVOBOX Height N Space requirement in cabinet

Cabinet height When using the Blum spacer strip, min. cabinet height KH 146 mm Installation dimensions for min. pull-out shelf base thickness 21 mm – without anti-slip mat Min. cabinet width KB 400 mm

Height M Space requirement in cabinet

32 min 38.5

20

50

12

FA

FA Front overlay Installation dimensions for min. pull-out shelf base thickness 21 mm – without anti-slip mat

Drilling distances – front – EXPANDO front

20.5

10

KH Cabinet height Installation dimensions for min. pull-out shelf base thickness 21 mm – without anti-slip mat Min. cabinet width KB 400 mm

Height K Space requirement in cabinet

min 32 38.5

20

5

33.5 32

Ø 10 +0.2 –0.1

min 69

KH 167

min 98

Installation dimensions – front – screw-on

50

50

FA

12

FA Front overlay Installation dimensions for min. pull-out shelf base thickness 21 mm – without anti-slip mat

Drilling distances – front – EXPANDO front

min 136

Installation dimensions – front – screw-on

10

50 KH Cabinet height Installation dimensions for min. pull-out shelf base thickness 21 mm – without anti-slip mat Min. cabinet width KB 400 mm

min 32 38.5

20

5

33.5 32

Ø 10 +0.2 –0.1

min 69

KH 205 Further products

20.5

10

KH *

576

5

33.5

min 69

32

KH 145*

+0.2

Ø 10 –0.1

50

Reference pages Overview – further products Overview – MERIVOBOX Overview – assembly devices

Drilling distances – front – EXPANDO front

min 76

Installation dimensions – front – screw-on

20.5

50

12

FA

FA Front overlay Installation dimensions for min. pull-out shelf base thickness 21 mm – without anti-slip mat

573 SPACE STEP 257 591 Short URL www.blum.com/i009

Assembly, removal and adjustment Short URL www.blum.com/a730

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Further products 〉 Cabinet applications

Web code DQHKHA

SPACE STEP Planning TANDEMBOX Height N Space requirement in cabinet

Drilling distances – front – EXPANDO front

+0.2

Ø 10 –0.1

KH Cabinet height Installation dimensions for min. pull-out shelf base thickness 21 mm – without anti-slip mat Min. cabinet width KB 400 mm

Height M Space requirement in cabinet

min 110

32

FA Front overlay Installation dimensions for min. pull-out shelf base thickness 21 mm – without anti-slip mat

5 10

15.5

50

12

FA

FA Front overlay Installation dimensions for min. pull-out shelf base thickness 21 mm – without anti-slip mat

Installation dimensions – front – screw-on

Drilling distances – front – EXPANDO front +0.2

KH Cabinet height Installation dimensions for min. pull-out shelf base thickness 21 mm – without anti-slip mat Min. cabinet width KB 400 mm

15.5

50

FA

Further products

5

10

50

min 55.5 32 32

50.5 32 32

min 142

Ø 10 –0.1

min 51

KH 193

Drilling distances – front – EXPANDO front

min 55.5 32

32 50.5

min 51 50

Reference pages Overview – further products Overview – TANDEMBOX antaro Overview – TANDEMBOX plus Overview – assembly devices

12

FA

+0.2

Height K Space requirement in cabinet

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

50

Ø 10 –0.1

KH Cabinet height Installation dimensions for min. pull-out shelf base thickness 21 mm – without anti-slip mat Min. cabinet width KB 400 mm

37.5

15.5

Installation dimensions – front – screw-on

KH 161

37.5

min 40.5

50

10

37.5

35.5 5

min 51

32

KH 146

min 95

Installation dimensions – front – screw-on

12

FA Front overlay Installation dimensions for min. pull-out shelf base thickness 21 mm – without anti-slip mat

573 SPACE STEP 303 349 591 Short URL www.blum.com/i009

Assembly, removal and adjustment Short URL www.blum.com/a730

577


Further products 〉 Cabinet applications

Web code DQHKHA

SPACE STEP Planning MOVENTO Space requirement in cabinet

min 84 min 52

KH 136*

min 53

KH 136*

min 83

TANDEM Space requirement in cabinet

50

10

10

50

KH *

Cabinet height When using the Blum spacer strip, min. cabinet height KH 148 mm Installation dimensions for min. pull-out shelf base thickness 21 mm – without anti-slip mat Min. cabinet width KB 400 mm Min. cabinet width KB 450 mm with SERVO-DRIVE

KH *

Cabinet height When using the Blum spacer strip, min. cabinet height KH 148 mm Installation dimensions for min. pull-out shelf base thickness 21 mm – without anti-slip mat Min. cabinet width KB 400 mm Min. cabinet width KB 450 mm with SERVO-DRIVE

Space requirement – Recess | Flush plinth front

KH

LW KB

KB KH KT LW

KT

Cabinet width Cabinet height Including cabinet foot Cabinet depth Internal cabinet width

KB LW NL TD TL

> KB 900 40

30

1

LW

17

TD = min 21

KH max 250

36

Ø 35

-1

0

TL

L =N

5

+1

Cabinet width Internal cabinet width Nominal length Pull-out shelf base thickness Shelf length

Space requirement – Recess – Low plinth recess

KB KH KT LW SR

Cabinet width Cabinet height Including cabinet foot Cabinet depth Internal cabinet width Plinth recess Max. 100 mm

Reference pages Overview – further products Overview – MOVENTO Overview – TANDEM Overview – assembly devices

578

KT

KB LW NL SR TD TL

573 SPACE STEP 417 447 591 Short URL www.blum.com/i009

0 13

> KB 900

R +S

LW

40

17

KH max 250

SR

KH

LW

TD = min 21

Further products

KB

36

-1

0

Ø 35

TL

L

=N

R +S

5

+1

Cabinet width Internal cabinet width Nominal length Plinth recess Pull-out shelf base thickness Shelf length

Assembly, removal and adjustment Short URL www.blum.com/a730

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Further products 〉 Cabinet applications

Web code DQHKHA

SPACE STEP Planning Example – cross member for plinth cabinet

Dimension – side panel left/right

R

-S

60

16

-1 TL

16 In-house production

SR Plinth recess TL Shelf length In-house production

Cutting – horizontal profile

Cutting – vertical support

LW

LW

KH

-1

30

Internal cabinet width

KH TD

Installation dimensions – wood spacer strip

-T

D-

46

Cabinet height Pull-out shelf base thickness

Dimension – Blum spacer strip

Ø

5

6

25

40

69

50

37 Pull-out systems LEGRABOX MERIVOBOX TANDEMBOX MOVENTO | TANDEM In-house production

X (mm) 50 65 50 50

X

X

X

41

12

Pull-out systems X (mm) LEGRABOX 53 MERIVOBOX 51 TANDEMBOX 51 MOVENTO | TANDEM 53 Chipboard screws Ø 3.5 x 60 mm or Ø 4 x 60 mm

Further products

Note

Nominal length NL (mm) Pull-out systems ≤ 450 > 450

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

SPACE STEP 410 460

579


Further products 〉 Cabinet applications 〉 Cabinet profile fixing positions | runners

32

75

18 A B

64

96

32

96

32

96

75

18 A B

SR

18

96

32

96

Nominal length NL (mm) Pull-out systems SPACE STEP > 450 460 TD Pull-out shelf base thickness SR Plinth recess A Chipboard screws Ø 4 x 15 mm B System screws Ø 6 x 14.5 mm, part no. 661.1450.HG

Cabinet profile 750 – 40 kg | 450 – 40 kg | 578 – 30 kg

Runner 760H – 40 kg | 560H – 30 kg

A B

C D

A B

C D

Further products

*

224 256

A B

NL A B C D B|D

580

Nominal length Chipboard screws Ø 4 x 15 mm System screws Ø 6 x 14.5 mm, part no. 661.1450.HG Chipboard screws Ø 4 x 12 mm System screws Ø 6 x 11.5 mm, part no. 661.1150.HG Fixing of the Blum spacer strip is only possible with system screws

75

SR

18

Nominal length NL (mm) Pull-out systems SPACE STEP ≤ 450 410 TD Pull-out shelf base thickness SR Plinth recess A Chipboard screws Ø 4 x 15 mm B System screws Ø 6 x 14.5 mm, part no. 661.1450.HG

32

75

TD + 3

96

TD + 3

64

A B TD + 3

A B

Runner – SPACE STEP – 561H4601B95

TD + 3

Runner – SPACE STEP – 561H4101B95

A B

C D

A B

C D

18 37 C D

NL A B C D B|D

Nominal length Chipboard screws Ø 4 x 15 mm System screws Ø 6 x 14.5 mm, part no. 661.1450.HG Chipboard screws Ø 4 x 12 mm System screws Ø 6 x 11.5 mm, part no. 661.1150.HG Fixing of the Blum spacer strip is only possible with system screws

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Further products

Further products 〉 Cabinet applications

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

581


Further products 〉 Locking systems

CABLOXX ▬ CABLOXX is a compact package that provides an extra layer of security, whilst offering plenty of design freedom ▬ System-independent solution – can be combined with various box and runner systems ▬ High flexibility – can be used for various cabinet dimensions ▬ Up to five pull-outs can be used per locking bar ▬ Can be combined with all motion technologies ▬ Unrestricted adjustment

Order information Locking bar set, can be flexibly cut to size 1 Locking bar set Cabinet height KH (mm) Material Up to 600 Steel Up to 800 Steel Up to 1300 Steel

Composed of: 1a 1 x Locking bar 1b 1 x Spacer for cutting to size 1c 1 x End cap 1d 1 x Attachment for lock – 1 x Drilling template for end cap – 1 x Installation instructions Can be combined with all Blum box and runner systems Cutting for 1a Internal cabinet height LH – 2 mm

2

Locking units Version Right Left

Part no. Z80S0560 Z80S0760 Z80S1260

Part no. Z80S0542CA

Composed of: 1a 1 x Locking bar 1b 3 x Spacer, pre-assembled 1d 1 x Pre-assembled attachment for lock 2 3 x Pre-assembled locking unit, right Suitable for three drawers – M For use with LEGRABOX and TANDEMBOX in tier system 32, internal cabinet height LH of 544 mm

Further products

Part no. Z80S0542BA

Composed of: 1a 1 x Locking bar 1b 2 x Spacer, pre-assembled 1d 1 x Pre-assembled attachment for lock 2 2 x Pre-assembled locking unit, right Suitable for one drawer – M and one high fronted pull-out – C For use with LEGRABOX and TANDEMBOX in tier system 32, internal cabinet height LH of 544 mm

Front locking bracket set Colour Material SW-M | WGR | OG-M | Nylon/zinc TS-M

4

2

3a

1b

1c

Locking bar set right – Ready-made – Locking bar set right – M | M | M Length (mm) Material 542 Steel

3

1d

3c

3b

1b

Part no. Z80.000V Z80.000V

Locking bar set right – C | M Length (mm) Material 542 Steel

Short URL www.blum.com/configurator

2

Material Nylon Nylon

1b

Spacer planning and calculation

2

1a

4

Cylinder not part of the scope of delivery

Accessories – Synchronisation set Colour S

Material Nylon

Part no. Z80V000A

Composed of: – 2 x Attachment for synchronisation – 2 x Lever for synchronisation Recommended for cabinet widths of KB > 600 mm in combination with closing function When a synchronisation is used, two locking bar sets are necessary

Synchronisation linkage Length (mm) Material 1163 Aluminium

For cutting to size When a synchronisation is used, two locking bar sets are necessary Cutting Internal cabinet width LW – 7 mm Colour SW-M WGR OG-M

Silk white matt White grey Orion grey matt

Colour TS-M S

Part no. Z80V1163W

Terra black matt Black

Part no. Z80.000S

Composed of: 3a 1 x Front locking bracket 3b 1 x Front piece for front locking bracket 3c 1 x Cover cap for front locking bracket

582

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Further products 〉 Locking systems

CABLOXX Planning Space requirement – locking bar and synchronisation

105

Groove dimension – locking bar

76 53

Drilling distances – locking bar

32

45

37

.5

min 37

Specifications – cylinder

16

32

min 71 min 46 39

+0

4 –0

Ø2.5

Drilling distances – cylinder

Drilling distances – attachment for synchronisation

max 15

32 19 Upper front overlay Front overlay of the side panel

14

Ø2.5

min 7

Box systems

X (mm) X = SKH + 10 mm Drawer High fronted pull-out SKH Drawer height N M K B C D E F LEGRABOX 40 59 97 – 148¹ – – 212¹ MERIVOBOX 57 80 116 – – – 181 – TANDEMBOX antaro 57 57 87 114 146 178 – – Front piece for front locking bracket to be pre-drilled Ø 2.5 mm ¹ +4 mm with LEGRABOX with AMBIA-LINE cross gallery

Reference pages Overview – further products Overview – LEGRABOX Overview – MERIVOBOX Overview – TANDEMBOX antaro Overview – MOVENTO Overview – TANDEM Overview – assembly devices More technical details Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

Box systems

Minimum front height FH Drawer High fronted pull-out N M K B C D E F LEGRABOX 107 132 170 – 221 – – 285 MERIVOBOX 113 136 173 – – – 236 – TANDEMBOX antaro 111 126 156 183 215 247 – – Valid for BLUMOTION runners F Gap 2 mm

573 Assembly, removal and adjustment 191 257 303 Short URL 417 www.blum.com/a710 447 591 698 583

Further products

X

15.5

SKH

X

20.5

min FH

14 Ø2.5

Minimum front height FH

9

9 X

9 X

14 Ø2.5

10

Drilling distances – front piece for front locking bracket LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX MOVENTO | TANDEM

14 Ø2.5

Ø2.5

F

FAo SFA

SFA

9

Cylinder not part of the scope of delivery

81

19

Ø16.5-22

28-48

11-13

Ø4-6

FAo

20


Further products 〉 Fixing systems

Fixing system for thin fronts – EXPANDO T ▬ Three different applications – lift systems | hinge systems | box systems ▬ Thin fronts measuring 8 mm and higher ▬ EXPANDO T – pre-assembled fixing system ▬ Different front materials ▬ Use the online Product Configurator – which calculates all dimensions for your planning in the drawings

Order information Lift systems AVENTOS HS | HL | HK top – Front fixing bracket Version Symmetrical

Material Steel

Fixing positions as per the instructions in the section on lift systems

Hinge systems CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – Hinge for thin doors Hinge Spring CLIP top ● BLUMOTION CLIP top ● CLIP top ○

Part no. 20S42T1

Part no.

NI | ONS

71B453T

NI NI

71T453T 70T453T.TL

Part no. ZF7N70T2 ZF7M70T2 ZF7K70T2 ZF7C70T2

Part no. ZF4.10T2

Front fixing bracket, top Fixing method EXPANDO T

Part no. ZF4.50T2

LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX – Front/base stabiliser for thin fronts Colour Material R7037 Nylon

Part no. Z96.00T1

Further products – EXPANDO T – single Colour TGR

Part no. 70T4532T

Fixing positions as per the instructions in the section on box systems – MERIVOBOX

Colour

With spring Unsprung

Box systems LEGRABOX – Front fixing bracket Height N M K C

Fixing positions as per the instructions in the section on box systems – MERIVOBOX

The different overlay applications can be achieved with the appropriate fixing positions ● ○

MERIVOBOX – Front fixing bracket Fixing method EXPANDO T

Fixing positions as per the instructions in the section on box systems – LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX Recommendation: Cabinet width KB > 600 mm: 1 item Cabinet width KB > 900 mm: 2 items Front height FH > 380 mm: 1 item

Colour NI ONS

Nickel plated Onyx black

Material Nylon/steel Colour TGR R7037

Dark grey RAL 7037 dust grey

Further products

Height F and the fixing positions as per the instructions in the section on box systems – LEGRABOX

584

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Further products 〉 Fixing systems

Fixing system for thin fronts – EXPANDO T Planning Area of application – EXPANDO T

EXPANDO T is suitable for fixing Blum fittings to thin front materials in furniture manufacturing With sufficient stability and strength, front materials of 8 mm thickness and above may be used

Drilling depth | screw selection – EXPANDO T

Area of application and assembly recommendation Materials tested by Blum

Transverse tensile strength (N/mm²) Chipboard > 0.40 MDF > 0.60 HDF HPL Mineral composites Nero Assoluto natural granite stone Quartz composite artificial stone Ceramic plates

Min. tightening torque (Nm) 1.5 1.5 2 2 2 3 3 3

Assembly – EXPANDO T

1

2

Ø 10 +̶ 0.1* 0.1 3

Screws with M4 thread have to be used for EXPANDO T single The lowest possible drilling depth should be selected for the single dowel, depending on the screw length BT Drilling depth ES Screw penetration depth ES min. = 4 mm ES max. = BT – 0.5 mm * Stone and ceramic +0.2/–0.1 mm

Limitation of liability

Blum accepts no liability for the use of EXPANDO T in combination with materials not listed or fittings from other manufacturers

Further products

It is recommended that the assembly be carried out by an experienced furniture manufacturer

Reference pages Overview – AVENTOS HS Overview – AVENTOS HL Overview – AVENTOS HK top Overview – CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges Overview – LEGRABOX Overview – MERIVOBOX Front/base stabiliser for thin fronts Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

31 More on our new EXPANDO T 37 fixing system 43 Short URL 71 www.blum.com/EXPANDO_T_3 191 257 239

Assembly, removal and adjustment Short URL www.blum.com/a720

585


Further products 〉 Wall hanging bracket

Screw-on wall hanging bracket ▬ Nylon housing with steel arm zinc plated ▬ 3-dimensional adjustment ▬ Load bearing 130 kg per pair in accordance with DIN EN 15939 (test frame A) ▬ Colour: white | brown | RAL 9001 cream

Planning Space requirement

Order information Version Right Left

Part no. 48N0510.02 48N0510.03

Reference pages Testing standards

702

Order information Version Right Left

Part no. 48N0610.02 48N0610.03

Fixing position

On cabinet side and dimensions of back cut-out

Knock-in wall hanging bracket ▬ Nylon housing with steel arm zinc plated ▬ 3-dimensional adjustment ▬ Load bearing 130 kg per pair in accordance with DIN EN 15939 (test frame A) ▬ Colour: white | brown | RAL 9001 cream

Accessories Insertion ram Assembly Wall hanging bracket ¹

MINIPRESS

Further products

Reference pages Testing standards

Planning Space requirement

¹

Part no. MZM.0078

702

Fixing position

On cabinet side and dimensions of back cut-out

586

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Further products 〉 Cabinet connectors

Screw-on cabinet connector ▬ Nylon housing with integral die-cast cam ▬ Nylon connector piece

Planning Base

Order information Colour White | brown

Part no. 40.2000

Cabinet side

47

32

19.5 13

Knock-in cabinet connector

Planning Cabinet assembly

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

Order information Connector housing Colour White | brown Base connector Colour Natural

Part no. 40.2110 Part no. 40.2120.02

Further products

▬ Nylon housing with integral die-cast cam ▬ Nylon connector piece

Cabinet side

587


Further products 〉 Cabinet connectors

Connector screw cabinet connector ▬ Nylon housing with integral die-cast cam ▬ Zinc die-cast connector screw

Order information Colour White | brown

Part no. 42.0700.01

Accessories Insertion ram Assembly Connector housing ¹

Planning Base

¹

MINIPRESS

Part no. MZM.0077

Cabinet side

E = W – X + 8 mm X max. = 9.5 mm

Connector screw cabinet connector ▬ Nylon housing with integral die-cast cam ▬ Zinc die-cast connector screw

Order information Connector housing Colour White | brown Connector screw Material Zinc

Part no. 40.0110N Part no. 40.0720

Further products

Accessories Insertion ram Assembly Connector housing ¹

Planning Cabinet assembly

MINIPRESS

¹

Part no. MZM.0070

Cabinet side

E = W – X + 5.8 mm X max. = 8 mm

588

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Further products 〉 Cabinet connectors

Cabinet connector with dowel and expansion pin ▬ Nylon housing with integral die-cast cam ▬ Nylon connector with steel expansion pin

Order information Colour White | brown Accessories Insertion ram Assembly Connector housing ¹

Planning Base

Part no. 40.0200N

¹

MINIPRESS

Part no. MZM.0070

Cabinet side

E = W – X + 7.4 mm X max. = 9 mm

Cabinet connector with connecting piece system 32 Order information Connector housing Colour White | brown Base connector Colour White | brown Accessories Insertion ram Assembly Connector housing Base connector ¹

Planning Cabinet assembly

MINIPRESS

Part no. 40.0110N Part no. 40.0620

¹

Part no. MZM.0070 MZM.0071

Cabinet side

E = W + 1.5 mm

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

589

Further products

▬ Nylon housing with integral die-cast cam ▬ Nylon connector piece


E-SERVICES and assembly devices

At Blum, we want to make the assembly of our products as easy and efficient as possible because perfect motion requires precise assembly.

8

Our E-SERVICES and assembly devices provide you with optimal support in the planning and assembly of our products: due to their ease of use, high user-friendliness and high durability. In addition, our E-SERVICES are available to you at all times and free of charge.

We place great value on safety – our assembly devices are tested and thus correspond to the highest safety requirements.

E-SERVICES

Drilling and insertion machines

With the E-SERVICES from Blum we can support you online, at any time and anywhere. Our services are geared directly towards your day-to-day work. But every service helps you to achieve the desired results more quickly and efficiently

Our wide range of drilling and inser- Our assembly devices help to ention machines are well equipped to sure the precise assembly of Blum box systems deal with any assembly situation

590

Assembly devices

Templates

Use our templates to ensure accurate assembly of our products

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Overview

E-SERVICES

E-SERVICES Overview

592 593

Drilling and insertion machines Drilling and insertion machines Overview Overview – assembly possibilities

604 605 606

Symbolic image

Symbolic image

Assembly devices

Assembly devices Overview

644 645

Templates Overview Overview – templates Overview – assembly possibilities

650 651 652 654

Symbolic image

Templates

E-SERVICES and assembly devices

Symbolic image

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

591


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 E-SERVICES

E-SERVICES – efficient support, every step of the way

E-SERVICES and assembly devices

Blum‘s E-SERVICES are digital services for our customers and partners. They are available online anytime, anywhere. Good services are there when you need them. That is why our services are geared to your everyday operations. Some make individual tasks easier, others support you throughout several steps in the process chain. Every E-SERVICE will help you achieve the best possible result more quickly and easily.

Marketing Media Library

Product Database

Product Configurator

As varied as your marketing needs

Technical information on Blum products

Configure, order fittings and produce applications

Cabinet Configurator

CAD/CAM data service

EASY ASSEMBLY app

Total support from planning to manufacturing

The direct route to current data

The digital tool for your assembly

592

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 E-SERVICES 〉 Overview

Manufacturing

Product Database

595

Product Configurator

596

Cabinet Configurator

598

CAD/CAM data service

EA

EASY ASSEMBLY app

600 602 603

E-SERVICES and assembly devices

After sales service

594

After sales service

Ordering

Applications Marketing Media Library

Delivery | Assembly

Design

Work steps

Concept | Planning | Quotation

Page

Marketing

Description

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

593


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 E-SERVICES 〉 Applications

Marketing Media Library As varied as your marketing needs Our Marketing Media Library gives you free access to professional content around the clock – so there’s nothing stopping you from creating your own marketing documentation. Download high-resolution images, videos or brochures and promote your products with attractive marketing materials. ▬ Enjoy direct access to more than 17000 Blum marketing files in more than 40 languages ▬ Download brochures, flyers, photos, logos, videos, installation instructions, presentations, technical data sheets and certificates free of charge ▬ Market Blum products and furniture equipped with Blum fittings even more efficiently in your web shop, showroom or in sales conversations

Work steps What support do you receive for which work steps? Concept | Planning | Quotation

Marketing

Marketing

Design

Ordering

Manufacturing

Delivery | Assembly

After sales service

We support you in the marketing of your products with Blum fittings, by providing you with all marketing materials free of charge and in more than 40 languages. This saves you time and money for the creation of your own documents.

Practical functions

E-SERVICES and assembly devices

Media collection Using our media collection, you can mark various documents for later use and even set them up in a customised folder structure. In this way, you can easily organise your documents to meet your needs. You can share this folder or even individual files with your team via a link and download them in various formats.

Reference pages Overview – E-SERVICES

593 Marketing Media Library Short URL www.blum.com/s017

594

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 E-SERVICES 〉 Applications

Product Database Technical information on Blum products You will find all you need to know about individual Blum products in the Product Database. Download product descriptions, technical details, product drawings, CAD data and much more detailed information and edit them yourself. ▬ Overview of all the Blum items available in your market ▬ Detailed descriptions of individual products including technical features ▬ Correct data directly from the fittings manufacturer at your disposal ▬ Various product data can be directly downloaded: Images, graphics, drawings and 3D CAD data for the planning and design of Blum fittings solutions

Work steps What support do you receive for which work steps? Concept | Planning | Quotation

Marketing

Design

Ordering

Manufacturing

Delivery | Assembly

After sales service

Concept | Planning | Quotation

The product database gives you an overview of which articles are available in your market. The technical properties of each article are clearly laid out. This helps you when designing or planning your furniture.

Design

The product database also provides planning graphics and 3D CAD data for each individual article along with the technical characteristics.

Features

Product information Easy product search via product categories or via a free text search. In this way, you quickly receive basic information on every item. Information provided includes article numbers and identcodes, weight EAN codes and details regarding packaging and article material.

E-SERVICES and assembly devices

Product features in detail All technical product features for each article are available for download as various images, graphics, drawings and 3D CAD data.

Reference pages Overview – E-SERVICES

593 Product Database Short URL www.blum.com/s001

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

595


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 E-SERVICES 〉 Applications

Product Configurator Selecting fittings – Simple. Fast. Precise. The Product Configurator quickly and easily provides you with the right fittings solutions for your furniture projects. Transfer the complete parts list for all your projects directly to the web shop of selected distributors. The comprehensive planning results provide production drawings that can be printed out as well as CAD data for further processing in your design software. BXF¹ and CAM data² are ready for transfer to EASYSTICK and CNC machines. ▬ Complete parts lists for error-free ordering ▬ Comprehensive planning results with information about design, assembly and adjustment and manufacturing ▬ All functions are also available for tablets and smartphones ▬ Intuitive, guided product selection complete with error-free parts lists with useful information about new products

Work steps What support do you receive for which work steps?

Marketing

Concept | Planning | Quotation

Design

Ordering

Manufacturing

Delivery | Assembly

After sales service

Concept | Planning | Quotation

Determine the right fittings for your furniture projects: the fast and simple creation of complete and manufacturer-checked parts lists makes design planning and the organization of quotes significantly easier.

Design

Provides exact dimensions for Blum product solutions with all relevant measurements. The download provides CAD data in 2D and 3D as compiled geometries – perfectly matched to your furniture products (dimensions, weight calculation, material type, load, etc.). Various export options for further data processing using your design software. Parts lists can be easily stored and organised by customer projects in “My projects”. You can transmit complete, checked parts lists quickly and easily directly to selected distributors.

Ordering

Manufacturing

The comprehensive planning results with cutting lists, manufacturing drawings and CAD/CAM data² support you in furniture application manufacturing. Regardless of whether you make it by hand or use a machine.

Application My library

You can save repeat configurations as a template with your customised standard settings.

My projects | My order lists

Distributor interface

Save configurations and organise them into projects – that way you can always access your planning results at a later date.

Easy transmission of complete, collision-checked parts lists to selected distributors.

The BXF file (Blum eXchange-Format) not only contains information about the fitting, but also manufacturing information for wooden parts, such as cutting dimensions and drilling positions.

²

The CAM data available for selection is based on the respective individual products. Therefore, please make the correct positioning on the wooden parts manually.

E-SERVICES and assembly devices

¹

596

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 E-SERVICES 〉 Applications

Product Configurator Features

Product selection – the right fittings in just a few clicks Guided product selection ensures you get the right fittings for your furniture project. The useful calculator supports you in calculating the correct front weights for lift systems and doors or the optimal TIP-ON BLUMOTION unit even for complex furniture situations. You can quickly and easily create complete parts lists for product applications such as SPACE STEP or CABLOXX.

Diverse planning results – for any working method The diverse planning results leave nothing to be desired – from manufacturer-checked parts lists, exact and error-free 2D/3D CAD data for further processing in design software, manufacturing drawings for manual manufacturing, planning and assembly information, wood cutting lists and a 3D view for a quick visual check. You get all of this after each individual configuration or collated for complete projects.

Transfer parts lists to selected distributors You can manage our checked parts lists in projects | Jobs and transfer this directly to the web shop of selected distributors in just a few clicks. Organise your projects in the “My projects” application and use “My order lists” for collective orders including for several projects.

E-SERVICES and assembly devices

Libraries – helpful templates for your workshop standards Use “My library” to save frequently used configurations as a template. Templates in the library can be set with your standard values and saved for the next configuration. The next time you access them they will then already be filled out with your personal standard values. You simply have to enter a few values. This saves you time – you can generate a checked order list in just a few clicks.

Reference pages Overview – E-SERVICES

593 Product Configurator Short URL www.blum.com/s002

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

597


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 E-SERVICES 〉 Applications

Cabinet Configurator Total support from planning to manufacturing Configure cabinets with Blum fittings in just a few clicks. An integrated collision check allows you to carry out precise and error-free planning. The comprehensive planning results provide optimal process support: during planning, designing, ordering and manufacturing. ▬ Comprehensive online application with an easy-to-understand user interface – no manual updates ▬ Design cabinets including collision-checked fittings and save valuable time

Work steps What support do you receive for which work steps?

Marketing

Concept | Planning | Quotation

Design

Ordering

Manufacturing

Delivery | Assembly

After sales service

Concept | Planning | Quotation

Configure and save your projects effortlessly online. You obtain checked and complete parts lists for your customer quotes.

Design

Our cabinet configurators provide you with support when designing cabinets and selecting the right fittings. They contain CAD data in the most common formats, which you can upload and use in your own design software. Does your software have a BXF interface¹? Then use our BXF files¹ with additional manufacturing information. You can transmit your complete parts lists directly to the web shop or the customer service centre of selected distributors. You can manage your projects and order lists with ease under “My projects” and “My order lists”.

Ordering

Manufacturing

The BXF file (Blum eXchange-Format) not only contains information about the fitting, but also manufacturing information for wooden parts, such as cutting dimensions and drilling positions.

E-SERVICES and assembly devices

¹

You can use our cutting lists, assembly overview or manufacturing drawings – digitally or you can print them out. Using a BXF file¹, you can transfer planning results to MINIPRESS with EASYSTICK.

598

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 E-SERVICES 〉 Applications

Cabinet Configurator Features

Cabinet design You can define the height, width, depth, as well as the cabinet top panel, cabinet base and back for your cabinet in the cabinet design. Speed up your planning by saving frequently used cabinet dimensions as standard values. Changes to the cabinet design can now also be made after fittings planning.

Fittings selection Drag and drop the fittings available in your country to your cabinet. Save valuable time for fittings planning by duplicating fittings at the click of a mouse or creating your own custom fittings templates.

Planning results Comprehensive planning results make the process quick and simple. ▬ Concept, planning, quotation: Use checked and complete parts lists for your customer quotes ▬ Design: continue to use the CAD and BXF data¹ in your CAD software ▬ Ordering: You can transmit your parts lists directly to the web shop or the customer service centre of selected distributors ▬ Manufacturing: print out the required manufacturing information or transmit the BXF data¹ to MINIPRESS using EASYSTICK

My projects | My order lists Under “My projects” you can save and organise your own configurations. The planning results are retained indefinitely for your furniture projects. “My order lists” makes order processing easy, as you can send checked parts lists directly to the web shop or customer service of selected distributors.

The BXF file (Blum eXchange-Format) not only contains information about the fitting, but also manufacturing information for wooden parts, such as cutting dimensions and drilling positions.

E-SERVICES and assembly devices

¹

Reference pages Overview – E-SERVICES

593 Cabinet Configurator Short URL www.blum.com/s003

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

599


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 E-SERVICES 〉 Applications

CAD/CAM data service Your path to current CAD/CAM data We offer you a wide range of various CAD/CAM formats to provide you with the best possible support for planning and manufacturing. With the CAD/CAM Data Service, you have access to useful data – fast and 24/7. ▬ Central access to up-to-date CAD/CAM data² checked by the manufacturer ▬ Go straight to our configurators and get manufacturing drawings, BXF data¹, installation situations – dimensionally accurate and collision checked ▬ Can’t find the data you need? Then simply ask us for drawings of special applications via a customer request

Work steps What support do you receive for which work steps? Concept | Planning | Quotation

Marketing

Design

Ordering

Manufacturing

Delivery | Assembly

After sales service

Design

You will receive CAD data in 2D and 3D in commercial formats as well as our BXF file¹. Both can then be used by you in your design software with a BXF interface¹. CAD data are available to you as individual geometries, a combination or a package.

Manufacturing

Download manufacturing data, e.g. manufacturing drawings or use our CAM data² in commercial formats for your CAM software. Our BXF data¹ also contain relevant manufacturing information for your wooden parts.

Content for download from the CAD/CAM Data Service CAD/CAM² packages

Individual product (3D)

Combination (3D)

Installation situation (2D)

Production drawings (2D)

CAM² data for further processing on the CNC machine

E-SERVICES and assembly devices

BXF¹ data

Individual customer query for special situations or unresolved issues

¹

The BXF file (Blum eXchange-Format) not only contains information about the fitting, but also manufacturing information for wooden parts, such as cutting dimensions and drilling positions.

²

The CAM data available for selection is based on the respective individual products. Therefore, please make the correct positioning on the wooden parts manually.

600

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 E-SERVICES 〉 Applications

CAD/CAM data service Interface to CAD/CAM software

Product selection – the right fittings in just a few clicks We work closely with CAD/CAM software manufacturers to make it easier to plan and design furniture using Blum products. Our software partners have integrated Blum fittings data into their software, making it very easy to plan Blum fittings. Other partners offer an easy interface to our configurators.

Blum fittings data – integrated in your CAD/CAM software You can integrate or import Blum fittings data in various forms into/to your CAD/CAM software. ▬ BXF interface¹ for importing and further editing the planning results from the Product and Cabinet Configurator in your software ▬ Integrated Blum fittings library, including CAD data for the individual products and the applications as a whole ▬ Import option for parts lists as CSV or XLS data ▬ Use our free CAD/CAM Data Service for your software without integrated data from Blum

Software partners For more information about our current software partners, please see our website www.blum.com/interfaces.

IBS CAD Solutions

The BXF file (Blum eXchange-Format) not only contains information about the fitting, but also manufacturing information for wooden parts, such as cutting dimensions and drilling positions.

E-SERVICES and assembly devices

¹

Reference pages Overview – E-SERVICES

593 CAD/CAM data service Short URL www.blum.com/s004

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

Software partners Short URL www.blum.com/interfaces 601


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 E-SERVICES 〉 Applications

EASY ASSEMBLY app The digital tool for your assembly You want to assemble and adjust Blum hinges, lift systems, pull-outs and other fittings systems properly? The EASY ASSEMBLY app for smartphones and tablets answers any questions you may have about the assembly and adjustment of Blum fittings. The app includes installation instructions and assembly videos for all Blum products.

EA Work steps What support do you receive for which work steps? Concept | Planning | Quotation

Marketing

Delivery | Assembly

Design

Ordering

Manufacturing

Delivery | Assembly

After sales service

The EASY ASSEMBLY app supports you with information and instructions regarding the assembly and adjustment of Blum products.

Features

Overview of all installation instructions EASY ASSEMBLY includes an overview of all installation instructions, arranged by product group. The assembly app has been designed to be intuitive, so it is easy to use.

E-SERVICES and assembly devices

Interactive applications Interactive applications clearly indicate the right drilling positions and show you how to adjust Blum fittings.

Reference pages Overview – E-SERVICES

593 EASY ASSEMBLY app Short URL www.blum.com/s015

602

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 E-SERVICES 〉 Applications

After sales service Personal support Do you have any questions or challenges you need to resolve? We also provide personal after-sales support – we are there at your side whenever you need us. Our support team speaks many languages and is available worldwide. We will answer your inquiries – personally by phone, email or chat. Do not hesitate to contact us – let’s take on the challenge together.

Work steps What support do you receive for which work steps?

Marketing

Concept | Planning | Quotation

Design

Ordering

Features

Manufacturing

Delivery | Assembly

After sales service

Directly available to answer all questions Our experts would be happy to answer any questions that you might have – from technical details to the planning and assembly of Blum fittings. Get comprehensive advice about our products and services.

E-SERVICES and assembly devices

Comprehensive care and personal advice Our employees will support you with the assembly and adjustment of Blum fittings, including when you are on site with your customers, as well as help you with the selection of assembly devices and E-SERVICES that best meet your needs. Our field sales team would be happy to provide you with a personal presentation of the latest Blum products – including product samples – as well as advise you on realising your customised furniture ideas.

Reference pages Overview – E-SERVICES

593 Technical consultation Short URL www.blum.com/s020

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

603


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Drilling and insertion machines

Efficient assembly of the highest quality The drilling and insertion machines from Blum are not just for the assembly of Blum products; they are also designed for other common cabinet drillings. They enable precision drilling and insertion of fittings. The wide range of drilling and insertion machines provides the right solution for any application. Quick setup and easy operation ensure efficient assembly of all Blum fittings.

E-SERVICES and assembly devices

MINIPRESS top for EASYSTICK MINIPRESS top ▬ Vertical and optional horizontal ▬ Vertical and optional horizontal drilling drilling ▬ Tool-free drilling head change ▬ Tool-free drilling head and ruler ▬ Automatically adjustable X-/Y-axis change ▬ Conventional ruler system

EASYSTICK – automatically movable ruler (X axis)

604

MINIPRESS P ▬ Vertical drilling and insertion of Blum fittings ▬ Additional drilling heads can be changed tool-free

Tool-free assembly of drilling heads Insertion of Blum fittings (optional)

MINIPRESS M ▬ Can be used at construction sites (mobile) ▬ Vertical drilling and insertion of Blum fittings

Horizontal drilling (only possible with MINIPRESS top)

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Drilling and insertion machines 〉 Overview

Overview – assembly possibilities Overview – assembly possibilities

606

Symbolic image

Basic machine

MINIPRESS top for EASYSTICK MINIPRESS top MINIPRESS P MINIPRESS M

610 614 626 630

Assembly possibilities MINIPRESS top for EASYSTICK | MINIPRESS top A1 MINIPRESS P | MINIPRESS M

618 634

Symbolic image

Symbolic image

Accessories

EASYSTICK Insertion rams Drill

640 642 642

E-SERVICES and assembly devices

Symbolic image

Pictograph Item available on request Drilling and insertion machines – horizontal drillings Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

Drilling and insertion machines – vertical drillings Drilling and insertion machines – inserting fittings 605


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Drilling and insertion machines 〉 Overview – assembly possibilities

Assembly possibilities

Assembly – lift systems (AVENTOS HF | HK-XS) Front assembly A1 Hinge A2 Horizontal mounting plate A3 Horizontal mounting plate | telescopic arm | front fixing bracket A4 Blum distance bumper Cabinet assembly A5 Cruciform mounting plate A6 Horizontal mounting plate A7 Lift mechanism – cabinet fixing bracket A8 SERVO-DRIVE switch Assembly – lift systems (AVENTOS HS | HL | HK top | HK-S) Front assembly B1 Front fixing bracket B2 Blum distance bumper Cabinet assembly B3 Lift mechanism B4 SERVO-DRIVE switch B5 TIP-ON – cruciform adapter plate B6 TIP-ON – straight adapter plate B7 TIP-ON – for drilling

Assembly – hinge systems Front assembly C1 Hinge Cabinet assembly C2 Cruciform mounting plate C3 Horizontal mounting plate C4 BLUMOTION | TIP-ON – cruciform adapter plate C5 BLUMOTION | TIP-ON – horizontal adapter plate C6 BLUMOTION | TIP-ON – for drilling

D4

Assembly – pull-out system Front assembly D1 LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX | METABOX front fixing D2 MOVENTO | TANDEM front adjuster D3 Blum distance bumper Drawer assembly D4 Base | back Cabinet assembly D5 Cabinet profiles D6 BLUMOTION for METABOX D7 SERVO-DRIVE bracket profile attachment

E-SERVICES and assembly devices

Assembly – further products Cabinet assembly E1 Cabinet connector with connecting piece system 32 E2 Connector screw cabinet connector E3 Knock-in cabinet connector E4 Wall hanging bracket E5 Horizontal wooden dowel drilling E6 Line drilling

606

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Drilling and insertion machines 〉 Overview – assembly possibilities

MINIPRESS top for EASYSTICK MINIPRESS top Vertical | horizontal Vertical

Basic machine Accessories Assembly – lift systems (AVENTOS HF | HK-XS) Front assembly A1 Hinge

610 611

AVENTOS HF | HK-XS Horizontal mounting plate

AVENTOS HF | HK-XS Horizontal mounting plate | telescopic arm | front fixing bracket AVENTOS HF | HK-XS Blum distance bumper

AVENTOS HF Cabinet assembly Cruciform mounting plate

AVENTOS HF | HK-XS Horizontal mounting plate

AVENTOS HF | HK-XS Lift mechanism – cabinet fixing bracket

AVENTOS HF | HK-XS SERVO-DRIVE switch

AVENTOS HF Assembly – lift systems (AVENTOS HS | HL | HK top | HK-S) Front assembly Front fixing bracket AVENTOS HS | HL | HK top Front fixing bracket

AVENTOS HS | HL | HK top Cabinet assembly Lift mechanism

AVENTOS HS | HL | HK top | HK-S SERVO-DRIVE switch

AVENTOS HS | HL | HK top TIP-ON – cruciform adapter plate

AVENTOS HK top | HK-S TIP-ON – straight adapter plate

AVENTOS HK top | HK-S TIP-ON – for drilling

Recommended

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

AVENTOS HK-S Blum distance bumper

AVENTOS HK top | HK-S

● ○

Possible

618

618

618

618

618

618

619

619

619

619

619

619

619

620

620

620

MINIPRESS P

614 615

618

618

618

618

618

618

619

619

619

619

619

619

619

620

620

626 627

– –

MINIPRESS M

634

634

634

634

634

634

634

635

635

635

635

635

635

635

635

630 631

634

634

634

634

634

634

634

635

635

635

635

635

635

635

635

Not possible

607

E-SERVICES and assembly devices

Assembly type


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Drilling and insertion machines 〉 Overview – assembly possibilities

Assembly type

MINIPRESS top for EASYSTICK MINIPRESS top Vertical | horizontal Vertical

Basic machine Accessories Assembly – hinge systems Front assembly C1 Hinge

610 611

Cabinet assembly Cruciform mounting plate

Horizontal mounting plate

BLUMOTION | TIP-ON

Cruciform adapter plate BLUMOTION | TIP-ON

Straight adapter plate BLUMOTION | TIP-ON

For drilling Assembly – pull-out system Front assembly LEGRABOX front fixing

MERIVOBOX front fixing

TANDEMBOX antaro | TANDEMBOX plus front fixing

METABOX front fixing

MOVENTO | TANDEM front adjuster

295.1000 Blum distance bumper

E-SERVICES and assembly devices

Drawer assembly Base | back

Cabinet assembly Cabinet profiles

BLUMOTION for METABOX

SERVO-DRIVE bracket profile attachment

608

Recommended

● Possible

620

620

620

621

621

621

621

621

621

621

622

622

622

622

622

622

MINIPRESS P

614 615

620

620

620

621

621

MINIPRESS M

626 627

636

636

636

636

636

621

621

621

621

622

622

622

622

622

● –

622

Not possible

630 631

636

636

636

636

636

636

637

637

637

637

637

637

638

638

638

636

637

637

637

637

637

637

638

638

638

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Drilling and insertion machines 〉 Overview – assembly possibilities

Assembly type

MINIPRESS top for EASYSTICK MINIPRESS top Vertical | horizontal Vertical

Basic machine Accessories Assembly – further products Cabinet assembly E1 Cabinet connector with connecting piece system 32 40.0110N | 40.0620 Connector screw cabinet connector

40.2110 | 40.2120.02 Wall hanging bracket

48N0610.02 | 48N0610.03 Cabinet assembly Wooden dowel drilling

Line drilling

● ○

Possible

623

623

623

623

623

624

614 615

623

MINIPRESS M

626 627

638

623

623

624

Not possible

638

638

638

630 631

638

638

638

638

E-SERVICES and assembly devices

Recommended

40.0200N | 42.0700.01 Knock-in cabinet connector

610 611

MINIPRESS P

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

609


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Drilling and insertion machines 〉 Basic machine

MINIPRESS top for EASYSTICK MINIPRESS top for EASYSTICK vertical | horizontal and vertical The EASYSTICK ruler system transforms the MINIPRESS top into an all-rounder for cabinet and front assembly. The EASYSTICK computer enables you to enter settings directly on the MINIPRESS top. EASYSTICK calculates the precise drilling positions automatically. The ruler | the drilling unit moves automatically to the right position. Position the part, drill, done. ▬ Vertical drilling and optional insertion of Blum fittings ▬ Optional horizontal drilling ▬ Quick change of drilling heads already equipped with drill bits ▬ Automatic movement of the drilling unit (Y axis) up to 350 mm ▬ Automatically movable ruler (X axis) for workpiece dimensions up to 2681 mm ▬ Simple adjustment of dimensions with easily accessible operating elements and precision display

Symbolic image

E-SERVICES and assembly devices

Case studies

Drilling head clamping The drilling head (colour-coded) fitted with drill bits and insertion rams (optional) can be fixed quickly and tool-free using a clamping lever

Digitised work process: planning directly on the machine EASYSTICK digitises planning and assembly. You can either plan directly on the machine or copy your data from the Cabinet Configurator

Easy processing of your work assignments You can call up your work assignments with the barcode scanner and continue working with them

Efficient and versatile use Fitted with EASYSTICK, the drilling unit (Y axis) moves automatically up to 350 mm. This increases the range of assembly options and permits the positioning of centred line drilling for deep cabinets

610

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Drilling and insertion machines 〉 Basic machine

MINIPRESS top for EASYSTICK MINIPRESS top for EASYSTICK vertical | horizontal and vertical ▬ With work table and tool set ▬ Incl. automatically movable drilling unit (Y-axis) ▬ EASYSTICK computer, EASYSTICK ruler, drilling heads and other accessories are not included as part of the basic machine scope of delivery ▬ Optional with horizontal drilling head (3-spindle)

Note Machines can be assembled with the Product Configurator Short URL www.blum.com/configurator

Symbolic image

Order information F1 MINIPRESS top for EASYSTICK – vertical | horizontal Voltage (V) Frequency (Hz) Part no. 3 x 400 50 | 60 M75E2000

Composed of: F1 1 x MINIPRESS top for EASYSTICK – vertical | horizontal – 1 x Tool set – 1 x Work table – 1 x Hold down clamp (pneumatic) left/right – 1 x Horizontal drilling head, 3 spindles EASYSTICK computer and EASYSTICK ruler are not included in the scope of delivery

H1

G3

G4

G6

G7

G8

● ■ ¹ ²

Part no. Application MZD.5700

EASYSTICK computer Description

Length (mm)

Calibration (mm)

EASYSTICK ruler

1700

6–953

2

Spindle distance Quick connect (mm) chuck

¹

9.5 | 45

I23

32

I23

Part no. Application MZD.2700

²

Swing arm

MINIPRESS top for EASYSTICK

MINIPRESS top for EASYSTICK

Part no. Application Hinge

Horizontal mounting plate Front fixing

✖ ✖ ✖ ✖ ✖

MZK.210S Cabinet connectors

32

I23

8

32

MZK.220S.01 Lift mechanism

3

32

MZK.2400.01

9

32

MZK.2810.03

11

32

MZK.224S.01 Lift mechanism

Reference pages Overview – drilling and insertion machines overview Overview – assembly possibilities Assembly possibilities Accessories – EASYSTICK

605 606 618 640

Accessories – insertion rams Accessories – drill bit

Insertion (optional) ✖

✖ ✖ ✖ ✖ ✖

MZK.211S

2

Left ● With quick connect chuck □ Without quick connect chuck For drilling heads with quick connect chucks, drill bits larger than Ø 10 mm must not be used Order swing arm for inserting fittings separately

Drilling

MZK.2000.01

Wall hanging bracket Cruciform mounting plate

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

Part no. M70E2000

Composed of: F2 1 x MINIPRESS top for EASYSTICK – vertical – 1 x Tool set – 1 x Work table – 1 x Hold down clamp (pneumatic) left/right EASYSTICK computer and EASYSTICK ruler are not included in the scope of delivery

Description

Accessories Drilling heads without swing arm Number of spindles (pcs) G1 3 G2

MINIPRESS top for EASYSTICK – vertical Voltage (V) Frequency (Hz) 3 x 400 50 | 60

Right

Front fixing bracket Cabinet profile

✖ ✖ ✖

Wooden dowel Cabinet connectors

✖ ✖

Line drilling

Front fixing bracket Cabinet profile

✖ ✖ ✖

E-SERVICES and assembly devices

I1

F2

Possible

642 MINIPRESS top 642 Short URL www.blum.com/i012 611


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Drilling and insertion machines 〉 Basic machine

MINIPRESS top for EASYSTICK Order information Accessories Rulers Description H3 EASYSTICK extension ruler left/right H22 General I4 I5 I6 I7 I10 I11 I20 I23 I24

Calibration (mm)

1700

953–2681

Description

Part no. Application

MINIPRESS top for EASYSTICK | MINIPRESS P |

MZD.2V00 MINIPRESS PRO Part no. Application

Can be used with the MINIPRESS top extension ruler and

MZV.3700 with the EASYSTICK extension ruler

Support for extension ruler Description

Part no. Application

Quick connect chuck and sleeve, left hand

MZK.2023

Quick connect chuck and sleeve, right hand

MZK.2024

Quick connect chuck and sleeve, left hand

MZF.2000

Quick connect chuck and sleeve, right hand

MZF.2000

Quick connect sleeve

MZF.1030

Quick connect chuck cover

MZF.1050

MINIPRESS top drilling head and ruler storage rack

MZA.2600 MZK.2008.02

Swing arm small Extraction system – hose and funnel

M75.2910

Extraction system – hose and funnel

M75.2920

For drilling diameters up to 10 mm For drilling diameters up to 10 mm For drilling diameters larger than 10 mm For drilling diameters larger than 10 mm For quick connect chuck and sleeve MZF.2000 For quick connect chuck and sleeve MZF.2000

For drilling heads MZK.2000.01 | MZK.210S | MZK.211S Extraction system for MINIPRESS top – Ø 125 mm Extraction system for MINIPRESS top – Ø 160 mm

E-SERVICES and assembly devices

I25

Length (mm)

Reference pages Overview – drilling and insertion machines overview Overview – assembly possibilities Assembly possibilities Accessories – EASYSTICK 612

605 606 618 640

Accessories – insertion rams Accessories – drill bit

642 642

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Drilling and insertion machines 〉 Basic machine

MINIPRESS top for EASYSTICK Assembly possibilities

Assembly – lift systems (AVENTOS HF | HK-XS) v|h v Front assembly A1 Hinge ● ● A2 Horizontal mounting plate ● ● A3 Horizontal mounting plate | telescopic arm | front fixing bracket ● ● A4 Blum distance bumper ● ● Cabinet assembly A5 Cruciform mounting plate ● ● A6 Horizontal mounting plate ● ● A7 Lift mechanism – cabinet fixing bracket ● ● A8 SERVO-DRIVE switch ● ● Assembly – lift systems (AVENTOS HS | HL | HK top | HK-S) Front assembly B1 Front fixing bracket B2 Blum distance bumper Cabinet assembly B3 Lift mechanism B4 SERVO-DRIVE switch B5 TIP-ON – cruciform adapter plate B6 TIP-ON – straight adapter plate B7 TIP-ON – for drilling

Assembly – hinge systems Front assembly C1 Hinge Cabinet assembly C2 Cruciform mounting plate C3 Horizontal mounting plate C4 BLUMOTION | TIP-ON – cruciform adapter plate C5 BLUMOTION | TIP-ON – horizontal adapter plate C6 BLUMOTION | TIP-ON – for drilling

● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● –

Assembly – pull-out system Cabinet assembly D1 LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX | METABOX front fixing ● ● D2 MOVENTO | TANDEM front adjuster ● ● D3 Blum distance bumper ● ● Drawer assembly D4 Base | back ● ● Cabinet assembly D5 Cabinet profiles ● ● D6 BLUMOTION for METABOX ● ● D7 SERVO-DRIVE bracket profile attachment ● ● Assembly – further products Cabinet assembly E1 Cabinet connector with connecting piece system 32 E2 Connector screw cabinet connector E3 Knock-in cabinet connector E4 Wall hanging bracket Cabinet assembly E5 Horizontal wooden dowel drilling E6 Line drilling ● ○ –

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● –

Recommended Possible Not possible

v|h v

Vertical | horizontal Vertical

● ● ● – ● ● ● ● ● – ● ●

613

E-SERVICES and assembly devices

D4

● ● ● ●


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Drilling and insertion machines 〉 Basic machine

MINIPRESS top MINIPRESS top vertical | horizontal and vertical MINIPRESS top makes operation and adjustments on the machine even easier and more precise. With the MINIPRESS top, all vertical and, as an option, horizontal drilling can be performed with ease. You also have the option of using Blum fittings vertically. An extensive modular system (setup plans | drilling heads | rulers) ensures that the MINIPRESS top will suit individual assembly needs. ▬ Vertical drilling and optional insertion of Blum fittings ▬ Optional horizontal drilling ▬ Quick change of drilling heads already equipped with drill bits ▬ Easy to use positioning system through fast tool-free changeover of pre-set rulers ▬ Manual adjustment of the drilling unit (Y axis) up to 350 mm ▬ Simple adjustment of dimensions with easily accessible operating elements and precision display

Symbolic image

E-SERVICES and assembly devices

Case studies

Drilling head clamping The drilling head (colour-coded) fitted with drill bits and insertion rams (optional) can be fixed quickly and tool-free using a clamping lever

Precision work guaranteed: measurements display on the machine The operating elements have a precision display and are easily accessible, adjusting all dimensions and enhancing precision is made easy. Making your work processes quicker and error-free

Precise stops: adjustment of the Y axis on the drilling unit Convenient adjustment of the drilling unit (Y axis) enables precise adjustment of all stop positions using the hand wheel. Work table and ruler remain in the same position. Easy and precise operation

Ruler change The ruler with pre-set colour-coded stops can be fitted in a matter of seconds with no need for tools

614

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Drilling and insertion machines 〉 Basic machine

MINIPRESS top Note Machines can be assembled with the Product Configurator

MINIPRESS top vertical | horizontal and vertical ▬ Supplied with ruler system, work table and toolkit ▬ Rulers, drilling heads and other accessories are not included as part of the basic machine ▬ Optional with horizontal drilling head (3-spindle)

Short URL www.blum.com/configurator

Symbolic image

Order information F1 MINIPRESS top – vertical | horizontal Voltage (V) Frequency (Hz) 3 x 400 50 | 60

Part no. M75.2000

Composed of: F1 1 x MINIPRESS top – vertical | horizontal – 1 x Tool set – 1 x Work table – 1 x Hold down clamp (pneumatic) left/right – 1 x Horizontal drilling head, 3 spindles – 1 x Set-up plan rack

Accessories Drilling heads without swing arm Number of spindles (pcs) G1 3 G2

G3

G4

G6

G7

G8

¹

MINIPRESS top – vertical Voltage (V) Frequency (Hz) 3 x 400 50 | 60

Composed of: F2 1 x MINIPRESS top – vertical – 1 x Tool set – 1 x Work table – 1 x Hold down clamp (pneumatic) left/right – 1 x Set-up plan rack

²

Swing arm

9.5 | 45

I23

32

I23

Part no. M70.2000

Part no. Application Hinge

Horizontal mounting plate Front fixing

✖ ✖ ✖ ✖ ✖

Insertion (optional) ✖

MZK.2000.01

MZK.210S Cabinet connectors

Wall hanging bracket Cruciform mounting plate

✖ ✖ ✖ ✖ ✖

MZK.211S

2

32

I23

8

32

MZK.220S.01 Lift mechanism

3

32

MZK.2400.01

9

32

MZK.2810.03

11

32

MZK.224S.01 Lift mechanism

Left ● With quick connect chuck □ Without quick connect chuck For drilling heads with quick connect chucks, drill bits larger than Ø 10 mm must not be used Order swing arm for inserting fittings separately

Drilling

Right

Front fixing bracket Cabinet profile

✖ ✖ ✖

Wooden dowel Cabinet connectors

✖ ✖

Line drilling

Front fixing bracket Cabinet profile

✖ ✖ ✖

Possible

E-SERVICES and assembly devices

● ■ ¹ ²

2

Spindle distance Quick connect (mm) chuck

F2

Reference pages Overview – drilling and insertion machines overview Overview – assembly possibilities Assembly possibilities Accessories – insertion rams Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

605 606 618 642

Accessories – drill bit

642 MINIPRESS top Short URL www.blum.com/i012 615


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Drilling and insertion machines 〉 Basic machine

MINIPRESS top Order information Accessories Rulers Description H5 Standard ruler H6 H7 H8 H9 H10 H22 H14 H15 H16 H17 General I4 I5 I6 I7 I10 I11 I20 I23 I24

Calibration (mm)

1700

850–0–850

MZL.2000

Horizontal ruler

1700

850–0–850

MZL.2060

Line drilling ruler left/right

953

0–832

MZL.2080

Base ruler

1250

0–850

MZL.2010

Extension ruler left/right

1700

850–2550

MZL.2090

Extension ruler left

1700

850–2550

MZL.2090.03

Description

Part no. Application

For all vertical assembly options For all horizontal assembly options For more straightforward line drilling For more precise drilling on cover Extension for standard or horizontal ruler Extension for standard or horizontal ruler

Part no. Application

Can be used with the MINIPRESS top extension ruler and

Support for extension ruler

MZV.3700 with the EASYSTICK extension ruler

Swivel stop

MZS.1000

Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left hand

MZS.2000

Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right

MZS.2000

Centre marking stop

MZR.1200

Description

Symmetrical

Part no. Application

Quick connect chuck and sleeve, left hand

MZK.2023

Quick connect chuck and sleeve, right hand

MZK.2024

Quick connect chuck and sleeve, left hand

MZF.2000

Quick connect chuck and sleeve, right hand

MZF.2000

Quick connect sleeve

MZF.1030

Quick connect chuck cover

MZF.1050

MINIPRESS top drilling head and ruler storage rack

MZA.2600 MZK.2008.02

Swing arm small Extraction system – hose and funnel

M75.2910

Extraction system – hose and funnel

M75.2920

For drilling diameters up to 10 mm For drilling diameters up to 10 mm For drilling diameters larger than 10 mm For drilling diameters larger than 10 mm For quick connect chuck and sleeve MZF.2000 For quick connect chuck and sleeve MZF.2000

For drilling heads MZK.2000.01 | MZK.210S | MZK.211S Extraction system for MINIPRESS top – Ø 125 mm Extraction system for MINIPRESS top – Ø 160 mm

E-SERVICES and assembly devices

I25

Length (mm)

Reference pages Overview – drilling and insertion machines overview Overview – assembly possibilities Assembly possibilities Accessories – insertion rams 616

605

Accessories – drill bit

642

606 618 642 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Drilling and insertion machines 〉 Basic machine

MINIPRESS top Assembly possibilities

Assembly – lift systems (AVENTOS HF | HK-XS) v|h v Front assembly A1 Hinge ● ● A2 Horizontal mounting plate ● ● A3 Horizontal mounting plate | telescopic arm | front fixing bracket ● ● A4 Blum distance bumper ● ● Cabinet assembly A5 Cruciform mounting plate ● ● A6 Horizontal mounting plate ● ● A7 Lift mechanism – cabinet fixing bracket ● ● A8 SERVO-DRIVE switch ● ● Assembly – lift systems (AVENTOS HS | HL | HK top | HK-S) Front assembly B1 Front fixing bracket B2 Blum distance bumper Cabinet assembly B3 Lift mechanism B4 SERVO-DRIVE switch B5 TIP-ON – cruciform adapter plate B6 TIP-ON – straight adapter plate B7 TIP-ON – for drilling

Assembly – hinge systems Front assembly C1 Hinge Cabinet assembly C2 Cruciform mounting plate C3 Horizontal mounting plate C4 BLUMOTION | TIP-ON – cruciform adapter plate C5 BLUMOTION | TIP-ON – horizontal adapter plate C6 BLUMOTION | TIP-ON – for drilling

● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● –

Assembly – pull-out system Cabinet assembly D1 LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX | METABOX front fixing ● ● D2 MOVENTO | TANDEM front adjuster ● ● D3 Blum distance bumper ● ● Drawer assembly D4 Base | back ● ● Cabinet assembly D5 Cabinet profiles ● ● D6 BLUMOTION for METABOX ● ● D7 SERVO-DRIVE bracket profile attachment ● ● Assembly – further products Cabinet assembly E1 Cabinet connector with connecting piece system 32 E2 Connector screw cabinet connector E3 Knock-in cabinet connector E4 Wall hanging bracket Cabinet assembly E5 Horizontal wooden dowel drilling E6 Line drilling ● ○ –

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● –

Recommended Possible Not possible

v|h v

Vertical | horizontal Vertical

● ● ● – ● ● ● ● ● – ● ●

617

E-SERVICES and assembly devices

D4

● ● ● ●


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Drilling and insertion machines 〉 Assembly possibilities

MINIPRESS top for EASYSTICK | MINIPRESS top Assembly – lift systems (AVENTOS HF | HK-XS) Front assembly Hinge A1 AVENTOS HF | HK-XS Drilling head, number of spindles 3, drilling and optional insertion of fittings (order swing arm) Fittings drill bit, 35 x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit, 8 x 57 mm, left hand Vertical | horizontal Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand Reversible ruler, 1250 mm (1 piece, calibration from 0–850 mm) Vertical Standard ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, calibration from 850–0–850 mm) Swivel stop

Quantity required 1x 1x 2x 2x 1x 1x 4x

Horizontal mounting plate AVENTOS HF Drilling head, number of spindles 2, drilling and optional insertion of fittings (order swing arm) Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, left hand Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, left hand Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand Reversible ruler, 1250 mm (1 piece, calibration from 0–850 mm) Standard ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, calibration from 850–0–850 mm) Swivel stop Swing arm for inserting mounting plates Insertion ram, horizontal zinc mounting plates 177H51x0 Insertion ram, horizontal steel mounting plates 177H31x0

Quantity required 1x 1x 1x 1x 1x 1x 1x 1x 1x 4x 1x 1x 1x

Horizontal mounting plate | telescopic arm | front fixing bracket AVENTOS HF | HK-XS Drilling head, number of spindles 2, drilling Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, left hand Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand Standard ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, calibration from 850–0–850 mm) Swivel stop

Quantity required 1x 2x 2x 1x 2x

Blum distance bumper AVENTOS HF Drilling head, number of spindles 2, drilling Drill bit, 8 x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, right hand Standard ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, calibration from 850–0–850 mm) Swivel stop

Quantity required 1x 1x 1x 1x 2x

Cruciform mounting plate AVENTOS HF | HK-XS Drilling head, number of spindles 2, drilling and optional insertion of fittings (order swing arm) Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, left hand Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, left hand Reversible ruler, 1250 mm (1 piece, calibration from 0–850 mm) Standard ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, calibration from 850–0–850 mm) Swivel stop Swing arm for inserting mounting plates Insertion ram, mounting plates 174H71xx

Quantity required 1x 2x 2x 2x 1x 1x 4x 1x 1x

Horizontal mounting plate AVENTOS HF | HK-XS Drilling head, number of spindles 2, drilling and optional insertion of fittings (order swing arm) Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, left hand Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, left hand Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand Reversible ruler, 1250 mm (1 piece, calibration from 0–850 mm) Standard ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, calibration from 850–0–850 mm) Swivel stop Swing arm for inserting mounting plates Insertion ram, horizontal zinc mounting plates 177H51x0 Insertion ram, horizontal steel mounting plates 177H31x0

Quantity required 1x 1x 1x 1x 1x 1x 1x 1x 1x 4x 1x 1x 1x

Vertical | horizontal Vertical

Vertical | horizontal Vertical

Vertical | horizontal Vertical

Cabinet assembly

Vertical | horizontal

E-SERVICES and assembly devices

Vertical

Vertical | horizontal Vertical

¹

618

MINIPRESS top for EASYSTICK requires no rulers or swivel stops

¹ ¹ ¹

¹ ¹ ¹

Part no. MZK.2000.01 M01.ZB35.02 M01.ZB08.03 M01.ZB02.D3 MZL.2010 MZL.2000 MZS.1000 Part no. MZK.210S M01.ZB10.02 M01.ZB10.03 M01.ZB05.02 M01.ZB05.03 M01.ZB02.D2 M01.ZB02.D3 MZL.2010 MZL.2000 MZS.1000 MZK.2008.02 MZM.0050 MZM.0053

¹ ¹

Part no. MZK.211S M01.ZB05.03 M01.ZB02.D3 MZL.2000 MZS.1000

¹ ¹

Part no. MZK.210S M01.ZB08.02 M01.ZB05.02 MZL.2000 MZS.1000

¹ ¹ ¹

¹ ¹ ¹

Part no. MZK.211S M01.ZB05.03 M01.ZB02.D3 M01.ZB10.03 MZL.2010 MZL.2000 MZS.1000 MZK.2008.02 MZM.0061.01 Part no. MZK.210S M01.ZB10.02 M01.ZB10.03 M01.ZB05.02 M01.ZB05.03 M01.ZB02.D3 M01.ZB02.D2 MZL.2010 MZL.2000 MZS.1000 MZK.2008.02 MZM.0050 MZM.0053

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Drilling and insertion machines 〉 Assembly possibilities

MINIPRESS top for EASYSTICK | MINIPRESS top

Vertical

Vertical | horizontal Vertical

Vertical | horizontal Vertical

Quantity required 1x 2x 1x 2x

Cabinet fixing AVENTOS HK-XS Drilling head, number of spindles 2, drilling Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, left hand Standard ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, calibration from 850–0–850 mm) Swivel stop

Quantity required 1x 2x 2x 1x 2x

SERVO-DRIVE switch AVENTOS HF Drilling head, number of spindles 2, drilling Fittings drill bit, 35 x 57 mm, right hand Fittings drill bit without tip, 35 x 57 mm, right hand Chuck for drilling diameter larger than 10 mm, right Standard ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, calibration from 850–0–850 mm) Swivel stop

Quantity required 1x 1x 1x 1x 1x 2x

Assembly – lift systems (AVENTOS HS | HL | HK top | HK-S) Front assembly Front fixing bracket AVENTOS HS | HL | HK top Drilling head, number of spindles 9, drilling Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand Vertical | horizontal Standard ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, calibration from 850–0–850 mm) Swivel stop Vertical

Vertical | horizontal Vertical

Vertical | horizontal Vertical

Cabinet assembly

Vertical | horizontal Vertical

Vertical | horizontal Vertical ¹

Quantity required 1x 2x 2x 1x 2x

Front fixing bracket AVENTOS HK-S Drilling head, number of spindles 2, drilling Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand Standard ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, calibration from 850–0–850 mm) Swivel stop Swing arm for inserting mounting plates Insertion ram, horizontal steel mounting plates 177H31x0

Quantity required 1x 2x 1x 2x 1x 1x

Blum distance bumper AVENTOS HS | HL | HK top Drilling head, number of spindles 2, drilling Drill bit, 8 x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, right hand Standard ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, calibration from 850–0–850 mm) Swivel stop

Quantity required 1x 1x 1x 1x 2x

Lift mechanism AVENTOS HS | HL | HK top | HK-S Drilling head, number of spindles 8, drilling Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, right hand Standard ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, calibration from 850–0–850 mm) Swivel stop

Quantity required 1x 2x 1x 2x

SERVO-DRIVE switch AVENTOS HS | HL | HK top Drilling head, number of spindles 2, drilling Fittings drill bit, 35 x 57 mm, right hand Fittings drill bit without tip, 35 x 57 mm, right hand Chuck for drilling diameter larger than 10 mm, right Standard ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, calibration from 850–0–850 mm) Swivel stop

Quantity required 1x 1x 1x 1x 1x 2x

MINIPRESS top for EASYSTICK requires no rulers or swivel stops

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

¹ ¹

Part no. MZK.220S.01 M01.ZB05.02 MZL.2000 MZS.1000

¹ ¹

Part no. MZK.211S M01.ZB02.D3 M01.ZB05.03 MZL.2000 MZS.1000

¹ ¹

Part no. MZK.210S M01.ZB35.02 M01.ZB35.OS MZK.2124 MZL.2000 MZS.1000

¹ ¹

Part no. MZK.2810.03 M01.ZB02.D2 M01.ZB02.D3 MZL.2000 MZS.1000

¹ ¹

Part no. MZK.211S M01.ZB02.D3 MZL.2000 MZS.1000 MZK.2008.02 MZM.0053

¹ ¹

Part no. MZK.210S M01.ZB08.02 M01.ZB05.02 MZL.2000 MZS.1000

¹ ¹

Part no. MZK.220S M01.ZB05.02 MZL.2000 MZS.1000

¹ ¹

Part no. MZK.210S M01.ZB35.02 M01.ZB35.OS MZK.2124 MZL.2000 MZS.1000

619

E-SERVICES and assembly devices

Vertical | horizontal

Lift mechanism AVENTOS HF Drilling head, number of spindles 8, drilling Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, right hand Standard ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, calibration from 850–0–850 mm) Swivel stop


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Drilling and insertion machines 〉 Assembly possibilities

MINIPRESS top for EASYSTICK | MINIPRESS top

Vertical | horizontal Vertical

Vertical | horizontal Vertical

Vertical | horizontal

TIP-ON – cruciform adapter plate AVENTOS HK top | HK-S Drilling head, number of spindles 2, drilling Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, left hand Standard ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, calibration from 850–0–850 mm) Swivel stop

Quantity required 1x 2x 2x 1x 2x

TIP-ON – straight adapter plate AVENTOS HK top | HK-S Drilling head, number of spindles 2, drilling Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand Standard ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, calibration from 850–0–850 mm) Swivel stop

Quantity required 1x 1x 1x 1x 2x

TIP-ON – for drilling AVENTOS HK top | HK-S Drill bit, 10 x 114.5 mm, right hand Horizontal ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, calibration from 850–0–850 mm) Swivel stop

Quantity required 1x 1x 2x

Assembly – hinge systems Front assembly Hinge

C1

Vertical | horizontal Vertical

Cabinet assembly

Vertical | horizontal Vertical

Drilling head, number of spindles 3, drilling and optional insertion of fittings (order swing arm) Fittings drill bit, 35 x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit, 8 x 57 mm, left hand Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand Fittings drill bit, 26 x 57 mm, right hand Reversible ruler, 1250 mm (1 piece, calibration from 0–850 mm) Standard ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, calibration from 850–0–850 mm) Swivel stop Swing arm for inserting hinges Insertion ram, furniture hinges, all opening angles – except mini-hinge Cruciform mounting plate Drilling head, number of spindles 2, drilling and optional insertion of fittings (order swing arm) Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, left hand Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, left hand Reversible ruler, 1250 mm (1 piece, calibration from 0–850 mm) Standard ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, calibration from 850–0–850 mm) Swivel stop Swing arm for inserting mounting plates Insertion ram, mounting plates 174H71xx

E-SERVICES and assembly devices

Horizontal mounting plate

Vertical | horizontal Vertical

¹

620

Drilling head, number of spindles 2, drilling and optional insertion of fittings (order swing arm) Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, left hand Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, left hand Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand Reversible ruler, 1250 mm (1 piece, calibration from 0–850 mm) Standard ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, calibration from 850–0–850 mm) Swivel stop Swing arm for inserting mounting plates Insertion ram, horizontal zinc mounting plates 177H51x0 Insertion ram, horizontal steel mounting plates 177H31x0

MINIPRESS top for EASYSTICK requires no rulers or swivel stops

Quantity required 1x 1x 2x 2x 1x 1x 1x 4x 1x 1x Quantity required 1x 2x 2x 2x 1x 1x 4x 1x 1x Quantity required 1x 1x 1x 1x 1x 1x 1x 1x 1x 4x 1x 1x 1x

¹ ¹

Part no. MZK.211S M01.ZB02.D3 M01.ZB05.03 MZL.2000 MZS.1000

¹ ¹

Part no. MZK.210S M01.ZB02.D2 M01.ZB02.D3 MZL.2000 MZS.1000

¹ ¹

Part no. M75.ZB10.L2 MZL.2060 MZS.1000

¹ ¹ ¹

¹ ¹ ¹

¹ ¹ ¹

Part no. MZK.2000.01 M01.ZB35.02 M01.ZB08.03 M01.ZB02.D3 M01.ZB26.02 MZL.2010 MZL.2000 MZS.1000 MZK.2008.02 MZM.0040

Part no. MZK.211S M01.ZB05.03 M01.ZB02.D3 M01.ZB10.03 MZL.2010 MZL.2000 MZS.1000 MZK.2008.02 MZM.0061.01 Part no. MZK.210S M01.ZB10.02 M01.ZB10.03 M01.ZB05.02 M01.ZB05.03 M01.ZB02.D2 M01.ZB02.D3 MZL.2010 MZL.2000 MZS.1000 MZK.2008.02 MZM.0050 MZM.0053

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Drilling and insertion machines 〉 Assembly possibilities

Vertical | horizontal Vertical

Vertical | horizontal Vertical

Vertical | horizontal

Cruciform adapter plate BLUMOTION | TIP-ON Drilling head, number of spindles 2, drilling Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, left hand Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand Standard ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, calibration from 850–0–850 mm) Swivel stop

Quantity required 1x 2x 2x 1x 2x

Straight adapter plate BLUMOTION | TIP-ON Drilling head, number of spindles 2, drilling Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand Standard ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, calibration from 850–0–850 mm) Swivel stop

Quantity required 1x 1x 1x 1x 2x

For drilling BLUMOTION | TIP-ON Drill bit, 10 x 114.5 mm, right hand Horizontal ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, calibration from 850–0–850 mm) Swivel stop

Quantity required 1x 1x 2x

Assembly – pull-out system Front assembly LEGRABOX front fixing D1

Vertical | horizontal Vertical

Drilling head, number of spindles 8, drilling Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, left hand Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand Standard ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, calibration from 850–0–850 mm) Swivel stop

D1

MERIVOBOX front fixing

Vertical | horizontal

Drilling head, number of spindles 8, drilling Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, left hand Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand Standard ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, calibration from 850–0–850 mm) Swivel stop

Vertical

TANDEMBOX antaro | TANDEMBOX plus front fixing

Vertical | horizontal Vertical

Drilling head, number of spindles 8, drilling Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, left hand Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand Standard ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, calibration from 850–0–850 mm) Swivel stop METABOX front fixing

Vertical | horizontal Vertical ¹

Drilling head, number of spindles 8, drilling Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, left hand Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand Standard ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, calibration from 850–0–850 mm) Swivel stop

MINIPRESS top for EASYSTICK requires no rulers or swivel stops

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

Quantity required 1x 3x 3x 3x 3x 1x 2x Quantity required 1x 3x 3x 3x 3x 1x 2x Quantity required 1x 1x 3x 1x 1x 1x 2x Quantity required 1x 4x 1x 2x 1x 1x 2x

¹ ¹

Part no. MZK.211S M01.ZB05.03 M01.ZB02.D3 MZL.2000 MZS.1000

¹ ¹

Part no. MZK.210S M01.ZB02.D2 M01.ZB02.D3 MZL.2000 MZS.1000

¹ ¹

Part no. M75.ZB10.L2 MZL.2060 MZS.1000

¹ ¹

Part no. MZK.220S.01 M01.ZB10.02 M01.ZB10.03 M01.ZB02.D2 M01.ZB02.D3 MZL.2000 MZS.1000

¹ ¹

Part no. MZK.220S.01 M01.ZB10.02 M01.ZB10.03 M01.ZB02.D2 M01.ZB02.D3 MZL.2000 MZS.1000

¹ ¹

Part no. MZK.220S.01 M01.ZB10.02 M01.ZB10.03 M01.ZB02.D2 M01.ZB02.D3 MZL.2000 MZS.1000

¹ ¹

Part no. MZK.220S.01 M01.ZB10.02 M01.ZB10.03 M01.ZB02.D2 M01.ZB02.D3 MZL.2000 MZS.1000

621

E-SERVICES and assembly devices

MINIPRESS top for EASYSTICK | MINIPRESS top


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Drilling and insertion machines 〉 Assembly possibilities

MINIPRESS top for EASYSTICK | MINIPRESS top

Vertical | horizontal Vertical

Vertical | horizontal Vertical

Drawer assembly

Vertical | horizontal Vertical Cabinet assembly

Vertical | horizontal Vertical

Vertical | horizontal Vertical

E-SERVICES and assembly devices

Vertical | horizontal Vertical

MOVENTO | TANDEM front adjuster 295.1000 Drilling head, number of spindles 2, drilling and optional insertion of fittings (order swing arm) Fittings drill bit, 20 x 57 mm, right hand Chuck for drilling diameter larger than 10 mm, right Standard ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, calibration from 850–0–850 mm) Swivel stop Swing arm for inserting front adjustment bracket Insertion ram, front adjuster 295.1000

Quantity required 1x 1x 1x 1x 2x 1x 1x

Blum distance bumper

Quantity required 1x 1x 1x 1x 2x

Drilling head, number of spindles 2, drilling Drill bit, 8 x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, right hand Standard ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, calibration from 850–0–850 mm) Swivel stop

Base | back Drilling head, number of spindles 8, drilling Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, left hand Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand Standard ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, calibration from 850–0–850 mm) Swivel stop

Quantity required 1x 2x 2x 2x 2x 1x 2x

Cabinet profiles 11 spindle drilling head Drilling head, number of spindles 11, drilling Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, left hand Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand Standard ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, calibration from 850–0–850 mm) Reversible ruler, 1250 mm (1 piece, calibration from 0–850 mm) Swivel stop

Quantity required 1x 2x 2x 2x 2x 1x 1x 10 x

Cabinet profiles 8-spindle drilling head Drilling head, number of spindles 8, drilling Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, left hand Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand Standard ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, calibration from 850–0–850 mm) Reversible ruler, 1250 mm (1 piece, calibration from 0–850 mm) Swivel stop

Quantity required 1x 2x 2x 2x 2x 1x 1x 10 x

BLUMOTION for METABOX

Quantity required 1x 1x 1x 1x 1x 1x 2x

Drilling head, number of spindles 8, drilling Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, left hand Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand Standard ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, calibration from 850–0–850 mm) Swivel stop SERVO-DRIVE bracket profile attachment

Vertical | horizontal Vertical ¹

622

Drilling head, number of spindles 9, drilling Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, left hand Fittings drill bit, 25 x 57 mm, right hand Chuck for drilling diameter larger than 10 mm, right Standard ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, calibration from 850–0–850 mm) Swivel stop

MINIPRESS top for EASYSTICK requires no rulers or swivel stops

Quantity required 1x 1x 1x 1x 1x 1x 2x

¹ ¹

Part no. MZK.210S M01.ZB20.02 MZK.2124 MZL.2000 MZS.1000 MZK.2008.02 MZM.0095

¹ ¹

Part no. MZK.210S M01.ZB08.02 M01.ZB05.02 MZL.2000 MZS.1000

¹ ¹

Part no. MZK.220S.01 M01.ZB05.02 M01.ZB05.03 M01.ZB02.D2 M01.ZB02.D3 MZL.2000 MZS.1000

¹ ¹ ¹

Part no. MZK.224S.01 M01.ZB05.02 M01.ZB05.03 M01.ZB02.D2 M01.ZB02.D3 MZL.2000 MZL.2010 MZS.1000

¹ ¹ ¹

Part no. MZK.220S.01 M01.ZB05.02 M01.ZB05.03 M01.ZB02.D2 M01.ZB02.D3 MZL.2000 MZL.2010 MZS.1000

¹ ¹

Part no. MZK.220S.01 M01.ZB05.02 M01.ZB05.03 M01.ZB02.D2 M01.ZB02.D3 MZL.2000 MZS.1000

¹ ¹

Part no. MZK.2810.03 M01.ZB10.02 M01.ZB10.03 M01.ZB25.02 MZK.2124 MZL.2000 MZS.1000

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Drilling and insertion machines 〉 Assembly possibilities

MINIPRESS top for EASYSTICK | MINIPRESS top Quantity required 1x 1x 1x 1x 1x 1x 2x 2x 1x 1x 1x

Connector screw cabinet connector 40.0200N | 42.0700.01 Drilling head, number of spindles 2, drilling and optional insertion of fittings (order swing arm) Chuck for drilling diameter larger than 10 mm, right Fittings drill bit, 25 x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit, 5 x 114.5 mm, right hand Horizontal ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, calibration from 850–0–850 mm) Swivel stop Swing arm small Insertion ram, connector housing 40.0110N | 40.0200N Insertion ram, connector 42.0700.01

Quantity required 1x 1x 1x 1x 1x 4x 1x 1x 1x

Knock-in cabinet connector 40.2110 | 40.2120.02 Drilling head, number of spindles 2, drilling Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, left hand Standard ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, calibration from 850–0–850 mm) Swivel stop

Quantity required 1x 2x 1x 4x

Wall hanging bracket 48N0610.02 | 48N0610.03 Drilling head, number of spindles 2, drilling and optional insertion of fittings (order swing arm) Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, left hand Standard ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, calibration from 850–0–850 mm) Swivel stop Swing arm small Insertion ram, wall hanging bracket 48N0610.02 | 48N0610.03

Quantity required 1x 1x 1x 1x 2x 1x 1x

Wooden dowel drilling 9-spindle drilling head Drilling head, number of spindles 9, drilling Drill bit, 8 x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit, 8 x 57 mm, left hand Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, left hand Drill bit, 8 x 114.5 mm, right hand Drill bit, 8 x 114.5 mm, left hand Drill bit, 10 x 114.5 mm, right hand Drill bit, 10 x 114.5 mm, left hand Horizontal ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, calibration from 850–0–850 mm) Swivel stop

Quantity required 1x 5x 4x 5x 4x 1x 2x 1x 2x 1x 8x

Wooden dowel drilling 3 spindle drilling head Drilling head, number of spindles 3, drilling Drill bit, 8 x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit, 8 x 57 mm, left hand Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, left hand Drill bit, 8 x 114.5 mm, right hand Drill bit, 8 x 114.5 mm, left hand Drill bit, 10 x 114.5 mm, right hand Drill bit, 10 x 114.5 mm, left hand Horizontal ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, calibration from 850–0–850 mm) Swivel stop

Quantity required 1x 1x 2x 1x 2x 1x 2x 1x 2x 1x 6x

Vertical | horizontal

Vertical | horizontal Vertical

Vertical | horizontal Vertical Cabinet assembly

Vertical | horizontal

Vertical | horizontal

¹

MINIPRESS top for EASYSTICK requires no rulers or swivel stops

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

¹ ¹

¹ ¹

¹ ¹

¹ ¹

Part no. MZK.210S M01.ZB28.02 M01.ZB25.02 MZK.2124 M01.ZB10.03 M01.ZB05.02 MZS.2000 MZS.2000 MZK.2008.02 MZM.0070 MZM.0071 Part no. MZK.210S MZK.2124 M01.ZB25.02 M75.ZB05.02 MZL.2060 MZS.1000 MZK.2008.02 MZM.0070 MZM.0077 Part no. MZK.211S M01.ZB10.03 MZL.2000 MZS.1000

Part no. MZK.210S M01.ZB10.02 M01.ZB10.03 MZL.2000 MZS.1000 MZK.2008.02 MZM.0078

¹ ¹

Part no. MZK.2810.03 M01.ZB08.02 M01.ZB08.03 M01.ZB10.02 M01.ZB10.03 M75.ZB08.02 M75.ZB08.03 M75.ZB10.02 M75.ZB10.03 MZL.2060 MZS.1000

¹ ¹

Part no. MZK.2400.01 M01.ZB08.02 M01.ZB08.03 M01.ZB10.02 M01.ZB10.03 M75.ZB08.02 M75.ZB08.03 M75.ZB10.02 M75.ZB10.03 MZL.2060 MZS.1000 623

E-SERVICES and assembly devices

Assembly – further products Cabinet connector with connecting piece system 32 E1 40.0110N | 40.0620 Drilling head, number of spindles 2, drilling and optional insertion of fittings (order swing arm) Fittings drill bit, 28 x 57 mm, right hand Fittings drill bit, 25 x 57 mm, right hand Vertical | horizontal Chuck for drilling diameter larger than 10 mm, right Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, left hand Vertical Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, right hand Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left hand Swing arm small Insertion ram, connector housing 40.0110N | 40.0200N Insertion ram, connector 40.0620


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Drilling and insertion machines 〉 Assembly possibilities

MINIPRESS top for EASYSTICK | MINIPRESS top

Vertical | horizontal Vertical

MINIPRESS top for EASYSTICK requires no rulers or swivel stops

Quantity required 1x 5x 4x 5x 4x 1x 1x 14 x

¹ ¹ ¹

Part no. MZK.2810.03 M01.ZB05.02 M01.ZB05.03 M01.ZB03.02 M01.ZB03.03 MZL.2080 MZL.2000 MZS.1000

E-SERVICES and assembly devices

¹

Line drilling 9-spindle drilling head Drilling head, number of spindles 9, drilling Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, left hand Drill bit, 3 x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit, 3 x 57 mm, left hand Line drilling ruler, 953 mm (right and left hand, calibration 0–832 mm) Standard ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, calibration from 850–0–850 mm) Swivel stop

624

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Drilling and insertion machines 〉 Assembly possibilities

E-SERVICES and assembly devices

MINIPRESS top for EASYSTICK | MINIPRESS top

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

625


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Drilling and insertion machines 〉 Basic machine

MINIPRESS P Specialised MINIPRESS P is the specialist for front assemblies. Group drillings and cabinet profile drillings can also be performed just as efficiently. Once it’s set, it carries out routine work with precision and efficiency. A pneumatic feed for vertical drilling and insertion of Blum fittings as well as a spindle for setting the drilling distance setting makes working with MINIPRESS P safe and precise. ▬ Vertical drilling and insertion of Blum fittings ▬ Drilling distance settings using spindle ▬ Pneumatic feed ▬ Can be retrofitted with EASYSTICK as an option ▬ Optional automatically movable stops in the X axis with EASYSTICK

Symbolic image

E-SERVICES and assembly devices

Case studies

Drilling of various patterns With the multi-swivel gearbox, various drilling patterns for furniture fittings can be set quickly, tool-free and precisely

Practical and precise ruler system Insertion of Blum components MINIPRESS P is equally efficient when it comes The drilling distance is set easily from the front using a calibrated spindle to inserting Blum fittings, the operation is both simple and precise

Quick connect chuck For quick and comfortable drill bit changeovers. The quick connect chucks can be retrofitted individually

9-spindle drilling head For efficient line drilling within the 32 mm tier system. Drilling head is fitted with quick connect chucks as standard

626

8-spindle drilling head For the assembly of AVENTOS lift mechanisms, box front fixings and cabinet profiles. Drilling head is fitted with quick connect chucks as standard

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Drilling and insertion machines 〉 Basic machine

MINIPRESS P Reference pages Application video

▬ Including multi-swivel gearbox (5-spindle) ▬ Supplied with stop system, incl. standard ruler (600 mm) and toolkit ▬ Different voltage can be supplied upon request ▬ Rulers, drilling heads and other accessories are not included as part of the basic machine ▬ Can be retrofitted with EASYSTICK as an option

Short URL www.blum.com/gmSum

Symbolic image

Frequency (Hz) 50 50 | 60

Composed of: F 1 x MINIPRESS P I14 1 x Drilling depth stop for MINIPRESS P | M 2010 and later – 1 x Distance template – 4 x Chuck cover – 1 x Replacement coupling – 1 x Tool set – 1 x Standard ruler

Accessories Drilling heads without swing arm Number of spindles (pcs) G9 9 G10

● ■ ¹ ²

8

I2 Rulers

H3 H13

Spindle distance Quick connect (mm) chuck

¹

F2

MINIPRESS P Voltage (V) 1 x 230 3 x 400

Frequency (Hz) 50 50 | 60

Composed of: F 1 x MINIPRESS P – 1 x Distance template – 4 x Chuck cover – 1 x Replacement coupling – 1 x Tool set – 1 x Standard ruler H11 1 x Extension ruler symmetrical H13 1 x Support for extension ruler H18 1 x Centre marking stop laser I14 1 x Drilling depth stop for MINIPRESS P | M 2010 and later I16 1 x Position indicator for MINIPRESS P I17 1 x Hold down clamp (pneumatic) left/right I18 1 x Work table for MINIPRESS P K9 2 x Drill bit, 8 x 57 mm, left hand K20 1 x Fittings drill bit, 35 x 57 mm, right hand ¹ H18 is not part of standard components

²

Swing arm

Drilling

Line drilling

Cabinet profile Front fixing bracket

✖ ✖ ✖

MZK.190S

32

MZK.880S Lift mechanism Right

Description

Insertion (optional)

Possible

MZD.5000

MINIPRESS P | MINIPRESS PRO

Description

Length (mm)

Calibration (mm)

EASYSTICK ruler

1700

6–953

MZD.2000

EASYSTICK extension ruler left/right

1700

953–2681

MZD.2V00 MINIPRESS PRO

Description

Part no. Application

MINIPRESS P | MINIPRESS PRO MINIPRESS top for EASYSTICK | MINIPRESS P |

Part no. Application

MINIPRESS P | MINIPRESS M can be used with convention-

MZV.2E00 al and with EASYSTICK extension rulers

Support for extension ruler

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

Part no. M53.1050.01 M53.1000.01

Part no. Application

EASYSTICK computer

Reference pages Overview – drilling and insertion machines overview Overview – assembly possibilities Assembly possibilities Accessories – EASYSTICK

¹

Part no. Application

32

Left ● With quick connect chuck □ Without quick connect chuck For drilling heads with quick connect chucks, drill bits larger than Ø 10 mm must not be used Order swing arm for inserting fittings separately

General

H2

Part no. M53.1050* M53.1000*

605 606 634 640

Accessories – insertion rams Accessories – drill bit

642 642

627

E-SERVICES and assembly devices

Order information F1 MINIPRESS P Voltage (V) 1 x 230 3 x 400


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Drilling and insertion machines 〉 Basic machine

MINIPRESS P Order information Accessories Rulers Description H11 Extension ruler symmetrical H12

H16 H17

H19 H20

I10 I11 I12 I13 I14 I15 I16 I17 I18 I21

¹

MZL.1250

1250

1550–2800

¹

MZL.2500

Swivel stop

¹

MZS.1000

Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left hand

¹

MZS.2000

Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right

¹

MZS.2000

Part no.

Extension for standard ruler Extension for extension ruler

Symmetrical

MZR.1000

Centre marking stop laser

MZR.5300.02

MINIPRESS dual application

MZR.2000

Locking device (16 mm ruler adjustment)

MZE.1300

Description

Part no.

Quick connect chuck set (5 pcs. chuck, sleeve, cover), right and left

MZF.1000.01

Quick connect chuck and sleeve, left hand

MZF.1010

Quick connect chuck and sleeve, right hand

MZF.1020

Quick connect sleeve

MZF.1030

Quick connect chuck cover

MZF.1050

Locking device for MZK.1900 | MZK.8800 | MZK.190S | MZK.880S

MZK.1120

Drilling head connector for quick connect chuck MZK.1900 | MZK.8800 | MZK.190S | MZK.880S

MZK.1130

Drilling depth stop for MINIPRESS P | M 2010 and later

M30.1304.02

Retro fit kit for drilling head MINIPRESS P | M earlier than 2010

M30.1313.UM

Position indicator for MINIPRESS P (digital drilling offset stop)

MZE.2110

Hold down clamp (pneumatic) left/right

M53.0720

Work table for MINIPRESS P

MZA.5300

Tool holder

M51.0802

Set-up plan rack

M54.2117

E-SERVICES and assembly devices

I22

300–1550

MINIPRESS P with EASYSTICK requires no rulers or swivel stops

General

I9

1250

Centre marking stop

H18

I8

Part no. Application

Description

H15

I3

Calibration (mm)

Extension ruler symmetrical

H14

¹

Length (mm)

Reference pages Overview – drilling and insertion machines overview Overview – assembly possibilities Assembly possibilities Accessories – EASYSTICK 628

605 606 634 640

Accessories – insertion rams Accessories – drill bit

642 642

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Drilling and insertion machines 〉 Basic machine

MINIPRESS P Assembly – lift systems (AVENTOS HF | HK-XS) Front assembly A1 Hinge A2 Horizontal mounting plate A3 Horizontal mounting plate | telescopic arm | front fixing bracket A4 Blum distance bumper Cabinet assembly A5 Cruciform mounting plate A6 Horizontal mounting plate A7 Lift mechanism – cabinet fixing bracket A8 SERVO-DRIVE switch Assembly – lift systems (AVENTOS HS | HL | HK top | HK-S) Front assembly B1 Front fixing bracket B2 Blum distance bumper Cabinet assembly B3 Lift mechanism B4 SERVO-DRIVE switch B5 TIP-ON – cruciform adapter plate B6 TIP-ON – straight adapter plate B7 TIP-ON – for drilling

Assembly – hinge systems Front assembly C1 Hinge Cabinet assembly C2 Cruciform mounting plate C3 Horizontal mounting plate C4 BLUMOTION | TIP-ON – cruciform adapter plate C5 BLUMOTION | TIP-ON – horizontal adapter plate C6 BLUMOTION | TIP-ON – for drilling

D4

● ● ○ ●

○ ● ○ ● ● ● –

● ● ● ● ● –

Assembly – pull-out system Front assembly D1 LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX | METABOX front fixing ○ D2 MOVENTO | TANDEM front adjuster ● D3 Blum distance bumper ● Drawer assembly D4 Base | back ○ Cabinet assembly D5 Cabinet profiles ○ D6 BLUMOTION for METABOX ○ D7 SERVO-DRIVE bracket profile attachment ○ Assembly – further products Cabinet assembly E1 Cabinet connector with connecting piece system 32 E2 Connector screw cabinet connector E3 Knock-in cabinet connector E4 Wall hanging bracket Cabinet assembly E5 Horizontal wooden dowel drilling E6 Line drilling ● ○ –

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

● ● ○ ●

Recommended Possible Not possible

● – ● ● – ○

629

E-SERVICES and assembly devices

Assembly possibilities


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Drilling and insertion machines 〉 Basic machine

MINIPRESS M Mobile The MINIPRESS M from Blum is a compact tool that is flexible enough to be used on-site or in the workshop. MINIPRESS M does not require pressurised air or a strong power supply and instead can be operated using lighting current. ▬ Vertical drilling and insertion of Blum fittings ▬ Manual feed by activating the lever

Symbolic image

E-SERVICES and assembly devices

Case studies

Drilling of various patterns With the multi-swivel gearbox, various drilling patterns for furniture fittings can be set quickly, tool-free and precisely

Drilling and insertion Insertion of Blum components MINIPRESS M is equally efficient when it comes The lever is pulled down manually for drilling or insertion of fittings to inserting Blum fittings, the operation is both simple and precise

Quick connect chuck For quick and comfortable drill bit changeovers. The quick connect chucks can be retrofitted individually

9-spindle drilling head For efficient line drilling within the 32 mm tier system. Drilling head is fitted with quick connect chucks as standard

630

8-spindle drilling head For the assembly of AVENTOS lift mechanisms, box front fixings and cabinet profiles. Drilling head is fitted with quick connect chucks as standard

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Drilling and insertion machines 〉 Basic machine

MINIPRESS M Reference pages Application video

▬ Including multi-swivel gearbox (5-spindle) ▬ Supplied with stop system, incl. standard ruler (600 mm) and toolkit ▬ Different voltage can be supplied upon request ▬ Rulers, drilling heads and other accessories are not included as part of the basic machine

Short URL www.blum.com/1nenDA

Symbolic image

Order information F1 MINIPRESS M Voltage (V) 1 x 230

Frequency (Hz) 50

Part no. M52.1050*

Composed of: F 1 x MINIPRESS M I14 1 x Drilling depth stop for MINIPRESS P | M 2010 and later – 1 x Distance template – 4 x Chuck cover – 1 x Replacement coupling – 1 x Tool set – 1 x Standard ruler

Accessories Drilling heads without swing arm Number of spindles (pcs) G9 9 G10

¹

MINIPRESS M Voltage (V) 1 x 230

Frequency (Hz) 50

Composed of: F 1 x MINIPRESS M I14 1 x Drilling depth stop for MINIPRESS P | M 2010 and later I19 1 x Work table for MINIPRESS M – 1 x Distance template – 4 x Chuck cover – 1 x Replacement coupling – 1 x Tool set – 1 x Standard ruler

²

Swing arm

Part no. Application

Drilling

Line drilling

Cabinet profile Front fixing bracket

✖ ✖ ✖

32

MZK.190S

32

MZK.880S Lift mechanism

Left ● With quick connect chuck □ Without quick connect chuck For drilling heads with quick connect chucks, drill bits larger than Ø 10 mm must not be used Order swing arm for inserting fittings separately

Right

Part no. M52.1050*

Insertion (optional)

Possible

E-SERVICES and assembly devices

● ■ ¹ ²

8

Spindle distance Quick connect (mm) chuck

F2

Reference pages Overview – drilling and insertion machines overview Overview – assembly possibilities Assembly possibilities Accessories – insertion rams Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

605

Accessories – drill bit

642

606 634 642 631


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Drilling and insertion machines 〉 Basic machine

MINIPRESS M Order information Accessories Rulers Description H11 Extension ruler symmetrical H12 H13 H14 H15 H16 H17 H19 H21 General I3 I8 I9 I10 I11 I12 I13 I14 I15

Calibration (mm)

1250

300–1550

¹

MZL.1250

1250

1550–2800

¹

MZL.2500

Description

Part no. Application

Extension for standard ruler Extension for extension ruler

Part no. Application

MINIPRESS P | MINIPRESS M can be used with convention-

Support for extension ruler

MZV.2E00 al and with EASYSTICK extension rulers

Swivel stop

MZS.1000

Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left hand

MZS.2000

Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right

MZS.2000

Centre marking stop

MZR.1000

MINIPRESS dual application

MZR.2000

Stop (drilling offset stop)

MZS.1020

Description

Symmetrical

Part no.

Quick connect chuck set (5 pcs. chuck, sleeve, cover), right and left

MZF.1000.01

Quick connect chuck and sleeve, left hand

MZF.1010

Quick connect chuck and sleeve, right hand

MZF.1020

Quick connect sleeve

MZF.1030

Quick connect chuck cover

MZF.1050

Locking device for MZK.1900 | MZK.8800 | MZK.190S | MZK.880S

MZK.1120

Drilling head connector for quick connect chuck MZK.1900 | MZK.8800 | MZK.190S | MZK.880S

MZK.1130

Drilling depth stop for MINIPRESS P | M 2010 and later

M30.1304.02

Retro fit kit for drilling head MINIPRESS P | M earlier than 2010

M30.1313.UM MZA.5200

Work table for MINIPRESS M

E-SERVICES and assembly devices

I19

Extension ruler symmetrical

Length (mm)

Reference pages Overview – drilling and insertion machines overview Overview – assembly possibilities Assembly possibilities Accessories – insertion rams 632

605

Accessories – drill bit

642

606 634 642 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Drilling and insertion machines 〉 Basic machine

MINIPRESS M Assembly – lift systems (AVENTOS HF | HK-XS) Front assembly A1 Hinge A2 Horizontal mounting plate A3 Horizontal mounting plate | telescopic arm | front fixing bracket A4 Blum distance bumper Cabinet assembly A5 Cruciform mounting plate A6 Horizontal mounting plate A7 Lift mechanism – cabinet fixing bracket A8 SERVO-DRIVE switch Assembly – lift systems (AVENTOS HS | HL | HK top | HK-S) Front assembly B1 Front fixing bracket B2 Blum distance bumper Cabinet assembly B3 Lift mechanism B4 SERVO-DRIVE switch B5 TIP-ON – cruciform adapter plate B6 TIP-ON – straight adapter plate B7 TIP-ON – for drilling

Assembly – hinge systems Front assembly C1 Hinge Cabinet assembly C2 Cruciform mounting plate C3 Horizontal mounting plate C4 BLUMOTION | TIP-ON – cruciform adapter plate C5 BLUMOTION | TIP-ON – horizontal adapter plate C6 BLUMOTION | TIP-ON – for drilling

D4

● ● ○ ●

○ ● ○ ● ● ● –

● ● ● ● ● –

Assembly – pull-out system Front assembly D1 LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX | METABOX front fixing ○ D2 MOVENTO | TANDEM front adjuster ● D3 Blum distance bumper ● Drawer assembly D4 Base | back ○ Cabinet assembly D5 Cabinet profiles ○ D6 BLUMOTION for METABOX ○ D7 SERVO-DRIVE bracket profile attachment ○ Assembly – further products Cabinet assembly E1 Cabinet connector with connecting piece system 32 E2 Connector screw cabinet connector E3 Knock-in cabinet connector E4 Wall hanging bracket Cabinet assembly E5 Horizontal wooden dowel drilling E6 Line drilling ● ○ –

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

● ● ○ ●

Recommended Possible Not possible

● – ● ● – ○

633

E-SERVICES and assembly devices

Assembly possibilities


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Drilling and insertion machines 〉 Assembly possibilities

MINIPRESS P | MINIPRESS M Assembly – lift systems (AVENTOS HF | HK-XS) Front assembly Hinge A1 AVENTOS HF | HK-XS Fittings drill bit, 35 x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit, 8 x 57 mm, left hand Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand MINIPRESS P Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right MINIPRESS M Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left hand

MINIPRESS P MINIPRESS M

MINIPRESS P MINIPRESS M

MINIPRESS P MINIPRESS M

Cabinet assembly

E-SERVICES and assembly devices

MINIPRESS P MINIPRESS M

MINIPRESS P MINIPRESS M

MINIPRESS P MINIPRESS M ¹

634

Quantity required 1x 2x 2x 2x 2x

Horizontal mounting plate AVENTOS HF Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, left hand Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, left hand Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left hand Insertion ram, horizontal zinc mounting plates 177H51x0 Insertion ram, horizontal steel mounting plates 177H31x0

Quantity required 1x 1x 1x 1x 1x 1x 2x 2x 1x 1x

Horizontal mounting plate | telescopic arm | front fixing bracket AVENTOS HF | HK-XS Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, left hand Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left hand

Quantity required 1x 1x 1x 1x 1x 1x

Blum distance bumper AVENTOS HF Drill bit, 8 x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, right hand Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left hand

Quantity required 1x 1x 1x 1x

Cruciform mounting plate AVENTOS HF | HK-XS Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, left hand Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, left hand Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left hand Insertion ram, mounting plates 174H71xx

Quantity required 1x 1x 1x 1x 1x 1x 2x 2x 1x

Horizontal mounting plate AVENTOS HF | HK-XS Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, left hand Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, left hand Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left hand Insertion ram, horizontal zinc mounting plates 177H51x0 Insertion ram, horizontal steel mounting plates 177H31x0

Quantity required 1x 1x 1x 1x 1x 1x 2x 2x 1x 1x

Lift mechanism AVENTOS HF Drilling head, number of spindles 8, drilling Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, right hand Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left hand

Quantity required 1x 2x 1x 1x

¹ ¹

¹ ¹

Part no. M01.ZB35.02 M01.ZB08.03 M01.ZB02.D3 MZS.2000 MZS.2000 Part no. M01.ZB10.02 M01.ZB10.03 M01.ZB05.02 M01.ZB05.03 M01.ZB02.D2 M01.ZB02.D3 MZS.2000 MZS.2000 MZM.0050 MZM.0053

¹ ¹

Part no. M01.ZB05.02 M01.ZB05.03 M01.ZB02.D2 M01.ZB02.D3 MZS.2000 MZS.2000

¹

Part no. M01.ZB08.02 M01.ZB05.02 MZS.2000 MZS.2000

¹ ¹

¹ ¹

¹ ¹

Part no. M01.ZB05.02 M01.ZB05.03 M01.ZB02.D2 M01.ZB02.D3 M01.ZB10.02 M01.ZB10.03 MZS.2000 MZS.2000 MZM.0061.01 Part no. M01.ZB10.02 M01.ZB10.03 M01.ZB05.02 M01.ZB05.03 M01.ZB02.D2 M01.ZB02.D3 MZS.2000 MZS.2000 MZM.0050 MZM.0053 Part no. MZK.880S M01.ZB05.02 MZS.2000 MZS.2000

MINIPRESS P with EASYSTICK requires no rulers or swivel stops

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Drilling and insertion machines 〉 Assembly possibilities

Cabinet fixing AVENTOS HK-XS Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, left hand Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left hand

Quantity required 1x 1x 1x 1x 1x 1x

SERVO-DRIVE switch AVENTOS HF Fittings drill bit, 35 x 57 mm, right hand Fittings drill bit without tip, 35 x 57 mm, right hand Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left hand

Quantity required 1x 1x 1x 1x

Assembly – lift systems (AVENTOS HS | HL | HK top | HK-S) Front assembly Front fixing bracket AVENTOS HS | HL | HK top Drilling head, number of spindles 9, drilling Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand MINIPRESS P Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right MINIPRESS M Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left hand

Quantity required 1x 2x 2x 2x 2x

MINIPRESS P MINIPRESS M

MINIPRESS P MINIPRESS M

MINIPRESS P MINIPRESS M

MINIPRESS P MINIPRESS M

Cabinet assembly

MINIPRESS P MINIPRESS M

MINIPRESS P MINIPRESS M

MINIPRESS P MINIPRESS M

MINIPRESS P MINIPRESS M ¹

Front fixing bracket AVENTOS HK-S Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left hand

Quantity required 1x 1x 1x 1x

Blum distance bumper AVENTOS HS | HL | HK top Drill bit, 8 x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, right hand Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left hand

Quantity required 1x 1x 1x 1x

Lift mechanism AVENTOS HS | HL | HK top | HK-S Drilling head, number of spindles 8, drilling Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, right hand Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left hand

Quantity required 1x 2x 1x 1x

SERVO-DRIVE switch AVENTOS HS | HL | HK top Fittings drill bit, 35 x 57 mm, right hand Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left hand

Quantity required 1x 1x 1x

TIP-ON – cruciform adapter plate AVENTOS HK top | HK-S Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, left hand Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left hand

Quantity required 1x 1x 1x 1x 1x 1x

TIP-ON – straight adapter plate AVENTOS HK top | HK-S Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left hand

Quantity required 1x 1x 1x 1x

¹ ¹

Part no. M01.ZB05.02 M01.ZB05.03 M01.ZB02.D2 M01.ZB02.D3 MZS.2000 MZS.2000

¹ ¹

Part no. M01.ZB35.02 M01.ZB35.OS MZS.2000 MZS.2000

¹ ¹

Part no. MZK.190S M01.ZB02.D2 M01.ZB02.D3 MZS.2000 MZS.2000

¹ ¹

Part no. M01.ZB02.D2 M01.ZB02.D3 MZS.2000 MZS.2000

¹ ¹

Part no. M01.ZB08.02 M01.ZB05.02 MZS.2000 MZS.2000

¹ ¹

Part no. MZK.880S M01.ZB05.02 MZS.2000 MZS.2000

¹ ¹

Part no. M01.ZB35.02 MZS.2000 MZS.2000

¹ ¹

Part no. M01.ZB05.02 M01.ZB05.03 M01.ZB02.D2 M01.ZB02.D3 MZS.2000 MZS.2000

¹ ¹

Part no. M01.ZB02.D2 M01.ZB02.D3 MZS.2000 MZS.2000

MINIPRESS P with EASYSTICK requires no rulers or swivel stops

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

635

E-SERVICES and assembly devices

MINIPRESS P | MINIPRESS M


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Drilling and insertion machines 〉 Assembly possibilities

MINIPRESS P | MINIPRESS M Assembly – hinge systems Front assembly Hinge

C1

MINIPRESS P MINIPRESS M

Cabinet assembly

MINIPRESS P MINIPRESS M

Fittings drill bit, 35 x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit, 8 x 57 mm, left hand Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand Fittings drill bit, 26 x 57 mm, right hand Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left hand Insertion ram, furniture hinges, all opening angles – except mini-hinge Cruciform mounting plate Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, left hand Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, left hand Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left hand Insertion ram, mounting plates 174H71xx Horizontal mounting plate

Quantity required 1x 1x 1x 1x 1x 1x 4x 4x 1x

Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, left hand Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, left hand Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left hand Insertion ram, horizontal zinc mounting plates 177H51x0 Insertion ram, horizontal steel mounting plates 177H31x0

Quantity required 1x 1x 1x 1x 1x 1x 4x 4x 1x 1x

BLUMOTION | TIP-ON Cruciform adapter plate Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, left hand Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left hand

Quantity required 1x 1x 1x 1x 1x 1x

BLUMOTION | TIP-ON Straight adapter plate Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left hand

Quantity required 1x 1x 1x 1x

Assembly – pull-out system Front assembly LEGRABOX front fixing D1 8-spindle drilling head Drilling head, number of spindles 8, drilling Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, left hand MINIPRESS P Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, right hand MINIPRESS M Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left hand

Quantity required 1x 3x 3x 3x 3x 1x 1x

MINIPRESS P MINIPRESS M

MINIPRESS P MINIPRESS M

MINIPRESS P MINIPRESS M

E-SERVICES and assembly devices

Quantity required 1x 2x 2x 1x 4x 4x 1x

¹

636

MINIPRESS P with EASYSTICK requires no rulers or swivel stops

¹ ¹

¹ ¹

¹ ¹

Part no. M01.ZB35.02 M01.ZB08.03 M01.ZB02.D3 M01.ZB26.02 MZS.2000 MZS.2000 MZM.0040

Part no. M01.ZB05.02 M01.ZB05.03 M01.ZB02.D2 M01.ZB02.D3 M01.ZB10.02 M01.ZB10.03 MZS.2000 MZS.2000 MZM.0061.01 Part no. M01.ZB10.02 M01.ZB10.03 M01.ZB05.02 M01.ZB05.03 M01.ZB02.D2 M01.ZB02.D3 MZS.2000 MZS.2000 MZM.0050 MZM.0053

¹ ¹

Part no. M01.ZB05.02 M01.ZB05.03 M01.ZB02.D2 M01.ZB02.D3 MZS.2000 MZS.2000

¹ ¹

Part no. M01.ZB02.D2 M01.ZB02.D3 MZS.2000 MZS.2000

¹ ¹

Part no. MZK.880S M01.ZB10.02 M01.ZB10.03 M01.ZB02.D2 M01.ZB02.D3 MZS.2000 MZS.2000

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Drilling and insertion machines 〉 Assembly possibilities

MINIPRESS P | MINIPRESS M

MINIPRESS P MINIPRESS M

MINIPRESS P MINIPRESS M

MINIPRESS P MINIPRESS M

MINIPRESS P MINIPRESS M

MINIPRESS P MINIPRESS M

MINIPRESS P MINIPRESS M

MINIPRESS P MINIPRESS M

Drawer assembly

MINIPRESS P MINIPRESS M ¹

MERIVOBOX front fixing 8-spindle drilling head Drilling head, number of spindles 8, drilling Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, left hand Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left hand

Quantity required 1x 3x 3x 3x 3x 1x 1x

LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX front fixing Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, left hand Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left hand

Quantity required 1x 1x 1x 1x 1x 1x

TANDEMBOX antaro | TANDEMBOX plus front fixing with gallery 8-spindle drilling head Drilling head, number of spindles 8, drilling Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, left hand Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left hand

Quantity required 1x 1x 3x 1x 1x 1x 1x

METABOX front fixing Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, left hand Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left hand Insertion ram, front fixing bracket ZSF.1300 | 1800 Insertion ram, front fixing bracket ZSF.1610

Quantity required 1x 2x 1x 2x 1x 1x 1x 1x

METABOX front fixing with gallery 8-spindle drilling head Drilling head, number of spindles 8, drilling Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, left hand Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left hand

Quantity required 1x 4x 1x 2x 1x 1x 1x

MOVENTO | TANDEM front adjuster 295.1000 Fittings drill bit, 20 x 57 mm, right hand Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left hand Insertion ram, front adjuster 295.1000

Quantity required 1x 1x 1x 1x

Blum distance bumper

Quantity required 1x 1x 1x 1x

Drill bit, 8 x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, right hand Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left hand

Base | back Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, left hand Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left hand

MINIPRESS P with EASYSTICK requires no rulers or swivel stops

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

Quantity required 1x 2x 1x 2x 2x 2x

¹ ¹

Part no. MZK.880S M01.ZB10.02 M01.ZB10.03 M01.ZB02.D2 M01.ZB02.D3 MZS.2000 MZS.2000

¹ ¹

Part no. M01.ZB10.02 M01.ZB10.03 M01.ZB02.D2 M01.ZB02.D3 MZS.2000 MZS.2000

¹ ¹

Part no. MZK.880S M01.ZB10.02 M01.ZB10.03 M01.ZB02.D2 M01.ZB02.D3 MZS.2000 MZS.2000

¹ ¹

Part no. M01.ZB10.02 M01.ZB10.03 M01.ZB02.D2 M01.ZB02.D3 MZS.2000 MZS.2000 MZM.0092.01 MZM.0093.02

¹ ¹

Part no. MZK.880S M01.ZB10.02 M01.ZB10.03 M01.ZB02.D2 M01.ZB02.D3 MZS.2000 MZS.2000

¹ ¹

Part no. M01.ZB20.02 MZS.2000 MZS.2000 MZM.0095

¹ ¹

Part no. M01.ZB08.02 M01.ZB05.02 MZS.2000 MZS.2000

¹ ¹

Part no. M01.ZB05.02 M01.ZB05.03 M01.ZB02.D2 M01.ZB02.D3 MZS.2000 MZS.2000

637

E-SERVICES and assembly devices

D1


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Drilling and insertion machines 〉 Assembly possibilities

MINIPRESS P | MINIPRESS M Cabinet assembly

MINIPRESS P MINIPRESS M

MINIPRESS P MINIPRESS M

Cabinet profiles 8-spindle drilling head Drilling head, number of spindles 8, drilling Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, left hand Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left hand

Quantity required 1x 2x 2x 2x 2x 5x 5x

BLUMOTION for METABOX

Quantity required 1x 1x 1x 1x 1x 1x 1x

Drilling head, number of spindles 8, drilling Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, left hand Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right SERVO-DRIVE bracket profile attachment Drilling head, number of spindles 9, drilling Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, left hand Fittings drill bit, 25 x 57 mm, right hand Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left hand

Quantity required 1x 1x 1x 1x 1x 1x

Assembly – further products Cabinet connector with connecting piece system 32 E1 40.0110N | 40.0200N | 40.0620 | 42.0700.01 Fittings drill bit, 28 x 57 mm, right hand Fittings drill bit, 25 x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, left hand MINIPRESS P Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, right hand MINIPRESS M Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left hand Insertion ram, connector housing 40.0110N | 40.0200N Insertion ram, connector 40.0620 Insertion ram, connector 42.0700.01

Quantity required 1x 1x 1x 1x 2x 2x 1x 1x 1x

Knock-in cabinet connector 40.2110 | 40.2120.02 Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, left hand Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left hand

Quantity required 1x 1x 2x 2x

Wall hanging bracket 48N0610.02 | 48N0610.03 Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, left hand Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left hand Insertion ram, wall hanging bracket 48N0610.02 | 48N0610.03

Quantity required 1x 1x 1x 1x 1x

Line drilling 9-spindle drilling head Drilling head, number of spindles 9, drilling Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, left hand Drill bit, 3 x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit, 3 x 57 mm, left hand Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left hand

Quantity required 1x 4x 5x 4x 5x 11 x 11 x

MINIPRESS P MINIPRESS M

MINIPRESS P MINIPRESS M

MINIPRESS P MINIPRESS M E-SERVICES and assembly devices

Cabinet assembly

MINIPRESS P MINIPRESS M ¹

638

MINIPRESS P with EASYSTICK requires no rulers or swivel stops

¹ ¹

Part no. MZK.880S M01.ZB05.02 M01.ZB05.03 M01.ZB02.D2 M01.ZB02.D3 MZS.2000 MZS.2000

¹ ¹

Part no. MZK.880S M01.ZB05.02 M01.ZB05.03 M01.ZB02.D2 M01.ZB02.D3 MZS.2000 MZS.2000

¹ ¹

Part no. MZK.190S M01.ZB10.02 M01.ZB10.03 M01.ZB25.02 MZS.2000 MZS.2000

¹ ¹

¹ ¹

¹ ¹

¹ ¹

Part no. M01.ZB28.02 M01.ZB25.02 M01.ZB10.03 M01.ZB05.02 MZS.2000 MZS.2000 MZM.0070 MZM.0071 MZM.0077 Part no. M01.ZB10.02 M01.ZB10.03 MZS.2000 MZS.2000

Part no. M01.ZB10.02 M01.ZB10.03 MZS.2000 MZS.2000 MZM.0078

Part no. MZK.190S M01.ZB05.02 M01.ZB05.03 M01.ZB03.02 M01.ZB03.03 MZS.2000 MZS.2000

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Drilling and insertion machines 〉 Assembly possibilities

MINIPRESS P | MINIPRESS M

MINIPRESS P MINIPRESS M

MINIPRESS P with EASYSTICK requires no rulers or swivel stops

Quantity required 1x 2x 1x 2x 10 x 10 x

¹ ¹

Part no. M01.ZB05.02 M01.ZB05.03 M01.ZB03.02 M01.ZB03.03 MZS.2000 MZS.2000

E-SERVICES and assembly devices

¹

Line drilling 3 spindle drilling head Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, left hand Drill bit, 3 x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit, 3 x 57 mm, left hand Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left hand

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

639


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Drilling and insertion machines 〉 Accessories

EASYSTICK Your perfect support Blum drilling and insertion machines with EASYSTICK make light work of precision front and cabinet drilling – regardless of whether you are working with MINIPRESS top | MINIPRESS PRO | MINIPRESS P – retrofitted or fitted with EASYSTICK, your MINIPRESS becomes your perfect assistant. The EASYSTICK computer calculates the drilling positions for the fittings once you have entered the workpiece dimensions. The ruler (X axis) then moves automatically and shows the right drilling position step-by-step. ▬ Precise assembly results with automatically movable ruler (X axis) ▬ Planning results can be copied easily from the Cabinet Configurator ▬ Updates make it easy to keep your EASYSTICK software (functions and new products) equipped to perform to the optimum ▬ Can be retrofitted to existing machines (MINIPRESS PRO | MINIPRESS P)

E-SERVICES and assembly devices

Case studies

Ready, steady, drill EASYSTICK incorporates a computer so for the first time you will be able to plan cabinets directly on the machine. After entering the cabinet dimensions, all drilling positions are determined automatically

Integrated working Planning results are copied from the Cabinet Configurator via a USB stick. You can call up your work assignments with the barcode scanner and continue working with them

Keep up to date Updates are available for download and can be applied via a USB stick. So you can rest assured that EASYSTICK will always be current in terms of features and products

Position EASYSTICK ruler EASYSTICK replaces the conventional ruler and revolutionises front and cabinet assembly – it can even be retrofitted on your existing MINIPRESS PRO | MINIPRESS P dependant on age

Install control unit A special bracket is used to mount the computer directly on the machine, so it’s simply a case of ready, steady, drill

Easy stops EASYSTICK’s illuminated markers indicate drilling positions. The ruler moves automatically. With EASYSTICK, you can move with precision, without any readjustment necessary

640

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Drilling and insertion machines 〉 Accessories

EASYSTICK ▬ EASYSTICK computer (incl. bracket) for automatic calculation of fixing positions – must be ordered separately ▬ Automatically movable EASYSTICK ruler with stop pins and illuminated markings (length 1700 mm, stop positions from 6–953 mm) – must be ordered separately ▬ EASYSTICK extension ruler for stop positions from 953–2681 mm – must be ordered separately

Reference pages Application video Short URL www.blum.com/a860

Symbolic image

Order information Description I2 EASYSTICK computer H2 Accessories H3 H23

Description

Length (mm)

Calibration (mm)

EASYSTICK ruler

1700

6–953

Description

Length (mm)

Calibration (mm)

EASYSTICK extension ruler left/right

1700

953–2681

Description

MINIPRESS P | MINIPRESS PRO

Part no. Application MZD.2000

MINIPRESS P | MINIPRESS PRO

Part no. Application

MINIPRESS top for EASYSTICK | MINIPRESS P |

MZD.2V00 MINIPRESS PRO Part no. Application

Can also be used with MINIPRESS P and MINIPRESS PRO

MZV.2E00 extension rulers

Support for extension ruler Flex Market AR AU DK TW IL

Part no. Market Z10M200A JP Z10M200K CH Z10M200D CN Z10M200T IN Z10M200I ZA

Part no. Market Z10M200J UK Z10M200C CL Z10M200N Europe Z10M200H US | CA Z10M200Z

Part no. Z10M200B Z10M200L Z10M200E Z10M200U

E-SERVICES and assembly devices

Part no. Application MZD.5000

Reference pages Overview – drilling and insertion machines overview Overview – assembly possibilities MINIPRESS top MINIPRESS P Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

605

EASYSTICK

606 614 Short URL 626 www.blum.com/i013 641


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Drilling and insertion machines 〉 Accessories

Insertion rams Description

J1 J2 J3 J4 J5 J6 J7 J8 J9 J10 J11 J12

Part no. MINIPRESS top for

EASYSTICK MINIPRESS top Vertical | Vertical horizontal

MINIPRESS P MINIPRESS M

Insertion ram, furniture hinges, all opening angles – except mini-hinge

MZM.0040

Insertion ram, horizontal zinc mounting plates 177H51x0

MZM.0050

Insertion ram, horizontal steel mounting plates 177H31x0

MZM.0053

Insertion ram, mounting plates 174H71xx

MZM.0061.01

Insertion ram, front fixing bracket ZSF.1300 | 1800

MZM.0292.01

Insertion ram, front fixing bracket ZSF.1300 | 1800

MZM.0092.01

Insertion ram, front fixing bracket ZSF.1610

MZM.0093.02

Insertion ram, front adjuster 295.1000

MZM.0095

Insertion ram, wall hanging bracket 48N0610.02 | 48N0610.03

MZM.0078

Insertion ram, connector housing 40.0110N | 40.0200N

MZM.0070

Insertion ram, connector 40.0620

MZM.0071

Insertion ram, connector 42.0700.01

MZM.0077

Drill Description

K1 K2 K3 K4 K5 K6 K7 K8 K9 K10

E-SERVICES and assembly devices

K11 K12 K13

642

Part no. MINIPRESS top for

EASYSTICK MINIPRESS top Vertical | Vertical horizontal

MINIPRESS P MINIPRESS M

Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand

M01.ZB02.D3

Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, right hand

M01.ZB02.D2

Drill bit, 3 x 57 mm, left hand

M01.ZB03.03

Drill bit, 3 x 57 mm, right hand

M01.ZB03.02

Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, left hand

M01.ZB05.03

Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, right hand

M01.ZB05.02

Drill bit with roof tip, 5 x 57 mm, left hand

M01.ZB05.D3

Drill bit with roof tip, 5 x 57 mm, right hand

M01.ZB05.D2

Drill bit, 8 x 57 mm, left hand

M01.ZB08.03

Drill bit, 8 x 57 mm, right hand

M01.ZB08.02

Drill bit without tip, 8 x 57 mm, left hand

M01.ZB08.OS

Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, left hand

M01.ZB10.03

Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, right hand

M01.ZB10.02

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Drilling and insertion machines 〉 Accessories

Drill Part no. MINIPRESS top for

Description

K14 K15 K16 K18 K19 K20 K21 K22 K23

EASYSTICK MINIPRESS top Vertical | Vertical horizontal

MINIPRESS P MINIPRESS M

Fittings drill bit, 20 x 57 mm, left hand

M01.ZB20.03

Fittings drill bit, 20 x 57 mm, right hand

M01.ZB20.02

Fittings drill bit, 25 x 57 mm, right hand

M01.ZB25.02

Fittings drill bit, 26 x 57 mm, right hand

M01.ZB26.02

Fittings drill bit, 28 x 57 mm, right hand

M01.ZB28.02

Fittings drill bit, 35 x 57 mm, right hand

M01.ZB35.02

Fittings drill bit without tip, 35 x 57 mm, right hand

M01.ZB35.OS

M01.ZB10.T3

M01.ZB10.T2

Special drill without a centring tip for mineral composites | HPL boards (thin fronts), 10 x 57 mm, left Special drill without a centring tip for mineral composites | HPL boards (thin fronts), 10 x 57 mm, right

Drill bit – horizontal drilling machine Part no. MINIPRESS top for

Description

L1 L2 L3 L4 L5

Drill bit, 5 x 114.5 mm, left hand

M75.ZB05.L3

Drill bit, 5 x 114.5 mm, right hand

M75.ZB05.L2

Drill bit, 8 x 114.5 mm, left hand

M75.ZB08.L3

Drill bit, 8 x 114.5 mm, right hand

M75.ZB08.L2

Drill bit, 10 x 114.5 mm, left hand

M75.ZB10.L3

Drill bit, 10 x 114.5 mm, right hand

M75.ZB10.L2

MINIPRESS P MINIPRESS M

E-SERVICES and assembly devices

L6

EASYSTICK MINIPRESS top Vertical | Vertical horizontal

Reference pages Overview – drilling and insertion machines overview Overview – assembly possibilities Assembly possibilities MINIPRESS top for EASYSTICK Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

MINIPRESS top MINIPRESS P 606 MINIPRESS M 618 610 605

614 626 630

643


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Assembly devices

Proven technology for increased assembly ease Our practical assembly devices tailored to your needs enable optimal assembly of Blum box systems even in smaller production runs. Our assembly devices are designed to provide you with optimal assembly support; they are easy to operate, durable and user-friendly.

E-SERVICES and assembly devices

As an alternative to the screw connection type for BOXFIX plus, the drawers can now also be fixed with nails. This enables the containers to be mounted much more quickly and gap-free.

BOXFIX plus Easy handling and effective set-up for LEGRABOX, MERIVOBOX and TANDEMBOX

BOXFIX E-L The straightforward assembly for LEGRABOX

BOXFIX E-M The straightforward assembly for MERIVOBOX

BOXFIX E-T The straightforward assembly for TANDEMBOX

644

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Assembly devices 〉 Overview

Drawer Assembly BOXFIX plus

BOXFIX E-L

BOXFIX E-M

646

● ● ● ● ●

ZMM.0700.01

647

● ●

ZMM.0400

648

ZMM.0350

649

Further products

TANDEM

MOVENTO

METABOX

TANDEMBOX plus

TANDEMBOX antaro

MERIVOBOX

LEGRABOX free

LEGRABOX pure

MODUL

CLIP top

CLIP top BLUMOTION

ZMM.2500

● ●

E-SERVICES and assembly devices

BOXFIX E-T

AVENTOS HK-XS

Assembly possibilities AVENTOS HK top

Page

AVENTOS HF

Part no.

AVENTOS

Description

Pictograph Item available on request

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

645


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Assembly devices 〉 Drawer Assembly

BOXFIX plus ▬ Pneumatic device for assembling drawers and high fronted pull-outs ▬ Assembly type: screws or nails ▬ Nominal length NL 270–650 mm ▬ Cabinet width KB 250–1200 mm ▬ Back heights up to 250 mm (wood and steel) ▬ Material: aluminium/steel

Assembly possibilities LEGRABOX pure LEGRABOX free MERIVOBOX TANDEMBOX antaro TANDEMBOX plus

Reference pages Overview – assembly devices

Order information Description BOXFIX plus Composed of: – 1 x BOXFIX plus – 1 x Centre bit – 1 x Tool set

Part no. ZMM.2500

645

Accessories Centre bit

M01.ZZ03.01

Pneumatic nail gun with accessories

ZMZ.20S1

Nails with accessories

ZMZ.20S2

Nails retrofit set for BOXFIX plus

ZMZ.20S6

Assembly possibilities LEGRABOX pure | LEGRABOX free | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX antaro | TANDEMBOX plus Drawer assembly screws ▬ Set nominal length NL and pull-out width ▬ Use screws to attach the drawer back (wooden) to chipboard back fixings ▬ Insert drawer base, sides and back into BOXFIX and fit together pneumatically ▬ Screw on drawer base to drawer sides

E-SERVICES and assembly devices

LEGRABOX pure | LEGRABOX free | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX antaro | TANDEMBOX plus Drawer assembly nails (optional) ▬ Set nominal length NL and pull-out width ▬ Use nails to attach the drawer back (wooden) to chipboard back fixings ▬ Insert drawer base, sides and back into BOXFIX and fit together pneumatically ▬ Use nails to attach the drawer base to drawer sides

646

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Assembly devices 〉 Drawer Assembly

BOXFIX E-L ▬ Assembly device for drawers and high fronted pullouts ▬ Assembly type: screw-on ▬ Nominal length NL 270–650 mm ▬ Cabinet width KB 250–1200 mm ▬ Back heights up to 250 mm ▬ Material: nylon/steel ▬ BOXFIX for drawer base thicknesses of 18 mm on request

Order information Description BOXFIX E-L

Part no. ZMM.0700.01

Composed of: – 1 x BOXFIX E-L – 1 x Centre bit – 1 x Shim kit for BOXFIX E-L

Reference pages Overview – assembly devices Application video

645

Accessories Centre bit Shim kit for BOXFIX E-L | E-M | E-T

Composed of: – 1 x BOXFIX E-L – 1 x Centre bit – 1 x Drilling template for LEGRABOX base | back – 1 x Drilling depth spacer Ø 2.5 mm – 1 x TORX screwdriver – 1 x Shim kit for BOXFIX E-L

M01.ZZ03.01 ZMM.075N

Part no. ZMM.0700.20

Drawer Assembly ▬ Adjust pull-out width using drawer back ▬ Use screws to attach the drawer back (wooden) to chipboard back fixings ▬ Insert and secure drawer back, base and sides in BOXFIX ▬ Screw on drawer base to drawer sides

E-SERVICES and assembly devices

Assembly possibilities LEGRABOX pure | LEGRABOX free

LEGRABOX pure LEGRABOX free

Short URL www.blum.com/26qCmt

Symbolic image

Description Starter kit

Assembly possibilities

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

647


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Assembly devices 〉 Drawer Assembly

BOXFIX E-M ▬ Assembly device for drawers and high fronted pullouts ▬ Assembly type: screw-on ▬ Nominal length NL 270–600 mm ▬ Cabinet width KB 250–1200 mm ▬ Back heights up to 250 mm ▬ Material: nylon/steel ▬ BOXFIX for drawer base thicknesses of 18 mm on request

Assembly possibilities MERIVOBOX

Reference pages Overview – assembly devices

645

Symbolic image

Order information Description BOXFIX E-M

Composed of: – 1 x BOXFIX E-M – 1 x Centre bit – 1 x Shim kit for BOXFIX E-M

Accessories Centre bit Shim kit for BOXFIX E-L | E-M | E-T

M01.ZZ03.01 ZMM.075N

Drawer Assembly ▬ Adjust pull-out width using drawer back ▬ Use screws to attach the drawer back (wooden) to chipboard back fixings ▬ Insert and secure drawer back, base and sides in BOXFIX ▬ Screw on drawer base to drawer sides

E-SERVICES and assembly devices

Assembly possibilities MERIVOBOX

Part no. ZMM.0400

648

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Assembly devices 〉 Drawer Assembly

BOXFIX E-T ▬ Assembly device for drawers and high fronted pullouts ▬ Assembly type: screw-on ▬ Nominal length NL 270–650 mm ▬ Cabinet width KB 250–1200 mm ▬ Back heights up to 250 mm ▬ Material: nylon/steel ▬ BOXFIX for drawer base thicknesses of 18 mm on request

Composed of: – 1 x BOXFIX E-T – 1 x Centre bit – 1 x Shim kit for BOXFIX E-T

Reference pages Overview – assembly devices Application video

645

Part no. ZMM.0350

Accessories Centre bit Shim kit for BOXFIX E-L | E-M | E-T

M01.ZZ03.01 ZMM.075N

Drawer Assembly ▬ Adjust pull-out width using drawer back ▬ Use screws to attach the drawer back (wooden) to chipboard back fixings ▬ Insert and secure drawer back, base and sides in BOXFIX ▬ Screw on drawer base to drawer sides

E-SERVICES and assembly devices

Assembly possibilities TANDEMBOX antaro | TANDEMBOX plus

TANDEMBOX antaro TANDEMBOX plus

Short URL www.blum.com/ZLrYk

Symbolic image

Order information Description BOXFIX E-T

Assembly possibilities

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

649


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Templates

Perfect motion requires precise assembly Blum templates and jigs support the assembly of all Blum products. They have proven to be the very best aids when it comes to day-to-day assembly. Their combination of high precision and practical benefits is valued both in workshops and directly on-site with the customer.

Templates and jigs

Fixing positions, for example, can be safely and precisely punched and pre-drilled with the universal drilling template

Drilling for Blum hinge drilling patterns can, for example, be efficiently executed using the drilling template for hinges

Fixing positions for cabinet profiles, for example, can be precisely transferred using the universal rod template

E-SERVICES and assembly devices

Optimal assembly devices for all of our products

Lift systems

650

Hinge systems

Box and runner systems

Further products

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Templates 〉 Overview

Overview

Overview – templates Overview – assembly possibilities

652 654

E-SERVICES and assembly devices

Symbolic image

Pictograph Item available on request

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

651


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Templates 〉 Overview – templates

Drilling templates Universal individual template

Universal drilling template

Drilling template for Blum distance bumper

ECODRILL

Drilling template for the SERVO-DRIVE switch

Drilling template for hinges

65.1051.02 ZML.0040.02

Drilling template for mounting plates

Drilling template for BLUMOTION | TIP-ON

Drilling template for BLUMOTION

Base router

Drilling template for LEGRABOX base | back

Drilling template for SPACE CORNER with SYNCROMOTION

Drilling template for SERVO-DRIVE bracket profile attachment MINIFIX

Drilling template for MOVENTO | TANDEM

E-SERVICES and assembly devices

Drilling template for TANDEM hook and peg variant

Drilling template for TANDEM front fixing

Drilling template for connectors

Gauge sets

Universal drilling template

Drilling template for hinge systems

652

Further products

TANDEM

MOVENTO

METABOX

TANDEMBOX plus

TANDEMBOX antaro

MERIVOBOX

LEGRABOX free

LEGRABOX pure

MODUL

CLIP top

CLIP top BLUMOTION

659 ●

● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

660 ● ●

M31.1000

661

M31.2000

662 ● ● ●

● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

● ●

● ● ● ●

663

● ● ● ●

65.5300*

664

● ● ● ●

65.5070

665

● ● ● ●

65.5010

666 ●

65.5000

667

M35.7200.01

668

● ●

ZML.7000

669

● ●

ZML.0330

670

● ● ●

ZML.1150.02

671

● ● ● ● ●

65.3300

672

T65.1000.02

673

● ●

T65.1100

674

ZML.0050

675

65.5040

676

65.055A Template

658 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

ZML.1090

65.059A

AVENTOS HK-XS

Assembly possibilities AVENTOS HK top

Page

AVENTOS HF

Part no.

AVENTOS

Description

● ● ●

● ●

65.1000.01

677 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

65.7500.03

678

● ● ● ●

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Templates 〉 Overview – templates

Adhesion template for CRISTALLO glass door hinges

Insertion tool

Insertion tool for hinges

Insertion tool for mounting plates

Marking templates Marking template for AVENTOS HK top front fixing bracket

Marking template for LEGRABOX

Marking template for MERIVOBOX

Marking template for TANDEMBOX | METABOX

Positioning template for catch plate

Marking template

Marking templates Universal marking template

Cabinet angle template 61

60

25

24

54 45

53

10

9

8 43

+40°

+50° 5° 44 +4

26

0° -4 5° -4 0° -5

27

28

29

--

-5°

+5°

-3

°

+10°

0

-1 0° -1 5°

-2

36

35

34

-2

33

56 19 49 4 39 +20° 55

--

32

1

-3 5° 0 °

31

23 42 +35° 52 7 59 22 6 41 +30° 58 21 51 57 20 50 2 40 +25°

--

46

30

18 48 3 38 +15° 17 47 2 37 16

--

15

14 13

12

11

Marking template for CABLOXX front locking bracket

Positioning templates Front gap template for LEGRABOX | MOVENTO

Front gap template for MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX

Special templates Cutting-to-size template for CABLOXX

Glass cutting set

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

ZME.0710

680

● ● ●

681

● ● ●

65.6100

ZME.5320

682

ZML.2200

683 ●

ZML.3710

684

ZML.4010

685

ZML.3510

686

● ● ● ●

65.5210.01

687 ●

65.2950

● ● ● ●

● ●

688

● ●

65.5340.01

689 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

65.5810.03

690

65.0807 ZML.8030 ZML.805S

691

● ●

● ● ● ●

692

65.5631

693

65.5627

694

65.0801

695

65.8000

696

Further products

TANDEM

MOVENTO

METABOX

TANDEMBOX plus

TANDEMBOX antaro

MERIVOBOX

LEGRABOX free

LEGRABOX pure

MODUL

● ●

65.0803 Marking template

CLIP top

679

ZME.0730 Insertion tool for pull-out systems

CLIP top BLUMOTION

65.4500.01

● ● ●

● ●

● ● ●

● ● ●

653

E-SERVICES and assembly devices

Gauge sets

AVENTOS HK-XS

Assembly possibilities AVENTOS HK top

Page

AVENTOS HF

Part no.

AVENTOS

Description


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Templates 〉 Overview – assembly possibilities

Overview – assembly possibilities Assembly – AVENTOS Assembly – CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top Assembly – MODUL Assembly – METABOX

654 654 655 656

Assembly – AVENTOS Front assembly Universal drilling template

Cabinet assembly Universal individual template

Assembly – hinge systems Template

ECODRILL

Assembly – MERIVOBOX Assembly – TANDEMBOX antaro Assembly – TANDEMBOX plus Assembly – further products

659

664

E-SERVICES and assembly devices

661

658

689

654

657

LEGRABOX pure | LEGRABOX free

Marking template for AVENTOS HK top front fixing bracket 683 Universal marking template

689

Drilling template for mounting plates

Drilling template for hinges

665 Drilling template for hinge systems

Insertion tool for hinges

Universal marking template

655

657

678

663

680

689 Drilling template for the SERVO-DRIVE switch 662 Drilling template for BLUMOTION | TIP-ON 666

Drilling template for mounting plates

664

657

Assembly – TANDEM

677

687 Assembly – CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top Assembly – hinge systems Template

Assembly – MOVENTO

664

658

660 Assembly – TIP-ON Positioning template for catch plate

Universal marking template

656

Universal drilling template

681 Assembly – SERVO-DRIVE Drilling template for Blum distance bumper

Universal individual template

656

Template

661 Insertion tool for mounting plates

ECODRILL

656

Cabinet angle template

Universal drilling template

Insertion tool for hinges

Drilling template for hinges

665

663 Adhesion template for CRISTALLO glass door hinges

688

679 Drilling template for hinge systems

677

678 Insertion tool for mounting plates

680

681

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Templates 〉 Overview – assembly possibilities

Assembly – CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top Assembly – BLUMOTION Template

Assembly – TIP-ON Template

Drilling template for BLUMOTION | TIP-ON 664

666 Positioning template for catch plate

664 Assembly – MODUL Assembly – hinge systems Template

Drilling template for hinges

Universal drilling template

Universal marking template

667 Drilling template for BLUMOTION | TIP-ON

687

Drilling template for mounting plates

664

Drilling template for BLUMOTION

ECODRILL

665

663

661 Drilling template for hinge systems

677

678

666

Drilling template for BLUMOTION

Universal individual template

Insertion tool for hinges

667

658

680

689 Assembly – LEGRABOX pure | LEGRABOX free Front assembly Universal drilling template

Insertion tool for pull-out systems

659 Front gap template for LEGRABOX

Drawer assembly

682

693 Universal drilling template

658 Universal drilling template

Universal marking template

677 Base router

668

696 Assembly – SERVO-DRIVE Drilling template for Blum distance bumper

Drilling template for SERVO-DRIVE bracket profile attachment

660

671

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

689 Drilling template for LEGRABOX base | back

659

Glass cutting set

684

669

E-SERVICES and assembly devices

Cabinet assembly Universal individual template

Marking template for LEGRABOX

655


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Templates 〉 Overview – assembly possibilities

Assembly – MERIVOBOX Front assembly Universal drilling template

Cabinet assembly Universal individual template

Front gap template for MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX 659

Marking template for MERIVOBOX

694 Universal drilling template

658 Assembly – SERVO-DRIVE Drilling template for SERVO-DRIVE bracket profile attachment

685 Universal marking template

677

689

671 Assembly – TANDEMBOX antaro | TANDEMBOX plus Front assembly Marking template

692 Insertion tool for pull-out systems

Cabinet assembly Universal individual template

Drawer assembly

Marking template for TANDEMBOX | METABOX

Front gap template for MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX

682

Universal marking template

677 Drilling template for SPACE CORNER with SYNCROMOTION

Drilling template for SERVO-DRIVE bracket profile attachment

660

671

670

Marking template for TANDEMBOX | METABOX

692 Insertion tool for pull-out systems

Drawer assembly

689 Glass cutting set

659 Assembly – SERVO-DRIVE Drilling template for Blum distance bumper

Cabinet assembly MINIFIX

659

694

658

Assembly – METABOX Front assembly Marking template

E-SERVICES and assembly devices

686

Universal drilling template

Universal drilling template

Universal drilling template

696

Universal drilling template

686

659

682 Universal individual template

672

Universal drilling template

658

677

Universal drilling template

659

656

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Templates 〉 Overview – assembly possibilities

Assembly – MOVENTO | TANDEM Front assembly Universal drilling template

Cabinet assembly Universal individual template

Front gap template for MOVENTO

659

693 Universal drilling template

677

689

Drilling template for TANDEM hook and peg variant

Drilling template for TANDEM front fixing

673

674

675

688 Assembly – SERVO-DRIVE Drilling template for Blum distance bumper

Drilling template for SERVO-DRIVE bracket profile attachment

660

671

Drawer assembly

658

Universal marking template

Drilling template for MOVENTO | TANDEM

Marking template

Assembly – further products Front assembly Marking template for CABLOXX front locking bracket

Cabinet assembly Drilling template for connectors

Marking template for CABLOXX front locking bracket 691

691 Cutting-to-size template for CABLOXX 695

E-SERVICES and assembly devices

676

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

657


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Templates 〉 Drilling templates

Universal individual template ▬ Template for pre-drilling the fixing positions for cabinet profiles, lift mechanisms, mounting and adapter plates ▬ The template can be used with assembled and unassembled cabinets ▬ Depth position setting using calibration ▬ Suitable for overlay and inset applications ▬ For system and chipboard screws ▬ Assembly on a marking line ▬ Material: nylon/steel/aluminium

Composed of: – 1 x Universal individual template – 1 x Drilling depth spacer Ø 5 mm – 1 x Reducing bush Ø 5 to Ø 2.5 mm – 1 x Allen key

Assembly possibilities AVENTOS

AVENTOS CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top MODUL LEGRABOX MERIVOBOX TANDEMBOX antaro TANDEMBOX plus METABOX

MOVENTO TANDEM

Reference pages Overview – templates Overview – assembly possibilities Application video

652 654

Short URL www.blum.com/FtGEO

Symbolic image

Order information Description Universal individual template

Assembly possibilities

Part no. 65.1051.02

Accessories Description

Part no. Add-on for SPACE CORNER

65.1107

Cabinet assembly ▬ Set template depth position using the calibration ▬ Position template in cabinet on marking line ▬ Pre-drill fixing positions for lift mechanism pegs

E-SERVICES and assembly devices

CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top | MODUL Hinge system assembly ▬ Set template depth position using the calibration ▬ Position template on marking line ▬ Pre-drill fixing positions for mounting and adapter plates (BLUMOTION | TIP-ON for doors)

LEGRABOX pure | LEGRABOX free | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX antaro | TANDEMBOX plus | METABOX | MOVENTO | TANDEM Cabinet assembly ▬ Set template depth position using the calibration ▬ Position template on marking line ▬ Pre-drill fixing positions for cabinet profiles ▬ Pre-drill fixing positions for BLUMOTION for METABOX ▬ The additional part (65.1107) enables SPACE CORNER assembly

658

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Templates 〉 Drilling templates

Universal drilling template ▬ For marking or pre-drilling the fixing positions of front fixings including gallery, drawer back and base as well as for AVENTOS front fixings ▬ Stop setting via the calibration ▬ Material: nylon/steel

Assembly possibilities AVENTOS LEGRABOX pure LEGRABOX free MERIVOBOX TANDEMBOX antaro TANDEMBOX plus METABOX MOVENTO TANDEM

Reference pages Overview – templates Overview – assembly possibilities Application video

652 654

Short URL www.blum.com/cSAMF Order information Description Universal drilling template Composed of: – 1 x Universal drilling template – 1 x Drilling depth spacer Ø 10 mm – 1 x Marking template Ø 10 mm – 1 x Reducing bush Ø 10 to Ø 5 mm – 1 x Reducing bush Ø 10 to Ø 2.5 mm

Assembly possibilities AVENTOS

Part no. ZML.0040.02

Front assembly ▬ Set stops using the calibration ▬ Pre-drill or mark fixing positions for inline or cruciform mounting plates for AVENTOS HF as well as front fixings for AVENTOS HS | HL | HK top | HK-S | HK-XS

METABOX

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

E-SERVICES and assembly devices

LEGRABOX pure | LEGRABOX free | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX antaro | TANDEMBOX plus | METABOX | MOVENTO | TANDEM Front assembly ▬ Set stops using the calibration ▬ Drill or mark fixing positions for front fixings including gallery

Drawer assembly – back ▬ Set stops using the calibration ▬ Mark fixing positions

659


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Templates 〉 Drilling templates

Drilling template for Blum distance bumper ▬ Bumper drilling template for use on an unattached or attached front and/or cabinet ▬ Assembly on a marking line and stop (fixed dimension 20) possible ▬ Material: nylon/steel

Assembly possibilities AVENTOS CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top MODUL LEGRABOX pure LEGRABOX free MERIVOBOX TANDEMBOX antaro TANDEMBOX plus

MOVENTO TANDEM

Reference pages Overview – templates Overview – assembly possibilities Application video Short URL www.blum.com/1ZtTC6

Symbolic image

Order information Description Drilling template for Blum distance bumper Composed of: – 1 x Drilling template for Blum distance bumper – 1 x Drilling depth spacer Ø 8 mm – 1 x Reducing bush Ø 8 to Ø 5 mm

652 654

Part no. ZML.1090

E-SERVICES and assembly devices

Assembly possibilities AVENTOS | LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX antaro | TANDEMBOX plus | MOVENTO | TANDEM SERVO-DRIVE assembly ▬ Position template ▬ Perform drilling for distance bumper (Ø 8 or Ø 5 mm)

660

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Templates 〉 Drilling templates

ECODRILL ▬ Simple hand held tool to drill accurate hole patterns for Blum hinges ▬ Driven by hand drill ▬ Variable drilling distance (2–8 mm) ▬ Assembly on a marking line ▬ Material: aluminium die casting

Assembly possibilities AVENTOS HF AVENTOS HK-XS CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top MODUL

Reference pages Overview – templates Overview – assembly possibilities Application video Short URL www.blum.com/1SeQww

Symbolic image

Order information Description ECODRILL

Composed of: – 1 x Drilling template – 2 x Drill bit Ø 8 mm – 1 x Fittings drill bit Ø 35 mm – 2 x TORX bit – 2 x Adjustable clamps

652 654

Part no. M31.1000

Accessories Description

Part no. Drill bit Ø 8 mm

M31.ZB08.02

Fittings drill bit Ø 35 mm

M31.ZB35.02

Tool set

MZW.1300

Clip-on part for bi-fold hinge

M31.1900

E-SERVICES and assembly devices

Assembly possibilities AVENTOS HF | AVENTOS HK-XS | CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top | MODUL Hinge system assembly ▬ Adjust drilling distance setting ▬ Mark desired hinge position ▬ Position ECODRILL on marking line and fix with clamping lever ▬ Drill hinge drilling pattern using hand drill

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

661


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Templates 〉 Drilling templates

Drilling template for the SERVO-DRIVE switch ▬ Simple hand-held tool for drilling accurate holes for the SERVO-DRIVE switch attachment ▬ Driven by hand drill ▬ Drilling template can be used with assembled and unassembled cabinets ▬ Assembly on a marking line ▬ Material: aluminium die casting

Assembly possibilities AVENTOS HF AVENTOS HS AVENTOS HL AVENTOS HK top

Reference pages Overview – templates Overview – assembly possibilities Application video Short URL www.blum.com/29CZin

Symbolic image

Order information Description Drilling template for the SERVO-DRIVE switch Composed of: – 1 x Drilling template for the SERVO-DRIVE switch – 1 x Fittings drill bit Ø 35 mm – 2 x TORX bit

652 654

Part no. M31.2000

Accessories Description

Part no. Fittings drill bit Ø 35 mm

M31.ZB35.02

E-SERVICES and assembly devices

Assembly possibilities AVENTOS HF | AVENTOS HS | AVENTOS HL | AVENTOS HK top SERVO-DRIVE assembly ▬ Mark desired SERVO-DRIVE switch position ▬ Position template on marking line and fix with clamping screw ▬ Perform attachment drillings for the SERVO-DRIVE switch with the hand drill

662

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Templates 〉 Drilling templates

Drilling template for hinges ▬ Template for drilling the side fixing positions for hinges (Ø 8 and/or Ø 2.5 mm) ▬ Template for pre-drilling the fixing positions for the horizontal and cruciform mounting plates ▬ Template for pre-drilling the fixing positions for adapter plates (BLUMOTION | TIP-ON for doors) ▬ Assembly on a marking line ▬ Material: nylon/steel

Order information Description Drilling template for hinges (Ø 8 mm | Ø 2.5 mm)

Part no. 65.059A

Description Drilling template for hinges (Ø 2.5 mm)

Part no. 65.055A

Composed of: – 1 x Drilling template for hinges

AVENTOS HF AVENTOS HK-XS CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top MODUL

Reference pages Overview – templates Overview – assembly possibilities Application video

652 654

Short URL www.blum.com/1Be6q5

Symbolic image

Composed of: – 1 x Drilling template for hinges – 1 x Reducing bush Ø 8 to Ø 2.5 mm – 1 x Drilling depth stop Ø 8 mm

Assembly possibilities

Assembly possibilities AVENTOS HF | AVENTOS HK-XS | CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top | MODUL Hinge system assembly – Door ▬ Perform boss drilling (Ø 35 mm) e.g. using a pillar drill ▬ Position template and fix with a spacer ▬ Drill side holes for hinges

E-SERVICES and assembly devices

AVENTOS HF | AVENTOS HK-XS | CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top | MODUL Hinge system assembly – Cabinet ▬ Mark hinge arm centre ▬ Attach template and pre-drill fixing positions for horizontal (20 mm) or cruciform mounting plates (37 mm)

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

663


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Templates 〉 Drilling templates

Template ▬ Template for drilling the fixing positions for mounting plates (Ø 2.5 mm) ▬ Template for pre-drilling the fixing positions for adapter plates (BLUMOTION | TIP-ON for doors) ▬ If mounting plate fixing positions are standard throughout, then it is possible to fix several templates to a wooden strip ▬ Assembly on a marking line ▬ Material: steel

Composed of: – 1 x Template

Assembly possibilities AVENTOS HF | AVENTOS HK-XS

AVENTOS HF AVENTOS HK top AVENTOS HK-S AVENTOS HK-XS CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top MODUL

Reference pages Overview – templates Overview – assembly possibilities Application video

652 654

Short URL www.blum.com/1ImlaP

Symbolic image

Order information Description Template

Assembly possibilities

Part no. 65.5300*

Hinge system assembly ▬ Mark hinge arm centre or hinge arm outside edges in the cabinet or on the front (AVENTOS HF) ▬ Attach template and pre-drill fixing positions for horizontal (20 mm) or cruciform mounting plates (37 mm)

E-SERVICES and assembly devices

CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top | MODUL Hinge system assembly ▬ Mark hinge arm centre or hinge arm outside edges in the cabinet or on the front (AVENTOS HF) ▬ Attach template and pre-drill fixing positions for horizontal (20 mm) or cruciform mounting plates (37 mm)

AVENTOS HK top | AVENTOS HK-S | AVENTOS HK-XS | CLIP top BLUMOTION | TIP-ON assembly ▬ Position template on marking line ▬ Drill holes for BLUMOTION | TIP-ON adapter plate (20 | 37 mm)

664

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Templates 〉 Drilling templates

Drilling template for mounting plates ▬ Template for drilling the fixing positions for cruciform mounting plates (Ø 5 mm) ▬ Template for drilling the fixing positions for cruciform mounting plates (BLUMOTION | TIP-ON for doors) ▬ The aligning function allows you to drill the 32 mm dimension exactly ▬ Assembly on a marking line ▬ Material: nylon/steel

Composed of: – 1 x Drilling template for mounting plates – 1 x Drilling depth spacer Ø 5 mm

AVENTOS HF AVENTOS HK-XS CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top MODUL

Reference pages Overview – templates Overview – assembly possibilities Application video

652 654

Short URL www.blum.com/uiJko

Symbolic image

Order information Description Drilling template for mounting plates

Assembly possibilities

Part no. 65.5070

E-SERVICES and assembly devices

Assembly possibilities AVENTOS HF | AVENTOS HK-XS | CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top | MODUL Hinge system assembly ▬ Mark hinge arm centre or hinge arm outside edges in the cabinet or on the front (AVENTOS HF) ▬ Position template on marking line and drill first hole (Ø 5 mm) ▬ Turn template around, insert positioning pin into drilling hole and drill second hole (Ø 5 mm)

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

665


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Templates 〉 Drilling templates

Drilling template for BLUMOTION | TIP-ON ▬ Template for drilling the side fixing positions for BLUMOTION for doors handle side (970.1002) and hinge side (970A1002) as well as for TIP-ON (956x1004) ▬ Assembly on a marking line ▬ Material: nylon/steel

Assembly possibilities AVENTOS HK top AVENTOS HK-S AVENTOS HK-XS CLIP top

Reference pages Overview – templates Overview – assembly possibilities Application video

652 654

Short URL www.blum.com/1ZmwA8

Symbolic image

Order information Description Drilling template for BLUMOTION | TIP-ON Composed of: – 1 x Drilling template for BLUMOTION | TIP-ON – 1 x Drilling depth spacer Ø 10 mm

Part no. 65.5010

Assembly possibilities AVENTOS HK top | AVENTOS HK-S | AVENTOS HK-XS | CLIP top TIP-ON assembly ▬ Position template on marking line ▬ Distance from cabinet inner side to centre drilling 7.5 mm ▬ Perform drilling for TIP-ON (Ø 10 mm)

BLUMOTION assembly ▬ Position template on marking line ▬ Distance from cabinet inner side to centre drilling 7.5 mm ▬ Perform drilling for BLUMOTION (Ø 10 mm)

E-SERVICES and assembly devices

CLIP top

666

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Templates 〉 Drilling templates

Drilling template for BLUMOTION ▬ Template for drilling the side fixing positions for BLUMOTION for doors handle side (970.1002) as well as for TIP-ON for doors (956x1004) ▬ Template for pre-drilling the fixing positions for adapter plates (BLUMOTION | TIP-ON for doors) ▬ Template for drilling mounting plates ▬ You can pre-set repeating drilling positions using the stop rod ▬ Assembly on a marking line ▬ Material: nylon/steel

Order information Description Drilling template for BLUMOTION

Assembly possibilities CLIP top

CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top MODUL

Reference pages Overview – templates Overview – assembly possibilities Application video

652 654

Short URL www.blum.com/cKQqy

Symbolic image

Composed of: – 1 x Drilling template for BLUMOTION – 1 x Drilling depth spacer Ø 10 mm – 1 x Drilling depth spacer Ø 5 mm – 1 x Drilling depth spacer Ø 2.5 mm

Assembly possibilities

Part no. 65.5000

BLUMOTION | TIP-ON assembly ▬ Position template on marking line ▬ You can pre-set repeating drilling positions using the stop rod ▬ Drillings for the BLUMOTION | TIP-ON adapter plate (Ø 2.5 and/or Ø 5 mm) ▬ Drill holes horizontally for BLUMOTION | TIP-ON

E-SERVICES and assembly devices

CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top | MODUL Hinge system assembly ▬ Position template on marking line ▬ Drill holes for horizontal or cruciform mounting plate

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

667


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Templates 〉 Drilling templates

Base router ▬ LEGRABOX base assembly ▬ Precise manufacturing of the LEGRABOX base routing ▬ Straightforward clamping of base for convenient working ▬ No set-up required ▬ Drawer bottom 18–19 mm possible on request ▬ TANDEMBOX drawer bottom 18–19 mm possible on request

Composed of: – 1 x Base router – 1 x Milling cutter Ø 60 mm – 2 x Wood stop – 1 x Tool set

Reference pages Overview – templates Overview – assembly possibilities Application video

652 654

Part no. M35.7200.01

Accessories Description

Part no. Cutting insert set

M35.ZW40

Wood stop (10 pcs)

M35.ZT01

Carbon brushes for base router

M35.ZM01

Drawer assembly – base ▬ Clamp the drawer base ▬ Mill using inching mode and remove drawer base ▬ Bring carriage to starting position

E-SERVICES and assembly devices

Assembly possibilities LEGRABOX pure | LEGRABOX free

LEGRABOX pure LEGRABOX free

Short URL www.blum.com/UWdi4

Symbolic image

Order information Description Base router

Assembly possibilities

668

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Templates 〉 Drilling templates

Drilling template for LEGRABOX base | back ▬ Template for pre-drilling of fixing positions on drawer base (connection of drawer side | base and back | base) ▬ Template for pre-drilling of fixing positions on chipboard back (connection of chipboard back | chipboard back fixing) ▬ Material: nylon/steel

Assembly possibilities LEGRABOX pure LEGRABOX free

Reference pages Overview – templates Overview – assembly possibilities Application video Short URL www.blum.com/1sK9KN

Symbolic image

Order information Description Drilling template for LEGRABOX base | back Composed of: – 1 x Drilling template for LEGRABOX base | back – 1 x Drilling depth spacer Ø 2.5 mm

LEGRABOX pure | LEGRABOX free

LEGRABOX pure | LEGRABOX free

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

Part no. ZML.7000

Drawer assembly – connection of drawer side | base ▬ Position template on front edge of drawer base ▬ Pre-drill fixing positions for drawer side (Ø 2.5 mm)

Drawer assembly – connection of chipboard back | chipboard back fixing ▬ Position template on back ▬ Pre-drill fixing positions for chipboard back fixing (Ø 2.5 mm)

E-SERVICES and assembly devices

Assembly possibilities LEGRABOX pure | LEGRABOX free

652 654

Drawer assembly – connection of back | base ▬ Position template on back of base on marking line ▬ Pre-drill fixing positions for connection of back | base (Ø 2.5 mm)

669


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Templates 〉 Drilling templates

Drilling template for SPACE CORNER with SYNCROMOTION ▬ Template for drilling the fixing positions for the SPACE CORNER SYNCROMOTION fitting ▬ Material: nylon/steel

Assembly possibilities TANDEMBOX antaro TANDEMBOX plus

Reference pages Overview – templates Overview – assembly possibilities Application video

652 654

Short URL www.blum.com/2IW3fO

Symbolic image

Order information Description Drilling template for SPACE CORNER with SYNCROMOTION

Part no. ZML.0330

Composed of: – 1 x Drilling template for SPACE CORNER with SYNCROMOTION

Assembly possibilities TANDEMBOX antaro | TANDEMBOX plus

Drawer assembly ▬ Position template on the side ▬ Drill fixing position for the corner front piece

E-SERVICES and assembly devices

TANDEMBOX antaro | TANDEMBOX plus

Drawer assembly ▬ Position template in the corner ▬ Drill fixing positions for the SYNCROMOTION fitting

670

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Templates 〉 Drilling templates

Drilling template for SERVO-DRIVE bracket profile attachment ▬ Template for marking or pre-drilling the fixing positions for the SERVO-DRIVE bracket profile adapter ▬ The drilling template can be attached to an assembled and unassembled cabinet as well as to individual components (bottom panel | top panel | cross bar) ▬ Assembly on a marking line ▬ Material: nylon/steel/aluminium

LEGRABOX pure LEGRABOX free MERIVOBOX TANDEMBOX antaro TANDEMBOX plus MOVENTO TANDEM

Reference pages Overview – templates Overview – assembly possibilities Application video

652 654

Short URL www.blum.com/C5aJ9

Symbolic image

Order information Description Drilling template for SERVO-DRIVE bracket profile attachment

Assembly possibilities

Part no. ZML.1150.02

Composed of: – 1 x Drilling template for SERVO-DRIVE bracket profile attachment – 1 x Drilling depth spacer Ø 10 mm – 1 x Marking template Ø 10 mm

E-SERVICES and assembly devices

Assembly possibilities LEGRABOX pure | LEGRABOX free | TANDEMBOX antaro | TANDEMBOX plus | MOVENTO | TANDEM Cabinet assembly ▬ Mark cabinet profile height position ▬ Set depth adjustment using the calibration ▬ Position template on marking line ▬ Drill or mark drillings for bracket profile adapter

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

671


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Templates 〉 Drilling templates

MINIFIX ▬ Template for precise positioning of cabinet profile fixing screws ▬ Assembly on a marking line ▬ Material: nylon

Assembly possibilities METABOX

Reference pages Overview – templates Overview – assembly possibilities Application video Short URL www.blum.com/1wLT0f

Symbolic image

Order information Description MINIFIX Composed of: – 1 x MINIFIX

Part no. 65.3300

Accessories Description

Part no. Centre bit

M01.ZZ03.01

Cabinet assembly ▬ Mark cabinet profile height position ▬ Clip cabinet profile on to MINIFIX ▬ Position MINIFIX on marking line ▬ Screw on cabinet profile (pre-drilling with centre bit M01.ZZ03.01 recommended)

E-SERVICES and assembly devices

Assembly possibilities METABOX

652 654

672

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Templates 〉 Drilling templates

Drilling template for MOVENTO | TANDEM ▬ Template for drilling the runner hook positions ▬ Pre-drilling the MOVENTO | TANDEM locking device fixing positions ▬ Material: nylon/steel

Assembly possibilities MOVENTO TANDEM

Reference pages Overview – templates Overview – assembly possibilities Application video Short URL www.blum.com/25lXQy

Symbolic image

Order information Description Drilling template for MOVENTO | TANDEM Composed of: – 1 x Drilling template for MOVENTO | TANDEM – 1 x Drilling depth spacer Ø 6 mm

Assembly possibilities MOVENTO | TANDEM

Part no. T65.1000.02

Accessories Description

Part no. Tool set

T65.9000

Drawer assembly – hook drilling ▬ Position template on assembled wooden drawer ▬ Drill hook position

Drawer assembly – MOVENTO | TANDEM locking device ▬ Position template on assembled wooden drawer ▬ Pre-drill the fixing positions for the locking device

E-SERVICES and assembly devices

MOVENTO | TANDEM

652 654

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

673


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Templates 〉 Drilling templates

Drilling template for TANDEM hook and peg variant ▬ Template for drilling the fixing positions for the pegs and lift-off stop ▬ Template for drilling the runner hook positions ▬ Material: nylon/steel

Assembly possibilities TANDEM – 561H | 551H

Reference pages Overview – templates Overview – assembly possibilities Application video Short URL www.blum.com/6PBYi

Symbolic image

Order information Description Drilling template for TANDEM – 561H | 551H hook and peg variant

Composed of: – 1 x Drilling template for TANDEM – 561H | 551H hook and peg variant – 1 x Drilling depth spacer Ø 6 mm – 1 x Drilling depth spacer Ø 8 mm

Assembly possibilities TANDEM

E-SERVICES and assembly devices

TANDEM

TANDEM

674

652 654

Part no. T65.1100

Accessories Description

Part no. Tool set

T65.9000

Drawer assembly – hook drilling ▬ Position template on assembled wooden drawer ▬ Drill hook position

Drawer assembly – peg hole ▬ Position template on the assembled wooden drawer on the marking line ▬ Drill fixing positions for peg position

Drawer assembly – drilling for lift-off stop ▬ Position template on assembled wooden drawer ▬ Insert the positioning pin into the pre-drilled peg hole ▬ Drill fixing position for the lift-off stop

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Templates 〉 Drilling templates

Drilling template for TANDEM front fixing ▬ Template for drilling the fixing positions for the front adjustment bracket (295.1000) on the 4-sided wooden drawer ▬ Application in conjunction with front adjustment bracket (295.1000) and Cabinet Configurator ▬ Material: steel

Assembly possibilities TANDEM

Reference pages Overview – templates Overview – assembly possibilities

652 654

Symbolic image

Order information Description Drilling template for TANDEM front fixing Composed of: – 1 x Drilling template for TANDEM front fixing

Drawer assembly ▬ Useful application only in combination with TANDEM, Cabinet Configurator and front adjustment bracket (295.1000) ▬ The fixing position of the front adjustment bracket must be taken from the Cabinet Configurator planning result ▬ Position template on to wooden drawer and drill

E-SERVICES and assembly devices

Assembly possibilities TANDEM

Part no. ZML.0050

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

675


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Templates 〉 Drilling templates

Drilling template for connectors ▬ Template for drilling the side fixing positions for connectors (42.0700.01) ▬ Distance from bottom edge to centre drilling 9.5 mm ▬ Assembly on a marking line ▬ Material: nylon/steel

Assembly possibilities Further products

Reference pages Overview – templates Overview – assembly possibilities Application video Short URL www.blum.com/2XGqs

Symbolic image

Order information Description Drilling template for connectors Composed of: – 1 x Drilling template for connectors – 1 x Drilling depth spacer Ø 5 mm

Part no. 65.5040

Further products assembly ▬ Place the template flush on the cabinet bottom or top panel ▬ Secure template and drill (Ø 5 mm)

E-SERVICES and assembly devices

Assembly possibilities Further products

652 654

676

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Templates 〉 Gauge sets

Universal drilling template ▬ Template for pre-drilling the fixing positions for cabinet profiles, lift mechanisms, mounting and adapter plates ▬ The template can be used with assembled and unassembled cabinets ▬ Setting the height and depth position using the calibration ▬ Suitable for overlay and inset applications ▬ For system and chipboard screws ▬ Assembly on marking line possible ▬ Material: nylon/steel/aluminium/zinc

Composed of: – 1 x Extension rail 1000 mm – 4 x Universal drilling template – 1 x Drilling depth spacer Ø 5 mm – 1 x Reducing bush Ø 5 to Ø 2.5 mm – 1 x Allen key

Assembly possibilities AVENTOS

AVENTOS CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top MODUL LEGRABOX MERIVOBOX TANDEMBOX antaro TANDEMBOX plus METABOX

MOVENTO TANDEM

Reference pages Overview – templates Overview – assembly possibilities Application video

652 654

Short URL www.blum.com/2EbFR6

Symbolic image

Order information Description Universal drilling template

Assembly possibilities

Part no. 65.1000.01

Accessories Description

Part no. Extension rail 2200 mm with calibration

T65.5090

Universal drilling template

65.1001.01

Add-on for SPACE CORNER

65.1106

Cabinet assembly ▬ Set template height and depth position using the calibration ▬ Position template on cabinet ▬ Pre-drill fixing positions for lift mechanism pegs

E-SERVICES and assembly devices

CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top | MODUL Hinge system assembly ▬ Set template height and depth position using the calibration ▬ Position template on cabinet ▬ Pre-drill fixing positions for mounting and adapter plates (BLUMOTION | TIP-ON for doors)

LEGRABOX pure | LEGRABOX free | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX antaro | TANDEMBOX plus | METABOX | MOVENTO | TANDEM Cabinet assembly ▬ Set template height and depth position using the calibration ▬ Position template on cabinet ▬ Pre-drill fixing positions for cabinet profiles ▬ Pre-drill fixing positions for BLUMOTION for METABOX ▬ The additional part (65.1106) enables SPACE CORNER assembly

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

677


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Templates 〉 Gauge sets

Drilling template for hinge systems ▬ Template for the transfer of measurements for hinge and mounting plate fixing positions ▬ Template for the transfer of measurements from door to cabinet and from cabinet to door ▬ Drilling template can be used with assembled or unassembled cabinets ▬ Adjustable stop for various front overlays, the calibration makes it easy to set the template ▬ Material: nylon/steel/aluminium

Composed of: – 1 x Extension rail 1000 mm – 2 x Templates with a marking template – 2 x Marking template Ø 5 mm

AVENTOS HF AVENTOS HK-XS CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top MODUL

Reference pages Overview – templates Overview – assembly possibilities Application video

652 654

Short URL www.blum.com/10TSjY

Symbolic image

Order information Description Drilling template for hinge systems

Assembly possibilities

Part no. 65.7500.03

Accessories Description

Part no. 65.7590

Extension rail 2200 mm

65.7510.03

Template

Assembly possibilities AVENTOS HF | AVENTOS HK-XS | CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top | MODUL Hinge system assembly – door undrilled ▬ Position drilling template onto cabinet ▬ Transfer desired position of attached mounting plate and/or system drilling to drilling template ▬ Set desired door overlay using the calibration ▬ Position drilling template on to door and mark hinge drilling pattern using marking template

E-SERVICES and assembly devices

AVENTOS HF | AVENTOS HK-XS | CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top | MODUL Hinge system assembly – cabinet undrilled ▬ Set desired front overlay using the calibration ▬ Transfer desired position of hinge drilling and/or attached hinge to drilling template ▬ Position drilling template onto cabinet and mark or pre-drill fixing positions for mounting plates

678

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Templates 〉 Gauge sets

Adhesion template for CRISTALLO glass door hinges ▬ For easy determination of the position of the CRISTALLO adhesion plate and the CRISTALLO mounting plate ▬ For fixing the CRISTALLO adhesion plate and the CRISTALLO mounting plate in the correct position ▬ Setting template using integrated calibration ▬ Material: nylon/steel/aluminium/zinc

Assembly possibilities CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top

Reference pages Overview – templates Overview – assembly possibilities

652 654

Symbolic image

Order information Description Adhesion template for CRISTALLO glass door hinges Composed of: – 1 x Extension rail 1000 mm – 2 x Template with vacuum clamp

Accessories Description

Part no. Template

65.4510

Hinge system assembly ▬ Set adhesion position using the calibration ▬ Fix template with vacuum clamp ▬ Insert CRISTALLO adhesion plate | mounting plate and glue

E-SERVICES and assembly devices

Assembly possibilities CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top

Part no. 65.4500.01

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

679


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Templates 〉 Insertion tool

Insertion tool for hinges ▬ Enables you to knock in all CLIP top BLUMOTION, CLIP top, CLIP and MODUL hinge with knock-in boss ▬ Material: nylon

Assembly possibilities CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top MODUL

Reference pages Overview – templates Overview – assembly possibilities Application video Short URL www.blum.com/1gZon1

Symbolic image

Order information Description Insertion tool for hinges Composed of: – 1 x Insertion tool for hinges

652 654

Part no. ZME.0710

E-SERVICES and assembly devices

Assembly possibilities CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top | MODUL Hinge system assembly ▬ Drill hinge drilling pattern ▬ Clip hinge into knock-in tool and knock in

680

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Templates 〉 Insertion tool

Insertion tool for mounting plates ▬ Enables you to knock-in mounting plates ▬ Material: nylon/steel

Assembly possibilities CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top

Reference pages Overview – templates Overview – assembly possibilities Application video Short URL www.blum.com/VXeEb

Symbolic image

Order information Insertion tool Mounting plate Steel horizontal mounting plate Composed of: – 1 x Insertion tool for mounting plates

Part no. 65.6100 ZME.0730

Cabinet assembly ▬ Drill fixing positions for mounting plates ▬ Clip mounting plate into knock-in tool and knock in

E-SERVICES and assembly devices

Assembly possibilities CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top

652 654

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

681


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Templates 〉 Insertion tool

Insertion tool for pull-out systems ▬ Enables you to knock-in front fixings with dowels ▬ Material: nylon/steel

Assembly possibilities TANDEMBOX antaro TANDEMBOX plus METABOX

Reference pages Overview – templates Overview – assembly possibilities

652 654

Symbolic image

Order information Insertion tool TANDEMBOX (ZSF.5320) TANDEMBOX (ZSF.3602.02) METABOX (ZSF.1300 | ZSF.1600 |ZSF.1800) METABOX (ZSF.1610) Composed of: – 1 x Insertion tool

Assembly possibilities TANDEMBOX antaro | TANDEMBOX plus

Front assembly ▬ Drill fixing positions for the front fixing ▬ Clip on front fixing (ZSF.5320 | ZSF.3602) to the knock-in tool and knock in

Front assembly ▬ Drill fixing positions for the METABOX front fixing ▬ Clip on front fixing (ZSF.1xx0) to the knock-in tool and knock in

E-SERVICES and assembly devices

METABOX

Part no. ZME.5320 ZME.2700 ZME.1600.01 ZME.1610

682

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Templates 〉 Marking templates

Marking template for AVENTOS HK top front fixing bracket ▬ Template for marking the fixing positions of front fixings ▬ Material: nylon/steel

Assembly possibilities AVENTOS HK top

Reference pages Overview – templates Overview – assembly possibilities

Order information Description Marking template for AVENTOS HK top front fixing bracket

Part no. ZML.2200

Front assembly ▬ Clip marking template on the installed AVENTOS HK top lift mechanism ▬ Set stop to desired front overlay ▬ Position front and mark front fixing positions with a light tap

E-SERVICES and assembly devices

Assembly possibilities AVENTOS HK top

652 654

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

683


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Templates 〉 Marking templates

Marking template for LEGRABOX ▬ Template for marking the fixing positions of front fixings ▬ Material: nylon/steel

Assembly possibilities LEGRABOX pure LEGRABOX free

Reference pages Overview – templates Overview – assembly possibilities Application video Short URL www.blum.com/Oy7Tx

Symbolic image

Order information Description Marking template for LEGRABOX

Part no. ZML.3710

Front assembly – drawer ▬ Position marking template on to an assembled drawer that has already been inserted into the cabinet ▬ Set stop to desired front overlay ▬ Position front and mark front fixing positions with a light tap

E-SERVICES and assembly devices

Assembly possibilities LEGRABOX pure | LEGRABOX free

652 654

684

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Templates 〉 Marking templates

Marking template for MERIVOBOX ▬ Template for marking the fixing positions of front fixings ▬ Material: nylon/steel

Assembly possibilities MERIVOBOX

Reference pages Overview – templates Overview – assembly possibilities Application video

652 654

Short URL www.blum.com/Oy7Tx Order information Description Marking template for MERIVOBOX

Front assembly – drawer ▬ Position marking template on to an assembled drawer that has already been inserted into the cabinet ▬ Set stop to desired front overlay ▬ Position front and mark front fixing positions with a light tap

E-SERVICES and assembly devices

Assembly possibilities MERIVOBOX

Part no. ZML.4010

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

685


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Templates 〉 Marking templates

Marking template for TANDEMBOX | METABOX ▬ Template for marking the fixing positions of front fixings ▬ Template for marking the drilling position for the gallery front fixing using an attached gallery marking template ▬ Material: nylon/steel

Assembly possibilities TANDEMBOX antaro TANDEMBOX plus METABOX

Reference pages Overview – templates Overview – assembly possibilities Application video

652 654

Short URL www.blum.com/1n8j8B

Symbolic image

Order information Marking template TANDEMBOX – 378N TANDEMBOX – 378M | 378K METABOX – 3x0N METABOX – 3x0M | 3x0K | 3x0H

Composed of: – 2 x Template – 4 x Flag¹ ¹ Only for TANDEMBOX K drawer side (positioning dowel)

Part no. ZML.3510 ZML.3580.01 ZML.1510 ZML.1500

Accessories Description

Gallery marking template TANDEMBOX 378M | 378K Gallery marking template METABOX 3x0M | 3x0K | 3x0H

Part no. ZML.3600 ZML.8000.02

Assembly possibilities TANDEMBOX antaro | TANDEMBOX plus | METABOX Front assembly – drawer ▬ Position marking template on to an assembled drawer that has already been inserted into the cabinet ▬ Set stop to desired front overlay ▬ Position front and mark front fixing positions with a light tap

E-SERVICES and assembly devices

TANDEMBOX antaro | TANDEMBOX plus | METABOX Front assembly – box sytem with gallery ▬ Position marking template on to an assembled high fronted pull-out that has already been inserted into the cabinet ▬ Set stop to desired front overlay ▬ Use gallery marking templates for a high fronted pull-out with a gallery ▬ Position front and mark front fixing positions with a light tap

TANDEMBOX antaro | TANDEMBOX plus

686

Front assembly – K drawer side ▬ Position marking template on to an assembled drawer that has already been inserted into the cabinet ▬ Set stop to desired front overlay ▬ For TANDEMBOX antaro | TANDEMBOX plus use K drawer side flags ▬ Position front and mark front fixing positions with a light tap

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Templates 〉 Marking templates

Positioning template for catch plate ▬ Template for determining the position of the TIP-ON screw-on catch plate ▬ Suitable for overlay and inset applications ▬ Transfer of measurements by marking the position ▬ Material: nylon/steel

Assembly possibilities AVENTOS HK top AVENTOS HK-S AVENTOS HK-XS CLIP top

Reference pages Overview – templates Overview – assembly possibilities Application video Short URL www.blum.com/1dIH7q

Symbolic image

Order information Description Positioning template for catch plate Composed of: – 1 x Template for screw-on catch plates

652 654

Part no. 65.5210.01

E-SERVICES and assembly devices

Assembly possibilities AVENTOS HK top | AVENTOS HK-S | AVENTOS HK-XS | CLIP top TIP-ON assembly – screw-on catch plate ▬ Clip template on to the TIP-ON fitting ▬ Gently close door ▬ Attach catch plate at marked location

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

687


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Templates 〉 Marking templates

Marking template ▬ Assembly device for marking the fixing positions for the front adjustment bracket (295.1000) ▬ Material: steel

Assembly possibilities MOVENTO TANDEM

Reference pages Overview – templates Overview – assembly possibilities

652 654

Symbolic image

Order information Description Marking template

Composed of: – 1 x Marking template Ø 20 mm

Drawer assembly ▬ Insert marking template into the front adjustment bracket (295.1000) holes ▬ Attach to front, place on drawer already inserted into cabinet and mark the fixing positions using a light tap on the drawer ▬ Perform drillings

E-SERVICES and assembly devices

Assembly possibilities MOVENTO | TANDEM

Part no. 65.2950

688

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Templates 〉 Marking templates

Universal marking template ▬ Template for marking the fixing positions for cabinet profiles, lift mechanisms, mounting and adapter plates ▬ The template can be used with assembled and unassembled cabinets ▬ Assembly on a marking line ▬ Material: nylon

Assembly possibilities AVENTOS CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top MODUL LEGRABOX MERIVOBOX TANDEMBOX antaro TANDEMBOX plus METABOX

MOVENTO TANDEM

Reference pages Overview – templates Overview – assembly possibilities

652 654

Symbolic image

Order information Description Universal marking template Composed of: – 1 x Universal marking template

Part no. 65.5340.01

E-SERVICES and assembly devices

Assembly possibilities AVENTOS | CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top | MODUL | LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX | METABOX | MOVENTO | TANDEM Assembly ▬ Position template on marking line ▬ Mark fixing positions ▬ Drill holes using a drilling machine

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

689


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Templates 〉 Marking templates

Cabinet angle template Assembly possibilities CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top

61

60

25

24

54 45

53

10

9

8 43

+40°

° +50 45° 44 +

26

1 36

--

35

2 37

--

34

33

32

+5°

+10°

0° -5°

-1 0° -1 5

-2 ° 0 °

-2

29

28

0° -4 5° -4 0° -5

27

-3

-3 5° 0

1

23 42 +35° 52 7 59 22 6 41 +30° 58 21 51 57 20 50 2 40 +25°

--

46

3

56 19 49 4 39 +20° 55 18 48 3 38 +15° 17 47

--

16

15

14 13

12

11

3 0

°

Reference pages Overview – templates Overview – assembly possibilities

652 654

Symbolic image

61

Order information Description Cabinet angle template 25

60

54

24

45

53

10

9

44

+40°

° +50 ° +45

8 43

26

27

28

29

--

--

+5°

+10°

-5° -10 °

+15°

-1 5°

-2 0°

36

35

34

-2

33

32

1

56 19 49 4 39 +20° 55 18 48 3 38

-3 5° 0°

2 37

31

23 42 +35° 52 7 59 22 6 41 +30° 58 21 51 57 20 50 2 40 +25°

30

--

46

17 47

--

15

16

14 13

12

11

-45 ° -50

° -35 ° -40 °

Composed of: – 1 x Cabinet angle template

Hinge system assembly ▬ Position template on angled cabinet ▬ Note cabinet angle and angled application ▬ A suitable hinge solution depends on the cabinet angle or angled application

E-SERVICES and assembly devices

Assembly possibilities CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top

Part no. 65.5810.03

690

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Templates 〉 Marking templates

Marking template for CABLOXX front locking bracket ▬ Template for marking the height position for the CABLOXX front locking bracket ▬ Material: nylon

Assembly possibilities LEGRABOX pure LEGRABOX free TANDEMBOX antaro

Reference pages Overview – templates Overview – assembly possibilities

652 654

Symbolic image

Order information Marking template for CABLOXX front locking bracket LEGRABOX

Part no. 65.0807

Marking template for CABLOXX front locking bracket TANDEMBOX

Part no. 65.0803

Composed of: – 1 x Marking template

Composed of: – 1 x Marking template

Assembly possibilities LEGRABOX

Front assembly ▬ Clip template on to the attached front fixing ▬ Mark fixing position for front locking bracket ▬ Drill holes using a drilling machine

E-SERVICES and assembly devices

TANDEMBOX

Front assembly ▬ Adjust drawer side height ▬ Clip template on to the attached front fixing ▬ Mark fixing position for front locking bracket ▬ Drill holes using a drilling machine

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

691


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Templates 〉 Marking templates

Marking template ▬ Template for determining the fixing positions for the INSERTA gallery (back height B | C) ▬ Material: nylon

Assembly possibilities TANDEMBOX antaro TANDEMBOX plus METABOX

Reference pages Overview – templates Overview – assembly possibilities

652 654

Symbolic image

Order information Marking template TANDEMBOX METABOX Composed of: – 1 x Marking template

Part no. ZML.8030 ZML.805S

E-SERVICES and assembly devices

Assembly possibilities TANDEMBOX antaro | TANDEMBOX plus | METABOX Front assembly ▬ Clip template on to the attached front fixing ▬ Mark fixing positions for the INSERTA gallery ▬ Drill holes using a drilling machine

692

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Templates 〉 Positioning templates

Front gap template for LEGRABOX | MOVENTO ▬ Templates for precise and convenient adjustment of front gap of 2.5 mm for LEGRABOX and MOVENTO ▬ Material: nylon

Assembly possibilities LEGRABOX pure LEGRABOX free MOVENTO

Reference pages Overview – templates Overview – assembly possibilities Application video Short URL www.blum.com/eNY0MYTy

Symbolic image

Order information Description Front gap template for LEGRABOX | MOVENTO Composed of: – 1 x Front gap template for LEGRABOX | MOVENTO

Assembly possibilities LEGRABOX

Part no. 65.5631

Adjustment – front gap ▬ Position template on cabinet side ▬ Adjust cabinet profile via depth adjustment flush to the template

Adjustment – front gap ▬ Position template on cabinet side ▬ Adjust cabinet profile via depth adjustment flush to the template

E-SERVICES and assembly devices

MOVENTO

652 654

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

693


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Templates 〉 Positioning templates

Front gap template for MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX ▬ Templates for precise and convenient adjustment of front gap of 2.5 mm for TIP-ON BLUMOTION for MERIVOBOX and TANDEMBOX ▬ Material: nylon

Assembly possibilities MERIVOBOX TANDEMBOX antaro TANDEMBOX plus

Reference pages Overview – templates Overview – assembly possibilities Application video

652 654

Short URL www.blum.com/2OZ7GMtd Order information Description Front gap template for MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX Composed of: – 1 x Front gap template for MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX

Part no. 65.5627

Assembly possibilities MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX antaro | TANDEMBOX plus Adjustment – front gap without front ▬ Position template on cabinet side ▬ Adjust cabinet profile via depth adjustment until the drawer side is flush to the template

E-SERVICES and assembly devices

MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX antaro | TANDEMBOX plus Adjustment – front gap with front ▬ Position template between front and cabinet ▬ Adjust cabinet profile via depth adjustment until the front is on the template

694

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Templates 〉 Special templates

Cutting-to-size template for CABLOXX ▬ Template for cutting the locking bar, spacers and synchronisation linkage to size ▬ Template for pre-drilling or drilling the end cap and attachment for synchronisation ▬ Template for cutting the synchronisation linkages (TIP-ON BLUMOTION and side stabiliser) to size

Assembly possibilities Further products

Reference pages Overview – templates Overview – assembly possibilities

652 654

Symbolic image

Order information Description Cutting-to-size template for CABLOXX

Assembly possibilities Further products

Further products

Further products

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

Cutting locking bar and synchronisation linkage to size ▬ Cut locking bar and synchronisation linkage to the desired size using saw Cutting the synchronisation linkages (TIP-ON BLUMOTION and side stabiliser) to size ▬ Cut synchronisation linkage (TIP-ON BLUMOTION and side stabiliser) to the desired size using saw

Cut spacer to size ▬ Cut spacer to desired size using supplied flat chisel and hammer

E-SERVICES and assembly devices

Composed of: – 1 x Cutting-to-size template for CABLOXX

Part no. 65.0801

Drilling end cap, synchronisation section ▬ Place locking bar in template and drill Ø 5 mm hole for attaching the end cap in the locking bar ▬ Position template in cabinet and pre-drill Ø 2.5 mm hole for synchronisation section

695


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Templates 〉 Special templates

Glass cutting set ▬ Cutting tool for cutting glass design elements to the desired size

Assembly possibilities LEGRABOX free MERIVOBOX TANDEMBOX antaro

Reference pages Overview – templates Overview – assembly possibilities

652 654

Symbolic image

Order information Description Glass cutting set Composed of: – 1 x Oil glass cutter – 1 x Cutting liquid – 1 x Diamond file

Part no. 65.8000

E-SERVICES and assembly devices

Assembly possibilities LEGRABOX free | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX antaro Drawer assembly ▬ Mark section of the design element to be cut to size ▬ Position bracket on marking line ▬ Score the glass design element using the glass cutter ▬ Break glass and smooth edges

696

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


E-SERVICES and assembly devices

E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Templates

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

697


Information

Our goal is to ensure that furniture buyers can enjoy the convenience and perfect function of our fittings for the lifetime of their furniture.

General Information

To reach our objective we are monitoring our products in real working environments as well as in testing labs. Test results are incorporated into the manufacture and development of our products.

Lift systems

Hinge systems

Thus, over the course of time, we can satisfy your customer’s needs and offer a range of new products.

Box and runner systems

9 698

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Information 〉 Overview

General Information Information Safety information Testing standards at Blum Blum’s subsidiaries, representatives and contacts Part No. Index

700 701 702 720 728

Information about lift systems Reference values for front weight FG (kg)

704

Symbolic image

Symbolic image

Information about hinge systems Planning Angled hinges Dimensions Front overlay Motion processes and closing action

706 707 708 709 710

Information about box and runner systems Overview Dimensions Tolerance compensation Planning Inner dimensions for cutlery inserts SERVO-DRIVE uno – market list Symbolic image

712 713 714 715 716 718

Symbolic image

Pictograph Overlay application Dual application Inset application Angled application inset Angled application half overlay Angled application overlay

Angled application mitred

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

699

Information

Angled application max. overlay


Information 〉 General Information 〉 Information

General assembly, application and user instructions The manufacturer must decide on the screws or fixOur products are subject to strict quality control proceing methods to suit the material being used (i.e. wood, dures through all stages of production. Blum furniture chipboard, etc.). The fixing recommendations refer to fittings are designed for furniture and internal furniture the screwing in of fittings to epoxy coated chipboard parts made from wood, chipboard or MDF. When according to chipboard standard EN 312, requireassembling the fittings, attention must be paid to the ments according to classification type P2, with a gross technical data, instructions and limitations detailed in density of 650 kg/m³ according to EN 323. the Blum sales documentation (catalogues, operating Test requirements refer to the fixing recommendations instructions etc.). according to catalogue information. The fittings must not be exposed to acidic or corrosive materials (i.e. some household cleaning solutions). To ensure that Blum products function correctly, they must be kept clean and undamaged.

Reference pages Area of application – EXPANDO T

Information

General conditions of sale and delivery All deliveries and services are based on the “general conditions of sale” which are available upon request.

700

Our load limits relate to standard applications in kitchen construction. When used for special applications, e.g. with very heavy or high fronts, very short nominal lengths, very wide elements or very long nominal lengths, it is necessary to reduce the total carrying capacity accordingly. Anyone selling Blum fittings must ensure that their customer is aware of any relevant information given in this catalogue. The Blum sales team will be happy to provide further information or instructions if required.

102

The technical presentations and dimensions in illustrations and drawings are non-binding. We reserve the right to make changes to specifications at any time.

We do not accept any responsibility for any errors which may occur in the production of this catalogue.

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Information 〉 General Information 〉 Safety information

Machine Safety Blum assembly devices and machines are designed, constructed and tested according to the latest international safety standards. Extra attention is also paid to operator safety in this regard. A comprehensive operations manual is supplied with each device and incorporates extensive instructions on installation and use. It is absolutely necessary that all operators read and adhere to the instructions therein. Under no circumstances should changes be made to any safety feature.

Wide angle hinges – safety information If standard wide angle hinges are used in furniture that can be accessed or reached by small children, then it should be noted that it is possible for small fingers to get in-between the working mechanism of the hinge. In these cases all relevant doors should be fitted with child safety latches. Alternatively, manufacturers should use our specially-designed 155° wide angle safety hinge 7xx7xx0.

Machine directive SERVO-DRIVE drives for supporting the opening/closing of doors, wall cabinets and pull-outs are subject to the provisions of the European Machinery Directive 2006/42/EC. With reference to §64, fourth indent, second point of the Guide to application of the Machinery Directive 2006/42/EC (Edition 2.2 of October 2019) and the interpretation of EFIC (European Furniture Industries Confederation), Blum SERVO-DRIVE drives are complete machines if they are used according to Blum specifications. All the requirements of the machinery directive are therefore met by the Blum declaration of conformity. Additional labelling of the furniture is not required. If furniture deviates from Blum specifications, conformity must be confirmed by the distributor of the furniture and a new type plate for the furniture must be attached. Note: The EFIC position paper regarding the machinery directive can be viewed at www.efic.eu.

Reference pages 155° hinge

Reference pages Detailed information on the Machine Directive Short URL www.blum.com/sd/guideline

82

Manufacturers must ensure that the end user is aware of this.

Pull-outs with dangerous contents Blum drawer systems are designed for domestic and contract use. If the drawer or pull-out is used to carry potentially dangerous items (e.g. sharp knives, domestic electrical appliances with sharp edges), then it is recommended that they are fitted with pull-out stops or pull-out locks and child safety latches. This is especially important when contents may pose a risk of injury (e.g. electrical appliances such as bread slicing machines, knives or other items with sharp edges).

We provide the relevant safety accessories for the following products LEGRABOX – 750 | 753 Integrated pull-out stop MERIVOBOX 450 | 453 Integrated pull-out stop TANDEMBOX – 578 | 576 Integrated pull-out stop METABOX – 320 Separate lock-out stop, part no. 320M0009.01 Additional tilt device for central locking MOVENTO – 760H | 766H Lock-out stop integrated into locking device TANDEM – 560H | 550H Lock-out stop integrated into locking device TANDEM – 560F | 550F Lock-out stop integrated into locking device TANDEM – 561H | 551H Integrated pull-out stop TANDEM – 561F | 551F Integrated pull-out stop All systems Child safety latch, part no. 295.5501 + 320M0009.01

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

701

Information

All other running systems do not come with safety accessories and are, therefore, unsuitable for use with potentially dangerous items


Information 〉 General Information 〉 Testing standards at Blum

Lift systems

/ Durability 80.000 opening and closing movements

Static load test For simulating unintended overload when using fronts with handles

Lift systems

Hinge systems

Corrosion test Based on DIN EN ISO 9227 and DIN EN ISO 6270-2 for simulating corrosion influences

Durability 200.000 opening and closing movements

Lateral load test For ascertaining effect of side load

Slam open/slam shut test For simulating overload when opening and closing and for preventing the fronts from coming off

Durability with 5 kg additional load Static load test For determining limit values for the fitting 45°opening angle to simulate a load on the front in the lower base cabinet

Hinge systems

Information

Dynamic load test With an additional vertical load of 20 kg for simulating an unintended load

702

Abuse test Horizontal load test for securing unintended overload

Corrosion test Based on DIN EN ISO 9227 and DIN EN ISO 6270-2 for simulating corrosion influences

Test front Weight of front approx. 6.5 kg

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Information 〉 General Information 〉 Testing standards at Blum

Box and runner systems

Durability 100.000 opening and closing cycles, of which 30.000 cycles fully opened to the pull-out stop

Static load test Completely open with additional load to simulate a load on the front

Lateral load test For ascertaining effect of side load

Slam open/slam shut test For simulating overload when opening and closing and for preventing the fronts from coming off

Static load test Completely open with additional load to simulate a load on the front

Lateral load test For ascertaining effect of side load

Slam open/slam shut test For simulating overload when opening and closing and for preventing the fronts from coming off

Durability 100.000 opening and closing cycles, of which 30.000 cycles fully opened to the pull-out stop

Box and runner systems

Wall hanging bracket

Corrosion test Based on DIN EN ISO 9227 and DIN EN ISO 6270-2 for simulating corrosion influences

Detailed testing standards and limiting Load test according to values are defined in our internal DIN ISO EN 15939 (test frame A) ▬ 260 kg per pair of wall hanging brackets guidelines ▬ Duration of test: 8 days ▬ Catalogue specification: permissible total load 130 kg

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

703

Information

Box and runner systems


Information 〉 Information about lift systems 〉 Reference values for door weights

Wooden fronts

FH FB FD FG

Calculating the front weight FG FG (kg) = FH (m) x FB (m) x FD (m) x density (kg/m³)

Front height Front width Front thickness Front weight

Note The handle weight must be taken into account for lift mechanism selection

References values for chipboard Front thickness FD (mm) 19 Density (kg/m³) 680 Reference values for front weight FG (kg) without handle Front height FH (mm) 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800 850 900 950 1000 1040

Front width FB (mm) 400 450 500 1.6 1.7 1.8 2.0 2.1 2.3 2.3 2.6 2.6 2.9 2.8 3.2 3.1 3.5 3.4 3.8 3.6 4.1 3.9 4.4 4.1 4.7 4.4 4.9 4.7 5.2 4.9 5.5 5.2 5.8 5.4 6.0

1.9 2.3 2.6 2.9 3.2 3.6 3.9 4.2 4.5 4.8 5.2 5.5 5.8 6.1 6.5 6.7

AVENTOS HF | HS | HL + handle weight AVENTOS HK top | HK-S | HK-XS + double handle weight 550

2.1 2.5 2.8 3.2 3.6 3.9 4.3 4.6 5.0 5.3 5.7 6.0 6.4 6.8 7.1 7.4

600

2.3 2.7 3.1 3.5 3.9 4.3 4.7 5.0 5.4 5.8 6.2 6.6 7.0 7.4 7.8 8.1

700

2.7 3.2 3.6 4.1 4.5 5.0 5.4 5.9 6.3 6.8 7.2 7.7 8.1 8.6 9.0 9.4

Reference values for MDF Front thickness FD (mm) 19 Density (kg/m³) 760 Reference values for front weight FG (kg) without handle

Information

Front height FH (mm) 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800 850 900 950 1000 1040

704

Front width FB (mm) 400 450 500 1.7 1.9 2.0 2.3 2.3 2.6 2.6 2.9 2.9 3.2 3.2 3.6 3.5 3.9 3.8 4.2 4.0 4.5 4.3 4.9 4.6 5.2 4.9 5.5 5.2 5.8 5.5 6.2 5.8 6.5 6.0 6.8

2.2 2.5 2.9 3.2 3.6 4.0 4.3 4.7 5.1 5.4 5.8 6.1 6.5 6.9 7.2 7.5

800

3.1 3.6 4.1 4.7 5.2 5.7 6.2 6.7 7.2 7.8 8.3 8.8 9.3 9.8 10.3 10.7

900

3.5 4.1 4.7 5.2 5.8 6.4 7.0 7.6 8.1 8.7 9.3 9.9 10.5 11.0 11.6 12.1

1000

3.9 4.5 5.2 5.8 6.5 7.1 7.8 8.4 9.0 9.7 10.3 11.0 11.6 12.3 12.9 13.4

1200

4.7 5.4 6.2 7.0 7.8 8.5 9.3 10.1 10.9 11.6 12.4 13.2 14.0 14.7 15.5 16.1

1500

5.8 6.8 7.8 8.7 9.7 10.7 11.6 12.6 13.6 14.5 15.5 16.5 17.4 18.4 19.4 20.2

1800

7.0 8.1 9.3 10.5 11.6 12.8 14.0 15.1 16.3 17.4 18.6 19.8 20.9 22.1 23.3 24.2

AVENTOS HF | HS | HL + handle weight AVENTOS HK top | HK-S | HK-XS + double handle weight 550

2.4 2.8 3.2 3.6 4.0 4.4 4.8 5.2 5.6 6.0 6.4 6.8 7.1 7.5 7.9 8.3

600

2.6 3.0 3.5 3.9 4.3 4.8 5.2 5.6 6.1 6.5 6.9 7.4 7.8 8.2 8.7 9.0

700

3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.1 5.6 6.1 6.6 7.1 7.6 8.1 8.6 9.1 9.6 10.1 10.5

800

3.5 4.0 4.6 5.2 5.8 6.4 6.9 7.5 8.1 8.7 9.2 9.8 10.4 11.0 11.6 12.0

900

3.9 4.5 5.2 5.8 6.5 7.1 7.8 8.4 9.1 9.7 10.4 11.0 11.7 12.3 13.0 13.5

1000

4.3 5.1 5.8 6.5 7.2 7.9 8.7 9.4 10.1 10.8 11.6 12.3 13.0 13.7 14.4 15.0

1200

5.2 6.1 6.9 7.8 8.7 9.5 10.4 11.3 12.1 13.0 13.9 14.7 15.6 16.5 17.3 18.0

1500

6.5 7.6 8.7 9.7 10.8 11.9 13.0 14.1 15.2 16.2 17.3 18.4 19.5 20.6 21.7 22.5

1800

7.8 9.1 10.4 11.7 13.0 14.3 15.6 16.9 18.2 19.5 20.8 22.1 23.4 24.7 26.0 27.0

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Information 〉 Information about lift systems 〉 Reference values for door weights

Width and narrow alu frames

FH FB FD FG

Calculating the front weight FG FG (kg) = FH (m) x FB (m) x FD (m) x density (kg/m³)

Front height Front width Front thickness Front weight

Note The handle weight must be taken into account for lift mechanism selection

Reference values for alu frames | glass Front thickness FD (mm) Alu frames 19 mm | glass 4 mm Density (kg/m³) 2500 Reference values for front weight FG (kg) without handle Front width FB (mm) 400 450 500 1.6 1.8 1.9 2.1 2.1 2.3 2.3 2.6 2.6 2.8 2.8 3.1 3.0 3.4 3.3 3.6 3.5 3.9 3.7 4.1 4.0 4.4 4.2 4.7 4.4 4.9 4.7 5.2 4.9 5.5 5.1 5.7

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

2.0 2.3 2.6 2.8 3.1 3.4 3.7 4.0 4.3 4.6 4.8 5.1 5.4 5.7 6.0 6.2

550

2.2 2.5 2.8 3.1 3.4 3.7 4.0 4.3 4.7 5.0 5.3 5.6 5.9 6.2 6.5 6.8

600

2.4 2.7 3.0 3.4 3.7 4.0 4.4 4.7 5.0 5.4 5.7 6.1 6.4 6.7 7.1 7.3

700

2.7 3.1 3.5 3.9 4.3 4.7 5.0 5.4 5.8 6.2 6.6 7.0 7.4 7.7 8.1 8.4

800

3.1 3.5 4.0 4.4 4.8 5.3 5.7 6.2 6.6 7.0 7.5 7.9 8.3 8.8 9.2 9.5

900

3.5 4.0 4.4 4.9 5.4 5.9 6.4 6.9 7.4 7.8 8.3 8.8 9.3 9.8 10.3 10.7

1000

3.8 4.4 4.9 5.5 6.0 6.5 7.1 7.6 8.1 8.7 9.2 9.7 10.3 10.8 11.3 11.8

1200

4.6 5.2 5.9 6.5 7.1 7.8 8.4 9.0 9.7 10.3 10.9 11.6 12.2 12.8 13.5 14.0

1500

5.7 6.5 7.3 8.1 8.8 9.6 10.4 11.2 12.0 12.8 13.6 14.3 15.1 15.9 16.7 17.3

1800

6.8 7.7 8.7 9.6 10.6 11.5 12.4 13.4 14.3 15.2 16.2 17.1 18.0 19.0 19.9 20.7

705

Information

Front height FH (mm) 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800 850 900 950 1000 1040

AVENTOS HF | HS | HL + handle weight AVENTOS HK top | HK-S | HK-XS + double handle weight


Information 〉 Information about hinge systems 〉 Planning

Number of hinges

Number of hinges

The number of hinges depends on the front weight FG and front height FH To achieve good stability, distances between hinges should be as large as possible

Front height FH (mm)

Load and height data relates to front widths FB of 600 mm

*

Door weight FG (kg)

Parts and technology

Composed of: 1 Mounting plate 2 Hinge arm 3 Hinge boss 4 Three location pins 5 Safety locking pin 6 CLIP mechanism 7 Spiral screw (depth adjustment) 8 Cam height adjustment (on mounting plate) 9 Side adjustment screw 10 Plate holder 11 Closing mechanism 12 Outer link 13 Inner link 14 Fixing screw 15 BLUMOTION – deactivation 16 BLUMOTION

CLIP top | CLIP: space requirement for assembly | removal

Front thickness FD max. (mm) Opening angle OW Mounting plate spacing MD (mm) 0 3 Cabinet side panel thickness SWD (mm) 16 19 16 19 100° 21 24 24 27 107° 20 23 23 26 110° 20 23 23 26 110° special hinge 18 21 21 24 120° 20 23 23 26 120° special hinge 18 21 21 24 155° 8 11 11 14 125° 8 11 11 14 170° 19 22 22 25 95° 26 29 29 32 110° hinge for thin doors 11 14 14 17 94° 17 20 20 23

Information

SWD Cabinet side panel thickness FD Front thickness

706

Consider space requirements for removal! Hinge X min. (mm) 79B99x0 86 79B95x0 70 78T9550.TL 70 99B9550 28

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Information 〉 Information about hinge systems 〉 Angled hinges

Angle definitions

The given opening angle can be decreased slightly through: ▬ Small front gap ▬ Thick fronts ▬ Large boss drilling distance ▬ Side adjustment towards the smaller front overlay

Applications from –50° to +50° are feasible

KS

OW KS OW

Cabinet angle = overlay application E.g. 45° Opening angle E.g. 95°

E.g. 20° hinge K Angled spacer +5° / –5°

Applications Inset application

Half overlay application

Overlay application

Maximum overlay application

Mitred application

Outer edge of door and inner edge of cabinet are flush

Inner edge of door and inner edge of cabinet are flush

Outer edge of door and outer edge of cabinet are in a line

Dependent on hinge design

Inner and outer edges of door and cabinet are flush

Angle and cranking marked on angled hinge

How to achieve the relevant application: ▬ Angled hinges ▬ Mounting plate fixing ▬ Angled spacers ▬ Hinge adjustment ▬ Mounting plate height

E.g. 30° II 30° Cabinet angle II Cranking overlay application

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

707

Information

Cranking I Half overlay application II Overlay application III Maximum overlay application


Information 〉 Information about hinge systems 〉 Dimensions

Dual application Cranked hinge arm – 9.5 mm

SH

Information

SH

SL

SL

SH

FE

FE SH SL FE

Inset application Double cranked arm – 18 mm

SL

Hinge dimensions Overlay application Straight hinge arm – 0 mm

Hinge arm height Hinge arm length Front protrusion

SH SL FE

Hinge arm height Hinge arm length Front protrusion

FE SH SL FE

Hinge arm height Hinge arm length Front protrusion

Installation dimensions Overlay application Straight hinge arm – 0 mm

Dual application Cranked hinge arm – 9.5 mm

Inset application Double cranked arm – 18 mm

FS TB TO FA F

FS TB TO FA F

TB TO F

Front gap Drilling distance Boss overlay (fixed dimension) Front overlay Gap

Front gap Drilling distance Boss overlay (fixed dimension) Front overlay Gap

Drilling distance Boss overlay (fixed dimension) Gap

Hinge boss dimensions and drilling patterns Screw-on

INSERTA | knock-in

Hinge boss dimensions

BT TB DT

BT TB DT

FLB FLH PB

708

Drilling depth Drilling distance Diameter of hinge boss drilling

Drilling depth Drilling distance Diameter of hinge boss drilling

Flange width Flange height Space requirement

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Information 〉 Information about hinge systems 〉 Front overlay

How to alter the front overlay

Hinge cranking

Use spaced mounting plate

Alter drilling distance

Factory setting | zero position for overlay application | adjustment area Boss overlay TO (mm) Fixed dimension Adjustment area (mm) Page Front gap FS (mm) Adjustment area (mm) Depth

FS TO

Side adjustment

CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top | CLIP

MODUL

100°–170° 110° | 120° special Profile/thick door Mini | glass door 100°–170° Profile/thick door CRISTALLO | thin doors Mini | glass door CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top CLIP CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top CLIP Mini | glass door

100° – – Refrigerator door 100° – – Refrigerator door – – 100° Refrigerator door –

11.0 13.0 11.0 10.0 ±2.0 ±2.0 ±2.0 +0.5 / –3.5 1.5 1.2 –2 / +3 –1 / +3 ±2.0

Tolerance 11.0 – – 11.0 ±2.0 – – ±2.0 – – ±2.0 ±2.0 –

±0.5

– ±0.4 ±0.5

Front gap Boss overlay (fixed dimension)

Minimum gap

MF

Minimum gap Required to open door

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

The minimum gap is based on doors with 1 mm radiused edges With more pronounced radii the gaps can be reduced

709

Information

MF


Information 〉 Information about hinge systems 〉 Motion processes and closing action

110° hinge

107° hinge

100° hinge

155° hinge

170° hinge

Profile/thick door hinge

125° hinge

Hinge for thin doors

CRISTALLO hinge

Glass door hinge

Mini-hinge

Corner cabinet bi-fold hinge

20°

Information

Note

The maximum opening angle can be limited by the cabinet depending on the front shape, front thickness FD and hinge setting

710

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

711

Information

Information 〉 Information about hinge systems


Information 〉 Information about box and runner systems 〉 Overview

Metal drawer side drawer

Wooden drawer

Concealed Full extension LEGRABOX – 750 | 753

MOVENTO – 760H | 766H

MERIVOBOX – 450 | 453

TANDEM – 560H | 561H | 560F | 561F

TANDEMBOX – 578 | 576

Single extension

TANDEM – 550H | 551H | 550F | 551F

Information

Visible Single extension METABOX – 320

712

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Information 〉 Information about box and runner systems 〉 Dimensions

Space requirement in cabinet

H MAo MAu

Drawer side height Min. distance top Min. distance bottom

Cabinet dimensions

Internal cabinet width Internal cabinet depth

Front overlay | min. gap

Drilling pattern – front fixing bracket

MF FA

BT BO

Minimum gap Front overlay

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

Drilling depth Drilling distance

713

Information

LW LT


Information 〉 Information about box and runner systems 〉 Tolerance compensation

LEGRABOX

Built-in tolerance compensation ±1.5 mm

MERIVOBOX

Built-in tolerance compensation ±1.5 mm

TANDEMBOX

Built-in tolerance compensation ±1.5 mm

METABOX

Left tolerance compensation +1.5 / –1 mm

Right guided

MOVENTO | TANDEM

Information

Left tolerance compensation +1.5 / –0 mm¹ ¹ MOVENTO Limited side adjustment for a drawer side panel thickness of 16 mm, but with full tolerance utilisation of the internal width of the drawer SKW

714

Right guided

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Information 〉 Information about box and runner systems 〉 Planning

Stop design and screw head protection for roller runners

Standard pull-out stop at first indentation

Loss of extension Full extension

Lock open position (e.g. for cleaning of drawer), roller locates between 1st and 2nd indentation

Spacing beads prevent rollers from fouling protruding screw heads

Single extension

AF TA

Loss of extension of runner system Actual loss of extension

Over extension

Over extension of runner system Actual over extension

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

715

Information

UF TU


Information 〉 Information about box and runner systems 〉 Inner dimensions for cutlery inserts

TANDEMBOX

A

BH

BB

42

LW

The curved design of drawer sides of TANDEMBOX must be taken into account when calculating the cutlery insert width. The cutlery insert width required is dependent upon the cutlery insert height. Cutting dimensions for cutlery insert Height BH as desired Length = nominal length NL of drawer side – 26 mm Width BB = internal cabinet width LW – 2 x A Example – drawer side height M Cutlery insert height BH = 40 mm Internal cabinet width LW = 330 mm Cutlery insert width BB = 330 – 2 x 26 = 278 mm

Information

Height of drawer side N

716

Height of drawer side M

Height of drawer side K

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Information 〉 Information about box and runner systems 〉 Inner dimensions for cutlery inserts

METABOX

Cutlery inserts need to be cut out on both sides to make room for the protruding front fixings.

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

717

Information

Cutting dimensions for cutlery insert Height BH as desired Chipboard back: Length = nominal length NL of drawer side – 2 mm – chipboard back thickness Steel back: Length = nominal length NL of drawer side – 16 mm Width BB = internal cabinet width LW – 31 mm For cut-out dimensions, see drawing opposite


Information 〉 Information about box and runner systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE uno – market list

SERVO-DRIVE set – network adapter (x) E Market

¹

Afghanistan Croatia Hungary Monaco Seychelles Albania Czech Republic Iceland Mongolia Slovakia Algeria Democratic Republic of the Congo India Morocco Slovenia Angola Denmark Indonesia Mozambique South Africa Armenia Ecuador¹ Iraq¹ Namibia Spain Austria Egypt¹ Israel Netherlands Sudan¹ Azerbaijan Estonia Italy New Caledonia Sweden Bangladesh¹ Faroe Islands Jordan¹ North Korea Switzerland Barbados¹ Finland Kazakhstan Norway Syria Belarus France Kuwait¹ Pakistan Tadzhikistan Belgium French polynesia (Tahiti)¹ Kyrgyzstan Paraguay Tunisia Benin Gabon Latvia Peru¹ Turkey Bolivia¹ Gambia Lebanon¹ Poland Turkmenistan Bosnia and Herzegovina Georgia Liberia¹ Portugal U.A.E.¹ Part no. Brazil Germany Libya¹ Qatar¹ Ukraine Bulgaria Ghana¹ Liechtenstein Reunion Uruguay Z10NA30xy ² Burundi Gibraltar¹ Lithuania Romania Uzbekistan Cameroon Greece Luxembourg Russia Yemen¹ Z10T__3Wxy1 ³ Canary Islands Greenland Macedonia Rwanda Zambia¹ Central African Republic Guadeloupe Mauritius¹ San Marino Zimbabwe¹ Z10NA30xyF ⁴ Chile Guyana¹ Moldova Serbia More than one input adapter can be used (depending on the house wiring) ² SERVO-DRIVE uno for bottom mount waste bin solutions

³ x __

SERVO-DRIVE uno for top mount waste bin solutions Network adapter Cabinet width KB

B

Market

¹

Egypt Nigeria Bahrain Oman¹ Bangladesh¹ Qatar¹ Belize¹ Saudi Arabia¹ Botswana Seychelles¹ Cyprus Singapore Ghana¹ Sri Lanka¹ Gibraltar¹ Sudan¹ Guyana¹ U.A.E.¹ Honduras Uganda Hong Kong United Kingdom Iraq¹ Vietnam¹ Ireland Yemen¹ Jordan¹ Zambia¹ Part no. Kenya Zimbabwe¹ Kuwait¹ Z10NA30xy ² Lebanon¹ Libya¹ Z10T__3Wxy1 ³ Malaysia Malta Z10NA30xyF ⁴ Mauritius¹ More than one input adapter can be used (depending on the house wiring)

² ³ ⁴ x y __

SERVO-DRIVE uno for bottom mount waste bin solutions SERVO-DRIVE uno for top mount waste bin solutions 12 W SERVO-DRIVE plug-in power supply unit Network adapter Language package Cabinet width KB

R

Market

Brazil South Korea Thailand

⁴ y

K

Part no.

Z10T__3Wxy1 ³ Z10NA30xyF ⁴ ² ³ ⁴ x y __

Information

SERVO-DRIVE uno for bottom mount waste bin solutions SERVO-DRIVE uno for top mount waste bin solutions 12 W SERVO-DRIVE plug-in power supply unit Network adapter Language package Cabinet width KB

N

Market

China

Part no.

Z10NA30xy ²

Z10NA30xy ²

Z10T__3Wxy1 ³

Z10T__3Wxy1 ³

Z10NA30xyF ⁴

718

Market

Australia Fiji New Zealand Papua New Guinea

Z10NA30xy ²

Part no.

² ³ ⁴ x y __

12 W SERVO-DRIVE plug-in power supply unit Language package

SERVO-DRIVE uno for bottom mount waste bin solutions SERVO-DRIVE uno for top mount waste bin solutions 12 W SERVO-DRIVE plug-in power supply unit Network adapter Language package Cabinet width KB

Z10NA30xyF ⁴ ² ³ ⁴ x y __

SERVO-DRIVE uno for bottom mount waste bin solutions SERVO-DRIVE uno for top mount waste bin solutions 12 W SERVO-DRIVE plug-in power supply unit Network adapter Language package Cabinet width KB

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Information 〉 Information about box and runner systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE uno – market list

¹

Bahamas Libya¹ Barbados¹ Mexico Belize¹ Nicaragua Bermuda Oman¹ Bolivia¹ Panama Caiman Islands Peru¹ Cambodia Philippines Canada Puerto Rico Columbia Saudi Arabia¹ Costa Rica Sri Lanka¹ Cuba Taiwan Dominican Republic Trinidad and Tobago Ecuador¹ USA El Salvador Venezuela Part no. French polynesia (Tahiti)¹ Vietnam¹ Guatemala Z10NA30xy ² Guyana¹ Haiti Z10T__3Wxy1 ³ Jamaica Japan Z10NA30xyF ⁴ Liberia¹ More than one input adapter can be used (depending on the house wiring)

² ³ ⁴ x y __

SERVO-DRIVE uno for bottom mount waste bin solutions SERVO-DRIVE uno for top mount waste bin solutions 12 W SERVO-DRIVE plug-in power supply unit Network adapter Language package Cabinet width KB

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

H

Market

India

Part no.

Z10NA30xy ² Z10T__3Wxy1 ³ Z10NA30xyF ⁴ ² ³ ⁴ x y __

SERVO-DRIVE uno for bottom mount waste bin solutions SERVO-DRIVE uno for top mount waste bin solutions 12 W SERVO-DRIVE plug-in power supply unit Network adapter Language package Cabinet width KB

719

Information

SERVO-DRIVE set – network adapter (x) U Market


Information 〉 General Information 〉 Blum’s subsidiaries, representatives and contacts

Market Algeria

Algeria

Argentina

Australia

Austria

Azerbaijan

Bahrain

Belarus

Belgium | Luxembourg

Bolivia

Brazil

Brunei

Bulgaria

Canada

Chile

China Shanghai

Information

China Beijing

720

Address MAM Eurl 13, route de meftah Z.I. oued smar 16270 ALGER ALGERIA Saberwood AV ALI KHOUDJA N09, LOC17 137 16000 Algier Algeria Bisagra OH S.A. Gral. Paunero 1789 Sarandí, Buenos Aires Argentina Blum Australia Pty. Ltd. P.O. Box 1615 Green Valley, NSW 2168 Australia Julius Blum GmbH, Beschlägefabrik Industriestraße 1 6973 Höchst Austria Julius Blum GmbH Azərbaycan Nümayəndəliyi Ə. Qayıbov küç., 10 Q 1029 BAKI, AZƏRBAYCAN EMINENCE HARDWARE TRADING CO. W.L.L. Building No. 1481, Block No. 606 Road No. 10, Sitra Highway Al Kharijiyah, Bahrain, P.O.BOX: 70320 OOO “Antarion Group” Novodvorskij s-s, 40-8a, r-n d. Bolszoe stiklevo Minsk 223060, Minskaja oblast Belarus Van Hoecke nv Europark-Noord 9 9100 Sint-Niklaas Belgium MAXCAB S.R.L Calle 21 de Calacoto no. 8555 La Paz Bolivia Blum do Brasil, Ind. e Com. de Ferragens Ltda. Av. João Paulo I, 2052, Jardim Santa Bárbara CEP 06817-000 Embu das Artes - SP Brasil Blum South East Asia Pte Ltd 150 Ubi Avenue 4 #02-01 Ubi Biz-Hub Singapore 408825 Interior-I Sofia ul. Todorini Kukli 1A BULGARIA Blum Canada Ltd. 6775 Maritz Drive Mississauga, ON, L5W 0H5 Canada Comercial Habitat Ltda. Las Hualtatas 8412 Vitacura, Santiago Chile Blum Furniture Hardware (Shanghai) Co., Ltd. No. 399 Beiying Road Qingpu Industrial Park, 201700 Shanghai CHINA Blum Furniture Hardware (Shanghai) Co., Ltd., Beijing Branch Rm. 102-103, B1 Floor, Building 9, Pomegranate Center No. 88, Liuxiang Road Fengtai District, 100079 Beijing, CHINA

Telephone Fax Mobil E-mail Telephone Mobil E-mail Internet Telephone E-mail Internet

00 213 23 93 00 51 00 213 23 93 00 52 00 213 550 60 60 52 /53 /56 /57 mam-business@hotmail.fr +213 023 34 00 87 +213 023 05 83 25 contact@jana-trading.com www.jana-trading.com (+54 11) 4204 3414 info@bisagraoh.com.ar www.bisagraoh.com.ar

Telephone E-mail Internet

+61 2 9612-5400 info.au@blum.com www.blum.com.au

Telephone E-mail Internet

+43/5578/705-0 info@blum.com www.blum.com

Telephone E-mail

+994 50 235 11 84 info.az@blum.com

Telephone Fax E-mail Internet Telephone Telephone E-mail Internet Telephone Fax E-mail Internet Telephone Telephone E-mail Internet Telephone E-mail Internet

+973 17009786 +973 17009785 blum@eminencehardware.com www.eminencehardware.com +375 17 3 200 100 +375 29 3 940 100 blum@antarion.by www.antarion.by +32 3 760 19 00 +32 3 760 19 19 info@vanhoecke.be www.vanhoecke.be +591 2 2794143 +591 77600656 info@maxcab.com.bo www.maxcab.com.bo +55/11/4785-3400 info.br@blum.com www.blum.com.br

Telephone Fax E-mail Internet Telephone Mobil E-mail Internet Telephone Toll-free (Can. only) E-mail

+65 6547 1760 +65 6547 1761 info.sg@blum.com www.blum.com +359/28437881 +359/878619035 intralim@techno-link.com www.interior-i.bg +1/905/670-7920 1/800/670-9254 info.ca@blum.com

Telephone Fax E-mail Internet Telephone Fax E-mail Internet Telephone Fax E-mail Internet

+56 2 22017650 +56 2 22017652 info@hbt.cl www.hbt.cl +86-21-3920 3355 +86-21-3920 2223 info.cn@blum.com www.blum.com +86-10-5676 2178 +86-10-5676 2179 info.cn@blum.com www.blum.com

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Market China Guangzhou

China Nanjing

China Chengdu

China Ningbo

China Qingdao

Columbia

Costa Rica

Cyprus

Czech Republic

Denmark

Dominican Republic

Ecuador

Egypt

Egypt

Estonia

Finland

France

Address Blum Furniture Hardware (Shanghai) Co., Ltd., Guangzhou Branch Unit 601, 608-610, 6th Floor, Tower A, mPlaza Guangzhou No. 109 Pazhou Avenue Haizhu District, 510308 Guangzhou, Guangdong, CHINA Blum Furniture Hardware (Shanghai) Co., Ltd., Nanjing Branch Rm. 205-207, Block 3, E-PARK No. 109 Ruanjian Avenue Yuhuatai District, 210012 Nanjing, Jiangsu, CHINA Blum Furniture Hardware (Shanghai) Co., Ltd., Sichuan Branch Rm. E-209, Blue Ocean World No. 22 Zhenxing Road, Yingbin Avenue Jinniu District, 610036 Chengdu, Sichuan, CHINA Blum Furniture Hardware (Shanghai) Co., Ltd., Zhejiang Branch Rm. 1338-1341, Block 1, East China City Tower No. 323 Century Avenue (N) Yinzhou District, 315040 Ningbo, Zheijiang, CHINA Blum Furniture Hardware (Shanghai) Co,. Ltd., Qingdao Branch Rm. 512, Area C, Software Building No. 169 Songling Road Laoshan District, 266101 Qingdao, Shandong, CHINA Alsada SAS Calle 127 C Nº 45A - 56 Bogotá Colombia Eurocomponentes S.A. Pavas, de la Iglesia María Reina 125 Mts Sur, Bodegas More Park (Súper Salón), Sala # 29 San José, Costa Rica H.H. Furnishings Ltd. 42, Propyleon Street Strovolos Ind. Estate Nicosia 2033, Cyprus Blum, s.r.o.

OL Beslag A/S Bergsøesvej 2 DK-8600 Silkeborg Denmark AL Componentes S.R.L. Calle J, Nave 5D, Zona Industrial de Herrera Santo Domingo Oeste República Dominicana Dkocina Cía Ltda. Portugal 750 (E9-89) y Republica del Salvador Edificio Gabriela 2 - PB Quito, Pichincha, ECUADOR Elsallab Co. for Trading & Distribution 72 Makram Ebeid St. Nasr City, CAIRO 11765, Egypt Metal Technical Co. Showroom, 24 Gamet Eldewal Elarabia St. Mohandessen Giza GIZA 12311, Egypt Hahle Eesti OÜ Laki 11C 12915 Tallinn Estonia Hahle Oy Hyttimestarinkuja 3 02780 Espoo Finland Blum France SAS Z.A.E de Rumilly Sud 14 Avenue du Trélod 74150 Rumilly, France

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

Telephone Fax E-mail Internet Telephone Fax E-mail Internet Telephone Fax E-mail Internet Telephone Fax E-mail Internet Telephone Fax E-mail Internet Telephone E-mail Internet

+86-20-3785 5208 +86-20-3785 5206 info.cn@blum.com www.blum.com +86-25-8444 2228 +86-25-8223 2223 info.cn@blum.com www.blum.com +86-28-8421 5550 +86-28-8421 5557 info.cn@blum.com www.blum.com +86-574-8812 0900 +86-574-8812 0920 info.cn@blum.com www.blum.com +86-532-8896 9528 +86-532-8896 9526 info.cn@blum.com www.blum.com +57-1-7449885 info@alsada.com.co www.alsada.com.co

Telephone Telephone E-mail Internet Telephone Fax E-mail Internet Telephone E-mail Internet

+506 229 12 56 4 +506 403 02 24 8 ventas.cr@eurocomponentes.net www.eurocomponentes.net +357-22-494450 +357-22-313774 info@hhfurnishing.com www.hhfurnishing.com +420/281090161 posta.cz@blum.com www.blum.com

Telephone Fax E-mail Internet Telephone Telephone E-mail Internet Telephone Fax E-mail Internet Telephone Fax E-mail

+45/86813111 +45/86813149 ol@ol-beslag.dk www.ol-beslag.dk +1 849 404 3292 +1 809 287 7796 info@alcomponentes.com alcomponentes.com +593 2 2444293 +593 2 2444342 dkocina@uio.satnet.net www.dkocina.com +20/2/22734113 +20/2/22734275 import@tarekelsallab.org

Telephone Fax E-mail

+20/2/33038501 +20/2/33470005 k.abdalla@mtcegypt.net

Telephone E-mail Internet

+372 6729030 hahle.eesti@hahle.com www.hahle.ee

Telephone Fax E-mail Internet Telephone E-mail Internet

+358/201/809300 +358/201/809302 hahle@hahle.com www.hahle.com +33 450 68 34 30 info.fr@blum.com www.blum.com

721

Information

Information 〉 General Information 〉 Blum’s subsidiaries, representatives and contacts


Information 〉 General Information 〉 Blum’s subsidiaries, representatives and contacts

Market Germany

Ghana

Greece

Guatemala

Hong Kong

Hungary

Iceland

India

India

Indonesia

Iraq

Ireland

Israel

Italy

Japan

Jordan

Information

Kazakhstan

722

Address Blum GmbH Lilienthalstraße 3 D-32052 Herford Germany DFWI Ghana Ltd. Plot 43A, Spintex Road, Accra – Ghana Postal Code: KA-DTD 5321 – Airport GHANA Blum Hellas S.A. 19th km Paianias – Markopoulou Av. Thesi Pousi – Chatzi Paiania Attikis, 19002, Greece Mueble Partes S.A. 12 avenida 19-20 zona 10 Ciudad Guatemala Guatemala Blum Furniture Hardware Hongkong Ltd. 21/F., 208 Johnston Road Hong Kong (SAR) China Blum Hungária Kft. 2600 Vác Gödöllői út 16/14 HUNGARY Innval ehf. Smidjuvegur 5 200 KOPAVOGUR ICELAND Blum India Pvt. Ltd. Times Square building, Ground & first floor Western Express Highway, Next to Natraj building Andheri East, Mumbai 400 069, Maharashtra, India Hafele India Pvt. Ltd. Office No. 3, Building “A”, BETA, I Think Techno Campus Off J.V.L.R, Opp Kanjurmarg Station Kanjurmarg (E), Mumbai 400 042, India PT. Blum Furniture Hardware Indonesia ICE Business Park BSD, Blok A No. 1 & 2 Jl. BSD Grand Boulevard Tangerang 15339, Indonesia Biwas for Supplying Cabinet Acc No. 640, Italian City 2 ERBIL IRAQ Flanagan Fittings Falcon House, Dublin Airport Logistics Park St. Margarets, Co. Dublin, K67 F303 Ireland Bluran Import & Distribution Ltd. 2nd Ha’Mada St., P.O.Box 5235 Rishon-Lezion 7515102 ISRAEL ELMI SRL Via delle Gerole 26 20867 Caponago MB Italy Denica Co., Ltd. 2-474-8 Katsushika-cho Funabashi 273-0032 Japan Amara Trading Center Al-Bayader, 66 Hussain Khawaja Street Po Box 140288 Amman 11814 Jordan Blum Central Asia Ltd. pr-t Sujunbaja, 211, ofis 11, Turksibskij rajon Almaty 050056, Almatinskaja oblast Kazakhstan

Telephone Fax E-mail Internet Telephone Mobil E-mail

+49/5221/17493-0 +49/5221/17493-50 info.de@blum.com www.blum.com +233 (0) 302 813 612 +233 (0) 244 888 000 pierre.maarawi@dfwighanaltd.com

Telephone Fax E-mail Internet Telephone Telephone E-mail Internet Telephone Fax E-mail Internet Telephone Fax E-mail Internet Telephone E-mail Internet

+30 210 27 51 131 +30 210 27 51 777 info.gr@blum.com www.blum.com +502 2363-0359 +502 5990-9471 info@mueblepartes.com www.mueblepartes.com +852 2572-2816 +852 2572-2817 info.hk@blum.com www.blum.com.hk +36/27/510 140 +36/27/510 141 info.hu@blum.com www.blum.com +354 557 2700 innval@innval.is www.innval.is

Telephone Fax E-mail Internet Telephone E-mail Internet

+91 22 4610 7000 +91 22 4610 7099 info.in@blum.com www.blum.com 022 6142 6142 info@hafeleindia.com www.hafeleindia.com

Telephone E-mail Internet

+62 21 3972 1050 info.id@blum.com www.blum.com

Telephone E-mail Internet

+964 7512347235 - 7 info@biwasco.com www.blum.com

Telephone Fax E-mail Internet Telephone Fax E-mail Internet Telephone Fax E-mail Internet Telephone Fax E-mail Internet Telephone Fax E-mail Internet Telephone Telephone E-mail Internet

+353-1-8448400 +353-1-8448409 sales@fff.ie www.fff.ie +972/732/310360 +972/732/310361 bluran@bluran.co.il www.bluran.co.il +39/02/95740443 +39/02/95740746 info@elmi.it www.elmi.it +81/47/437-0310 +81/47/437-2130 support@denica.co.jp www.denica.co.jp +962-6-5811896 +962-6-5827896 info@atc-jo.com www.atc-jo.com +7 727 390 86 25 +7 727 243 33 18 info.kz@blum.com www.blum.com

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Market Kenya

Kuwait

Latvia

Lebanon

Libya

Libya

Lithuania

Malaysia

Malta

Mauritius

Mexico

Mongolia

Morocco

Morocco

Namibia

Netherlands

New Zealand Auckland

Address PG BISON KENYA LTD Kampala Rd., Industrial Area 00100 NAIROBI KENYA Eminence Hardware co for carpentry building an smithy Materials, Khalifa Al Jassim Street Shop no. 13, Tara Center SHUWAIKH 70030, KUWAIT SIA AM Furnitūra Dārzciema iela 60F Rīga, LV-1073 Latvia Ets. Adib Ladki s.c.s. Ground Floor Hamawi Building Algiers Street – Zarif Area 1105-2050 Beirut, LEBANON Alhanaa Company Bldg N° 10.47.070, Jamaa Essagaa Beside Essaggaa Mosque TRIPOLI, LIBYA Azaria Limited Trading Co. P.O.BOX: 76076 Janzur second ring road TRIPOLI, LIBYA UAB Blulita Vilkpėdės g. 24, 03151 Vilnius Minijos g. 62, 91189 Klaipėda Lietuva Blum Malaysia A-2-3 & A-2-3A, Aurora Place Mall @ Bukit Jalil Jalan Persiaran Jalil 1, Bandar Bukit Jalil 57000 KUALA LUMPUR, MALAYSIA T&H Distributors Ltd. Triq In-Negozju Mriehel BKR 3000 MALTA C.K. Tang & Co. Ltd. 83, Royal Road TOMBEAU BAY MAURITIUS Blum México Herrajes Para Muebles Av. Industria Automotríz 10, Parque Industrial Doña Rosa 52000 Lerma Edo. de México Deutschewelle Moebel LLC Chingis Avenue, Misheel Mega Moll Building Khan-Uul District Ulaanbaatar Yves Rouger 20 Boulevard Ibn Tachfine B.P. 2158 20300 CASABLANCA, MOROCCO REVÉTOU 51, Rue attabari – Maarif 20100 CASABLANCA MOROCCO HÜSTER MACHINETOOL COMPANY (PTY) LTD. No. 6, Andimba Toivo Ya Toivo Street, Plenarg Building, Southern Industrial Area, P. O. Box 5029, Ausspannplatz Windhoek, NAMIBIA (AFRICA) Van Hoecke bv Schimminck 5 5301 KR Zaltbommel The Netherlands Blum New Zealand Ltd 621 Rosebank Road, Avondale Auckland 1026 New Zealand

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

Telephone Fax E-mail Internet Telephone E-mail Internet

+254 20 808888 - 2 +254 20 808888 - 0 hmediratta@pgbison.co.ke www.pgbison.co.ke +965 99204054 +965 90996195 sales.kuwait@eminencehardware.com.

Telephone Fax E-mail Internet Telephone Fax E-mail Internet Telephone Fax E-mail

+371 67496001 +371 67496009 amfurnitura@amf.lv www.amf.lv +961-1-736740 +961-1-736844 ADLA1920@cyberia.net.lb www.adibladki.com +218 213600551 +218 21360 5378 nagi_ashour@yahoo.com

Telephone Fax E-mail

+218 21 4894 307 +218 21 4894 307 info@azaria.ly

Telephone E-mail Internet

+370 5 265 35 32 info@blulita.lt www.e.blulita.lt

E-mail Internet

info.my@blum.com www.blum.com

Telephone Mobil E-mail Internet Telephone Telephone Fax E-mail Telephone E-mail Internet

00356 21222471 00356 77222471 sales@toolsandhardware.eu www.toolsandhardware.eu +230 2474337 +230 2474757 +230 2475521 cktang@intnet.mu +52 728 102 1700 info.mx@blum.com www.blum.com.mx

Telephone E-mail

+976 8009 2626 blum@deutschewelle.mn

Telephone Fax E-mail

+212 522312506 +212 522312462 yvesrouger@yahoo.fr

Telephone Fax E-mail

+212 522943634 +212 522943615 contact@revetou.com

Telephone Fax E-mail Internet Telephone Fax E-mail Internet Telephone E-mail Internet

+264 61 237083 +264 61 227696 hmt.whk@huster.com.na www.huster.com.na +31 418 56 90 60 +31 418 56 90 69 info@vanhoecke.nl www.vanhoecke.nl +64 9 820 5051 info.nz@blum.com www.blum.com

723

Information

Information 〉 General Information 〉 Blum’s subsidiaries, representatives and contacts


Information 〉 General Information 〉 Blum’s subsidiaries, representatives and contacts

Market New Zealand Christchurch

Nigeria

Norway

Oman

Pakistan

Panama

Paraguay

Peru

Philippines

Poland

Portugal

Qatar

Romania

Russia

Saudi Arabia Central region Western region Saudi Arabia Eastern region

Information

Singapore

724

Address Blum New Zealand Ltd 16 Avenger Crescent, Wigram Christchurch 8042 New Zealand DOUAIHY For Wood International Ltd Plot 807. Idu, Industrial Area 115001 Abuja NIGERIA Julius Blum GmbH Norge Representasjonskontor Postboks 1110 3503 Hønefoss Norge ULTIMATE HARDWARE SOLUTIONS LLC Postal Code: 117, Al wadi, Al Kabir Ghala, Sultanate of Oman P.O. Box 826 ULTIMATE HARDWARE SOLUTIONS LLC / ECTRATECH TRADING LLC Offices Land Building, Block 1, Showroom 1 Al Karama, Dubai, United Arab Emirates P.O.Box : 48913 FD-Center S.A. Vía Transistmica a 300 mts de la estación del metro Pueblo Nuevo en Dirección a San Miguelito Ciudad de Panamá, Panamá ZT deco Av. Santísima Trinidad N° 366 c/Overava Asunción, Paraguay Mueblum Av. República de Panamá 6144 Miraflores, Lima Perú Deepe Marketing Corporation No. 13 Bonifacio Drive Pasong Tamo Quezon City, Philippines Blum Polska Sp. z o.o. ul. Poznańska 16 62-020 Jasin k/Swarzędza Polska Luso Blum, Ferragens para Móveis, Unipessoal Lda. Av. dos Mourões, nº 191 São Felix da Marinha 4410-500 Vila Nova de Gaia, Portugal ULTIMATE HARDWARE SOLUTIONS LLC Building No. 1, Shop no 28, 30 Barwa Village, Doha, Qatar P.O.Box : 80815 BLUM ROMÂNIA S.R.L. Str. Zborului Nr. 2B, judeţul Ilfov, RO-075100 Otopeni, România OOO “Blum” ul. Brestskaja, 32/3, str. 2, Domodedovo RF-142030 Jam, Moskovskaja oblast Russian Federation Eurotec Co. for trading. Office No16, 1st floor, building No 3538 Prince Sultan Bin Abdulaziz Street, Al Sulaymaniyah Riyadh Saudi-Arabia Eurotec Co. for trading. Office No 2, 1st floor Riviera 1 building Dammam Saudi-Arabia Blum South East Asia Pte Ltd 150 Ubi Avenue 4 #02-01 Ubi Biz-Hub Singapore 408825

Telephone E-mail Internet

+64 3 379 4984 info.nz@blum.com www.blum.com

Mobil E-mail

+234 909 426 1828 roland.tannoury@dfwi.co

Telephone E-mail Internet

+47/32/127020 lars.ringlund@blum.com www.blum.com

Telephone Fax E-mail Internet Telephone Fax E-mail Internet Telephone Fax E-mail Internet Telephone E-mail Internet

+968 24592888 +968 24502400 blum@uhsgulf.com www.uhsgulf.com +971 4 3090600 +971 4 3355696 blum@ectratech.com www.ectratech.com +507 260-5503 +507 260-1440 info@fdcenter.center www.fdcenter.center +595 21 604 852 ztdistribuciones@ztdistribuciones.com.py www.ztdistribuciones.com.py

Telephone E-mail Internet

+511 4445271 info@mueblum.com www.mueblum.com

Telephone Telephone Fax E-mail Telephone E-mail Internet

+632 8932 7651 +632 8932 5401 +632 8932 3445 marketing@deepecorp.com.ph +48 61 895 1900 info.pl@blum.com www.blum.com

Telephone Fax E-mail Internet Telephone Fax E-mail Internet Telephone Fax E-mail Internet Telephone E-mail Internet

+351/22/7334200 +351/22/7334199 info.pt@blum.com www.blum.com +974 44631742 +974 44631964 blum@ectratech.com www.uhsgulf.com +40/21/3512103 +40/21/3512102 info.ro@blum.com www.blum.ro +7 495 727-06-11 info.ru@blum.com www.blum.com

Telephone E-mail

+966 1 4600180 info@eurotec.sa.com

Telephone E-mail

+966 1 38023088 info@eurotec.sa.com

Telephone Fax E-mail Internet

+65 6547 1760 +65 6547 1761 info.sg@blum.com www.blum.com

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Market Slovakia

Slovenia

South Africa

South Korea

Spain

Suriname

Sweden

Switzerland

Syria

Taiwan

Thailand

Tunisia

Turkey

U.A.E.

Ukraine

United Kingdom

Uruguay

Address Julius Blum GmbH Zastúpenie pre Slovensko Tuhovská 29 831 06 Bratislava, Slovakia Starman d.o.o. Poslovna cona Zeje pri Komendi Pod Brezami 2 1218 KOMENDA, SLOVENIA Blum South Africa (PTY) Ltd. 212 Katherine Street, (16 Bowling Avenue) Kramerville, Sandton Wendywood/Johannesburg 2144, South Africa Woobo International Co., Ltd. 103 Tapsil-ro, Giheung-gu, Yongin-si, Gyeonggi-do 17084 REPUBLIC OF KOREA TECNOMAK ESPAÑA, S.A. Polígon Industrial La Marina C/de la Creativitat, 5 08850 Gavà (Barcelona), SPAIN Ni-Ke Meubel & Interieur accessories Granaatstr. 2, Kristalstraat, Maretraite Paramaribo Suriname Blum Svenska AB Box 186, Wadmans Linje 4 561 23 Huskvarna Sweden Julius Blum GmbH, Beschlägefabrik Industriestraße 1 6973 Höchst Austria Sarraj Brothers for Trading Building No.3854/9 Al-Souq Al-Tijari, Al-Mazra’a Damascus SYRIA Utekuo Co. Ltd. No. 60, Sec. 1, Ho-Ping West Road Taipei City 10078 Taiwan Blue International Co. Ltd. 8, 10, 12 Soi Ramkhamhaeng 26/1 Ramkhamhaeng Rd. Huamak - Bangkapi, Bangkok 10240, Thailand PROMODAR SARL. SIÈGE SOCIAL Route de Sousse Km 7 2033 Ben Arous Tunisie Blum TR Mobilya Aksesuarları San. ve Tic. Ltd. Şti Gebze Güzeller Org. San. Bölgesi İnönü Mah. Farabi Cad. No.3 41490 Gebze-Kocaeli, TURKEY ULTIMATE HARDWARE SOLUTIONS LLC / ECTRATECH TRADING LLC Offices Land Building, Block 1, Showroom 1 Al Karama, Dubai, United Arab Emirates P.O.Box : 48913 TOV “Blum Ukrajina” vul. Dorozhna, 50, Lvivskyj rajon 81137 Pasiky-Zubrycki, Lvivska oblast Ukraine Blum UK Mandeville Drive, Kingston, Milton Keynes Buckinghamshire MK10 0AW United Kingdom Montecuir Av 8 de Octubre 4599 Montevideo Uruguay

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

Telephone E-mail Internet

+421 905 99 79 77 info.sk@blum.com www.blum.com

Telephone Fax E-mail Internet Telephone Fax E-mail Internet Telephone Fax E-mail Internet Telephone Fax E-mail Internet Telephone E-mail Internet

+386-1-7247-900 +386-1-7247-979 info@starman.si www.starman.si +27 11 444 8118 +27 11 4448117 enquiries.bza@blum.com www.blum.com +82 31 285 9491 +82 31 285 9419 woobointl@daum.net www.woobointl.com +34 934 491 497 +34 934 490 194 info@tecnomak.es www.tecnomak.es +597 452344 ni-ke@sr.net www.ni-ke.net

Telephone E-mail Internet

+46 36 387750 info.se@blum.com www.blum.se

Telephone Fax E-mail Internet Telephone E-mail

+43/5578/705-0 +43/5578/705-44 info@blum.com www.blum.com +963 114436086/3 tareq@sarrajco.net

Telephone Fax E-mail

+886/2/2368-9249 +886/2/2368-5089 utekuo@yahoo.com.tw

Telephone Fax E-mail Internet Telephone Fax E-mail

+66/2/3747755 +66/2/3749176 info@blue-inter.com www.blue-inter.com +216 31 397 900 +216 71 42 87 32 vente@promodar.com.tn

Telephone Fax E-mail Internet Telephone Fax E-mail Internet Telephone Fax E-mail Internet Telephone Fax E-mail Internet Telephone E-mail Internet

+ 90 262 7515025 +90 262 7515028 info.tr@blum.com www.blum.com.tr +971 4 3090600 +971 4 3355696 blum@ectratech.com www.ectratech.com +380 32 236 80 10 +380 32 236 80 11 info.ua@blum.com www.blum.ua +44/1908/285700 +44/1908/285701 info.uk@blum.com www.blum.com +598 2506 54 50 info@montecuir.com www.montecuir.com

725

Information

Information 〉 General Information 〉 Blum’s subsidiaries, representatives and contacts


Information 〉 General Information 〉 Blum’s subsidiaries, representatives and contacts

Market USA

Venezuela

Vietnam

Information

Vietnam

726

Address Blum Inc., Cabinet & Furniture Hardware Mfg. 7733 Old Plank Rd. Stanley, NC 28164 USA Importadora Eurocomponentes C.A. Ctra. Petare-St. Lucia, Local no. 1 Sector Piritu, Filas de Mariche Edo. Miranda, Caracas, Venezuela Blum Vietnam Co., Ltd Ground Floor, Saigon Mansion Building No. 3 Vo Van Tan Street, Vo Thi Sau Ward Dist. 3, HCM City, Vietnam 1st Floor, CT2 Building Trang An Complex, No.1 Phung Chi Kien Street Nghia Do Ward, Cau Giay District Hanoi, Vietnam

Telephone Toll-free (USA only) Fax E-mail Telephone Telephone E-mail Internet Telephone E-mail Internet

+1/704/8271345 1/800/4386788 +1/704/8270799 sales.us@blum.com +58 212 2454401 +58 424 1527126 info@eurocomponentes.net www.eurocomponentes.net (+84) 28 38 22 33 04 info.bvn@blum.com www.blum.com

Telephone E-mail Internet

(+84) 24 33 59 59 99 info.bvn@blum.com www.blum.com

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Information 〉 General Information 〉 Blum’s subsidiaries, representatives and contacts

Address

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

727

Information

Market


Information 〉 General Information 〉 Part No. Index

Part no. 171A5010 171A5040 171A5070 171A5500 173H7100

Information

173H7130 173L6100 173L6130 173L8100 173L8100.21 173L8130 173L8300 173L8330 174E6100.01 174E6130.01 174H7100E 174H7100I 174H710ZE 174H7130E 174H7130I 174H713ZE 174L6100.05 174L6130.05 175H3100 175H3130 175H4100 175H410Z 175H4130 175H5A00 175H5B00 175H7100 175H7130 175H7190 175H7190.22 175H9100 175H9130 175H9160 175H9190 175H9190.22 175L8100 175L8130 175L8190 175L8190.21 175M4C20N 177H3100 177H3100E 177H3100E10 177H3130 177H3130E 177H3130E10 193L6100 193L6130 193L8100 193L8100.21 194E6100.ED 194E6130.ED 194K6100E 195H7100 195H7130 195H7190 199.8130 209.093.7 20F2200.05 20F2500.05 20F2800.05 728

Page 119, 121, 123, 125, 129, 133, 135, 140, 141, 142, 143, 150 122, 125, 137, 138, 150 119, 123, 125, 126, 131, 133, 135, 136, 150 119, 122, 124, 126, 128, 130, 131, 133, 134, 136, 138, 140, 142, 150 119, 121, 122, 123, 124, 125, 126, 128, 129, 130, 131, 133, 134, 135, 136, 137, 138, 140, 141, 142, 143, 146 125, 128, 136, 138, 146 147 147 148 148 148 148 148 147 147 146 146 146 146 146 146 148 148 20, 21, 25, 54, 60, 144 144 145 145 145 25 24 147 147 92, 119, 122, 123, 124, 125, 128, 129, 131, 135, 136, 147 121, 125, 129, 130, 134, 147 147 147 85, 122, 123, 126, 129, 131, 134, 147 147 147 149 149 149 149 106, 108 20, 21, 25, 54, 145 20, 21, 25, 54, 60, 144 145 145 144 145 182 182 183 183 183 183 180, 184 182 182 182 178, 183 67, 241, 294 20, 24 20, 24 20, 24

Part no. 20F3200.01 20F3500.01 20F3800.01 20F3900.01 20F7011 20F7051 20F8020 20K1101 20K1101T 20K1301 20K1301T 20K1501 20K1501T 20K2B00.06 20K2B00T06 20K2C00.06 20K2C00T06 20K2E00.06 20K2E00T06 20K4101 20K4101A 20K41E1 20K4A00A02 20K5101 20K51E1 20K7A11 20K7A41 20L2100.05 20L2300.05 20L2500.05 20L2700.05 20L2900.05 20L3200.06 20L3500.06 20L3800.06 20L3900.06 20L8020 20Q1061UA 20Q1061UN 20Q153ZA 20Q153ZN 20S2A00.05 20S2B00.05 20S2C00.05 20S2D00.05 20S2E00.05 20S2F00.05 20S2G00.05 20S2H00.05 20S2I00.05 20S3500.06 20S4200 20S4200A 20S42T1 20S8020 21F8020 21FA000 21L3200.01 21L3500.01 21L3800.01 21L3900.01 21L8020 21S3500.01 21S8020 22K2300 22K2300T 22K2310 22K2310T 22K2500 22K2500T 22K2510

Page 20, 24 20, 24 20, 24 20, 24 21, 25 21, 25 20, 24 60 60 60 60 60 60 54 54 54 54 54 54 60 60 60 54 60 60 54 54 38 38 38 38 38 38 38 38 38 38 38 33 38 33 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 33, 38, 44, 48 33, 38, 44, 48 33, 38, 44, 48, 584 32 20, 24 20, 24, 33, 39 38 38 38 38 38 32 32 44 48 44 48 44 48 44

Part no. 22K2510T 22K2700 22K2700T 22K2710 22K2710T 22K2900 22K2900T 22K2910 22K2910T 22K8000 23K8000 23KA000 23P5020 295.1000 295.5300 295.5501 295.5600 295F5700 295H5700 298.3210.01 298.3230.01 298.5500 298.7600 303.756.1 314.928.1 320H3500C 320H3500C15 320H4000C 320H4000C15 320H4500C 320H4500C15 320H5000C 320H5000C15 320H5500C 320H5500C15 320K3500C 320K3500C15 320K4000C 320K4000C15 320K4500C 320K4500C15 320K5000C 320K5000C15 320K5500C 320K5500C15 320M0009.01 320M0048 320M0088 320M0188 320M2700C 320M2700C15 320M3500C 320M3500C15 320M4000C 320M4000C15 320M4500C 320M4500C15 320M5000C 320M5000C15 320M5500C 320M5500C15 320N2700C 320N2700C15 320N3500C 320N3500C15 320N4000C 320N4000C15 320N4500C

Page 48 44 48 44 48 44 48 44 48 44, 48 44 44 568 450, 452, 454, 456, 458, 460, 462, 464, 466, 468, 470, 472, 474, 476, 478, 480, 486 406 406 429 482 424, 482 407 407 450, 454, 466, 470, 487 418, 426, 508, 518 67, 155, 187, 241, 294, 345, 410, 431, 488 67, 155, 187, 241, 294, 345, 410, 431, 488 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 398 398 398 398 398 398 398 398 398 398 406, 407 407 407 407 396 396 396, 402, 404 396, 402, 404 396, 402, 404 396, 402, 404 396, 402, 404 396, 402, 404 396, 402, 404 396, 402, 404 396, 402, 404 396, 402, 404 394 394 394 394 394 394 394 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Part no. 320N4500C15 320N5000C 320N5000C15 320N5500C 320N5500C15 378K2702SA 378K3002SA 378K3502SA 378K4002SA 378K4502SA 378K5002SA 378K5502SA 378K6002SA 378K6502SA 378M2702SA 378M3002SA 378M3502SA 378M4002SA 378M4502SA 378M5002SA 378M5502SA 378M6002SA 378M6502SA 378N4002SA 378N4502SA 378N5002SA 378N5502SA 40.0110N 40.0200N 40.0620 40.0720 40.2000 40.2110 40.2120.02 42.0700.01 450.2701B 450.3001B 450.3501B 450.4001B 450.4501B 450.5001B 450.5501B 450.6001B 453.4501B 453.4501BZ 453.5001B 453.5001BZ 453.5501B 453.5501BZ 453.6001B 470K3002S

Page 394 394 394 394 394 312, 314, 324, 326 312, 314, 324, 326 312, 314, 324, 326 312, 314, 324, 326 312, 314, 324, 326 312, 314, 324, 326 312, 314, 324, 326 312, 314, 324, 326 312, 314, 324, 326 308, 310, 316, 318, 320, 322, 328, 330 308, 310, 316, 318, 320, 322, 328, 330, 332, 334 308, 310, 316, 318, 320, 322, 328, 330, 332, 334 308, 310, 316, 318, 320, 322, 328, 330, 332, 334 308, 310, 316, 318, 320, 322, 328, 330, 332, 334 308, 310, 316, 318, 320, 322, 328, 330, 332, 334 308, 310, 316, 318, 320, 322, 328, 330, 332, 334 308, 310, 316, 318, 320, 322, 328, 330, 332, 334 308, 310, 316, 318, 320, 322, 328, 330, 332, 334 306 306 306 306 588, 589 589 589 588 587 587 587 588 262, 264, 270, 272, 274, 276, 278, 298 262, 264, 266, 268, 270, 272, 274, 276, 278, 298 262, 264, 266, 268, 270, 272, 274, 276, 278, 298 260, 262, 264, 266, 268, 270, 272, 274, 276, 278, 298 260, 262, 264, 266, 268, 270, 272, 274, 276, 278, 282, 284, 298 260, 262, 264, 266, 268, 270, 272, 274, 276, 278, 282, 284, 298 260, 262, 264, 266, 268, 270, 272, 274, 276, 278, 282, 284, 298 262, 264, 266, 268, 270, 272, 274, 276, 278, 282, 284, 298 262, 264, 266, 268, 270, 272, 274, 276, 278, 282, 284, 298 280 262, 264, 266, 268, 270, 272, 274, 276, 278, 282, 284, 298 280 262, 264, 266, 268, 270, 272, 274, 276, 278, 282, 284, 298 280 262, 264, 266, 268, 270, 272, 274, 276, 278, 282, 284, 298 266, 268

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

Part no. 470K3502S 470K4002S 470K4502S 470K5002S 470K5502S 470K6002S 470M2702S 470M3002S 470M3502S 470M4002S 470M4502S 470M5002S 470M5502S 470M6002S 470N4002S 470N4502S 470N5002S 470N5502S 48N0510.02 48N0510.03 48N0610.02 48N0610.03 550F2700B 550F2700T 550F3000B 550F3000T 550F3500B 550F3500T 550F4000B 550F4000T 550F4500B 550F4500T 550F5000B 550F5000T 550F5500B 550F5500T 550F6000B 550F6000T 550F6500B 550F6500T 550H2700B 550H2700T 550H3000B 550H3000T 550H3500B 550H3500T 550H4000B 550H4000T 550H4500B 550H4500T 550H5000B 550H5000T 550H5500B 550H5500T 550H6000B 550H6000T 550H6500B 550H6500T 551F2601B 551F2601T 551F3101B 551F3101T 551F3601B 551F3601T 551F4101B

Page 266, 268 266, 268 266, 268 266, 268 266, 268 266, 268 262, 264, 270, 272, 274, 276, 278 262, 264, 270, 272, 274, 276, 278, 282, 284 262, 264, 270, 272, 274, 276, 278, 282, 284 262, 264, 270, 272, 274, 276, 278, 280, 282, 284 262, 264, 270, 272, 274, 276, 278, 280, 282, 284 262, 264, 270, 272, 274, 276, 278, 280, 282, 284 262, 264, 270, 272, 274, 276, 278, 282, 284 262, 264, 270, 272, 274, 276, 278, 282, 284 260 260 260 260 586 586 586 586 470 472 470 472 470 472 470 472 470 472 470 472 470 472 470 472 470 472 454 456 454 456 454 456 454 456 454 456 454 456 454 456 454 456 454 456 478 480 478 480 478 480 478

Part no. 551F4101T 551F4601B 551F4601T 551F5101B 551F5101T 551F5601B 551F5601T 551H2601B 551H2601T 551H2851B 551H2851T 551H3101B 551H3101T 551H3351B 551H3351T 551H3601B 551H3601T 551H3851B 551H3851T 551H4101B 551H4101T 551H4351B 551H4351T 551H4601B 551H4601T 551H4851B 551H4851T 551H5101B 551H5101T 551H5351B 551H5351T 551H5601B 551H5601T 560F2500B 560F2500C 560F2700B 560F2700C 560F3000B 560F3000C 560F3500B 560F3500C 560F4000B 560F4000C 560F4500B 560F4500C 560F5000B 560F5000C 560F5500B 560F5500C 560F6000B 560F6000C 560H2500B 560H2500C 560H2700B 560H2700C 560H3000B 560H3000C 560H3200B 560H3200C 560H3500B 560H3500C 560H3800B 560H3800C 560H4000B 560H4000C 560H4200B 560H4200C 560H4500B 560H4500C 560H4800B 560H4800C

Page 480 478 480 478 480 478 480 462 464 462 464 462 464 462 464 462 464 462 464 462 464 462 464 462 464 462 464 462 464 462 464 462 464 466 468 466 468 466 468 466 468 466 468 466 468 466 468 466 468 466 468 450 452 450 452 450 452 450 452 450 452 450 452 450 452 450 452 450 452 450 452

729

Information

Information 〉 General Information 〉 Part No. Index


Information 〉 General Information 〉 Part No. Index

Part no. 560H5000B 560H5000C 560H5200B 560H5200C 560H5500B 560H5500C 560H6000B 560H6000C 561F2601B 561F2601C 561F3101B 561F3101C 561F3601B 561F3601C 561F4101B 561F4101C 561F4601B 561F4601C 561F5101B 561F5101C 561F5601B 561F5601C 561H2601B 561H2601C 561H2851B 561H2851C 561H3101B 561H3101C 561H3351B 561H3351C 561H3601B 561H3601C 561H3851B 561H3851C 561H4101B 561H4101C 561H4351B 561H4351C 561H4601B 561H4601C 561H4851B 561H4851C 561H5101B 561H5101C 561H5351B 561H5351C 561H5601B 561H5601C 576.4501M 576.5001M 576.5501M 576.6001M 576.6501M 578.2701M 578.3001M 578.3501M 578.4001M

Information

578.4501M

730

Page 450 452 450 452 450 452 450 452 474 476 474 476 474 476 474 476 474 476 474 476 474 476 458 460 458 460 458 460 458 460 458 460 458 460 458 460 458 460 458 460 458 460 458 460 458 460 458 460 308, 310, 312, 314, 316, 318, 320, 322, 324, 326, 328, 330, 352 308, 310, 312, 314, 316, 318, 320, 322, 324, 326, 328, 330, 352 308, 310, 312, 314, 316, 318, 320, 322, 324, 326, 328, 330, 352 308, 310, 312, 314, 316, 318, 320, 322, 324, 326, 328, 330, 332, 334, 352 308, 310, 312, 314, 316, 318, 320, 322, 324, 326, 328, 330, 332, 334, 352 308, 310, 312, 314, 316, 318, 320, 322, 324, 326, 328, 330, 352 308, 310, 312, 314, 316, 318, 320, 322, 324, 326, 328, 330, 352 308, 310, 312, 314, 316, 318, 320, 322, 324, 326, 328, 330, 352 306, 308, 310, 312, 314, 316, 318, 320, 322, 324, 326, 328, 330, 352 306, 308, 310, 312, 314, 316, 318, 320, 322, 324, 326, 328, 330, 332, 334, 352

Part no. 578.5001M 578.5501M 578.6001M 609.1500

609.1700

61D.1500 61R.1500 623.882.2 65.055A 65.059A 65.0801 65.0803 65.0807 65.1000.01 65.1001.01 65.1051.02 65.1106 65.1107 65.2950 65.3300 65.4500.01 65.4510 65.5000 65.5010 65.5040 65.5070 65.5210.01 65.5300* 65.5340.01 65.5627 65.5631 65.5810.03 65.6100 65.7500.03 65.7510.03 65.7590 65.8000 660.0950 661.1000.HG 661.1150.HG 661.1300.HG

Page 306, 308, 310, 312, 314, 316, 318, 320, 322, 324, 326, 328, 330, 332, 334, 352 306, 308, 310, 312, 314, 316, 318, 320, 322, 324, 326, 328, 330, 332, 334, 352 308, 310, 312, 314, 316, 318, 320, 322, 324, 326, 328, 330, 332, 334, 352 66, 74, 76, 78, 80, 82, 86, 88, 90, 94, 96, 108, 112, 114, 118, 120, 122, 124, 126, 128, 130, 132, 134, 136, 138, 154, 176, 178, 180, 186, 194, 196, 200, 204, 210, 212, 218, 220, 222, 240, 260, 262, 264, 266, 268, 270, 272, 274, 276, 278, 282, 284, 293, 344, 409, 424, 430, 482, 487 66, 74, 76, 78, 80, 82, 86, 88, 90, 94, 96, 108, 112, 114, 118, 120, 122, 124, 126, 128, 130, 132, 134, 136, 138, 154, 176, 178, 180, 186, 194, 196, 200, 204, 210, 212, 218, 220, 222, 240, 260, 262, 266, 270, 272, 274, 282, 284, 293, 344, 409, 430, 487 194, 196, 198, 200, 202, 204, 206, 208, 210, 212, 214, 216, 218, 220, 222, 240 260, 262, 264, 266, 268, 270, 272, 274, 276, 278, 282, 293 67, 241, 294 652, 663 652, 663 653, 695 653, 691 653, 691 652, 677 677 652, 658 677 658 653, 688 652, 672 653, 679 679 652, 667 652, 666 652, 676 652, 665 653, 687 652, 664 653, 689 298, 352, 653, 694 246, 436, 653, 693 653, 690 653, 681 652, 678 678 678 653, 696 66, 154 66, 154, 186, 240, 293, 344, 409, 430, 487 66, 154, 186, 240, 293, 344, 409, 430, 487 66, 154, 186, 240, 293, 344, 409, 430, 487

Part no. 661.1450.HG

661.2000.HG 662.1150.HG 662.1300.HG 662.1450.HG 664.3500 70.1503 70.1503.BP 70.1553 70.1553.BP 70.1663 70.1663.BP 70.4503 70.4503.BP 70.6103 70M2550.TL 70M2580.TL 70M2650.TL 70M2750.TL 70T1504 70T3504 70T3507.21 70T3550.TL 70T3553 70T3580.TL 70T3590.TL 70T3650.TL 70T3690.TL 70T3750.TL 70T3790.TL 70T4500CTL 70T4503 70T4503.09 70T4504 70T4532T 70T453T.TL 70T4568C 70T5550.TL 70T5590BTL 70T6540BTL 70T6550.TL 70T6650.TL 70T7504 70T7550.TL 70T7553 70T7553.09 70T7590.TL 70T7650.TL 70T7690.TL 70T950A.TL 70T9550.TL 70T9580.TL 70T9590BTL 70T9650.TL 70T9690BTL 70T9750.TL 70T9790BTL 71B3550

Page 66, 154, 186, 194, 196, 198, 200, 202, 204, 206, 208, 210, 212, 214, 216, 218, 220, 222, 240, 260, 262, 264, 266, 268, 270, 272, 274, 276, 278, 282, 284, 293, 344, 409, 424, 430, 482, 487 66, 154, 186, 240, 293, 344, 409, 430, 487 409 409 409 66 74, 76, 78, 94, 96, 114, 120, 151 74, 76, 78, 94, 96, 114, 120, 151 88, 98, 100, 110, 112, 118, 122, 124, 126, 128, 130, 132, 134, 136, 138, 151, 152 88, 98, 100, 110, 112, 118, 122, 124, 126, 128, 130, 132, 134, 136, 138, 151, 152 74, 78, 88, 98, 100, 108, 132, 151 74, 78, 88, 98, 100, 108, 132, 151 82, 90, 102, 104, 106, 140, 142, 151 82, 90, 102, 104, 106, 140, 142, 151 86 80 80 80 80 78, 88, 94, 108, 118, 120, 122, 124, 126, 128, 130, 132, 134, 136, 138, 153 74, 76, 78, 88, 94, 96, 108, 118, 120, 122, 124, 126, 128, 130, 132, 134, 136, 138, 153, 178, 180, 185 74, 76, 78, 82, 88, 90, 152 60, 74 61, 74, 76 74 60, 74 74 74 74 74 104, 106, 142 102, 104, 106 102, 104, 106 102, 140, 153 584 102, 140, 584 104, 106, 142 21 21 86 86 86 82, 90, 153 82 82, 85, 90, 93 82 82 82 82 100 88, 132 88 88, 132 88, 132 88, 132 88, 108, 132 88, 132 60, 74 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Part no. 71B3580 71B3590 71B3650 71B3680 71B3690 71B3750 71B3780 71B3790 71B4500C 71B453T 71B7550 71B7550D 71B7580 71B7580D 71B7590 71B7650 71B7690 71B950A 71B9550 71B9580 71B9590 71B960A 71B9650 71B9680 71B9690 71B970A 71B9750 71B9780 71B9790 71M2550 71M2580 71M2590B 71M2650 71M2680 71M2690B 71M2750 71M2780 71M2790B 71T0550 71T0650 71T0750 71T3550 71T3580 71T3590 71T3650 71T3680 71T3690 71T3750 71T3780 71T3790 71T4500C 71T453T 71T6540B 71T6550 71T6580 71T6640B 71T6650 71T6680 71T7550 71T7580 71T7590 71T7650 71T950A 71T950AB 71T9550 71T9580 71T9590B 71T960A 71T9650 71T9690B 71T970A

Page 74 60, 74 74 74 74 74 74 74 104, 106, 142 102, 140, 584 82 90 82 90 82 82 82 98 88, 132 88 88, 132 98 88, 132 88 88, 132 98 88, 108, 132 88 88, 108, 132 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 112 112 112 74 74 74 74 74 74 74 74 74 104, 106, 142 102, 140, 584 86 86 86 86 86 86 82 82 82 82 100 100 88, 132 88 88, 132 100 88, 132 88, 132 100

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

Part no. 71T9750 71T9790B 72T3550.TL 72T3590.TL 72T550A.TL 72T5550.TL 72T5590BTL 73B3550 73B3580 73B3590 73T3550 73T3580 73T3590 740.749.1 74.1103 74T1550.TL 74T1590BTL 74T1650.TL 74T1750.TL 750.2701S 750.2701T 750.3001S 750.3001T 750.3501S 750.3501T 750.4001S 750.4001T 750.4501S 750.4501T 750.5001S 750.5001T 750.5501S 750.5501T 750.6001S 750.6001T 753.4501S 753.4501T 753.5001S 753.5001T 753.5501S 753.5501T 753.6001S 753.6001T 753.6501S 753.6501T 75B1550 75B1580 75B1650 75B1680 75B1750 75B1780 75T1550 75T1580 75T1590B 75T1650

Page 88, 132 88, 132 76 76 25 21 21 76 76 76 76 76 76 67 78 78 78 78 78 196, 198, 204, 206, 208, 246 252 196, 198, 200, 202, 204, 206, 208, 246 252 196, 198, 200, 202, 204, 206, 208, 212, 214, 216, 218, 220, 246 252 194, 196, 198, 200, 202, 204, 206, 208, 210, 212, 214, 216, 218, 220, 246 252 194, 196, 198, 200, 202, 204, 206, 208, 210, 212, 214, 216, 218, 220, 222, 246 252 194, 196, 198, 200, 202, 204, 206, 208, 210, 212, 214, 216, 218, 220, 222, 246 252 194, 196, 198, 200, 202, 204, 206, 208, 210, 212, 214, 216, 218, 220, 222, 246 252 196, 198, 200, 202, 204, 206, 208, 210, 212, 214, 216, 218, 220, 222, 246 252 196, 198, 200, 202, 204, 206, 208, 210, 212, 214, 216, 222, 246 252 196, 198, 200, 202, 204, 206, 208, 210, 212, 214, 216, 222, 246 252 196, 198, 200, 202, 204, 206, 208, 210, 212, 214, 216, 222, 246 252 196, 198, 200, 202, 204, 206, 208, 210, 212, 214, 216, 222, 246 252 196, 198, 204, 206, 208, 210, 212, 214, 216, 222, 246 252 78 78 78 78 78 78 78 78 78 78

Part no. 75T1680 75T1690B 75T1750 75T1780 75T1790B 75T4100 75T4200 75T4300 760H2500S 760H2500T 760H2700S 760H2700T 760H3000S 760H3000T 760H3200S 760H3200T 760H3500S 760H3500SU 760H3500T 760H3800S 760H3800T 760H4000S 760H4000SU 760H4000T 760H4200S 760H4200T 760H4500S 760H4500SU 760H4500T 760H4800S 760H4800T 760H5000S 760H5000SU 760H5000T 760H5200S 760H5200T 760H5500S 760H5500T 760H6000S 760H6000T 766H4500S 766H4500T 766H5000S 766H5000T 766H5200S 766H5200T 766H5500S 766H5500T 766H5800S 766H5800T 766H6000S 766H6000T 766H6500S 766H7000S 766H7000T 766H7500S 766H7500T 770.0008 770C0009 770C2701S 770C2702I 770C2702S 770C3001S 770C3002I 770C3002S 770C3501S 770C3502I 770C3502S 770C4001S 770C4002I 770C4002S

Page 78 78 78 78 78 110 110 110 418 442 418, 436 442 418, 436 442 418, 436 442 418, 436 420, 422 442 418, 436 442 418, 436 420, 422 442 418, 436 442 418, 436 420, 422 442 418, 436 442 418, 436 420, 422 442 418, 436 442 418, 436 442 418, 436 442 418, 436 442 418, 436 442 418, 436 442 418, 436 442 418, 436 442 418, 436 442 418, 436 418, 436 442 418, 436 442 236 233, 236 232 204, 206, 208 204, 206, 208 232 204, 206, 208 204, 206, 208 232 204, 206, 208, 220 204, 206, 208, 220 232 204, 206, 208, 220 204, 206, 208, 220

731

Information

Information 〉 General Information 〉 Part No. Index


Information

Information 〉 General Information 〉 Part No. Index

Part no. 770C4501S 770C4502I 770C4502S 770C5001S 770C5002I 770C5002S 770C5501S 770C5502I 770C5502S 770C6001S 770C6002I 770C6002S 770C6501S 770C6502I 770C6502S 770CxxxAI 770CxxxAS 770CxxxASGC 770F0009 770F4001S 770F4002I 770F4002S 770F4501S 770F4502I 770F4502S 770F5001S 770F5002I 770F5002S 770F5501S 770F5502I 770F5502S 770F6001S 770F6002I 770F6002S 770F6501S 770F6502I 770F6502S 770FxxxAI 770FxxxAS 770FxxxASGC 770K0009 770K3001S 770K3002S 770K3501S 770K3502I 770K3502S 770K4001S 770K4002I 770K4002S 770K4501S 770K4502I 770K4502S 770K5001S 770K5002I 770K5002S 770K5501S 770K5502I 770K5502S 770K6001S 770K6002S 770KxxxAI 770KxxxAS 770KxxxASGC 770M0009 770M2701S 770M2702I 770M2702S 770M3001S 770M3002I 770M3002S 770M3501S 732

Page 232 204, 206, 208, 220, 222 204, 206, 208, 220, 222 232 204, 206, 208, 220, 222 204, 206, 208, 220, 222 232 204, 206, 208, 220, 222 204, 206, 208, 220, 222 232 204, 206, 208, 220, 222 204, 206, 208, 220, 222 232 204, 206, 208, 222 204, 206, 208, 222 233 233 233 233, 236 232 210 210 232 210 210 232 210 210 232 210 210 232 210 210 232 210 210 233 233 233 233, 236 232 200, 202 232 200, 202 200, 202 232 200, 202 200, 202 232 200, 202 200, 202 232 200, 202 200, 202 232 200, 202 200, 202 232 200, 202 233 233 233 233, 236 232 196, 198 196, 198 232 196, 198, 222 196, 198, 222 232

Part no. Page 770M3502I 196, 198, 218, 222 770M3502S 196, 198, 218, 222 770M4001S 232 770M4002I 196, 198, 218, 222 770M4002S 196, 198, 218, 222 770M4501S 232 770M4502I 196, 198, 218, 222 770M4502S 196, 198, 218, 222 770M5001S 232 770M5002I 196, 198, 218, 222 770M5002S 196, 198, 218, 222 770M5501S 232 770M5502I 196, 198, 218 770M5502S 196, 198, 218 770M6001S 232 770M6002I 196, 198, 218 770M6002S 196, 198, 218 770M6501S 232 770M6502I 196, 198 770M6502S 196, 198 770MxxxAI 233 770MxxxAS 233 770MxxxASGC 233 770N4002S 194 770N4502I 194 770N4502S 194 770N5002I 194 770N5002S 194 770N5502S 194 770Xxxx1I 235 770Xxxx1S 234, 235, 236 770XxxxAI 234 770XxxxAIL 235 770XxxxAIR 234, 235 770XxxxAS 234 770XxxxASR 234, 235, 236 780C0009 212, 214, 216, 228 780C3502I 212, 214, 216 780C3502S 212, 214, 216 780C4002I 212, 214, 216 780C4002S 212, 214, 216 780C4502I 212, 214, 216 780C4502S 212, 214, 216 780C5002I 212, 214, 216 780C5002S 212, 214, 216 780C5502I 212, 214, 216 780C5502S 212, 214, 216 780C6002I 212, 214, 216 780C6002S 212, 214, 216 780C6502I 212, 214, 216 780C6502S 212, 214, 216 78A5450.T 138 78A5451.T 136 78A5453.T 134 78A9454.T 130 78A9456.T 126 78A9458.T 122 78A9555.T 128 78A9556.T 124 78A9658.T 118 78T5550 120 78T9550.83 94 78T9550.TL 94 78Z5500T 21 78Z5500T12 28 78Z550AT 25 78Z550AT11 28 78Z5530T11 28 78Z553ET 21 79B3450 138 79B3451 136

Part no. 79B3453 79B3490 79B3491 79B3493 79B3558 79B3598 79B9454 79B9456 79B9458 79B9494 79B9496 79B9498 79B9550 79B9550.83 79B9555 79B9556 79B9580 79B9590 79B9595 79B9596 79B9658 79B9698 79B9950 79B9980 79B9990 79T8500 79T8530 80.6507 80.6507.BP 84.4120 84.4140 90M2503 90M2503.BP 90M2603 91K9550 91K9580 91M2550 91M2580 91M2650 91M2750 94M3603 94M3603.BP 956.1004

956.1201 956A1004

956A1006

956A1201 956A1501 970.1002 970.1201 970.1501 970.15E1 970.1701 970.2501 970.5201 970.5501 970.55E1 970.5701 970.6701 970A1002 971A0500 971A05E0

Page 134 138 136 134 120 120 130 126 122 130 126 122 94 94 128 124 94 94 128 124 118 118 96 96 96 114 114 86, 151 86, 151 110 110 80, 151, 176, 178, 185 80, 151, 176, 178, 185 176, 185 180 180 176 176 176 176 80, 151 80, 151 48, 50, 54, 56, 60, 64, 74, 76, 78, 80, 82, 86, 88, 94, 100, 102, 104, 108, 118, 120, 122, 124, 126, 128, 130, 132, 134, 136, 138, 140, 142, 172 48, 51, 54, 57, 61, 65, 173 74, 76, 78, 80, 82, 86, 88, 94, 100, 102, 104, 108, 118, 120, 122, 124, 126, 128, 130, 132, 134, 136, 138, 140, 142, 172 74, 76, 78, 80, 82, 86, 88, 94, 100, 102, 104, 108, 110, 112, 118, 120, 122, 124, 126, 128, 130, 132, 134, 136, 138, 140, 142, 172 173 48, 51, 54, 57, 61, 65, 173 114, 158, 166 168 168 168 168 169 168 168 168 168 169 110, 112, 158, 164 162 162 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Part no. 971A0700 971A2500 971Axxxx 973A0500.01 973A0600 973A0700 973A6000 993.0530 993.0830.01 993.2000 993.706 993.710 99B9550 M01.ZB02.D2 M01.ZB02.D3 M01.ZB03.02 M01.ZB03.03 M01.ZB05.02 M01.ZB05.03 M01.ZB05.D2 M01.ZB05.D3 M01.ZB08.02 M01.ZB08.03 M01.ZB08.OS M01.ZB10.02 M01.ZB10.03 M01.ZB10.T2 M01.ZB10.T3 M01.ZB20.02 M01.ZB20.03 M01.ZB25.02 M01.ZB26.02 M01.ZB28.02 M01.ZB35.02 M01.ZB35.OS M01.ZZ03.01 M01.ZZB3 M30.1304.02 M30.1313.UM M31.1000 M31.1900 M31.2000 M31.ZB08.02 M31.ZB35.02 M35.7200.01 M35.ZM01 M35.ZT01 M35.ZW40 M51.0802 M52.1050* M53.0720 M53.1000* M53.1000.01 M53.1050* M53.1050.01 M54.2117 M70.2000 M70E2000 M75.2000

Page 162 162 110, 112, 158 80, 100, 158, 160 80, 158, 160 80, 158, 160 86, 158, 160 67, 360, 372, 376, 380, 494, 500, 504, 508, 514 67, 360, 372, 376, 380, 494, 500, 504, 508, 514 508, 518 67, 154, 186, 241, 293, 344, 410, 430, 487 66, 154, 186, 240, 293, 344, 409, 430, 487 178 618, 619, 620, 621, 622, 634, 635, 636, 637, 638, 642 618, 619, 620, 621, 622, 634, 635, 636, 637, 638, 642 624, 638, 639, 642 624, 638, 639, 642 618, 619, 620, 622, 623, 624, 634, 635, 636, 637, 638, 639, 642 618, 619, 620, 621, 622, 624, 634, 635, 636, 637, 638, 639, 642 642 642 618, 619, 622, 623, 634, 635, 637, 642 618, 620, 623, 634, 636, 642 642 618, 620, 621, 622, 623, 634, 636, 637, 638, 642 618, 620, 621, 622, 623, 634, 636, 637, 638, 642 643 643 622, 637, 643 643 622, 623, 638, 643 620, 636, 643 623, 638, 643 618, 619, 620, 634, 635, 636, 643 619, 635, 643 66, 154, 186, 240, 293, 344, 409, 430, 487, 646, 647, 648, 649, 672 66, 154, 186, 240, 293, 344, 409, 430, 487 628, 632 628, 632 652, 661 661 652, 662 661 661, 662 652, 668 668 668 668 628 631 628 627 627 627 627 628 615 611 615

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

Part no. M75.2910 M75.2920 M75.ZB05.02 M75.ZB05.L2 M75.ZB05.L3 M75.ZB08.02 M75.ZB08.03 M75.ZB08.L2 M75.ZB08.L3 M75.ZB10.02 M75.ZB10.03 M75.ZB10.L2 M75.ZB10.L3 M75E2000 MZA.2600 MZA.5200 MZA.5300 MZD.2000 MZD.2700 MZD.2V00 MZD.5000 MZD.5700 MZE.1300 MZE.2110 MZF.1000.01 MZF.1010 MZF.1020 MZF.1030 MZF.1050 MZF.2000 MZK.1120 MZK.1130 MZK.190S MZK.2000.01 MZK.2008.02 MZK.2023 MZK.2024 MZK.210S MZK.211S MZK.2124 MZK.220S MZK.220S.01 MZK.224S.01 MZK.2400.01 MZK.2810.03 MZK.880S MZL.1250 MZL.2000 MZL.2010 MZL.2060 MZL.2080 MZL.2090 MZL.2090.03 MZL.2500 MZM.0040 MZM.0050 MZM.0053 MZM.0061.01 MZM.0070 MZM.0071 MZM.0077 MZM.0078 MZM.0092.01 MZM.0093.02 MZM.0095 MZM.0292.01 MZR.1000 MZR.1200 MZR.2000

Page 612, 616 612, 616 623 643 643 623 623 643 643 623 623 620, 621, 643 643 611 612, 616 632 628 627, 641 611 612, 627, 641 627, 641 611 628 628 628, 632 628, 632 628, 632 612, 616, 628, 632 612, 616, 628, 632 612, 616 628, 632 628, 632 627, 631, 635, 638 611, 615, 618, 620 612, 616, 618, 619, 620, 622, 623 612, 616 612, 616 611, 615, 618, 619, 620, 621, 622, 623 611, 615, 618, 619, 620, 621, 623 619, 622, 623 619 611, 615, 619, 621, 622 611, 615, 622 611, 615, 623 611, 615, 619, 622, 623, 624 627, 631, 634, 635, 636, 637, 638 628, 632 616, 618, 619, 620, 621, 622, 623, 624 616, 618, 620, 622 616, 620, 621, 623 616, 624 616 616 628, 632 74, 76, 78, 80, 82, 86, 88, 90, 94, 96, 114, 176, 180, 620, 636, 642 618, 620, 634, 636, 642 145, 618, 619, 620, 634, 636, 642 148, 618, 620, 634, 636, 642 588, 589, 623, 638, 642 589, 623, 638, 642 588, 623, 638, 642 586, 623, 638, 642 637, 642 637, 642 622, 637, 642 642 628, 632 616 628, 632

Part no. MZR.5300.02 MZS.1000 MZS.1020 MZS.2000 MZV.2E00 MZV.3700 MZW.1300 T51.1700.04 T51.7000.01 T51.7601 T55.000R T55.1089ZR T55.7150S T55.882W T55.889W T57.1140S T57.7400.01 T60.000D T60.1125W T60.300D T60B000H T60B3030 T60B3130 T60B3330 T60B3530 T60B3560 T60H4040 T60H4140 T60H4340 T60H4540 T60H4570 T60L7040 T60L7140 T60L7340 T60L7540 T60L7570 T60L9340 T60L9540 T65.1000.02 T65.1100 T65.5090 T65.9000 Z10A3000.03 Z10A3006 Z10A3H00 Z10C5005 Z10C5007 Z10C500A Z10D01E0.01 Z10D01EA.01 Z10D0311 Z10D0316 Z10D5210 Z10D6252 Z10K0009 Z10K008S Z10K050S Z10K120S Z10K160S Z10K300A Z10K800AE Z10M200A

Page 628 616, 618, 619, 620, 621, 622, 623, 624, 628, 632 632 616, 623, 628, 632, 634, 635, 636, 637, 638, 639 627, 632, 641 612, 616 661 450, 452, 454, 456, 466, 468, 470, 472 422, 427 418, 420, 422, 436, 442 452, 460, 468, 476 452, 460, 468, 476 452, 460, 468, 476 468, 476 452, 460 456, 464, 472, 480 252, 442 246, 298, 352, 436 246, 298, 352, 436 246, 298, 352, 436 352, 354 352 352 352 352 352 298 298 298 298 298 246, 436 246, 436 246, 436 246, 436 246, 436 246 246 652, 673 652, 674 677 673, 674 360, 366, 372, 376, 380, 494, 500, 504, 508, 514, 518 360, 366, 376, 380 360, 366, 376, 380 570 568 564, 566, 568, 570 360, 366, 494, 518 360, 366, 494, 518 372, 500, 504, 508 372, 500 376, 508 380, 514 21, 25, 33, 39, 45, 361, 367, 373, 377, 381, 388, 495, 501, 505, 509, 515, 519, 524, 566, 568 361, 388, 495, 504, 524 361, 388, 495, 504, 524 361, 388, 495, 504, 524 361, 388, 495, 504, 524 566, 568 21, 25, 33, 39, 45, 360, 366, 372, 376, 380, 494, 500, 504, 508, 514, 518 20, 24, 33, 39, 45, 361, 367, 372, 376, 380, 494, 500, 504, 508, 514, 518, 566, 568, 641 733

Information

Information 〉 General Information 〉 Part No. Index


Information 〉 General Information 〉 Part No. Index

Part no. Z10M200B Z10M200C Z10M200D Z10M200E Z10M200E.OS Z10M200H Z10M200I Z10M200J Z10M200K Z10M200L Z10M200N Z10M200S.01 Z10M200T Z10M200U Z10M200Z

Information

Z10NA30BA Z10NA30BAF Z10NA30EA Z10NA30EAF Z10NA30EB Z10NA30EBF Z10NA30EC Z10NA30ECF Z10NA30ED Z10NA30EDF Z10NA30EE Z10NA30EEF Z10NA30EF Z10NA30EFF Z10NA30HD Z10NA30KD Z10NA30KDF Z10NA30UG Z10NA30UGF Z10NA30UJ Z10NA30xy Z10NA30xyF Z10NE030A

734

Page 20, 24, 33, 39, 45, 361, 367, 372, 376, 380, 494, 500, 504, 508, 514, 518, 566, 568, 641 20, 24, 33, 39, 45, 361, 367, 372, 376, 380, 494, 500, 504, 508, 514, 518, 566, 568, 641 20, 24, 33, 39, 45, 361, 367, 372, 376, 380, 494, 500, 504, 508, 514, 518, 566, 568, 641 20, 24, 33, 39, 45, 361, 367, 372, 376, 380, 494, 500, 504, 508, 514, 518, 566, 568, 641 20, 24, 33, 39, 45, 361, 367, 372, 376, 380, 494, 500, 504, 508, 514, 518, 566, 568 20, 24, 33, 39, 45, 361, 367, 372, 376, 380, 494, 500, 504, 508, 514, 518, 566, 568, 641 20, 24, 33, 39, 45, 361, 367, 372, 376, 380, 494, 500, 504, 508, 514, 518, 566, 568, 641 20, 24, 33, 39, 45, 361, 367, 372, 376, 380, 494, 500, 504, 508, 514, 518, 566, 568, 641 20, 24, 33, 39, 45, 361, 367, 372, 376, 380, 494, 500, 504, 508, 514, 518, 566, 568, 641 20, 24, 33, 39, 45, 361, 367, 372, 376, 380, 494, 500, 504, 508, 514, 518, 566, 568, 641 20, 24, 33, 39, 45, 361, 367, 372, 376, 380, 494, 500, 504, 508, 514, 518, 566, 568, 641 20, 24, 33, 39, 45, 361, 367, 372, 376, 380, 494, 500, 504, 508, 514, 518, 566, 568 20, 24, 33, 39, 45, 361, 367, 372, 376, 380, 494, 500, 504, 508, 514, 518, 566, 568, 641 20, 24, 33, 39, 45, 361, 367, 372, 376, 380, 494, 500, 504, 508, 514, 518, 566, 568, 641 20, 24, 33, 39, 45, 361, 367, 372, 376, 380, 494, 500, 504, 508, 514, 518, 566, 568, 641 384, 522 21, 25, 33, 39, 45, 564, 570 384, 522 21, 25, 33, 39, 45, 564, 570 384, 522 21, 25, 33, 39, 45, 564, 570 384, 522 21, 25, 33, 39, 45, 564, 570 384, 522 21, 25, 33, 39, 45, 564, 570 384, 522 21, 25, 33, 39, 45, 564, 570 384, 522 21, 25, 33, 39, 45, 564, 570 384, 522 384, 522 21, 25, 33, 39, 45, 564, 570 384, 522 21, 25, 33, 39, 45, 564, 570 384, 522 718, 719 718, 719 20, 24, 33, 39, 44, 360, 367, 372, 376, 380, 494, 500, 504, 508, 514, 518, 566, 568

Part no. Z10NE030B Z10NE030C Z10NE030D Z10NE030E Z10NE030F Z10NE030G Z10NE030H Z10NE030J Z10NG000 Z10NG120 Z10T1143B Z10T1170A Z10T393Wxy1 Z10T443Wxy1 Z10T493Wxy1 Z10T543Wxy1 Z10T650AA Z10T700AA Z10T710AA Z10T743Wxy1 Z10T750AA Z10T800AA Z10T843Wxy1 Z10T__3Wxy1 Z10V100E.01 Z10ZC00A Z30B000S.04 Z30C000S Z30C000S.22 Z30CxxxS.6 Z30D000S.22 Z30D000SL Z30DxxxS.6 Z30K000S Z30KxxxS.6 Z30M000S.04 Z30M383S0W Z30M389S0W Z30M433S0W Z30M439S0W Z30M483S0W Z30M489S0W Z30M533S0W Z30M539S0W Z30M733S0W Z30M833S0W Z30M839S0W Z30MxxxS.6 Z30N000S.04 Z30NxxxS.6 Z31L1036A

Page 20, 24, 33, 39, 44, 360, 367, 372, 376, 380, 494, 500, 504, 508, 514, 518, 566, 568 20, 24, 33, 39, 44, 360, 367, 372, 376, 380, 494, 500, 504, 508, 514, 518, 566, 568 20, 24, 33, 39, 44, 360, 367, 372, 376, 380, 494, 500, 504, 508, 514, 518, 566, 568 20, 24, 33, 39, 44, 360, 367, 372, 376, 380, 494, 500, 504, 508, 514, 518, 566, 568 20, 24, 33, 39, 44, 360, 367, 372, 376, 380, 494, 500, 504, 508, 514, 518, 566, 568 20, 24, 33, 39, 44, 360, 367, 372, 376, 380, 494, 500, 504, 508, 514, 518, 566, 568 20, 24, 33, 39, 44, 360, 367, 372, 376, 380, 494, 500, 504, 508, 514, 518, 566, 568 20, 24, 33, 39, 44, 360, 367, 372, 376, 380, 494, 500, 504, 508, 514, 518, 566, 568 361, 367, 372, 377, 380, 495, 500, 504, 509, 514, 519, 566, 568 20, 24, 33, 39, 44, 361, 367, 372, 377, 380, 495, 500, 504, 509, 514, 519, 566, 568 376, 508 360, 366, 494, 518 386 386 386 386 360, 366, 494, 518 360, 366, 494, 518 360, 366, 494, 518 386 360, 366, 494, 518 360, 366, 494, 518 386 718, 719 21, 25, 33, 39, 45, 360, 366, 372, 376, 380, 494, 500, 504, 508, 514, 518, 566, 568 361, 377, 381, 388, 495, 524 343 316, 318, 328 332 340 334 320, 322, 324, 326, 330 340 312, 314 340 308, 310, 332, 334 386 386 386 386 386 386 386 386 386 386 386 340 306 340 310, 314, 318, 322, 326

Part no. Z36H367SE01 Z36H417SE01 Z36H467SE01 Z36H517SE01 Z40C0002Z Z40D0002Z Z40L0002 Z40L1077A Z40L152A Z40L177A Z40L427A Z40L477A Z40L777A Z43L100S Z46L420S Z46L470S Z46L520S Z46L570S Z46L620S Z48.27B0I6 Z48.27B0I7 Z48.30B0I4 Z48.30B0I6 Z48.30B0I7 Z48.30B0I8 Z48.30B0I9 Z70.0320 Z80.000S Z80.000V Z80S0542BA Z80S0542CA Z80S0560 Z80S0760 Z80S1260 Z80V000A Z80V1163W Z95.4100 Z95.4600 Z95D4100 Z95Q1040A Z96.00T1 Z96.10E1 Z96.2011 ZA7.0700xxxABD ZA7.0709xxxAB ZA7.5700.BT ZA7.5709.BT ZAA.3500 ZAA.3700 ZB4E000S ZB4E00AK ZB4ExxxS.6 ZB4K000S ZB4KxxxS.6 ZB4M000S ZB4M00AK ZB4MxxxS.6 ZB4N000S ZB4NxxxS.6 ZB7A0008 ZB7C000S ZB7C129S.6S ZB7CxxxS.6 ZB7F000S ZB7FxxxS.6 ZB7K000S ZB7KxxxS.6 ZB7M000S ZB7MxxxS.6

Page 404 404 404 404 550 550 550 550 550 550 550 550 550 550 550 550 550 550 550 550 550 550 550 550 550 550 394, 396, 398, 400, 402, 404, 409 582 582 582 582 582 582 582 582 582 574 574 574 574 239, 292, 584 238, 291, 340, 352, 355, 361, 373, 377, 381, 389 352, 354 233, 237 233, 237 236 236 396, 398, 400, 402, 404 396, 398, 400, 402, 404 270, 272, 274, 276, 278, 284 270 291 266, 268 291 262, 264, 282, 284 284 291 260 291 240 204, 206, 208, 212, 214, 216, 220 222 238 210 238 200, 202 238 196, 198, 218 238 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Part no. ZB7N000S ZB7NxxxS.6 ZC4U10E0 ZC4U10F0 ZC4U11E0 ZC7A0P0C ZC7A0P0F ZC7A0U0C ZC7A0U0F ZC7A0U0K ZC7A0U0M ZC7B0100S ZC7B0200S ZC7C0000 ZC7C0001 ZC7F300RHU ZC7F300RSU ZC7F400RHP ZC7F400RSP ZC7G0P0I ZC7M0200 ZC7Q010SH ZC7Q010SS ZC7Q020SH ZC7Q020SS ZC7Q0P0FH ZC7Q0P0FS ZC7Q0U0FH ZC7Q0U0FS ZC7Q0U0SH ZC7Q0U0SS ZC7S300RHU ZC7S300RSU ZC7S450BH3 ZC7S450BS3 ZC7S450RH1 ZC7S450RH2 ZC7S450RS1 ZC7S450RS2 ZC7S500BH3 ZC7S500BS3 ZC7S500RH1 ZC7S500RH2 ZC7S500RS1 ZC7S500RS2 ZC7S550BH3 ZC7S550BS3 ZC7S550RH1 ZC7S550RH2 ZC7S550RS1 ZC7S550RS2 ZC7S600BH3 ZC7S600BS3 ZC7S600RH1 ZC7S600RH2 ZC7S600RS1 ZC7S600RS2 ZC7S650BH3 ZC7S650BS3 ZC7S650RH1 ZC7S650RH2 ZC7S650RS1 ZC7S650RS2 ZC7T0350 ZC7U10E0 ZC7U10F0 ZC7U11E0 ZE4H1058G ZE4H1064G ZE4H458G ZE4H464G

Page 194 238 535 535 535 533 533 533 533 530 530 534 534 539 539 536 533 536 533 539 539 531 530 531 530 536 533 536 533 531 530 531 530 531 530 531 531 530, 534 530, 534 531 530 531 531 530, 534 530, 534 531 530 531 531 530, 534 530, 534 531 530 531 531 530, 534 530, 534 531 530 531 531 530, 534 530, 534 539, 555 535 535 535 290 290 290 290

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

Part no. ZE4HxxxxG ZE4L1058G ZE4L1064G ZE4L458G ZE4L464G ZE4LxxxxG ZE4M360G ZE4M410G ZE4M460G ZE4M510G ZE4Mxx0G ZE7S338G ZE7S388G ZE7S438G ZE7S488G ZE7S538G ZE7Sxx8G ZE7V1082G ZE7V1088G ZE7V482G ZE7V488G ZE7VxxxxG ZE7W1082G ZE7W1088G ZE7W482G ZE7W488G ZE7WxxxxG ZF4.1002 ZF4.10I2 ZF4.10T2 ZF4.5002 ZF4.5012 ZF4.50I2 ZF4.50T2 ZF7C7002 ZF7C70E2 ZF7C70T2 ZF7K7002 ZF7K70E2 ZF7K70T2 ZF7M7002 ZF7M70E2 ZF7M70T2 ZF7N7002 ZF7N70E2 ZF7N70T2 ZFZ.30G0I ZFZ.40G0I ZFZ.45G0I ZI4.0MS1 ZI4.1KS1 ZI4.2ES1 ZI4.4ES1 ZI7.0KI0 ZI7.0KS0 ZI7.0M07 ZI7.0MI0 ZI7.0MS0 ZI7.2CI0 ZI7.2CS0 ZI7.3CI0 ZI7.3CS0 ZIF.3000 ZIF.3010 ZIF.3030 ZIF.3050 ZIF.71K0 ZIF.71M0 ZIF.74C0

Page 278 290 290 290 290 278 290 290 290 290 272 228 228 228 228 228 212, 214, 216 228 228 228 228 206, 214 228 228 228 228 206, 214 260, 262, 266, 270, 272, 274, 282, 284 260, 262, 266, 270, 272, 274 260, 262, 266, 270, 272, 274, 282, 284, 584 270, 272, 274, 284 270, 272, 274, 284 270, 272, 274, 284 270, 272, 274, 284, 584 204, 210, 212, 220, 222 204, 210, 212, 220, 222 204, 210, 212, 220, 222, 584 200 200 200, 584 196, 204, 210, 212, 218, 220, 222 196, 204, 210, 212, 218, 220, 222 196, 204, 210, 212, 218, 220, 222, 584 194 194 194, 584 556 556 556 264 268 276 278 202 202 198, 202, 264, 268 198 198 206, 214 206, 214 208, 216 208, 216 396 394 398 400 314 310 318

Part no. ZIF.74D0 ZIF.80M5 ZIF.80M7 ZL4.270S.E ZL4.300S.E ZL4.350S.E ZL4.400S.E ZL4.450S.E ZL4.500S.E ZL4.550S.E ZL4.600S.E ZL4M00808 ZME.0710 ZME.0730 ZME.1600.01 ZME.1610 ZME.2700 ZME.5320 ZML.0040.02 ZML.0050 ZML.0330 ZML.1090 ZML.1150.02 ZML.1500 ZML.1510 ZML.2200 ZML.3510 ZML.3580.01 ZML.3600 ZML.3710 ZML.4010 ZML.7000 ZML.8000.02 ZML.8030 ZML.805S ZMM.0350 ZMM.0400 ZMM.0700*20 ZMM.0700.01 ZMM.075N ZMM.2500 ZMZ.20S1 ZMZ.20S2 ZMZ.20S6 ZOU.30U1I ZR4.1059U ZR4.270RS.E ZR4.300RS.E ZR4.350RS.E ZR4.400RS.E ZR4.450RS.E ZR4.500RS.E ZR4.550RS.E ZR4.600RS.E ZR7.1080U ZRE.321S.ID ZRE.363A.ID ZRE.371S.ID ZRE.413A.ID ZRE.421S.ID ZRE.443A.ID ZRE.463A.ID ZRE.471S.ID ZRE.483A.ID ZRE.513A.ID ZRE.521S.ID ZRE.543A.ID ZRE.563A.ID ZRE.613A.ID ZRF.2200.01 ZRG.000R5F

Page 322, 326 310, 314 310, 314 274, 276, 278, 284 274, 276, 278, 284 274, 276, 278, 284 274, 276, 278, 284 274, 276, 278, 284 274, 276, 278, 284 274, 276, 278, 284 274, 276, 278, 284 272 653, 680 653, 681 682 682 682 653, 682 652, 659 652, 675 652, 670 652, 660 652, 671 686 686 653, 683 653, 686 686 686 653, 684 653, 685 652, 669 686 653, 692 653, 692 645, 649 645, 648 647 645, 647 647, 648, 649 645, 646 646 646 646 556 276, 535 270 270 270 270 270 270 270 270 208, 216, 535 402, 404 427, 486 402, 404 427, 486 402, 404 427, 486 427, 486 402, 404 427, 486 427, 486 402, 404 427, 486 427, 486 427, 486 328, 330 328, 330

735

Information

Information 〉 General Information 〉 Part No. Index


Information 〉 General Information 〉 Part No. Index

Part no. ZRG.1046Z ZRG.1094U ZRG.1104Q ZRG.1104U ZRG.179Q ZRG.204Q ZRG.207RSIC ZRG.237RSIC ZRG.287RSIC ZRG.337RSIC ZRG.387RSIC ZRG.437RSIC ZRG.454Q ZRG.487RSIC ZRG.504Q ZRG.537RSIC ZRG.587RSIC ZRG.804Q ZRM.5500 ZRR.5200 ZRU.00F0 ZRU.00Z0 ZRU.01E0 ZRU.10B1E ZRU.11F0 ZS4.400MU ZS4.650MU ZS7M400LU ZS7M400MU ZS7M600MU ZS7M650LU ZS7M750MU ZSD.1200S ZSF.1200 ZSF.1300 ZSF.130E ZSF.1510 ZSF.1610 ZSF.1700 ZSF.1800 ZSF.35A2 ZSF.36A2

Information

ZSF.39A2 ZSI.010Q ZSI.010SI ZSI.020Q ZSI.020SI ZSI.030SI ZSI.040SI ZSI.12VEI4 ZSI.12VEI6 ZSI.12VEI7 ZSI.12VUI4 ZSI.12VUI6 ZSI.12VUI7 ZSI.450BI1N ZSI.450BI2N ZSI.450BI3E ZSI.450BI3N ZSI.450FI1 736

Page 318, 322, 326 428 551 411, 412 551 551 316, 318, 320, 322, 324, 326, 328, 330 316, 318, 320, 322, 324, 326, 328, 330 316, 318, 320, 322, 324, 326, 328, 330 316, 318, 320, 322, 324, 326, 328, 330 316, 318, 320, 322, 324, 326, 328, 330, 332, 334 316, 318, 320, 322, 324, 326, 328, 330, 332, 334 551 316, 318, 320, 322, 324, 326, 328, 330, 332, 334 551 316, 318, 320, 322, 324, 326, 328, 330, 332, 334 316, 318, 320, 322, 324, 326, 328, 330, 332, 334 551 408 342 411, 412 411 551 412 551 292 292 239 418, 420, 422, 426, 442 418, 420, 422, 426, 442 239 418, 420, 422, 426, 442 407 396, 398, 400, 402, 404 396, 398, 400, 402, 404 396, 398, 400, 402, 404 394 394 396, 398, 400, 402, 404 396, 398, 400, 402, 404 306, 308, 312, 316, 320, 324, 328, 330, 332, 334 306, 308, 312, 316, 320, 324, 332, 334 306, 308, 312, 316, 320, 324, 332, 334 549 549 549 549 549 549 542 542 542 544 544 544 542, 544, 546, 548 542, 548 542, 548 542, 546, 548 548

Part no. ZSI.450FI2N ZSI.450FI3 ZSI.450KI2N ZSI.450KI3N ZSI.450KI4N ZSI.450MI3 ZSI.500BI1N ZSI.500BI2N ZSI.500BI3 ZSI.500BI3E ZSI.500FI1 ZSI.500FI2N ZSI.500FI3 ZSI.500KI2N ZSI.500KI3N ZSI.500KI4 ZSI.500MI3 ZSI.550BI1N ZSI.550BI2N ZSI.550BI3 ZSI.550FI1 ZSI.550FI2N ZSI.550FI3 ZSI.550KI2N ZSI.550KI3N ZSI.550KI4 ZSI.550MI3 ZSI.60VEI4 ZSI.60VEI6 ZSI.60VEI7 ZSI.60VUI4 ZSI.60VUI6 ZSI.60VUI7 ZSI.90VEI4 ZSI.90VEI6 ZSI.90VEI7 ZSI.90VUI4 ZSI.90VUI6 ZSI.90VUI7 ZST.1089W ZST.1160W ZST.410TT ZST.410TV ZST.450BA ZST.500BA ZST.550BA ZST.600BA ZST.600TV ZST.650BA ZST.650TT ZST.750TV ZSZ.01F0 ZSZ.01F1 ZSZ.02F0 ZSZ.02F1 ZSZ.02M0 ZTU.00D0 ZTU.00Z0 ZV4.1042M ZV4.1042NN ZV7.1043C01 ZV7.1043MN1

Page 542, 544, 548 544, 546, 548 544, 546, 548 544, 546, 548 542, 546, 548 546, 548 542, 544, 546, 548 542, 548 542, 546, 548 542, 548 548 542, 544, 548 544, 546, 548 544, 546, 548 544, 546, 548 542, 546, 548 546, 548 542, 544, 546, 548 542, 548 542, 546, 548 548 542, 544, 548 544, 548 544, 546, 548 544, 546, 548 542, 546, 548 546, 548 542 542 542 544 544 544 542 542 542 544 544 544 424, 482 252, 424, 442, 482 454, 462, 485 450, 458, 485 341 341 341 341 450, 458, 485 341 454, 462, 485 450, 485 549, 555 549, 555 549, 555 549, 555 549, 555 428 428 264, 268, 276 278 198, 202, 208, 216 206, 214

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

737

Information

Information 〉 General Information 〉 Part No. Index


Information

Information

738

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

739

Information

Information


Information

Information

740

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

741

Information

Information


Information

Information

742

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

743

Information

Information


Information

Information

744

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

745

Information

Information


Information

Information

746

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

747

Information

Information


Information

Information

748

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

749

Information

Information


Information

Information

750

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150

751

Information

Information


Information

Information

752

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150



Subject to technical modifications and changes to the range without notice. All content is copyrighted by Blum. KA-150/4EN-AT/02.23 IDNR 000.000.0

Julius Blum GmbH

Furniture Fittings Mfg. 6973 Höchst, Austria Tel.: +43/5578/705-0

Fax: +43/5578/705-44

E-mail: info@blum.com www.blum.com

Our sites in Austria, Poland and China are certified to the international standards mentioned below. Our site in the USA is certified to ISO 9001. Our site in Brazil is certified to ISO 9001, ISO 14001 and ISO 45001.


Issuu converts static files into: digital portfolios, online yearbooks, online catalogs, digital photo albums and more. Sign up and create your flipbook.